Star Fleet Command Manual - Volume IV Part 2

STAR FLEET COMMAND
MANUAL
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PART 2 – STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS

Control Number
Terranglo Edition, Copyright © 2277 Star Fleet Command, Star Fleet Printing Office
All rights reserved under the laws of the United Federation of Planets
STAR FLEET COMMAND MANUAL
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.i OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
This Page Left Intentionally Blank
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.ii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TABLE OF REVISIONS
Revision Section/Page
Stardate Description of Change
Number Number
0.0 0011.65 All Initial manual outline established.
Included procedure for implementing General Order 6 and self-
0.2 2377.44 Chapter 4
destruct mechanism for Starships.
Initial volume completed after first Constitution class Starship was
1.0 6957.73 All
commissioned.
Final Publication incorporated into the Star Fleet Command Manual
1.0b 7305.29 All
series.
1.1 7890.22 Appendix A Added Appendix A to illustrate typical SORM document.
1.2 9449.17 Section 3.2 Updated Figure 4b32.4; added new flight corridors
Sections 5.3 and Added medical and scientific duty stations
1.3 10034.69
5.4
1.4 12463.95 Appendix B Added Appendix B: Table of Flight Operations Directives
1.5 13225.71 Section 3.2 Changed rules regarding the passing of ships
1.6 14563.82 Section 5.2 Changed reaction time of ship's Inertial Dampening Field;
1.6b 16332.66 Appendix B Updated Table of Flight Operations Directives
1.7 16817.22 All Appl. Sections Added information and references regarding the new Attack Carriers
1.8 17160.19 Appendix A Updated Appendix A to illustrate latest version of SORM.
1.9 18402.80 Section 3.5 Updated section to include references to General Orders 9 and 12.
2.0 18532.63 Section 3.2 Added Table 4b32.3 on navigational hazards and Table 4b32.6
2.1 18883.77 4b.v Forward by the new Commander: Star Fleet Ship Operations
Appendix C and Added Appendix C to illustrate another method to estimate ship’s
2.2 19001.31
Section 3.2 bearing in space
2.3 19027.10 Section 4.9 Added Section 4.9 on post combat operations
Updated Charts 4b17.1 and 4b17.2 to account for the newer
2.4 19168.47 Section 1.7
Starships
2.5 19378.22 Section 4.2 Included new Turret and Mega Phaser weaponry
2.6 19538.45 Section 6.2 Updated section with new rules regarding small craft handling
2.7 19683.92 Section 6.7 Added Section 6.7 regarding craft safety
2.8 19937.75 4b.v New Forward by Admiral Fitzpatrick
Updated section to include classified data on weapons capabilities;
2.9 20000.23 Section 4.2
Reclassified entire document to SECRET
3.0 20254.19 Appendix A Updated Appendix A to illustrate latest version of SORM.
Sections 1.2 - 1.5, Updated sections with latest working uniform standard.
3.1 20630.71
2.0 - 2.5
Added chart indicating the effectiveness of the new Romulan
3.2 21360.13 Section 4.0
Plasma Bolt and intelligence reports on Gorn ships.
3.3 21676.50 Section 4.6 Added requirements of General Order 24.
Updated section to include intelligence reports of Romulans now
Sections 4.0, 4.4
3.4 21966.27 using Klingon D-7 cruisers. Update on Klingon weaponry and
and 4.5
weapons capability.
3.5 22199.87 Section 4.0 Updated section to include Tholian weaponry.
3.6 23704.96 Section 3.5 Updated section to include references to General Order 27.
3.6a 25107.55 Section 4.8 Updated process for self-destruction.
3.7 25201.18 Section 4.6 Updated section to include M-5 experiment.
3.8 25635.86 4b.v New Forward by Admiral James T Kirk
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.iii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.iv OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FORWARD
The Star Fleet Command Manual was created to lay the foundation for the structure, authority and
functions of Star Fleet. It is divided into nineteen volumes, each of which relates to a specific function of
the Department and is written in the languages of the worlds that are signatories to the Articles of
Federation.
Not only is the function of the Star Fleet Command Manual to lay the foundation for the Star Fleet,
but also to act as a reference guide to all members of the Service and is used at all Star Fleet training
facilities for the education and indoctrination of its members. Every command within the Department shall
have at least one copy of the complete manual in the languages representing the United Federation of
Planets.
Therefore, I invite all members of the Star Fleet Service to read this manual and become familiar with
all the information it has to offer.
James T. Kirk, Rear Admiral, SSC

Commander: Star Fleet Ship Operations
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.v OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STAR FLEET COMMAND MANUALS
VOLUME I STAR FLEET COMMAND

VOLUME II STAR FLEET OPERATIONS
VOLUME III STAR FLEET PERSONNEL
VOLUME IV STAR SHIP COMMAND
PART 1 STAR SHIP COMMAND DIVISION
PART 2 STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS
VOLUME V STAR FLEET SHIPS

PART 1 STAR FLEET SHIP DESIGN
PART 2 STAR FLEET SHIP CONSTRUCTION
PART 3 STAR FLEET SHIP SYSTEMS
PART 4 STAR FLEET SHIP SYSTEMS OPERATION
PART 5 STAR FLEET SHIP MAINTENANCE
PART 6 STAR FLEET SERVICE CRAFT
PART 7 STAR FLEET AUXILLIARY UNITS
PART 8 STANDARD STAR FLEET EQUIPMENT
VOLUME VI STAR BASE COMMAND

PART 1 STAR BASE COMMAND DIVISION
PART 2 STAR FLEET BASE OPERATIONS
VOLUME VII STAR FLEET BASES

PART 1 STAR FLEET BASE DESIGN
PART 2 STAR FLEET BASE CONSTRUCTION
PART 3 STAR FLEET BASE SYSTEMS
PART 4 STAR FLEET BASE SYSTEMS OPERATION
PART 5 STAR FLEET BASE MAINTENANCE
VOLUME VIII STAR FLEET JUSTICE

VOLUME IX STAR FLEET REPRESENTATIVES
VOLUME X STAR FLEET MEDICINE
VOLUME XI STAR FLEET SECURITY
VOLUME XII STAR FLEET SCIENCE
VOLUME XIII STAR FLEET ENGINEERING
VOLUME XIV STAR FLEET EDUCATION
VOLUME XV STAR FLEET EXPLORATION
VOLUME XVI STAR FLEET MATERIEL
VOLUME XVII STAR FLEET MARINE CORPS
VOLUME XVIII STAR FLEET CONSTRUCTION
VOLUME XIX STAR FLEET CHAPLAINS
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.vi OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
VOLUME IV PART 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction 4b.ix
1.0 Star Fleet Ship Organization 4b10

1.1 Star Fleet Ship Chain of Command 4b11
1.2 The Commanding Officer 4b12
1.3 The Executive Officer 4b13
1.4 Department Heads 4b14
1.5 Division Officers and Section Leaders 4b15
1.6 Duty Officers 4b16
1.7 The Ship’s Crew 4b17
1.8 Attached Units 4b18
2.0 Star Fleet Ship Departments 4b20
2.1 Operations Department 4b21
2.2 Engineering Department 4b22
2.3 Medical Department 4b23
2.4 Science Department 4b24
2.5 Other Departments 4b25
3.0 Star Fleet Ship Operation 4b30
3.1 Functional Operations 4b31
3.2 Star Fleet Ship Handling 4b32
3.3 Star Fleet Ship Routine Operations 4b33
3.4 Star Fleet Ship Material Conditions 4b34
3.5 Star Fleet Ship Tactical Operations 4b35
3.6 Star Fleet Ship Emergencies 4b36
3.7 Star Fleet Ship Maintenance 4b37
3.8 Star Fleet Ship Security 4b38
4.0 Star Fleet Ship Combat 4b40
4.1 Star Fleet Ship Weaponry 4b41
4.2 Weapon Systems Application 4b42
4.3 Preparing the Ship for Combat 4b43
4.4 Starship Combat Operations 4b44
4.5 Battle Strategies 4b45
4.6 Automatic Warfare 4b46
4.7 Battle Exercises 4b47
4.8 Self Destruction 4b48
4.9 Post Combat Operations 4b49
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.vii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
VOLUME IV PART 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED
5.0 Star Fleet Ship Duty 4b50

5.1 Star Fleet Ship Assignment 4b51
5.2 Star Fleet Ship Routine 4b52
5.3 Star Fleet Ship Duty Stations 4b53
5.4 Star Fleet Ship Watch Standing 4b54
5.5 Special Details 4b55
5.6 Life Aboard a Star Fleet Ship 4b56
5.7 Training Onboard Ship 4b57
5.8 General Quarters 4b58
5.9 Star Fleet Ship Safety 4b59
6.0 Star Fleet Ship Service Craft 4b60
6.1 Star Fleet Ship Attached Craft 4b61
6.2 Onboard Craft Operations 4b62
6.3 In-Flight Craft Operation 4b63
6.4 Craft Combat Operations 4b64
6.5 Onboard Craft Stowage 4b65
6.6 Onboard Craft Maintenance 4b66
6.7 Onboard Craft Safety 4b67
Appendices
A Ship’s Organization and Regulations Manual 4bA
B Table of Relevant Flight Operations Directives 4bB
C Flat Disk Method of Bearing Estimation 4bC
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.viii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
INTRODUCTION
In the year 2203 the Federation Council and the Military Staff Committee was tasked, under
Executive Order 521, to develop the structure, authority and operation of the Department of the
Star Fleet. In addition to establishing the organizational structure of the Star Fleet, the committee
also had to begin the design and construction of the line spacecraft that would compose the new fleet as
required under ARTICLE 53 of the Articles of Federation. Therefore, an organization had to be
developed that would manage the design and construction of the new fleet. This new organization was
named Star Ship Command. As such, Volume IV of the Star Fleet Command Manual was written to
provide the details regarding both the organization of Star Ship Command and the organization and
operation of Star Fleet ships, and is divided into two parts: Part 1, which describes the organization of
Star Ship Command, and Part 2, which describes Star Fleet ship operation and is the subject of this
manual. Specifically, the function of Part 2 is to familiarize the reader with the basic operation of Star
Fleet ships, which includes the physical operation of a vessel as well as the administration and
management of the crew. This part will describe, in some detail, how a typical Star Fleet ship will be
operated, the basic functions performed aboard a ship, how the ship is organized, and will also provide
an elementary glimpse into life aboard a Star Fleet ship out in space.
The Star Fleet Command Manual is written in the five languages of the original signatories to the
Articles of Federation. The Terranglo version of the manual is written for those members of Star
Fleet that originate from Earth and is written in the English language. Other versions written in
languages other than the standard five can be obtained from the Star Fleet Printing Office upon
request.
Throughout the manual the following typographic standards will be used:
1. Bolded items are important Star Fleet and Federation names, titles, designations and other key
words that Star Fleet personnel should become familiar with.
2. Titles, designations and other identifiers will be illustrated in a generic format. Where a specific value
must be entered to complete the title or phrase, angle brackets (“<>”) will be used to indicate the
point of insertion.
3. Where a choice is required in order to complete a title or phrase, a vertical bar (‘|’) is used to
indicate a selection. However, only one selection can be made from the choices offered. All choices
and ranges of choices are enclosed within braces (“{}”).
4. References to classified material will be exposed as to their classification level and printed in Bolded
RED.
5. Throughout this manual there are hyperlinks to sections and figures provided in this manual. Internal
links to figures, for example: “Figure 4b22.2”, will allow the reader to jump to that figure by clicking
the text “Figure 4b22.2.” To return back to the source page, click on the page number at the bottom
of the figure, such as “UFP521-4b22.28.” This also applies to any referenced section in the manual.
Thus, clicking “Section 2.0” in the manual will jump to that section or an appropriate page in that
section. However, there is no return link to the source page.
6. In addition, there are various editorial comments made regarding information or references to texts,
concepts or items stated or presented within the TOS episodes. These are indicated with a
superscripted bracket, such as: TEXT[n]. Clicking on the superscript will jump the reader to the
explanation in the Star Fleet Guide section of this manual. To return to the source page, click
anywhere on the descriptive text.
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.ix OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.x OFFICIAL USE ONLY

OFFICIAL USE ONLY
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.0 STAR FLEET SHIP ORGANIZATION

In this section the organizational structure of a typical Star Fleet ship will be discussed.
The basic organizational structure for Star Fleet ships is essentially the same as that used
by the old Space Service, which inherited most of its structure from the old naval vessels
of Earth. This has been a proven command structure for centuries which continues today.
However, elements of the structure have been modified from the old sea-faring vessels
since the advent of space travel. Although advanced technology and highly sophisticated
propulsion systems required an updated command and control structure, the fundamental
organization still remains the same.
The high-level command structure of a Star Fleet ship is illustrated in Figure 4b10.1. This
figure shows all the primary department heads by their title, designation and rank, which
represents the entire command structure of a typical Star Fleet ship. The function of each
department head will be described in detail within the subsequent sections of this chapter.
COMMAND DEPARTMENT[1]
At the top level is the Command Department, which contains the ship’s Commanding
Officer, the Executive Officer and a Command Yeoman. In addition, there may be
assigned a Resident Star Fleet Representative with the duty of counseling the
Commanding Officer on Federation legal and diplomatic matters. The responsibilities
and functions of the persons within this department are set forth in Star Fleet
Regulations and the Ship’s Operations and Regulations Manual, an example of
which is contained in Appendix A of this volume.
COMMANDING OFFICER
As required under Star Fleet Regulation 4130, each Star Fleet ship will have a line
officer detailed as Commanding Officer. The Commanding Officer is the head of the
ship’s organization and has absolute authority over the entire command as specified in
Star Fleet Regulation 4120. The duties of the Commanding Officer are many and
varied. As such, Star Fleet had dedicated a complete chapter in Star Fleet Regulations
relating to the duties and responsibilities of Commanding Officers. But in general, the
primary duty and responsibility of the Commanding Officer is the safety, well-being and
efficiency of the command. A more detailed discussion of the duties and responsibilities of
the ship’s Commanding Officer may be found in Section 1.2 of this volume.
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Every ship will also have an Executive Officer as required under Star Fleet Regulation
5810. The function of the Executive Officer is to carry out the orders and policies of the
Commanding Officer. In addition, the Executive Officer is the chief administrative
officer of the ship and therefore, is second in command of the ship in accordance with
Star Fleet Regulation 5230. As such, the ship’s Commanding Officer will keep the
Executive Officer informed of all his actions and policies as required by Star Fleet
Regulation 4160 and the Executive Officer will succeed to command in the event of
the loss of the Commanding Officer. A more detailed discussion of the duties and
responsibilities of the ship’s Executive Officer may be found in Section 1.3.
STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.1 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RESIDENT STAR FLEET REPRESENTATIVE[2]
Star Fleet ships may have assigned to them a Resident Star Fleet Representative
from the Star Fleet Bureau of Consular Affairs, known as a Fleet Representative or
FLTREP. The function of the FLTREP is to act as counselor to the command to which he
or she is assigned. In addition, FLTREPs function as ambassadors during First Contact
and general peacekeeping missions, and if there is a dispute between two worlds within
Federation space, the FLTREP will be called to mediate. However, at this time FLTREPs
are only assigned to fleet squadron commands and not to individual Star Fleet ships. In
the future each ship will be allocated a FLTREP billet and assigned a Resident Star
Fleet Representative.
COMMAND YEOMAN
The Command Department of each ship will also have assigned a Command Yeoman
for the purpose of assisting the members of the department with their administrative
duties. The Command Yeoman will have no other duties other than to function as aid to
the Commanding Officer and to perform those administrative duties for the department
as assigned by the Commanding Officer[3].
CIVILIAN ASSISTANTS
From time to time a Star Fleet ship may have on board civilian assistants for the purpose
of aiding the ship in completing a mission or performing a special function. These civilians
will act as specialists or experts in a particular field of specialization and will come under
direct management of the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer. All other
officers on board will have no authority over these assistants, but will be required to treat
these persons with respect and to fully support them in their assignment. Conversely,
civilian assistants have no authority over Star Fleet personnel and as such, cannot issue
orders or make demands on any crewmember, except through the Executive Officer.
ATTACHED PERSONNEL
Attached personnel are defined as persons or units temporarily assigned to duty aboard a
Star Fleet ship, but who are not permanently assigned to the crew. For example: Star
Fleet Marine Corps troops assigned to protect equipment being shipped. As such, any
attached person will come under direct authority of the ship’s Commanding Officer and
being attached to the command, may be assigned such ship’s duties as the Commanding
Officer of the ship may see fit under Star Fleet Regulation 3910.
Passengers (civilian or military) are not “Attached Personnel”, but are defined as persons
authorized to embark on a Star Fleet ship for transportation. Passengers do not come
under direct authority of the Commanding Officer, but must abide by the rules and
regulations of the ship as set forth by the Commanding Officer. As such, passengers are
required to follow the instructions given to them by members of the crew as ordered by
the Commanding Officer or those officers in authority on board the ship, with the
exception of any Flag Officer that may be embarked aboard the ship as required under
Star Fleet Regulation 5551. However, the staff of a Flag Officer may be assigned
duties as prescribed by the Commanding Officer, though they may be passengers. The
Commanding Officer will consult with the Flag Officer before assigning staff personnel
to ship duty.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DEPARTMENT HEADS
Departments within a ship’s organization will be managed by a “Department Head.” The

function of the Department Head is to act on behalf of the Commanding Officer in all
matters that pertain to the department. All persons assigned to the department will report
to the Department Head, and all orders issued by the department head must be obeyed
as if they were issued by the Commanding Officer. In addition, all Department Heads
will conform to the policies and comply with the orders of their Commanding Officer.
The duties and responsibilities of Department Heads will be described in more detail in
Section 1.4 of this volume and within the Ship’s Operations and Regulations Manual
or SORM (example in Appendix A); but in general, they are:
1. Maintain the department in a maximum state of battle readiness at all times.

2. Maintain established standards of performance and conduct of its personnel.
3. Formulate and carry out departmental training programs.
4. Be responsible for the efficient and economical management of departmental
expenditures and budgets.
5. Maintain the cleanliness and supervise the upkeep of the department’s spaces and
equipment, and to carry out maintenance plans in accordance with current activities.
6. Ensure the proper operation of all equipment and safety devices within their spaces and
to post any and all required or needed safety precautions.
7. Prepare the reports, maintain the records and the required logs in connection with their
duties.
Typically, Star Fleet ship Department Heads may have the word “Chief” prefixed to
their title. For example, the head of the Medical Department on board a Star Fleet ship
may have the title of “ Chief Medical Officer.” In general, ship Department Heads will
be titled according to the size and scope of the department they are in charge of as
specified by Star Ship Command. In order of billet number, the titles of the standard
ship Department Heads are as follows:
Table 4b10.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
Typical
Billet Title Department 1
Rank
1000 Commanding Officer Command CAPT
1100 Executive Officer Command or Operations CMDR
2000 [Chief]2 Operations Officer Operations LCDR
3000 [Chief]2 Engineering Officer Engineering LCDR
4000 [Chief]2 Medical Officer Medical LCDR
2
5000 [Chief] Science Officer Science LCDR
Notes:
1. Ranks are based upon a typical Cruiser class Starship.
2. The “Chief” designation is optional. However, when used, the convention is that senior department
heads will have “Chief” prefixed onto their title, whereas division or section heads may have “Chief”
appended to their title. For example, Chief Engineer versus Transporter Chief.
Ship departments are further divided into Divisions and Sections. These subdivisions will
be discussed in more detail in Section 1.5 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS
The subsequent pages present the organizational charts for several types of Star Fleet
ships. They basic organizational structure will be presented in order of billet number, which
will be described in more detail in Chapter 2 of this volume. These charts represent the
basic “Chain of Command” of the ship and will be referred to throughout the remaining
sections of this chapter.
The title blocks of each office contain the ship’s Billet Number, the Position Designation or
Title, and the general rank of the officer holding that position.
Ship Billet Ship Position
1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
Position Rank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.1
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP ORGANIZATION
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1200 1002
Resident Star Fleet Command
Representative Yeoman
LCDR T5
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 5000

Operations [Chief] Engineering [Chief] Medical [Chief] Science
Officer Officer Officer Officer
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR
6000 7000 8000 9000 Commander:

Flight [Chief] Materials [Chief] Transportation
Fleet Marine
Officer Officer Officer
LCDR LCDR LCDR CMDR Detachment
7000 8000 9000 Commander:

[Chief] Repair [Chief] Cargo
Attack/Fighter
Officer Officer
LCDR LCDR CMDR Squadron
8000 Special 9000 Commander:

Functions Planetary Survey
CMDR Commander CMDR Expedition

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.2
STANDARD STARSHIP ORGANIZATION
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1200 1002
LCDR T5
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 5000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical [Chief]Science
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.3
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: ATTACK CARRIER
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
COMO
1200 1002
LCDR T6
1100
Executive
Officer
CAPT
2000 3000 4000 6000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical Flight
CMDR CMDR CMDR CMDR
8000 Commander: 9000 Commander:

Fleet Marine Attack/Fighter
CMDR Detachment CMDR Squadron

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.4
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: TRANSPORT SHIP
Command
1000
Department Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1002
Command
Yeoman
T5
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 8000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical [Chief] Transportation
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR
9000 Commander: 9000 Commander:

Attack/Fighter Fleet Marine
CMDR Squadron CMDR Detachment

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.5
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: REPAIR SHIP
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1002
Command
Yeoman
T5
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 7000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical [Chief] Repair
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.6
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: SUPPLY / FUEL SHIP
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1002
Command
Yeoman
T5
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 7000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical [Chief] Materials
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR
7000
[Chief] Fueling
Officer
LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.7
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: FREIGHTER / CARGO SHIP
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1002
Command
Yeoman
T5
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 8000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical [Chief] Cargo
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.8
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: HOSPITAL SHIP
Command
Department
1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1002
Command
Yeoman
T5
9000
Chief Medical
Officer
CAPT
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 6000 7000

Operations Engineering Flight Ship Services
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.9
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: SCIENTIFIC / SURVEY SHIP
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1200 1002
Expedition Command
Commander Yeoman
CMDR T5
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 5000

Operations Engineering [Chief] Medical Chief Science
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b10.10
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: INTELLIGENCE SHIP
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1200 1002
Intelligence Mission Command
Commander Yeoman
CMDR T5
1400 1900
Civilian Intelligence Special Forces
Specialists Commander
CIVILIAN CMDR
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 7000

Operations Engineering Medical Intelligence
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.1 STAR FLEET SHIP CHAIN OF

COMMAND
A “Chain of Command” is the line of authority and responsibility along which orders and
directives are passed down the ship’s organization. The line of command always starts with
the Commanding Officer and works down, usually through the Executive Officer, as
shown in Figure 4b11.1. In addition, the duties and responsibilities of the Commanding
Officer will frequently be delegated to his Department Heads and duty officers, as
customary under Star Fleet Regulations 4140, 4150 and 5430; and while the
Commanding Officer is absent or unavailable, he will assign Command Duty Officers
and other officers, eligible to command, to act as temporary Commanding Officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
At the top of the ship’s Chain of Command is the Commanding Officer, as required
under Star Fleet Regulation 4130, whose authority is absolute as specified in Star
Fleet Regulation 4120. As such, all officers and crewmen under the Commanding
Officer are subject to his directives as required under Star Fleet Regulation 5220.
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Second to the Commanding Officer in the Chain of Command, the Executive Officer
has precedence over all other officers and crewmen onboard ship as specified under Star
Fleet Regulation 5230. Orders and directives issued by the Commanding Officer will
usually be implemented by the Executive Officer. As such, the Executive Officer has a
special relationship with the Commanding Officer as stated in Star Fleet Regulation
4160.
COMMAND DUTY OFFICER
The Command Duty Officer, or CDO, is that officer designated by the Commanding
Officer to act as the commanding officer during his or her absence. The Command Duty
Officer will typically be a commissioned line officer eligible to succeed to command and
qualified as an Officer of the Conn underway. As such, orders and directives issued by
the CDO shall be considered the same as if they came from the Commanding Officer.
Thus, the CDO, when the Commanding Officer is not present under normal conditions,
shall be considered as at the top of the ship’s Chain of Command.
OFFICER OF THE DECK
The Officer of the Deck or OOD is designated by Star Fleet Regulations as the officer
on watch responsible for the security and work onboard the ship. The OOD represents the
Commanding Officer in this respect and therefore, while on watch or “has the Deck”, is
superior to everyone on board with the following exceptions: the Commanding Officer,
the Executive Officer, the Command Duty Officer, and any officer superior to the
Commanding Officer. The OOD carries out the routine of the day and other duties as
prescribed by the Executive Officer. Therefore, the OOD is considered second in the
ship’s Chain of Command. As shown in Figure 4b11.3 this is an in-port duty assignment.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OFFICER OF THE CONN
Underway, the Officer of the Conn (CON) is the Officer of the Deck while assuming
the command watch on the ship’s Bridge. The CON represents the Commanding Officer
as it relates to the handling of the ship, and while on watch or “ has the Conn”, is superior
to everyone on board with the following exceptions: the Commanding Officer, the
Executive Officer, the Command Duty Officer, and any officer that is superior to the
Commanding Officer. Underway, the Officer of the Conn must be thoroughly aware of
the distinction between the “Conn”, which is the actual control of the movements of the
ship, and the “Deck”, which is the supervisory authority of the watch as outlined in Star
Fleet Regulations and as stated above. As illustrated in Figure 4b11.2 this is distinctly an
underway watch station.
DEPARTMENT HEADS
Department Heads are the officers in charge of the primary functional organizations of
the ship. As such, Department Heads directly report to the Commanding Officer on all
matters relating to the department such as: organization, material conditions, cleanliness,
maintenance, training, safety, security and the conduct and performance of the officers
and technicians assigned to the department. As such, Department Heads describe the
third level within the ship’s Chain of Command.
Under the Department Head are the various Division Officers and Section Leaders
delegated to performing the specific functions to which the department has responsibility.
As such, these officers represent the fourth and fifth levels, respectively, within the ship’s
Chain of Command.
DEPARTMENTAL WATCH OFFICERS
Each department aboard ship will have specific functions relating to the operation of the
vessel. As such, these functions are translated into “ Watches” or work practices that will
be performed at “Duty Stations” or the work stations responsible for a specific operation
of the ship. Watches are also defined as specific time periods during which an individual,
known as the Watchstander, is assigned specific, detailed responsibilities on a recurring
basis. To manage the various Watch Stations and Watchstanders, an officer within
each department will be placed in charge of the watch. The Department Head will
assign a Watch Officer for this function. The Watch Officer duty is not a permanent job
function or a billet onboard the ship, but is a secondary duty function, usually assigned to
a Division Officer, on a temporary or rotational basis. A more detailed description of duty
stations and watches may be found in Sections 5.3 and 5.4 of this volume.
CAPTAIN’S NIGHT ORDERS
“Captain’s Night Orders” is an old term used to describe the instructions or directives
given to the Officer of the Conn regarding the course, speed and general operation of
the ship while the Commanding Officer is off duty, asleep, away with a Landing Party
or whenever he or she does not have the Conn. In general, such Night Orders must be
followed to the letter, except when the situation may require actions contrary to the order.
In such cases the Officer of the Conn will call the Commanding Officer to the Bridge,
or may take action on his or her own if the Commanding Officer is not aboard ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.1
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP CHAIN OF COMMAND
Commanding Officer
Executive Officer
Command Duty Officer
Officer of the Deck
Officer of the Conn
Department Heads Attached Unit Commander Star Fleet Representative
Division Officers
Section Leaders

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.2
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP CHAIN OF COMMAND UNDERWAY
Commanding Officer
Command Duty Officer*
Senior Watch Officer
Officer of the Conn
Command Officer in Training
Departmental Watch Officers Duty Helmsman Assigned Fleet Representative Attached Unit Personnel
Divisional Watch Officers Bridge Station Watchstanders
Section Watch Officers
*Optional underway.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.3
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP CHAIN OF COMMAND IN-PORT
Commanding Officer
Executive Officer
Officer of the Deck
Department Heads Attached Troop Commander Star Fleet Representative
Division Officers
Section Leaders

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.4
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP CHAIN OF COMMAND AT A DRYDOCK
Dock Commander
Commanding Officer
Executive Officer
Officer of the Deck
Departmental Watch Officers
Divisional Watch Officers
Section Watch Officers

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.5
GENERAL ATTACK CARRIER CHAIN OF COMMAND
Command Department
Commanding Officer
Star Fleet Representative Wing Commander
Executive Officer
Attached Troop Commander Command Duty Officer Attack Group Commanders
Company Commanders Officer of the Deck Attack Squadron Commanders
Officer of the Conn
Department Heads
Division Officers
Section Leaders

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.6
GENERAL GROUND ASSAULT SHIP CHAIN OF COMMAND
Command Department
Commanding Officer
Star Fleet Representative Marine Brigade Commander
Executive Officer
Attack Group Commander Command Duty Officer Marine Regiment Commanders
Attack Squadron Commanders Officer of the Deck Marine Battalion Commanders
Officer of the Conn Marine Company Commanders
Department Heads Platoon Commanders
Division Officers
Section Leaders

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.7
GENERAL SCIENCE/SURVEY SHIP CHAIN OF COMMAND
Command Department
Commanding Officer
Star Fleet Representative Chief Science Officer
Executive Officer
Consular Team Heads Command Duty Officer Science Department Heads
Attached Sociologists Officer of the Deck Science Division Heads
Contact Team Leaders Officer of the Conn Scientists and Technicians
Department Heads Science/Survey Team Leaders
Division Officers
Section Leaders

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b11.8
GENERAL HOSPITAL SHIP CHAIN OF COMMAND
Command Department
Commanding Officer
Star Fleet Representative Chief Medical Officer
Executive Officer
Command Duty Officer Medical Department Heads
Officer of the Deck Medical Division Heads
Officer of the Conn Doctors and Nurses
Department Heads Medical Technicians
Division Officers
Section Leaders

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.2 THE COMMANDING OFFICER

The Commanding Officer, designated as the CO, is the officer in complete command of
a Star Fleet vessel and as such, has absolute authority over and is personally responsible
for everyone assigned to his command as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 5220. The
Commanding Officer of a Star Fleet ship will always be a line officer from Star Ship
Command, of command grade or higher, and will usually have the rank of Captain
(SSC) or Commander (SSC), depending on the size and function of the ship. However,
regardless of the actual rank, the Commanding Officer will always be called “Captain”
or may be referred to as the "Ship's Captain."
In general, the captain represents the ship; he speaks for it; he is accountable for it. As
such, the captain is directly responsible for the operation and fighting efficiency of his or
her ship, and is directly responsible for the actions of all the members of his or her crew,
and of everything that happens aboard ship at all times. Therefore, the captain cannot
make excuses or pass the blame onto others. This is exemplified by the following
paragraph from Star Fleet Regulation 4120: “The responsibility of the Commanding
Officer for his command is absolute, except when, and to the extent, relieved there from
by competent authority, or as provided otherwise in these regulations. The authority of
the Commanding Officer is commensurate with his responsibility. While he may, at his
discretion, and when not contrary to law or regulations, delegate authority to his
subordinates for the execution of details, such delegation of authority shall in no way
relieve the Commanding Officer of his continued responsibility for the safety, well-being
and efficiency of his command.”
Since the captain is responsible for all that the ship does, for the quality of training aboard,
and for the conduct of the crew at all times, he likewise is given full power to enforce Star
Fleet Regulations aboard his ship and will insure that his crew behaves accordingly. In
addition, Commanding Officers, operating out into deep space, are also empowered to
enforce Federation law as well. In short, since his responsibility is complete, his authority
must also be complete as well.
Though all authority, command, direction and responsibility ultimately rests with the
Commanding Officer, in practice the Commanding Officer will delegate much of the
duties necessary for carrying out the functions of the ship to the Executive Officer, to
the heads of the departments, to the Officer of the Deck, and through them to the crew
as permissible under Star Fleet Regulation 5430, and as illustrated in Figures 4b12.1
and 4b12.2. However, and as the regulation states: “The delegation of authority and the
issuance of orders and instructions by a person in the Star Fleet Service shall not relieve
such person from any responsibility imposed upon him. He shall ensure that the delegated
authority is properly exercised and that his orders and instructions are properly executed .”
Therefore, the action of any delegated individual, acting on their own, is the responsibility
of the Commanding Officer. In addition, any Commanding Officer who departs from
his or her orders or instructions, or takes official action that is not in accordance with his or
her orders or instructions, does so upon his or her own responsibility and must report
immediately the circumstances of the action to his superior officer and to Star Fleet
Command.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY
As set forth in Star Fleet Regulations, the Commanding Officer is charged with the
absolute responsibility for the safety, well-being, and efficiency of the command, except
when and to the extent that he or she may be relieved from command by competent
authority. The basic responsibilities of a Commanding Officer are outlined in Star Fleet
Regulation 4120. Specifically, a ship’s Commanding Officer will be responsible for:
1. The overall safety and well-being of all persons assigned to or that may be onboard his
ship. This includes all military passengers and visitors, and any Commander-in-Chief
that may make his or her office onboard the ship or that designates the ship as being
his or her Flagship.
2. The overall safety, security and control of all civilian passengers and visitors. All
passengers aboard a Star Fleet ship are subject to the authority of the ship’s captain
and must conform to the internal regulations and routine of the ship as required under
Star Fleet Regulation 4410. However, should a passenger that is not in the Star
Fleet Service violate any rule or regulation the captain cannot take any disciplinary
action against that passenger. Instead, the captain may subject the passenger to such
restraint or confinement as the circumstances require until such time as the violator
may be delivered to the proper authorities.
3. The proper and safe navigation of the ship, and for the overall material condition of
the ship and its crew. As such, the Commanding Officer must maintain his or her
ship in a maximum state of readiness for war or other service as required by Star
Fleet Regulation 4680. In addition, the Commanding Officer is responsible for
the appearance of his or her crew and how they will comport themselves in public.
4. The overall safety and care of the ship, its equipment and systems and all craft and
other equipment assigned to or that is a part of the ship. This includes all fuel, tools,
emergency equipment and any other equipment assigned to or purchased for the ship.
5. All that is contained within or assigned to the ship. This includes, but is not limited to,
all cargo, stores, supplies, records and documents.
6. Economy within his or her command. As such, the captain must require that all his
subordinates rigidly comply with the regulations governing receipt, accounting, and
expenditure of Federation money and materials. This requires that the captain
implement methods and procedures that will exercise superior management in the
handling of Federation property and funds.
7. Maintaining law and order within the assigned area of his or her patrol zone. In
addition, the Commanding Officer has the responsibility to apprehend and detain all
criminals and fugitives from justice in Federation space. This includes fugitives from
foreign as well as from Federation authorities. However, a Commanding Officer
has this authority only within Federation space, and does not have the legal authority
to pursue or apprehend fugitives within member systems or outside of Federation
territory.
8. All colonies and expeditions within their assigned patrol area, and must enforce the
regulations imposed upon such colonies and expeditions. In addition, the captain will
also be responsible for the welfare of the persons inhabiting Federation colonies and
expeditions, regardless of whether the venture is within or outside Federation space.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RANKS OF SHIP COMMANDING OFFICERS
In general, the command rank of the individual serving as Commanding Officer of a

Star Fleet ship is specified in Star Fleet Regulation 5750. As such, the following table
outlines the typical rank of Star Fleet officers serving as Commanding Officer of their
particular class of vessel:
Table 4b12.1
RANKS OF STAR FLEET SHIP COMMANDING AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Ship Class Typical Rank: Typical Rank:
Class Name Desn Commanding Officer Executive Officer
Fleet Combatants
Attack Carrier AA Commodore Captain
Battleship BB/BC Commodore Captain
Heavy Cruiser HC Captain1 Commander1
Cruiser/Light Cruiser CC/LC Captain Commander
Frigate HF/FF Captain Commander
Heavy Destroyer HD Captain Commander
Destroyers DD/DF Captain Commander
Light Destroyers/Escorts/Corvettes LD/DE/EE Commander Lieutenant Commander
Ground Assault Ship GG Captain2 Commander2
Fleet Support Ships
Fuel Ship SF Commander Lieutenant Commander
Laboratory Ship SL Commander Lieutenant Commander
Hospital Ship SM Captain Commander
Supply Ship SP Commander3 Lieutenant Commander3
Repair Ship SR Commander3 Lieutenant Commander3
Survey Vessel SV Commander Lieutenant Commander
Freighter TF Commander Lieutenant Commander
Fleet Tug TG Commander3 Lieutenant Commander3
Transport TR Captain Commander
Notes
1. Captain unless the CO is also the Squadron Commander, in which case the CO would be a Commodore
and the XO would have the rank of Captain.
2. Captain unless the CO is also an Assault Group Commander, in which case the CO would be a
Commodore and the XO would have the rank of Captain.
3. Commander for the smaller class of ship. Larger classes or more heavily armed versions will be
commanded by a Captain with a Commander for an XO.
RELATIONSHIP WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Commanding Officers usually take a great interest in the actions of their Executive
Officers since they will become future Commanding Officers. As such, the relationship
between the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer will generally be fairly
close. Therefore, the Commanding Officer must keep the Executive Officer informed
of his policies and will normally issue all orders regarding the management of the vessel
and its crew through the Executive Officer, as required under Star Fleet Regulation
4160. Generally, the Commanding Officer will require that all communications of an
official nature from subordinates to the Commanding Officer be transmitted through the
Executive Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RELATIONSHIP WITH EMBARKED FLAG COMMANDERS
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships are always under the authority of a Star
Fleet Flag Officer and are subject to the orders of such officer in accordance with Star
Fleet Regulation 5551, except as may be prescribed in Star Fleet Regulation 6230.
However, the Flag Officer, as a passenger aboard, cannot make changes to the internal
structure of the command nor should he be concerned with the normal working routine of
the command as specified in Star Fleet Regulations 6240 and 6820. Such functions
are left to the Commanding Officer since the operation and safety of the ship remains
with him.
When a Flag Commander is onboard a Star Fleet ship he will normally take along his
staff as well. When the staff is embarked they are technically under the authority of the
ship’s Commanding Officer as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 3910. As such, the
staff may be assigned regular stations for battle and emergencies, but will generally not be
assigned normal working stations. In addition, the Commanding Officer of the ship will
make all possible arrangements for the quartering of the Flag Officer and his staff. Star
Fleet ships are usually equipped with extra quarters designed for passengers, officials and
dignitaries.
RELATIONSHIP WITH FLEET MARINE COMMANDERS
Some Star Fleet ships may have assigned to them a contingent of Star Fleet Marine
Corps troops. Though separately organized under the Marine Unit Commander, the
unit will come under direct authority of the ship’s Commanding Officer. As such, the
relationship between the ship’s Commanding Officer and the commander of the Fleet
Marine Force is that the troop commander will be treated in the same manner as one of
the ship’s Department Heads and must be considered as an officer within the ship’s
Command Department. In this situation the provisions of Star Fleet Regulation 5551
will apply.
RELATIONSHIP WITH ATTACK CRAFT GROUP

COMMANDERS
The relationship between the Commanding Officer of a ship and the commander of an
attack craft unit apply primarily to Attack Carrier and Ground Assault ships. Attack
Craft and Fighters onboard an Attack Carrier or Assault ship are separately organized
under a Group or Wing Commander. As such, they do not come directly under the
ship's Chain of Command, but must still report to the Commanding Officer of the ship
any operational functions of the craft command that will involve the ship. However, when
it comes to the administration of the craft command or the discipline of the members of
the craft command, the ship’s Commanding Officer cannot interfere and as such, the
responsibility for the administration of the craft command rests solely with the Group or
Wing Commander. The only exception to this rule is when a member of the craft
command violates a rule or regulation of the ship, in which case both the group
commander and the violator must report before the Commanding Officer and the ship’s
captain will recommend a punishment to the attending group commander. The group
commander may either accept the suggestion from the ship’s captain or report to the
ship’s captain the punishment imposed upon the violator.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RELATIONSHIP WITH LOCAL FORCE SHIP COMMANDERS
Star Fleet Regulations are quite specific regarding the relationship between a Star
Fleet ship Commanding Officer and the commanding officers of Local Force vessels.
When both are in open space and not within the territorial jurisdiction of the Local Force,
the senior officer shall be the senior Star Fleet ship Commanding Officer as stated in
Star Fleet Regulation 6220. However, when a Star Fleet ship is within the confines of
a member system, the Commanding Officer of a Star Fleet ship will come under the
authority of the Local Force ship commander, except when both commanders are located
at the same Star Fleet base or station that is within the system. In such cases, both ship
commanders will come under the authority of the Star Fleet base commander.
RELATIONSHIP WITH CIVILIAN TRANSPORTS
In general, all civilian vessels, ships and transports will be under the authority of the Star
Fleet ship Commanding Officer when encountered in deep space at all times. As a rule,
all Federation civilian vessels must always render honors to Star Fleet vessels at all
times, whether both vessels are inside or outside Federation space. That is, private and
commercial vessels encountering Star Fleet vessels in space must render honors directly
to the Commanding Officer of the Star Fleet vessel. The rule is that the ship’s master
will transport to the Star Fleet vessel to render such courtesies as required. This rule may
be waived by the Star Fleet ship Commanding Officer at his or her discretion.
In addition, Star Fleet ship Commanding Officers may stop any private or commercial
vessel in open Federation space for the purpose of inspection and inventory, or for any
emergency situation. In such cases, the ship or transport Master must, by law, stop and
be boarded. Star Fleet ship Commanding Officers may also stop private or commercial
vessels for the purpose of procuring supplies and equipment as allowed under Star Fleet
Regulation 4970, or may dock at foreign ports for the purpose of implementing repairs
or to obtain needed provisions. However, Commanding Officers are not authorized to
affect repairs to private or commercial vessels as stated in Star Fleet Regulation 6640.
And where feasible, Commanding Officers may also receive distressed traders and
citizens of the Federation for passage to Federation territory under Star Fleet
Regulation 4660 or to aid and assist distressed citizens as required under Star Fleet
Regulation 6630.
RELATIONSHIP WITH BASE AND DOCK COMMANDERS
Star Fleet ship Commanding Officers, along with the crew, visiting or orbiting around a
Star Fleet base, station or other facility, will be under the authority of the Commanding
Officer of that facility as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 5520. In addition, when
visiting a station, the Commanding Officer of the ship must make a courtesy call on the
station commander as required by Star Fleet Regulation 7410. However, Star Fleet
Regulation 5520 also states that the commander of the base, station or facility has no
authority over the individuals of the visiting ship while they remain onboard their vessel.
Conversely, if station personnel are onboard the ship for the purpose of effecting repairs or
other work, the Commanding Officer of the ship has no authority over such personnel
while in the performance of such work as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 4810, but
will have authority over station personnel that visit the ship as specified in Star Fleet
Regulations 4410 and 4420.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SELECTION
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships are selected and assigned by the Office of
Star Fleet Ship Personnel (SSCPER) within Star Ship Command. This office is the
only organization directly responsible for determining the eligibility of Star Fleet officers
to command Star Fleet ships in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 5750, and is
the principal organization with the responsibility to propose and make recommendations
regarding the selection of ship Commanding Officers, and to provide the names and
qualifications of selected candidates for command of Star Fleet ships. However, the final
decision regarding the selection of persons to fill the billet of ship Commanding Officer
will rest with the Deputy Chief: Star Ship Command, along with the approval of the
Chief of Star Fleet Operations. And unless physically unable to command the ship or by
disciplinary action was relieved of command, the selected Commanding Officer shall be
in command of his or her ship for not less than five years, but not longer than 18 years.
SUCESSION
If the Commanding Officer is absent, disabled, relieved from duty, or detached without
relief, another officer must assume the Commanding Officer’s responsibilities as
required by Star Fleet Regulations. Specifically, Star Fleet Regulation 5970 states:
“In the event of the incapacity, death, relief from duty, or absence of the officer detailed
to command a ship, he shall be succeeded by the line officer in the Star Fleet, eligible for
command, next in rank and regularly attached to and on board the ship, until relieved by
competent authority or until the regular Commanding Officer returns.” In the event of a
permanent loss, the Executive Officer will automatically assume command if onboard.
However, this is a temporary assumption of command until a permanent replacement is
selected. During emergency situations where the Commanding Officer may not be
onboard, the Command Duty Officer will assume command of the ship. Where both the
Commanding Officer and the Command Duty Officer are not onboard, the Officer of
the Deck or the Officer of the Conn will assume command.
CAPTAIN’S LOG
All actions taken by the Commanding Officer are recorded in the “Captain’s Log.” The
Captain’s Log is actually a combination of the ship’s event recorder and those personal
entries made by the Commanding Officer, the Command Duty Officer, the Officer of
the Conn, or the officer in charge. The Captain’s Log basically outlines or describes all
the actions taken by the command. Such actions include, but are not limited to: all orders
issued by or to the command, all areas or places visited or embarked, all actions taken by
the ship and crew, all entries regarding the physical or material condition of the ship, and
any repairs made to the ship. The Captain’s Log is a legal record of the command as
specified in Star Fleet Regulations 4530 and 4540. As such, any tampering with the
log or false entry is a violation of Federation law and a court-martial offense.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMMANDING OFFICER'S UNIFORM
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships will generally wear the standard working
uniform (designated SWMO2A for males and SWFO2A for females) while on duty
aboard. The uniform generally consists of a pair of black trousers (Item 3421) and the
Type II tunic (Item 3413 or 3414 for females) in goldenrod as illustrated in Figure 4b12.3.
The sleeve braid of the Commanding Officer must be displayed indicating his or her
position within the organization as specified in Star Ship Command Order 4132. The
sleeve braid consists of two solid gold bands with dashed bands sandwiched in between as
shown in the illustration below[4]. Commanding Officers will generally never wear
coveralls. That particular uniform is basically for use by technicians.
Illustration 4b12.1
COMMANDING OFFICER SLEEVE BRAID
When officials and dignitaries are expected onboard, the Commanding Officer will wear
the Service Dress uniform, designated SDMO2G for male commanders and SDFO2G for
female commanders. The uniform essentially comprises a special tunic worn over the
remainder of the working uniform. The tunic is an iridescent olive green Neru jacket with
gold braid running down the jacket opening and around the collar. Gold piping inserted
around the sleeve seam indicates that the individual is a Commanding Officer versus
simply an officer of command grade. Examples of the Commanding Officer Service
Dress uniforms are illustrated in Figure 4b12.4.
Commanding Officers also have the privilege of wearing a special casual version of the
working uniform while on duty, whereas the rest of the crew must wear the standard
working uniform. The informal casual version consists mainly of a wrap style tunic in place
of the standard work tunic. It is usually green in color and has gold piping down the inside
edge of the opening. The remainder of the crew also has such a tunic, but is generally not
authorized to wear while on duty. An example of the casual version of the working uniform
can be found in Figure 4b12.5.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMMANDING OFFICER'S PIN
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships are also allowed to wear the "Command
Pin", a gold metal version of the Star Fleet star. The pin is a device worn by all officers
holding the position of Commanding Officer. The pin is worn only on dress uniforms,
and is required only on the Formal Dress Blue uniform, but optional on the Ceremonial
Dress White and Service Dress uniforms. The badge can only be worn while the officer
holds the position of Commanding Officer, but can be kept by the person for all time.
COMMANDING OFFICER'S SERVICE BADGE
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships will also receive and are allowed to wear the
Starship Command Badge, which is given to officers of the Star Fleet Service who
have commanded or are in command of a Star Fleet ship. The criterion for ship command
is that the officer be assigned to the vessel and has been in command for at least 30 days.
After thirty days of command the officer is authorized to wear this ribbon on his or her
Service Dress uniform. The patch is illustrated below and in Figure 4b12.6.
Illustration 4b12.2
COMMANDING OFFICER SERVICE BADGE
COMMANDING OFFICER'S PERSONAL AIDE
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships will also have a personal aide for the purpose
of assisting the Commanding Officer with his administrative duties. The Command
Yeoman as the function is known, will have no other duties other than to function as aide
to the ship's Commanding Officer and to perform those administrative duties for the
Command Department as assigned by the Commanding Officer. The Command
Yeoman may also serve the Commanding Officer meals in his stateroom as requested
by the Commanding Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages contain the organizational charts for some Commanding Officers
of Star Fleet ships. These charts illustrate the Department Heads that report directly to
the Commanding Officer.
1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
Position Rank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b12.1
GENERAL STARSHIP ORGANIZATION
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
CAPT
1200 1002
LCDR T5
1900
Commander: Fleet
Marine Detachment
CMDR
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
2000 3000 4000 5000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical Chief Science
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b12.2
GENERAL SHIP ORGANIZATION: ATTACK CARRIER
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
Officer
COMO
1200 1002
LCDR T5
1900 1800
Commander: Fleet Commander:
Marine Detachment Attack/Fighter Wing
CAPT CAPT
1100
Executive
Officer
CAPT
2000 3000 4000 6000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical Chief Flight Officer
Officer Officer Officer (Flight Boss)
CMDR LCDR LCDR CMDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b12.3
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP COMMANDING OFFICER WORKING UNIFORM
Working Uniform – Male Working Uniform – Female Long

SWMO2A SWFO2A

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b12.4
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP COMMANDING OFFICER SERVICE DRESS UNIFORM
Service Dress Uniform – Male Service Dress Uniform – Female Long

SDMO2G SDFO2G
Star Fleet
Unifor m

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b12.5
STAR FLEET SHIP COMMANDING OFFICER CASUAL WORKING UNIFORM
Special Casual Uniform - Male Special Casual Uniform - Female

SWGO2G SWGO2G
Star
Star Fleet Fleet
Unifor m Unifor m

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b12.6
STAR FLEET SHIP COMMANDING OFFICER BADGE
Commanding Officer's Service Badge

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.3 THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The Executive Officer, sometimes referred to as the First Officer, or XO, is the line
officer next in rank to the Commanding Officer or ship’s captain as required under Star
Fleet Regulation 5810, and under the direction of the Commanding Officer, is in
complete charge of all matters relating to the personnel, routine, and discipline of the ship.
As such, the Executive Officer can be considered as the “Administrative Officer” of
the ship and will have those Division Officers that perform administrative functions
aboard ship report directly to him as shown in Figures 4b13.1 and 4b13.2. With regards to
his authority, all orders issued by the Executive Officer are considered as coming from
the ship’s captain. And in case of the absence or disability of the captain, the Executive
Officer will assume command. Therefore, the Executive Officer is, by virtue of his
position, senior to all staff officers aboard ship.
The Executive Officer is also the ship’s ”Morale Officer“ as well. As such, morale will
generally be the responsibility of the Executive Officer, as well as maintaining the ship in
a high state of readiness. This includes keeping the ship in optimal cleanliness, ensuring
the crew is neat and clean in appearance, and to assign individuals to appropriate duty. In
addition, all drills and tests of crew efficiency and battle readiness will be the responsibility
of the Executive Officer[5].
Regarding succession, the Executive Officer will be the first one to assume command. As
such, should the Commanding Officer become disabled during battle, the Executive
Officer will immediately take over and become the acting Commanding Officer. For this
reason, the location of the Executive Officer’s battle station, as determined by the
Commanding Officer, is very important and will usually be some distance away from the
Commanding Officer. This prevents both officers from being placed out of commission
at the same time. After any battle, the Executive Officer will make a detailed report to
the Commanding Officer of the material condition of the ship and the status of all
repairs. If the Executive Officer cannot fulfill the duties of the Commanding Officer,
normally, the next senior line officer assigned to the ship assumes the duties of the
Commanding Officer.
AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY
As set forth in Star Fleet Regulations, the Executive Officer is the direct deputy to the
Commanding Officer regarding the general efficiency of the ship. As such, some of the
Executive Officer’s responsibilities include the following:
1. Assigning personnel to duty. With the help of Department Heads, the Executive
Officer will arrange and coordinate all ship’s work, drills, exercises, and the inspection
of the ship.
2. Investigate matters affecting the discipline and conduct of the crew and will make
recommendations concerning such matters to the Commanding Officer.
3. Inspect the ship and receive readiness reports from the various Department Heads
when the ship is cleared for action; then report to the Commanding Officer when
the ship is ready for action.
4. Approve or disapprove liberty and leave requests, and other requests from the crew.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ASSISTANTS TO THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Depending on the size of the ship, certain officers or enlisted personnel are detailed as
assistants to the Executive Officer. The following table lists the usual assistants to the
Executive Officer:
Table 4b13.1
TYPICAL ASSISTANTS TO THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Officer Description of Duties
 Assigns personnel to the various departments
Personnel Officer  Sets berthing arrangements
 Maintains enlisted and officer Service Records
 Assists the Commanding Officer and Executive Officer in
Command Yeoman administrative functions
 Maintains the Captain’s Log
 Performs religious services
Ship's Chaplain/Lay Person  Performs other religious functions
 Schedules services
 Protect the ship and critical ship areas from boarders and
disasters
Security Chief
 Provides security personnel for landing parties
 Provides security guards for brigs and detention areas
 Maintains all logs and records regarding the operation of the ship
Records Officer
 Maintains the ships databases within the Library-computer
 Secures fleet school quotas
Training Officer  Schedules orientation courses for newly reporting personnel
 Prepares long- and short-range training schedules
 Ensures the crew is trained in safety procedures
Safety Officer
 Performs inspections of the ship for safety
RELATIONSHIP WITH COMMANDING OFFICER
On Star Fleet ships there is a unique relationship between the Commanding Officer
and the Executive Officer. First, it must be noted that the Executive Officer is basically
a “Commanding Officer in Training”. As such, the Commanding Officer may place
an extraordinary amount of pressure on the Executive Officer by having him execute all
his or her orders through the XO.
Since the Executive Officer is second in command, the Commanding Officer is obliged
to keep the Executive Officer informed of all his policies and intentions as required by
Star Fleet Regulation 4160. This regulation specifically states that: “ The Commanding
Officer shall keep the Executive Officer informed of his policies and normally shall issue all
orders relative to the duties of the command through that officer. Normally, the
Commanding Officer shall require that all communications of an official nature from
subordinates to the Commanding Officer be transmitted through the Executive Officer.”
In general, the Commanding Officer is the operational head of the command and will
typically delegate the administrative duties to the Executive Officer. As such, the
Executive Officer is the ship’s “Administrative Officer” and all the heads of those
divisions relating to the administrative aspect of the command will come under the direct
authority of the Executive Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S UNIFORM
Executive Officers of Star Fleet ships will generally wear the standard working uniform
(designated SWMO2A or SWMO3A for males and SWFO2A or SWFO3A for females)
while on duty aboard. The uniform generally consists of a pair of black trousers (Item
3421) and the Type II tunic (Item 3413 or 3414 for females) in goldenrod as illustrated in
Figure 4b13.3. However, the exception to this rule is in the case where the Executive
Officer has a dual role as a Department Head as well as the XO. In such cases, the
departmental uniform may be worn, subject to the approval of the Commanding Officer,
but with the sleeve braid of the Executive Officer. The sleeve braid of the Executive
Officer must be displayed indicating his or her position within the organization as
specified in Star Ship Command Order 4132. The sleeve braid consists of two solid
gold bands as shown in the illustration below.
Illustration 4b13.1
EXECUTIVE OFFICER SLEEVE BRAID
When officials and dignitaries are expected onboard, the Executive Officer will wear the
Service Dress uniform, designated SDMO2G for male officers and SDFO2G for female
officers. The uniform essentially comprises a special tunic worn over the remainder of the
working uniform. The tunic is an iridescent olive green Neru jacket with gold braid running
down the jacket opening and around the collar (Item 3374), except as stated above where
the Executive Officer has a dual role and as such, may wear the colors of his or her
specific Department. However, unlike the Commanding Officer’s tunic, the tunic of the
Executive Officer does not have the gold piping around the sleeve seam. Examples of
the Executive Officer Service Dress uniforms are illustrated in Figure 4b13.4. And as
with the Commanding Officer, the Executive Officer will generally never wear work
coveralls.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages contain the organizational charts for a typical Executive Officer of
a Star Fleet ship. These charts show the officers that directly report to the Executive
Officer.
1100
Executive
Officer
CMDR
Position Rank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b13.1
DIRECT REPORTS TO THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Command
1100
Department Executive
Officer
CMDR
1002
Command
Yeoman
T5
2400 2500 2600 2530

Security Personnel Records Training
LEUT LEUT LEUT ENSN
3510 1300
Safety Ship’s
Officer Chaplain
LTJG LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b13.2
ADDITIONAL OPERATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY UNDERWAY
XO
Executive
Officer
CMDR
DCYEO
Duty Command
Yeoman
T5
MAA SWO MWO DSO

Senior Watch Maintenance Watch
Master at Arms* Duty Safety Officer
Officer Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT ENSN
*Primarily on larger Starships such as Attack Carriers and Battleships.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b13.3
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP EXECUTIVE OFFICER WORKING UNIFORM

SWMO2A SWFO2A

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b13.4
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP EXECUTIVE OFFICER SERVICE DRESS UNIFORM

SDMO2G SDFO2G
Star Fleet
Unifor m

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.4 DEPARTMENT HEADS

Star Fleet ships are organizationally divided into Departments assigned to handle the
primary functions of the ship as established and organized by Star Ship Command. As
shown in Figure 4b14.1 and in Table 4b14.1 below, each department of a ship is under the
direction of a Department Head, who is responsible for all matters pertaining to his or
her department such as: its organization, training, safety, security, equipment, material
condition, maintenance, cleanliness, and the conduct and performance of the officers and
technicians assigned to that department. The following table lists the standardized ranks
and titles of Department Heads that may be found on any given Star Fleet ship. The
items in blue are the minimum required billets.
Table 4b14.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF STAR FLEET SHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
Typical
Rank
1200 Fleet Representative Command LCDR
1300 Ships Chaplain2 Command LCDR
Commander: Fleet Marine
1900 Command LCDR
Detachment
3
2000 [Chief] Operations Officer Operations LCDR
4000 [Chief]3 Medical Officer Medical LCDR
3
5000 [Chief] Science Officer Science LCDR
6000 [Chief]3 Flight Officer Flight Operations4 CMDR
[Chief]3 Repair Officer or
7000 [Chief]3 Materials Officer or Repair, Materials or Fueling LCDR
[Chief]3 Fueling Officer
[Chief]3 Transportation Officer or
8000 Transportation or Freight LCDR
[Chief]3 Cargo Officer
Attached Units:
Commander: Attack/Fighter
9000 NOT A SHIP DEPARTMENT CMDR
Squadron
Commander: Fleet Marine <Unit>
Notes:
2. Optional
3. The “Chief” designation is optional. However, when used the convention is that senior
department heads will have “Chief” prefixed onto their title, whereas division or section heads
may have “Chief” suffixed onto their title. For example, Chief Engineer versus Transporter Chief.
4. Specifically, the organization aboard an Attack Carrier.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DEPARTMENTAL HIERARCHY AND CHAIN OF COMMAND
Departments on board Star Fleet ships are further divided into smaller units in order to
distribute the responsibilities of the department. Each of these units will have their own
organizational structure as will be described below and illustrated in the figures located at
the end of this section.
DEPARTMENTAL YEOMEN
Every department onboard a Star Fleet ship will have at least one Yeoman assigned as
the Departmental Yeoman. The function of the Departmental Yeoman is to aid the
Department Head in the performance of his or her administrative duties. As such,
Departmental Yeomen will:
 Maintain the department’s records

 Record events into the department’s log as directed by the Department Head
 Submit operational reports to the Officer of the Conn for review and signature
 Forward requests, reports and documents to the Executive Officer or the
Commanding Officer as appropriate.
In order to become a Departmental Yeoman, each candidate must go through special

training that focuses on the duties and functions performed within their department. For
example: a Departmental Yeoman for the Engineering Department must have a
basic understanding of engineering and propulsion functions, as well as a knowledge of
the terminology used within the department. As such, the Engineering Department
Yeoman must be able to understand the terms and descriptions which are being spoken
to them by engineers and technical specialists.
DIVISION OFFICERS
Next in the hierarchy of a Department is the Division, which is headed by a Division

Officer. A Division is the primary element of a Department with a somewhat wide and
generalized scope regarding the nature of the functions for which it is responsible. As
such, Division Officers may be Limited Duty Officers or LDOs and may be restricted
to duty within their specialization. A more detailed examination of Division Officers will
be found in Section 1.5 of this volume.
SECTION LEADERS
Divisions within a departmental organization may be further divided into Sections that
are focused on a specific functional area within the division. Heads of Star Fleet ship
Sections will generally have the title of <Function> Officer or <Function/Section>
Chief for senior enlisted persons; where the function is defined as the primary operational
responsibility for the Section. For example, the officer in charge of the ship’s weapons
systems will have the title of Weapons Officer, and the senior technician in charge of the
Biopsy Lab in the Medical Department may be called Biopsy Lab Chief, etc. A more
detailed examination of Section Leaders will be found in Section 1.5 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STANDARD SHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
As a minimum, every Star Fleet ship is organized into the three standard departments:
Operations, Engineering and Medicine. However, ships that perform security patrol
duty, exploration and scientific investigation will also have a Science Department as
well. As such, all Starships will be organized into these four basic departments, each of
which will be administered by a Department Head.
Also, on most Star Fleet ships shuttlecraft flight operations will be handled by a division
within the Operations Department and as such, the Flight Operations Officer would
be a Division Officer. However, some of the larger ships may have their own Flight
Operations Department with its own Department Head entitled the Flight Officer.
OPERATIONS OFFICER[6]
The Operations Officer is responsible, under the Commanding Officer, for the basic
operation of the ship and the support of the crew. The term “basic operation” of the ship
may be defined as the control of the ship’s course and speed, management of the ship’s
defenses, management of all ship’s communications and control of the security of the ship.
In addition, the Operations Officer will also be responsible for the collection, analysis,
evaluation and dissemination of combat and other pertinent information required for the
proper operation and security of the ship, and the missions and tasks to which the ship is
assigned.
Regarding the support of the crew, the Operations Officer is in charge of those divisions
that concern the crew. Such divisions include the Personnel Division, Food Service
Section, and the Training Section. As such, the Operations Officer will be responsible
for the pay, training, quartering, and rations of crewmembers. However, most of these
personnel support functions will be the responsibility of the ship’s Executive Officer.
The Operations Officer will always be a line officer (SSC) and eligible for command, and
on most Starships, will have the rank of Lieutenant Commander, except for the larger
Starships under the command of a Flag Officer. In such cases the Operations Officer
may have the rank of Commander. The Operations Officer must also be qualified to
stand the Officer of the Conn and the Command Duty Officer watch and must be able
to take over command of the ship should the Commanding Officer and the Executive
Officer become incapacitated or unable to direct operations. As such, the Operations
Officer is third in line within the ship’s Chain of Command. Under the Operations
Officer are the Division Officers assigned to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of
the Operations Department as shown in Figure 4b14.2. A more detailed description of
the Operations Officer may be found in Section 2.1 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENGINEERING OFFICER
The Engineering Officer, also called the Chief Engineer, is responsible, under the
Commanding Officer for the operation, care and maintenance of the ship’s propulsion
plants, auxiliary machinery and support systems; for the operation and maintenance of
electric power generation, storage and distribution systems; for the control of vessel
damage; for repairs to the ship’s hull and for repairs to the material and equipment of
other departments that are beyond their capacity to repair, but that is within the capacity
of the Engineering Department; and for the operation and maintenance of the ship’s
atmospheric and gravitational control systems. As such, the Engineering Officer will
ensure that the Engineering Department is managed and operated according to the
Engineering Department Manual for Star-Drive Propulsion Plants (STARSHIPS
510-1305).
The Engineering Officer is also responsible for the general maintenance of the ship,
which includes the general cleanliness of the ship’s common spaces (e.g. ventilation
headers, tubes, corridors, recreation areas, etc.), the supply of essential ship services such
as potable water, breathing gases, the repair of ship equipment and the overall condition
of the hull. With regards to the cleanliness of other areas, the cleanliness of departmental
areas is the responsibility of the Department Head for those areas.
The Engineering Officer will typically be an officer of the line (SSC) currently designated
for engineering duty. However, the Chief Engineer may also be a Staff Corps officer of
the Engineering Corps designated as a Propulsion Engineering Officer (PEO), which
is considered a Restricted Line Officer or as an Engineering Duty Officer or EDO,
who may be restricted from standing watches that involve command of the ship. However,
EDOs will normally not be assigned as Engineering Officer aboard a Star Fleet ship. In
general, on most Starships, the Engineering Officer will have the rank of Lieutenant
Commander.
The Engineering Officer will usually be qualified to stand the Officer of the Conn
watch and should be able to take command of the ship should the Commanding Officer,
Executive Officer and the Operations Officer become incapacitated or are unable to
command. As such, the Engineering Officer would be fourth in line within the ship’s
Chain of Command. Under the Engineering Officer are the Division Officers assigned
to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of the Engineering Department as shown in
Figure 4b14.3. A more detailed description of the Engineering Officer may be found in
Section 2.2 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHIEF MEDICAL OFFICER
The Chief Medical Officer is responsible, under the Commanding Officer for the
health, physical fitness and mental wellbeing of the crew, and of any passenger that may
be embarked. The Chief Medical Officer is also responsible for making any health and
safety inspections he deems necessary and in advising the Commanding Officer with
respect to health, hygiene and sanitation aboard ship.
The Chief Medical Officer will typically be a certified physician and an officer of the Star
Fleet Medical Corps restricted to duty within the medical profession. As such, the Chief
Medical Officer will never command a Star Fleet ship or stand any watch relating to the
command of the ship such as Officer of the Conn. Also, the Chief Medical Officer will
almost always have the rank of Lieutenant Commander, Star Fleet Medical Corps,
regardless of the size of the ship, but may be a Commander on the larger combatants,
and definitely a Commander or Captain as director of the medical facilities onboard a
Hospital ship. The officer in command of the medical facilities on board a Hospital ship will
also be the Chief Medical Officer of the ship as well. Under the Chief Medical Officer
are the officers assigned to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of the Medical
Department as shown in Figure 4b14.4. A more detailed description of the Chief
Medical Officer may be found in Section 2.3 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHIEF SCIENCE OFFICER
The Chief Science Officer is responsible, under the Commanding Officer for all the
scientific endeavors assigned to the ship. In addition, the Science Officer is responsible
for the collection, evaluation and dissemination of scientific information required for the
proper operation of the ship, and the missions and tasks to which the ship is assigned.
The Chief Science Officer will typically be a scientist and a Staff Corps Officer of the
Science Corps. As such, the Chief Science Officer will never command a Star Fleet
ship. However, the Chief Science Officer may also be a line officer (SSC) currently
designated for science duty as well. In such instances the Chief Science Officer may be
eligible to command a ship. In general, the Chief Science Officer is usually restricted
from standing command watches and will only stand duty relating to his or her specialty.
However, line officers that are restricted to science duty may be eligible to stand command
watches such as Officer of the Conn and Command Duty Officer.
The Chief Science Officer on board a Star Fleet ship will almost always have the rank
of Lieutenant Commander, regardless of the size of the ship, but will have the rank of
Commander as head of the facilities onboard a Laboratory or Survey vessel. Under the
Science Officer are the officers assigned to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of
the Science Department as shown in Figure 4b14.5. A more detailed description of the
Chief Science Officer may be found in Section 2.4 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OTHER SHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
Star Fleet combatants will usually be organized into the four standard departments of
Operations, Engineering, Medicine and Science. However, Star Fleet support ships
have a different role than the combatants, which is to support the fleet. For example,
support ships do not usually engage in exploration or scientific investigation and therefore,
support ships will not have a separate Science Department, but may contain a Science
Division within the Operations Department, if required. In place of the Science
Department, support ships will have a department that specializes in the mission to
which that particular class of support ship was commissioned.
It should be noted that the Chief Medical Officer on board a Hospital ship is generally
not a part of the ship’s basic organization. The hospital portion of the ship is a separate
command entity that is housed within the ship. Therefore, the Chief Medical Officer of a
Hospital ship is the Commanding Officer of the medical spaces and the medical
personnel on board the ship. However, the Chief Medical Officer of the Hospital ship will
also act as the medical officer for the ship as well and will also be subject to the policies
and orders of the ship’s Commanding Officer at all times as it relates to the operation of
the vessel.
Table 4b14.2
TITLES AND RANKS OF SUPPORT SHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
Support Class Typical
Functional Department Department Head
Designation Name Rank
SF Fuel Ship Fueling [Chief] Fueling Officer LCDR
SL Laboratory Science [Chief] Science Officer LCDR
SM Hospital Medical Chief Medical Officer CAPT
SP Supply Materials [Chief] Materials Officer LCDR
SR Repair Repair [Chief] Repair Officer LCDR
SV Survey Science [Chief] Science Officer LCDR
TF Freighter Freight [Chief] Cargo Officer LCDR
TG Fleet Tug Transportation [Chief] Transportation Officer LCDR
TR Transport Transportation [Chief] Transportation Officer LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FLIGHT OFFICER
The Flight Officer or Chief Flight Officer is responsible, under the Commanding
Officer, for the launch, retrieval and maintenance of the ship’s service and/or attack craft.
On board regular Starships the Flight Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant
and will occupy the position as a Division Officer within the Operations Department.
However, on an Attack Carrier the “Flight Officer” will generally be the Flight
Operations Officer of the attached Wing or Group, and will usually have the rank of
Captain or Commander, respectively, and will report directly to the Commanding
Officer as either a Department Head or as a unit commander. Under the Flight Officer
are the Division Officers assigned to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of the
Flight Operations Department as shown in Figure 4b14.6.
REPAIR OFFICER
On a Repair Ship or Tender where a Repair Department is organized to provide repair

and other maintenance services to other ships, the person charged with the responsibility
to affect such repairs and services will be called the Repair Officer or the Chief Repair
Officer. The Repair Officer is responsible, under the Commanding Officer for all work
and repairs made to the affected vessel. As such, he is responsible for the work performed
by the repair staff and that the work is done in accordance with procedures, that the work
performed utilized the correct parts and materials, and that the work is completed on time.
In addition, the Repair Officer is responsible for testing all the repairs made by his or her
department.
The Repair Officer will typically be an officer with knowledge and experience in ship
repair and repair service management. As such, he or she will usually be a Staff Corps
Officer of either the Engineering or the Construction Corps. As such, the Repair
Officer will never command a Star Fleet ship, but may qualify and stand the watch as
Command Duty Officer or Officer of the Conn. Under the Repair Officer are the
Division Officers assigned to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of the Ship Repair
Department as shown in Figure 4b14.7.
MATERIALS OFFICER
On a Supply Ship where a Materials Department is organized to provide provisions,

equipment, parts and other logistical services to other ships, the individual charged with
the responsibility to provide such services will be called the Materials Officer or the
Chief Supply Officer. As such, the Materials Officer will be the officer responsible for
managing the replenishments of ships and stations, maintaining an accounting of the
goods and supplies issued to such commands, supporting the commands in their logistical
needs and to supply the command with the requested parts and supplies. Where the
Supply Ship is part of a fleet command, the Materials Officer will make scheduled
reports on fleet consumption to the Fleet Logistics Officer aboard the Flagship.
The Materials Officer will typically be an officer with knowledge and experience in ship
logistics, material accounting and load management and therefore, will usually be a Staff
Corps Officer of the Supply Corps. As such, the Materials Officer will never command
a Star Fleet ship and is usually not qualified to stand Bridge or Conn watches. Under the
Materials Officer are the various Division Officers assigned to carry-out the duties and
responsibilities of the Materials Department as shown in Figure 4b14.8.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FUELING OFFICER
On Fuel Ships, which are also considered supply ships, the Fueling Officer will take the
place of the Materials Officer. The function of the Fueling Officer is to manage the
Fuel Department, which handles the transport and storage of high-energy fuel for the
replenishment of Star Fleet ships and stations. The Fueling Officer is also responsible
for the proper accounting of all nuclear and high-energy material brought onboard and
stored on the ship.
The Fueling Officer will typically be an officer with knowledge and experience concerning
the ship’s engines and high-energy fuel storage, as well as of materials management. As
such, he or she will usually be a Staff Corps Officer of the Engineering Corps, but may
also be a line officer as well. Under the Fueling Officer are the Division Officers
assigned to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of the Fueling Department as
shown in Figure 4b14.9.
TRANSPORTATION OFFICER
On transports permanently assigned to the Star Fleet Transportation Command there

is usually a Transportation Department headed by the Transportation Officer. The
Transportation Officer is charged primarily with the receipt, berthing, messing, safety,
conduct, and discharge of passengers and troops; and the receipt, handling, stowage, and
release of service craft and other vessels that are consigned to be transported by the ship.
On board Fleet Tugs the Transportation Officer will primarily be concerned with the
management of transport containers. This includes the attachment and release of the
container as well as of the contents contained therein. Under the Transportation Officer
are the various officers assigned to carry-out the duties and responsibilities of the ship’s
Transportation Department as shown in Figure 4b14.10.
CARGO OFFICER
On transport vessels within the Star Fleet Transportation Command that are detailed
to haul cargo and supplies, a Cargo Officer will be assigned to manage the storage and
handling of the freight. This is not the same duty as the Materials Officer of Supply
Ships, whose function it is to manage the shipping and transfer of materiel to ships and
stations. Cargo Officers primarily manage large freight to bases and facilities for the
purpose of storage or distribution, and rarely are engaged in freight transfer to other
ships. Under the Cargo Officer are the Division Officers assigned to carry-out the
duties and responsibilities of the Freight Department as shown in Figure 4b14.11.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TROOP DETACHMENTS
Star Fleet Marine Corps troops will sometimes be attached to a Star Fleet ship for a
short duration. Such troops are assigned to the ship either as transients or are assigned to
protect some specific cargo or area of the ship. However, it should be noted that this is not
the same as the ship’s Security Force, but a unit that is attached to the ship for a special
purpose. The size of the attachment is usually of platoon or company strength, depending
on the mission. As such, they will be under the sole command of a Unit Commander, the
rank and title of which will depend upon the size of the unit.
Attached troops are normally Star Fleet Marine forces that are assigned to Star Fleet
ships and in some respects, are part of the crew. Their primary purpose is to guard specific
areas of the ship, or may simply be in transit to a duty station or mission. Therefore, they
may be placed on the duty schedule of the ship as allowed under Star Fleet Regulation
3910. As such, the Unit Commander in charge of the troops will generally report directly
to the ship’s Commanding Officer and will be subject to the authority and discipline of
the Commanding Officer as any other Department Head on board the ship.
In the case of a Ground Assault ship, the troops on this vessel are not “attached” as in
any other ship since they are not part of the crew. Therefore, unlike other ships, the Unit
Commander of the troops onboard a Ground Assault ship will be independent of the
ship’s command structure, but will report directly to the ship’s Commanding Officer
regarding their role onboard the ship. As such, ground troops aboard a Ground Assault
ship must comply with the routine of the ship and must not interfere in the functioning of
the vessel.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DEPARTMENT HEAD UNIFORM
Department Heads of Star Fleet ships will generally wear the standard working uniform
(designated SWMO3<a> for males and SWFO3<a> for females) while on duty aboard.
The uniform generally consists of a pair of black trousers (Item 3421) and the Type II
tunic (Item 3413 or 3414 for females) in the color of their respective department as
specified in Star Ship Command Order 4132 and as illustrated in Figure 4b14.12. The
sleeve braid of Department Heads must be displayed indicating his or her position within
the organization. The sleeve braid consists of a single solid gold band with a dashed band
above the solid band as shown in the illustration below.
Illustration 4b14.1
DEPARTMENT HEAD SLEEVE BRAID
Department Heads may wear coveralls if they will be engaged in work that may soil
their uniform. However, it is not the practice for Department Heads to wear coveralls. If
they should wear coveralls, they will wear the generic SWGG0<a> in the color of their
specific department.
When officials and dignitaries are expected onboard, the Department Heads will wear
the Service Dress uniform, designated SDMO3<a> for male officers and SDFO3<a>
for female officers. As with Command Officers, the Service Dress uniform of the
Department Head will essentially be composed of a special tunic worn over the
remainder of the working uniform. The tunic is a Neru jacket in an iridescent form of the
color of the individual’s specific department. The opening of the jacket will have gold
piping running down the edge of the jacket opening and around the collar (Item 3375).
Examples of the Service Dress uniforms of Department Heads are illustrated in Figure
4b14.13.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages present the organizational charts of all the departments onboard a
Star Fleet ship. They are presented in order of their billet number and generally represent
the “Chain of Command” of the department. The title blocks of each ship position contains
the position title, the ship’s Billet Number and the typical rank of the officer holding that
position.
2000
Operations
Officer
LCDR
Position Rank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.1
GENERAL STARSHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
Command
Department 1000
Commanding
CAPT
Officer
1200 1002
LCDR T5
1300 1400
Ship’s Chaplain Ship’s Counselor
LCDR LEUT
1100
Executive
CMDR
Officer
2000 3000 4000 5000

Operations Engineering Chief Medical [Chief] Science
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR
6000 7000 7000 7000

[Chief] Flight [Chief] Repair [Chief] Materials [Chief] Fueling
CMDR
Officer LCDR
Officer LCDR
Officer LCDR
Officer
8000 8000
[Chief] Transportation [Chief] Cargo
LCDR
Officer LCDR
Officer

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.2
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
2000
Operations
Officer
LCDR
2001
Operations
Yeoman
T4
2100 2200 2300 2400

Navigations Communications Weapons Security
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT
2500 2600 2700 2800

Personnel Records Supply Flight Operations
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT
2900
Intelligence
Officer
LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.3
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
3000
Engineering
Officer
LCDR
3001
Engineering
Yeoman
T4
3100 3200 3300 3400

Main Propulsion Electrical Environmental Ship Services
Assistant Officer Controls Officer Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT
3500 3600 3700 3800

Damage Control Transporter Electronic Systems Service Craft
Assistant Officer Officer Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.4
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
4000
Chief Medical
Officer
LCDR
4001
Medical
Yeoman
T4
4100 4200 4300 4400

Chief Physician Chief Surgeon Chief Dentist Chief Psychologist
LCDR LCDR LEUT LEUT
4500 4600 4700 4800

Medical Laboratory
Chief Pathologist Chief Pharmacist Chief Radiologist
Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT
4900
Head Nurse
LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.5
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
5000
[Chief] Science
Officer
LCDR
5001
Science
Yeoman
T4
5100 5200 5300

Chief Physical
Chief Biologist Chief Sociologist
Scientist
LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.6
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
6000
[Chief] Flight
Officer
CMDR
6002 6001
Flight Safety Flight Operations
Officer Yeoman
LEUT T4
6100 6200 6300 6400

Flight Operations Craft Maintenance Craft Ordnance Craft Fueling
LCDR LEUT LEUT LEUT
6500 6600
Flightdeck Hangar Deck
Officer Officer
LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.7
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
7000
[Chief] Repair
Officer
LCDR
7002 7001
Construction Safety Repair Office
Officer Yeoman
LEUT T4
7100 7200 7300 7400

Systems Design Ship Repair Mechanical Repair Electrical Repair
Engineer Manager Officer Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT
7500 7600 7700 7800

Hull Repair Repair Parts Fabrications Service Craft
Officer Officer Officer Repair Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.8
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
7000
[Chief] Materials
Officer
LCDR
7001
Materials and Supply
Yeoman
T4
7100 7200 7300 7400

Supply Materials Accounting Delivery Management Spare Parts and Tools
Requirements Officer Officer Officer Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT
7500 7600 7700 7800

Food Stores Ship Stores Supply Consumables Auxiliary Systems
Officer Officer Officer Supply Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.9
FUELING DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
7000
[Chief] Fueling
Officer
LCDR
7001
Fuel Supply
Yeoman
T4
7100 7200 7300 7400

Fuel Supply Propulsion Fuel Craft Fuel Reactor Fuel
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT
7500 7600
High-Energy Waste Fueling Safety
Officer Officer
LEUT LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.10
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
8000
[Chief] Transportation
Officer
LCDR
8001
Transport Operations
Yeoman
T4
8100 8200 8300 8400

Craft Management Passenger Services Troop Berthing Transportation Safety
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.11
FREIGHT DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION
8000
[Chief] Cargo
Officer
LCDR
8001
Freight
Yeoman
T4
8100 8200 8300 8400

Hazardous Materials
Chief Load Planner Chief Load Handler Chief Freight Inspector
Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.12
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP DEPARTMENT HEAD WORKING UNIFORM

SWMO3R (Engineering) SWFO3S (Science)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b14.13
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP DEPARTMENT HEAD SERVICE DRESS UNIFORM

SDMO3R (Engineering) SDFO3S (Science)
Star Fleet
Unifor m

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.5 DIVISION OFFICERS AND SECTION

LEADERS
Star Fleet ship Departments are somewhat large organizations with many differing and
specialized areas contained within, which are called Divisions. A Division is the primary
element of a Department with a somewhat generalized scope regarding the functions for
which it is responsible. However, a Division is further subdivided into operating Sections
that specialize in a specific functionality within the division. As such, both Divisions and
Sections are headed up by an officer with specific knowledge and experience in the
operations and functionality of these organizational units. The general titles for the billets
associated with these functional units are: the Division Officer and the Section Leader,
respectively.
Heads of Star Fleet ship Divisions generally have a title of <Function> Officer, where
the function is defined as the primary operational responsibility for the Division or of the
division’s name itself. For example, the officer in charge of the ship’s weapons systems will
have the title of Weapons Officer, etc. In most cases, a Division will be headed by an
officer with the rank of Lieutenant, depending on the size and scope of the division.
The heads of ship Sections will also have a similar title of <Function> Officer or of the
section’s name such as <Section Name> Officer. For example, the officer in charge of
the Food Service Section will have the title of Food Services Officer. Since Sections
are smaller specialized units, they will normally be headed by an officer with the rank of
Lieutenant Junior Grade and sometimes, by an Ensign. However, for smaller Sections
the Section Leader may be a senior enlisted technician as well, usually with the rating of
Senior Chief or Master Chief Technician. In such cases the title of the Section
Leader, or Section Chief, would be <Function> Chief or <Section Title> Chief. In
general, the Section Leader symbolizes the lower link of the ship’s Chain of Command.
Some of the Divisions and Sections within a Department may represent a particular
specialty and as such, the officers assigned to such divisions may be of a particular Staff
Corps. As such, the heads of such Divisions or Sections will typically be Limited Duty
Officers or LDOs, and may be restricted for duty within their specialization as described
in Paragraph 2b of Star Fleet Regulation 5100. Therefore, such officers would not be in
a position to command the ship during the Commanding Officer’s absence. Only Line
Officers have that privilege.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DIVISION OFFICER’S UNIFORM
The uniform worn by Division Officers is basically the same as with everyone else on
board ship, which is the standard working uniform (designated SWMO3<a> for males
and SWFO3<a> for females). The uniform generally consists of a pair of black trousers
(Item 3421) and the Type II tunic (Item 3413 or 3414 for females) in the color of their
respective department as specified in Star Ship Command Order 4132. The sleeve
braid of Division Officers must be displayed indicating his or her position within the
organization and consists of a single solid gold band as shown in the illustration below.
Illustration 4b15.1
DIVISION OFFICER'S SLEEVE BRAID
Division Officers may wear coveralls if they will be engaged in work that may soil their
uniform. However, they should never wear coveralls as their normal working uniform. They
should only be worn when the work makes it necessary to wear it. If they should wear
coveralls, they will wear the generic SWGG0<a> in the color of their specific department.
When officials and dignitaries are expected onboard, the Division Officer may be
required to wear the Service Dress uniform, designated SDMO3<a> for male officers
and SDFO3<a> for female officers. However, Division Officers are often not involved in
the interaction with dignitaries and therefore, usually do not wear the Service Dress
uniform. In general, and if required, the Service Dress uniform of the Division Officer
is the same as with all the other officers onboard the ship. That is, the Service Dress
uniform is essentially composed of a special tunic worn over the standard working uniform.
The tunic is a Neru jacket in an iridescent form of the color of the individual’s specific
department. The opening of the jacket will have thin gold piping running down the edge of
the jacket opening and around the collar (Item 3375) as with the Department Head, but
the piping is of a smaller diameter. This is the same uniform worn by all other officers
onboard the ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SECTION LEADER’S UNIFORM
The uniform worn by Section Leaders is basically the same as that of the Division
Officer and everyone else on board ship, which is the standard working uniform
(designated SWMO3<a> for males and SWFO3<a> for females). The uniform generally
consists of a pair of black trousers (Item 3421) and the Type II tunic (Item 3413 or 3414
for females) in the color of their respective department as specified in Star Ship
Command Order 4132. The sleeve braid of the Section Leader consists of a single
band of dashes as shown in the illustration below.
Illustration 4b15.2
SECTION LEADER'S SLEEVE BRAID
Section Leaders may often wear coveralls since they are more involved in some aspect
of maintenance and operation at their duty station. Therefore, Section Leaders may
wear coveralls as a matter of course. However, when they wear coveralls, they must wear
the generic SWGG0<a> in the color of their specific department.
When officials and dignitaries are expected onboard, the Section Leader may be required
to wear the Service Dress uniform, designated SDMO3<a> for male and SDFO3<a>
for female officers. As with Division Officers, Section Leaders will also not usually be
involved in the interaction with dignitaries and therefore, will usually not wear the Service
Dress uniform. However, if required, the Service Dress uniform of the Section Leader
will be the same as with all the other officers onboard the ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages present the organizational charts of the standard divisions and
sections associated with the various departments onboard a Star Fleet ship. They are
presented in order of their billet number, and represent the “Chain of Command” within
each division. These charts will be referred to throughout the remaining sections of this
chapter. The title blocks of each division and section contains the Billet Number, the title of
the Ship’s Position and the typical rank of the officer holding that billet.
2100
Navigations
Officer
LEUT
Position Rank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.1
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: HELM AND NAVIGATIONS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2100
Navigations
Officer
LEUT
2110 2120 2130 2140

Navigation Controls Helm Control Ship’s Sensors Ship’s Stabilization
LTJG LTJG LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.2
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2200
Communications
Officer
LEUT
2210 2220 Exterior 2230 Interior 2240

Cryptographic
Lead Communicator Communications Communications
Officer
LTJG T8 Chief T6 Chief LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.3
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: WEAPONS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2300
Weapons
Officer
LEUT
2310 2320 2330 2340

Fire Control Phaser Weapons Torpedo Weapons Defense Systems
LTJG LTJG LTJG LTJG
2350
Small Arms
Specialist
S4

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.4
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: SECURITY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2400
Security
Officer
LEUT
2410 2420 2430

Detention Small Arms Head of
Officer Officer Security Forces
LTJG ENSN LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.5
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: PERSONNEL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2500
Personnel
Officer
LEUT
2510 2520 2530 2540

Personnel Records Ship’s Training
Ship’s Paymaster Chief Yeoman
Officer Officer
LTJG ENSN LTJG T7

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.6
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: RECORDS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2600
Records
Officer
LEUT
2610 2620
Ship’s Computer Ship’s Systems
Officer Analyst
LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.7
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: SUPPLY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2700
Supply
Officer
LEUT
2710 2720 2730 2740

Food Service
Procurement Officer Parts Officer Cargo Officer
Officer
LTJG ENSN ENSN ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.8
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
2800
Flight Operations
Officer
LEUT
2810 Flight Control 2820 2830

Flight Deck
Officer Chief Craft Pilot
Officer
LTJG (Flight Boss) LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.9
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: COMMAND INTELLIGENCE ORGANIZATION
2900
Intelligence
Officer
LEUT
2910 2920
Chief Tactical Chief Intelligence
Officer Specialist
LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.10
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: PROPULSION SYSTEMS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3100
Main Propulsion
Assistant
LEUT
3110 3120 3130 3140

Reactor Control Propulsion Control Warp Drive Impulse Drive
Officer Officer Systems Engineer Systems Engineer
LTJG LTJG LTJG LTJG
3150
Maneuvering
Systems Engineer
LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.11
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: POWER SYSTEMS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3200
Electrical
Officer
LEUT
3210 3220 3230

Electrical Systems Electrical Maintenance
Generation Officer
Officer Officer
LTJG LEUT LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.12
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3300
Environmental
Controls Officer
LEUT
3310 3320 3330

Atmospheric Control Ventilation Systems Ships Gravity
Officer Officer Engineer
LTJG LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.13
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: SHIP SERVICES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3400
Ship Services
Officer
LEUT
3410 3420 Ship Maintenance 3430 Ship’s Materials

Auxiliary Engineering
Officer Fabrication
Assistant
LEUT LTJG (First Lieutenant) LTJG Officer

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.14
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3500
Damage Control
Assistant
LEUT
3510 3520 3530 3540

Damage Control Fire Suppression
Ships Safety Officer Ships Repair Officer
Officer Systems Engineer
LTJG LTJG LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.15
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: TRANSPORTER CONTROL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3600
Transporter
Officer
LEUT
3610 3620 3630

Transporter Systems Transporter Transporter
Engineer Operations Officer Maintenance Officer
LTJG LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.16
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3700
Electronic Systems
Officer
LEUT
3710 3720
Electronic Systems Computer Systems
Engineer Engineer
LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.17
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: SERVICE CRAFT DIVISION ORGANIZATION
3800
Service Craft
Officer
LEUT
3810 3820
Service Craft Systems Shuttlecraft
Engineer Maintenance Officer
LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.18
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: GENERAL MEDICINE DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4100
Chief Physician
LCDR
4110 4120 4130

Chief of Chief Medical
Chief Internist
Alien Medicine Specialist
LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.19
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: SURGERY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4200
Chief Surgeon
LCDR
421[n] 422[n]
Surgeons Surgeon-Specialists
LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.20
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: DENTAL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4300
Chief Dentist
LEUT
431[n] 432[n] 433[n]

Dentists Oral Surgeons Oral Hygienists
LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.21
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: PSYCHOLOGY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4400
Chief Psychologist
LEUT
441[n] 4420
Psychologists Chief Psychiatrist
LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.22
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: PATHOLOGY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4500
Chief Pathologist
LEUT
451[n] 4520
Chief Medical
Psychologists
Examiner
ENSN LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.23
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: PHARMACY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4600
Chief Pharmacist
LTJG
461[n] 462[n]
Pharmaceutical
Pharmacists
Technician
ENSN S4

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.24
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: RADIOLOGY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4700
Chief Radiologist
LEUT
471[n] 472[n]
Radiological
Radiologists
Technicians
ENSN S5

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.25
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: MEDICAL LABORATORY ORGANIZATION
4800
Laboratory Officer
ENSN
481[n] 482[n]
Senior Medical Senior Biopsy
Laboratory Technician Laboratory Technician
S6 S5

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.26
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: NURSING DIVISION ORGANIZATION
4900
Head Nurse
LEUT
491[n] 4920
Chief Medical
Nurses
Technician
ENSN S6

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.27
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT: PHYSICAL SCIENCES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
5100
Chief Physical
Scientist
LEUT
5110 5120 5130 5140

Chief Geophysicist Chief Astrophysicist Chief Chemist Chief Geologist
LTJG LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.28
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT: LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
5200
Chief Biologist
LEUT
5210 5220 5230 5240

Chief A & A Officer Chief Astrobiologist Chief Botanist Chief Biochemist
LTJG LTJG LEUT LEUT
5250
Chief Zoologist
LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.29
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT: SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
5300
Chief Sociologist
LEUT
5310 5320 5330 5340

Chief Political
Chief Culturist Chief Penologist Chief Historian
Scientist
LTJG LTJG LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.30
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: FLIGHT CONTROL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
6100
Flight Operations
Officer
LCDR
6110 6120 6130

Flight Planning Flight Control Officer Mission Control
Officer (Flight Boss) Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT
6121
Launch Director
(Watch Officer)
*

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.31
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: CRAFT MAINTENANCE DIVISION ORGANIZATION
6200
Craft Maintenance
Officer
LEUT
6210 6220 6230

Craft Parts and Supply Craft Inspection and
Craft Repair Officer
Officer Test Officer
LEUT LEUT LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.32
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: CRAFT ORDNANCE DIVISION ORGANIZATION
6300
Craft Ordnance
Officer
LEUT
6310 6320 6330

Craft Weapons Craft Phaser Weapons Craft Torpedo Load
Maintenance Officer Officer Officer
LTJG LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.33
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: CRAFT FUEL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
6400
Craft Fueling
Officer
LEUT
6410 6420
Craft Fuel Supply Chief Fueling
Officer Technician
LTJG T6

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.34
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: FLIGHT DECK DIVISION ORGANIZATION
6500
Flight Deck
Officer
LEUT
6510 6520 6530

Flight Deck Systems Cargo Systems Flight Deck
Engineer Officer Maintenance Officer
LTJG ENSN ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.35
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: HANGAR DECK DIVISION ORGANIZATION
6600
Hanger Deck
Officer
LEUT
6610 6620
Craft Stowage Hanger Deck
Officer Maintenance Chief
ENSN T7

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.36
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: SYSTEMS ENGINEERING DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7100
Chief Systems
Engineer
LEUT
7110 7120 7130 7140

Lead Mechanical Lead Electrical Lead Structural Lead Process
Engineer Engineer Engineer Engineer
LTJG LTJG LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.37
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: REPAIR MANAGEMENT DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7200
Ship Repair
Manager
LEUT
7210 7220
Repair Planning Repair Project
Officer Supervisor
ENSN LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.38
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: MECHANICAL REPAIR DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7300
Mechanical Repair
Officer
LEUT
7310 7320 7330 7340

Mechanical Systems Propulsion Systems Transporter Repair Weapons Repair
LTJG LTJG ENSN LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.39
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: ELECTRICAL REPAIR DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7400
Electrical Repair
Officer
LCDR
7410 7420 7430 7440

Electrical Distribution Electrical Equipment Computer Systems Navigation Systems
Repair Officer Repair Officer Repair Officer Repair Officer
LEUT LTJG LEUT LTJG
7450 7460
Electronics Systems Sensor Equipment
Repair Officer Repair Officer
LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.40
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: HULL REPAIR DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7500
Hull Repair
Officer
LEUT
7510 7520 7530

Hull Plate Hull Welding Hull Closures
Fabrications Officer Officer Officer
LTJG LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.41
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: REPAIR PARTS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7600
Repair Parts
Officer
LEUT
7610 7620 7630

Parts Planning Parts Procurement Parts Storage and
Officer Officer Distribution Officer
ENSN ENSN LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.42
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: FABRICATION SHOP ORGANIZATION
7700
Chief Fabrications
Officer
LEUT
7710 7720 7730 7740

Fabrication Shop Fabrication Tools Fabrication Materials Fabrication Equipment
Supervisor Chief Chief Maintenance Officer
LTJG T7 T7 LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.43
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT: SERVICE CRAFT REPAIR DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7800
Service Craft Repair
Officer
LEUT
7810 7820 7830

Craft Systems Repair Craft Propulsion Repair Craft Hull Repair
ENSN ENSN LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.44
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: MATERIAL SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7100
Material Supply
Officer
LEUT
7110 7120
Fleet Requirements Procurement
Officer Officer
ENSN LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.45
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: MATERIALS ACCOUNTING DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7200
Material Accounting
Officer
LEUT
7210 7220
Material Storage Material Records
Officer Officer
LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.46
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: DELIVERY MANAGEMENT DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7300
Delivery Management
Officer
LEUT
7310 7320
Delivery Planning Materials Handling
Officer Officer
LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.47
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7400
Spare Parts and Tools
Officer
LEUT
7410 7420
Tools Small Parts
Officer Officer
ENSN ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.48
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: FOOD STORES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7500
Food Stores
Officer
LEUT
7510 7520 7530 7540

Fresh Produce Bulk Food Materials Food Synthesizer Chief Food
Officer Officer Repair Chief Inspector
LTJG ENSN T7 ENSN/T8

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.49
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: SHIP STORES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7600
Ship Store Supply
Officer
LEUT
7610 7620 7630 7640

Store Supply Personal Hygiene Clothing Products General Products
Management Officer Products Chief Chief Officer
LTJG T6 T7 ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.50
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: CONSUMABLE PRODUCTS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7700
Consumables
Officer
LEUT
7710 7720 7730 7740

Administrative Recreation Equipment Medical Supply Scientific
Supplies Chief Chief Officer Consumables Officer
T7 T6 LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.51
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT: AUXILIARY SYSTEMS SUPPLY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7800
Auxiliary Systems
Supply Officer
LEUT
7810 7820 7830 7840

Water Supply Air and Oxygen Lubricant Supply Craft Fuel Supply
Officer Supply Officer Officer Officer
LTJG LTJG ENSN ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.52
FUELING DEPARTMENT: FUEL SUPPLY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7100
Fuel Supply
Officer
LEUT
7110 7120 7130 7140

Fuel Requirements Fuel Scheduling Fuel Delivery
Fuel Quality Engineer
LTJG LTJG LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.53
FUELING DEPARTMENT: PROPULSION FUEL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7200
Propulsion Fuel
Officer
LEUT
7210 7220 7230 7240

Polymass Fuel Secondary Propulsion Fuel Production Fuel Storage
Officer Fuel Officer Officer Engineer
LTJG LTJG LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.54
FUELING DEPARTMENT: SMALL CRAFT FUEL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7300
Craft Fuel
Officer
LEUT
7310 7320
Craft Fuel Storage Craft Fuel Disposal
Officer Officer
LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.55
FUELING DEPARTMENT: REACTOR FUEL DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7400
Reactor Fuel
Officer
LEUT
7410 7420 7430

Reactor Fuel Reactor Fuel Storage Reactor Fuel
Engineer Officer Accounting Officer
LEUT LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.56
FUELING DEPARTMENT: HIGH-ENERGY WASTE DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7500
High-Energy Waste
Officer
LEUT
7510 7520 7530 7540

Waste Analysis Waste Storahe Waste Accounting and Decontamination
Engineer Officer Disposal Officer Team Leader
LTJG LTJG LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.57
FUELING DEPARTMENT: FUELING SAFETY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
7600
Fueling Safety
Officer
LTJG
7610 7620
Fuel Safety Engineer Lead Safety Inspector
LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.58
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT: CRAFT MANAGEMENT DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8100
Craft Management
Officer
LEUT
8110 8120 8130

Craft Handling Craft Operations
Chief Craft Pilot
Officer Officer
ENSN LTJG LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.59
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT: PASSENGER SERVICES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8200
Passenger Services
Officer
LEUT
8210 Passenger 8220 8230 8240

Passenger Passenger Dinning Passenger Supply
Accommodations
Entertainment Officer Officer Officer
LTJG Officer ENSN ENSN ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.60
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT: TROOP SERVICES DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8300
Troop Berthing
Officer
LTJG
8310 8320
Troop Quartering Troop Supply
Officer Officer
ENSN ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.61
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT: TRANSPORTATION SAFETY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8400
Transportation Safety
Officer
LTJG
8410 8420
Chief Health Inspector Chief Load Inspector
ENSN MED T7

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.62
FREIGHT DEPARTMENT: LOAD PLANNING DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8100
Load Planning
Officer
LTJG
8110 8120
Cargo Storage
Chief Load Planner
Officer
ENSN ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.63
FREIGHT DEPARTMENT: FREIGHT MANAGEMENT DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8200
Load Handling
Officer
LTJG
8210 8220
Load Handling
Load Crew Chief
Equipment Officer
T7 ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.64
FREIGHT DEPARTMENT: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8300
Hazardous Materials
Officer
LEUT
8310 8320 8330

Hazardous Materials Hazardous Materials Hazardous Materials
Standards Officer Storage Officer Records Officer
ENSN LTJG ENSN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b15.65
FREIGHT DEPARTMENT: INSPECTION AND SAFETY DIVISION ORGANIZATION
8400
Freight Inspection and
Safety Officer
ENSN
8410 8420
Chief Safety Inspector Chief Cargo Inspector
T7 T7

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.6 DUTY OFFICERS

Duty Officers refer to specific functions or duties performed by various ships’ officers
during specific duty periods known as watches. Typically, a Duty Officer will be in charge
of a watch period or organization. A Duty Officer, therefore, is the name given a specific
job function relating to a watch organization and therefore, is not a position or billet on
board the ship. For example, there may be more than one officer qualified to stand the
Officer of the Conn watch, but there is only one Commanding Officer. The following
sections will present and describe the various Duty Officers that all Star Fleet ships
have in common.
COMMAND DUTY OFFICER
The Command Duty Officer, or CDO, is that officer designated by the Commanding
Officer to act as the Commanding Officer during his or her absence and has the same
authority and responsibility as the Executive Officer. This watch position is senior to the
Officer of the Deck and may span several Officer of the Deck watch periods. In other
words, the Command Duty Officer, or Duty Officer, relieves the Executive Officer.
The basic watch organization underway for the CDO is shown in Figure 4b16.1.
The Command Duty Officer is usually a commissioned line officer eligible to succeed to
command and qualified as an Officer of the Conn underway. Ships in regular overhaul or
extended repair status may designate as the Command Duty Officer any commissioned
officer eligible to succeed to command that is qualified to act as the ship’s duty officer.
Officers so designated will stand this duty in rotation as specified by the Senior Watch
Officer and as approved by the Executive Officer. Commanding Officers of ships in
overhaul or refit who designate such officers as Command Duty Officers must assure
themselves that the officers so designated are qualified to move the ship from its berth in
an emergency, including the use of tugs if necessary. When a separate Engineering
Duty Officer is assigned the requirement that the Command Duty Officer be a line
officer eligible to succeed to command may be waived.
The Command Duty Officer is generally responsible for the entire ship and its crew, for
the conduct of the ship’s routine and in the absence of the regularly responsible officer, for
the supervision of all ship’s activities. The Command Duty Officer shall succeed to the
responsibilities and authority of command when all ship’s officers senior to him, who are
eligible, are absent or incapacitated for duty. While acting for the Executive Officer, the
Command Duty Officer has the authority prescribed for the Executive Officer except
that the Command Duty Officer cannot make any changes to the existing organization
unless ordered to do so, or in an emergency, and must endeavor to have routine affairs of
the command carried on in the usual manner.
In port, the Command Duty Officer (Figure 4b16.2) is a specific watch activity that will
only have a duration of twenty-four hours. While the ship is inport or moored, the
Commanding Officer may not be aboard and therefore, the responsibility for the ship
will rest with the CDO. Each day a new CDO assumes the watch in a duty rotation set by
the Executive Officer. Underway, however, the CDO is only an on-demand watch while
the Commanding and Executive Officers are away from the ship. In most cases the
CDO will be the Officer of the Conn (CON) underway, but for the larger ships the CDO
may be a separate watch than the CON.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OFFICER OF THE DECK
The Officer of the Deck or OOD is designated by Star Fleet Regulations as the officer
on watch responsible for the security and work onboard the ship while in port. The OOD
represents the Commanding Officer in this respect and therefore, while on watch or
“has the Deck”, is superior to everyone on board with the following exceptions: the ship’s
Commanding Officer, the Executive Officer, the Command Duty Officer, and any
officer superior to the Commanding Officer. The OOD carries out the routine of the day
and other duties as prescribed by the Executive Officer, and has a duration of 24 hours.
The basic watch organization for the OOD is illustrated in Figure 4b16.4.
OFFICER OF THE CONN[7]
Underway, the Officer of the Conn (CON) is the Officer of the Deck while assuming
the command watch on the ship’s Bridge during a typical six-hour watch period. The CON
represents the Commanding Officer as it relates to the handling of the ship, and while
on watch or “has the Conn”, is superior to everyone on board with the following
exceptions: the ship’s Commanding Officer, the Executive Officer, the Command
Duty Officer, and any line officer superior to the Commanding Officer. Underway, the
Officer of the Conn (CON) must be thoroughly aware of the distinction between the
“Conn”, which is the actual control of the movements of the ship, and the “Deck”, which
is the supervisory authority of the watch as outlined in Star Fleet Regulations and as
stated above. The basic watch organization for the CON is illustrated in Figure 4b16.3.
COMMAND OFFICERS IN TRAINING
As specified in Star Fleet Regulation 4620, the Commanding Officer of a ship must
establish a Command Training Program that is managed by the Executive Officer.
The purpose of this training is to afford all officers to gain the command and ship handling
experience required if the officer seeks a command of his or her own in the future. This is
accomplished by allowing officers to frequently stand command duty watches such as the
Officer of the Conn and others. Such officers are typically called “Command Officers
in Training” and will usually follow or work alongside the duty officer on watch. And if
possible, the Commanding Officer may assign a senior officer to mentor junior officers
in command responsibilities, ship handling and other command duties.
ENGINEERING OFFICER OF THE WATCH
The Engineering Officer of the Watch is that officer on watch certified by the Chief
Engineering Officer and the Commanding Officer as qualified to be in charge of the
ship’s power and propulsion plants, and all its associated auxiliaries while underway. The
Engineering Officer of the Watch (EOW) is primarily responsible for the safe and
proper operation of the propulsion plant and is responsible under the Officer of the Conn
for the safety and performance of all personnel assigned to watches in the engineering
spaces. The EOW will usually stand his or her watch in the Engineering Office located
within the engineering spaces. In-port, the equivalent duty officer would be the
Engineering Duty Officer, designated as the EDO. The Engineering Duty Officer is
responsible for the functioning of the ship’s power systems and other ship’s services, for
the conduct of ship’s maintenance and repairs, and for the supervision of all ship’s
engineering activities while in-port. The basic watch organizations for the underway and
inport EOW watches are illustrated in Figures 4b16.5 and 4b16.6.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OTHER DUTY OFFICERS
As stated above, all ships will have these same Duty Officers. However, there are other
Duty Officers as well, which may depend on the type of ship. As such, this section will
describe some of the other Duty Officers that may be part of the ship’s overall watch
organization.
Most ships have a Duty Medical Officer (DMO) that manages Sickbay while in port or
underway. The Duty Medical Officer is a qualified Star Fleet physician assigned to such
duty by the ship’s Chief Medical Officer. The primary responsibility of the DMO is to
perform scheduled and emergency medical examinations, to treat the sick and injured,
perform sanitation inspections of food processing and eating areas and to manage the
duty medical staff and medical laboratories. However, onboard Hospital ships the Duty
Medical Officer has a wider scope of responsibilities and as such, will engage primarily in
the administration of the hospital. Therefore, the DMO on Hospital ships will usually not
perform medical duties. Those duties will be performed by Duty Physicians. The basic
watch organization for both the underway and in-port DMO watch can be seen in Figure
4b16.8.
The Duty Weapons Officer (WDO) is the officer in charge of the weapons stations while
the ship is underway. It is a standard rotational watch and is usually stood at the ship’s
Weapons Control Center, but may be relocated to the Bridge Weapons Station when
General Quarters is sounded[8]. The basic watch organization for the underway WDO
watch can be seen in Figure 4b16.7.
The Duty Ships Services Officer (SRO) is the officer in charge of maintaining the ship’s
auxiliary systems. The SRO directs duty technicians to run ship services equipment or to
make repairs to the ship’s auxiliary systems. It is a daily watch, which means the officer
will have the duty for the entire day – though he or she may not be on station all the time.
The SRO usually stands the watch in the Auxiliary Control room. The basic watch
organization for the underway SRO watch can be seen in Figure 4b16.10.
The Duty Maintenance Officer (MTO) is the officer on call primarily responsible for ship
maintenance and repair. It is generally an assignment given to an officer, usually for a
week’s duration, and not as an hourly function as with most other watches. The MTO will
usually stand the watch in the ship’s Repair Office from 0800 to 1600, but is on call at all
times while he or she has the duty. The basic watch organization for the underway MTO
watch can be seen in Figure 4b16.12.
The Duty Transporter Officer (TDO) is the officer on call that will supervise transporter
operations while underway. It is generally an assignment given to an officer, usually for a
week’s duration, which is not part of the normal daily watch schedule and will usually not
be stationed while in port. Also, for smaller ships the TDO may be a senior Technician.
The basic watch organization for both the underway and in-port TDO watch can be seen
in Figure 4b16.9.
The Security Officer of the Watch (SCO) is the officer on call that manages the duty
security staff and Brig functions. The SCO will normally stand the watch in the ship’s
Security Office. It is generally an assignment given to an officer within the Security
Division, usually for the entire day instead of on an hourly schedule as with other duty
watches. The basic watch organization for the SCO watch underway can be seen in Figure
4b16.13, while the watch organization for the in-port SCO can be found in Figure 4b16.14.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages present the organizational charts of the various Duty Officers on
board a Star Fleet ship. These charts generally represent the “Chain of Command” of the
ship’s duty watch. These charts will be referred throughout the remaining sections of this
chapter. The title block of each Duty Officer contains the Duty Watch Designator and
the Watch Station designator describing the location of the duty station.
Duty Watch Designator Duty Officer
CO
Commanding
Officer
CONN
Watch Station

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.1
COMMAND DUTY OFICER - UNDERWAY
CO Commanding
CONN Officer
CDO Command XO Executive

CONN Duty Officer CONN Officer
Bridge CON Officer of the

Stations Conn
CONN
CYM Command JOOD Command Officer

CONN Duty Yeoman CONN In Training
ENG COM HLM NAV

Duty Engineer Duty Communicator Duty Helmsman Duty Navigator
ENGR COMM HELM NAVN
IDO Command Information ECO Duty Environmental WSO Weapons System NSO Navigation Systems
CICS Duty Officer EENV Officer* WPSS Duty Officer* NAVS Duty Officer*
EOW Engineering WDO Duty Weapons DMO Duty Medical TDO Duty Transporter
ENGS Officer of the Watch WEPS Officer MEDL Officer TRAN Officer
SRO Duty Ships Services FDO Duty Flight Control MTO Duty Maintenance SCO Security
SERV Officer FLT Officer MANT Officer SECB Officer of the Watch
*As needed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.2
COMMAND DUTY OFFICER – IN-PORT
CO Commanding
CONN Officer
XO Executive
CONN Officer
Bridge CDO Command SWO Senior Watch

Stations CONN Duty Officer CONN Officer
OOD Officer of the

CONN Deck

Engineering
Office
CMO Duty Communications EDO Engineering Duty
COMM Officer ENGR Officer
DMO Duty Medical DSO Duty Services TDO Duty Transporter SDO Duty Security
MEDL Officer SERV Officer TRAN Officer SECB Officer
Department
Duty Officers
Department
Watches

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.3
OFFICER OF THE CONN (UNDERWAY)
CON Officer of the

CONN Conn

ENG COM HLM NAV

ENGR COMM HELM NAVN
IDO Duty Command ECO Environment Systems WSO Weapons System NSO Navigation Systems
CICS Information Officer EENV Duty Officer* WPSS Duty Officer* NAVS Duty Officer*
*As needed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.4
OFFICER OF THE DECK (IN-PORT)
Bridge
OOD Officer of the
Stations
CONN Deck

Engineering
CMO Duty Communications EDO Engineering Duty Office
MEDL Officer SERV Officer TRAN Officer SECB Officer
Department
Duty Officers

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.5
ENGINEERING OFFICER OF THE WATCH (UNDERWAY)
EOW Engineering
ENGS Officer of the Watch
EYM Duty Engineering JEO Engineering Officer

ENG Yeoman ENG In Training
EWS Engineering Watch ECS Environmental EAS Auxiliary Engineering SRO Duty Ships Services
ENGR Supervisor EENV Controls Supervisor EAUX Supervisor SERV Officer
MTO Duty Maintenance ECO Duty Environmental TDO Duty Transporter RDO Duty Repair
MANT Officer EENV Officer TRAN Officer ENGR Officer
DEO Duty Electrical DRO Duty Reactor

GENR Officer REAC Officer
ENG
Duty Engineer
ENGR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.6
ENGINEERING DUTY OFFICER (IN-PORT)
EDO Engineering
ENGR Duty Officer
EYM Duty Engineering

ENG Yeoman
ENG MTO Duty Maintenance EAS Auxiliary Engineering SRO Duty Ships Services
Duty Engineer
ENGR MANT Officer EAUX Supervisor SERV Officer

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.7
DUTY WEAPONS OFFICER (UNDERWAY)
WDO Duty Weapons

WEPS Officer
WYM Duty Weapons

WEP Yeoman
FCS Fire Control PWO Phaser Weapons TWO Torpedo Weapons DWT Duty Weapons
FCON Supervisor PHSR Officer TORP Officer DWTK System Technician

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.8
DUTY MEDICAL OFFICER (AT ALL TIMES)
DMO Duty Medical

MEDL Officer
DMD DSR DNR DMT Duty Medical

Duty Physician Duty Surgeon Duty Nurse
MEDP SURG NURS DWTK Technician

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.9
DUTY TRANSPORTER OFFICER (AT ALL TIMES)
TDO Duty Transporter

TRAN Officer
TOP Duty Transporter DTK Duty Transporter

TRAN Operator TRAN Technician

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.10
DUTY SHIP’S SERVICES OFFICER (UNDERWAY)
SRO Duty Ship’s

SERV Services Officer
SMO Duty Mechanical SRT Duty Repair

SERV Operator SERV Technician

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.11
DUTY FLIGHT CONTROL OFFICER (UNDERWAY)
FDO Duty Flight Control

FLTS Officer
CSO Duty Craft DHK Duty Hangar Deck

CRFT Support Officer HNGR Systems Technician

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.12
DUTY MAINTENANCE OFFICER (UNDERWAY)
MTO Duty Maintenance

MANT Officer
DMN Duty Maintenance DMK Duty Maintenance

MANT Operator MANT Technician

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.13
SECURITY OFFICER OF THE WATCH (UNDERWAY)
SCO Security Officer

SECB of the Watch
SYM Duty Security

SEC Yeoman
DSO Duty Security DSB Duty Brig DSS Duty Security

SECR Officer BRIG Officer* SECT Systems Technician
*As needed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b16.14
DUTY SECURITY OFFICER (IN PORT)
SDO Duty Security

SECB Officer
DSW Duty Security DSR

Duty Sentries
SECR Roving Watches SECS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.7 THE SHIP’S CREW[9]

The “Ship’s Crew” refers to all members of the ship’s complement that is not either the
Commanding Officer, Executive Officer or other senior officer in command of an
organizational unit onboard the ship[10]. As such, the “Ship’s Crew” is composed of junior
officers and enlisted Technicians, both rated and non-rated.
In general, the crew aboard a Star Fleet ship is predominantly of one type or race. This
decision was made because the majority of the crew would have more in common with
one another and therefore, they would work more smoothly together according to
psychologists[11]. In addition, for technical reasons, having a crew of a single type would
make it easier to maintain a consistent environment throughout the ship.
The average gender makeup of a humanoid crew on board a typical Star Fleet ship is
about 66% male and 34% female. The reason is primarily cultural. It appears that Earth
males are more likely to venture out into the unknown than females. However, the ratio of
male to female for ships composed of other races of the Federation is different. Also, the
Enlisted to Officer Ratio is about 1.6:1 or approximately 40% Officers and 60% Enlisted
Technicians. This ratio is somewhat low since there are many professional grade jobs
required onboard a Star Fleet ship. Most of the private and commercial spacecraft will
have ratios in the range of around 2-3:1.
The organization on most Star Fleet ships is primarily comprised of five departments:
Command, Operations, Engineering, Medical and Science. The bar chart below
illustrates the distribution of personnel into these departments for a typical cruiser class
combatant. As illustrated, the Engineering Department is usually the largest because of
the amount and complexity of the equipment required to propel and support the ship.
Chart 4b17.1
SHIP’S CREW DISTRIBUTION BY DEPARTMENT
Average Crew Distribution By Department
Command 1%
Operations 26%
Department
Engineering 54%
Medical 12%
Science 7%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60%

Percent of Crew

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Chart 4b17.1 also illustrates a low distribution of scientific personnel as compared with
medical personnel. It should be noted that this is a chart of the average distribution and
does not reflect the actual distribution on specific ships. The larger medical staff is
primarily due to the fact that most Star Fleet combatants require a larger medical staff
than a scientific staff, primarily because the duties of medical personnel will also include
special medical services to outlying colonies and outposts, and will be used in case of
planetary medical emergencies. However, it can be said that the distribution of scientific
personnel onboard Star Fleet cruisers assigned to exploration missions will be larger than
the medical staff.
The complexity of Star Fleet ships dictates the need for a highly trained and experienced
crew. This is evident in the distribution of ranks and rates among the crew as illustrated in
Chart 4b17.2. In the officer ranks junior officers comprise the majority as they are basically
command officers in training. In addition, there are many specialties in science, medicine
and engineering that require highly trained professionals. Therefore, there are a significant
number of persons with the rank of Lieutenant among the officer ranks.
However, in the enlisted ranks mid-level rated technicians dominate. These are specialists
in their field which is essential for the proper operation of any complex system such as a
Starship. The low number of senior enlisted ranks is primarily to allow for the distribution
of the management function to these persons.
Chart 4b17.2
SHIP’S CREW DISTRIBUTION BY RANK
Average Crew Distribution by Rank
Captain
Commander
Lt Commander
Lieutenant
Lieutenant JG
Ensign
Master Chief
Rank
Senior Chief
Chief
Technician 1st
Technician 2nd
Technician 3rd
Crew man 1st
Crew man 2nd
Crew man
0% 5% 10% 15% 20%

Average
Average Percent
Percent ofof Compilment
Complement

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.8 ATTACHED UNITS

At certain times a Star Fleet ship may have an independent operational unit temporarily
assigned or “Attached” to it. These operational units may be in the form of Star Fleet
Marine Corps troops, an Attack or Fighter craft squadron, or a special group of civilian
or other military specialists. Also, certain Star Fleet ships, such as Attack Carriers and
Ground Assault ships will always have a permanent attachment of operational units
assigned to them. For example: a Fighter Wing on an Attack Carrier.
Table 4b18.1
ATTACHED UNIT ASSIGNMENTS AND STRENGTHS
Ship Class Attached Unit Strength
Name Desn Security Units Troop Units Craft Units
Line Combatants
10 Permanent Units,
Attack Carrier AA 3 Units: 45 - 60 Battalion
1 Attack Wing
Battleship BB 2 Units: 30 - 40 Platoon 8 Permanent Units
Cruiser CC 1 Unit: 15 - 20 3-4 Squads 6 Permanent Units
Frigate FF 1 Unit: 15 - 20 2 Squads 4-8 Permanent Units
Destroyer DD 1 Unit: 10 - 20 0 N/A
Escort EE 1 Unit: 10 - 15 0 N/A
4 Permanent Units,
Ground Assault GG 3 Units: 45 - 60 Brigade 1 Attack Group,
1 Fighter Squadron
Support Ships
Fuel Ship SF 1 Unit: 15 - 20 0 4 Permanent Units
Laboratory Ship SL 1 Unit: 15 - 20 0 2 Permanent Units
Hospital Ship SM 2 Units: 30 - 40 0 10 Permanent Units
Supply Ship SP 1 Unit: 20 - 30 0 8 Permanent Units
Repair Ship SR 1 Unit: 15 - 20 0 6 Permanent Units
Survey Vessel SV 1 Unit: 10 - 15 0 2 Permanent Unit
Freighter TF 1 Unit: 15 - 20 0 3 Permanent Units
Fleet Tug TG 1 Unit: 10 - 15 0 N/A
2 Permanent Units,
Transport TR 2 Units: 30 - 40 Regiment
X Transported Units
Notes
1. Temporary; maximum number that can be accommodated
RELATIONSHIP WITH ATTACHED UNITS
Although attached units are not part of the ship’s Chain of Command, they will come under
the provisions of Star Fleet Regulations 3910, 4410, and 5551. That is, attached
personnel and units will come under the direct authority of the ship’s Commanding
Officer and therefore, may be assigned such duties as the Commanding Officer of the
ship may see fit. As such, attached personnel may be assigned regular stations for battle
and emergencies, but will generally not be assigned normal working stations.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ATTACHED STAR FLEET MARINE CORPS UNITS
Attached troops are Star Fleet Marine forces that are assigned to Star Fleet ships and
in some respects, may be considered part of the crew – though they will not be engaged
in the normal functioning of the ship. Their primary purpose is to guard specific areas of
the ship, or may simply be in transit to a duty station. However, although not part of the
regular Chain of Command, these troop units may be placed on the duty schedule of the
ship under Star Fleet Regulation 3910 at the discretion of the ship’s Commanding
Officer.
Star Fleet Marine Corps troops may sometimes be attached to a Star Fleet ship for a
short duration. Such troops are assigned to the ship either as transients or are assigned to
protect some specific cargo or area of the ship. However, it should be noted that this is not
the same as the ship’s Security Force, but a force that is assigned to the ship for a
specific purpose. Marine Corps troops attached to a ship will generally be assigned
quarters in cargo or other large areas since most Star Fleet ships do not have the living
space for such troops. When this occurs, bunk units will be fabricated so that the troops
may have a place to sleep. In general, the size of the attachment will usually be of platoon
or company strength, depending on the mission.
When attached to a ship Marine Corps troops will not be assigned to normal ship’s duty,
but will be assigned a Battle Station. The Battle Station for troops will generally be to
guard sealed compartments and other security areas of the ship. The troops will be fully
armed with Phaser rifles and will proceed to their Battle Station upon an alert. Some of
the areas assigned to “Attached Troops” during General Quarters will be: Transporter
Rooms, Flightdeck access points, around computer access portals, and critical areas of
the engineering spaces.
In the case of a Ground Assault ship, the troops on this vessel are not “Attached” as in
any other ship since they do not become a part of the crew. The Marines essentially live
onboard the ship and have their own quarters and recreational facilities separate from the
ship’s company. In this situation the crew of the ship supports the Marines who have no
ship-related duties. Instead, the Marines will train and exercise to keep their fighting skills
proficient and to maintain unit cohesion.
In overall command of the Marine troop unit will be the Commander: Fleet Marine
Detachment, an officer of the line (MMC). The rank of the Marine commander will
depend upon the size of the unit. For small units, such as those that may be assigned to a
cruiser class Starship, the Marine commander will most like be a Lieutenant since the
detachment will most generally be three to four squads or 30-40 troopers. For larger units,
such as those on an Attack Carrier, the Marine Corps commander will usually be a
Commander; and on a Ground Assault ship, the Marine commander will have the rank
of Commodore. An example of the command structure for a typical Fleet Marine unit on
board a Transport class ship can be found in Figure 4b18.1.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ATTACHED FIGHTER UNITS
Attached Fighter units are usually assemblages of fighter and attack craft assigned to a
command. Such craft will be assembled into Squadrons, Groups and Wings. However,
such assemblages will most likely be attached to either an Attack Carrier or Ground
Assault ship since most other ships do not have the space for such large craft groupings.
For example: a typical squadron may contain ten to twenty craft of a particular type (e.g.
Fighter, Attack or Interceptor) and will most likely to be attached to an Attack Carrier.
The primary function of the attached Fighter unit is to protect the Battle Group and to
engage enemy forces, ships, craft and stations at remote distances in space away from the
group, and to attack ground installations and bases. An Attack Carrier may contain
several squadrons of such craft, each specializing in a particular form of combat mission.
Fleet Attack Squadrons may also be found attached to Ground Assault Ships as well.
The commanders of such squadrons will have designations such as: Commander, Attack
Squadron <n> or Commander, Fighter Squadron <n>. Commanders of such units
will typically be line officers (SSC) with the rank of Commander.
Fleet Attack Squadrons may also be grouped together to form Fleet Attack Groups. A
large Attack Carrier may contain several such groups and as such, the commanders of
such groups will have designations such as: Commander, Attack Group <n> or
Commander, Fighter Group <n>. Commanders of such groups will normally be line
officers (SSC) with the rank of Commander.
In overall command of all the attack squadrons for the fleet is the Fleet Attack Group
Commander. The Fleet Attack Group commander is an officer of the line (SSC) with
the rank of Captain, and will have the title of Commander: Fleet Attack Group <n>.
A larger organization of attached craft is the Wing, which is defined as an assemblage of
two or more Groups of attack craft. Primarily, a Wing is usually assigned to an Attack
Carrier, which may be divided into several groups of craft types. In overall command of
the Wing will be the Fleet Attack Wing commander, a flag officer of the line (SSC)
with the rank of Commodore, and will usually have the title of Commander: Attack
Wing <n>. An example of the command structure for a typical Fighter Wing can be
found in Figure 4b18.2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b18.1
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP ATTACHED TROOP ORGANIZATION
1000
Ship
Commanding Officer
CAPT
9000
Troop Commander
CAPT
9002
Aide
T5
9010
Chief of Staff
CMDR
9100 9200 9300 9400

Operations Logistics Intelligence Ground Equipment
LCDR LCDR LCDR LCDR
9500
Company
Commanders
LCDR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b18.2
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP ATTACHED FIGHTER WING ORGANIZATION
1000
Ship
Commanding Officer
COMO
1800
Wing Commander
COMO
1801 1809
Flag Secretary Aide
LTJG T5
1802
Wing Chief of Staff
CAPT
1810
Wing Operations
Officer
CAPT
1811 1812 1813 1814

Group Commander 1 Group Commander 2 Group Commander 3 Group Commander 4
CAPT CAPT CAPT CAPT

OFFICIAL USE ONLY
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
2.0 STAR FLEET SHIP DEPARTMENTS

In this section the organizational structure of a typical Star Fleet ship will be discussed.
The basic organizational structure for Star Fleet ships is essentially the same as that used
for the ships of the old Space Service, which originated from the old naval vessels of
Earth. That is, the basic organizational structure of a typical Star Fleet ship is divided into
the primary functional areas required to operate the ship and to support the missions to
which a ship is assigned. As such, these primary functional areas are called Departments
and are managed by a Department Head. The function of each Department Head was
briefly discussed in Section 1.4 of this volume, but will be described in more detail within
the subsequent sections of this chapter.
The basic command structure of a typical Star Fleet ship is illustrated in Figure 4b20.1.
This figure illustrates all the primary department heads by their title, designation and billet,
and represents the complete command structure of a typical Star Fleet ship. The
elements of the command structure are color-coded to match the color of the uniforms
associated with the department.
At the top level is the Command Department, which contains the ship’s Commanding
Officer, the Executive Officer and a Command Yeoman. All other ship departments
will come under direct authority of the Command Department.
COMMAND DEPARTMENT
The Command Department is the executive branch of the ship in which all command
decisions are made. The Command Department is the leading organization within a ship
and therefore, is given the top level billet organization number of 1000. Therefore, all of
the billets assigned to this department will be within the range of 1000 to 1999. As
previously mentioned it contains the Commanding Officer, the Executive Officer, a
Command Yeoman and sometimes, a Fleet Representative or a special mission
commander. However, the Command Department may also contain civilian consultants
when they are assigned to the ship as well. In addition, the Command Department may
also contain the commander of any unit attached to the ship, though the attached unit will
not be a part of the ship’s regular “Chain of Command”.
The Commanding Officer of a Star Fleet ship is the chief executive officer in command
of the entire ship who is charged with the absolute responsibility for the safety, well-being,
and efficiency of the command. As such, the Commanding Officer is the Department
Head for the Command Department and has the billet number of 1000. An in-depth
description of the duties and responsibilities of the Commanding Officer can be found in
Section 1.2 of this volume.
The Command Department also contains the Executive Officer, whose authority is
specified in Star Fleet Regulation 5230. The Executive Officer, being second in
command, will have a billet number of 1100. Description of the duties and responsibilities
of the Executive Officer can be found in Section 1.3 of this volume.
The Command Yeoman is the personal assistant to the Commanding Officer and will
have a billet number of 1001. All subsequent aids to the Commanding Officer will be
assigned to billets between 1002 and 1099.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STANDARD SHIP DEPARTMENTS
Star Fleet ships are organizationally divided into Departments established to handle the
primary functions of the ship. A Department is typically organized based upon a primary
function with a somewhat wide scope. As such, each Department will be assigned a billet
organization number in increments of 1000, starting with 2000 and ending in 9000, should
the number of Departments extend to that capacity. As such, Table 4b20.1 illustrates the
numbering convention associated with the standard Departments that may be found on
a typical Star Fleet ship.
Table 4b20.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF STAR SHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
Typical
Rank
2000 [Chief]2 Operations Officer Operations LCDR
2
4000 [Chief] Medical Officer Medical LCDR
5000 [Chief]2 Science Officer Science LCDR
6000 [Chief]2 Flight Officer Flight Operations3 CMDR
7000 [Chief]2 Repair Officer4 Repair/Materials/Fueling4 LCDR
2 4
8000 [Chief] Transportation Officer Transportation/Freight4 LCDR
9000 Commander: Attached Unit NOT A SHIP DEPARTMENT 5
Notes:
2. The “Chief” designation is optional.
3. The Flight Operations department aboard an Attack Carrier.
4. Billet is shared with other departments depending on the type of vessel. See Table 4b14.1.
5. Rank varies with size and scope of attached unit.
Each Department will be managed by a Department Head. These are direct reports to
the Commanding Officer and represent the second layer of command within the ship’s
organization. On most Star Fleet ships, the rank of the Department Head will usually
be that of a Lieutenant Commander (LCDR), and will occupy the lowest billet number
of the Department. For example, the Department Head for the Medical Department
will occupy the 4000 billet.
Some of the Departments within a ship’s organization may represent a particular Staff
Corps. As such, the head of such a Department will be the senior military officer of that
Staff Corps onboard ship, which will contain Limited Duty Officers or LDOs restricted
to duty within their specialization as specified in Paragraph 2b of Star Fleet Regulation
5100. The heads of such departments, as well as the duties assigned to them, will be
defined in the Ship’s Organization and Regulations Manual or SORM. An example of
a SORM can be found in Appendix A of this volume.
The title of Department Heads will generally have the format of <[Chief] Department
Name> Officer, where the designation of “Chief” in front of the title is optional and its
use will be at the discretion of the ship’s Commanding Officer. However, when it is used
the convention is that senior Department Heads will have “Chief” prefixed onto their
title, whereas a subservient Division or Section head may have “Chief” suffixed onto
their title; for example, Chief Engineer versus Transporter Chief.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DIVISIONS
Aboard a typical ship a Department will be divided into several Divisions and Sections
specifically designed to handle the major operational functions of the Department and of
the vessel. A Division is the principal part of a Department with a somewhat generalized
scope regarding the nature of the functions for which the Department is responsible,
whereas a Section is more focused on a specific functional area within a Division. The
billet numbering convention for Divisions is in increments of 100 within a departmental
billet. That is, a Division within a Department with billets within the 2000 range will
begin with 2100 and end with 2900.
Some of the divisions within a Department may represent a particular specialty and as
such, the officers assigned to these divisions may be of a particular Staff Corps. Hence,
the heads of such divisions will typically be Limited Duty Officers or LDOs, and may be
restricted for duty within their specialization as described in Paragraph 2b of Star Fleet
Regulation 5100. Therefore, these officers will never be in a position to command the
ship during the captain’s absence under normal circumstances. Only Line Officers or
Restricted Line Officers limited to duty within a specialized field will have that privilege.
Heads of Star Fleet ship divisions will generally have the title of <Function> Officer,
where the function is defined as the primary operational responsibility for the division. For
example, the officer in charge of the ship’s environmental systems will have the title of
Environmental Controls Officer, etc. In most cases, a Division will be headed by an
officer with the rank of Lieutenant, depending on the size and scope of the division[1].
SECTIONS
As stated above, a Section will be focused on a specific functional area within a Division.
These are highly specialized operational units and therefore, all the enlisted technicians
within the section will be of the same or similar Rating or specialty. For example, the
Ship’s Gravity Section, within the ship’s Environmental Systems division, will contain
primarily enlisted Technicians with expertise in gravitation systems and the section will
be comprised primarily of mechanics and technicians specializing in the operation and
maintenance of the equipment and systems associated with maintaining the ship’s gravity
levels. In addition, if a division is of a single specialty and all the officers are of a specific
Staff Corps, then all the officers of the section will be of the same Staff Corps. The billet
numbering convention for sections will be in increments of 10 within a divisional billet.
That is, a Section within a Division with billets within the 2100 range will begin with
2110 and end with 2190.
In general, the heads of ship sections will also have a similar title to that of the Division
Officer such as: <Function> Officer or <Section Title> Officer. For example, the
officer in charge of the Food Service Section will have the title of Food Services
Officer. Since sections are smaller specialized units, they will normally be headed by an
officer with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade and sometimes an Ensign. However,
for very small sections the Section Leader may be a senior enlisted technician as well,
usually with the rating of Senior Chief or Master Chief Technician. In such cases the
title of the Section Leader would be <Function> Chief or <Section Title> Chief. In
general, the Section Leader represents the peripheral echelon of the ship’s Chain of
Command.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ATTACHED UNITS
Attached Units are force units that are assigned to a vessel, but that are not part of the
ship’s permanent organizational structure. These groups include Interceptor and Fighter
craft squadrons and Fleet Marine detachments. However, though not directly part of the
ship’s Chain of Command, such attached groups must conform to ships routine and
therefore, are subject to the orders and instructions of the Commanding Officer of the
ship in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 5530. The commanders of such attached
groups report directly to the ship’s Commanding Officer, except where a Flag
Commander is present and in command of a Task Group. A more complete description
of Attached Units can be found in Section 1.8 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DEPARTMENTAL UNIFORMS AND INSIGNIAS
Each crew member within a department aboard a Star Fleet ship can be identified by the
color of their uniform and by the insignia they wear on that uniform. As such, the following
table illustrates the departmental colors and insignias as specified in the standards set by
Star Ship Command[2].
Table 4b20.2
DEPARTMENT UNIFORM COLORS AND INSIGNIAS
Department Uniform Color Insignia
Standard Departments
Command and
Goldenrod
Operations
Engineering Red
Medical Medical Blue
Science Science Blue
Flight Olive Green
Miscellaneous Departments
Repair Red
Supply, Fuel and Orange or

Cargo Goldenrod
Transportation / Freight Brown

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The crew of a Star Fleet ship generally works in an informal, “shirt-sleeve” environment.
As such, the rank of any individual crew member will not be displayed on their working
uniform. However, to identify the key roles of the officers in charge of ship organizations, a
special braid standard had been developed by Star Ship Command. This braid standard
allows all members of the crew to identify senior officers by their command role. The
following table will familiarize the reader to this standard[3].
Table 4b20.3
SHIP ROLE SLEEVE BRAID
Ship Role (Title) Typical rank Uniform Braid
Commanding Officer Captain

(Captain) (CAPT)
Executive Officer Commander

(First Officer) (CMDR)
Department Head Lieutenant

(Chief <Department> Commander
Officer) (LCDR)
Division Officer Lieutenant

(<Division> Officer) (LEUT)
Section Leader Lieutenant

(<Section> Officer or Junior Grade
<Section> Chief) (LTJG)
Crew No Sleeve
Various
(All Others) Markings

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent page presents the general organizational chart of the departments aboard
any Star Fleet ship. This chart will represent the basic “Chain of Command” of the ship
and may be referred to throughout the remaining sections of this chapter.
The title block of each office contains the Department Name, the Department Number or
top-level billet number and the Departmental Designator. The Departmental Designator is
a shorthand version of the office title.
Department Number Department Name
1000 Command
Department
COM
Department Designator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b20.1
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP DEPARTMENTS
1000 Command
Department
COM
2000 3000 4000 5000

Operations Engineering Medical Science
Department Department Department Department
OPS ENG MED SCI
6000 7000 8000 9000

Flight Operations Ship Repair Transportation Special Attached
Department Department Department Organization
FLT REP TRS 2
7000 8000
Materials Freight
Department Department
SUP FRT
7000
Fueling
Department
FUL
1. Departments in dotted lines are additional organizations. The

departments in solid lines are standard.
2. Designation based upon the unit that is attached.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
2.1 OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT

In this section the organizational structure of a typical Operations department aboard an
average Star Fleet ship will be discussed. The functions of the Operations Department
are as follows:
1. To control and navigate the ship,

2. To communicate to all commands, units and stations, both internal and external to the
ship,
3. To control and maintain the ship’s weaponry and to provide basic protection of the ship
and its crew,
4. To provide basic ship security,
5. To provide personnel services,
6. To handle and manage the flights of any attached craft.
In general, the function of the Operations Department is to operate the ship. To meet
these functions the Operations Department is divided into specific Divisions designed
to oversee the individual functions to which the department is responsible. Each division
will be administered by a Division Officer, the function of which will be described in
subsequent paragraphs of this section.
CHIEF OPERATIONS OFFICER
At the top level of the department is the Chief Operations Officer or the Operations
Officer. The Operations Officer is the senior officer responsible for the operation, care
and maintenance of the ship’s sensors and navigational equipment and related systems;
the ship’s interior and exterior communications systems; the ship’s weaponry and related
systems; for timely and accurate intelligence information; the operation of the ship’s
shuttlecraft; and for ship’s supplies.
The Operations Officer will typically be an officer of the line with a rank of Lieutenant
Commander, though the individual may be transferred into line service from specific
Staff Corps duties. The individual assigned as Operations Officer is typically seeking
eventual promotion to Executive Officer, and in some instances, especially on smaller
ships, the Operations Officer may be the Executive Officer as well. Although not a
direct requirement, individuals seeking to command a ship of their own must have been
assigned to duty in several of the divisions within the Operations Department. As such,
a prerequisite to becoming a Commanding Officer is that the person must have stood,
as a minimum, the Helmsman and Navigator’s watch, assigned as Weapons Officer,
and has stood the Communicators watch at one time.
OPERATIONS YEOMAN
In general, each Department Head will be assigned at least one enlisted Yeoman for
the purpose of generating reports and maintaining departmental records and documents.
For this department a special Operations Yeoman will be assigned, who is an enlisted
person, usually with a T4 rating, having specialized training in weapons, navigations and
personnel matters.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT UNIFORM
As required by the Star Fleet Uniform Standard (BUPERSMAN-332) and by Star

Ship Command Order 4132, all personnel working within an Operations Department
onboard a Star Fleet ship must wear the goldenrod version of the working tunic as the
standard Working Uniform. All males shall wear the SWMx0A work uniform, and all
females shall wear the SWFx0A standard long or the standard short working uniform as
proscribed by the ship’s Commanding Officer. However, the SWMG0A uniform with the
Type I tunic (3411) is no longer authorized to be worn.
In addition, and in accordance with Star Ship Command Order 4132, all personnel
assigned to the Operations Department of a Star Fleet ship will wear the Star Ship
Command badge with the Star Fleet star embroidered in the center as required by
BUPERSMAN-332 as illustrated in Image 4b21.1 below.
Image 4b21.1
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT BADGES
Officer Enlisted Civilian
The badge of an officer in the Operations Department will have gold foil for the
background center area and the Star Fleet star embroidered in black. The badge of an
enlisted person in the Operations Department will have a silver foil background and the
black star. Any civilian person assigned temporary duty onboard a Star Fleet ship in the
Operations Department will also wear the same uniform except that the badge will
have a copper foil background with the black star embroidered in the center [4].
In addition, where work may be performed that could damage or soil the standard working
uniform, personnel will be authorized to wear SWGG0x (3441) coverall at all times while
they are on duty as proscribed by the Operations Officer, along with approval from the
Commanding Officer. The allowed colors of the coverall will depend upon the division
the individual is assigned and therefore, the allowed work coveralls that may be worn by
Operations personnel are: SWGG0A (goldenrod) and SWGG0G (olive-green).

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
The Operations Department on board a typical Star Fleet ship is compartmentalized

into Divisions and Sections specifically designed to handle the particular functions of the
department. In general, a Division will be organized based upon a major function of the
department and will have a somewhat wide scope of responsibility, whereas a Section will
be focused on a specific function within the division. The heads of Star Fleet divisions, as
well as the duties assigned to them, will be defined in the Ship’s Organization and
Regulations Manual or SORM. An example of a SORM can be found in Appendix A of
this volume.
All of the divisions within the Operations Department of a Star Fleet ship will typically
be manned by Line Officers, except for Supply Division officers who are Staff Corps
officers from the Star Fleet Supply Corps and as such, will be restricted to duty within
their specialization as specified in Paragraph 2b of Star Fleet Regulation 5100.
Division Officers within the Operations Department will usually have a title depicting
their responsibility, and with the term “Officer” appended to it. For example, the Division
Officer in charge of the Communications division will have a title of “Communications
Officer.”
Table 4b21.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Division Division Officer Title
Designation Rank
Helm and Navigation Navigations Officer or Ship’s Navigator NAVG LEUT
Communications Communications Officer COMM LEUT
Weapons Weapons Officer WEPS LEUT
Security Security Officer SECR LCDR
Personnel Personnel Officer PERS LEUT
Records Records Officer RECS LEUT
Supply Supply Officer SUPL LEUT
Flight Operations Flight Operations Officer FLTC LEUT
Command Intelligence Intelligence Officer INTL LCDR
It should be noted that the above table represents the organizational structure for a typical
Operations Department aboard a Star Fleet ship, which is also illustrated in Figure
4b21.1. Other ships, especially very small or very large ships, may organize some of the
administrative divisions under the Command Department such as the Security,
Personnel, Records and Supply divisions.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT SECTIONS
In general, a departmental Division is typically responsible for a major system, but will
usually be subdivided into smaller functional units called Sections. As such, each
Division within the Operations Department will be further divided into operational
sections for the purpose of distributing the work of the division. The following pages will
describe the functions of the various sections within each division within the Operations
Department.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
HELM AND NAVIGATION DIVISION
The Helm and Navigation division is that group within the Operations Department
responsible for the proper handling, maneuvering and navigation of the ship and its related
machinery. The division is divided into four sections dedicated to those elemental systems
essential for navigating the ship through space. These particular sections are listed in the
table below and will be described in subsequent paragraphs. The typical organizational
structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b21.2.
In charge of the Helm and Navigation division is the Navigations Officer (NAV),
usually referred to as the “Ship’s Navigator”. The Navigations Officer is responsible
for the operation, maintenance and repair of helm control and navigations equipment; the
ship’s stabilizers and sensor systems; and for the conduct and supervision of the Helm
and Navigations division personnel. The NAV will typically be an officer of the line with
experience and training in space navigation and ship handling, and in vessel targeting and
weapons firing. The NAV will typically have the rank of Lieutenant and will usually stand
the Navigator’s watch at the Navigator’s Console of the Ship’s Control Console,
also known as the Command Module, located on the Bridge.
Table 4b21.2
TITLES AND RANKS OF HELM AND NAVIGATION DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Section Section Officer Title
Designation Rank
Navigation Control Navigational Controls Officer NAVC LTJG
Helm Control Helm Control Officer HELM LTJG
Ship’s Sensor Systems Ship’s Sensors Officer SENS LTJG
Ship Stabilization Ship’s Stabilization Officer STBL LTJG
NAVIGATION CONTROL SECTION
The function of the Navigation Control section is to manage the equipment and systems
relating to the navigation of the ship. As such, this section is responsible for the SINS
gyroscopes, the ship’s navigation computers, the circuitry associated with controlling the
ship’s main viewing screen, the operation and maintenance of the ship’s Astrogator
located on the Bridge, as well as the ship’s Chronometers, which are monitored at the
Navigation Systems station on the standard Bridge. This section is composed primarily
of officers that will stand the Navigator watch and enlisted technicians specializing in the
operation and maintenance of the ship’s navigation equipment.
In charge of this section is the Navigational Controls Officer (NCO), a line officer with
training in navigation equipment and in the methods of determining the ship’s course,
bearings and directions. The Navigational Controls Officer will typically have the rank
of Lieutenant Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
HELM CONTROL SECTION
The function of the Helm Control section is to manage the equipment and machinery
relating to the control systems needed to steer the ship. As such, this section is primarily
responsible for the ship’s helm control computers, the circuitry for remote engine control
and the maneuvering system, the circuitry for remote weapons firing, and is responsible
for the operation and maintenance of the Helmsman’s Station of the Ship’s Control
Console, also known as the Command Module, located on the Bridge and in Auxiliary
Control.
In charge of this section is the Helm Control Officer (HCO), a line officer with training
and experience in both navigation and helm control, and their related systems. The Helm
Control Officer will typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. Note that any
officer aspiring to command must have, at one time, been a Helm Control Officer or had
stood the Helmsman watch for not less than six months.
SHIPS SENSOR SYSTEMS SECTION
The Ships Sensor Systems section is responsible for the proper operation, care and
maintenance of the ship’s sensing equipment, the main viewer, the sensor computers and
identification programs, and the equipment that displays the information received by the
ship’s sensors. However, what is not included are the sensors used to track targets for the
weapons systems. Those sensors are the responsibility of the Fire and Target Control
section of the Weapons division. The Ship’s Sensors will generally be monitored at the
Library-Computer and CIC station on the standard Bridge.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Sensors Officer (SKO), a line officer with the rank
of Lieutenant Junior Grade who is qualified in the operation and maintenance of the
ships sensors, but may have also been an officer from the Electronics Systems division
within Engineering since most of the equipment within the Ships Sensor System is
electronic and therefore, would be an appropriate match for this position.
SHIP STABILIZATION SECTION
The Ship Stabilization section is responsible for the proper operation, attention and
maintenance of the equipment required to maintain the ship’s proper attitude. As such,
this section is responsible for the ship’s Attitude Control System, for the ship’s Gyro-
stabilizer and the computers and circuitry associated with these systems, both of which
will be monitored at the Navigation Systems station on the standard Bridge.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Stabilization Officer (STO), a line officer with
training and experience in ship’s stabilization systems, but may also come from the ship’s
Engineering Department as well. The STO will typically have the rank of Lieutenant
Junior Grade and will be responsible for all the equipment and systems associated with
maintaining the proper orientation of the ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The Communications division is that part of the Operations Department responsible

for all communications aboard ship, which includes internal and external communications,
as well as all the equipment associated with communications. This division is divided into
four sections dedicated to those systems essential for ship communications. These sections
are listed in the table below and will be described in the subsequent paragraphs. The
typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b21.3.
In charge of the Communications division is the Communications Officer or COM,

who is responsible for the operation, maintenance and repair of all internal and external
communications equipment; for the equipment relating to communications translation,
coding and cryptography; for the equipment related to the ship’s alarm systems; and for
the conduct and supervision of the Communications division as a whole. The COM will
typically be an officer of the line with experience and instruction in ship communication.
The Communications Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant and will always
stand the Communicator watch at the Communications station on the Bridge.
Table 4b21.3
TITLES AND RANKS OF COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Communications Operations1 Lead Communicator COMS LTJG
Exterior Communications 2
Exterior Communications Chief EXTC T8
Systems
Interior Communications Systems Interior Communications Chief2 INTC T7
Cryptography Cryptographic Officer CRYP LTJG
Notes:
1. This division simply contains Communicators – officers who man and operate the Communications
Console on the Bridge.
2. This division is headed by a Chief Technician and not a Star Fleet officer.
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATIONS SECTION
The Ship Communications section is essentially a pool of communications officers, also

known as “Communicators”. There is no specific head of the section, but all come under
direct authority of the ship’s Communications Officer. However, the Communications
Officer may assign a Lead Communicator that will manage the communicators within
this section. Communicators are primarily line officers trained and qualified to operate
the ship’s communications equipment. In addition, Communicators will also have high
security clearances as messages that will be received or sent through them may be of a
highly classified nature. This billet is essentially a stepping stone to other command
functions. As such, officers will be assigned the Communicator billet for the duration of a
mission or operations. Most of the officers will then be rotated to other billets, but some
may wish to remain as Communicators. In general, those who wish to follow the path
towards command of their own ship must have stood the Communicator’s watch at
some point in their career and for a period not less than six months.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EXTERIOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS SECTION
The Exterior Communications Systems section is a technical organization with the

primary function of repairing and maintaining the ship’s Exterior Communications
equipment and circuitry. This includes the equipment associated with normal and subspace
communications, ship identification beacons, IFF, cryptographic and translation computers,
and the communications control computers. As such, the billets that occupy this section
will primarily be enlisted Communications Technicians specializing in external radio and
subspace communications equipment.
In charge of this section is the Exterior Communications Chief (EXC), a senior enlisted
technician with training and experience in ship’s communications systems and electronics.
The Exterior Communications Chief will typically have the grade of T8 and have a rate
of Senior Chief Communications Technician.
INTERIOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS SECTION
Like the Exterior Communications Systems section, the Interior Communications

Systems section is a technical organization for the purpose of repairing and maintaining
all the ship’s Interior Communications and Annunciator systems, their equipment and
circuitry. The responsibility of this section includes all Comm Stations, Klaxons and
visual Alert Flashers. As such, the billets that occupy this section will always be enlisted
Communications Technicians.
In charge of this section is the Interior Communications Chief (ICC), a senior enlisted
technician with training and expertise in ship’s communications systems and electronics.
The Interior Communications Chief will typically have the grade of T7 and have a rate
of Chief Communications Technician.
CRYPTOGRAPHY SECTION
The Cryptography section is a unique organization containing specialists in cryptography

and cipher programming. This section maintains the software related to cryptography and
will develop computer programs and applications used to create coded messages or to
crack encrypted messages. This section will work with the ship’s Intelligence Officer
regarding coded communications. Much of the work performed by this section is classified
TOP SECRET-EYES ONLY.
In charge of this section is the Cryptographic Officer (CCO), a line officer with training
and experience in electronics, cryptographic systems and computers, and will usually have
the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. However, the Cryptographic Officer may also
be an officer of Star Fleet Intelligence as well.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WEAPONS DIVISION
The Weapons division is that part of the Operations Department responsible for all the
weaponry and defensive systems aboard the ship. As such, this division will be responsible
for the Phaser Weapons System, the Photon Torpedo Weapons System, the ship’s
Fire Control System, and the ship’s Shields, Screens and Tractors, as well as the
equipment used to power these systems. However, this division is not responsible for the
supply of power to the Weapons Power Buss, which is within the domain of the Power
Systems division, but only for the distribution of power to the weapon’s subsystems from
the buss. The division is divided into the five functional sections associated with the
various weapons subsystems. These sections are listed in the table below and described in
the subsequent paragraphs. The organizational structure for this division can be found in
Figure 4b21.4.
In charge of the Weapons division is the Weapons Officer (WEP), an officer of the line
with schooling in weapons and weapon systems, and is responsible for the maintenance,
operation, repair and use of ship’s weaponry and ordnance, ship’s shields and defensive
screens and for weapons fire control; and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel
within the Weapons division. The WEP will customarily have the rank of Lieutenant. In
addition, officers who wish to aspire to command must have held the Weapons Officer
position sometime in their career.
Table 4b21.4
TITLES AND RANKS OF WEAPONS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Fire and Targeting Control Fire Control Officer FCTL LTJG
Phaser Weapons Systems Phaser Weapons Officer PHSR LTJG
Torpedo Weapons Systems Torpedo Weapons Officer TORP LTJG
Defense Systems Defense Systems Officer DEFS LTJG
Small Arms Repair Small Arms Specialist AREP S4
FIRE AND TARGETING CONTROL SECTION
The function of the Fire and Targeting Control section is the operation, maintenance
and repair the ship’s Fire Control System (FCS) used to track and direct weaponry onto
designated targets. The two pieces of equipment that comprise the Fire Control System
are the Weapons Fire Control Director, which is a special kind of sensing device that
will track multiple targets, determine their range, bearing and speed, and the Weapons
Fire Control Computer, which compares the target data with the ship’s movement data
and determines the energy level of the weapon required to destroy or disable the target as
ordered by the Helmsman or the duty Fire Control Supervisor.
Most of the equipment and watch stations relating to the Fire Control System are
located in the Weapons Fire Control room. However, the FCS can also be monitored at
the Weapon System Station on the standard Bridge. In addition, all weapons can be
directed and fired from the Helmsman’s Station on the bridge as well.
In charge of this section is the Fire Control Officer (WCO), a line officer with training
and experience in electronics and weapons systems. The Fire Control Officer will
typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PHASER WEAPONS SYSTEMS SECTION
The Phaser Weapons Systems section is primarily responsible for the operation, repair
and maintenance of the equipment and circuitry needed to fire the ship’s Main Phaser
Batteries and Phaser Banks. As such, this section will be responsible for the Phaser
Directional Control Subsystem, the various Phaser Coils, Emitters, Condensers
and energy storage systems needed to fire the weapons, all of which can be monitored at
the Weapon System Station on the standard Bridge. In addition to the fixed mounted
Phasers, this section is also responsible for the operation, maintenance and storage of
the large portable Phaser Cannons as well.
In charge of this section is the Phaser Weapons Officer (WPO), an officer of the line
with training and experience in high-energy weapons systems. The Phaser Weapons
Officer will typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
TORPEDO WEAPONS SYSTEMS SECTION
The Torpedo Weapons Systems section is responsible for the operation, maintenance
and repair of the equipment and circuitry related to the selection, loading and launching of
Photon Torpedoes and Photon Bolts, and all weapons involving the use of antimatter.
As such, this section is responsible for EMP Tubes, Ejection Field Coils, the Plasma
Injection system and the Gas Injection systems. All of the above Torpedo Weapons
subsystems can be monitored at the Weapon System Station on the standard Bridge.
In addition, this section is also responsible for the equipment and systems used to create
and transport Mobile Antimatter Mines as illustrated in Figure 4b41.18.
In charge of this section is the Torpedo Weapons Officer (WTO), an officer of the line
with training and experience in high-energy weapons systems. The Torpedo Weapons
Officer will typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
DEFENSE SYSTEMS SECTION
The ship’s Defense Systems section is responsible for those subsystems and equipment
used to protect the vessel from offensive weapons. These subsystems include the Ship’s
Defensive Shields, the Ship’s Screens and the Ship’s Tractor[5], all of which can be
monitored from the Defense Systems Station on the standard Bridge.
In charge of the Defense Systems section is the Defense Systems Officer (DSO), a
line officer with training and experience in weapons and ship defense systems, and will
typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
SMALL ARMS REPAIR SECTION
The function of the Small Arms Repair section is to repair and perform maintenance on
the various hand Phasers and Phaser rifles that are part of the ship’s armory. As such,
this section is responsible for the allocation and storage of the repair parts for phaser
weapons, but not including, however, the power packs. There are no watches associated
with this section. The ship’s Armory will usually be monitored by the Security division.
This is a very small section and will usually contain only a single senior enlisted Weapons
Specialist of grade S4 and with the rate of Chief Weapons Specialist.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SECURITY DIVISION
The Security division within the Operations Department is responsible for the overall
security of the ship and its crew. The division is primarily manned by security personnel
assigned to the ship from the Star Fleet Security Forces Command. This division is
divided into the three sections, which are listed in the table below and described in the
subsequent paragraphs. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found
in Figure 4b21.5. This is one of the organizations within the Operations Department
that will wear a tunic of a different color other than amber. Security personnel will usually
wear red tunics or coveralls.
In command of the Security division will be the ship’s Security Officer (SEC), an officer
of the line usually assigned to the position by the Star Fleet Security Forces Command
and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant, but may also hold the rank of Lieutenant
Commander[6] if the billet was filled by the Security Forces Command. The ship’s
Security Officer is basically responsible for the operation, maintenance and repair of the
ship’s security systems, the management of the ship’s detention facilities and small arms;
for providing sentries to guard critical areas of the ship; to provide security personnel to
protect landing parties, dignitaries and guests, and to provide Shore Patrol during Liberty
opportunities; and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel within the Security
division as a whole.
Table 4b21.5
TITLES AND RANKS OF SECURITY DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Ship’s Brig Brig or Detention Officer BRIG LTJG
Small Arms (Armory) Small Arms Officer ARMS ENSN
Security Force Head of Security Forces SECF LEUT
SHIP’S BRIG SECTION
The function of the Ship’s Brig section is to manage the systems associated with the Brig
area and the detention cells contained therein. Brig systems include the cell force fields
and cell surveillance. This section is also responsible for all Brig furnishings, except such
items as cell plumbing, electricity and ventilation, which are managed by the ship’s
Engineering Department. In addition, this section is also responsible for the cleanliness
of all Brig cells and their furnishings.
In charge of this section is the Brig Officer (SBO), a line officer attached from the Star
Fleet Security Forces Command or the Star Fleet Bureau of Corrections with the
rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. The function of the SBO is to manage the Brig and
detention facility, and to assign guards to Brig cells when they are occupied by detainees.
SMALL ARMS SECTION
The function of the Small Arms section is to maintain the armory of portable handheld
weaponry, located in the Security Section of the ship. All assignments and distribution of
small arms, e.g. Hand Phasers and Phaser Rifles, etc., will be handled by this section.
This is typically a small section containing one Small Arms Officer (ARO), a junior officer
with the rank of Ensign.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SECURITY FORCES
The Security Forces section provides the personnel needed to fulfill their security role,
which is to protect the ship and its personnel from unauthorized intrusion; to guard and
protect the vital areas of the ship from sabotage; to manage the Brig and detention areas;
to patrol the ship and make security checks of all spaces; to be alert for fire and other
dangers, and to check the security of any cargo the ship is carrying; to protect Landing
Parties and function as Honor Guard during official visits and ceremonies. As such, this
section is essentially a pool of duty security officers and personnel.
In charge of this section is the Head of Security Forces (SSO), a line officer attached
from the Star Fleet Security Forces Command with the rank of Lieutenant. A more
detailed explanation of the duties of the Security Forces section can be found in Section
3.8 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PERSONNEL DIVISION
The function of the Personnel division is to aid the ship’s Executive Officer in those
administrative duties relating to personnel management. Primarily, this division maintains
all the personnel records of the crew except for medical records, which is the responsibility
of the Medical Department. As part of this function the Personnel division will also be
responsible for the maintenance of the information contained within the ship’s Personnel
Records Database, which is part of the ship’s Library-Computer. On a typical ship, the
Personnel division will be divided into the four sections which are listed in the table below
and described in the subsequent paragraphs. The typical organizational structure for this
division can be found in Figure 4b21.6.
In charge of the Personnel division is the ship’s Personnel Officer (PER), a line officer
who is responsible for the management of personnel records; for maintaining the ship’s
training program; for pay management and disbursement to the crew; and for the conduct
and supervision of the Personnel division. The Personnel Officer will typically have the
rank of Lieutenant, but may also be a Lieutenant Junior Grade as well – usually on
the smaller ships.
Table 4b21.6
TITLES AND RANKS OF PERSONNEL DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Personnel Records Personnel Records Officer PREC LTJG
Disbursement Ship’s Paymaster PURS LTJG
Personnel Training Ship’s Training Officer TRNG ENSN
Yeomen Chief Yeoman YEOM T7
PERSONNEL RECORDS SECTION
The function of the Personnel Records section is the maintenance and control of
personal information. As such, the Personnel Records section will be responsible for the
Service Records of all crewmembers on board the ship, and will coordinate with the Star
Fleet Office of Personnel Records on Starbase Central regarding the control,
storage, handling and transmission of personnel records. All personnel records are
maintained in a special database within the ship’s Library-Computer. However, write-
access to this database is restricted only to the Commanding Officer, the Personnel
Officer, and the Personnel Records Officer. Individuals may view their own Service
Record at any time as allowed under Star Fleet Regulation 8340, but may not make
any changes. Therefore, they only have read-access to their file.
In charge of this section is the Personnel Records Officer (PRO), an officer of the line
with instruction and experience in the handling of Service Records, the use of database
management tools, and document security, and will typically have the rank of Lieutenant
Junior Grade. On some of the smaller ships, the Personnel Records Officer may be a
senior enlisted Technician of grade T7 and with a rate of Chief Personnelman or grade
S3 with a rating of Personnel Specialist First Class.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DISBURSEMENT SECTION
The function of the Disbursement section is to dispense pay to crewmembers of the ship
when requested, maintain the pay records of all crewmembers, and to make changes to or
maintain the allotments established by crewmembers. The Disbursement section has the
responsibility of managing and handling all aspects regarding the pay of all crewmembers
onboard ship. As such, this section is responsible for making accurate accounting of pay
and allotments and to make accurate and timely reports to the Star Fleet Office of
Personnel Disbursement on all matters concerning the disbursement of pay and the
accounting of monies paid to individuals.
This section may usually be found on the larger Starships that operate in the far regions
of Federation space. Crewmembers do not receive cash each pay period, but have their
accounts credited with their pay. However, when in foreign ports, crewmembers may
request money to be dispensed for personal purchases. In such cases, the Disbursement
section may dispense cash to crewmembers debiting their account for the withdrawal.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Paymaster (PAY), an officer of the Supply Corps
with training and expertise in accounting and the handling of pay and pay records. The
Ship’s Paymaster will typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade, but on
some of the smaller ships, the Ship’s Paymaster may be a senior enlisted Technician of
grade T7 or above and have a rate of Chief Personnelman.
PERSONNEL TRAINING SECTION
The function of the Personnel Training section is to provide the necessary materials,
books, tapes, training aids and facilities for the education, qualification and certification of
crewmembers, and to maintain the training, as well as the qualification programs of the
various departments within the ship’s organization. This section also maintains a list of the
officers and technicians designated to function as instructors onboard the ship. On most of
the larger Starships, the Personnel Training section is a separate organization under
the Personnel Division, but on smaller ships the Commanding Officer will decide
which department or division will be responsible for managing the general training of the
ship’s crew.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Training Officer (TRN), typically a junior line
officer with the rank of Ensign. However, on smaller ships that may not have a separate
Personnel Training section, the duty of training the crew will be the responsibility of the
ship’s Executive Officer. The Executive Officer may delegate this responsibility to a
junior officer or to a senior enlisted Technician.
YEOMEN SECTION
The Yeomen section essentially contains the pool of Yeomen and administrative assistants
for the ship. This section is headed by the Chief Yeoman (YEO) who is the senior
enlisted Yeoman of the ship, usually with the rank of Chief Yeoman (T7). The Chief
Yeoman usually reports directly to the ship’s Executive Officer. It should also be noted
that the Command Yeoman is not a part of the Yeoman section and as such, does not
report to the Chief Yeoman, but only to the Commanding Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RECORDS DIVISION
The function of the Records division is to manage the ship’s information, logging and
record-keeping systems. As such, it is responsible for maintaining all records aboard ship
including the Personnel Records database stored within the ship’s computer. However,
this section is not responsible for the contents of Personnel Records, but is responsible
only for their maintenance as computer records. This division is also responsible for the
accuracy of all information that is stored within the ship’s Library-computer, and for the
accessibility of this information to all crew members aboard ship. This division is divided
into two sections which are listed in the table below and described in the subsequent
paragraphs. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure
4b21.7.
The officer on charge of the Records division will have the title of ship’s Records Officer
(REC). The Records Officer is generally responsible for the operation and programming
of the ship’s computers; for the maintenance of the ship’s databases and data files; for the
maintenance of all of the ship’s logs and other official records; and for the conduct and
supervision of the Records division. The REC will generally be an officer of the line with
the rank of Lieutenant[7], but may also be a Staff Corps officer of the Supply Corps as
well.
Table 4b21.7
TITLES AND RANKS OF RECORDS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Information Systems Ship’s Computer Officer INFS LTJG
Systems Analysis Ship’s Systems Analyst SYSM LTJG
INFORMATION SYSTEMS SECTION
The Information Systems section is responsible for the operation and supervision of the
ship’s main computer and Library-Computer systems; to maintain all the software and
programs loaded or contained within these systems; and to keep the library portion of the
Library-Computer up-to-date with the latest information, documents and manuals. As
such, this section is the manager of all software, programs and applications, databases,
data files and operating systems onboard the ship.
In charge of the Information Systems section is the Ship’s Computer Officer, or the
Information Systems Officer on some ships (ISO). The ISO is usually an officer of the
line with training and expertise in computers, computer programming, systems analysis
and database management, but may also be a computer scientist or a technical engineer
with a degree in Computer Science. The ISO will typically have the rank of Lieutenant
Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS SECTION
The function of the Systems Analysis section is to perform analyses, design, build and
test computer programs and applications that will be used by ship’s personnel and watch
standers. As part of its function, this section will gather the computational and data needs
of divisional users and create the functional and technical requirements needed to develop
applications. Once gathered, this section will design, build and test the applications this
section develops. This section typically contains only one junior officer who specializes in
application development. However, certain Intelligence ships may contain a larger section
with several analysts for the purpose of intelligence modeling and computer simulations.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Systems Analyst (SYS), a line officer with training
and experience in computer modeling, computer programming, application development,
systems analysis and database development. The Ship’s Systems Analyst will typically
have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SUPPLY DIVISION
The function of the Supply division is to procure and maintain the material supply for the
ship. It is responsible for allocating and storing all ship’s stores, supplies, spare parts, raw
materials, foodstuffs and cargo the ship may carry. The Supply division is divided into the
four sections, which are listed in the table below and will be described in the subsequent
paragraphs. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure
4b21.8.
In charge of the ship’s Supply division will be the ship’s Supply Officer (SUP), an officer
of the Supply Corps with expertise in fleet logistics and materials management, or on
some smaller ships, a line officer. The ship’s Supply Officer is generally responsible for
the procurement, receipt, survey and transfer of all material used by the ship; the exercise
of accounting, inventory and issue control for all equipage, all repair parts and for those
consumable supplies required for the operation of the ship and its crew; and for the
conduct and supervision of the Supply division as a whole. Commensurate with this
responsibility, the Supply Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant.
Table 4b21.8
TITLES AND RANKS OF SUPPLY DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Procurement Procurement Officer PROC LTJG
Parts and Equipment Parts Officer PRTS ENSN
Food Service Food Service Officer FOOD ENSN
Ship’s Cargo Cargo Officer CARG ENSN
PROCUREMENT SECTION
The function of the Procurement section is to procure and allocate the spare parts, tools
and supplies needed for the ship to operate. In addition, this section is responsible for
scheduling the supply runs and rendezvous with the fleet supply ships. This section will
work with Fleet Logistics to procure the needed materials and equipment.
In charge of this section is the Procurement Officer (SAO), a Staff Corps officer of the
Supply Corps, or a line officer with training in ship supply and material procurement, and
will typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
PARTS AND EQUIPMENT SECTION
The function of the Parts and Equipment section is to maintain and store parts and
supplies; to determine the number and type of stores; and to perform inventories of the
ship’s stores. On many ships the Parts and Equipment section will cover several decks,
specifically in the Secondary Hulls of the larger ships where the storage compartments
are located.
In charge of this section is the Parts Officer (SAP), either a line officer or a Staff Corps
officer of the Supply Corps. The Parts Officer has the responsibility for all the parts and
equipment stored aboard ship, which includes all spaces and compartments designated to
carry ship stores. The Parts Officer will typically be a junior officer, usually of the rank of
Ensign or Lieutenant Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FOOD SERVICE SECTION
The function of the Food Service section is to allocate the raw materials needed for the
ship’s food processors and synthesizers; to allocate the natural and fresh food stuffs for
manual preparation and recreation; to manage the manual food preparation areas; to
maintain all the fresh food storage areas; and to inspect and maintain the cleanliness of all
the ship’s food preparation areas. Note that the primary source of food for the ship’s crew
comes from food synthesizers, the responsibility of which belongs to the Ship Materials
Fabrication section of the Engineering department. However, most Star Fleet ships
are equipped with cooking areas or galleys, primarily within some of the recreation areas,
for the purpose of applying an individual’s cooking talents.
In charge of this section is the Food Service Officer (FSO), either a line officer or a
Staff Corps officer from the Supply Corps. The FSO has responsibility for all the areas
relating to the storage and preparation of food. To accomplish this, the FSO will perform
constant inspections of the food storage and preparation areas along with inspectors from
the Medical Department. The Food Service Officer will typically be a junior officer,
usually of the rank of Ensign or Lieutenant Junior Grade.
CARGO SECTION
The function of the Cargo section is to handle and manage ship’s cargo. Cargo is any item
or store that is not for consumption by the ship or the crew. As such, the Cargo section is
responsible for any cargo that may be transported by the ship, and will be responsible for
the handling, storage and accounting of the cargo loaded onboard the ship, as well as for
managing the assignments of such cargo. The Cargo section will generally work with the
Procurement Section in scheduling the cargo pickups and drop-offs, and with the
Transporter Operations section regarding the beaming of cargo to and from the ship. In
addition, the Cargo Section will be responsible to set up temporary berthing in the cargo
areas for troops that may be assigned to or are being transported by the ship.
In charge of this section is the Cargo Officer (CGO), who can either be a junior line
officer or a Staff Corps officer of the Supply Corps with training in cargo handling and
storage. The Cargo Officer will typically have the rank of Ensign.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIVISION
The Flight Operations division is responsible for the operation, maintenance and repair
of ship’s service craft; the launch and recovery systems, shuttlecraft stowage, Flightdeck
systems; and the training and certification of shuttlecraft pilots. The typical organizational
In charge of this division will be the Flight Operations Officer (FLT), an officer of the
line responsible for all operations regarding the handling of the ship’s service craft, and for
the conduct and supervision of the personnel within the Flight Operations division. The
Flight Operations Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant.
Table 4b21.9
TITLES AND RANKS OF FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Flight Control Flight Control Officer (Flight Boss) FOPS LTJG
Flight Deck Systems Flight Deck Officer DECK LTJG
Craft Operators Senior Pilot CFTO LTJG
FLIGHT CONTROL SECTION
The primary function of the Flight Control section is to manage the launching, recovery
and stowage of the ship’s service craft. In addition, this section will make the assignments
of specific craft to missions.
In charge of this section is the Flight Control Officer (FLO) or “Flight Boss”, a line
officer with instruction in craft launch and retrieval procedures, flight scheduling and
emergency craft recovery. The Flight Control Officer will typically have the rank of
Lieutenant Junior Grade.
FLIGHT DECK SYSTEMS SECTION
The Flight Deck Systems section is responsible for all the hardware and systems needed
to launch, retrieve and stow the ship’s service craft, which include the Flight Deck
Doors, the Flight Deck Elevator, the Flight Deck Pressurization System and the
Craft Signal Systems.
In charge of this section is the Flight Deck Officer (DKO), an officer of the line with the
responsibility for the systems involved in the launch, recovery and stowage of the ship’s
service craft. The Flight Deck Officer will typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior
Grade.
CRAFT OPERATORS SECTION
The Craft Operators section maintains a pool of qualified pilots. The primary function of
this section is to certify the qualifications of shuttlecraft pilots. Being a shuttlecraft pilot is
not a full-time occupation on most Star Fleet ships. Most shuttlecraft pilots come from
the various departments onboard the ship. As such, this section merely manages the pilots
and assigns them to shuttlecraft missions on the basis of the individual’s position on the
duty roster, or if the mission was initiated by one of the ship’s departments.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMMAND INTELLIGENCE DIVISION
The Command Intelligence division is certainly the most secretive section onboard any
Star Fleet ship. The main responsibility of the Command Intelligence division is to
support the Commanding Officer relating to intelligence matters and to gather and
evaluate intelligence for Star Fleet Command. In addition, this section will support the
Commanding Officer during combat by supplying intelligence and tactical information.
In command of this division is the Intelligence Officer (INT). The Intelligence Officer
is responsible for the collection, evaluation and dissemination of intelligence information;
for the maintenance of intelligence equipment and the ship’s intelligence library; and for
the conduct and supervision of the Command Intelligence division as a whole. The
Intelligence Officer will usually be an officer of the line assigned to the ship by Star
Fleet Intelligence, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant. The organizational
Table 4b21.10
TITLES AND RANKS OF COMMAND INTELLIGENCE DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Tactical Chief Tactical Officer TACT LEUT
Intelligence Senior Intelligence Specialist INTL LTJG
TACTICAL SECTION
The function of the Tactical section is to study and develop the tactics used in combat
and other tactical situations[8]. The Tactical section will supply the Commanding Officer
or the Officer of the Conn important advice and information regarding an opponent, on
the current tactical situation and on the tactics employed by opponents.
In charge of this section is the Chief Tactical Officer (TAC), an officer of the line with
the responsibility for providing tactical information to the Commanding Officer and the
Officer of the Conn. The TAC will typically have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
INTELLIGENCE SECTION
The function of the Intelligence section is to collect, correlate and analyze intelligence
information that it has gathered during the patrol mission. The information gathered by
this section will be transmitted as reports to the Commander: Sector Intelligence and
to Star Fleet Intelligence as required. Note that not all Star Fleet ships, or Starships
for that matter, will have an Intelligence section. Instead, the crew complement of the
Tactical section will be increased, especially on those Starships engaged in patrol duties
near Neutral Zones or near the space of hostile governments.
This section will usually contain only one or two persons. The senior officer of this section
will have the title of Ship’s Intelligence Specialist or Senior Intelligence Specialist,
in the case of larger sections. This officer will usually be assigned to vessels by Star Fleet
Intelligence and may be a trained Intelligence Operations Officer (see Section 9.1 in
Volume II of the Star Fleet Command Manual for more information on Intelligence
Operations Officers).

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT BILLETS
The complement and Billets of each ship type is established by the Office of Star Fleet
Ship Personnel within Star Ship Command. This includes the size and makeup of the
Operations Department of any ship. The following table illustrates the organization of a
typical Operations Department aboard a standard cruiser class Starship.
Table 4b21.11
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT BILLETS
Division Section Billet Desn Title Rank
2000 OPS Operations Officer LCDR
Department Office
2001 OYM Operations Yeoman T4
Division Office 2100 NAV Navigations Officer LEUT
2110 NCO Navigations Control Officer LTJG
2111 NV1 Navigator ENSN
Navigation
Controls
2114 NTS Senior Nav Systems Technician T6
2115 NT1 Navigation Systems Technician T5
2116 NT2 Navigation Systems Technician T3
2120 HCO Helm Control Officer LTJG
Helm and 2121 HN1 Helmsman LTJG
Navigations 2122 HN2 Helmsman ENSN
Helm Control 2123 HN3 Helmsman ENSN
2124 HST Senior Helm Systems Technician T6
2125 HS1 Helm Systems Technician T4
2126 HS2 Helm Systems Technician T3
2130 SKO Ship’s Sensors Officer LTJG
Ship Sensor
2131 SKS Chief Sensor Systems Technician T7
Systems
2132 SK1 Sensor Systems Technician T5
2140 STO Ship’s Stabilizers Officer LTJG
Ship Stabilization
2141 ST1 Stabilizer Technician T6
Division Office 2200 COM Communications Officer LEUT
2210 CM1 Communicator LTJG
Communications 2211 CM2 Communicator LTJG
Operations 2212 CM3 Communicator ENSN
2213 CM4 Communicator ENSN
Exterior 2220 EXC Chief Communications Technician T8

Communications Communications 2221 CT1 Communications Technician T5
Systems 2222 CT2 Communications Technician T4
2230 ICC Chief Communications Technician T7
Interior 2231 IC1 Communications Technician T4
Communications
2232 IC2 Communications Technician T4
Systems
2233 IC3 Communications Technician T4
Cryptography 2240 CCO Cryptographic Officer LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b21.11
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT BILLETS -
CONTINUED
Division Office 2300 WEP Weapons Officer LEUT
2310 WCO Fire Control Officer LTJG
2311 WCS Senior Fire Control Technician T7
Fire and
2312 WC1 Control Technician T5
Targeting Control
2313 WT1 Weapons Technician T4
2314 WT2 Weapons Technician T3
2320 PWO Phaser Control Officer LTJG
2321 PWS Senior Phaser Technician T8
Phaser Weapon
2322 PW1 Phaser Technician T6
Systems
Weapons
2330 TWO Torpedo Control Officer LTJG
Torpedo Weapon 2331 TWS Senior Torpedo Technician T7
Systems 2332 TW1 Torpedo Technician T5
2333 TW2 Torpedo Technician T4
2340 DSO Defense Systems Officer ENSN
Defense
2341 DSS Senior Defense Systems Technician T6
Systems
2342 DS1 Defense Systems Technician T5
Small Arms
2350 ARS Small Arms Specialist S4
Repair
Division Office 2400 SEC Security Officer LEUT
2410 SBO Brig/Detention Officer LTJG
Ship’s Brig
2411 SBT Brig Systems Technician T6
Small Arms 2420 ARO Small Arms Officer ENSN
2430 SSO Head of Security Forces LEUT
2431 SSC Security Chief T7
2432 SQ1 Squad Leader T4
Security
2433 SQ2 Squad Leader T4
2434 SS1 Security Guard T3
Security Force
Division Office 2500 PER Personnel Officer LEUT
Personnel 2510 PRO Personnel Records Officer LTJG
Records 2511 YM7 Personnel Yeoman T5
2520 PAY Ship’s Paymaster LTJG
Purser
2521 YM8 Personnel Yeoman T4
2530 TRN Ship’s Training Officer ENSN
Training 2531 TR1 Instructor T6
Personnel 2532 TR2 Instructor T5
2540 YEO Chief Yeoman T7
2541 YM1 Yeoman T5
2542 YM2 Yeoman T4
Yeomen 2543 YM3 Yeoman T4
2544 YM4 Yeoman T3
2545 YM5 Yeoman T3
2546 YM6 Yeoman T3

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b21.11
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT BILLETS -
CONTINUED
Division Office 2600 REC Records Officer LEUT
2610 ISO Ship’s Computer Officer LTJG
2611 SPA Senior Programmer/Analyst ENSN
Information
2612 SDM Senior Database Manager S3
Records Systems
2613 PR1 Programmer S1
2614 PR2 Programmer S1
Systems
2620 SYS Ship’s Systems Analyst LTJG
Analysis
Division Office 2700 SUP Supply Officer LEUT
2710 SAO Procurement Officer LTJG
Procurement
2711 YM9 Yeoman T4
2720 SAP Parts Officer ENSN
Parts and
2721 SAT Senior Parts Technician T5
Equipment
2722 SA1 Parts Technician T3
Supply 2730 FSO Food Service Officer ENSN
Food Service 2731 FSP Food Planner S3
2732 FS1 Food Service Technician T5
2740 CGO Cargo Officer ENSN
2741 CGS Senior Cargo Technician T6
Cargo
2742 CG1 Cargo Technician T3
2743 CG2 Cargo Technician T2
Division Office 2800 FLT Flight Operations Officer LEUT
2810 FLO Flight Control Officer (BOSS) LTJG
Flight Control 2811 FLS Senior Flight Controller S4
2812 FL1 Flight Controller S3
2820 DKO Flight Deck Officer LTJG
2821 DKS Senior Deck Bosun (Boatswain) T5
Flight Deck
Flight Operations 2822 DK1 Deck Technician T3
Systems
2823 DK2 Deck Technician T2
2824 DK3 Deck Technician T2
2830 FLP Chief Craft Pilot LEUT
2831 1 Craft Pilot 2
Craft Operators
Division Office 2900 INT Intelligence Officer LEUT
2910 TAC Chief Tactical Officer LTJG
Command Tactical 2911 TK1 Tactician LTJG
Intelligence 2912 TK2 Tactician ENSN
2920 CIO Senior Intelligence Specialist LTJG
Intelligence
2921 TLS Intelligence Specialist ENSN
Notes:
1. Special detail, not a permanent billet. Individual assigned from the Duty Roster.
2. Minimum grade: Technician First Class (T6) or higher.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages present the organizational charts of all the divisions within a typical
Operations Department aboard a Star Fleet ship. These charts generally represent the
“Chain of Command” within the Operations Department as well as within each division,
and are presented in order of their Division Number. These charts will be referenced
throughout the remaining sections of this chapter. The title block of each unit shows the
Division Name, Division Number and the Division Designator. The Division Designator is a
shorthand version of the Division Name.
Division Number Division Name
2200 Communications
Division
COMM
Division Designator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.1
STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT
2000 Operations
Department
OPS
2100 2200 2300 2400

Helm and Navigations Communications Weapons Security
Division Division Division Division
NAVG COMM WEPS SECR
2500 2600 2700 2800

Personnel Records Supply Flight Operations
PERS RECS SUPL FLTC
2900
Command
Intelligence
INTL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.2
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: HELM AND NAVIGATIONS DIVISION
2100 Helm and Navigations

Division
NAVG
2110 Navigational Controls

2120 Helm Control
2130 Sensor Systems
2140 Ships Stabilization
Section Section Section Section
NAVC HELM SENS STBL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.3
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
2200 Communications
Division
COMM
2210 Communications 2220 External 2230 Internal 2240 Cryptographic

Operations Communications Communications
Section
COMS Section EXTC Section INTC Section CRYP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.4
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: WEAPONS DIVISION
2300 Weapons
Division
WEPS
2310 2320 2330 2340

Fire Control Phaser Systems Torpedo Systems Defense Systems
FCTL PHSR TORP DEFS
2350
Small Arms Repair
Section
AREP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.5
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: SECURITY DIVISION
2400 Security
Division
SECR
2410 2420 2430

Ship’s Brig Small Arms Security Forces
Section Section Section
BRIG ARMS SECF

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.6
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: PERSONNEL DIVISION
2500 Personnel
Division
PERS
2510 2520 2530 2540

Personnel Records Disbursement Training Yeomen
PREC PURS TRNG YEOM

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.7
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: RECORDS DIVISION
2600 Records
Division
RECS
2610 2620
Information Systems Systems Analysis
Section Section
INFS SYSM

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.8
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: SUPPLY DIVISION
2700 Supply
Division
SUPL
2710 Procurement
2720 Parts and Equipment
2730 Food Service
2740 Cargo
PROC PRTS FOOD CARG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.9
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIVISION
2800 Flight Operations

Division
FLTC
2810 2820 2830

Flight Control Flight Deck Systems Craft Operators
FOPS DECK CFTO

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b21.10
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT: COMMAND INTELLIGENCE DIVISION
2900 Command Intelligence

Division
INTL
2910 2920
Tactical Intelligence
Section Section
TACT INTL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
2.2 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

In this section the organizational structure of a typical Engineering Department aboard
a Star Fleet ship will be discussed. The functions of the Engineering Department are
generally as follows:
1. To provide propulsion to the ship on demand; to ensure that propulsion is available at

all times and operating at peak efficiency, and that the propulsion system can meet
the operational demands placed on it.
2. To provide steady, regulated power; to ensure that power is available to all systems at
all times, and that it is consistent in voltage and frequency; and to ensure that all
electrical equipment is maintained and functioning properly.
3. To control and maintain the ship’s basic environmental conditions; to keep the ship’s
atmosphere pure and to maintain atmospheric gases at appropriate levels; and to
maintain the ship’s temperature, pressure and gravity, and other such environmental
parameters for the health and comfort of the crew.
4. To provide basic ship services. Services include those auxiliary systems needed to
support the major systems, as well as those services required for life aboard a Star
Fleet ship such as water and food preparation.
5. To manage the ship’s transport systems. That is, the ship’s Transporter, Turbo-Lift,
Shuttlecraft and other conveyances, if any.
In general, the function of the Engineering Department is to ensure that the ship is
spaceworthy. To meet these functions the Engineering Department is separated into
specific Divisions designed to oversee the individual functions to which the department is
responsible. Each Division will be administered by a Division Officer, the functions and
responsibilities of which will be described in subsequent paragraphs of this section.
CHIEF ENGINEERING OFFICER
At the top level of the department is the Engineering Officer, Chief Engineer or Chief
Engineering Officer. The Chief Engineer (ENG) is responsible for the operation, care
and maintenance of the ship’s propulsion plants, auxiliary machinery and piping systems;
for the operation and maintenance of electric power generation, storage and distribution
systems; for the control of damage; for repairs to the ship’s hull and for repairs to systems
and equipment of other departments; and for the operation and maintenance of the ship’s
atmospheric and gravitational control systems. The Chief Engineer will usually stand the
Engineering Officer of the Watch duty, but may also stand the Officer of the Conn
watch as well.
The Chief Engineer will typically be a line officer (SSC) with the rank of Lieutenant
Commander, but may also be an officer of the Engineering Corps as well. Line officers
designated for duty as Chief Engineer are usually seeking to command a ship of their
own. As such, the duty of Chief Engineer is an absolute prerequisite to becoming a ship’s
Commanding Officer, and officers that will stand the Chief Engineering Officer duty
must be specifically qualified to perform this function. Therefore, candidates for Chief
Engineering Officer will be sent to a six month training course in propulsion and warp
mechanics, fuel management, ship systems and engineering organization management.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENGINEERING YEOMAN
In general, each Department Head will be assigned at least one Yeoman for the purpose
of generating reports and maintaining the department’s records. For the Engineering
Department a special Yeoman will be assigned with the title of Engineering Yeoman
and with the designation code of EYM. The EYM is an enlisted technician with specialized
training in engineering and propulsion technology and terminology.
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT UNIFORM

Ship Command Order 4132, all persons working within the Engineering Department
onboard a Star Fleet ship must wear the red version of the working tunic as the standard
Working Uniform. All males shall wear the SWMx0R work uniform, and all females shall
wear either the SWFx0R standard long or the SWFx0R standard short working uniform
as proscribed by the Commanding Officer. However, the SWMx0R style of uniform
with the Type I tunic (3411) is no longer authorized. In addition, all engineering personnel
may wear the red SWGG0R (3441) coverall at all times while they are on duty as
proscribed by the Chief Engineering Officer, with approval from the Commanding
Officer.
assigned to the Engineering Department of a Star Fleet ship will wear the Star Ship
Command badge with the Star Fleet symbol for propulsion engineering embroidered in
the center as required by BUPERSMAN-332 as illustrated in Image 4b22.1 below.
Image 4b22.1
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BADGES
The badge of an officer in the Engineering Department will always have gold foil for
the background center area, with the Star Fleet propulsion engineering symbol (the
vortex) embroidered in black. The badge of an enlisted person in the Engineering
Department will have a silver foil background and the black vortex. Any civilian assigned
temporary duty onboard a Star Fleet ship in the Engineering Department will also
wear the same uniform except that the badge will have a red foil background with the
black propulsion engineering symbol embroidered in the center. The only exception to this
rule is for civilian engineers who are full-time employees of Star Fleet. They will wear the
badge with the red foil, but will have a black Star Fleet technical engineering symbol
embroidered in the center instead of the propulsion engineering symbol.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
The Engineering Department of a typical Star Fleet ship is usually one of the largest
organizations on board and will normally comprise over 50% of the crew. As such, the
Engineering Department will be compartmentalized into several Divisions, specifically
created to oversee the primary systems and functionality of which the department has
responsibility.
Although most of the officers within the Engineering Department are Restricted Line
Officers (RSL) currently designated for engineering duty, some of the Divisions within
the Engineering Department will require highly specialized engineers and as such, are
manned by Staff Corps officers from the Star Fleet Engineering Corps. Therefore,
these individuals will be restricted to duty within their area of specialization as described in
Paragraph 2b of Star Fleet Regulation 5100.
In charge of an engineering division will be an officer with the title of Division Officer[9]
and holding a title commensurate with their responsibility. In general, the title of the
Division Officer will have the term “Officer” appended to it. For example, the division
officer in charge of the Power Systems division will have a title of “Electrical Officer.”
For larger divisions, the Division Officer may be known as an “Assistant” to the Chief
Engineer, with the appropriate title as illustrated in the table below. For example, the
division responsible for the systems associated with propulsion is usually quite large and
therefore, the officer in charge of the division will have the title of “Main Propulsion
Assistant”.
Table 4b22.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Propulsion Systems Main Propulsion Assistant PROP LEUT
Power Systems Electrical Officer POWR LEUT
Environmental Systems Environmental Controls Officer ENVR LEUT
Ship Services Ship Services Officer SERV LEUT
Repair and Damage Control Damage Control Assistant RPDC LEUT
Transporter Control Transporter Officer TRNC LEUT
Electronic Systems Electronics Officer ELES LEUT
Service Craft Service Craft Officer CRFT LEUT
A Division is typically responsible for a major system within the department, but will be
further divided into functional Sections to distribute the workload. Note also that many of
the officers and technicians can rotate between the various divisions and sections within
the Engineering Department in order to provide training and experience in more than
one area of specialization. The typical organizational structure for the Engineering
Department showing the various divisions can be found in Figure 4b22.1.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SECTIONS
In general, a departmental Division is typically responsible for a major system, but will
usually be subdivided into smaller functional units called Sections. As such, each division
within the Engineering Department is further divided into operational sections for the
purpose of distributing the work of the division. The Engineering Department on board
a typical cruiser class Starship will have about 25 such sections, and other ships may
have more depending on the size of the ship and the complexity of the propulsion system.
The following pages will describe the function of the various sections within each division
of the Engineering Department.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PROPULSION SYSTEMS DIVISION
The Propulsion Systems division, designated PROP, is that group in the Engineering
Department responsible for the proper operation and maintenance of the ship’s main and
secondary propulsion systems and machinery. The division is separated into five sections
dedicated to those major systems essential for propelling the ship through space. These
sections are listed in the table below and described in the subsequent paragraphs. The
The Main Propulsion Assistant (MPA) is the officer responsible for the operation,
maintenance and repair of all of the ship’s propulsion equipment, including the warp field
generation and control system; the secondary propulsion and maneuvering systems; the
propulsion plant power reactors; and for the conduct and supervision of the Propulsion
Systems division. The MPA will usually come from the ranks of the Propulsion Systems
division since the position requires knowledge in the warp dynamics and propulsion system
processes. As such, the MPA will usually be a Propulsion Engineering officer with the
rank of Lieutenant, but may also be a Restricted Line Officer restricted to engineering
duty.
Table 4b22.2
TITLES AND RANKS OF PROPULSION SYSTEMS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Reactor Control Reactor Control Officer REAC LTJG
Propulsion Control Propulsion Control Officer ENGC LTJG
Main Propulsion Systems Warp Drive Systems Engineer WARP LTJG
Secondary Propulsion Systems Impulse Drive Systems Engineer IMPL LTJG
Maneuvering Systems Maneuvering Systems Engineer MANV LTJG
REACTOR CONTROL SECTION
The Reactor Control section has the responsibility for operating and maintaining the
Main Control Reactors for the ship’s Main Warp Engines. The function of the Power
Control Reactor is to generate the enormous electrical power needed to maintain the
Main Engine Polymass Containment Fields, as well as the ship’s Warp Field. In
addition, Main Engine power is also used to supply the Engine Control System, and
can be used to supply power to the rest of the ship, if necessary. In addition, and on some
ships, Main Engine power may be used to power the ship’s Main Phaser Batteries.
In charge of this section is the Reactor Control Officer (RXO), usually a Propulsion
Engineering officer with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. The Reactor Control
Officer has responsibility over the Magneto-Hydrodynamic Generators, the Main
Control Reactors, the Reactor Cooling System, and over the Main Engine Power
distribution network. The position of Reactor Control Officer has a specific requirement
and that is that the individual must be a reactor physicist or have extensive training in
reactor or plasma physics. This is an essential requirement as the complexity of the reactor
requires someone with expert knowledge in the field.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PROPULSION CONTROL SECTION
The function of the Propulsion Control section is to maintain the ship’s engine control
circuitry, panels and other systems required to control the ship’s engines, both the Main
(Warp) Engines and the Secondary (Impulse) Engines, as well as the equipment and
circuitry that manages the ship’s Maneuvering System.
In charge of this section is the Propulsion Control Officer (ECO), usually a Propulsion
Engineering officer with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade, but who may also have
a degree in electrical engineering as well. In general, the Propulsion Control Officer is
responsible for all the equipment associated with the control of the engines.
MAIN PROPULSION SYSTEMS SECTION
The Main Propulsion Systems section is principally responsible for those systems used
for the primary mode of propulsion for the ship. In modern times, this means the Main
Warp Drive Engines. As such, this section is responsible for Polymass generation and
containment, distribution and injection, Main Engine cooling and Warp Field generation
and control.
In charge of this section is the Warp Drive Systems Engineer (MPO), a Propulsion
Engineering officer with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. The position of Warp
Drive Systems Engineer also has a specific requirement in that the individual must be a
nuclear physicist, an astrophysicist or a theoretical physicist or have extensive expertise in
warp dynamics and antimatter reactors. This is an essential requirement as the complexity
of warp dynamics and the fusion of matter and antimatter requires someone with expert
knowledge in the field.
SECONDARY PROPULSION SYSTEMS SECTION
The Secondary Propulsion Systems section is responsible for those systems used to
propel the ship at sublight speeds in normal space-time. As part of its function, this section
will also be responsible for the Impulse Power System, the Power Converters and the
Dilithium Crystals, the Impulse Propulsion Fuel System and the Impulse Engine
Cooling System.
In charge of this section is the Impulse Drive Systems Engineer (SPO), a Propulsion
Engineering officer with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. As with the MPO this
position also has a specific job requirement as well. The position of SPO requires the
individual be a nuclear or theoretical physicist or have extensive knowledge in the physics
of fusion reactions. This is a key requirement as the complexity of nuclear fusion and the
equipment designed to manage such reactions requires someone with expert knowledge in
the field.
MANEUVERING SYSTEMS SECTION
The Maneuvering Systems section is responsible for those systems used to move the
ship about for docking or to maneuver the ship into or out of a Space Dock, Drydock or
other enclosed structure, and is composed primarily of enlisted technicians. In charge of
this section is the Maneuvering Systems Engineer (MSE), a Propulsion Engineering
officer with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
POWER SYSTEMS DIVISION
The Power Systems division within the Engineering Department is responsible for the
proper operation and maintenance of the ship’s main electrical generation and distribution
system. This includes the generation equipment, wiring and electrical machinery, all the
transmission lines, switches and circuit breakers. The division is divided into three sections
dedicated to those systems essential for electrical generation and distribution, the sections
of which are listed in the table below. The typical organizational structure for this division
The officer in charge of this division is called the ship’s Electrical Officer (EEO). On the
whole, the EEO is responsible for the safe and proper operation, maintenance, cleanliness
and repair of the electrical machinery, instrumentation, control equipment, and electrical
systems throughout the ship, except as specifically assigned to another department; for
the generation and distribution of electrical power throughout the ship; and for the Power
Systems division as a whole. The EEO will customarily be an officer of the Engineering
Corps with a degree in electrical engineering and will have the rank of Lieutenant, but
could also be an Unrestricted Line Officer or a Restricted Line Officer restricted to
engineering duty as well.
Table 4b22.3
TITLES AND RANKS OF POWER SYSTEMS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Generation Generation Officer GENR LTJG
Electrical Systems Electrical Systems Officer ELEC LEUT
Electrical Maintenance Electrical Maintenance Officer ELEM LTJG
GENERATION SECTION
The Generation section is responsible for generating steady, regulated electrical power
for the ship and as such, is responsible for all the equipment associated with electrical
power generation such as the ship’s Main Electrical Generators, Main Transformers,
the Main Power Busses, the Emergency Generators, the systems used to support the
generators, the Motor-Generators and the ship’s Batteries. In addition, this section is
also responsible for the acquisition of electrical power from shore establishments while the
ship is docked and attached to the facility’s service umbilical. This section consists primarily
of enlisted operators and technicians that specialize in the operation and maintenance of
generation equipment and in the maintenance of the transmission systems on each deck
of the ship.
In charge of this section is the Generation Officer (EGO), usually an Unrestricted Line
Officer with expertise in electrical systems, but may also be a Propulsion Engineering
officer with a degree in electrical engineering as well, and will usually have the rank of
Lieutenant Junior Grade. The EGO is responsible for the Main Electrical Generators,
the Main Transformers, the Motor-Generators, the Emergency Generators, the
ship’s Batteries and the Main AC and DC Power Busses.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION
The Electrical Systems section is responsible for the ship’s various electrical distribution
systems and networks onboard ship. As such, this section maintains the ship’s Primary
and Secondary Electrical Power Distribution Systems and is responsible for all the
electrical lineups and local power transformers in the system. As such, the responsibility of
this section is for the distribution of electrical power from the Main Power Busses. In
addition, this section is also responsible for the proper operation of the major breakers,
fuses and switch gear that are part of the electrical distribution system. This section
consists primarily of enlisted Specialists and technicians with expertise in repairing and
maintaining electric power equipment.
As stated, this section is accountable for the electrical lineups for the entire ship. As such,
this section is responsible for routing power to the various busses and to cross-connect
electrical systems as needed. In addition, and during Battle Stations, this section will split
the busses to separate the port and starboard electrical systems. All lineups are performed
in the Electrical Distribution Center in Engineering or within the Auxiliary Control
room.
In charge of this section is the Electrical Systems Officer (ESO), a line officer with
expertise in electrical systems or a Propulsion Engineering officer with a degree in
electrical engineering, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant. The ESO has full
responsibility over the entire ship’s Electrical Power Distribution network and all of its
components and switchgear. In addition, the ESO will also be responsible for the electrical
lineups of the entire ship and to supply the other divisions with the electrical power they
need to perform their functions.
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE SECTION
The Electrical Maintenance section is responsible for the maintenance and repair of all
electrical equipment on board ship, except for the specialized electronic equipment that is
the responsibility of other departments. As such, this section will examine, repair and test
all electrical transmission lines and equipment, repair motors and switchgear, maintain the
ship’s Batteries and to maintain the ship’s electrical generation equipment in a high state
of cleanliness and functionality. However, this section only maintains the ship’s Batteries
by testing their capacity, but the primary responsibility for the repair of the Batteries lies
with the Generation section. This section consists primarily of enlisted technicians with a
rating of Electrician.
In charge of this section is the Electrical Maintenance Officer (EMO), a line officer
with training in electrical systems or a Propulsion Engineering officer with a degree in
electrical engineering, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. The
EMO’s primary responsibility is to maintain the ship’s electrical equipment and to carry-out
all maintenance requests relating to the ship’s electrical equipment.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS DIVISION
The Environmental Systems division within the Engineering Department is basically

responsible for the proper operation and maintenance of the ship’s environmental control
and life support systems. This includes the equipment and machinery required to maintain
the ship’s atmosphere, temperature, pressure and gravity to within specifications. The
division is divided into three sections, which focus on those primary systems essential for
maintaining the proper ship’s environment, the sections of which are listed in the table
below. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b22.4.
In charge of this division is the Environmental Controls Officer or ENV. The ENV is
responsible for the proper and continuous operation, maintenance, and repair of the ship’s
atmospheric and environmental control systems; for the maintenance of the ship’s gravity
and inertia field systems; and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel within the
Environmental Systems division as a whole. The ENV will usually be an officer of the
Engineering Corps with the rank of Lieutenant, but may also be an Unrestricted Line
Officer or a Restricted Line Officer restricted to engineering duty.
Table 4b22.4
TITLES AND RANKS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Atmospheric Systems Atmospheric Controls Officer ATMS LTJG
Ventilation Systems (HVAC) HVAC Officer HVAC LTJG
Ship’s Gravity Ship’s Gravity Engineer GRAV LTJG
ATMOSPHERIC SYSTEMS SECTION
Basically, the Atmospheric Systems section is responsible for the condition of the ship’s
atmosphere and the supporting systems. This includes the Air Recharging System, the
Air Purification System, the Oxygen Generation System, and the Atmospheric
Pressure Control System. In addition, this section is also responsible for the ship’s
Environmental Control System and all the equipment related to the sensing, display
and control of the ship’s atmospheric parameters. This section consists primarily of enlisted
technicians specializing in the equipment and systems involved in maintaining the ship’s
atmospheric parameters. Most of these technicians will be operators of the atmospheric
control equipment.
In charge of this section is the Atmospheric Controls Officer (ACO), a line officer with
training in environmental systems or a Propulsion Engineering officer with a degree in
electrical, mechanical or environmental engineering. The ACO will usually have a rank of
Lieutenant Junior Grade and will be responsible for the proper operation, repair and
maintenance of the systems associated with the condition of the ship’s atmosphere. The
ACO will also support the ship’s Medical Officer regarding the tuning of the atmospheric
parameters such as the O2 and CO2 content.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
VENTILATION SYSTEMS SECTION
The Ventilation Systems section is responsible for the ship’s heating, ventilation and air
conditioning systems. As such, this section will maintain the vessel’s Main Ventilation
Distribution System, the ship’s Main Supply Fans, the Spot Ventilation Units, the
Atmospheric Heating and Cooling System, the Ship’s Atmospheric Humidity
Subsystem, and is responsible for all ventilation lineups. In addition, this section is also
responsible for the cleanliness of the air and as such, is responsible for the Air Filtration
Subsystem and the cleanliness of the entire ship’s ventilation system. It should be noted
that the Air Filtration Subsystem is not the same as the Air Purification System, the
system which maintains the atmosphere with the proper mixture of gasses and filters out
the harmful gasses. The Air Filtration Subsystem primarily keeps the air free from dust
and other particulate matter. This section consists mainly of enlisted technician-mechanics
with the duty of maintaining the HVAC systems.
In charge of this section is the Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning or HVAC
Officer (VSO), a line officer with training in atmospheric and ventilation systems or a
Propulsion Engineering officer with a degree in electrical, mechanical or environmental
engineering. The VSO will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade and will be
responsible for the proper operation, repair and maintenance of the systems associated
with maintaining the ship’s environmental parameters and the cleanliness of the ship’s air
and air ducting system.
SHIP’S GRAVITY SECTION
The primary function of the Ship’s Gravity section is to maintain and regulate gravity
within the ship and to compensate the ship’s fields as a result of changes in ship speed or
direction. As such, this section maintains the Ship’s Gravity System, the Ship’s Inertial
Dampening System and all the computers and circuitry associated with these systems.
This is a small section and usually contains only a small number of enlisted technicians and
mechanics.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Gravity Engineer (GRE), usually a Propulsion
Engineering officer with a degree in mechanical or electrical engineering. The GRE will
usually have rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade and will be responsible for the proper
operation and maintenance of the systems associated with maintaining ship’s gravity and
inertia fields. Candidates for the position of GRE may come from the junior ranks of other
engineering divisions.
Many of the smaller ships will combine the Ship’s Gravity section with the Atmospheric
Systems section to form the Atmosphere and Gravity or AG Section. This is done to
minimize the personnel needed to perform environmental functions. However, the Chief
Engineering Officer on the larger ships may also consolidate the two sections if he or
she has a staffing problem in other areas of the department.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP SERVICES DIVISION
The Ship Services division is that part of the Engineering Department responsible for
the proper operation and maintenance of the ship’s auxiliary and maintenance systems. As
such, this unit is the largest division within the Engineering Department. This includes
the equipment and machinery required to provide essential services to the crew such as
potable water, synthetic food and other services. The division is divided into three sections
dedicated to those systems necessary for providing essential crew services and in
maintaining the material condition of the ship. These sections are listed in the table below.
The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b22.5.
In charge of this division is the Ships Services Officer (SVR). The SVR is responsible for
the operation, maintenance and repair of all the supporting systems aboard ship, which
includes water storage and piping systems, high pressure air systems; for the cleanliness
and general maintenance of the ship; for the fabrication of parts and materials; and for the
conduct and supervision of the Ships Services division as a whole. The SVR will usually
be a line officer with a degree in mechanical engineering or a Propulsion Engineering
officer with the rank of Lieutenant, but may also be a Restricted Line Officer limited
to engineering duty.
Table 4b22.5
TITLES AND RANKS OF SHIP SERVICES DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Auxiliary Systems Auxiliary Engineering Assistant AUXS LEUT
Ship Maintenance Ship Maintenance Officer (First Lieutenant) MANT LTJG
Ship Materials Fabrication Ship’s Materials Fabrications Officer FABM ENSN
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS SECTION
The function of the Auxiliary Systems section is to operate, repair and maintain all the
ship’s auxiliary support systems. Auxiliary systems are those that support ship operation.
Such auxiliary systems include, but not limited to High Pressure Air Systems, Water
Acquisition Systems, Water Purification Systems, Auxiliary Equipment Cooling
System, the Ship’s Plumbing System, Waste Processing Systems, the Turbo-Lift
System, Hydraulic Systems, Food Service Systems, and the Doorway Systems. On
some of the larger ships, this section will be a separate division within the Engineering
Department. This section consists primarily of enlisted technicians, equipment operators
and mechanics, and will generally have a rating of Mechanical Technician. As such, they
will not be required to specialize in any one system, but must be trained in all the systems.
In charge of this section is the Auxiliary Engineering Assistant (AUX), a line officer
with training in mechanical systems or a Propulsion Engineering officer with a degree in
mechanical engineering, and will usually have rank of Lieutenant. The AUX is responsible
for the proper operation and maintenance of all of the ship’s auxiliary systems, but will be
supported by other junior engineers that will specialize in a specific auxiliary system.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP MAINTENANCE SECTION
The basic function of the Ship Maintenance section is to maintain the general material
condition and cleanliness of the ship. In addition, this section will also be responsible for
maintaining the glazing, coatings, finishes and veneers on the deck, the overhead and the
bulkheads, and for the maintenance and repair of the ship’s furnishings and fixtures. Such
furnishings will include all chairs, tables, cabinetry, bunks and bedding. This section will
primarily consist of enlisted technicians, hull technicians, mechanics and maintenancemen.
The Ships Maintenance Officer or First Lieutenant (MNO) is responsible for the basic
and general maintenance and cleanliness of the ship; for the condition and upkeep of the
ship’s interior bulkheads, decks and overheads, as well as for the plaques, signs and the
brightwork* aboard ship; for the inspection and cleanliness of the ship’s ventilation ducts;
for the inspection and preservation of all door and hatch seals; and for the conduct and
supervision of the Ships Maintenance section as a whole. The MNO will usually be a line
officer having the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade and will usually be a newly assigned
officer to the department that is not a specialist in any particular field of engineering, and
may also be a non-engineering officer as well. It should be noted that the title of First
Lieutenant is usually given to the maintenance officer aboard the larger ships.
SHIP MATERIALS FABRICATION SECTION
The function of the Ship Materials Fabrication section is to fabricate the components
and equipment needed for the proper operation of the ship. This section consists of mainly
of machine shops and enlisted machinists trained in fabricating tools and parts. The shops
that are under the cognizance of the Ship Materials Fabrication section, also known as
“Fab Shops”, contain all the equipment, such as Materialization Units, Beam Cutters,
Shapers, Welders and the other machines needed to manufacture most any component
that a Star Fleet ship will require. However, these shops are limited in size and therefore,
are restricted regarding the size of the objects that they can create and therefore, cannot
create large components or machinery. In addition, this section will also be responsible for
the maintenance and repair of all the Food Synthesizers or DC Units aboard ship.
The Ship’s Material Fabrications Officer (MFO) is basically responsible for preserving
the material condition of the ship through the fabrication of the components, parts and
equipment needed for the ship to function. The MFO will commonly be a junior line officer
with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade or Ensign, but may also be a non-specializing
Propulsion Engineering officer who seeks to advance within the department.
*See Table 1a77.1 in Section 7.7 of Volume I of the Star Fleet Command Manual for the definition of brightwork .
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL DIVISION
The Repair and Damage Control division is that part of the Engineering Department
responsible for minimizing any damage caused as a result of a collision or from battle, for
the proper operation and maintenance of the vessel’s fire suppression and damage control
systems, and to provide repair and fabrication services to other divisions and departments
within the command. The division is divided into four sections dedicated to those functions
relating to damage control and ship repair, the sections of which are listed in Table 4b22.6
below. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b22.6.
In charge of the division is the Damage Control Assistant or DCA, the officer who is
responsible for formulating and maintaining damage control procedures and the Damage
Control organization; for the proper operation and maintenance of all damage control and
fire control equipment throughout the ship; for the repair of the ship’s hull and structures;
and for the conduct and supervision of the Repair and Damage Control division. The
DCA will usually be a line officer and will have the rank of Lieutenant, but could also be
a Propulsion Engineering officer or a Restricted Line Officer that is restricted to
engineering duty.
Table 4b22.6
TITLES AND RANKS OF REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Ship Safety Ship’s Safety Officer SAFE ENSN
Ship Repair Ship’s Repair Officer REPR LTJG
Ship Damage Control Damage Control Officer DAMG LTJG
Fire Suppression Systems Fire Suppression Systems Engineer FIRE ENSN
SHIP SAFETY SECTION
The function of the Ship Safety section is to ensure that all ship’s safety instructions and
directives are being followed; to ensure that the proper safety, hazard and other signs,
placards and devices are properly posted; and to ensure that the crew is fully aware of all
safety regulations and policies. To accomplish these goals the Ship Safety section will
continuously perform inspections of the ship to ensure compliance with safety regulations,
to point out discrepancies in the material condition of the ship that could cause accidents,
and to train the crew concerning ship safety and safety regulations. This section consists
of enlisted technicians specializing in safety engineering.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Safety Officer (SFO), a line officer with instruction
in Star Fleet safety regulations, ship safety systems and in the methods and procedures
relating to the prevention of accidents. The SFO also has the duty and responsibility of
providing suggestions concerning ship safety and will generate procedures and policies
regarding ship safety. The SFO will usually be a junior line officer and will typically have a
rank of Ensign. Underway, the SFO will report directly to the Executive Officer and as
such, the SFO will have direct access to the Executive Officer and the Commanding
Officer at all times. In port, the SFO will report to the Chief Engineering Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP REPAIR SECTION
For major repairs that are beyond the capabilities of any other organization aboard ship,
the Ship Repair section was created to handle such efforts. As such, the Ship Repair
section will be responsible for making vital repairs to the ship’s hull and structures. Also,
this section will be responsible for all external doors and hatches, for all viewports and
viewport shields and for the integrity of the entire hull of the ship, including all frames,
support structures and skin plates. In addition, this section will work in conjunction with
the Ship Materials Fabrication section in fabricating and installing hull and bulkhead
sections. As part of their jobs technicians within this section will perform all hull and
structural welding and cutting, and will perform any temporary or permanent repairs to the
exterior of the ship.
In charge of this section is the Ship’s Repair Officer (RPO), a line officer with expertise
in hull construction and repair or may be an officer of the Construction Corps with
instruction and experience in ship hull repair. The RPO will usually be a junior officer and
have rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade, but with the responsibility for all repairs to the
hull and ship structures.
SHIP DAMAGE CONTROL SECTION
The function of the Ship Damage Control section is the prevention and control of ship
damage and to place the vessel in the material condition ordered by the Commanding
Officer. The Damage Control section essentially contains a team of repair technicians
specializing in damage control procedures, methods, and the utilization of damage control
equipment. Should an emergency condition exist technicians from this section will form
special teams designed to handle the particular emergency. As such, this section will form
special Damage Control Parties, the Fire Brigade and the Rescue and Assistance
Team to tackle the specific emergency, both aboard ship and off.
In charge of this section is the Damage Control Officer (DCO), a junior line officer with
instruction in damage control and fire fighting, or a Propulsion Engineering officer with
a degree in mechanical or structural engineering. The DCO will usually have the rank of
Lieutenant Junior Grade and will have the responsibility for mitigating all damage and
fires that may occur aboard ship.
SHIP FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS SECTION
The function of the Ship Fire Suppression Systems section is to maintain the systems
required to suppress or extinguish fires onboard the ship. This is a small section composed
mainly of an engineer and two mechanical technicians. The duties of this section include
the inspection and repair of the ship’s Fire Suppression systems, and the procurement,
storage, charging, certification, testing and placement of fire extinguishers around the
ship.
In charge of this section is the Fire Suppression Systems Engineer (FRE), usually a
Restricted Line Officer, a Technical Engineer or a Propulsion Engineering officer
with a degree in mechanical engineering with knowledge of fire suppression systems. The
FRE will usually be a junior officer with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade or Ensign,
and will be responsible for the systems used in fighting fires aboard ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRANSPORTER CONTROL DIVISION
Modern Star Fleet ships use highly sophisticated matter-energy scramblers to transport
personnel and material through space. As such, the intricacy of the Transporter system
and its apparatus require personnel with expert and specialized knowledge in the operation
and maintenance of such equipment. Therefore, the Transporter Control division was
created for just this purpose. In general, the function of the Transporter Control division
is to provide safe and reliable beam transport services for personnel and material. As such,
the Transporter Control division is directly responsible for the proper maintenance and
operation of all Transporter units aboard ship, and for the safe transport of persons and
equipment. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure
4b22.7.
In charge of this division is the Transporter Officer (TCO), the officer responsible for the
proper operation and maintenance of the ship’s Transporters, and associated equipment,
machinery and computers; and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel within the
Transporter Control division. The TCO will normally be a line officer with special training
in Transporter theory and practice and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant. But due
to the technical nature of Transporters, many Transporter Officers will be technical
engineers from the Engineering Corps[10].
Table 4b22.7
TITLES AND RANKS OF TRANSPORTER CONTROL DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Transporter Systems Transporter Systems Engineer TRNS LTJG
Transporter Operations Transporter Operations Officer TROP LTJG
Transporter Maintenance Transporter Maintenance Officer TRAM ENSN
TRANSPORTER SYSTEMS SECTION
The purpose of the Transporter Systems section is to function as the technical branch
of the division. In general, this section is responsible for the equipment and the systems
associated with the ship’s Transporters, which includes the Beam Scanning Units, the
Materializers, the Integrator, the Beam Projectors, the Decontamination Units,
the Transport Computer, the various Transporter Control Consoles as well as the
Transporter Rooms. This section is mostly composed of engineers and enlisted technical
specialists in the fields of Transporter physics, Transporter computer maintenance and
Transporter machinery.
In charge of this section is the Transporter Systems Engineer (TSE), a Restricted

Line Officer, a Technical Engineer or a Propulsion Engineering officer with a degree
in engineering physics and knowledge of Transporter systems, and will usually have the
rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. The TSE is responsible for the proper operation and
maintenance of all of the ship’s Transporter equipment, computers and its supporting
systems, and will also be responsible for creating and maintaining the procedures relating
to the operation and maintenance of the ship’s Transporters and associated systems.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRANSPORTER OPERATIONS SECTION
For the handling of Transporter functions the Transporter Control division contains the
Transporter Operations section. The Transporter Operations section is responsible
for the proper operation and employment of the ship’s Transporters. The Transporter
Operations section primarily consists of a team of qualified Transporter Operators
whose function it is to properly execute Transporter operations and to safely transport
personnel and materials to the specified location. The Transporter Operations section is
essentially a watch organization comprised exclusively of enlisted technicians specializing
in Transporter operations, who are called Transporter Operators. These operators will
be assigned duty at specific Transporter locations on a rotational basis. As with other
watch stations, the assignment will be based upon where one is located on the duty roster.
In charge of this section is the Transporter Operations Officer (TPO), a line officer
(SSC) or Restricted Line Officer, with a degree in engineering physics and knowledge
of Transporter systems, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
The TPO will be responsible for the duty roster and to ensure that transport procedures
are being properly applied.
TRANSPORTER MAINTENANCE SECTION
Transporters are sensitive pieces of equipment and therefore, require a lot of care and
maintenance. As such, the Transporter Maintenance section was created to perform
this function with the sole responsibility for the care, maintenance and repair of the ship’s
Transporters and their related systems. In addition, this section will also be responsible
for the cleanliness and tidiness of all Transporter Rooms, the Transporter Platforms
and the Transporter Control Console.
The Transporter Maintenance section primarily contains enlisted technicians that have
expert knowledge in Transporter functions, equipment and systems. These technicians
are also qualified Transporter Operators as well and as such, will also be placed on the
duty roster. Many of the operators and technicians will rotate between the Maintenance
and Operations sections.
In charge of this section is the Transporter Maintenance Officer (TMO), a junior line
officer (SSC) with knowledge of Transporter systems and operations, and will usually
have the rank of Ensign. The TMO’s primary responsibility is to ensure that all work
relating to the maintenance and cleanliness of Transporters is properly executed and
that all work has been completed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS DIVISION
The Electronic Systems division, designated ELES, is that branch of the Engineering
Department responsible for the proper operation and maintenance of the ship’s special
electronics and computer systems. As such, all the computers and computer hardware
aboard ship will be the sole responsibility of this division. The typical organizational
The Electronic Systems Officer (ELO) is the officer in charge who is responsible for the
maintenance, repair and operation of specialized electronic equipment and of the ship’s
computers and computer hardware, and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel
within the Electronic Systems division as a whole. The ELO will usually be an officer of
the Engineering Corps with a degree in electrical or computer engineering and have the
rank of Lieutenant, but may also be a Restricted Line Officer limited to engineering
duty as well.
Table 4b22.8
TITLES AND RANKS OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Electronic Systems Electronic Systems Engineer ELEX LTJG
Computer Systems Computer Systems Engineer COMP LTJG
ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS SECTION
The function of the Electronic Systems section is to manage and preserve all the special
electronic equipment that does not come under the dominion of another division aboard
ship. That is, the Electronic Systems section is responsible for the operation, repair and
maintenance of the ship’s special electronic gear and systems. In addition, this section will
also support the other divisions and sections that have specialized electronic equipment
such as the Ships Sensor Systems section or the Cryptography section. This section
largely contains a group of enlisted electronics specialists, as well as electronics engineers.
In charge of this section is the Electronics Systems Engineer (ELE), usually a Staff
Corps officer from the Engineering Corps, but may also be a Propulsion Engineering
officer with a degree in electrical engineering or a Restricted Line Officer restricted to
engineering duty. The ELE will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
COMPUTER SYSTEMS SECTION
The Computer Systems section is responsible for the operation, maintenance and repair
of the ship’s computers, computer hardware and computer networks, which includes all
computer circuitry, data storage devices and memory banks, I/O devices and computer
displays. This section consists only of electronics and computer engineers as well as a pool
of enlisted computer Specialists and technicians to perform the physical repairs.
In charge of this section is the Computer Systems Engineer (CSE), usually a Staff
Corps officer from the Engineering Corps, but may also be a Restricted Line Officer
restricted to engineering duty and qualified on ship’s computers and computing systems.
The CSE will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SERVICE CRAFT DIVISION
The function of the Service Craft division is to manage and maintain all craft assigned to
the command. This division, however, is primarily concerned with the material condition of
the ship’s service craft and is not responsible for the operation of such craft. As such, this
division only performs maintenance and repairs on service craft and therefore, is primarily
a maintenance organization. The organization chart for this division is in Figure 4b22.9.
In charge of this division is the Service Craft Officer (SCO), the officer responsible for
the care, maintenance, repair and operation of the ship’s shuttlecraft and for the conduct
and supervision of the Service Craft division. The SCO may be a line officer (SSC) or a
technical engineer of the Engineering Corps with the rank of Lieutenant. However, this
position does not require any previous engineering experience.
Table 4b22.9
TITLES AND RANKS OF SERVICE CRAFT SYSTEMS DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Craft Systems Craft Systems Engineer CFTS LTJG
Craft Maintenance Craft Maintenance Officer CFTM LTJG
CRAFT SYSTEMS SECTION
The Craft Systems section is responsible for the operation, maintenance and repair of
service craft systems. Particularly, this section is responsible for the craft’s propulsion
systems, navigation and maneuvering systems, and the craft’s atmospheric systems. This
section basically contains a small group of enlisted technicians that specialize in service
craft systems. However, where extensive work will be required on craft, these technicians
will function as supervisors overseeing the work being performed by personnel from the
Craft Maintenance section.
In charge of this section is the Craft Systems Engineer (SCE), a line officer (SSC) or a
Propulsion Engineering officer with experience in craft systems. The SCE will basically
be responsible for ensuring that the ship’s service craft function properly and safely, and
will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
CRAFT MAINTENANCE SECTION
The Craft Maintenance section is responsible for the care, repair and cleanliness of the
ship’s service and shuttlecraft. Particularly, this section is responsible for the integrity of
the craft’s fuselage and pressurized containment. Where the Craft Systems section is
responsible for the functioning of the craft and its systems, this section is responsible for
the air-tight integrity of the craft as well as the physical condition of the hull, its coatings
and markings. In addition, this section is responsible for the general cleanliness of craft,
which includes the interior as well as the exterior of the craft. However, personnel from
this section may be used to perform work on service craft systems as needed by the Craft
Systems section.
In charge of this section is the Craft Maintenance Officer (SMO), a line officer (SSC)
with the responsibility of ensuring that the craft onboard ship are air-tight, clean and
spaceworthy, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BILLETS
The table on the following pages catalogs the billets within an Engineering Department
onboard a typical Star Fleet ship. These billets were established by the Office of Star
Fleet Ship Personnel (SSCPER) within Star Ship Command, in conjunction with the
Star Fleet Office of Engineering Personnel, both of which together will determine the
complements of engineering and technical personnel aboard all Star Fleet ships.
Table 4b22.10
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BILLETS
3000 ENG Engineering Officer LCDR
Department Office
3001 EYM Engineering Yeoman T5
Division Office 3100 MPA Main Propulsion Assistant LEUT
3110 RXO Reactor Control Officer LTJG
3111 RXE Reactor Engineer ENSN
3112 RXS Senior Reactor Operator T8
3113 RX1 Reactor Operator T6
Reactor Control 3114 RX2 Reactor Operator T5
3117 RX5 Reactor Mechanic T4
3118 RX6 Reactor Mechanic T4
3120 ECO Propulsion Control Officer LTJG
3121 ECE Engine Control Engineer ENSN
3122 EC1 Engine Control Technician T6
Propulsion 3123 ECS Senior Engine Operator T7
Control 3124 EC2 Engine Operator T6
3125 EC3 Engine Operator T5
3130 MPO Main Propulsion Officer LEUT
3131 MPE Main Propulsion Systems Engineer ENSN
Propulsion Systems
3132 PE1 Main Propulsion Engineer ENSN
3133 MPT Chief Main Propulsion Technician S5
Main Propulsion
3134 MP1 Main Propulsion Technician S4
Systems
3135 MP2 Main Propulsion Technician S4
3136 MP3 Main Propulsion Mechanic T5
3140 SPO Secondary Propulsion Officer LEUT
3141 SPE Secondary Propulsion Systems Engr. LTJG
3142 PE2 Propulsion Engineer ENSN
3143 PE3 Propulsion Engineer ENSN
Secondary 3144 PTS Chief Secondary Propulsion Technician S5
Propulsion
3145 PT1 Secondary Propulsion Technician S2
Systems
3146 PT2 Secondary Propulsion Technician T6
3147 PT3 Secondary Propulsion Mechanic T5
3150 MSE Maneuvering Systems Engineer LTJG
Maneuvering
3151 PT6 Maneuvering Systems Technician S4
Systems
3152 PT7 Maneuvering Systems Mechanic T4

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b22.10
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BILLETS -
CONTINUED
Division Office 3200 EEO Electrical Officer LEUT
3210 EGO Generation Officer LTJG
3211 EG1 Generation Engineer ENSN
3212 EE1 Electrical Engineer ENSN
3213 EOT Senior Electrical Operator S5
3214 EO1 Electrical Operator T6
Generation
3218 EM1 Generation Mechanic T4
3219 EM2 Generation Mechanic T3
3220 ESO Electrical Systems Officer LEUT
3221 ESE Electrical Systems Engineer LTJG
3223 EE3 Systems Engineer ENSN
Power Systems Electrical 3224 ETS Chief Electrical Specialist S5
Systems 3225 ES1 Electrical Specialist S3
3226 ES2 Electrical Specialist S2
3227 ES3 Electrical Specialist S2
3228 ET1 Electrical Technician T5
3229 ET2 Electrical Technician T4
3230 EMO Electrical Maintenance Officer LTJG
3232 ETT Chief Electrical Technician S5
3233 ET3 Electrical Technician S4
Electrical 3234 ET4 Electrical Technician S2
Maintenance 3235 ET5 Electrical Technician S2
3236 ET6 Electrician T5

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b22.10
CONTINUED
Division Office 3300 ENV Environmental Controls Officer LEUT
3310 ACO Atmospheric Controls Officer LTJG
3311 ACE Atmospheric Controls Engineer ENSN
3312 ACS Senior Atmosphere Analyst S6
3313 AC1 Atmosphere Analyst S3
Senior Atmospheric Controls
Atmospheric 3314 ACT T7
Technician
Systems
3315 AC2 Atmospheric Control Operator T5
3319 AC6 Atmospheric Control Technician T4
Environmental 3320 VSO Ventilation Systems Officer LTJG
Systems
3321 VSE Ventilation Systems Engineer ENSN
3322 VST Senior Ventilation Systems Technician T7
Ventilation 3323 VT1 Ventilation Systems Technician T6
Systems
3324 VT2 Ventilation Systems Technician T5
(HVAC)
3325 VT3 Ventilation Systems Mechanic T4
3330 GRE Ship’s Gravity Engineer LTJG
3331 GRT Senior Gravity Systems Technician S4
Ship’s Gravity 3332 GR1 Gravity Systems Technician T5
3333 GR2 Gravity Systems Mechanic T3
3334 GR3 Gravity Systems Mechanic T3

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b22.10
CONTINUED
Division Office 3400 SVR Ship Services Officer LEUT
3410 AUX Auxiliary Engineering Assistant LEUT
3420 AE1 Water Systems Engineer LTJG
3430 AE2 Air Systems Engineer ENSN
3440 AE3 Hydraulic Systems Engineer ENSN
3411 AMS Chief Mechanic T8
3412 AO1 Auxiliary Operator-Technician T6
Auxiliary 3421 ATS Senior Auxiliary Systems Technician T5
Systems 3422 AT1 Auxiliary Systems Technician T5
3423 AT2 Auxiliary Systems Technician T5
3424 AM1 Auxiliary Systems Mechanic T5
3450 MNO Ship Maintenance Officer LTJG
3460 MNE Maintenance Engineer ENSN
Ship Services 3470 EN1 Engineer ENSN
3451 MOS Senior Maintenance Technician T7
3452 MO1 Maintenance Systems Technician S5
3453 MO2 Maintenance Systems Technician S3
Ship 3454 HT1 Hull Technician S2
Maintenance 3455 HT2 Hull Technician S2
3461 MK1 Maintenance Mechanic T5
3471 MN1 Maintenanceman T3
3490 MFO Ship’s Materials Fabrications Officer ENSN
3491 MMC Chief Machinist S6
3492 MFC Chief Fabricator T7
3493 MF1 Fabricator S3
Ship Materials 3494 MF2 Fabricator S3
Fabrication 3495 MF3 Fabricator S2
3496 MM1 Machinist T5
3499 MM4 Fabrication Technician T4

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b22.10
CONTINUED
Division Office 3500 DCA Damage Control Assistant LEUT
3510 SFO Ship’s Safety Officer LTJG
3511 SFE Safety Engineer ENSN
3512 QAE QA/QC Engineer ENSN
Ship Safety
3513 SFS Senior Inspector S5
3514 SF1 Inspector T8
3515 SF2 Inspector T6
3520 RPO Ship’s Repair Officer LTJG
3521 RPC Chief Mechanic T7
3522 RP1 Mechanical Technician T6
Ship Repair 3523 RP2 Mechanical Technician T5
3524 RP3 Repair Technician T5
3530 DCO Damage Control Officer LTJG
Repair and Damage
3540 EN1 Structural Engineer ENSN
Control
3531 DCE Damage Control Systems Engineer ENSN
3532 DCS Senior Damage Control Technician T8
3533 DC1 Damage Control Technician T6
Ship Damage 3534 DC2 Damage Control Technician T5
Control 3535 DC3 Damage Control Technician T5
3550 FRE Fire Suppression Systems Engineer ENSN
3551 FRS Chief Fire Suppression Specialist S5
Fire Suppression
3552 FR1 Fire Suppression Systems Specialist S3
Systems
3553 FR2 Fire Suppression Systems Technician T4
3554 FR3 Fire Suppression Systems Technician T3

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b22.10
CONTINUED
Division Office 3600 TCO Transporter Officer LEUT
3610 TSE Transporter Systems Engineer LTJG
3611 TE1 Transporter Engineer ENSN
Transporter 3612 TSS Senior Transporter Systems Specialist S5
Systems 3613 TS1 Transporter Systems Specialist S4
3614 TS2 Transporter Systems Specialist S2
3615 TS3 Transporter Systems Specialist S2
3620 TPO Transporter Operations Officer LTJG
3621 TCC Transporter Chief T8
3622 TPS Senior Transporter Operator T7
Transporter Control Transporter 3623 TO1 Transporter Operator T6
Operations 3624 TO2 Transporter Operator T5
3625 TO3 Transporter Operator T5
3630 TMO Transporter Maintenance Officer ENSN
3631 TMS Senior Transporter Maintenance Tech. T7
Transporter 3632 TM1 Transporter Maintenance Technician T6
Maintenance 3633 TM2 Transporter Maintenance Technician T5
3634 TM3 Transporter Maintenance Technician T5
3635 TM4 Transporter Maintenance Technician T4
Division Office 3700 ELO Electronic Systems Officer LEUT
3710 ELE Electronic Systems Engineer LTJG
3713 ELS Senior Electronics Specialist S6
Electronics 3714 EL1 Electronics Specialist S4
3715 EL2 Electronics Specialist S3
3718 EL5 Electronics Technician T4
Electronic Systems
3720 CSE Computer Systems Engineer LTJG
3721 CE1 Computer Engineer ENSN
3722 CE2 Computer Engineer ENSN
3723 CSS Senior Computer Specialist S5
Computer 3724 CS1 Computer Specialist S4
Systems 3725 CS2 Computer Specialist S4
3726 CS3 Computer Specialist S2
3727 CS4 Computer Specialist S2

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b22.10
CONTINUED
Division Office 3800 SCO Service Craft Officer LEUT
3810 SCE Service Craft Systems Engineer LTJG
3811 EN2 Engineer ENSN
Craft Systems 3812 SCS Senior Service Craft Specialist S5
3813 SC1 Service Craft Technician T5
3820 SMO Shuttlecraft Maintenance Officer LTJG
3830 CFO Shuttlecraft Fueling Officer ENSN
3840 CRO Shuttlecraft Repair Officer ENSN
3821 SMS Chief Maintenance Technician T7
Service Craft 3822 SM1 Service Craft Maintenance Technician T5
3823 SM2 Service Craft Maintenance Technician T4
Craft
Maintenance
3831 CFS Senior Fueling Technician T5
3832 CF1 Fueling Technician T2
3841 CRS Senior Repair Technician T5
3842 CR1 Craft Mechanic T4

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages present the basic organizational charts of all the divisions within a
typical Engineering Department aboard any Star Fleet ship. These charts by and large
represent the “Chain of Command” within the Engineering Department, as well as
within each division, and are presented in order of their Division Number. These charts will
be referred to throughout the remaining sections of this chapter.
The title block of each unit shows the Division Name, Division Number and the Division
Designator. The Division Designator is a shorthand version of the Division Name.
3100 Propulsion Systems

Division
PROP
Division Designator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.1
STAR FLEET SHIP ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
3000 Engineering
Department
ENG
3100 3200 Power Systems

3300 Environmental Systems
3400 Ship Services
Propulsion Systems
PROP POWR ENVR SERV
3500 Repair and Damage

3600 Transporter Control
3700 Electronic Systems
3800 Service Craft
Control Division Division Division Division
RPDC TRNC ELES CRFT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.2
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: PROPULSION SYSTEMS DIVISION
3100 Propulsion Systems

Division
PROP
3110 Reactor Controls

3120 Propulsion Control
3130 Main Propulsion
3140 Secondary Propulsion
Section Section Systems Section Systems Section
REAC ENGC WARP IMPL
3150 Maneuvering Systems

Section
MANV

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.3
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: POWER SYSTEMS DIVISION
3200 Power Systems

Division
POWR
3210 3220 3230

Generation Electrical Systems Electrical Maintenance
GENR ELEC ELEM

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.4
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS DIVISION
3300 Environmental
Systems
ENVR Division
3310 3320 3330

Atmospheric Systems Ventilation Systems Ship’s Gravity
ATMS HVAC GRAV

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.5
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: SHIP SERVICES DIVISION
3400 Ship Services

Division
SERV
3410 3420 Ship Maintenance 3430

Auxiliary Systems Ship Materials
Section Section Fabrication Section
AUXS MANT FABM

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.6
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL DIVISION

Control Division
RPDC
3510 3520 3530 3540 Fire Suppression

Ship Safety Ship Repair Damage Control
Systems
SAFE REPR DAMG FIRE Section

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.7
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: TRANSPORTER CONTROL DIVISION
3600 Transporter Control

Division
TRNC
3610 Transporter 3620 Transporter 3630 Transporter

Systems Operations Maintenance
TRNS Section TROP Section TRAM Section

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.8
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS DIVISION
3700 Electronic Systems

Division
ELES
3710 3720
Electronics Computer Systems
Section Section
ELEX COMP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b22.9
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: SERVICE CRAFT DIVISION
3800 Service Craft

Division
CRFT
3810 3820
Craft Systems Craft Maintenance
Section Section
CFTS CFTM

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
2.3 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT

In this section the organizational structure of a typical Medical Department on board an
average Star Fleet ship will be discussed. The functions of the Medical Department are
as follows:
1. To maintain the general health and medical wellbeing of the crew and of any
passenger that may be embarked thereon.
2. To ensure the mental health and stability of all persons on board; to perform periodic
checks on the mental stability of the crew.
3. To ensure the basic sanitation and hygiene of all ship spaces and areas; to ensure the
cleanliness and sanitation of all food processing areas.
4. To provide basic medical services to Federation and Star Fleet expeditions and
colonies out in space; to also provide emergency medical services to individuals in
distress as needed.
In general, the function of the Medical Department is to ensure the general health and
wellbeing of ship’s personnel. To meet the above goals the Medical Department will be
divided into specific medical Divisions designed to oversee the individual functions to
which the department is responsible. Each division will be administered by a Division
Officer, an officer of the Medical Corps specializing in a particular area of medicine, and
which will be described in subsequent paragraphs of this section.
CHIEF MEDICAL OFFICER
The Chief Medical Officer on board a Star Fleet ship is the senior medical officer and
head administrator of the ship’s Medical Department, and is the officer responsible to
the Commanding Officer for: maintaining the health and mental wellbeing of the crew
and of any passenger that may be embarked; for making ship inspections and advising the
Commanding Officer with respect to health, hygiene and sanitation; for ensuring the
fitness for duty of any crewmember; for conducting periodic medical examinations of the
crew for health maintenance; and to conduct periodic and scheduled medical examinations
of Federation colonists as required by law.
The Chief Medical Officer also has special privileges not given to other Department
Heads or officers. These special privileges include: the fact that he can have the ship’s
Commanding Officer relieved of duty under Star Fleet Regulation 4210 if it has been
determined, by a medical examination, that the commander is unfit for duty; and that the
Chief Medical Officer has absolute authority of the Sickbay and its associated areas as
specified in Star Fleet Regulation 5461; and that the Chief Medical Officer, along
with his staff, is not under the authority of the Senior Watch Officer and therefore,
Sickbay personnel can only be assigned duties as the Chief Medical Officer specifies.
The Chief Medical Officer will always be a Staff Corps officer of the Medical Corps
and will have the rank of Lieutenant Commander. Only those Star Fleet physicians and
surgeons that have been specifically trained and certified for fleet duty may serve on board
a Star Fleet ship and become the Chief Medical Officer of the command. In addition,
should the Chief Medical Officer also be certified as a Star Fleet surgeon, he will also
have the title of Senior Ship’s Surgeon[11].

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL YEOMAN
Each Medical Department onboard a Star Fleet ship is assigned at least one Medical
Yeoman for the purpose of recording daily medical activities and to maintain the medical
records of the crew. The Medical Yeoman will be assigned directly to the ship’s Chief
Medical Officer, but will not be his personal assistant.
In general, the Medical Yeoman will be an enlisted Technician specializing as a Yeoman

and will usually have the rating of Yeoman First Class (T6). Medical Yeomen will, as a
rule, have completed specialized training in medical administration areas.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND PRIVILEGES
Medical Department personnel enjoy special privileges not given to other members of
the ship’s crew. These privileges are as follows:
First, Medical Department personnel will not have any military duties outside of the
department or perform any other duty other than their prescribed medical functions as
required under Star Fleet Regulation 5830. As such, medical personnel will not have
any battle station or stand any watch outside of Sickbay, except where the treatment of
the sick and injured must be performed outside of Sickbay or away from the ship. During
General Quarters or battle stations medical personnel will assemble in Sickbay and will
be assigned those duties as specified by the Duty Medical Officer or the Chief Medical
Officer.
Second, Medical Department personnel will not come under the authority of the ship’s
Senior Watch Officer or the Executive Officer as it relates to the performance of their
duty or regarding the standing of watches. Only the Chief Medical Officer may assign
such duties and watch stations to Medical Department personnel as he deems fitting or
proper. However, if the Commanding Officer deems it necessary that medical personnel
will be needed for a special detail, he will direct the Chief Medical Officer to select and
assign appropriate personnel to such duty[12].

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT UNIFORMS

Ship Command Order 4132, all personnel working within the Medical Department
onboard a Star Fleet ship must wear the light-blue (medical) version of the working tunic
as the standard Working Uniform. All males shall wear the SWMMxM work uniform,
and all females shall wear either the SWFMxM standard long or short working uniform as
prescribed by the Commanding Officer during normal working hours. However, all
medical personnel may also wear the SWGG0M Medical Working uniform with the 3442
coverall as well, or such other special medical clothing as the Chief Medical Officer may
prescribe. Usually, the SWGG0M uniform will be worn during surgery or other medical
procedure.
assigned to the Medical Department of a Star Fleet ship will display the Star Ship
Command badge with the appropriate Star Fleet medical symbol associated with their
specialty group embroidered in the center as specified in BUPERSMAN-332 and as
illustrated in Image 4b23.1 on the next page. Note that the badges presented on the next
page are but a sampling of the various medical symbols that can be displayed in the
badge. A complete showing of the medical specialty symbols can be found in Star Ship
Command Order 4132.
The badge of a Medical Officer in the Medical Department will have gold foil for the
background center area and the Star Fleet Caduceus embroidered in red, except for
officers of the Science Corps that are assigned medical duty. Such officers will have the
symbol of the Science Corps embroidered in their badge. The badge worn by a Dental
Officer will also have gold foil for the background center area and the red Star Fleet
Caduceus in the center with a black “D” embroidered over it, indicating the Dental
Corps. Nurses are officers and therefore, will have gold foil for the background center
area and a red cross[13] embroidered in the center.
The badge of an enlisted Medical Technician in the Medical Department will have a
silver foil background and a red Star Fleet Caduceus embroidered in the center. Enlisted
Medical Services Technicians will also have silver foil as the background, but will have
a red “Rod of Asclepius” symbol embroidered in the center indicating the person is a
member of the Star Fleet Medical Services Corps. Enlisted nurses or nurses’ aids will
have the silver foil with a red cross embroidered in the center. A special badge for enlisted
Emergency Medical Technicians also employs the silver foil background, but will have
a blue “Star of Life” embroidered in the middle.
Any civilian assigned temporary duty in the Medical Department onboard a Star Fleet
ship will also wear the same uniform as Service personnel except that the badge will have
a blue foil background with the appropriate medical symbol embroidered in the center. The
only exception to this rule is for civilian doctors and medical personnel who are full-time
employees of Star Fleet. They are Star Fleet Command personnel and therefore, will
only wear the badge associated with their job function and will not wear the specific Star
Ship Command badge.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Image 4b23.1
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT BADGES
Medical Officers
Medical Doctor/Specialist Dentist Civilian Doctor
Medical Technicians
Medical Services Emergency Medical
Medical Technician
Technician Technician
Fleet Nurses
Nurse Officer Enlisted Nurse’s Aid Civilian Nurse

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
The Medical Department on board a typical Star Fleet ship will be compartmentalized
into Divisions and Sections specifically designed to handle the specific functions of the
department. As such, a Division within the Medical Department will be organized
based upon a major area of medicine or medical practice and will have a somewhat wide
scope as it relates to their field, whereas a medical Section will be focused on a specific
area or medical specialty. In general, the heads of Star Fleet ship medical divisions, as
well as the duties assigned to them, will be defined in the Ship’s Organization and
Regulations Manual or SORM. An example of a SORM can be found in Appendix A of
this volume. The typical organizational structure for the Medical Department can be
found in Figure 4b23.1.
All of the divisions within the Medical Department of a Star Fleet ship will be manned
by Staff Corps officers from the Star Fleet Medical Corps, the Star Fleet Dental
Corps, the Star Fleet Medical Services Corps and the Nurse Corps and therefore, will
be restricted to duty within their specific profession as required in Paragraph 2b of Star
Fleet Regulation 5100.
Division Officers will generally have a title depicting the area of medical specialty and
will usually have the prefix “Chief” attached to their title as illustrated in the table below.
For example, the Division Officer in charge of the Psychology division will have a title
of “Chief Psychologist.” In addition, medical persons assigned as Section Leader will
also be titled according to their area of specialization, but in their case their title will be
usually be prefixed with the term “Lead”. For example, the medical officer in charge of the
General Psychology section will have the title of “Lead Psychologist.”
Table 4b23.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF MEDICAL DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
General Medicine Chief Physician GMED LCDR
Surgery Chief Surgeon SURG LCDR
Dentistry Chief Dentist DENT LEUT
Psychology Chief Psychologist PSYC LEUT
Pathology Chief Pathologist PATH LEUT
Pharmacy Chief Pharmacist PHRM LTJG
Radiology Chief Radiologist RADL LTJG
Laboratory Laboratory Officer LABR ENSN
Nursing Head Nurse NURS LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT SECTIONS
In general, a Division within the Medical Department typically represents a major field
of the medical profession. However, even the divisions within the Medical Department
can be further divided into smaller, specialized units. These smaller units do not operate in
the same manner as an operational unit, but are focused more on specialized medical
skills. As such, each Division within the Medical Department will be further divided into
medical specialty Sections for the purpose of performing those specific medical functions
that are within the responsibility of the division.
The Medical Department on board a typical cruiser class Starship will have about 14
Sections, and other ships may have more or less depending on the size of the ship and
the number of specialists. However, the organizational structure of a medical facility within
a Hospital ship is quite different from that of a standard Starship. The structure within
such an organization will be similar, if not the same, as that of a regular ground hospital.
The following pages will describe the function of the various Sections within each
Division of the Medical Department.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL MEDICINE DIVISION
The General Medicine division encompasses those medical disciplines concerned with
the general care of the sick and injured. All physicians within this section must be certified
as Fleet Medical Officers by the Star Fleet Office of Medical Officers. That is, in
order to be assigned to fleet medical duty, all prospective Fleet Medical Officers, aside
from being a qualified doctor, surgeon or general practitioner, must also have received
additional training in at least two other medical specialties including alien medicine and
deep space psychology. Therefore, only select and certified physicians can stand this duty.
Physicians assigned to medical duty aboard a Star Fleet ship will be assigned to one of
the three areas of general medical specialty as listed in Table 4b23.2 below. The typical
organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b23.2.
In charge of this division is the Chief Physician (CMD), who is responsible to the Chief
Medical Officer for the general care and treatment of the sick and injured. In addition,
the Chief Physician is also responsible for the maintenance, equipment and cleanliness
of the general medical areas. The Chief Physician is responsible for all medical personnel
onboard ship; for the care, maintenance and cleanliness of all medical areas, except those
that are the responsibility of any other division within the Medical Department; for the
maintenance and repair of all medical equipment; and for the conduct and supervision of
the personnel within the General Medicine division.
Table 4b23.2
TITLES AND RANKS OF GENERAL MEDICINE DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Internal Medicine Lead Internist IMED LEUT
Alien Medicine Lead Alien Medical Specialist AMED LEUT
Medical Specialties Lead Medical Specialist SMED LEUT
INTERNAL MEDICINE SECTION
The primary function of the Internal Medicine section is internal medicine. In general,
internal medicine is the medical specialty dealing with the prevention, diagnosis, and
treatment of diseases. Physicians specializing in internal medicine are called Internists.
They are especially skilled in the management of patients who have undifferentiated or
multi-system disease processes. Internists care for hospitalized and ambulatory patients
and may play a major role in teaching and research. In addition, internal medicine on
board a Star Fleet ship may also include specializing in veterinary medicine as well. As
such, the Internal Medicine section is essentially a team of general care Internists.
Besides the general duties required of medical doctors, Internists will also perform such
duties as inspection of food-processing and preparation areas, common heads, and the
general cleanliness of eating, sleeping and recreation areas. In addition, Internists may
also be involved in the examination of colony and expedition personnel located in deep
space, provide medical services during planetary emergencies, and to aid and comfort the
sick and injured of persons encountered during the course of a patrol.
In charge of the Internal Medicine section is the Lead Internist (MDL), an officer of
the Star Fleet Medical Corps, certified as a Fleet Medical Officer and usually having
the rank of Lieutenant.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ALIEN MEDICINE SECTION
The Alien Medicine section specializes in the care and treatment of non-humanoid aliens.
They are trained to treat both known and unknown alien life-forms and are well versed in
the procedures regarding the treatment of unknown life-forms. When a new alien life-form
is encountered, this section will be tasked with performing the analysis of such life-forms.
As such, this section will work with the Life Sciences division in the evaluation of new
life-forms. This branch of medicine is also known as Xenomedicine. This is usually a small
section since the primary function of the Medical Department aboard ship is basically
the treatment and care of the ship’s personnel. Doctors within this section area are also
certified as general practitioners as well and therefore, will stand the same rotational duty
as the physicians in the Internal Medicine section.
In charge of the Alien Medicine section is the Lead Alien Medical Specialist (XMD),
an officer of the Star Fleet Medical Corps, certified as a Fleet Medical Officer and
specializing in Xenomedicine. The Lead Alien Medical Specialist will usually have the
rank of Lieutenant.
MEDICAL SPECIALTIES SECTION
The Medical Specialties section is comprised of physicians specializing in the treatment

of certain ailments that are common during space travel. Such physicians will specialize in
the long-term effects of space travel on the muscular and skeletal systems, the brain and
nervous system, and in the treatment of radiation illnesses.
In charge of the Medical Specialties section is the Lead Medical Specialist (MSP), an
officer of the Star Fleet Medical Corps, certified as a Fleet Medical Officer and will
usually have the rank of Lieutenant.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SURGERY DIVISION
The Surgery division is essentially a pool of surgeons that will engage in surgery should
the need arise. In general, the goal of surgery is to treat diseases or injuries, diagnose,
restore body functions or improve personal appearance. Surgery generally involves the
opening of tissues or the closing of open wounds, and may use such tools as lasers and
other beam cutters to open the subject. Special sterilization cases may be used to enclose
the area of surgery. In addition to performing surgery, a surgeon also needs to coordinate
a multi-disciplinary team of surgical nurses and Medical Technicians to make sure that
the patient is properly treated.
Most of the physicians within this division are general-practice surgeons and will usually
not specialize in any single form of surgery. As such, these surgeons must be able to
perform most forms of surgery. However, should the medical circumstances become too
complex for normal surgery aboard ship, the Chief Medical Officer may require such
surgery to be performed elsewhere, such as at a Starbase. In addition, the physicians in
this division will also be placed on the regular medical duty rotation as the physicians in
the Internal Medicine section.
In charge of this group will be the Chief Surgeon (SRG). In general, the Chief Surgeon
is responsible for the scheduling and management of all surgery onboard ship; for the safe
and proper use of all surgical equipment; for the procurement of all surgical equipment
and accessories; for the maintenance and cleanliness of all surgical areas and systems
throughout the ship; and for all personnel assigned to the Surgery division or that will be
involved in a surgical procedure. The Chief Surgeon is typically an officer of the Medical
Corps certified and qualified to perform surgery and will, more often than not, have the
rank of Lieutenant Commander.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DENTISTRY DIVISION
The function of the Dentistry division is to provide quality oral care services, as well as to
diagnose and treat diseases of the oral cavity, disorders of the maxillofacial area and the
adjacent and associated structures and their impact on the rest of the human body. The
division consists of a team of professionals specializing in oral health and treatment such
as certified Dentists, Oral Surgeons, Dental Technicians, and Oral Hygienists. The
In charge of this division is the Chief Dentist (DNT), the Dental Corps officer with the
rank of Lieutenant responsible for the dental and oral health of the crew; the safe and
proper operation, maintenance, cleanliness and procurement of all dental equipment and
supplies; the maintenance and cleanliness of all dental areas; and for the supervision and
conduct of the personnel within the Dentistry division as a whole.
Table 4b23.3
TITLES AND RANKS OF DENTISTRY DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
General Dentistry Lead Dentist / Oral Surgeon DENT LEUT
Oral Hygiene Chief Oral Hygienist ORAL S5
GENERAL DENTISTRY
The General Dentistry section essentially is a small pool of dentists and oral surgeons on
call to provide dental services, both acute and preventative. Dentists within this section will
perform the actual surgery and treatment of oral disease supported by qualified Dental
Technicians from the Oral Hygiene section. Dentists and oral surgeons will be placed on
a weekly rotational Duty Roster and will stand the watch during standard working hours
as set by the Chief Medical Officer and approved by the Commanding Officer, but will
be on call at all times.
In charge of the General Dentistry section is the Lead Dentist (DDL) or Lead Oral
Surgeon, an officer of the Star Fleet Dental Corps, certified by the Star Fleet Bureau
of Dentistry for duty onboard Star Fleet ships and will customarily hold the rank of
Lieutenant.
ORAL HYGIENE
Oral hygiene is the practice of keeping the oral cavity and teeth clean in order to prevent
oral and dental problems. This usually involves the cleaning or prophylaxis of teeth and the
surrounding tissue, and the administration of sealants and decay preventatives. Such work
will be usually be performed by a qualified enlisted Star Fleet Dental Technician or an
Oral Hygienist. As such, these Dental Technicians and Specialists will comprise the
entire Oral Hygiene section.
In charge of the Oral Hygiene section is the Chief Oral Hygienist (OHC), a senior
enlisted Dental Technician-Specialist specializing in preventive oral health, typically
focusing on techniques in oral hygiene and qualified to perform oral hygiene on patients,
and will usually have a rate of Senior Chief Dental Specialist (S5).

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PSYCHOLOGY DIVISION
The primary concern of the Psychology division is the mental health of the crew. As such,
this division is principally involved in the assessment and treatment of mental health issues
affecting crewmembers. In addition, this division may also be involved in specific research
into crew behavior, the psychology of known and alien societies, counseling crewmembers
and in the forensic evaluation of crimes in space. The division chart is Figure 4b23.4.
In charge of this division is the Chief Psychologist (PSY), the officer responsible for the
overall mental health of the crew; for monitoring psychological factors of the crew under
conditions of stress; and for the conduct and supervision of the Psychology division as a
whole. The Chief Psychologist will usually be an officer of the Medical Corps certified
by the Star Fleet Bureau of Mental Health, but may also be an officer of the Science
Corps specializing in psychology and will customarily be a senior officer with the rank of
Lieutenant Commander, but may also be a Lieutenant as well.
Table 4b23.4
TITLES AND RANKS OF PSYCHOLOGY DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
General Psychology Lead Psychologist PSYC LEUT
Psychiatric Chief Psychiatrist PSCH LEUT
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SECTION
The General Psychology section has may functions, but the principal functions of this
section are: the study and observation of crew reactions to stressful situations; to provide
therapeutic services to crewmembers such as counseling and performance enhancement;
and to perform scientific research on a wide variety of topics related to mental processes
and social behavior. As such, this section will work with the Social Sciences division of
the Science Department concerning any studies relating to social psychology or the
psychology of newly discovered peoples.
In charge of this section is the Lead Psychologist (PY1), a Staff Corps officer of either
the Medical Corps or the Science Corps specializing in human and alien psychology.
The Lead Psychologist will usually have the rank of Lieutenant.
PSYCHIATRIC SECTION
The Psychiatric section is purely a clinical unit for the purpose of evaluating and treating
mental disorders of the crew, or evaluating the psychiatric condition of individuals found
under incriminating circumstances. This section consists exclusively of certified Star Fleet
Psychiatrists, physicians who specialize in psychotherapy and who are certified to treat
mental disorders. As part of their job, psychiatrists are the only mental health professionals
aboard ship who may prescribe psychiatric medication, conduct physical examinations,
order Steinman analyses and interpret laboratory tests, and order brain imaging studies
and other such scans.
In charge of the Psychiatric section is the Chief Psychiatrist (PSC), a Staff Corps
officer of the Medical Corps and a certified doctor of psychiatry. The Chief Psychiatrist
will usually have the rank of Lieutenant.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PATHOLOGY DIVISION
The function of the Pathology division is the study and diagnosis of disease and in the
evaluation and determination of the causes of illness and death. In general, pathology is a
broad and complex scientific field which seeks to understand the mechanisms of injury to
cells and tissues, as well as the body's means of responding to and repairing injury. There
are several forms of pathology, but the primary form of study that pathologists aboard
ship usually practice is Clinical Pathology, that form of study which involves the diagnosis
of disease based on the laboratory analysis of bodily fluids such as blood and urine, and
tissues using the tools of chemistry, microbiology, hematology and molecular pathology. As
such, pathologists will work in close collaboration with Medical Laboratory Technicians
to ensure the accuracy and optimal utilization of laboratory testing.
Another form of pathology the division may be engaged in is Forensic Pathology, or that
branch of pathology concerned with determining the cause of death by examination of a
cadaver. Should a dead body be found an autopsy will be performed by the pathologist at
the request of the Commanding Officer, usually during the investigation of a particular
criminal case; and as part of this work, the pathologist will frequently be asked to confirm
or determine the identity of the cadaver.
On most ships the Pathology division is a single unit organization and as such, contains
no smaller sections within the division. And on some of the smaller vessels the physicians
on board will assume the role of pathologist.
In charge of this section is the Chief Pathologist (PAO), an officer of the Medical
Services Corps with training in both general and forensic pathology and will usually hold
the rank of Lieutenant. The Chief Pathologist will usually be asked to study any new,
unknown and alien diseases and microbes that are discovered and will work with the ship’s
Laboratory Officer regarding the scheduling and utilization of any medical laboratory. In
addition, the Chief Pathologist will also perform or supervise any autopsy or forensic
examination of bodies discovered during a criminal investigation by ship’s personnel. On
some of the smaller ships, the Chief Pathologist may be the only pathologist onboard,
comprising the entire Pathology division. In such cases, the unit may be merged into
another medical division within the organization.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PHARMACY DIVISION
The function of the Pharmacy division is to prepare and dispense drugs and medications
to patients, to collect and disseminate patient drug information and to provide guidance to
patients on the proper use of drugs. The Pharmacy division will also be responsible for
the procurement, storage and inventory of all drugs, medications and prosthetic devices
aboard ship. The Pharmacy area contains special storerooms and secure lockers for the
storage of drugs and medicines. In addition, during surgery or other medical procedure,
Nurses and other Medical Technicians will make requisitions to the Pharmacy division
for those supplies required for the medical situation at hand.
The scope of the Pharmacy division not only extends to the conventional roles of drug
compounding and dispensing medications, but also in providing services related to health
care, including clinical services, the evaluation of medications for safety and efficacy, and
providing drug information and counseling. The division will also work with the science and
medical laboratories aboard ship in developing new drugs and medications, and to study
the biochemical and physiological effects of such drugs on the body or on microorganisms
or parasites within or on the body and the mechanisms of drug action and the relationship
between drug concentration and its effect, which is called Pharmacodynamics.
The division consists solely of certified Pharmacists from the Star Fleet Bureau of
Pharmacology and will be supported by enlisted Pharmacy Technicians. In general,
the fundamental role of the Pharmacist is to distribute drugs that have been prescribed
by a prescriber to patients; to advise patients and health care providers on the selection,
dosages, interactions, and side effects of medications; and to act as a learned intermediary
between a prescriber and a patient. The Pharmacist will monitor the health and progress
of patients to ensure the safe and effective use of prescribed medication.
As part of their jobs Pharmacists may practice compounding; however, most medicines
aboard ship are prepackaged pharmaceutical items in a standard dosage and drug delivery
form. Pharmacists are generally educated in pharmacology, pharmacognosy, chemistry,
organic chemistry, biochemistry, pharmaceutical chemistry, microbiology, pharmaceutical
practice, including drug interactions, medicine monitoring, and medication management,
pharmaceutics, physiology, anatomy, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, drug delivery,
pharmaceutical care, nephrology, hepatology, and compounding of medications.
A Pharmacy Technician is the job title for an enlisted Pharmacy division staff member
who works under the direction of a certified Pharmacist. Pharmacy Technicians do the
routine tasks associated with preparing prescribed medication and providing drugs to
patients. However, the Pharmacy Technician may also do compounding of medications,
verbal prescriptions and doctor calls, initiate drug and pharmaceutical supply requisitions
and some pharmacy management. Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians aboard
ship will normally stand their watch within the ship’s Dispensary, which typically operates
around the clock.
In charge of this section is the Chief Pharmacist (PHM), an officer of the Medical
Services Corps with training in pharmacology and certified as a Pharmacist. The Chief
Pharmacist will usually hold the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade and is responsible for
the proper dispensing of drugs, medicines and other pharmaceutical and medical items; for
the procurement of special therapeutic equipment; for the maintenance and cleanliness of
the pharmacy area; and for the conduct and supervision of the Pharmacy division.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RADIOLOGY DIVISION
The function of the Radiology division is to provide medical personnel with radiological
services, which is essentially the ability to see inside the patient through the scanning and
imaging of the patient’s internals. Therefore, this division practices the medical service
known as Radiology. As with some other medical divisions aboard ship the Radiology
division is a single unit organization and as such, contains no smaller sections within the
division.
In general, Radiology is a medical specialty that employs the use of imaging technologies
to both diagnose and treat disease visualized within the human body. Radiologists utilize
an array of imaging technologies to diagnose or treat diseases. In general, radiology is the
performance of minimally invasive medical procedures utilizing the assistance of imaging
technologies. The term radiology goes back to the old days before medical scanners when
high-energy gamma ray and Magnetic Resonance devices were used to look at the internal
structure of patients and therefore, the term is a carry-over from those earlier days.
The acquisition of medical imaging is usually carried out by the Radiologic Technician.
In general, a Star Fleet Radiologist is a physician of the Star Fleet Medical Services
Corps who has specialized education in obtaining and interpreting medical images. These
images are usually obtained by using special Medical Scanners that produce real-time or
computer-generated images of the internal organs and structure of the individual being
scanned without harming them in any way. These scanners can detect abnormalities in the
organs and may also be able to magnify such images to near molecular levels. In creating
such images the Radiologist must also be trained and experienced in computer imagery
and in programming scanning computers to produce such imagery. However, most of the
actual imagery will be performed by enlisted Radiologic Technicians.
All Star Fleet physicians examine patients, obtain medical histories, diagnose illnesses, or
prescribe and administer treatment for people suffering from injury or disease. In general,
a Star Fleet Radiologist correlates medical scans and image findings with other medical
examinations and tests, recommends further examinations or treatments, and confers with
shipboard physicians. Star Fleet Radiologists also treat diseases by means of radiation,
nuclear medicine or minimally invasive, image-guided surgery.
For the images to be interpreted correctly by the Radiologist, the imaging examination
must be performed properly by a Radiologic Technician, an enlisted medical technician
specializing in medical imagery and scanning equipment. The function of the Radiologic
Technician is to implement diagnostic imaging examinations. In addition, the Radiologic
Technician is also trained in the repair and maintenance of medical scanning equipment.
Radiologic Technicians employ a wide range of sophisticated equipment to produce
medical images. Diagnostic Radiologic Technicians work closely with Radiologists, the
physicians who interpret medical images.
In charge of this section is the ship’s Chief Radiologist (RAD), a certified physician of
the Medical Services Corps, certified by the Star Fleet Bureau of Medical Services,
with training in all forms of radiology and will usually hold the rank of Lieutenant Junior
Grade. The Chief Radiologist is responsible for the internal and external scanning of
patients; for the maintenance and repair of all medical scanning equipment; and for the
conduct and supervision of the Radiology division as a whole.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL LABORATORY
All Star Fleet ships that have a Medical Department will contain at least one Medical
Laboratory for the purpose of researching diseases and microbes; to perform research
into combating diseases on colonies; to find cures for alien diseases; to develop medicines
or drugs to combat diseases; to perform autopsies of victims of crimes in deep space; and
to perform forensic analysis of crimes and crime scenes. Plus, the Medical Laboratory
will sometimes request additional assistance from the Science Department laboratories
when performing their medical research. The chart for this division is in Figure 4b23.5.
In charge of this division is the Laboratory Officer (MLO). The Laboratory Officer is
chiefly responsible for the operation and maintenance of the ship’s medical laboratories;
for the maintenance and repair of all medical laboratory equipment; and for the conduct
and supervision of all the ship’s medical laboratories. The MLO may also be involved in
certain medical research activities such as autopsies, if qualified to perform such functions.
The MLO will usually be a junior officer of the Medical or Medical Services Corps with
the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade or Ensign, and this post will usually be the first
assignment for a new medical officer coming aboard a Star Fleet ship.
Table 4b23.5
TITLES AND RANKS OF MEDICAL LABORATORY OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
General Medical Laboratory Senior Medical Lab Technician MLAB S6
Biopsy Laboratory Senior Biopsy Lab Technician BLAB S5
GENERAL MEDICAL LABORATORY
The General Medical Laboratory, simply called the Medical Lab or Med Lab, is the
laboratory designated to perform general medical evaluations in the areas of toxicology,
serology, immunology, hematology, virology, parasitology and such medical analyses as
may be required. In general, the Medical Lab is a place where tests are done on clinical
specimens in order to get information about the health of a patient as it pertains to the
diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of disease.
In charge of the Medical Lab is the Senior Medical Lab Technician (MLT), a senior
enlisted Medical Specialist of grade S6 trained in laboratory procedure and techniques.
BIOPSY LABORATORY
The Biopsy Lab is a particular lab specializing in the examination and analysis of living
tissue. The lab contains specialized equipment, scanners and microscopes to perform this
function. Basically, a biopsy is a medical test involving the removal of cells or tissues for
examination. It is basically the medical removal of tissue from a living subject to determine
the presence or extent of a disease. The tissue is generally examined under a microscope
by a pathologist, and can also be analyzed chemically. As such, the Biopsy Lab will work
closely with the Pathology section in the examination of living tissue samples.
In charge of the Biopsy Lab is the Senior Biopsy Lab Technician (BLT), a senior
enlisted Medical Specialist of grade S5 with training in biopsy laboratory procedure and
methods.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
NURSING DIVISION
The principal function of the Nursing division is to care for patients and to assist them in
their recovery back to full health through the application of prescribed therapies and the
management of the patient and his environment. As such, the division will primarily consist
of certified nurses from the Star Fleet Bureau of Nurses and Medical Technicians
from the Star Fleet Bureau of Medical Services. The typical organizational structure
for this division can be found in Figure 4b23.6.
In charge of this division, and of all nurses aboard ship, is the Head Nurse (NRS). The
Head Nurse is responsible for the care of the sick and injured during convalescence; to
aid and support the ship’s doctors and surgeons; to aid patients during therapy; and for
the conduct and supervision of all nursing personnel within the division. The Head Nurse
will usually be an officer of the Nurse Corps with the rank of Lieutenant, but may also
be an officer of the Medical Services Corps as well.
Table 4b23.6
TITLES AND RANKS OF NURSING DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
General Nursing Lead Nurse - Specialist NURS LTJG
Medical Technicians Chief Medical Technician MTEC S6
GENERAL NURSING SECTION
The General Nursing section consists only of certified Star Fleet Nurses. A Nurse is a
Star Fleet Nurse Corps officer responsible for: the treatment, safety, and recovery of
acutely or chronically ill individuals; the promotion of health and health maintenance of the
crew; and in the treatment of life-threatening emergencies in a wide range of health care
or environmental settings. In providing care, nurses implement the nursing care plan using
the nursing process. This is based around a specific nursing theory which is selected based
on the care setting and population served. In providing nursing care, the nurse uses both
nursing theory and best practice derived from nursing research. In charge of this section is
the Lead Nurse (RNL), a Nurse Corps officer, usually having the rank of Lieutenant
Junior Grade.
MEDICAL TECHNICIANS SECTION
The function of the Medical Technicians section is to provide a pool of qualified enlisted
Medical Technicians and Nurse’s Aides to support the ship’s medical staff. In general,
medical technicians perform medical and clinical testing in a medical laboratory, perform
emergency medical procedures, and may serve as duty Corpsmen off ship for Landing
Parties or during Shore Leave or Liberty periods. This section consists entirely of enlisted
Medical Technicians and Specialists, usually of grade S2 or higher.
In charge of this section is the Chief Medical Technician (MLC), a senior enlisted
Medical Specialist of grade S6 with training in emergency medical procedure. The MLC
primarily manages the enlisted medical staff and will schedule and provide training to the
technicians under his or her authority.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT BILLETS
The following is a table of Billets within a typical Medical Department on board a Star
Fleet ship, along with their position designation. It is the Office of Star Fleet Ship
Personnel (SSCPER) within Star Ship Command, in conjunction with the Star Fleet
Office of Medical Officers, which determines the complements of medical personnel
aboard all Star Fleet ships.
Table 4b23.7
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP MEDICAL DEPARTMENT BILLETS
4000 MED Chief Medical Officer LCDR
Department Office
4001 MYM Medical Yeoman T5
4100 CMD Chief Physician LCDR
Division Office 4101 MY1 Medical Records Yeoman T5
4102 SA2 Medical Supply Technician T6
4110 MDL Lead Internist LEUT
Internal 4111 MD1 Physician LTJG
Medicine 4112 MD2 Physician LTJG
4113 MD3 Physician LTJG
General Medicine
4120 XMD Lead Alien Medical Specialist LEUT
Alien Medicine
4121 XM1 Physician-Alien Specialist LTJG
4130 MSP Lead Medical Specialist LEUT
4131 MS1 Physician -Specialist LEUT
Specialists 4132 MS2 Physician -Specialist LTJG
4133 MT1 Medical Technician T8
4134 MT2 Medical Technician T7
Division Office 4200 SRG Chief Surgeon LCDR
Surgery 4210 SG1 Surgeon-Specialist LCDR
Surgeons
4211 SG2 Surgeon LEUT
Division Office 4300 DNT Chief Dentist LEUT
General 4310 DDL/OS1 Lead Dentist/Oral Surgeon LEUT
Dentistry 4311 DN1 Dentist LTJG
Dental
4320 OHC Chief Oral Hygienist S5
Oral Hygiene 4321 DT1 Dental Technician S3
4322 DT2 Dental Technician S3
Division Office 4400 PSY Chief Psychologist LEUT
4410 PY1 Lead Psychologist LTJG
General
4411 PY2 Psychologist ENSN
Psychology Psychology
4412 PY3 Psychologist ENSN
4420 PSC Chief Psychiatrist LEUT
Psychiatry
4421 PS1 Psychiatrist LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b23.7
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP MEDICAL DEPARTMENT BILLETS - CONTINUED
Division Office 4500 PAO Chief Pathologist LEUT
4501 PAT Pathologist ENSN
Pathology 4502 MX1 Medical Examiner LTJG
Pathology
4503 MT6 Medical Technician S3
Division Office 4600 PHM Chief Pharmacist LTJG
Pharmacy 4601 PH1 Pharmaceutical Technician S4
Pharmacy
4602 PH2 Pharmaceutical Technician S3
Division Office 4700 RAD Chief Radiologist LTJG
4701 RDO Radiologist ENSN
Radiology 4702 RTS Senior Radiological Technician S5
Radiology
4703 RT1 Radiological Technician S2
4704 RT2 Radiological Technician S2
Division Office 4800 MLO Laboratory Officer ENSN
4810 MLT Senior Laboratory Technician S6
Medical
4811 ML1 Laboratory Technician S4
Laboratory
Laboratory 4812 ML2 Laboratory Technician S3
4820 BLT Senior Laboratory Technician S5
Biopsy Lab 4821 BL1 Laboratory Technician S2
4822 BL2 Laboratory Technician S2
Division Office 4900 NRS Head Nurse LEUT
4910 RNL Lead Nurse-Specialist LTJG
4911 RN1 Nurse ENSN
General
4912 RN2 Nurse ENSN
Nursing
4913 RN3 Nurse ENSN
Nursing
4914 RN4 Nurse ENSN
4920 MTC Chief Medical Technician S6
Medical 4921 MT3 Medical Technician S4
Technicians 4922 MT4 Medical Technician S3

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Medical Department aboard a Star Fleet ship. These charts generally represent the
“Chain of Command” within the Medical Department as well as within each division, and
are presented in order of their Division Number. These charts will be referred to
throughout the remaining sections of this chapter.
The title block of each unit shows the Division Name, Division Number and the Division
Designator. The Division Designator is a shorthand version of the Division Name.
4100 General Medicine

Division
GMED
Division Designator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b23.1
STAR FLEET SHIP MEDICAL DEPARTMENT
4000 Medical
Department
MED

4200 Surgery
4300 Dental
4400 Psychology
GMED SURG DENT PSYC
4500 Pathology
4600 Pharmacy
4700 Radiology
4800 Medical
Division Division Division Laboratory
PATH PHRM RADL LABR
4900
Nursing
Division
NURS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b23.2
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: GENERAL MEDICINE DIVISION

Division
GMED
4110 Medical Administration

4120 Internal Medicine
4130 Alien Medicine
4140 Medical Specialties
Section* Section Section Section
MADM IMED AMED SMED

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b23.3
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: DENTISTRY DIVISION
4300 Dentistry
Division
DENT
4310 General Dentistry

4320 Oral Hygiene
Section Section
DENT ORAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b23.4
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: PSYCHOLOGY DIVISION
4400 Psychology
Division
PSYC
4410 4420
General Psychology Psychiatry
Section Section
PSYC PSCH

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b23.5
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: MEDICAL LABORATORY
4800 Medical
Laboratory
LABR
4810 General Medical

4820 Biopsy
Laboratory Laboratory
MLAB BLAB

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b23.6
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT: NURSING DIVISION
4900 Nursing
Division
NURS
4910 General Nursing

4920 Medical Technicians
Section Section
NURS MTEC

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
2.4 SCIENCE DEPARTMENT

The principal function of the Science Department aboard any Star Fleet ship is to fulfill
the requirements of ARTICLE 5 of the Star Fleet Charter, which states that Star Fleet
will be the primary Federation organization for the research and study in the physical and
life sciences. The specific functions of the Science Department are as follows:
1. To study natural and unnatural phenomenon as they are encountered in space,

2. To study new and alien life forms and cultures,
3. To survey known and unknown areas of space as part of the ship’s exploration
mission,
4. To aid the Medical Department in the research of new diseases and
microorganisms,
5. To provide aid to all Federation colonies regarding agricultural and farming matters.
In general, the function of the ship’s Science Department is to manage all the scientific
activities and personnel aboard ship, and to manage all scientific missions assigned to the
ship. To meet these functions the Science Department is divided into specific Divisions
designed to oversee the individual functions to which the department is responsible. Each
division will be administered by a Division Officer, the function of which will be described
in subsequent paragraphs of this section. An illustration of the organizational structure of
the Science Department for a typical Cruiser class Starship can be found in Figure
4b24.1.
CHIEF SCIENCE OFFICER
In charge of this department is the Chief Science Officer (SCI), or simply the Science
Officer. In general, the Science Officer is the senior officer responsible for all scientific
activities performed aboard ship; for the operation, management and maintenance of all of
the ship’s scientific equipment and related systems; for the ship’s science laboratories and
research facilities; for assigned and ad hoc scientific missions and expeditions; and for the
timely and accurate dissemination of scientific information that is of an intelligence nature.
The Science Officer will typically be a Staff Corps officer of the Science Corps with
the rank of Lieutenant Commander, though the individual may be a Restricted Line
Officer that is restricted to duty in the sciences such as a Star Fleet Cosmologist. As
such, the Science Officer will never command a Star Fleet ship and will normally not
stand any command watch aboard ship.
SCIENCE YEOMAN
Every Science Department within the fleet will be assigned a Science Yeoman for the
purpose of generating science reports and maintaining departmental records. The Science
Yeoman is an enlisted Yeoman with special training in scientific principles and will have a
complete understanding of scientific terminology. However, it should also be noted that
the Science Yeoman works specifically for the department and not exclusively for the
Chief Science Officer. The Science Yeoman will simply be part of the Chief Science
Officer’s staff.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT UNIFORMS

Ship Command Order 4132, all personnel working within the Science Department
aboard a Star Fleet ship must wear the blue version of the working tunic as the standard
Working Uniform. All males shall wear the SWMx0S work uniform, and all females shall
wear either the SWFx0S standard long or the SWFx0S standard short working uniform
as proscribed by the Commanding Officer. Also, the SWMG0S with Type I tunic (3411)
is no longer authorized to be worn.
assigned to the Science Department of any Star Fleet ship will wear the Star Ship
Command badge with the Star Fleet symbol for science embroidered in the center as
required by BUPERSMAN-332 and as illustrated in Image 4b24.1 below.
Image 4b24.1
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT BADGES
The standard for the badge color is as follows: The badge of an officer within the Science
Department will have gold foil for the background area and the Star Fleet Science
Corps symbol (the Orbit) embroidered in black. The badge of an enlisted person within
the Science Department will have a silver foil background and the science symbol. Any
civilian assigned temporary duty onboard a Star Fleet ship in the Science Department
will also wear the same uniform except that the badge will have a blue foil background
with the black science symbol embroidered in the center.
In addition, where work may be performed that could damage or soil the standard working
uniform, all scientific personnel may wear the blue SWGG0S (3441) coverall while they
are on duty as proscribed by the Science Officer, with approval from the Commanding
Officer. Since most persons within the Science Department are engaged in some form
of research and are on the normal ship working hours of 0800 to 1600, they will primarily
wear the work coverall at all times except when they are not engaged in work, engaged in
after-work recreation or when visitors are aboard ship, which requires a more formal attire.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
The Science Department on board a typical Star Fleet ship will be compartmentalized
into three primary Divisions depicting the three major branches of scientific study: the
physical sciences, life sciences and the social sciences. These three divisions will be further
divided into science Sections that focus on a specific area of study within the division’s
branch of science. The heads of the divisions within the Science Department, as well as
the duties assigned to them, are defined in the Ship’s Organization and Regulations
Manual or SORM, an example of which can be found in Appendix A of this volume.
All of the divisions within the Science Department of a Star Fleet ship will be manned
almost exclusively by personnel from the Star Fleet Science Corps and therefore, will
typically be Limited Duty Officers or LDOs who are restricted to duty within their area
of specialization as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 5100. In addition, the heads of
Science Department divisions will generally have the prefix of “Chief” placed in front of
their functional title as illustrated in the table below.
Table 4b24.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF SCIENCE DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Physical Sciences Chief Physical Scientist PHYS LEUT
Life Sciences Chief Biologist LIFE LEUT
Social Sciences Chief Sociologist SOCS LEUT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT SECTIONS
As stated, Divisions within the Science Department are further divided into Sections
that define a specific area of scientific study. In general, a Science Department division
is typically responsible for a major area of scientific study, and will usually be subdivided
into smaller scientific units called Sections. As such, each division within the Science
Department is further divided into Science Sections or specialized areas of scientific
study. The Science Department on board a typical Cruiser class Starship will have
about 12-14 such Science Sections. However, many of the smaller combatants such as
Escorts may not have a separate Science Department per se. In such cases, most of the
scientific research will be medical or forensic in nature and therefore, such research will fall
under the Medical Department. The following pages will describe the function of the
various sections within each division of the Science Department.
In general, officers in charge of Science Sections will normally have a prefix of “Chief”
attached to their specialty. For example, the officer in charge of a ship’s Geology Section
will usually have the title of “Chief Geologist”.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PHYSICAL SCIENCES DIVISION
In general, the Physical Sciences division is responsible for all the scientific research
relating to the physical universe. As such, this division will manage all the scientists and
technicians assigned to perform analyses in the physical sciences; to manage and maintain
all the research facilities devoted to studying physical phenomenon aboard ship; and will
be responsible for equipping and supplying the personnel and facilities dedicated to carry-
out this research. It should be noted that most of the research performed by the Science
Department will be in the area of cosmology and planet studies. Therefore, this division
will usually be the busiest of all the divisions within the Science Department. The typical
organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b24.2.
In charge of this division will be the Chief Physical Scientist (CPS), an officer of the
Science Corps with knowledge and training in managing those projects relating to studies
and research in the physical sciences. The CPS will usually be a physical scientist and will
normally have the rank of Lieutenant. The Chief Physical Scientist is responsible for
all investigations and research into the physical sciences; for the operations, repair and
maintenance of the equipment used to investigate and analyze physical phenomenon; for
maintaining and updating the ship’s Library-Computer database relating to physical
phenomenon and other such information; for submitting scientific reports to Star Fleet
Command and the Academy of Sciences, and for the conduct and supervision of the
Physical Sciences division.
Table 4b24.2
TITLES AND RANKS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Planetary Science Chief Geophysicist PLTS LTJG
Astronomical Chief Astrophysicist ASTR LEUT
Physical Chemistry Chief Chemist CHEM LEUT
Geology Chief Geologist GEOL LEUT
PLANETARY SCIENCE SECTION
The function of the Planetary Science section is to perform scientific studies of planets,
moons, meteors and other geophysical bodies in space. Such studies include atmospheric
gas composition, climate and meteorological studies, plate tectonics, and gravitational
studies. This section will also cartographically map the planets encountered and will
classify them by type. On some Star Fleet ships this section may be replaced with the
Cartographic Section[14] – particularly a ship assigned primarily to exploration missions.
In charge of this section is the Chief Geophysicist (GPC), a Staff Corps officer of the
Science Corps with expertise in the planetary sciences, and will usually have the rank of
Lieutenant Junior Grade. However, he may also have the title of Chief Cartographer
- a Restricted Line Officer from the Star Fleet Office of Space Surveys on ships that
have a Cartographic Section.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION[15]
The function of the Astronomical section is to study the structure of space, stellar and
other cosmological phenomena as they are encountered during the course of a patrol. The
primary mission of this section is to gather data on spatial structure that can be used to
better understand the structure of space-time and the potential for developing better field-
dependent propulsion systems and to aid in navigating the ship. That is, this section will
engage in specific studies of physical space phenomenon such as wormholes, gravitational
fields and gravimetric effects, warp fields, space gas density and other such studies related
to or concerning the structure of space-time. The Astronomical section is made up solely
of physicists, cosmologists and astronomers specializing in space science.
In charge of this section is the Chief Astrophysicist[16] (APC), a Staff Corps officer of
the Science Corps with degrees in physics and expertise in astrophysics, cosmology, or
space science, but may also be a Star Fleet Cosmologist – a special Restricted Line
Officer, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant.
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY SECTION
The primary function of the Physical Chemistry section is to support the other sections
within the Physical Sciences division by performing chemical analyses of the products
and specimens obtained during archeological, geological and other scientific expeditions.
The Physical Chemistry Section also consists of several chemical laboratories for the
analysis of specimens or research into chemical processes. These laboratories are usually
not connected with any medical research because the Medical Department aboard ship
will generally have their own laboratories for such work.
In charge of this section is the Chief Chemist (CHM), an officer of the Science Corps
specializing in chemistry, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant. However, he may
also be an officer of the Engineering Corps specializing in chemical engineering as well.
GEOLOGY SECTION
The chief responsibility of the Geology section is to perform geological and mineralogical
studies on the planets and bodies encountered in space. Such geological studies generally
include petrology, geochemistry and geomorphology. However, this section retains only a
small team of geologists that will be used for special geologic expeditions. And as with the
personnel from the Archeology section, geologists will also be temporarily deposited onto
a planet to conduct their studies. Such long-term studies may take several months and as
such, temporary shelters will be constructed by the Ship Services division, or for shorter
durations, specially equipped shuttlecraft will be used to house the team.
In charge of this section will be the Chief Geologist (GEO), a Staff Corps officer of the
Science Corps, usually having the rank of Lieutenant, who specializes in geology and
geophysics. However, to qualify as Chief Geologist the person must have directed and
participated in at least two previous geological expeditions or at least three mineralogical
survey missions. This requirement was established since this section will mainly be
engaged in expeditions away from the ship for extended periods of time and therefore, the
team will require a leader with experience in these matters and in managing an expedition.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION
Basically speaking, the Life Sciences division is essentially responsible for the study of life
in the universe. As such, this division will only be involved in those missions relating to the
study of life-forms. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in
Figure 4b24.3.
In charge of this division is the Chief Biologist (LIF), an officer of the Science Corps,
customarily with the rank of Lieutenant, who is instructed in the management of the Life
Sciences division and of such projects assigned to the ship. As such, the Chief Biologist
is responsible for all investigations and research in the life and biological sciences; for the
operations, maintenance and repair of the equipment used to study and analyze biological
specimens; for the maintenance and update of the ship’s Library-Computer database on
life forms and other biological data; and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel
within the Life Sciences division.
Table 4b24.3
TITLES AND RANKS OF LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Astroanthropology Chief A & A Officer ANTH LTJG
Astrobiology Chief Astrobiologist BIOL LTJG
Botany Chief Botanist BTNY LEUT
Biochemistry Chief Biochemist BCHM LEUT
Zoology Chief Zoologist ZOOL LTJG
ASTROANTHROPOLOGY SECTION[17]
The primary function of the Astroanthropology section is to perform anthropological and

archeological studies on living and extinct cultures and civilizations encountered during the
course of a patrol or exploration mission. As such, this subdivision manages the teams of
anthropologists and archeologists, collectively known as Archeology and Anthropology
(A&A) officers, sent on societal survey and archeological expeditions during exploration.
Typically, Star Fleet A-and-A Officers will be temporarily deposited on a planet for such
studies and picked up at some appointed time; a duration of at least six months or more.
In charge of this section is the Chief A-and-A Officer[18] (AAA), an officer of the Star
Fleet Science Corps specializing in either archeology or anthropology, and will usually
ASTROBIOLOGY SECTION
The Astrobiology section is an amalgamation of life science disciplines. By definition,

astrobiology (or exobiology) is the study of the origin, evolution, distribution, and future of
life in the universe. This interdisciplinary field of science includes the search for habitable
environments within and outside the Federation; the exploration for evidence of prebiotic
chemistry; laboratory and field research into the origins and early evolution of primitive life
in general; and studies of the potential for life to adapt to the challenges on Federation
colonies and in outer space. In charge of this section is the Chief Astrobiologist (BIO),
an officer of the Science Corps specializing in astrobiology or exobiology, and will usually

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BOTANY SECTION
The function of the Botany section is to analyze and classify the plant life encountered
during planetary investigations, and to manage all the botanical laboratories, gardens and
facilities located onboard the ship. This section will also assign botanists to survey missions
on newly discovered planets to examine, classify and collect plant life, and send advisors
to Federation colonies regarding farming techniques and the forms of plant life that can
be cultivated at the colony. Most Starships engaged in patrol and exploration missions
will always have a number of botanists on board.
In charge of this section is the Chief Botanist (BOT), an officer of the Science Corps
specializing in botany, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade. The
duties of the Chief Botanist include: assigning botanists to survey missions; directing the
analysis of plant life; directing off-ship botanical missions; is responsible for the operation
and maintenance of the ship’s botanical gardens and laboratories; and for the conduct and
supervision of the personnel within the Botany section.
BIOCHEMISTRY SECTION
The primary function of the Biochemistry section is to manage the onboard biochemistry
laboratory and to perform biochemical analyses when required. As such, this section will
support the various biological surveys performed on newly discovered planets, and will
investigate any new microbes and entities discovered during such surveys. This section will
also work with the Medical Department when needed to combat a disease onboard the
ship.
In charge of this section is the Chief Biochemist (CBC), a Staff Corps officer of the
Science Corps specializing in biochemistry or microbiology, and will usually have the rank
of Lieutenant Junior Grade. The Chief Biochemist is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the ship’s biochemical laboratories; for the maintenance and repair of all
biochemical and analytical laboratory equipment; and for the conduct and supervision of
the personnel within the Biochemistry section as a whole.
ZOOLOGY SECTION
The function of the Zoology section is to examine and classify the animal life encountered
during planetary investigations. This section will also assign zoologists to special survey
missions on newly discovered planets to observe, classify and maybe collect animal life. As
with the Botany Section this section will also send Zoologists to farm colonies for the
purpose of advising them regarding the types of work animals that can be transplanted to
their environment. As such, most ship Zoologists will also be trained in animal husbandry.
In charge of this section is the Chief Zoologist (ZOO), an officer of the Science Corps
specializing in zoology, animal husbandry and genetics, and will usually have the rank of
Lieutenant Junior Grade. The duties of the Chief Zoologist include: assigning teams
of Zoologists to survey missions; directing the analysis of animal life; managing off-ship
zoological expeditions; and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel within the
Zoology section.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION
The primary function of the Social Sciences division is the study of the civilizations and
societies encountered during exploration and security patrols. In addition, this division will
also be engaged in First Contact missions when new races, societies and civilizations are
discovered. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure
4b24.4.
In charge of this division will be the Chief Sociologist (SOC), an officer of the Science
Corps trained in the management of the division and of any sociological project or mission
assigned to the vessel. The Chief Sociologist will usually have the rank of Lieutenant
and will be responsible for all investigations and research into the social sciences; for the
maintenance and updating of the ship’s historical and cultural databases; and for the
supervision and conduct of the personnel within the Social Sciences division as a whole.
Table 4b24.4
TITLES AND RANKS OF SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION OFFICERS
Section Typical
Designation Rank
Sociology Chief Culturist SOCL LTJG
Penology Chief Penologist PENL LTJG
Political Science Chief Political Scientist POLS LTJG
History Chief Historian HIST LTJG
SOCIOLOGY SECTION
The function of the Sociology section is to perform research on developed and developing
cultures, and to advise the ship’s Commanding Officer regarding first contact with newly
discovered cultures. In general, sociology is an academic and applied discipline that studies
society and social interaction. Sociological research ranges from the analysis of exchanges
between anonymous individuals to the study of global social processes. Numerous fields
within the discipline focus on how and why living creatures are organized into groups and
societies, either as individuals or as members of associations, groups, and institutions.
The Sociology section is composed exclusively of sociologists and possibly some social
psychologists. In general, sociologists will study known and alien societies and social
behavior through the observation of groups as well as their social, political, religious, and
economic institutions. This section will perform its scientific research on known and new
cultures either overtly by direct contact or covertly by concealed observation, but always in
accordance with the principles of General Order 1.
In charge of this section is the Chief Culturist (CUL), an officer of the Science Corps
educated and trained in sociology and sociological methods. The Chief Culturist will be a
junior officer, usually have the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade and will be in charge of
all the sociologists assigned to the Sociology section. As a part of his duty, the Chief
Culturist will make or recommend the specific assignments of sociologists to missions
that require such expertise. In summary, the primary function of the Chief Culturist is to
manage sociologists and sociological missions.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PENOLOGY SECTION
The function of the Penology section is primarily to inspect and evaluate Star Fleet and
Federation prisons and detention facilities as may be required by law. However, this billet
is not normally filled on most Star Fleet ships and as such, this billet will only be filled by
a Star Fleet penologist when orders to inspect and evaluate prisons, penal colonies and
other detention facilities are issued as part of the ship’s mission.
In charge of this section is the Chief Penologist, designated PEN, and may be the only
person within the section. As such, the assignment of Chief Penologist is made by Star
Ship Command and in most instances, will be a junior officer with some experience as a
Star Fleet penologist. Star Ship Command will only assign a penologist to a Star Fleet
ship if there is a requirement for one based upon the patrol mission of the ship. As such, a
penologist from the Star Fleet Office of Penology will be assigned to a Star Fleet ship
as Chief Penologist only for the length of the assignment and will not be consigned for
the full five-year duration of the patrol.
POLITICAL SCIENCE SECTION
The function of the Political Science section is to study and analyze the governments,
organizations, groups and political institutions of the worlds encountered during the course
of a patrol cycle. The basic purpose of such studies is to develop political theories and to
classify socio-political philosophies that may be used by Star Fleet strategists and long-
range planners. This section submits all reports to the Political Science Section of the
Star Fleet Office of Social Science and will closely work with Star Fleet Intelligence
and the Command Intelligence division regarding galactic political conditions and to
provide intelligence estimates concerning new or known social systems.
In charge of this section is the Chief Political Scientist (POL), usually an officer of the
Science Corps specializing in political science, but may also be a line officer (SFC) from
Star Fleet Intelligence as well. The Chief Political Scientist will usually have the rank
of Lieutenant Junior Grade and will generally be responsible for the supervision and
conduct of the personnel assigned to the Political Science section as a whole.
HISTORY SECTION
The function of the History section is to collect historical information and records on the
newly discovered or known established worlds as they are encountered during the course
of a patrol. This section will also provide intelligence information to the Commanding
Officer regarding the peoples that are encountered. However, the billet for the historian
may not always be filled. This billet will only be filled if there is a need.
In charge of this section is the Chief Historian (HIS) and may be the only person within
the section. As such, the decision to assign a Chief Historian will be made by Star Ship
Command and in most instances, will be a junior officer, such as a Lieutenant Junior
Grade, with some experience as a Star Fleet historian. Star Ship Command will only
assign a historian to a Star Fleet ship if there is a requirement for one based upon the
patrol mission of the ship. As such, the Chief Historian will be assigned for the duration
of the ship’s five-year patrol mission, but may be reassigned at any time if there does not
appear to be a specific need for the billet in the current patrol cycle.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT BILLETS
The following is a table of Billets within a typical Science Department on board a Star
Fleet ship. It will be the Office of Star Fleet Ship Personnel (SSCPER) within Star
Ship Command, in conjunction with the Star Fleet Office of Science Administration
that determines the complements of scientific personnel aboard Star Fleet ships.
Table 4b24.5
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP SCIENCE DEPARTMENT BILLETS
5000 SCI Chief Science Officer LCDR
Department Office 5001 SYM Science Yeoman T5
5010 N/A Scientific Consultant(s) CIVILIAN
Division Office 5100 CPS Chief Physical Scientist LEUT
5110 GPC Chief Geophysicist LTJG
Planetary Science 5111 GP1 Geophysicist ENSN
5112 CA1 Cartographer ENSN
5120 APC Chief Astrophysicist LEUT
Astronomical 5121 PC1 Physicist LTJG
5122 PC2 Physicist ENSN
5130 CHM Chief Chemist LEUT
Physical Sciences 5131 CHO Chemist ENSN
Chemistry 5132 CH1 Chemistry Technician S5
5133 CH2 Chemistry Technician S4
5134 CH3 Chemistry Technician T4
5140 GEO Chief Geologist LEUT
5141 GO1 Geologist LTJG
Geology 5142 GO2 Geologist ENSN
5143 GTS Petrology Specialist S6
5144 GT1 Geological Technician T4
Division Office 5200 LIF Chief Biologist LEUT
5210 AAA Chief A & A Officer LTJG
Astroanthropology 5211 AA1 A & A Officer ENSN
5212 AB1 A & A Technician S4
Astrobiology 5220 BIO Chief Astrobiologist LTJG
5230 BOT Chief Botanist LEUT
Life Sciences Botany 5231 BTO Botanist ENSN
5232 BT1 Botanical Technician T4
5240 CBC Chief Biochemist LEUT
5241 BCO Biochemist ENSN
Biochemistry
5242 BCS Senior Biochemistry Technician S5
5243 BC1 Biochemistry Technician S4
Zoology 5250 ZOO Chief Zoologist LTJG
Division Office 5300 SOC Chief Sociologist LEUT
5310 CUL Chief Culturist LTJG
Sociology 5311 SO1 Sociologist ENSN
5312 SO2 Sociologist ENSN
Social Sciences
Penology 5320 PEN Chief Penologist LTJG
5330 POL Chief Political Scientist LTJG
Political Science
5331 PO1 Political Scientist ENSN
History 5340 HIS Chief Historian LTJG

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Science Department aboard ship. They are presented in order of their Division Number
and represent the “Chain of Command” within the division. These charts will be referred to
throughout the remaining sections of this chapter.
The title blocks of each Science Department division contains the Division Name, The
Division Number, and the Division Designator. The Division Designator is a shorthand
version of the Division Name.
5100 Physical Sciences

Division
SCI
Division Designator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b24.1
STAR FLEET SHIP SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
5000 Science
Department
SCI

5200 Life Sciences
5300 Social Sciences
Division Division Division
PHYS LIFE SOCS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b24.2
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT: PHYSICAL SCIENCES DIVISION

Division
PHYS
5110 5120 5130 5140

Planetary Science Physical Chemistry
Astronomical Section Geology Section
Section Section
PLTS ASTR CHEM GEOL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b24.3
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT: LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION
5200 Life Sciences

Division
LIFE
5210 5220 5230 5240

Astroanthropology
Astrobiology Section Biochemistry Section Botany Section
Section
ANTH BIOL BCHM BTNY
5250
Zoology Section
ZOOL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b24.4
SCIENCE DEPARTMENT: SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION
5300 Social Sciences

Division
SOCS
5310 5320 5330 5340

Political Science
Sociology Section Penology Section History Section
Section
SOCL POLS PENL HIST

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
2.5 OTHER DEPARTMENTS

The previous four sections described, in some detail, the functions and subdivisions of the
four basic departments found on almost all Star Fleet combatants. However, fleet support
ships have a different role than the combatants. Their role is to support the fleet and as
such, do not normally engage in exploration or scientific investigation. Therefore, in place
of the Science department, for example, support ships will have a different department
that specializes in the functions and mission to which that particular class of support ship
was commissioned. The following table lists the various other departments that may be
part of the organization of a support ship and associated with a specific billet.
Table 4b25.1
TITLES AND RANKS OF MISCELLANEOUS STAR SHIP DEPARTMENT HEADS
Typical
Billet Department Department Head 1
Rank
6000 Flight Operations [Chief]2 Flight Officer CMDR3
2
7000 Ship Repair [Chief] Repair Officer LCDR
7000 Materials [Chief]2 Materials Officer LCDR
7000 Fueling [Chief]2 Fueling Officer LCDR
2
8000 Transportation [Chief] Transportation Officer LCDR
8000 Freight [Chief]2 Cargo Officer LCDR
Notes:
1. Ranks are based upon a typical support ship.
2. The “Chief” designation is optional.
3. The rank of the Flight Officer aboard an Attack Carrier.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DEPARTMENTAL YEOMEN
As with standard departments every miscellaneous department will have assigned to it

several Yeomen for the purpose of generating reports and maintaining departmental
records. Most of these Yeomen are enlisted Technicians specializing as a Yeoman in a
particular area. For example, a departmental Yeoman in the Repair Department of a
Star Fleet Repair Ship will have had training in ship repair functions.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MISCELLANEOUS DEPARTMENTAL UNIFORMS

Ship Command Order 4132, all personnel working within any of the departments
described in this section must wear the uniform associated with that department. For
example, all persons working within the Flight Operations department onboard a Star
Fleet ship must wear the olive-green version of the working tunic as the standard
Working Uniform. As such, all males must wear the SWMx0G work uniform, and all
females must wear either the SWFx0G standard long or short working uniform as
prescribed by the Commanding Officer. In addition, Fight Operations personnel may
also wear the SWGG0G coverall as well and in most cases, one will usually see the olive
green coverall worn by Flight Operations personnel on board an Attack Carrier most of
the time. However, personnel working in the Hangar Deck area where craft are being
moved about will wear bright orange coveralls for visibility. The exception to this rule is the
personnel working within the Craft Maintenance and Fueling divisions. These persons
will wear the red (Engineering) tunic and follow the rules regarding Engineering uniforms.
assigned to the Flight Operations Department of a Star Fleet ship will wear the Star
Ship Command badge with the Star Fleet flight symbol embroidered in the center as
required by BUPERSMAN-332 as illustrated in Image 4b25.1 on the next page.
The badge of an officer in the Flight Operations Department will have gold foil for the
background center area and the Star Fleet flight symbol embroidered in black. The badge
of an enlisted Technician in the Flight Operations Department will have a silver foil
background and the black flight symbol embroidered in the center. Any civilian assigned
temporary duty onboard a Star Fleet ship in the Flight Operations Department will
also wear the same uniform except that the badge will have a green foil background with
the black flight symbol embroidered in the center.
Personnel working in the Repair Department of a Repair Ship or within the Fueling
Department of a typical Fuel Ship will wear the red version of the working tunic as the
standard Working Uniform. As such, all males must wear the SWMx0R work uniform,
and all females must wear the SWFx0R standard long working uniform, except those
women performing administrative duties who may wear the SWFx0R standard short
working uniform as prescribed by the Commanding Officer. In addition, Repair and
Fueling Department personnel will also wear the SWGG0R coverall. Indeed, repair and
fueling technicians wear coveralls most of the time while on duty. The color of the coverall
will depend upon the division and the nature of the work. For example, repair and fueling
technicians will normally wear red coveralls, while those involved in moving machinery and
equipment will wear bright orange coveralls.
Personnel working in the Materials, Transportation or Freight Department on board

a Star Fleet Supply ship, Freighter or Transport vessel will wear the goldenrod version
of the working tunic as the standard Working Uniform. As such, all males must wear the
SWMx0A work uniform, and all females will usually wear either the SWFx0A standard
long or short working uniform as prescribed by the Commanding Officer. In addition,
most of the officers and technicians working in the cargo and hangar areas will usually
wear the brown (SWGG0B) coverall. However, personnel working in areas where cargo
and service craft are being moved about will wear bright orange coveralls (SWGG0O) for
visibility.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Image 4b25.1
MISCELLANEOUS DEPARTMENT BADGES
Flight Operations
Officers Enlisted Civilian
Materials and Fueling Department

Officers Enlisted Civilian
N/A
Repair Department
Transportation and Freight


VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT
On large Attack Carriers and Ground Assault ships a separate Flight Operations
Department is required to manage the large number of craft and personnel associated
with them. As such, the function of the Flight Operations Department is to manage the
Flight Deck, and will be responsible for the launching, recovery, loading and maintenance
of all craft onboard the ship. However, the scope of responsibility will differ between the
various craft assigned to the ship as well as the squadrons that may be attached to ship.
In summary, this responsibility rests with the ship’s organization and not with the attack
craft command. That is, the attached craft organization has no authority to launch or land
their craft onboard a Star Fleet ship on their own. That authority belongs to the ship’s
Commanding Officer through his or her Flight Operations Department.
The following table illustrates the various divisions that comprise the Flight Operations
Department, the title of the officer in charge of the division and the typical rank of the
officer in charge. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in
Figure 4b25.1.
Table 4b25.2
TITLES AND RANKS OF FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT DIVISION
OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Flight Control Flight Operations Officer FCON LCDR
Craft Maintenance Craft Maintenance Officer CMNT LEUT
Craft Ordnance Craft Ordnance Officer CWEP LEUT
Craft Fueling Craft Fueling Officer CFUL LEUT
Flightdeck Flightdeck Officer FDEK LEUT
Hangar Deck Hangar Deck Officer HDEK LEUT
Notes:
1.
In charge of the Flight Operations Department is the Chief Flight Officer (FLT). The
Chief Flight Officer is an officer of the line responsible for all operations regarding the
handling of the ship’s service craft; and for the conduct and supervision of the personnel
within the Flight Operations division. The Chief Flight Officer will usually have the
rank of Commander on the larger Attack Carriers, while the Chief Flight Officer
aboard a Ground Assault ship will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Commander.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
The Flight Control division within the Flight Operations Department is basically an
operations and administration division assigned to manage the launching, retrieval and
storage of Attack Craft. The Flight Control division is made up of several sections
formed to manage the ship’s craft. In control of all operations is the Launch Director, an
officer of the line with the responsibility for directing all craft movement on the Flight
Deck. The Launch Director typically has his watch in Launch Control – the location in
the tower of an Attack Carrier where all flight operations are managed. In charge below
the Flight Deck is the craft Handling Director. The chief responsibility of the Handling
Director is the arrangement of craft about the Hangar Deck; for moving craft around
and for the general safety of the personnel operating in the Hangar Deck.
To support the repair and maintenance of the large numbers of craft aboard ship, the
Craft Maintenance division is responsible for the proper functioning and performance of
all onboard craft. This division performs all the maintenance inside and outside the craft
including, but not limited to, the craft’s electrical and sensor systems, the propulsion and
propulsion control systems, atmospheric systems, as well as the integrity of the hull and
the cleanliness of the craft. This division consists primarily of enlisted Mechanics,
Mechanical Technicians and Electrical Technicians. In charge of this division is the
Craft Maintenance Officer, an engineer from the Engineering Corps with expertise in
craft maintenance and repair.
The function of the Craft Ordnance division is to load combat craft with ordnance; to
ensure that all craft phaser banks are fully charged and to maintain the fire control
systems of attack craft. This division is mainly found on ships containing combat craft. This
division consists primarily of enlisted Weapons Technicians. In charge of this division is
the Craft Ordnance Officer, a line officer with experience and training in craft weapons
and craft weapon systems.
The function of the Craft Fueling division is to safely load craft with fuel, or to safely
unload fuel from craft, and to maintain the ships supply of craft fuel. This includes both
fuel for the ion engines of the standard craft, as well as the Polymass fuel for warp-
driven craft. In addition, this division is also responsible for the proper accounting of all
craft fuel. As such, this division maintains an inventory of all craft fuel and will measure
and record the fuel usage from each craft upon return from its mission. This division is
mainly composed of enlisted Propulsion Engineering Specialists and will be under the
Craft Fueling Officer, a propulsion engineer from the Engineering Corps.
The Flight Deck division is responsible for the systems and equipment that support
Flight Deck operations. This includes all lifts and elevators, the Flight Deck Evacuation
and Pressurization system (for enclosed flight decks), the Flight Deck Tractor system,
and the cargo handling and transfer systems. In charge of this section is the Flight Deck
Officer, an officer of the line with the responsibility for the systems involved in the launch
and recovery of the ship’s service craft.
The Hangar Deck division is responsible for the systems and equipment required to move
and stow craft about in the Hangar Bay area. The systems include the craft levitation
system, the craft charging system, craft diagnostic systems and the craft fueling system.
In charge of this section is the Hangar Deck Officer, an officer of the line with the
responsibility for the systems involved in the placement and stowage of the ship’s craft.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT
The function of the Repair Ship, or tender, is to perform immediate and temporary
repairs on Star Fleet vessels. On a Repair Ship where repair services for other ships is
the primary function, the Ship Repair Department will be responsible for such services.
Typically, such repairs will be made as a result of battle or collision where the ship might
not be completely spaceworthy. As such, it will be the responsibility of the Ship Repair
Department to make such repairs. The typical organizational structure for this division
In general, the Ship Repair Department is responsible for making major repairs to the
ship’s hull and structures, and to major pieces of equipment where the effort is too large
for the affected ship’s Repair division to handle. As such, the Ship Repair Department
will be responsible for all external doors and hatches, for all viewports and viewport shields
and for the entire hull of the ship as a whole, including all frames and supporting
structures and hull plates. The Ship Repair Department will also work in conjunction
with the Ship Material section in fabricating and installing hull and bulkhead sections, but
will usually fabricate its own material. Personnel in this department will perform all hull and
structural welding and cutting, and will perform any temporary or permanent repairs to the
exterior, and to the systems and equipment inside the affected ship while it is attached to
the Repair Ship.
The following table illustrates the various divisions that comprise the Ship Repair
officer in charge.
Table 4b25.3
TITLES AND RANKS OF SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Systems Engineering Chief Systems Engineer SENG LEUT
Repair Management Ship Repair Manager RMGT LEUT
Mechanical Repair Mechanical Repair Officer MECR LEUT
Electrical Repair Electrical Repair Officer ELER LEUT
Hull Repair Hull Repair Officer HULL LEUT
Repair Parts Repair Parts Officer PRTS LEUT
Fabrication Shop Chief Fabrication Officer FABR LEUT
Service Craft Repair Service Craft Repair Officer CRFP LEUT
Notes:
1.
In charge of the Ship Repair Department is the Chief Repair Officer (REP). The
Chief Repair Officer is usually a line officer with training in hull construction, ship
systems and repair management, or a Staff Corps officer of the Construction or
Engineering Corps with training and experience in ship repair management; and for the
conduct and supervision of the personnel within the Ship Repair department. The Chief
Repair Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Commander.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
The function of the Systems Engineering division is to review any system that will
undergo repair. Where extensive damage to ship’s systems and components make them
inoperable, this division will find ways of bringing the system back up to a functional
condition. This may require the design and fabrication of new components. This division
consists mainly of technical engineers from the Star Ship Systems Command. In charge
of this division is the Chief Systems Engineer, an officer of the Engineering Corps.
Starships are complicated pieces of equipment and if considerably damaged, the repair
effort will be that much more complicated. To manage the repair efforts the department
contains the Repair Management division, a consortium of construction engineers and
managers whose sole function is to plan, schedule and generally manage any major repair
effort. In charge of this division is the Ship Repair Manager, typically an officer of the
Construction Corps with experience in repair management.
The function of the Mechanical Systems division is to perform the repairs on the
mechanical equipment aboard a Star Fleet vessel. In addition to mechanical equipment,
this division is responsible for all the auxiliary systems aboard a ship. This division is
typically the largest division within the department having many shops and repair facilities
aboard ship, and consists primarily of enlisted Mechanics and Mechanical Technicians.
In charge of this division is the Mechanical Repair Officer, an engineer from the
Engineering Corps, usually with a degree in Mechanical Engineering.
The primary function of the Electrical Systems division is to repair electrical equipment
and to perform repairs on an affected ship’s electrical system. This division has several
shops designed to repair or work on electrical equipment. This division consists primarily of
enlisted Electricians and Electrical Technicians. In charge of this division is the
Electrical Repair Officer, usually a technical engineer from the Engineering Corps.
The Hull Repair division is exclusively responsible to affect repairs on any ship’s hull. In
addition to hull plates, this division is also responsible for the condition and repair of the
ships structural members as well. The Hull Repair division consists primarily of enlisted
Hull Technicians. In charge of this division is the Hull Repair Officer, a Staff Corps
officer of the Engineering or Construction Corps.
Any repair organization must contain a unit which can supply repair teams with the parts
needed to affect repairs. As such, the Parts division was created to fulfill this function.
This division consists primarily of enlisted technicians specializing in supply and warehouse
management. In charge of this division is the Repair Parts Officer, an officer of the
Engineering or Supply Corps.
Where parts or pieces of equipment are not within the inventory of the Parts division, or
where hull sections must be made, the Fabrication division will create such parts. This
division consists primarily of enlisted Fabricators and Mechanical Technicians. In
charge of this division is the Chief Fabrication Officer, a Staff Corps engineer from the
Construction Corps.
The function of the Service Craft Repair division is to perform those repairs on service
craft attached to Star Fleet ships that cannot be performed by the ship’s Service Craft
division. Most of the work that this division will perform will be major fuselage and ion pod
damage.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT
Although most Star Fleet ships are equipped for a five-year patrol, they will periodically
require replenishment of food supplies and other consumable items. Thus, the Supply
Ship (SP class) was created as the primary vessel for in-space replenishment of supplies
and equipment to the fleet. Supplies include foodstuffs, oxygen (or appropriate gases),
water, tools and the raw material used in material fabricators. In addition, Supply Ships
are also the source of the spare parts and machinery for the fleet.
On such Supply Ships where the stores and provisions for other ships is the primary
function, the Materials Department will be responsible for such services. In addition,
the Materials Department is also the primary source of money for the ships. Star Fleet
ships carry money for ship and personal use and as such, Supply Ships are the monetary
reserves for the fleet.
The following table lists the various divisions that comprise the Materials Department,
the title of the officer in charge of the division and the typical rank of the officer in charge.
The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b25.3.
Table 4b25.4
TITLES AND RANKS OF MATERIALS DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Material Supply Requirements Supply Requirements Officer MREQ LTJG
Materials Accounting Material Accounting Officer MACC LEUT
Delivery Management Delivery Management Officer DMGT LEUT
Spare Parts and Tools Spare Parts and Tools Officer PRTS LEUT
Food Stores Food Stores Officer FOOD LEUT
Ship Stores Ship Store Supply Officer STOR LTJG
Consumable Products Consumables Officer CONS LEUT
Auxiliary Systems Supply Auxiliary Systems Supply Officer AUXS LEUT
Notes:
1.
In charge of the ship’s Supply division will be the ship’s Chief Materials Officer (SUP),
an officer of the Supply Corps with training and experience in fleet logistics and supply
management. The ship’s Supply Officer is generally responsible for the procurement,
receipt, survey and transfer of all material used by the ship; the exercise of accounting,
inventory and issue control for all equipage, all repair parts and for those consumable
supplies required for the operation of the ship and its crew; and for the conduct and
supervision of the Supply division as a whole. As such, and commensurate with this
responsibility, the Supply Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant for the smaller
Reserve class (NCC-1141) ships and Lieutenant Commander for the large Replenish
(NCC-1901) class Supply Ships.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MATERIALS DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
In order to stockpile the materials needed to support the fleet, the Material Supply
Requirements division was created to assess the material needs of the fleet and to plan
the delivery of supplies to the ships and craft that they support.
The Materials Accounting division will maintain the inventories of the supplies stored
aboard the Supply Ship. This division is also responsible for the loading and storage of
supplies and cargo aboard the ship. As materials are being loaded onto the client ships
scanners, located around loading hatches and transporter platforms, report on the items
leaving or entering the ship and will send inventory updates to the main supply computers
aboard ship in real-time. The Materials Accounting division also has the responsibility to
ensure that the items stored aboard ship are in their proper storage locations.
The Delivery Management division is primarily responsible for delivering the appropriate
supplies to the proper ships. Personnel within the division will associate supply items with
specific vessels or destinations to form a “load” package, which is a virtualized grouping of
items associated with a specific ship. This division consists primarily of enlisted Material
Supply Technicians whose job it is to shuffle, physically deliver or transport supplies to
the intended command. In charge of this division is the Delivery Management Officer,
an officer of the Supply Corps, but could also be a junior line officer as well.
The function of the Spare Parts and Tools division is to manage the handling of spare
parts, machinery, large pieces of equipment, and tools stored aboard the Supply Ship,
and to ensure the ship has the appropriate amount of such parts on hand. In charge of
this division is the Spare Parts and Tools Officer, an officer of the Supply Corps.
The Food Stores division is generally responsible for the storage and distribution of fresh
food items to ships. As such, this division only manages the fresh food items and is not
responsible for the raw materials used in food synthesizers. That is the responsibility of the
Consumable Products division. This division consists primarily of enlisted Material
Supply Technicians under the command of the Food Stores Officer, a junior officer of
the Supply Corps, usually with the rank of Lieutenant.
Many ships in the fleet have small convenience stores where crewmembers can purchase
personal items. As such, the Ship Stores division is designed to keep such stores supplied
with personal items and is usually the smallest division within the department. This division
usually contains only one or two persons under the command of the Ship Store Supply
Officer, an office of the Supply Corps with the rank of Lieutenant Junior Grade.
The Consumable Products division manages all the consumable items that ships need to
operate. Such items include the raw materials for food processors, writing supplies, etc.
This division consists primarily of enlisted Material Supply Technicians under the
command of the Consumables Officer, a junior officer of the Supply Corps, usually
with the rank of Lieutenant.
The function of the Auxiliary Systems Supply division is to supply ships with those
supplies needed to support ship operation and crew survival. Such items include water, air,
oxygen and other gases, hydraulic fluids, lubricants, etc. This division consists primarily of
enlisted Material Supply Technicians under the command of the Auxiliary Systems
Supply Officer, an officer of the Supply Corps, usually with the rank of Lieutenant.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FUELING DEPARTMENT
Although modern Starships have Polymass production units, these production units can
not completely keep up with the demand of the main engines at high warp speeds and
therefore, require periodic charging. As such, Fuel Ships are needed to make-up the
supply. These ships contain large containment loops for the storage of Polymass, the
high-energy plasma used onboard Warp-driven ships, as well as liquid hydrogen for the
fusion-drive Impulse Engines, Hydrazine, a low-power monopropellant used for the
maneuvering thrusters of spacecraft and for the primary thrusters for small craft, and
coolant for the engines. In addition, Fuel Ships also contain fuel for nuclear reactors,
both for ship and shore use.
On Fuel Ships where fuel stores and provisions for other ships is the primary function,
the Fueling Department will be responsible for such services. In such cases Fuel Ships
will function as Supply Ships and therefore, the designation of SF.
The following lists the various divisions that comprise a typical Fueling Department, the
title of the officer in charge of the division and the typical rank of the officer in charge. The
Table 4b25.5
TITLES AND RANKS OF FUELING DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Fuel Supply Fuel Supply Officer FSUP LEUT
Propulsion Fuel Propulsion Fuel Officer PFUL LEUT
Small Craft Fuel Craft Fuel Officer CFUL LEUT
Reactor Fuel Reactor Fuel Officer RFUL LEUT
High-Energy Waste Fuel Waste Officer EWST LEUT
Fueling Safety Fueling Safety Officer SAFE LTJG
Notes:
1.
In charge of the Fueling Department will be the Chief Fueling Officer (FUL). The
Chief Fueling Officer is an officer of the Star Fleet Supply Corps responsible for
supplying Star Fleet ships with the fuel needed for propulsion and power production, but
may also be an officer of the Engineering Corps as well. As such, commensurate with
this responsibility, the Chief Fueling Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant
Commander.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FUELING DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
The Fuel Supply division is the administrative organization for the Fueling Department.
Its function is to determine the fuel requirements of the vessels the Fuel Ship must
support; to schedule fueling runs; to manage the fuel loads and keep an accounting of the
fuel resources supplied to vessels; and to manage the fueling evolution. In charge of this
division is the Fuel Supply Officer, an officer of the Supply Corps, or the Engineering
Corps, with the rank of Lieutenant.
The Propulsion Fuel division is primarily concerned with the production and storage of
high-energy fuel for all warp-driven ships, which includes Polymass for main engines, fuel
for the fusion drive of the Impulse engines and fuel for the maneuvering system. This is a
relatively large division as it contains many Propulsion Technicians to operate and
maintain the Polymass fuel production and storage systems. As such, this division is
mostly composed of Propulsion Engineers and enlisted Propulsion Technicians of
various specialties. In charge of this division is the Propulsion Fuel Officer, an officer of
the Engineering Corps with the rank of Lieutenant.
Most of the ships in the fleet contain small craft. As such, the Small Craft Fuel division
will be responsible for supplying the fuel for service craft. The primary user of craft fuel
services will be the large Attack Carriers since they continually send fighter craft out on
patrols. As such, these craft require constant refueling which, in turn, requires the ship’s
craft fuel supply to be replenished often. In charge of this division is the Craft Fuel
Officer, an officer of the Supply Corps with the rank of Lieutenant.
All ships generate electricity by means of power reactors. As such, the Reactor Fuel
division is basically responsible for the storage, management and delivery of fuel to such
reactors. This division primarily delivers and loads the fuel into the reactors. However, it
will be the recipient ship’s Reactor Control Officer that decides where the fuel will be
loaded. In charge of this division is the Reactor Fuel Officer, a Staff Corps officer of
the Engineering Corps with the rank of Lieutenant.
Fuel Ships not only supply vessels with fuel, but are also high-energy waste disposal units
as well. As such, the function of the High-Energy Waste division is to off-load, store,
transport and dispose of the various forms of high-energy waste that is produced by Star
Fleet ships. This includes all waste Polymass, spent nuclear reactor fuel, shuttlecraft fuel
and hydrazine. This division consists primarily of enlisted Material Supply Technicians
from the Star Fleet Waste Management Command trained in the handling of high-
energy and hazardous wastes. In charge of this division is the Fuel Waste Officer, an
officer of the Supply Corps, or the Engineering Corps, with the rank of Lieutenant.
Ship fueling can be a very dangerous operation. To ensure that the fueling process is
performed safely, the Fueling Safety division was created. The Fueling Safety division
is an independent organization that reports directly to the Commanding Officer of the
Fuel Ship. This group will monitor fueling operations and has the authority to stop or
abort fuel operations if inspectors feel that continuation may affect the safety of both
vessels or the safety of the Fuel Handlers and Fuel Transfer Operators. In charge of
this division is the Fueling Safety Officer, a line officer with the rank of Lieutenant
Junior Grade, and who reports directly to the Fuel Ship’s Commanding Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT
Star Fleet has a number of heavy transport vessels classified as Shuttlecraft Transport
or TR ships. The function of these ships is to deliver service craft to bases and stations
since most of these small craft do not have the range to travel to remote facilities. This
class of ship will always be permanently assigned to the Star Fleet Transportation
Command, specifically, the Military Space Lift Command or MILIFTCOM. Basically,
the TR class is a large vessel with a forward Primary Hull and an aft Secondary or
Service Hull. Besides shuttlecraft the TR class also contains berthing space for 1200
persons. As such, these ships are also used as personnel and troop transports. Troops
assigned to a Starbases and Garrisons will be transported there by such ships. In
addition, these ships are also used to transport regular Service members as well. However,
if the Service member, as an individual, wishes to use this form of transportation, he or
she must accommodate themselves to the transport schedule of the ship. That is, such
ships will not make special trips to unscheduled destinations simply to transport single
individuals. Such treks are very costly.
To carry out the primary responsibilities of Transport ships, each vessel will possess a
Transportation Department for the purpose of managing the equipment and personnel
that will be transported. Regarding transported craft, the Transportation Department is
only responsible for the physical storage of shuttlecraft. The actual takeoff and landing of
craft to be delivered will be performed by the ship’s Flight Operations division of the
Operations Department. However, the Transportation Department will provide the
pilots used to fly and deliver the craft to its destination.
The following table illustrates the various divisions that comprise the Transportation
officer in charge. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found in
Figure 4b25.5.
Table 4b25.6
TITLES AND RANKS OF TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT DIVISION
OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Craft Management Craft Management Officer CRFT LEUT
Passenger Services Passenger Services Officer PSRV LEUT
Troop Services Troop Berthing Officer QRTR LEUT
Transportation Safety Transportation Safety Officer SAFE LEUT
Notes:
1.
In charge of the Transportation Department is the Chief Transportation Officer

(TRS). The Chief Transportation Officer is a line officer or an officer of the Star Fleet
Supply Corps responsible for all equipment, craft, troops and passengers travelling
aboard ship. As such, commensurate with this responsibility, the Chief Transportation
Officer will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Commander.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
As previously stated, the primary function of a Star Fleet Transport ship is to transport
Star Fleet Service personnel and Shuttlecraft. Specifically, the management of service
craft will be the responsibility of the Craft Management division. The primary function of
the Craft Management division is to receive, secure, maintain and deliver Star Fleet
Shuttlecraft and other service craft to their intended destinations. However, this division
will only pilot the craft to and from the ship. It does not control the launching and retrieval
of craft to be transported. That task is the responsibility of the ship’s Flight Operations
division. The Craft Management division is typically one of the largest divisions aboard
ship and is composed of enlisted Material Supply Technicians, Craft Maintenance
Technicians, Craft Maintenance engineers, and craft Pilots. In overall charge of this
division is the Craft Management Officer, a line officer (SSC) or an officer of the
Supply Corps, usually with the rank of Lieutenant.
Although service craft are the primary cargo, Shuttlecraft Transports can also carry
Star Fleet passengers as well. As such, the Passenger Services division was created to
assist passengers with their accommodation and personal needs. Such assistance includes
quarters, dinning, personal supplies and entertainment. This division contains numerous
unrated enlisted crewmen and civilians whose job it is to cater to the needs of the
passengers. It should be noted that in the performance of its function as a personnel
transport, certain ships of this class will make frequent and scheduled runs to Star Fleet
facilities and bases. As such, personnel wishing to utilize this service must make
arrangements in advance in order to ensure a place aboard the vessel. In charge of this
division is the Passenger Services Officer, an officer of the Supply Corps, usually with
the rank of Lieutenant.
Star Fleet Shuttlecraft Transports can also ferry troops as well. Although technically
passengers, Star Fleet Marine Corps troops will not be treated like other passengers
since they will have assigned duties aboard the vessel. As such, billeting troops will be
handled by a separate organization called the Troop Services division. The function of
the Troop Services division is to accommodate troops in special compartments designed
specifically to house Marine Corps troops, and to provide troops with meals, supplies and
recreational facilities. In charge of this division is the Troop Berthing Officer, an officer
of the Supply Corps with the rank of Lieutenant.
Since the primary function of a transport vessel is the haulage of cargo and equipment,
the safety of the cargo, the freight handlers and the embarked passengers is of paramount
importance. As such, the Transportation Department of any transport ship will always
have a Transportation Safety division for the purpose of ensuring the safe handling of
cargo and the safety of the passengers. As part of its duties this division will perform
inspections and monitor cargo operations in order to ensure that service craft and cargo
are properly secured, and that the cargo handling operations were performed according to
procedures and were performed safely. In addition, this division has the responsibility to
train all passengers in ship safety and emergency procedures. In charge of this division is
the Transportation Safety Officer, an officer of the line or an officer of the Supply
Corps with the rank of Lieutenant.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FREIGHT DEPARTMENT
Star Fleet contains many ships designed to transport freight and cargo to remote
stations. The Freighter or TF is a ship designed to haul heavy freight and equipment,
specifically to Star Fleet bases and stations. These ships primarily comprise the Military
Space Lift Command or MILIFTCOM, a subdivision of the Star Fleet Transportation
Command. Freighters will also be used to haul equipment and vehicles for the Star
Fleet Construction Command for use on Star Fleet construction projects. In addition,
among the Transport (T-class) vessels the Star Fleet Transportation Command also
contains the Fleet Tug or TG class, which is a ship used primarily to haul containers and
tow crippled ships.
On Star Fleet Freighters, Fleet Tugs and cargo ships permanently assigned to the Star
Fleet Transportation Command there will be a Freight Department for the purpose
of managing the freight and cargo being transported. The Freight Department will be
responsible for the safe handling and storage of all cargo and equipment, and for safety of
the crewmembers that handle the freight.
The Freight Department is also responsible for any container attached to the vessel. As
such, there will usually be a Freight Department as part of the organization on board a
Star Fleet Tug. The following table illustrates the various divisions that comprise the
Freight Department, the title of the officer in charge of the division and the typical rank
of the officer in charge. The typical organizational structure for this division can be found
in Figure 4b25.6.
Table 4b25.7
TITLES AND RANKS OF FREIGHT DEPARTMENT DIVISION OFFICERS
Division Typical
Designation Rank
Load Planning Load Planning Officer LOAD LEUT
Freight Management Freight Management Officer FMGT LEUT
Hazardous Materials Hazardous Materials Officer HAZM LEUT
Inspection and Safety Freight Inspection and Safety Officer SAFE LEUT
Notes:
1.
In charge of the Freight Department is the Chief Cargo Officer (FRT). The Chief
Cargo Officer is a line officer or an officer of the Star Fleet Supply Corps responsible
for all freight and cargo transported aboard ship as well as any container attached to or
being towed by the vessel, and will usually have the rank of Lieutenant Commander.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FREIGHT DEPARTMENT DIVISIONS
As previously stated, the primary function of a Star Fleet Freighter is to haul heavy
freight and equipment, specifically to Star Fleet bases and stations. This heavy freight
must be loaded and stored in precise locations for easy access. As such, the Freight
Department will have a Load Planning division. The function of the Load Planning
division is to manage the loading of freight onto the vessel. The primary focus is to place
the cargo in the most efficient location for shipment to the various destinations, or for the
placement of perishable and dangerous goods, and the distribution of cargo mass, which
has an impact on the maneuverability of the vessel. In addition, the Load Planning
division also develops the loading and unloading plans of cargo aboard the ship. That is,
this division will develop the load sequences or the order of loading and unloading. In
charge of this division is the Load Planning Officer, an officer of the line with the rank
of Lieutenant.
The Freight Management division performs the actual movement of cargo onto and off
of the vessel, including the equipment used to move cargo around. As such, this division
performs the actual loading and unloading of freight, the movement of freight around the
ship and the placement of freight and equipment to assigned storage areas as specified by
the Load Planning division. The Freight Management division is also responsible for
the operation of the ship’s cargo transporters as well. As such, this division will also
contain enlisted Transporter Technicians available to operate and maintain the large
cargo transporters. These technicians, though engineering specialists, will not come from
the ship’s Engineering Department, but will be specifically assigned to this duty. In
charge of this division will be the Freight Management Officer, a junior officer of the
Supply Corps, usually with the rank of Lieutenant, but may also be a line officer as
well. Aiding the Freight Management Officer will be the Load Handling Officer who
is in charge of the actual movement of freight.
Some of the cargo transported by Star Fleet Freighters may contain hazardous or
dangerous substances. As such, the function of the Hazardous Materials division is to
manage and handle such material. This division records and maintains accounts of all
hazardous material loaded, stored and offloaded from the ship. Also, instructions will be
given to the Freight Management division as to how HAZMAT will be loaded and where.
Certain compartments within the cargo area are designed to handle specific type of
hazardous materials. For example, certain biologically sensitive chemicals will never be
stored along with radioactive materials. These materials will be stored within specific
compartments designed for a certain type of material. In charge of this division is the
Hazardous Materials Officer, an officer of the line with the rank of Lieutenant.
The primary function of the Inspection and Safety division is to ensure that the cargo
being shipped is correct and that the cargo is being safely handled and stored. This
division will audit freight safety procedures, and will monitor all loading and unloading
evolutions. As such, safety inspectors from this division will ensure that all cargo and cargo
containers are properly secured and locked in place. In addition, this division will inspect
shipping manifests to ensure that the proper equipment is being shipped, and that
dangerous goods are loaded and stored in the proper locations. In charge of this division is
the Freight Inspection and Safety Officer, an officer of the line with the rank of
Lieutenant.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
The subsequent pages present the organizational charts of all the divisions within the
Department of the Star Fleet, as well as some of the major offices or bureaus within
their respective division, and are presented in order of their division number. These charts
generally represent the “Chain of Command” within each division. These charts will be
referred to throughout the remaining sections of this chapter.
The title blocks of each office contains the office or command title, the Command
Designation and the specified rank of the officer holding that position. The Command
Designation is a shorthand version of the office title.
Department Number Department Name

Department
FLT
Department Designator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b25.1
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP DEPARTMENTS: FLIGHT OPERATIONS

Department
FLT
6100 6200 Craft Maintenance

6300 Craft Ordnance
6400 Craft Fueling
Flight Control
FCON CMNT CWEP CFUL
6500 Flightdeck
6600 Hangar Deck
Division Division
FDEK HDEK

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b25.2
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP DEPARTMENTS: SHIP REPAIR DEPARTMENT
7000 Ship Repair

Department
REP
7100 7200 Repair Management

7300 Mechanical Systems
7400 Electrical Systems
Systems Engineering
ENGR RMGT MECH ELER
7500 3600 Parts

7700 Fabrication
7800 Service Craft Repair
Hull Repair
HULL PRTS FABR CRFP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b25.3
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP DEPARTMENTS: MATERIALS DEPARTMENT
7000 Materials
Department
SUP
7100 7200 Materials Accounting

7300 Delivery Management
7400 Spare Parts and Tools
Material Supply
Requirements Division Division Division Division
MREQ MACC DMGT PRTS
7500 Food Stores

7600 Ship Stores
7700 Consumable Products
7800 Auxiliary Systems
Division Division Division Supply Division
FOOD STOR CONS AUXS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b25.4
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP DEPARTMENTS: FUELING DEPARTMENT
7000 Fueling
Department
FUL
7100 7200 Propulsion Fuel

7300 Small Craft Fuel
7400 Reactor Fuel
Fuel Supply
FSUP PFUL CFUL RFUL
7500 High-Energy Waste

7600 Fueling Safety
Division Division
EWST SAFE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b25.5
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP DEPARTMENTS: TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT
8000 Transportation
Department
TRS
8100 8200 8300 8400

Craft Management Passenger Services Troop Services Transportation Safety
CRFT PSRV QRTR SAFE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b25.6
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP DEPARTMENTS: FREIGHT DEPARTMENT
8000 Freight
Department
FRT
8100 8200 8300 8400 Inspection and Safety

Load Planning Freight Management Hazardous Materials
LOAD FMGT HAZM SAFE

CONFIDENTIAL
FEDERATION SECURITY
INFORMATION
NOFORN
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.0 STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATION

In this chapter the basic operations performed aboard Star Fleet ships will be examined.
As such, this chapter will be dedicated to most of the activities that Star Fleet ships and
their crews may be engaged in. Some of the activities are performed daily and are part of
the normal routine of the ship, while others are performed infrequently or may be related
to an emergency that may occur aboard ship.
In general, all operations aboard a Star Fleet ship and craft are the responsibility of the
Commanding Officer of the ship. As stated in Star Fleet Regulation 4120: “The
responsibility of the Commanding Officer for his command is absolute, except when, and
to the extent, relieved there from by competent authority, or as provided otherwise in
these regulations. The authority of the Commanding Officer is commensurate with his
responsibility. While he may, at his discretion, and when not contrary to law or regulations,
delegate authority to his subordinates for the execution of details, such delegation of
authority shall in no way relieve the Commanding Officer of his continued responsibility for
the safety, well-being and efficiency of his command.”
As stated above, this chapter will describe the various operations performed on board ship.
Each section of this chapter describes a specific set of operations, which will be outlined in
the paragraphs below:
Section 3.1 describes the types of missions and functions that Star Fleet ships may be
involved in. These functions were derived from the basic purpose for the Department of
the Star Fleet as specified in the Articles of Federation and the Star Fleet Charter.
Section 3.2 delves into the handling and navigation of Star Fleet ships, which is the
process of locating, plotting, steering and directing the motion of a vessel in open space.
As such, the function of Section 3.2 is to describe the principles, procedures and rules
dealing with the control and maneuverability of Star Fleet vessels.
Section 3.3 explores the various functions performed on a regular basis and constitutes the
normal routine of a typical Star Fleet ship. Routine ship operations, therefore, refer to the
internal functions and activities that are performed on a regular and scheduled basis.
The function of Section 3.4 is to define and describe the various levels of readiness of Star
Fleet ships, which are known as the ship’s Material Conditions of Readiness. As such,
material conditions will be defined as the arrangement of doors, hatches, fittings, electrical
and the ventilation system to meet a specific level of readiness.
Section 3.5 goes into tactical operations, which are defined as the strategies used when
encountering vessels in space. As such, this section will outline the processes and actions
taken when encountering ships and vessels in deep space, the primary purpose of which is
to protect, defend and preserve the security of the command as required under Star Fleet
Regulation 4670.
Section 3.6 deals with emergencies that may occur aboard ship and how they are handled.
In addition, this section will describe the actions that are taken during certain emergencies
and the organizations set up to handle such emergencies.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
All Star Fleet ships must continuously perform maintenance onboard the ship. As such,
Section 3.7 will be dedicated to keeping a Star Fleet ship in top running condition to meet
any situation. This section will go into normal onboard maintenance and repairs, in-service
inspections, major repairs, as well as refits and overhauls of Star Fleet ships.
Section 3.8 delves into the security of Star Fleet ships. As such, this section will describe
the various security areas aboard ship, how visitors and passengers are handled, how
unauthorized persons onboard are handled, and a description of the duties of the onboard
security forces.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.1 FUNCTIONAL OPERATIONS

In general, the function of Star Fleet ships is the same as that for the Department of
the Star Fleet itself, that is: 1) to defend the Federation, 2) to keep the peace, 3) to
explore new worlds, and 4) to bring in new worlds and civilizations into the United
Federation. In summary, Star Fleet ships carry out the functions and missions of the
Federation as stipulated in the Articles of Federation.
Control of Federation space is the number one objective of a Star Fleet ship. As such,
Star Fleet ships are built with firepower that is superior to any vessel within, or known to
exist, outside the Federation (as the technology allows) as required under ARTICLE 53 of
the Articles of Federation. Therefore, this section will primarily deal with those specific
functions performed by Starships and will not consider the standard operations of those
vessels that support the fleet in the performance of such functions.
STAR FLEET SHIP MISSIONS
The basic functions, as stated above, will usually be translated into missions and other
operational assignments. There are basically two categories of missions that may be given
to Starships: 1) Standard Missions, and 2) Special Missions. Both of these types will
be described in the subsequent paragraphs.
Standard Missions, otherwise known as Patrol Missions, are the basic functions that
all Starships will normally be assigned to perform such as peacekeeping, exploration and
patrolling hostile areas of space. As such, the operations performed within the Standard
Mission profile will be those usually outlined in the command orders issued to Starship
Commanding Officers at the beginning of their five-year mission cycle, which is the
standard patrol cycle given to all Starships. These are required functions that Starship
Commanders must perform in the normal course of their patrol duties. An example of
such an order can be found in Section 6.2 of Volume II of the Star Fleet Command
Manual.
Special Missions are specific assignments given to ships while they are engaged in their
regular patrol duties or specially assigned for detached duty and usually involve operations
that are outside the normal functions of the vessel. Such missions include diplomatic and
other non-military missions, special intelligence missions, missions involving the execution
of Transitory Security Arrangements, or the suppression of insurrection and rebellion
upon legally recognized governments of the Federation. Such missions are usually rare,
but are of vital importance to the security of the Federation.
In general, missions are assigned to Star Fleet ships by Star Ship Command, the
subdivision of Star Fleet Operations that manages ship operations. And except in the
case where a Star Fleet ship Commanding Officer must respond to a situation on his
own, all missions and operations assigned to Star Fleet ships come from Star Ship
Command. Mission orders and profiles will generally come to the ship by subspace radio
– either as a secure verbal message or as a written coded message. Such mission orders
and communications will be directed to the Commanding Officer of the vessel. All
mission orders and profiles will be transmitted to the fleet by the Star Fleet Office of
Fleet Communications as stated in Volume II of the Star Fleet Command Manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EXPLORATION MISSIONS
As stipulated in ARTICLE 6 of the Star Fleet Charter, Star Fleet is the chief exploration
and colonization agency for the Federation. As such, the majority of the exploration
missions will be assigned to the Operating Forces for the purposes of:
a. Galactic surveying and mapping,

b. Expanding Federation boundaries,
c. Establishing Federation colonies,
d. Establishing trade and commerce centers,
e. Finding new sources of natural resources, and
f. To seek-out new civilizations for membership.
Star Fleet has specific vessels and personnel to perform this function. At this time the
fleet contains fourteen survey vessels, with the designation of SV, exclusively designed to
explore, survey and chart Federation and unexplored space. Hence, the Star Fleet
Exploration Command, a division of Star Fleet Operations, was created to initiate
and manage such missions, tasks and assignments for these survey vessels and it will be
the Star Fleet Exploration Command that will have complete control over the survey
class of vessels within Star Fleet. A description of these vessels and their functions can be
found in Section 6.3 of Volume II of the Star Fleet Command Manual. This organization
will generally plan the survey and exploration missions based upon the direction and
information from the following sources:
1. The Star Fleet Strategic Plan,

2. The Star Fleet Office of Strategic Planning,
3. The Star Fleet Office of Space Surveys, and
4. Star Fleet Intelligence.
However, the entire fleet, and not only the Exploration Command, has standing orders
to explore and map the areas of space they are currently patrolling when not actively
engaged in a particular mission. Specifically, General Order Eleven is the directive
requiring all Star Fleet vessels to engage in exploration activities. General Order Eleven
specifically states: “All Star Fleet ships engaging in the normal course of their patrol duties
shall, if conditions permit, explore, map, and otherwise survey the areas of space they are
currently patrolling. In addition to exploring space all Star Fleet ships shall examine and
study all natural or unusual phenomena in the region of space in which they are
conducting their patrol mission.” This is part of the multiple roles that Starships perform.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SCIENTIFIC MISSIONS
Star Fleet is the chief scientific and research agency for the Federation as stipulated in
ARTICLE 5 of the Star Fleet Charter. All Star Fleet commands, whether ship or base,
have standing orders to investigate any phenomenon they encounter during their patrol.
This applies to all types of commands except for the Fleet Marine Corps. Therefore, all
Star Fleet commands, particularly ships, will be given missions designed to carry-out the
scientific function of Star Fleet.
Aside from standing orders, Star Fleet Command will assign specific scientific missions
to the Operating Forces. Star Fleet contains special scientific and laboratory vessels
and personnel to perform this function. The fleet contains about eleven such vessels, with
a designation of SL, specifically tasked to perform scientific study within Federation and
unknown space. The missions, tasks and assignments of these vessels are initiated by the
Star Fleet Office of Space Research (OSR) within the Star Fleet Science division.
However, it is Star Fleet Operations that has complete control over the assignment of
all vessels within the fleet, including scientific vessels. A description and an explanation of
the functions of these ships and the missions they will normally be assigned can be found
in Section 6.3 of Volume II of the Star Fleet Command Manual.
In addition to special science vessels, most of the capital ships of the Star Fleet contain
their own scientific and laboratory facilities, and as with the science vessels, the Office of
Space Research will coordinate with Star Fleet Operations regarding the assignment
of scientific missions to Star Fleet ships and their crews.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SECURITY PATROL MISSIONS
The primary function of Star Fleet is to protect the Federation, its properties, planets
and all its peoples as required under ARTICLE 48 of the Articles of Federation. To most
effectively carry out its military missions, Star Fleet maintains a large fleet of warships
and other armed vessels. The Articles of Federation was written with the requirement
that heavily armed ‘Starships’ be constructed for the maintenance of peace and security.
Specifically, ARTICLE 74 of the Charter dictates that Star Fleet design and construct these
powerful warships.
Military operations will generally be carried-out near the outer boundaries of Federation
space, especially where there may be hostile forces in the area. In these areas Star Fleet
stands guard, usually with heavy capital ships, ready to repel any invasion or incursion into
Federation space. The majority of the operations in these areas are maneuvers designed
to confuse hostile forces, but positioned such that the combatants can quickly respond to
any incursion. Typically, these maneuvers will be performed near Neutral Zones.
Part of Star Fleet’s military mission is to protect Federation trade as required under
ARTICLE 3 of the Star Fleet Charter. To accomplish this goal, Star Fleet Operations
will assign light escort vessels to patrol commercial trade routes. Their mission is to protect
the commercial vessels from pirates and other activities that may disrupt the flow of
commerce. As such, Star Fleet is given authority to use force, if necessary, to stop or
prevent piracy in open space as part of its military function. In addition, commercial
enterprises may request escort protection if it can demonstrate that their vessels are in
certain danger of attack, or that must be escorted through unknown space where a history
of attack has been demonstrated. Requests of this type must be made to the Federation
Council for approval.
In addition to its military function, Star Fleet has the obligation of enforcing Federation
laws within the territories of the Federation and therefore, acts as a form of police force,
monitoring and patrolling space for compliance with Federation laws and to ensure the
safety of vessels within the territories. However, Star Fleet will not specifically assign
vessels or forces to perform only law enforcement duty. This function is part of the normal
military duties executed by Star Fleet forces. Also as part of its law enforcement role,
Star Fleet will also function as the judicial arm of the Federation in deep space.
Federation courts do not extend to the outer boundaries of Federation space and
therefore, Star Fleet is empowered with judicial authority in the outlying territories and as
such, has the authority to establish courts within these regions. However, in the extremely
distant regions of Federation space, the Starship Commander has judicial authority.
That is, a Starship Commander can exercise judicial authority when, because of current
tactical conditions, he is unable to transport defendants to the nearest Star Fleet or
Federation facility in a timely manner. In such cases the Starship Commander may
convene a court consisting of his senior officers and a member of the crew acting as
counsel for the defense. But in most instances, the Starship Commander will investigate
the crime, interrogate the individual and hand that person over to the nearest Star Fleet
authority.
Lastly, non-military vessels, private and commercial, account for 80% of the space traffic
within the Federation, the bulk of which is primarily in and around the Federation
Treaty Zone. Therefore, as part of its law-enforcement function, Star Fleet will monitor
and regulate the flow of space traffic within these areas.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COLONY SUPPORT MISSIONS
As specified in ARTICLE 9 of the Star Fleet Charter, Star Fleet is the primary agency for
the logistical support of all Federation colonies, outposts and expeditions. In addition to
logistical support, Star Fleet has the added responsibility of providing humanitarian or
any other assistance when disasters occur to any Federation system or entity. This is
why Starships have a relatively large medical staff. Therefore, when a planet or social
system is struck with disaster, it is the specific duty of Star Fleet to come to the aid of the
stricken planet or system. Aid may be in the form of food or medical attention and
supplies; to provide the equipment and materials needed to mitigate or prevent the
disaster from worsening; to provide transportation for evacuation, and to provide, to the
extent possible, shelter.
Since Star Fleet initiated many of the colonies and expeditions, they are commonwealths
of the Federation and thus, come under the protection of Star Fleet. As such, it is the
duty and responsibility of Star Fleet ships to provide security and protection to these
colonies and expeditions, which has been codified in Star Fleet Command General
Order Nineteen. Therefore, Starships will generally be deployed with the responsibility
to protect these outposts and its personnel from invading forces or other illegal activities.
Starships will periodically visit and make official calls to remote colonies and expeditions
as part of their normal patrol duties to ensure the safety and security of these outposts
and to provide essential law enforcement services. And as part of their law enforcement
function, Starship Commanders have the authority to inspect these settlements for
compliance with Federation colonization regulations, and the enforcement of Federation
law. In the enforcement of Federation law, Starship Commanders have jurisdiction
over all outposts and colonies that are inside Federation space and some that are outside
Federation space.
In addition to protection, Star Fleet ships also support colonies and expeditions by
providing them with needed food, equipment and other supplies. Such support is usually in
the form of prescheduled supply calls to these colonies and expeditions by the Star Fleet
Transportation Command. However, line Starships may also be tasked with fulfilling
the supply requirements of specific civilian colonies and expeditions. In addition to supply
calls, a Star Fleet ship will also call on colonies and expeditions for periodic health
certifications and to report on the condition of such colonies and expeditions as required
by law. In general, however, Star Fleet ships are not responsible for the logistical support
of private or commercial colonies or other enterprises. This function is entirely the
responsibility of the organization that established the colony or outpost.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GALACTIC SURVEY MISSIONS
Establishing and maintaining Federation territory is defined as physically setting the

boundaries of the Federation and to periodically check that the boundaries are correct in
accordance with NAVREG-106. As such, Star Fleet ships will survey Federation space
in the outlying regions in order to establish the spatial boundaries and to reconcile these
boundaries against the treaties and agreements to which they were established. When the
surveys and measurements have been completed marker buoys will be placed by the ship
that will send both visual and electronic signals indicating the boundaries of Federation
space. Star Fleet ships will periodically travel to the buoys and ensure that they function
properly and are positioned at the correct location as required by NAVREG-106.
Along with maintaining Federation space, Star Fleet is the primary agency for exploring
new space as specified in ARTICLE 21 of the Star Fleet Charter. As such, Starship
Commanders are authorized to expand the boundaries of Federation space by entering
and exploring new regions outside the Federation. This function is part of the normal
patrol mission of any Starship as stipulated in General Orders Eleven and Twenty-
Six. When performing this function, Starships will survey the area of space being
explored and will update the Standard Star Charts of the Federation as required under
NAVREG-105.
A Star Fleet ship will survey and chart the newly explored region and if possible, set up a
small research station on a suitable planet, moon or asteroid in the new area. The function
of the research team will depend upon the reason the installation was established. The
reasons may range from engineering and scientific studies, in order to obtain critical
information regarding any natural resources, perform military studies to determine the
suitability of establishing a permanent Star Fleet base, or to perform agricultural or other
such studies as a prelude to colonization. No matter the reason, these survey teams are
typically manned by Starship scientific personnel and are usually of short duration.
Other survey missions include the updating of star charts every ten years as required by
NAVREG-105 and the re-calibration of the Federation Standard Coordinate System
that is required to be performed every thirty years, under NAVREG-104, to account for
changes in the position of stellar bodies.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SPECIAL MISSIONS
As previously stated, Special Missions are specific assignments given to ships that are
beyond the normal duties of the vessel. They are customarily ad hoc activities that are
outside the scope of the ship’s routine and the ship commander's patrol orders. Such
missions include diplomatic and other non-military missions, special intelligence missions,
missions involving the execution of Transitory Security Arrangements, or the
suppression of insurrection and rebellion upon legally recognized governments of the
Federation. An example of such a special mission may be the transport of envoys and
delegations to a peace conference. In general, such special missions will almost always be
initiated by the Federation Council or the Military Staff Committee and given to Star
Fleet ships for execution.
Special Missions that involve covert operations are generally called “Black Operations” or
“SPECOPS.” SPECOPS are covert operations designed to perform some military objective
using standard Star Fleet assets instead of the assets of Star Fleet Intelligence. Such
missions are usually highly classified and require a high degree of secrecy by the crew.
SPECIAL MISSION CASE STUDY
One such SPECOPS mission involved a Star Fleet ship that entered Romulan territory in
order to abscond with a new cloaking device the Romulans had developed. The new device
was compact and with the right link to the warp engines, could easily be mounted on any
warp-driven vessel. It had only recently been proved that the Romulans were purchasing
warp-driven D-7 cruisers from the Klingons since they were far behind the other worlds in
warp drive technology. However, the Klingons did not have a working cloaking device and
as such, the D-7 sold to the Romulans needed to be modified. Deep cover agents of the
Federation discovered this and sent the information to the Federation Intelligence
Agency. This caused great concern since warp-driven enemy warships can now enter
Federation space undetected. Therefore, it was decided that the Federation would need
to acquire such a device in order to return the balance of power back to the Federation.
Such a mission was executed and the ship successfully entered Romulan space, infiltrated
a Romulan ship and obsconded with the device. The actual methods and procedures
employed still remains CLASSIFIED. It should also be noted that missions involving the
entry into a Neutral Zone requires special authorization from the Federation Council.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STAR FLEET SHIP DUTY ROTATION
Although Star Fleet ships are generally assigned to a specific fleet, ships will periodically
be reassigned to other units as well. This is commonly known as Fleet Duty Rotation,
which is basically the swapping of one or more ships from one fleet to another, or from
one squadron to another. An equal exchange of ships is usually performed in order to
maintain the proper balance of ships among the various fleet units; to meet some specific
goal or strategic objective; to prevent hostiles from becoming too familiar with the routine
of the ship patrolling the area; and to provide special recognition to crews for exemplary
performance. A more detailed treatment of such rotations can be found in Section 3.7 of
Volume II of the Star Fleet Command Manual.
Fleet Rotation may also be performed when a ship undergoes an overhaul or a major
refit. This will generally be performed after the five-year patrol mission when a ship
returns and undergoes a refit, which will generally take up to two years. During this period
the ship is taken out of service. When the refit is complete and the ship is ready for space,
another ship may be entering its refit cycle. The recently outfitted ship will replace the
incoming vessel if it is of the same class. In any case Fleet Rotation will be exercised by
Star Fleet Operations.
Star Fleet ships may also have their duty mission changed as well. This is generally
referred to as Ship Duty Rotation, which is defined as the periodic reassignment of the
mission of the ship from one function to another. For example, a ship on a five-year patrol
mission at the fringes of Federation space may be reassigned to pure exploration duty or
may be involved in diplomatic duty within the Federation Treaty Zone or elsewhere. As
with Fleet Rotation, control of Ship Duty Rotation will also be exercised by Star Fleet
Operations.
Fleet Commanders will also periodically move their ship forces around as well. In this
scenario a Star Fleet ship may be reassigned or swapped between Fleet Squadrons. In
this situation the Fleet Commander will require approval from Star Fleet Operations
since the Star Fleet Ship Registry will have to be modified to reflect the change.
However, such approval is not required in times of war because Fleet Commanders
require the freedom to move their forces about to meet operational needs.
Battle Groups are generally deployed to areas on a rotational basis. Each Battle Group
will be assigned a sector on a rotational basis. That is, a Battle Group will be assigned to
patrol a sector for a specified period of time, usually around nine months, before it is
reassigned to a different sector, or is relieved by another Battle Group. Typically, Battle
Groups are assigned to sectors or sectors near Neutral Zones close to potential trouble
areas, but at least one Battle Group will always be assigned to Sector 001. When not
patrolling the sector, a Battle Group will typically “Anchor” near the Sector Starbase for
an extended leave period.
In addition to ship rotation, individuals will also be rotated to other ships throughout the
fleet. This provides crew members with valuable and varied experiences. However,
individuals within Star Ship Command will rarely ever get permanent shore duty since
that will require a transfer from one branch of service to another. This form of rotation is
discussed in detail in Section 9.3 of Volume III of the Star Fleet Command Manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STAR FLEET COMMAND STANDING ORDERS
Standing Orders are those that, when issued, remain in effect until it is rescinded by the
issuing officer or countermanded by higher authority. Star Fleet Command Standing
Orders are directives issued by Star Fleet Operations for the purpose of executing a
specific Operations policy. For example, while on a mission all Star Fleet ships will have
certain directives regarding the operations they will perform while they are on patrol. Most
of these are outlined in the mission orders given to the ship’s Commanding Officer
when assuming command or embarking on the five-year patrol mission.
A General Order, on the other hand, is a published directive, originated by a commander,

and binding upon all personnel under his command, the purpose of which is to enforce a
policy or procedure unique to his unit's situation which is not otherwise addressed in
applicable regulations, military or public law. Star Fleet General Orders are ‘standing
orders’ issued by the Director: Star Fleet Command to all commanders and Star Fleet
personnel. The primary function of these General Orders is to codify the basic functions
of Star Fleet, as established by the Star Fleet Charter or Star Fleet Regulations, into
specific directives that must be carried-out. A complete listing of Star Fleet General
Orders can be found in Section 5.7 of Volume II of the Star Fleet Command Manual.
The table below lists the most common Star Fleet General Orders applicable to Star
Fleet ships on patrol.
Table 4b31.1
TABLE OF APPLICABLE GENERAL ORDERS
RELATING TO STANDARD STARSHIP PATROL MISSIONS
General
General Order Title Directive Description and Applicability
Order
General Order 1 or the Prime Directive is always
1 Cultural Non-Interference applicable.
4 Protection of Federation Space The primary objective of all Star Fleet ships.
Federation security is the primary aim of Star Fleet.
Protection of Federation Therefore, it is necessary that commercial trade be
5 protected at all times from enemies, pirates and
Commerce
other illegal activities.
General Order 9 is applicable at all times and to all
9 Ship Handling persons standing the command watch.
It is a standing order that all Star Fleet ships
explore space, map and chart space sectors, make
11 Space Exploration galactic surveys, study all natural and unnatural
phenomenon, and to seek out new life and new
civilizations.
17 Federation Law Enforcement A primary objective of all Star Fleet ships.
Applicable to all Star Fleet ships on patrol since
19 Federation Colonies protecting and supporting Federation colonies is a
primary objective of Star Fleet.
25 First Contact Associated with General Order 11
26 New Space Identification Associated with General Order 11
27 Drug and Contraband Interdiction Associated with General Order 17
Out of the General Orders, Star Fleet Command may issue specific Standing Orders.
For example, under General Order 11 Star Fleet Command has a standing order to
“Investigate all quasars and quasar-like phenomenon where ever they are encountered.”[1]

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ASSIGNMENT TO MISSIONS
Missions are assigned to Star Fleet ships by Star Ship Command, the subdivision of
Star Fleet Operations which handles ship operations. And except in the case where a
Star Fleet ship Commanding Officer must respond to a local situation on his own, all
missions and operations assigned to Star Fleet ships come from Star Ship Command.
As such, Star Ship Command is the primary organization responsible for the assignment
of missions to Starships. However, the mission goals and objectives usually originate
from Star Fleet Operations. But in general, the assignment and rotation of Star Fleet
ships to missions and operations will be the sole responsibility of Star Ship Command -
specifically, the Office of Star Fleet Ship Operations. The function of the Office of
Star Fleet Ship Operations is to manage the entire fleet in terms of their functions,
operations and missions. This office plans the missions assigned to it by higher authority,
assigns such missions to fleets and other operational units along with the Rules of
Engagement that are to be applied during such missions, and will monitor and maintain
the whereabouts of all ships within the fleet.
Within the Office of Star Fleet Ship Operations is the Star Fleet Ship Assignment
Section, which is solely responsible for assigning Star Fleet ships and craft to Sectors,
Fleets, Squadrons, Divisions and other operating units and spatial areas. This section is
also responsible for designating and managing the various Fleets, Flotillas, Groups and
other operational units in space. It is the Star Fleet Ship Assignment Section that
issues all the orders to Fleet Commanders regarding the operations and missions to
which they are assigned.
In summary, mission orders and profiles will generally come to the ship by subspace radio,
either as a secure verbal message or as a written coded message. Such mission orders and
communications will be directed to the Commanding Officer of the vessel. All mission
orders and profiles will be transmitted to the fleet by the Star Fleet Office of Fleet
Communications as stated in Sections 5.4 and 5.6 of Volume II of the Star Fleet
Command Manual.
RECORD OF MISSIONS
Aboard ship, all missions will be recorded within the Captain’s Log as required by Star
Fleet Regulation 4530. All aspects of a mission, including locations, activities and
actions, shall be entered into the Captain’s Log by means of the Local Stardate*. All
persons standing the Officer of the Conn watch shall make proper entries into the
Captain’s Log using the Local Stardate as the log entry point.
*The Local Stardate begins at the time the Commanding Officer takes command of the vessel. From that point
forward, the ship’s Chronometer will mark time and will enter the Local Stardate into all logs. All ship’s time is
marked in Local Stardates, including all time spent in shipyards and docks. When a new Commanding Officer
takes over command, the Local Stardate will be reset to 0.0.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.2 STAR FLEET SHIP HANDLING

Ship handling is the process of locating, plotting, steering and directing the motion of a
vessel in open space, which is also known as navigation or astrogation. The function of
this section is to describe the principles, procedures and rules dealing with the control and
maneuvering of Star Fleet vessels. This section will also describe the systems that are
involved in ship handling as well. In general, all ship handling will be performed at the
Helm and Navigation station located on the bridge of all Star Fleet ships and it is the
responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the ship to ensure that his ship is handled
properly and safely as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4850.
Navigation is the science or art of conducting ships or vessels from one place to another,
including, more especially, the method of determining a ship's position, course, distance
passed over, etc., in space, by the principles of geometry and astronomy. Two tasks define
navigation: (1) determining present location, and (2) planning a safe and reliable means of
reaching a destination. Both of these tasks are the responsibility of the ship’s Navigator.
As such, the ship’s Navigator will primarily be occupied in the planning of the ship’s course.
In general, all space vessels must plan their travel routes in advance, before venturing out
into deep space. Route planning is greatly affected by the type of propulsion, gravitational
potential, obstacles and other hazards (such as radiation) in space, as well as the distance
or time from the destination. For Star Fleet ships route planning is performed by the
ship’s Navigator, but will be sent to the Office of Star Fleet Ship Operations through
Mission Control.
GENERAL SHIP NAVIGATION
The most important aspect of ship handling is to ascertain where the ship is currently
located in space and how it must get to its destination. This is accomplished via the Ship’s
Inertial Navigations System or SINS. The SINS is a system of motion sensing devices
and computers that can accurately determine the ship’s current location and the direction
it is traveling. All control of the ships direction or course is plotted through the SINS,
which will make the required changes in the ship’s attitude and direction of travel.
There is no unique direction in space such as north or south. However, to standardize a

direction or “Compass Card”, Federation navigational computers are calibrated to point to
the center of the Federation at 000-MARK-000, using the SCS coordinate system. This
is known as the reference point and is programmed into the navigational computers of
every Federation vessel. However, should a ship’s navigational computer become
corrupted or damaged in any way and the reference point is lost, the ship’s crews will find
it very difficult to know where they are and where they are going. The Navigator of a
ship may attempt to retrace using what is available from their navigational logs, but if all
information is lost, the only way to recalibrate the navigational computer is to take a fix on
a known object. In this case, galaxies are known and relatively fixed objects and the
procedure would be to take a bearing on the Andromeda galaxy (118-MARK-032) and to
attempt to get an accurate bearing on the center of this galaxy as well. Using these points
a good estimate as to the location of the center of the Federation can be estimated. This
is known as the Flat Disk Method of Bearing Estimating, which is described in more
detail in Appendix C of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP’S COMPASS
The ship’s compass is a device used to determine the direction of travel of a vessel in
three dimensions. It is composed of two Fiber Optic Laser Gyros at orthogonal angles to
each other. The sensor is a coil of optical fiber as much as 5 km long. A Fiber Optic Gyro
(FLG) is a device that utilizes the Sagnac Effect of two counter-rotating monochromatic
beams of laser light that are emitted by a laser diode. As the device rotates in any
direction a phase shift occurs as the two beams interfere when combined due to the
change in the path of travel of the beams. The intensity of the combined beam determines
the rotation rate of the device. The resulting signals are then fed into the Ship’s Inertial
Navigations System (SINS) computers to accurately determine the ship’s path of travel.
Fiber Optic Gyros provide extremely precise rotational rate information, in part because
of its lack of cross-axis sensitivity to vibration, acceleration, and shock. Unlike the classic
spinning-mass gyroscope, this type of gyro has virtually no moving parts and no inertial
resistance to movement.
SHIP COURSES AND BEARINGS
A Course is the current or intended direction of travel of a vessel in space. A Course is

expressed in degrees using the MARK designation in the SCS system relative to the ship.
Typically, a course is set to a specific location in space, such as a planet or stellar system,
and programmed in using the Federation Absolute Coordinate System (SCS).
Courses are plotted and “Laid-in” by the Helmsman using the ship’s Helm Plotter or
Astrogator located in the center of the Helm Control Panel on the Bridge as shown in
Figures 4b32.5 and 4b32.6. A complete description of the Helm Control Panel can be
found in Volume V, Part 3, Chapter 4 and in STARSHIPS 534-3301. The Helmsman
enters or “Lays-in” the course since it is the Helmsman’s responsibility for steering and
directing the ship.
A Bearing is the direction of an object in space relative to the vessel’s Course. A

Bearing is also expressed in degrees, but in Federation Relative Coordinate System
or RCS coordinates as illustrated in Figures 4b32.1 to 4b32.3. In most cases a Bearing is
taken either of a star or planet of interest, or on any vessel within sensor range. Taking a
“Fix” or a bearing is the responsibility of the ship’s Navigator or the person standing the
Navigator watch.
COURSE ERROR
All compasses tend to display some level of error, which must be compensated. Travelling
at Warp speeds for long distances the slightest error in a ship’s course could result in
significant variance from the intended destination. Usually there is a difference of several
minutes, but even this small difference could mean thousands of kilometers off the desired
course. For example, traveling to a destination that is two light-years away, a two minute
deviation could cause the ship to be off course by as much as 24 au. This difference is
known as the Total Compass Error, which is the sum of Spatial Variation () and
Gyroscopic Deviation () and is designated by the Greek character Epsilon (). Course
error is usually measured by the Navigator using the Course Deviation Indicator as

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
REQUIRED NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT
The Interplanetary Rules contain regulations regarding the number and types of
equipment required to prevent collisions in space. Specifically, such equipment is in the
form of lights, signals and radio beacons. As such, all the rules pertaining to lights and
signals must be followed by all vessels operating in Federation space. While operating
within Federation space, every vessel or craft is prevented by law from showing any
other form of lighting or to transmit any signal other than that required which might be
mistaken for other lights and signals, or from hiding the view of such lighting, or changing
the brightness of required lighting, or changing the intensity or pattern of any navigational
signal. As such, the following subsections will describe the required equipment each
Federation vessel must have.
RUNNING LIGHTS
NAVREG-214 requires that all Federation vessels are required to be equipped with
operating Running Lights, which must be mounted on the Port and Starboard sides of
the vessel as illustrated in Figure 4b32.10. These are flashing lights, which are colored as
specified: RED on the Port side, and GREEN on the Starboard side. The specification for
Running Lights on Star Fleet ships is as follows:
Table 4b32.1
RUNNING LIGHT SPECIFICATION
Location Specification
P/S Top-Outboard: 30 cm diameter continuously operating lights.
P/S Top-Inboard: 75 cm running lights flashing in unison port and starboard every 1.5 seconds.
P/S Lower-Center: 75 cm running lights flashing in unison with the top running lights every 1.5 seconds.
Bow Top-Center: 75 cm optional continuous white light.
Bow Lights are optional on Star Fleet ships, but many have them. They are continuous
white lights used for the purpose of indicating ship direction of motion. That is, if one can
see a Bow Light it is an indication that the ship is approaching, if not, then the ship is
receding. However, the location of the Port and Starboard Running Lights will usually
indicate the direction of travel. It must be noted that such lights are primarily used for
visual identification at low or sublight speeds, and are ineffective at Warp speeds.
ANCHOR LIGHTS
Anchor Lights are spotlights used to illuminate the Registry Number of the ship or
craft. They are normally shutdown during flight, but are turned on when moored or
anchored in a Drydock or station.
LIGHTS FASTENED TO POWER-DRIVEN CRAFT
Low speed craft of 10 metric tons or less, or 45 meters or less in length do not require Port
and Starboard running lights, but must have mounted Bow and Stern lights. The Bow light
is for illuminating objects forward of the craft as a visual aid since most of the small craft
do not have sensors. This type of light is a bright white or clear beam called a “Headlight.”
The Stern light is to mark it as a small craft. This light is a bright RED light that must be
visible for at least 15 kilometers away with the unaided eye.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LIGHTS FASTENED TO TOWED VESSELS
Towed craft, such as containers and other unpowered vessels, must also have mounted
Running Lights as well. However, unlike standard running lights, which are mounted
Port and Starboard, these lights are mounted Fore and Aft of the vessel and at the top and
bottom of the vessel. The function of these lights is to let other ships know what type of
vessel it is and to determine its orientation or movement by observing the color of the
lights. Their colors are as follows: AMBER for the Forward light, and RED for the Stern
light. These lights will continuously flash, in unison, every two seconds.
NAVIGATION SIGNALS AND BEACONS
By law, all Federation vessels are required to emit an identity or Registry Beacon at all
times[2]. The function of this beacon is to identify a vessel to other vessels as it is being
encountered in space. This beacon emits a specific signal that identifies it as a Federation
vessel, its Registry Number, Commissioned Name and the system of origin. However,
Star Fleet specific Registry Beacons do not send a system of origin, but merely identify
it as a Federation government vessel.
DISTRESS SIGNALS
The Interplanetary Rules also include how distress calls shall be made and the response
to them. When a vessel in space is in distress and requires assistance from other vessels
or from a shore location, the following signals to be used or displayed by the vessel, either
together or separately:
1. A continuous radio signal transmitting the Interplanetary Distress Code. This is an

automatic signal consisting of a series of twelve bursts or dashes, sent within a one
minute interval. Each burst or dash being four seconds long, and the duration of the
interval between any two consecutive dashes being one second.
2. A signal sent by standard or subspace radio consisting of the spoken word ‘Help.’
Accompanying the signal will be verbal description of the problem and what assistance
is necessary.
3. For Star Fleet vessels, a continuous Code 1 Emergency transmission by means of
both normal and subspace radio.
4. A rocket beacon displaying a flashing blue light.
5. For armed vessels, four short low-power Phaser bursts at 4 second intervals every 5
minutes.
6. Launching the ship’s Recorder Marker[3].
Regarding the use of the above signals, it is against Federation law for anyone to use
any of the above signals, or any other signal which may be confused with them, except for
the purpose of indicating that a vessel is in distress. This includes space stations as well as
space vessels.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
NAVIGATIONAL DEFLECTORS
All Federation vessels are equipped with Navigational Deflectors. By law, any
Federation vessel that travels at speeds exceeding 20,000 kph must have such deflectors
as part of the ship’s safety equipment. These are beam devices that sweep space far
ahead of the vessel’s path for dust and minor debris. This is critical for the safe navigation
of any vessel since striking any particle of dust or debris at high speed can result in major
damage to a vessel’s hull and pressure boundaries. Such Navigational Deflectors
perform the sweep at distances so great that minimal deflector power is needed to divert
space dust and debris and other small objects from the ship’s path. As such, the sweep
angle can be relatively small since the beam will clear a relatively large field ahead of the
vessel.
The Navigational Deflector is an integral part of the ship’s sensor system. The deflector
works in conjunction with the ship’s long-range sensors, which feeds-back information
regarding the strength of the beam and the force exerted on particles to sweep it away.
The reason for this is that, though slight there is a resultant force exerted back to the ship
as a result of diverting the debris. This small force may be sufficient to minutely deflect the
ship causing a course error. Therefore, feedback from the signal will be sent to the SINS
computer in order to compensate for any deviation in the ship’s course as a result of
diverting space debris.
It should be noted that the Navigational Deflector beam cannot deflect large massive
objects in space. The largest mass the Navigational Deflector can deflect while the ship
is in motion at full speed is a small spherical asteroid with a diameter of about 175 cm and
a mass of about 22 metric tons. If larger objects need to be moved, the Officer of the
Conn will select the ship’s Main Deflector, which is part of the ship’s defense system.
ATTITUDE STABLIZATION
A Ship’s Attitude is defined as the orientation or position of the ship relative to a body in
space. In open space there is no point gravity source that would affect a vessel and as
such, a vessel is free to move in any direction. As such, vessels contain a stabilization
system design to place the ship in the correct or desired orientation for flight.
Star Fleet ships are built with a Stabilization System designed to maintain a specified
attitude or to compensate for changes in attitude as a result of gravitational influences.
Stabilization is performed through the use of a large, fixed mechanical gyrostabilizer unit
hard-mounted to the ship’s hull at its Center of Mass or Centroid of Rotation[4]. This is
a point on the ship where the forces exerted on the ship will cause it to rotate around. This
centroid is illustrated in Figure 4b32.7 and the various movements around this point are

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SAFE NAVIGATIONAL PRACTICES
To safely navigate in space is the most important function any ship’s master can perform.
As such, rules must be developed to prevent collisions in space. When collisions occur,
lives are at stake and damage to ships can run into the millions of credits to repair.
Therefore, the Federation had established the Interplanetary Rules for Preventing
Collisions in Space, which is basically a set of conventions and practices established to
prevent or minimize the possibility of collisions in space. These rules or laws were
established and agreed upon by all the members of the United Federation of Planets
and therefore, must be obeyed. These rules are one of the criteria for acceptance into the
Federation. The Federation Council takes the rules very seriously as observed in
following quote from the rules: “Nothing in these Rules shall exonerate any vessel, or the
owner, master or crew thereof, from the consequences of any neglect to carry lights or
signals, or of any neglect to maintain proper sensing equipment, or of the neglect of any
precaution which may be required by the special circumstances of the case .” Simply
stated, it is the responsibility of everyone travelling within the Federation to ensure that
the rules are followed.
The rules are divided into two categories: Deep Space Navigation and In-system
Navigation, both of which have common rules of safe navigation. An explanation of these
two categories is presented in the following page.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
The Interplanetary Rules is essentially a legal document and as such, contains special
terms that must be understood in order to be in compliance with the law. Therefore, the
following terms are used throughout the Interplanetary Rules:
Table 4b32.2
TERMS USED WITHIN THE RULES
Term Definition
At anchor, when a vessel is made fast to the shore (moored to a dock), or when
In-Port
orbiting a planetary body under power or has landed aground.
Landed A vessel aground with its propulsion machinery turned off.
Power-driven A vessel propelled in whole or in part by its own machinery or fields.
Vessel
A vessel not moving under its own power, but by the power of another vessel. Any
Towed Vessel
vessel with a tow is regarded as one single vessel and is responsible for her tow.
Not at anchor, when not made fast to the shore (moored to a dock), or when it has not
Underway
landed aground. Thus, a ship stopped dead in space can still be ‘under way’.
Vessel A general term for spacecraft. A pressurized container used to support life in space.
The term ‘visible’ when applied to lights means visible in the darkness of space and not
Visible
obscured by light coming from another source.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DEEP SPACE NAVIGATION
The Deep Space Navigation section of the Interplanetary Rules is a set of guidelines
regarding the navigation of vessels operating in open Federation space. These guidelines
apply to any vessel operating within Federation territory whether they come from
member systems or non-member systems or from outside Federation space. These
guidelines are somewhat flexible as ships can travel at any speed the ship is capable of
going in open space. The only restriction is that the ship travel within its assigned flight
path. However, unlike private or commercial vessels Star Fleet ships can travel anywhere
and at any speed in open space. In essence, open space belongs to Star Fleet.
IN-SYSTEM NAVIGATION
The In-System Navigation section is a set of rules regarding the navigation and
movement within a planetary system. These rules are the same for any system and must
be obeyed by all vessels that enter any system within the Federation. However, when
ships enter systems outside of Federation space no such rules may exist, but it is a
preferred practice that all Federation ships enter such system as though the Federation
rules apply.
To codify the compliance with these rules Star Fleet established Star Fleet Regulation
8510, which specifically states that “All persons in the Star Fleet Service responsible for
the operation of Star Fleet ships and craft shall diligently observe the Interplanetary Rules
for Preventing Collisions in Space and such other rules and regulations as may be
established by the Federation Council Transportation Administration, the Star Fleet Bureau
of Federation Space Navigation or other competent authority for regulating traffic and
preventing collisions in space, in orbit, in an atmosphere or on a base, where such laws,
rules and regulations are applicable to Star Fleet ships and craft.” Any significant infraction
of this regulation must be reported to Star Fleet authorities as required by the regulation.
In general, the basic rule for in-system travel is that no vessel shall move about at speeds
exceeding 0.5 lights. That means that warp maneuvers within a planetary system is strictly
forbidden. The purpose of this rule is to reduce the possibility of collision with ships and
craft operating within the system, or with any object that may be floating within the
system. A Federation vessel may only warp out of a system when the vessel has reached
0.85 the radius of an inhabited system, or 0.65 the radius of an uninhabited system – the
radius as determined and agreed upon by the Federation Council and approved by the
Supreme Assembly. However, Star Fleet ships are allowed to forgo this rule if it will
affect a tactical situation as determined by the ship’s Commanding Officer, and that any
waiver of this rule requires a report to Star Fleet Command as to the reason for the
waiver by the ship’s Commanding Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
NAVIGATIONAL HAZARDS
Various phenomena existing within interstellar space pose a serious danger to spacecraft
navigation. Some of these objects and conditions are natural, and some are artificial. All
are included in standard Federation military and commercial star charts. These hazards
can be identified by their type code. This code is an alpha-numeric pair indicating the
hazard type and its level as determined by the Star Fleet Bureau of Federation Space
Navigation. The hazard level is on a scale of one to ten, with one being of low danger,
and ten being extremely hazardous. Therefore, an I-4 code indicates an ion storm of
moderate intensity. The following table lists the various hazard types. [5] Most of these
hazards may be found in Burnham’s Celestial Handbook, 2264 Edition.
Table 4b32.3
TABLE OF NAVIGATIONAL HAZARD CLASSES
Class Hazard Type Description Example
A toroid-shaped grouping of planetoids Kuiper and Main Asteroid Belts in
A Asteroid Belt and debris contained within in a planetary the SOL system.
orbit around a star.
A dispersed group of planetoids and The Rigel asteroid field around
B Asteroid Field debris collected in the Trojan points of a Epsilon Eridani.
multiple star system.
An abandoned spacecraft, station or other
artificial object floating in free space.
D Derelict
These may also be free-floating planetoids
as well.
Interstellar cloud of positive hydrogen ions The ion storms in the sectors
I Ion Storm
ejected from solar flares. adjacent to Starbase 11.
Interstellar cloud of gases (primarily Mutara Nebula
K Nebula hydrogen and helium) associated with
novae debris that can obscure sensors.
A controlled buffer area. Unauthorized Romulan Neutral Zone
entrance into such a zone will constitute a
N Neutral Zone
violation of treaty and may result in the
destruction of the encroaching vessel.
Quasar-like Any radiation-emitting anomaly, possibly a Murasaki 312
Q
Phenomenon protostar forming.
A large planet, planetoid or comet moving Comet Caris 4 as listed in the Table
R Rogue Object in free space. Usually, comets and free- of Comets, Galaxy Quadrant 531-
moving asteroids. 563.
The residue of an exploding star. The The Minara nova of Federation
radiation wave front will poses a danger to Stardate 22035.26.
S Nova
the ship’s hull, navigation and sensing
equipment.
A gravitational potential well. Black hole near Starbase 9 located
T Black Hole
at 043-MARK-034 / 107.3 ly.
X Unknown Hazards that have not yet been classified.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STEERING AND MANEUVERING RULES
The Interplanetary Rules also include regulations regarding the maneuvering of any
Federation vessel through space. The following paragraphs will present and discuss some
of the rules regarding the handling of ships within Federation space.
FLIGHT PATHS AND CORRIDORS
In general, Star Fleet ships can travel anywhere in open space, but will still be assigned
flight paths to patrol areas to minimize the possibility of collision with a civilian vessel.
However, once stationed at their Patrol Zone, a Star Fleet ship may travel anywhere
they please within the mission orders.
Table 4b32.4
TABLE OF SPACE TRAVEL TERMS
Navigational Term Description
Corridor A zone or volume of space surrounding a general or special route.
A planned and registered path of movement for a vessel. Usually,
Flight Path
associated with civilian vessels.
The volume of space used by Star Fleet to carry out a specific or general
Patrol Zone
mission for a Star Fleet ship.
Route A predetermined directional zone or area
Zone A volume of space used for a general or specific purpose.
PASSING RULES
Passing Rules are guidelines relating to how ships will pass each other when they are
within close proximity to each other. The basic purpose for these rules is for ship safety as
they specify the distance between ships when they come close to each other relative to
their respective velocities. These rules were developed primarily for ships moving at
sublight speeds to the limit of the speed of light. Examples of Passing Rules can be seen
in Figures 4b32.11 to 4b32.14.
In general, the distance between vessels passing each other will depend upon the velocity
of both ships. For example, the minimum distance that must be maintained between two
ships approaching each other head-on will be the sum of their respective velocities, up to
the speed of light, as shown in Figure 4b32.11, but the distance that must be maintained
between two ships where one is approaching from the rear of the other will be based upon
the difference in velocity of the two vessels as illustrated in Figure 4b32.12. In the first
case, both ships must veer away from the other in a direction that is opposite to their
relative positions. In the second case, the slower ship must yield the Right of Way to the
faster ship and therefore, must veer away from the oncoming vessel.
When two vessels will intercept each other they must maintain a distance away from each
other based upon the Root Mean Square (RMS) of their respective velocities, as
illustrated in Figure 4b32.13. In summary, the safe limiting distance away from two
approaching vessels will be the based upon the distance travelled at 90% the speed of
light for a duration of not less than ten seconds. This gives enough time to analyze the
paths and to make the appropriate course adjustments to prevent a collision.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MANEUVERING IN OPEN SPACE
As previously stated, a Star Fleet ship can travel anywhere in open space, but will still be
assigned flight paths to their patrol areas to minimize the possibility of collision with a
civilian vessel. Once stationed at their designated Patrol Zone, a Star Fleet ship may
travel anywhere within the mission parameters. However, if a Star Fleet ship enters a
sector or orbits around a planet or any one of ship’s shuttlecraft lands at a place not
designated or permitted by instructions, the Commanding Officer of the ship must
report to his immediate superior the reason for doing so, and an estimate of the delay
which may occur if he deviated from his orders as required by Star Fleet Regulation
4910. In addition, if the planet, sector or place is within a foreign jurisdiction, the nearest
Federation consular representative must also be notified, if one is available.
MANEUVERING WITHIN SOLAR SYSTEMS
Traveling within solar systems provides its own unique challenges. First, there are usually
an abundance of navigational hazards such as asteroid fields, small moons, planets, not to
mention stars within a typical solar system. As such, extreme caution is required when
moving within any system.
Second, in populated systems there will be a plethora of small and large space craft
moving about, in addition to space stations, satellites, probes, navigational aids and other
artificial and manufactured objects floating in space. Therefore, unless otherwise required
by the current tactical situation, no Star Fleet ship is to travel through or maneuver
within a solar system at more than sublight speeds. For example, a Starship moving at
full speed through the SOL system can reach Earth in about six hours. Also, because of the
possibility of space craft traffic, before entering a solar system the Officer of the Conn
will call ahead to the system’s space control authority, if one exists, in order to obtain the
traffic pattern and density within the system. This is required in order for the ship’s
Navigator to plot a course and speed to avoid such traffic. And as the ship draws closer
to its destination, the ship will follow a specific velocity regulation plan as illustrated below.
Chart 4b32.1
EXAMPLE OF A VELOCITY REGULATION PLAN
UNPOPULATED AREAS POPULATED AREAS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MANEUVERING WITHIN ASTEROID FIELDS
An Asteroid Field is an area in space occupied by numerous irregularly shaped bodies

called asteroids or minor planets. The size of the field and the density of these bodies
within the field will vary depending on local gravitational conditions. Although the asteroids
within a field are spread over a large volume and that it would be appear to be improbable
to reach an asteroid without aiming carefully, nonetheless, an Asteroid Field may contain
hundreds of thousands of such asteroids and may reach in the millions or more, depending
on the lower size cutoff, which makes entering such a field very hazardous. The high
population of most Asteroid Fields also makes for a highly active environment, where
collisions between asteroids occur frequently as a result of random motion. As such, an
Asteroid Field is a very dangerous place for any ship to be in and therefore, there is no
justification for any Federation vessel, much less a Star Fleet ship, to enter one under
normal circumstances.
The only reasons a Star Fleet ship would ever enter an Asteroid Field would be: a) to
explore the field for possible mineral extraction, b) to plant navigational beacons, or c) to
avoid combat with a larger force of ships. As such, if a Star Fleet ship needed to enter an
Asteroid Field, the vessel will be restricted in speed to 20,000 kph, and must have its
Navigational Deflectors on full intensity. If the field density (Schiller Rating) is
sufficiently high of large asteroids, the ship will utilize its Phaser Banks to clear a path
through the field as illustrated in Figure 4b32.23. In general, however, Asteroid Fields
shall be avoided at all times.
SCHILLER RATING[19]
Star Fleet uses the Schiller Rating of asteroid density within a given volume of space.
The rating standard was first developed by S. K. Schiller in 2154 to provide a means of
gauging asteroid density before a vessel can enter such a field of moving bodies. The
rating standard assumes an average asteroid size of 10 meters, large enough that it should
be avoided. The Schiller Rating standard is as follows: <n>-<d>, which means that
there are an average of <n> asteroids within a <d> square kilometer area of travel
within the asteroid field. For example, a Schiller Rating of 3-5 means that there are 3
average-sized asteroids within a frontal area of 5 square kilometers or a square of 2.24 km
on each side. Although this figure does not seem like much, but such a density, especially
of fast-moving asteroids within the field, will require the vessel to travel slowly and with
caution within the asteroid field.
OPERATING WITHIN GAS FIELDS
Gas Fields are areas in space containing high concentrations of hydrogen gas. Such fields
are most likely to be found in nebulae where new stars are being formed. Gas Fields are
often used to scoop and compress hydrogen gas for use by the propulsion system. All Star
Fleet ships are equipped with gas scoops in order to collect the gas.
Star Fleet ships can maneuver within Gas Fields, but must do so at low speeds. Areas of
high spatial gas density will cause the hulls of ships to heat up due to friction. Travelling
through a Gas Field is like entering the atmosphere of a planet. However, the ship’s
protective screens can mitigate much of the heating. The maximum speed any ship can
travel within a Gas Field will be dependent upon the density of the gas, but in general, a
maximum speed of 25,000 kph is recommended.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP LAUNCHING
Ship Launching is the process of disengaging or detaching the vessel from its moorings
and venturing out into deep space. This usually applies to newly built vessels that are
ready for trials prior to commissioning and to ships launching from Drydocks or Space
Docks. The general rule is that a ship disengaging and maneuvering out of a dock must
do so using exclusively the ship’s Maneuvering Thrusters. Thruster power must be
maintained until the ship is safely away from the dock at a distance no less than 10
kilometers from the structure, as required by FLTOPS Directive 512, at which time the
Impulse Engines can be used to move the ship at sublight or space-normal speeds.
FORMATION RULES
Formation Rules are the set of guidelines used when Star Fleet ships are traveling in
formation. That is, when Star Fleet ships are traveling in the same direction and at the
same speed, usually equidistant apart from one another. These rules will also apply to all
Adjunct Forces attached to Star Fleet units as well.
First, ships traveling in formation can only do so at sublight speeds. Ships may travel
together at warp speeds, but they must be distributed far apart so that there is only the
slightest possibility of a collision. However, when the ships drop out of warp, they may
assemble into a formation again. The basis for this rule is primarily due to the reaction
time of the Ship Control System. It takes time to sense, analyze and respond to the
changing positions of bodies in motion – especially if the bodies are moving at hyper-light
speeds. The reaction time at such speeds requires the adjustments to be made within 0.1
picoseconds or 10-13 seconds.
Second, ships in formation must observe the three second rule. That is, the distance
between any vessel within the formation cannot be less than the distance traversed within
three seconds at the current speed of the formation. For example, ships traveling at one-
half speed cannot be less than 225,000 km apart. The general rule for the distance
between ships in formation can be seen in Figure 4b32.14.
Lastly, Star Fleet ships travelling in formation should never position themselves within the
baffles or ionization wake of another Star Fleet ship. This will obscure the trailing vessel’s
forward scanners. In addition, the ionization wake of the forward vessel may interfere with
the sensors of the trailing vessel as well. Therefore, Star Fleet ships shall never follow
directly behind another Star Fleet or Local Force ship. However, Star Fleet ships may
follow in the baffles of private, commercial or foreign ships in order to gain a tactical
advantage, but will have to rely on other means to judge the distance away from the lead
ship since the trailing vessel’s sensors will be obscured.
RENDEZVOUS RULES
Star Fleet ships periodically rendezvous with other ships for example, when taking on
supplies or fuel. As such, there are rules regarding the speed and proximity of ships when
engaging in a rendezvous. First, the minimum distance apart from any Star Fleet ship
while at rest is 175 meters, except for those support vessels that must attach themselves
to the hulls of other ship. The purpose of this buffer is to allow ample time to react and
maneuver should one ship begin to drift into the other vessel.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WARPING SPACE
Warping space is the process in which a ship physically distorts the gravimetric space-time
continuum around itself, propelling the vessel outside of space-time and into a theoretical
void called sub-space. A complete description of the process of warping space can be
found in Section 2.4 of Part 3 of Volume V of the Star Fleet Command Manual.
To produce the aforementioned distortion of space, the Main Engines of a Star Fleet ship
creates a Warp Field around the entire vessel. The Warp Field acts as a gravity sink
similar to that produced by a black hole. The subsequent distortion will cause the vessel to
‘pop’ out of normal space and into the theoretical void.
The engine orders relating to the speed the ship will travel are called Warp Factors. A
Warp Factor is a specific multiplier in increments of lights or the speed of light. The
formula equating Warp Factors with these speed-of-light multipliers is the cube of the
Warp Factor times the Speed of Light, as shown in Chart 4b32.2 below. Note that this
is the apparent speed of the vessel and not the true speed of the ship. This apparent
speed is determined by comparing the total distance travelled after dropping out of
subspace with the total time of the journey through subspace as measured by the ship’s
chronometer. This calculation is performed because it is not possible to determine the
velocity of an object in subspace since there are no reference points to make the
determination.
Chart 4b32.2
PLOT OF APPARENT SPEED VS WARP FACTORS
1000
Ships Apparent Speed (in lights)
900
800
VApparent = WF3 * Speed of Light
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Warp Factor

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRUISING
Cruising is the term used to describe a Star Fleet ship that is underway in deep space,
and is generally used to describe interstellar travel at Warp speeds. However, it also
means any ship’s movement above low-speed maneuvering.
The speed of a Star Fleet ship is generally a fixed value based upon the order given by
the Officer of the Conn to the Helmsman. Such an order is called an Engine Order
and is usually prefaced with a command indicating the direction of travel. For example, the
Engine Order to proceed ahead at Warp Factor Two would be: “Ahead Warp Factor
Two.” The general form of this order would be:
<Direction> <Engine Order>
The table below lists the standard Engine Orders that may be given and the speed
associated with that order.
Table 4b32.5
TABLE OF STANDARD AND EMERGENCY ENGINE ORDERS
1 2
Engine Order Direction Speed Description
Maneuvering Less than Used to maneuver inside or around an anchoring facility
F/B/P/S
Thrusters 36,000 kph for the purposes of mooring or launching.
Speed used to initially move away from an object or
One Quarter (1/4) F 0.05L
egress an orbit.
One Third (1/3) F/B 0.1L Speeds used when travelling within a solar system. It is
One Half (1/2) F 0.25L generally not permissible to move about within a solar
system at Warp speed – the possibility for collision is too
Two-Thirds (2/3) F/B 0.3L high.
Standard F 0.5L Speed generally used to approach or move within a solar
Full F/B 0.7L system, or to travel out of a solar system.
Flank F 0.8L Used to pursue and overtake a sublight vessel.

For emergency use in normal space-time such as to
Emergency Full F/B 0.9L+
evade sublight weaponry.
Warp drive engaged, Impulse Engines on hot standby;
Warp <n> F/B <n>3 L
used primarily for deep space or interstellar cruising.
Greater than For emergency or battle conditions only.
Emergency Warp B
512L
Notes:
1. Directions: F = Forward, B = Backward. F/B indicates order applies to both directions. P = Port, S =
Starboard for maneuvering.
2. Speed in Lights (L = 299,792 kps) except where specifically stated otherwise.
The maximum safe cruising speed of a typical Star Fleet ship is Warp Factor Six, which
results in an apparent speed of 216 times the speed of light. Above this factor the ship’s
structure begins to show considerable strain, due to the inability of the ship’s field
mechanisms (the Inertia Dampening System) to compensate[6]. Warp Factor Six is
therefore exceeded only in instances of extreme emergency and requires authorization
from the ship’s Commanding Officer. On most Cruiser class Starships, the maximum
speed the ship can obtain would be Warp Factor Eight, which equates to an apparent
speed equivalent to 512 times the speed of light. However, continuous operation at this
speed may destroy the ship and therefore, a limit of twenty minutes at this speed has
been established.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ORBITING
Orbiting is the process of encircling a planet or object in space. Orbiting can either be
powered or non-powered, also called a Kepler orbit. In celestial mechanics, a Kepler orbit
describes the motion of an orbiting body as an ellipse, parabola, or hyperbola, which forms
a two-dimensional orbital plane in three-dimensional space, but could also form a straight
line as well. This type of orbit considers only the gravitational attraction of two bodies (the
ship and the planet), neglecting gravitational perturbations, atmospheric drag, solar
radiation pressure, a non-spherical central body, and so on.
Powered orbits are generally performed at low altitudes where the gravitational effects are
much higher, or when orbiting in the opposite direction of planetary rotation, or around a
small body, such as a space station, where the effect of gravity on the ship by the body is
miniscule. However, in either case all orbits can be considered powered in the sense that
propulsion is required to exit or enter an orbit. The speed (angular velocity) in which an
orbit is maintained will be dependent upon the distance from the surface of the planet and
the type of orbit desired. For example, a circular orbit is maintained via a single orbital
velocity, while an elliptical orbit requires a variable orbital velocity.
The minimum allowed orbit of any Star Fleet vessel is 350 kilometers and a maximum
‘interactive’ orbit of 25,750 kilometers. However, orbits as far from 36,000 to 250,000 km
are also employed, primarily for communications and defensive reasons. Generally, Star
Fleet ships will orbit a standard Class-M planet at around 500-1000 km for maximum
Transporter effectiveness.
Star Fleet ships that enter into or circle around a body can orbit in two ways: in a circular
or in an elliptical manner as illustrated in Figure 4b32.16. In celestial mechanics a Circular
Orbit is a Kepler orbit with an eccentricity of zero (0), while an Elliptical Orbit is a Kepler
orbit with the eccentricity less than one (1). In most cases, a ship will orbit a planet in a
circular manner. However, an Elliptical Orbit may be used during combat situations
where the ship may wish to avoid the full strength of beam weapons by maneuvering the
ship such that the location of the strongest weapons will be in line with the semi-major
axis of an Elliptical Orbit.
ORBITAL TRAJECTORY
The term Orbital Trajectory is used to describe the manner in which an orbit is entered
into or powered away from. Ships entering into an orbit do so in a curvilinear manner.
That is, they curve their way into an orbit and not by a straight line. As such, Star Fleet
ships have two ways to enter an orbit:
1. Parabolic Trajectory - a Kepler orbit with an eccentricity equal to one (1). This form
of trajectory has a relatively high curvature and is primarily used to settle into an orbit
from low entry speeds. A Parabolic Trajectory is classified as a minimum-energy
escape trajectory and as such, is performed at sublight speeds.
2. Hyperbolic Trajectory - a Kepler orbit with an eccentricity greater than one (1). It is
a high speed trajectory and requires greater braking energy to settle into an orbit. This
orbit is usually used to drop out of Warp speed to settle into an orbit or when exiting
the orbit at high speeds. For example, if the commander of a ship decides to warp out
of an orbit, a Hyperbolic Trajectory will be plotted.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TYPES OF ORBITS
The reason for orbiting a planet or body will also influence what type of orbit will best suit
the purpose. There are three types of orbits that are generally used by Star Fleet ship
commanders: 1) the Standard Orbit, 2) the Synchronous Orbit, and 3) the Polar
Orbit. All three of the orbit types are described below and illustrated in Figure 4b32.15.
1. Standard Orbit – is one in which the orbiting vessel has a period greater than the
average rotational period of the body orbited, and in the same direction of rotation as
the body. Usually, the period factor is from three to four or as high as six times the
rotational speed of the orbiting body. This type of orbit is useful for scanning the body
and for communications with rapidly moving or scattered forces on the surface.
2. Synchronous Orbit - is one in which the orbiting vessel has a period equal to the
average rotational period of the body being orbited, and in the same direction of
rotation as that body. Like many orbital terms Synchronous Orbits take on special
names depending on the body being orbited. The following are some of the more
common names. A synchronous orbit about a Class-M planet that is circular and lies in
the equatorial plane is called a Geostationary Orbit. The more general case, when
the orbit is inclined to the planet's equator or is non-circular, the orbit is called a
Geosynchronous Orbit. The following explains how this is accomplished.
i. In any Circular Orbit, the centripetal acceleration required to maintain the orbit is
provided by the gravitational force on the vessel. To calculate the geostationary or
geosynchronous orbit altitude generally assumes that the mass of the vessel is
negligible and therefore, need not enter into the equation. So calculating the
altitude simplifies into calculating the point where the magnitudes of the centripetal
acceleration required for orbital motion and the gravitational acceleration provided
by the planet’s gravity are equal. This is provided by the equation below where G is
the Universal Gravitation Constant (6.67428 ± 0.00067 × 10−11 m3 /kg s2), M
is the mass of the planet,  is the angular speed of the planet’s sidereal period in
radians per second and r is the orbital distance from the center of the planet.
ii. This type of orbit is generally used when monitoring a specific site on a planet for
activity or when there is a needed to remain in constant communication with a
landing party.
3. Polar Orbit – is one in which the orbiting vessel traverses the planet from pole to
pole or perpendicular to the period of rotation of the body being orbited. This type of
orbit is primarily used for wide-area scanning and mapping of a planet.
Ships in orbit will often modify their position utilizing the Hohmann Transfer Maneuver.
In orbital mechanics, the Hohmann Transfer Maneuver is an orbital maneuver that
uses the Impulse Engines to move the ship between two coplanar circular orbits. It does
so with a pulse from the engines to increase (or decrease) the speed of the ship, which
changes the orbital radius after the effects of gravity have stabilized. In addition, several
ships can orbit the same planet or station as illustrated in Figure 4b32.21, with the rules
regarding multi-ship orbiting shown in Figure 4b32.22.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OPERATIONS AROUND STATIONS
Maneuvering operations around space stations and other small objects is not the same as
orbiting around a planet simply because such objects are too small to exert any
gravitational force on the vessel. Therefore, orbiting around a space station or another
object is usually performed under power. Basically, this means that although the ship may
be moving under its own momentum, the Maneuvering Thrusters must periodically
maintain the vessel in a circular motion around the object. With the vessel under power
the minimum orbital distance from the station is 1.5 kilometers as seen in Figure 4b32.20.
Another form of orbit around a space station is called a Parking Orbit. Essentially, this is
a ship that is stopped within the vicinity of the station or object. The reason it is called an
orbit is that the Interplanetary Rules define the motion of vessels as either cruising, in
orbit or docked, and unless a vessel is physically attached to the station, it is in orbit
around the station regardless of whether the vessel is moving. The regulation regarding
Parking Orbits (FLTOPS Directive 492) states that the minimum distance between the
parked vessel and the station cannot be less than 500 meters. This distance is shorter than
if the vessel was under power primarily because the vessel is not in motion. However, the
ship’s maneuvering thrusters must still remain active to compensate for the possibility that
the vessel may drift into the object.
When approaching or leaving a space station, the speed of the ship will be governed by
FLTOPS Directive 214, which states that when approaching a station within 10,000 km,
the maximum speed of the ship cannot exceed 35,000 kph. As the ship approaches the
station, the Commanding Officer or Officer of the Conn of the ship will communicate
to the station its intention. If the intention is to visit or seek Liberty privileges at the
station, the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Deck of the station will provide
orbiting instructions to the ship. When received, the Officer of the Conn must comply
with the station instructions as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4820, which states:
“No ship or craft shall deviate from, or enter the perimeter of orbit around a base or Star
Fleet station, except by direction or with the approval of the Commanding Officer of such
station.” In general, all Federation vessels, including Star Fleet ships, in orbit around a
Star Fleet base or station, will be subject to the directives and instructions of the station
commander.
When orbiting a station, the vessel will normally be placed in an orbital configuration that
will minimize the possibility of collision with local craft. Many Star Fleet Stations have
their own service or shuttlecraft that are constantly being launched or retrieved by the
station. To prevent such craft from colliding with the larger ships, and since such craft
have the Right of Way, ships will be placed in an orbit above or below the station, and
not on the plane of the main deck of the station or in a position that is in line with the
station’s flight deck.
In the case where the station is itself orbiting a planetary body, the visiting ship will be
placed in a synchronous orbit around the planetary body along with the station. As such,
the ship would effectively be in a Parking Orbit relative to the station and close enough
to the station for effective transporter operation.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP DOCKING
Ship Docking is the process of physically anchoring a vessel to a station, also called
“Mooring”. It involves specific maneuvers that will bring the ship up close and attach itself
to a station’s pier. In some cases the process of mooring a vessel may be performed by
special craft designed to place the ship into position, but in most cases the Commanding
Officer of the vessel would prefer to dock the ship on his own.
Special care is required during ship docking as there will be little resistance to motion and
in most cases, docking will occur either inside an enclosed Starbase or around a ship
repair facility. A heavy Starship moving under its own inertia can cause serious damage
to both the ship and station if a collision occurs. As such, regulations were established that
require a qualified Star Fleet Pilot from the station to replace the Helmsman while the
ship is being docked. In addition, there are special rules regarding the movement of ships
in close proximity to structures out in space. These rules are listed in the subsequent
paragraphs. Regardless who is maneuvering the ship; the Commanding Officer of the
ship is still responsible for the safety of the ship and station while the ship is under power
as stated in Star Fleet Regulation 4830. Only after the ship has been moored and the
powered down is the Commanding Officer of the facility responsible for the safety of the
ship.
All movement of vessels that are about to dock or undock will only be performed using the
ship’s Maneuvering Thrusters. The maximum allowed speed a ship can travel when
about to dock is 0.5 meters per second within six meters from the docking point as
required by FLTOPS Directive 510. This gives the Helmsman or the Pilot ample time
to maneuver the ship to the proper mooring location and orientation to receive the utilities
umbilical, the brow or gangway, and/or the anchor spar.
Upon completion of ship docking, the Commanding Officer, usually through the Officer
of the Conn, will order an inspection of all ship openings to ensure adequate closure and
that they are properly sealed as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4840. This will
usually be performed by the maintenance staff. Once the inspection is complete, the
Officer of the Conn will notify the station’s Docking Officer of the ship’s status and
post security guards at the entrances to all gangways connected to the ship. The hatches
will then be opened for use. A similar process will also occur during undocking as well. In
accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4840: “Prior to undocking, the Commanding
Officer of a ship shall report to the Docking Officer any material changes in the hull
configuration and shall report that all openings in the ship are properly closed .” The ship
may not get underway until this process has been completed.
If the ship is to be docked at a facility that is not under the command of a permanent
Commanding Officer, the Commanding Officer of the facility becomes completely
responsible for the safety of the ship under Star Fleet Regulation 4830. This regulation
states: “The Commanding Officer of a Starbase, dock or other Star Fleet station shall be
responsible for the care and safety of all ships and craft at such station or dock not under
a Commanding Officer or assigned to another authority, and for any damage that may be
done by or to them. In addition, the Commanding Officer of a base or dock shall be
responsible for the safe execution of work performed by his activity upon any ship located
at that activity.”

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP MANEUVERS
Miscellaneous ship maneuvers are non-standard actions taken to avoid a collision or to

perform some special action. The following are just a few of the various miscellaneous ship
maneuvers.
DOCKING MANEUVERS
A Docking Maneuver is one where the ship will physically link-up with another vessel.
This maneuver uses the same principles as mooring the ship to a station or inside a Space
Dock. However, in most cases this maneuver will be performed in order to attach the ship
to a Repair, Supply or Fuel Ship. And in the majority of the cases the target ship (i.e.
the Repair, Supply or Fuel Ship) will be stationary in space. However, ship docking may
also be performed while the target ship is moving as well. In such cases, the subject ship
must synchronize velocity with the target vessel and the speed restrictions set forth in
FLTOPS Directive 510 will still apply.
EMERGENCY MANEUVERS
Emergency Maneuvers are those actions taken when the ship is damaged, under attack,
or if a collision or an attack is imminent. In most cases an emergency maneuver will more
than likely require the ship to go to emergency warp speed, either ahead or astern, but in
most cases the maneuver will be an emergency reversal of the vessel. Such maneuvers
place a great strain on the ship’s structure and for that reason, the actual performance of
such maneuvers for training purposes will be restricted.
EVASIVE MANEUVERS
Evasive Maneuvers are those actions required to avoid contact with a moving object or
to avoid a collision. The ship’s Helmsman may take emergency evasive maneuvers in
order to evade incoming vessels, missiles or other objects that are on a collision course
with the ship. At warp speed, the ships navigation computer will automatically perform
such evasive maneuvers to prevent a collision. If sensed early enough, the maneuver will
require only a slight change in ship’s direction in order to avoid the object.
Evasive Maneuvers are also performed during combat. Such combat maneuvers will be
described in Chapter 4 of this volume. Needless to say, the energy of beam weapons such
as phasers, disruptor bolts, and plasma weapons cannot be successfully evaded in most
instances because of the speeds involved. However, there are still civilizations that employ
propellant-based missiles which can be avoided. Star Fleet officers are trained in the
application of Evasive Maneuvers. As such, command training simulators are utilized to
practice such maneuvers under various operating and tactical conditions.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP APPROACHES
A Ship Approach is the course or vector a vessel takes when encountering another vessel
in space, or the vector taken by the other ship encountered. As such, when a target ship
draws near a Star Fleet ship the method of their approach will be classified as: Normal
Approach, Trailing Approach, Intercept Approach or Collision Approach. When
two ships approach each other they are required to communicate with each other their
intentions and the reason for the meeting. A more detailed explanation of the various
approaches can be found in Section 3.5 of this chapter.
A Normal Approach is one in which the target vessel or object is in front of the ship.
Under normal instances if the oncoming vessel approaches in direct line with the Star
Fleet ship both, ships will follow the Passing Rule as illustrated in Figure 4b32.11. In this
situation it is the ship that is approaching the Star Fleet vessel, regardless of whether the
target vessel is approaching head on or that the ship is approaching the target vessel from
its rear quarter that must yield to the Star Fleet vessel and turn away.
A Trailing Approach is when the target vessel is on a course to overtake the Star Fleet
ship – usually from the stern. Typically, the course of the target vessel would be parallel to
or deviate away from the subject ship and the slower vessel would yield to the overtaking
vessel as illustrated in Figure 4b32.12. However, should the course of the faster target that
is approaching the Star Fleet vessel from the stern indicate otherwise, the approach
would be reclassified as an Intercept Approach and the Commanding Officer or the
Officer of the Conn will adjust to the situation accordingly.
An Intercept Approach is one in which a ship is coming directly towards another ship.
This is generally a purposeful act as it indicates that the target vessel wishes to contact the
Star Fleet vessel. However, an Intercept Approach that is within 30,000 kilometers is
considered to be an imminent collision situation and as such, the Officer of the Conn
must sound the collision alarm and take steps to avoid the approaching vessel.
NAVIGATIONAL DRIFT
A Starship’s navigational system is highly complex and sensitive to input signals. This
system is operated almost entirely by computers, taking inputs from the ship’s sensors,
ship’s fields, ship’s motion sensors and the engines as well as navigational inputs from the
helm in order to make quick and accurate course adjustments – especially at warp speeds.
Therefore, ships will almost always invariably deviate slightly from the intended course.
This is known as Drift, which is defined as the deviation from the course plotted due to
computational and signal errors. As previously mentioned such Drift will usually be
measured by the Navigator using the Course Deviation Indicator as shown in Figure
4b32.9.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIRECTIVES
ARTICLE 4 of the Star Fleet Charter specifies that Star Fleet establish and enforce the
Rules of Space Navigation in accordance with the Interplanetary Rules for
Preventing Collisions in Space. In enforcing the Rules of Space Navigation, Star
Fleet established regulations regarding the safe operation and handling of private and
commercial spacecraft. These regulations are in the form of Navigational Operations
Regulations or NAVREGS, and Navigational Operations Procedures or NAVOPS
issued by the Star Fleet Bureau of Federation Space Navigation and contained in
BUNAVREG manuals. However, the NAVREGS only deal with ship navigation in open
space and do not specify anything regarding the handling or operations of vessels to meet
these regulations. Therefore, Star Ship Command developed specific guidelines and
procedures pertaining to the handling of Star Fleet ships in most foreseeable situations.
These directives are in the form of Flight Operations Directives or FLTOPS. The
following table lists some of the more important Flight Operations Directives. Also, see
Appendix B for a list of the more applicable Flight Operations Directives.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b32.6
TABLE OF SELECT FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIRECTIVES
FLTOPS Directive Text
Officers in Command of Star Fleet ships shall at all times have complete navigational control
101
of the vessel.
All sensors, navigational and identification signals, navigational lights shall be operational at
102
all times, except as otherwise instructed by higher authority.
All navigational and propulsion systems shall be operational at all times. The only exception is
103
in the case of ship docking where Maneuvering Thrusters may only be used.
High-speed movement within the Federation Treaty Zone shall generally be performed within
202
military space lanes.
Unless otherwise required by the situation, all Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships shall
203
avoid all navigational hazards in space.
Under normal operational conditions, Starships shall be limited to their maximum safe
210
operating speed in open space.
Under extreme tactical situations the Commanding Officer may override any ship propulsion
211
plant protective feature.
Under normal patrol conditions, the maximum speed of Star Fleet ships operating within their
212
patrol zone shall be limited to Warp Factor 6.
310 The maneuvering watch shall be stationed when approaching stationary objects.
320 All ships encountered in deep space must be challenged as required under General Order 12.
401 A Starship shall never enter the atmosphere of any celestial body.
A ships position for an orbit shall be calculated, programmed and locked in prior to entering
402
the orbit.
403 The point of entry into an orbit shall be performed at less than Warp speeds.
Orbit speeds shall be maintained constant at all times unless otherwise directed by the
410
Commanding Officer.
420 Always orbit at a safe distance such that the ship can easily recover from a decaying orbit.
421 General orbit distances should not exceed the maximum range of the ships transport system.
Vessels in orbit around a space station or an object with a mass no larger than 1 million
422
metric tons shall maintain an orbital distance no less than 1.5 kilometers.
When more than one ship assumes an orbit around an object the senior commander of the
460
ship within the group shall determine the orbit configuration and parameters.
The lead ship (the first ship in orbit) determines the orbit. All subsequent ships shall follow the
461
rules of orbit of the lead ship.
462 No ship in orbit shall cross the orbit path of another ship.
All ships orbiting the same object shall orbit in the same direction. No ship shall orbit an object
464
in the opposite direction of the other ships in orbit.
The minimum parking distance between a vessel and a space station shall not be less than
492
500 meters.
Maneuvering in or around Star Fleet Docks shall be performed using Maneuvering Thrusters
501
only.
All powered vessels of 15,000 metric tons or greater shall be piloted into the dock or mooring
502 station by a qualified Star Fleet Pilot except where the ship’s Helmsman is also qualified as a
Pilot at the base or station.
The maximum maneuvering speed around docks or anchorages shall not exceed 0.5 meters
510
per second within 6 meters of the docking point.
601 All ships guide beams must be activated while craft are away from the home vessel.
Flight clearance and permission must be granted to any craft being launched or recovered by
602
any ship or facility.
630 Entry into a planet’s atmosphere shall not exceed an acceleration greater than 10 m/sec2.
710 No Star Fleet ship shall tow another ship or be towed by another ship at WARP speeds.
711 All ships shall be towed at sublight speeds not to exceed 75% the speed of light.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.1
STAR FLEET SHIP RELATIVE BEARINGS - TOP
270o
o o
255 285
o o
240 300
o o
225 315
o o
210 330
o o
195 345
o
360
180o o
000
o o
165 15
o
o 30
150
o
o 45
135
o o
120 60
o o
105 75
90o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.2
STAR FLEET SHIP RELATIVE BEARINGS - SIDE
90o
o o
105 75
o o
120 60
o o
135 45
o o
150 30
o o
165 15
o
000
180o o
360
o o
195 345
o o
210 330
o o
225 315
o o
240 300
o o
255 285
270o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.3
STAR FLEET SHIP RELATIVE BEARINGS - FRONT
90o
o o
105 75
o o
120 60
o o
135 45
o o
150 30
o o
165 15
o
000
180o o
360
o o
195 345
o o
210 330
o o
225 315
o o
240 300
o o
255 285
270o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.4
STANDARD FEDERATION FLIGHT CORRIDORS
Legend – Traffic Corridors 180o
High-Speed Military 195o 165o
Star Fleet Transport Command 210o 150o
Commercial 135o
225o
Public Romulan
Federation Exploration Zone Star Empire
o o
Private 240 Dulisian IV Colony (HD15524) 120
Camus II (HD33632)
Catulla (Caput Trianguli)
255o Aldebaran Colony (Alpha Tauri)

105o
Antos IV (Phecda)
Capella IV (Alpha Aurigae)
New Paris Colony Makus III (Iota Ursae Majoris) Theta VII(Er Rai)
Gamma 7A System (Gamma Leporis A)
Coridan (Delta Eridani) Berengaria VII (Kappa 1 Ceti) Janus VI (HD3268)
Federation Treaty Zone
Ardana (Alpha 1 Canum Venaticorum)
Helium Experimental Station (Alpha Fornacis)
Tarsus IV (HR753)
Planet Q (Wolf 359)
o Pegasus Colony (85 Pegasi) Denebian System (Deneb Kaitos)
270 Benecia Colony (Lalande 21185)
Centauri VII (Rigel Kent B) Rigel XII (40 Eridani B) 90o
Betazed (70 Virginis) Malurian System (33 Cygni)
Risa Resort Colony (59 Virginis) Earth Colony 2 (Lacaille 9352)
Tellun System (Iota Piscium)
Caldos Colony (Iota Antliae) Mariposa Colony (HD114783) Norpin Colony (Gliese 783)
Ligon II (Zeta Virginis) Cygnia Minor (Mu 1 Cygni)
Hansen's Planet (41 Arae) Deneva (Deneb Algiedi)
Bringloid V Colony (EQ Virginis) Alpha V Colony (Nu2 Lupi)
Beta Antares IV (18 Scorpii) Vega Colony (Vega)
Planet M-113 (HD147513) Ophiuchus III (70 Ophiuchi)
285o
Barradas III (Epsilon Serpentis)
Midos V (Alpha Circini) Ingraham B (Delta Equulei) 75o
Epsilon Scorpii
Gamma Hydra IV (Gamma Hydrae) Levinius V (Epsilon Cygni)
Balok’s Planet First Federation
Theta Cygni XII
Beta VI (HD93372) Kessik IV Colony (HD203803)
Ekos (Epsilon 2 Arae)
Exo III (Zeta Lupi) Archanis IV (Epsilon Equulei)
60o
Medusa (Gamma 2 Sagittarii)
300o Klingon
Gorn Empire
Empire
45o
315o
Melkotian
Realm Tholian 30o
330o Sherman’s Planet (HD175529)
Assembly
15o
345o
0 50 100 150 200

0o
Center of Galaxy Light-years

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.5
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP ASTROGATOR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.6
PLOTTING A COURSE WITH THE ASTROGATOR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.7
SHIP’S RELATIVE COORDINATES AND SPIN AXES
90o
180o
90o


270o
0o
270o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.8
SHIP’S CENTROID OF ROTATION
Pitch Motion Around Centroid

An uncontrolled pitch around the
centroid is known as Tumbling.
Roll Motion Around Centroid

An uncontrolled roll around the
centroid is known as Rolling.
Yaw Motion Around Centroid

An uncontrolled yaw around the
centroid is known as Spinning or
Flat Spin.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.9
STANDARD COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.10
STAR FLEET SHIP RUNNING LIGHTS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.11
SHIP APPROACH HANDLING RULE – ONCOMING (PASSING TO STARBOARD)
Distance = 5 * (VA + VB)
Vessel A
Distance = 2 * (VA + VB)
Minimum distance:
0.5 AU at Warp Speed
Vessel B
1 AU = 149,597,870.691 kilometers
Speed of Light = 299,792,458 kps
meters/second

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.12
SHIP APPROACH HANDLING RULE – TRAILING (PASSING TO STARBOARD)
Vessel A
(slower)
Distance = (VA + VB)

Distance = 3 * | (VB – VA) |
Minimum distance:
Vessel B
(faster)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.13
SHIP APPROACH HANDLING RULE – INTERCEPT (PASSING AT THE BOW)
Distance = 5 * VA
Min. Distance = 2 * (VA + VB)

Vessel A
Distance = 5 * VA2 + VB2 Distance = 5 * VB
Vessel B

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.14
SHIP FORMATION RULE
Vessel A
Minimum distance
from Centroid:
175 meters Distance = (VA + VB)
Minimum distance:
Baffle Area: FORBIDDEN
Vessel B

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.15
STAR FLEET SHIP STANDARD ORBITS
Standard Orbit
Standard Orbit Orientation
Synchronous Orbit
Polar Orbit

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.16
STANDARD ORBIT TRAJECTORIES
A
Polar vs Standard Orbit Entry
Polar Orbit
Elliptical Orbit
Circular Orbit
I Equatorial Orbit
LOS
Planetary
Radius
Atmospheric
Limit
Orbital Orbital
Radius Distance
Contact
Range
Atmosphere
Line of Exit
P
Legend – Orbit Points
Line of Entry
A Apogee
P Perigee
I Insertion Point
LOS Loss of Signal

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.17
STANDARD ORBIT ENTRY AND EGRESS
Standard Approach Windows
A Starship will roll into a

Standard Orbit, placing itself
on an angle perpendicular
with the tangent to the
planetary body’s surface.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.18
STANDARD ORBIT ENTRY AND EGRESS POINTS
Planetary
Rotation
Orbit Abort
and Flyby
Sublight Approach
Orbit Egress
Orbit Approach
Orbit Entry
Approach
Windows
Point of Warp

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.19
STANDARD PLANETARY ORBIT ORIENTATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.20
STANDARD ORBIT AROUND A STATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.21
EXAMPLE OF A MULTI-SHIP ORBIT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.22
STANDARD MULTI-SHIP ORBIT ARRANGEMENT
Standard Orbit Orientation Standard Orbit Orientation

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b32.23
MANUEVERING THROUGH AN ASTEROID FIELD

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.3 ROUTINE SHIP OPERATIONS

Routine ship operations refer to the internal functions and activities that are performed on
a regular or ongoing basis. These are the day-to-day operations that are performed or that
are scheduled to be performed. Such operations include the daily communication reports
to Star Fleet Command, daily reports to the Commanding Officer and the Officer of
the Conn, scheduled maintenance and other operations that are performed on a frequent
basis. The function of this section is to present the various operations that are performed
on board Star Fleet ships on a routine basis. As such, routine operations which fall within
the following category of activities:
 Ship Communications
 Ship Handling and Navigation
 Transporter operations
 Craft launching and retrieval operations
 Medical and health activities
 Scientific research activities
 Maintenance and support activities
 Mission related activities
Routine operations also includes the maintenance functions that are performed on a daily
or weekly basis, or that are executed on a specific schedule as described in Section 3.7 of
this volume. Most of these activities will be published in the ship’s Plan of the Day.
COMMAND ACTIVITIES
Carrying out the routine of the ship is the responsibility of the Officer of the Conn. As
described in Section 1.6 of this volume, the Officer of the Conn is the acting officer in
command of the ship who represents the Commanding Officer as it relates to the
handling of the ship. General command activities include directing and setting the ship’s
course and speed, review of ship’s logs and operating parameters, accepting and
transmitting ship’s communiqués, maintaining the status of ship’s personnel, executing and
managing scheduled evolutions, and executing the standing orders of the Commanding
Officer.
The majority of command activities will be managed from the ship’s Bridge by the Officer
of the Conn as illustrated in the Figure 4b33.1. However, command activities may also be
performed by the Commanding Officer wherever he may be. In many instances the
Commanding Officer of the ship may direct the Officer of the Conn to perform ship
evolutions from his stateroom. To aid the Officer of the Conn with some of the
command activities, a Command Duty Yeoman is assigned for this specific purpose. A
more detailed explanation of this duty assignment can be found in Section 5.3 of this
volume.
In-port the responsibility for carrying out the routine of the ship belongs to the Officer of
the Deck. As stated in Section 1.6 of this volume the Officer of the Deck is the officer
on watch responsible for security and the work performed onboard the ship while the ship
is in port. As such, the OOD is responsible for carrying out the routine of the day, directing
all ship’s work and any other duty as prescribed by the Executive Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BASIC SHIP ROUTINES
Basic ship routines are the functions that are continuously being performed on a frequent
and scheduled basis, and are common to all Star Fleet ships. Some of these functions are
activities that must be performed by regulation or command directive. The details of daily
routines can be found in Section 5.2 of this volume.
Table 4b33.1
BASIC ROUTINE STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS
Time of
Operation Schedule Purpose/Function
Day
 Perform security checks of all
Roving Security Checks Hourly 0000-2400 spaces
 Inspect for fire and hazards
 Check and record system and
Engineering Checks Hourly 0000-2400
machinery parameters
 Perform a navigational fix of
the ship’s current location
Navigational Checks Hourly Every 6 hrs
 Calibrate ship’s sensors
 Calibrate ship’s chronometer
 Check for latest codes
Communications Checks Daily 0000
 Test IC channels
Daily Ship Cleaning (Decks and Bulkheads) Daily 0800-1600  Maintain ship cleanliness
0800  Report to keep the captain
Commanding Officer’s Reports Daily & informed of the ship’s material
2000 and personnel status
 Automatically consolidate all
logs into a single ship’s log
Consolidate Ship’s Logs Daily 0000
 Transmission of the ship’s log
to Star Fleet Command
 Perform star mapping and
space surveys as required
Survey and Star Mapping Daily1 0600-1800
 Performed for 12 hrs or two
watch periods
2  Performed scheduled PMs on
Preventive Maintenance 0800-1600
equipment and machinery
 Inventory supplies
Supply Division Audits Weekly 1200-1600
 Audit supply containers
 Test all alarms
Ship’s Alarm and Annunciator System Test Weekly 1200  Performed by Communicator
 Usually on week day 6
 Check all living areas, food
preparation and washroom
Medical Sanitation Inspection Weekly 1200-1600
areas
 Inspect material condition of
Departmental Material Inspection Bi-weekly 0800-1200
department spaces
 Test Viewport shutters
Miscellaneous System Tests and Inspections Monthly As Required  Test emergency closures
 Inspect stress point areas
 Communications with nearby
Security Check with Local Systems and systems and bases for state of
As Needed As Needed
Stations security
 Check-in with local authorities
Notes
1. Performed daily as part of the Bridge routine when directed by mission orders.
2. Performed in accordance with the specific equipment’s maintenance schedule.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMMUNICATIONS ACTIVITIES
The most common operation performed aboard a Star Fleet ship is communications; both
interior and exterior. Communications, in various forms, is constantly flowing around the
ship and between external entities. However, the most frequent communications aboard
ship is internal voice exchanges. About ninety percent of all communications aboard ship
will be verbal messages between stations. The primary communications external to the
ship will be official communications – communiqués to Star Fleet Command and other
operating units. In general, all official communications are classified and as such, must be
encoded as required by FLTCOMMREG 4. In addition, all official communications sent or
received by the ship may only be handled at one of the following ship stations:
a. The Bridge Communications Station,

b. The Captain’s and/or Executive Officer’s stateroom,
c. The Command Intelligence Center, or
d. The Personnel Office (communications relating to personnel).
Lastly, all official messages sent from or received by the ship through rapid means (e.g.
coded subspace radio or visually) must clear the Bridge Communications Station, with
the exception of private messages from the Commanding Officer’s stateroom.
PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS
Private or personal communications are chiefly unofficial messages sent to crewmembers.

Personal communications are usually sent to Star Fleet ships through special channels
designed for that purpose. Such communications are usually in the form of messages,
written letters or recorded visual communications. Real-time private visual communications
are not allowed unless authorized by the Commanding Officer and must be channeled
through the Bridge Communications Station. Only the Commanding Officer and the
Executive Officer will have the privilege of private real-time visual communications piped
to their staterooms.
Private communications received by the ship will be placed into a special communications
queue designed for that purpose. When a crewmember activates his or her private viewer
he or she will be notified of any incoming or pending mail. Once accessed, the individual
can either save or delete his or her mail.
SHIPS COMMUNICATOR
The ship’s Communicator, as illustrated in Figure 4b33.2, is that individual on watch at

the Bridge Communications Station with the responsibility of handling all internal and
external communications. Specifically, the duties of the Communicator are:
1. Send and receive all official Star Fleet and Federation communications,
2. Monitor all Hailing Frequencies and Emergency Channels,
3. Decipher and translate all coded messages,
4. Translate alien communications,
5. Monitor and manage the ship’s Interior Communications network,
6. Monitor and manage the ship’s alert and Annunciator System,
7. Route official and personal communications and messages,
8. Maintain the Communications Log as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4540.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP-TO-SHIP COMMUNICATIONS
When ships meet each other in space they are required by law to communicate between
themselves who they are and where they are going. In addition, all Star Fleet ships will
challenge any vessel they encounter in open space as required by General Order 12. To
gain attention to any vessel encountered in space special Haling Frequencies are used
to make contact with the other vessel.
Hailing Frequencies are agreed-upon channel groupings which, when used, would emit
a specific signal indicating that a vessel requests to establish a communications link. There
are several types of Hailing Frequencies, each having specific restrictions and all having
been established by Star Fleet. It is a Federation law that all vessels operating within
Federation space must respond to any ship that hails them via a Hailing Frequency. In
addition, all ships must respond to any hail from a Star Fleet vessel. When attempting to
communicate with any vessel it encounters, Star Fleet will use Hailing Frequencies to
establish a communication link with the vessel. Failure to respond to a Star Fleet hail may
result in fines and/or imprisonment.
However, in cases where a Star Fleet ship encounters an unknown vessel or a vessel
outside of Federation space, special communications search procedures are executed. In
such cases it is not expected that the encountered vessel will acknowledge a hail from a
Star Fleet ship via Hailing Frequencies. As such, the Communicator will program the
ship’s communications computer to rapidly search the entire spectrum to determine if the
unknown vessel is communicating on a non-standard frequency. The Communicator will
also engage the ship’s Translator to find some common ground for communication.
There are instances, due to security reasons, that Star Fleet ships in close proximity may
communicate with each other utilizing their ship’s running lights. This method is rarely
used and would only be performed if there is credible evidence that other forms of secure
communications between the vessels have been compromised. This is known as the
Semaphore method of communications and utilizes a special classified communications
protocol.
SHIP-TO-SHORE COMMUNICATIONS
Ship-to-shore communications generally means communications with any planet or space

station. When communicating with space stations, the same rules apply regarding the use
of Haling Frequencies. The protocol for communicating with a space station is that the
approaching vessel must communicate first in accordance with FLTCOMMREG 23C. The
approaching vessels must initiate the communication with the station with the name of the
ship and the purpose for visiting the station. The station will generally respond with a
greeting and may request the purpose for the visit. At that point the station may give the
ship permission to orbit around or dock at the station, as appropriate, and may render the
ship visiting or liberty privileges. Regarding large planets, the planetary authority will
usually initiate the communication with the vessel with a challenge.
Where communications may be required to reach landing parties or other groups that are
on a planet, but that are out of communications range, satellites may be deployed to make
the necessary links. Such satellites are temporary orbiting devices and must be retrieved
upon completion of the mission in accordance with FLTCOMMREG 26.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
HELM AND NAVIGATION ACTIVITIES
The most important operation that is performed on board a Star Fleet ship is navigations.
In this context, navigation is defined as the plotting and setting of courses, as well as the
control of the ship’s course and speed. There are only a few locations on board ship where
such navigational operations can be performed:
a. The Bridge Helm and Navigation Station,

b. The Auxiliary Control Room, or
c. In Engineering (limited to course and speed changes only).
HELMSMAN
The ship’s Helmsman is the individual on watch at the Bridge Helm and Navigation
Station who controls the motion of the ship. As such, the primary responsibility of the
Helmsman is to execute the orders of the Officer of the Conn with respect to the
course and speed of the ship, to safely handle the ship in all maneuvering conditions and
to report all objects encountered by the ship’s sensors. The Helmsman can set either
manual or automated control over the ship’s course and if necessary, can manually adjust
the ship’s Inertial Dampening Fields to compensate for changes in ship’s speed and
direction. In addition, the Helmsman is the individual primarily responsible for changes in
ship’s speed. He can either manually set the speed or issue an Engine Order to the
Engineroom to make speed changes.
The secondary responsibility of the Helmsman is that of Fire Control Officer when
weapons are to be used and the Weapons Control Station on the Bridge is unmanned.
As such, the Helmsman will direct weapons onto a target; will track a target and will have
control over the firing of Phaser weapons and Photon Torpedoes, as well as control
over the use of the ship’s Defensive Shields, Deflectors and Tractors as illustrated in
Figure 4b33.3.
Specifically, the duties of the Helmsman are:
1. Set and maintain the speed of the ship as ordered by the Officer of the Conn,
2. Steer the ship to the course ordered,
3. Set and maintain the orbit of the ship around a spatial body,
4. Maintain the attitude of the ship,
5. Set and maintain the ship’s Defensive Shields,
6. Direct and control the ship’s Tractors and Deflectors,
7. Identify and track targets,
8. Direct weapons on targets as ordered by the Officer of the Conn,
9. Report all objects picked-up by the ship’s sensors to the Officer of the Conn,
Lastly, the Helmsman has the capability, through the Helm and Navigation Station, to
program the ship’s computer to redirect certain vital systems if the Engineering stations
are unmanned. For example, he or she can set the ship’s electrical line-up, split the ship’s
electrical loads, or increase power to the weapons systems during General Quarters. As
such, the Helmsman has the ability to increase shield strength or weapons power as
necessary. These actions may be performed in order to increase the ship’s ability to
protect itself.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
NAVIGATOR
The primary responsibility of the Navigator is to compute and set the course of the ship,
as ordered by the Officer of the Conn, into the ship’s navigation computer; to take
bearings and measurements of objects along the ship’s path and with that information,
plot a course to the destination avoiding such objects; and to monitor any deviations from
the intended course while in flight. In summary, the function of the Navigator is to
ascertain and “Lay in” (set) the best course to the ship’s intended destination.
The Navigator is also responsible for knowing the correct and exact position of the ship
at all times. This is accomplished through calibrated navigational equipment. The primary
piece of navigational equipment is the Ship’s Inertial Navigation System or SINS. As
mentioned in Section 3.2, the SINS is a system of motion sensing devices and computers
that can accurately determine the ship’s current location and the direction it is traveling. In
addition, the SINS will also receive subspace navigation signals from nearby Starbases
and Subspace Relay Stations. These are fixed positions in space and as such, will be
used to fix the ship’s current position. Therefore, the calibration and accuracy of the SINS
is the sole responsibility of the ship’s Navigator. As a general rule, calibration of SINS
equipment and computers is performed weekly. To calibrate, the ship must be at a
complete stop and must obtain fixes from at least three known points in space. These will
typically be nearby stars, galaxies and space stations.
As a secondary role, the Navigator also controls the ship’s sensors and the visual viewing
screen on the Bridge and will maintain the magnification and clarity of the main viewing
screen. In addition, the Navigator must also keep the Officer of the Conn informed of
all stars, planets and navigational hazards that may be encountered along the way, and of
any deviation in the ship’s course or estimated time of arrival.
Third, the Navigator must also update the ship’s library of star charts and space hazards
as they are received. Usually, the Communicator will receive the data via subspace radio
and will redirect the files to the navigations computer. The Navigator will then implement
the upgrades to the Navigational Database for immediate use.
Specifically, the duties of the Navigator are:
1. Ensure the ship remains on course and within the proper Flight Corridor,
2. Calculate and set the best course of the ship,
3. Maintain the ship’s location and perform navigational fixes,
4. Calibrate the ship’s chronometer and navigational equipment,
5. Plot distances and estimate the time of arrival,
6. Maintain the Navigation Log as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4540.
7. Control and adjust the clarity and magnification of the ship’s main view screen,
8. Control and maintain the ship’s Navigational Sensors,
9. Control the ship’s Navigational Deflector screens.
Lastly, the Navigator is in charge of setting and calibrating the ship’s chronometer. The
ship’s chronometer is set and calibrated at the Helm and Navigation Station on the
Bridge. From this central location, all of the ship’s clocks and timing devices will be set. An
example of the standard Navigation station on the Bridge can be found in Figure 4b33.4.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRANSPORTER OPERATIONS
Transporters are matter-energy converters that temporarily transform matter to energy,

transmit that energy to a predetermined point, and then convert it back into substance in
its original pattern and structure. No receiver is needed. This process is referred to as
“Beaming” and all such operations are performed in the compartment of the ship known as
the Transporter Room, which is managed by the Transporter Control division.
The Transporter Units onboard all Star Fleet ships are of three basic types: Type I –
Personnel, Type II – Cargo and Type III – Emergency. Each of these types is described
in the table below. In general, all Star Fleet vessels will have these three Transporter
Unit types onboard.
Table 4b33.2
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP TRANSPORTER UNITS
Typical Range
Type Capacity Description
Number1 (km)
Standard six-person unit. Can also be used for light cargo as
I 4 6 25,750
well.
Heavy duty cargo unit. Can transport an object with maximum
II 2 1 Bulk2 8,500 dimensions of 2.8L x 2.5W x 2.0H meters, and a maximum
mass of 15,000 kg or 15 metric tons.
Emergency twenty-two person unit limited for use only in case
III 5 24 16,000
of abandon ship or other emergency.
Notes:
1. The number based on a typical Cruiser class Starship.
2. Bulk unit made up of 21 segmented standard units.
During Transporter operation, there will typically be two individuals involved: the Duty
Transporter Officer and a Transporter Operator as shown in Figure 4b33.5. The
function of the Transporter Officer is to oversee the operation as required by regulation
(TRANSOP), and is the primary authority in the Transporter Room. The Transporter
Officer’s authority within the Transporter Room is absolute, except for the
Commanding Officer. The Duty Transporter Operator is the individual assigned to
perform the transport function, to carry out the pre-transport checks and to engage in all
Transporter operations. He will be under the direction of the Transporter Officer or the
Officer of the Conn at all times.
In addition, and during Transporter operation, the Transporter Operator must remain
on station until confirmation of transportation by the Landing Party has been completed.
This normally involves communication back to the ship or Transporter station. The leader
of the Landing Party is required to transmit back to the Transporter station the status
of the transport operation, an account of all personnel beamed and the situation they have
beamed into. Also, while any member of the crew is away, the Transporter station must
remain continuously manned until all personnel have been safely beamed back onboard.
When not in use a Transporter Room is usually unmanned. However, TRANSOPS
regulations require that at least one Transporter Room be continuously manned when:
a. Someone has left the ship and is expected to return by Transporter.

b. When orbiting a planet or space station, regardless if anyone has left the ship.
c. In high-risk or hostile areas. In this case security guards will also be posted in each
Transporter Room.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRANSOPS regulations require that transporters be fully operational at all times. Under
no circumstance may anyone enter a transporter platform if the transporter is less than
100 percent operational. However, this rule may be exempt under special conditions where
an individual may be required to beam out of a certain death situation or other such
emergency conditions. A minimum transporter efficiency of 88% is required before
personnel can be transported. As such, a pre-transport check is required to be made. In
addition, high radiation and ionization fields will also affect transporter operation. Such
radiation interferes with the beam, which can cause materialization dissociation. In such
situations the transporter must be tested by beaming inert material to the destination in
order to assess its return continuity under a normal materialization boost signal.
The transport process generally begins with an isolating field. This field encloses the object
for analysis of its atomic structure and physical pattern. The data is then compared with
the pattern stored in the memory bank of the computer. At this point the pattern in the
database may be updated with the new pattern. Next is the dematerialization phase where
the object or person is transformed from a physical pattern to an energy pattern. This
energy pattern is then transmitted to the coordinates set by the Transporter Operator
and the materialization process is initiated. As with the dematerialization process, an
isolation field also envelops the materialization area to prevent contamination of
surrounding mater with the beamed energy pattern. The process of translation back to a
physical pattern is accomplished within the beam. The effective range of a typical standard
transporter unit is 25,750 km as illustrated in Table 4b33.2.
In addition, standard Transporters can operate in one of several modes. These modes
are listed in the table below and can be used by Transporter Officers to handle certain
security issues when transporting unknown or dangerous objects.
Table 4b33.3
TRANSPORTER OPERATING MODES
Mode Description
Station-to-Station Station-station mode is the process of linking two stations together
The manual control of Transporter operations by the Transporter Operator. It
Standard involves the setting of transport coordinates, setting the intensity of the beam
and manually performing the dematerialization.
Transmission of the Transporter Beam can be delayed after
Delay dematerialization for up to one hour. In this mode the person or object will be
held in ‘stasis’ until beam transmission or rematerialization.
Transporter stations can be set for automatic operation when all personnel
may be off the ship, but require to beam back aboard, A special pre-
Automatic
programmed communicator signal will trigger transport utilizing the
coordinates of the communications device.
The Transporter Beam can be set to materialize in a wide dispersal pattern.
Scatter The purpose of this is to remove a dangerous object or life-form from the
ship and to ensure complete destruction by dispersing its atoms.
The Transporter may be set to dematerialize an object and hold it in stasis
Disassemble
for an indeterminate amount of time.
The activity whereby persons and objects materialized will be
Decontamination
decontaminated.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BEAMING OFF A STAR FLEET SHIP
By and large, beaming off of a Star Fleet ship can only be performed by the sending
location, which will be the ship. Receiving locations are not authorized to transport any
subject off of a Star Fleet ship. To prevent this from occurring, the ships sensors will
automatically activate the ship’s shields upon sensing a transporter beam.
Transporting personnel off of a Star Fleet ship will not be freely exercised unless certain
prerequisites have been met. These prerequisites are necessary for the safe and secure
beaming of personnel to distant locations. As such, it is the responsibility of the Duty
Transporter Officer to ensure that the location a person is beaming to is safe and that
The Transporter unit is fully operational to safely beam anyone off the ship. As such, the
following table lists the prerequisites to transporting off a Star Fleet ship:
Table 4b33.4
TRANSPORTER OPERATION PREREQUISITES
Prerequisite Specific Functions
Ensure that the destination will allow crewmembers to beam down to it. For
example, Star Fleet and Federation Penal Colonies are restricted areas. In
Destination is not Restricted
addition, ensure that the ship has been given the proper access clearance in
ports where no Port Visitation Rights exist.
Ensure that the destination is safe. For unknown or newly discovered
Destination is Safe planets, sensor sweeps and surveys must be performed in order to
determine if there is a danger to the crew.
Ensure that the transporter is functional. Examine all maintenance and
Transporter is Operational operating logs associated with the station before use. Check that the weekly
tests on the unit have been performed.
That permission to beam off the ship has been granted by the Commanding
Permission is Obtained
Officer, the Command Duty Officer or the Officer of the Conn.
While any of the crew is off-ship, the ship’s Transporters must be continuously manned
and ready for transporting. In addition, if the ship is located in an unknown or hostile area
of space, two armed guards must be posted at each operating Transporter Station. If
there are not enough sentries to man every station, then members of the crew (usually
from engineering) may augment the security force, or that some Transporter Stations
may be shutdown and made inoperable. This rule does not apply, however, when the ship
is moored in a Space Dock. As a general rule, when a ship is anchored and shutdown the
ship’s Transporters will not be manned. Should anyone wish to beam aboard while the
ship is anchored, the request will be made to the ship’s Command Duty Officer (CDO).
Once permission is granted, the CDO will order the activation of a Transporter Station
and station the Duty Transporter Officer. In general, travel to and from a ship that is in
port and anchored will primarily be via the facility’s brow or gangway.
In addition, when anyone beams off of a ship, they are required to bring along a personal
communications device. The purpose for this is not only to inform the ship when to beam
the individual or team back, but the communicator continuously transmits a signal that can
be picked up by the ships sensors. This is used by the transporter computer to “Lock on”
and beam the individual or team back to the ship. A communicator is also necessary if it
becomes necessary to automatically beam the individual back onboard. Additionally, such a
communications device may also be in the form of a subcutaneous Transponder, which is
a small device made up of Rubindium crystals that is injected under the skin that transmits
a signal that can be picked-up by the Transporter sensors.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BEAMING ONTO A STAR FLEET SHIP
Beaming onto a Star Fleet ship can either be performed from the sending location or
from the receiving location – the ship itself. When the transport is initiated by the sending
location permission from the ship’s Commanding Officer, or the Officer of the Conn,
will always be required. Security regulations do not allow anyone outside of the ship to
beam aboard a Star Fleet ship without notification and confirmation from the accepting
vessel. As such, permission to beam aboard a ship will be required and the ship will relay
to the sender where to transport the subject. Usually, this will be a station-to-station
linkup of the Transporter units.
When initiating transport from the receiving vessel, specific permission is de facto granted
when the Officer of the Conn directs a transporter station to be manned and to
transport the subjects. If the individual beaming aboard is a member of the crew that had
already obtained permission to beam off the ship, then the crewmember need only seek
permission from the Transporter Officer to beam back aboard. However, should a non-
crewmember request to be beamed aboard, then that individual needs to seek permission
from the Officer of the Conn on the Bridge while underway, and the Command Duty
Officer if the ship is in-port.
For dignitaries that may be beaming onboard the ship, the Officer of the Conn or the
Command Duty Officer will direct the duty Transporter Officer to assemble an Honor
Guard to man the side as required in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 7300. The
Officer of the Conn will make a general announcement throughout the ship that
dignitaries are beaming aboard and to issue the order to Security: “Honor Guard to
Transporter Room <n> to Man the Side.”
AUTOMATIC TRANSPORTER OPERATIONS
The ship's transporters can also be set to automatic control. For example, if only one
person is aboard a ship and wishes to transport, the Transporter Control Panel (TCP)
can be set to AUTO. When set, the individual can beam to a destination away from the
ship, and when ready to come back onboard, send a signal to the TCP to beam back.
However, this requires that the person bring along a communicator so that the TCP can
locate, lock-on and transport the individual so long as a communications channel is open[7].
TRANSPORTER OFFICER
The ship’s Transporter Officer is that person on duty at a Transporter Station with
the responsibility of directing all Transporter operations. Usually, the Duty Transporter
Officer will be an officer from the Transporter Control division, but may also be any
officer qualified to direct Transporter operations as well. Specifically, the duties of the
Transporter Officer are:
1. To execute transport per the Commanding Officer, the Officer of the Conn or the
Command Duty Officer,
2. To direct all Transporter operations,
3. To greet all transported persons beaming aboard,
4. To maintain the Transporter Log as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4540.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT LAUNCHING AND RETRIEVING ACTIVITIES
Aside from beaming from place to place via the ship’s Transporters, most of the larger
Star Fleet ships will also have one or more Class-F or Fleet Shuttlecraft. These are
light-weight, sublight vessels capable of carrying up to seven passengers, along with
supplies and equipment, and capable of traveling in space for extended periods of time.
They are designed to enter the atmosphere of and land on any planet or large spatial
body, and can be used as a base of operations at the landing site. The number of such
shuttlecraft will vary depending on the size of the ship. For instance, most Cruiser class
Starships will carry six such Fleet Shuttlecraft, one of which that will be designated as
the Commanding Officer’s personal craft, also known as the “Captain’s Gig.” A more
complete description regarding shuttlecraft operations can be found in Chapter 6 of this
volume.
DUTY FLIGHT CONTROL OFFICER
The ship’s Duty Flight Control Officer, also known as the Flight Boss, is that person
on duty at Launch Control with the responsibility of directing all craft launch, retrieval
and storage operations. However, the function of Duty Flight Control Officer is not a
regular watch that is stationed underway. This watch is only stationed when it is necessary
to launch and retrieve craft. The person assigned to this duty will be picked from the ship’s
Duty Roster. It will be the Flight Operations Officer who will pick those qualified to
stand the Duty Flight Control Officer watch and place them on the ship’s Duty Roster.
Specifically, the duties of the Flight Control Officer are:
1. To execute craft launch and retrieval operations as required by the Commanding

Officer, the Officer of the Conn or the Command Duty Officer,
2. To direct all craft launching and retrieval operations,
3. To manage all Flight Deck operations, including Flight Deck pressurization, lighting
and controlling all Flight Deck doors and accessways,
4. To guide all craft that will approach the ship for landing,
5. To employ and control the Flight Deck Tractor as needed,
6. Maintain the Flight Log as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4540.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SUPPLY AND CARGO ACTIVITIES
Most of the supply activities onboard a Star Fleet ship will be related to ship supplies and
provisions. That is, they relate to keeping the ship and crew supplied with foodstuffs, raw
materials, repair and spare parts, and personal items. Star Fleet ships generally are not in
the practice of carrying cargo for other units. This function is normally the responsibility of
the Star Fleet Transportation Command. However, Star Fleet ships are equipped to
carry cargo, if needed. In some cases, a Starship may be dispatched to carry much
needed medical supplies to an ailing colony if it is the only vessel available in the area and
can transport such supplies much faster than any other vessel in space.
A typical cruiser class Starship contains large cargo and storage areas, primarily on Decks
16 and 18 in the Secondary Hull on a typical Cruiser class vessel, with minimal storage
capacity on Deck 5 of the Primary Hull. Most of this space is taken up by ship supplies
and spare parts. However, a large portion of the ship’s cargo areas will be reserved for
non-ship cargo. Supplies stored within the ship’s cargo areas are usually large cubical
containers that can be stacked one atop the other. These containers will be separated and
stored in the cargo hold based upon the general classification of items contained within
these containers. For example, all tools will be stored in a specific container designated to
carry such. On the other hand, the smaller Destroyer and Escort class ships do not have
extensive storage capacity since they are light combatants and can only carry enough raw
food materials to last them about three weeks or 24 days. Therefore, they will typically
operate close to Star Fleet bases or fleet supply ships.
In addition, the Starship class will usually have two large Transporter units designed
specifically to handle cargo and large objects. Cargo is normally transported onboard a
Star Fleet ship using these large units, but can also be transported via the standard
personnel (Type I) Transporter as illustrated in Figure 4b33.6. In addition, cargo can also
be transported to and from the ship via shuttlecraft as well. The seats aboard a typical
Class-F shuttlecraft can easily be removed to open up the space for cargo and supplies.
Some of the larger ships may have special Fleet Transport Shuttlecraft used for cargo.
These vessels are quite large and will normally not be part of the complement of
shuttlecraft onboard a standard Starship.
The majority of the activities relating to supplies and cargo will be to inventory supplies
and to perform stock accounting, rearranging cargo containers to optimum locations,
loading and unloading cargo containers and transporting cargo containers. All these
activities will be performed by the Cargo section of the Supply Division. The Cargo
section will also be involved in loading and unloading cargo from transport craft and from
the large cargo Transporters. The tool most often used to move cargo around is the
Antigravity Unit or Anti-Grav. Anti-Gravs range from the small handheld units to the
large riding units called Tugs. An example of a 57,000 Newton Anti-Grav handheld unit
can be seen in Figure 4b33.7.
Although not directly a supply activity, security personnel will periodically tour the cargo
areas. Their primary focus is to be on the look out for fire and other dangers, and to check
the security of the cargo the ship may be carrying

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES
While a Star Fleet ship is on patrol it will constantly be engaged in scientific studies or
research. Such research may include the study of stellar and gravitational phenomenon,
planetary geological studies, life science studies, and any other studies that would expand
the knowledge base of the Federation, or would be of some strategic benefit to Star
Fleet. Information gathered from scientific studies, unless deemed to be vital to the
security of the Federation, is usually handed over to the general scientific community on
a regular basis. Star Fleet Commanding Officers are directed by their orders to
perform such studies. Specifically, General Order 11 states: “All Star Fleet ships
engaging in the normal course of their patrol duties shall, if conditions permit, explore,
map, and otherwise survey the areas of space they are currently patrolling. In addition to
exploring space all Star Fleet ships shall examine and study all natural or unusual
phenomena in the region of space in which they are conducting their patrol mission.”
Examples of scientific activities include: measuring the gravitational fields of stars, planets
and other objects in space; classifying planets, stars and other celestial bodies; gathering
mineral samples for study; and gathering and studying plant life in the ship’s Botany areas.
However, most Starships do not study higher-order animal life aboard ship since their
laboratory facilities are not equipped to handle large animals. When such animals are
encountered, Starships will generally deploy a science team to the planet to study the
animal life. A temporary base will be established with quarters and scientific facilities. Such
teams will be placed on temporary duty on the planet for a period of about 90 days, with
periodic check ups by the mother ship.
Star Fleet vessels, particularly line Starships, are equipped with science laboratories and
equipment for the performance of scientific research. In general, most of the scientific
stations and work areas are located in the Secondary Hull of a typical Cruiser class
Starship, with some located in the Primary Hull as well. Destroyer and Escort class
ships, on the other hand, do not have the number of science laboratories that the larger
Starships have. As such, these ships are restricted in the type of scientific research they
can perform. Therefore, they will primarily be engaged in planetary and space surveys and
studies that do not require extensive laboratory facilities. See Sections 5.3 and 5.5 of this
volume regarding the various duty stations and details that may be required for scientific
studies.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL ACTIVITIES
The Medical Department on board a Star Fleet ship is the most flexible unit in terms of
its duties than any other department. This department must deal with sickness and injury
for both the crew and any world or individual that is encountered during a mission. As
such, ship’s medical personnel must have highly advanced knowledge of the anatomies of
many different species and how to treat their ailments.
Regarding normal activities, the Medical Department will perform periodic and
scheduled medical examinations of the crew and of the colonists along the ship’s patrol
path. The crew will primarily be examined every ninety days while in space and 180 days if
in-port for long periods. An example of such a medical examination can be seen in Figure
4b33.9. Colonies, on the other hand, will undergo medical examinations and health
certifications once each year as required by law. In addition to examining the crew, the
Medical Department is also responsible for the sanitation of the ship as well. As such,
ship’s medical personnel will perform periodic inspections of food preparation, living areas
and washroom facilities for cleanliness and sanitation, and report their findings to the
Commanding Officer. Any deficiency found must be addressed within twenty-four hours
of issuance of the report.
In addition to the physical examinations on the crew, the Medical Department will also
perform psychological evaluations and profiles of the crew as well. The function of such
evaluations is to study and evaluate the psychological effects of long-term confinement
and extended space travel, and to ensure that crewmembers maintain the proper balance
between duty and their personal life and to provide psychological services as needed. As
such, most Star Fleet ships will have a Psychology Division within their Medical
Department employing psychologists and psychiatrists from the Star Fleet Bureau of
Mental Health. Their function will be to provide counseling and mental health services,
and where psychological issues become too great ships also have certified Star Fleet
psychiatrists to treat mental disorders.
Also, besides general medical activities, the Medical Department will also carry out other
medical-related activities such as dental and oral hygiene, physical therapy services and
pharmaceutical services to crewmembers as well. And although not a normal function of
the department, the Medical Department may also be engaged to perform emergency
medical services to persons found in distress on Federation colonies, persons found adrift
in space, or to the population of planets that have undergone a major disaster.
Lastly, medical activities may also include research as well. Some of the medical staff may
cycle between the Science Department and the Medical Department when it comes
to performing biological research. Most Starship medical areas contain their own medical
laboratories for the purpose of medical research and pathology.
On modern Starships an entire deck is devoted to the Medical department and its
facilities, which is called Sickbay. On most Cruiser class ships, Sickbay will normally be
located on Deck 7 of the Primary Hull, with an adjunct station located on Deck 15 of the
Secondary Hull. As such, this deck is entirely under the command of the Chief Medical
Officer as required under Star Fleet Regulation 5780. On watch in this area will be the
Duty Medical Officer who has responsibility for the management of activities throughout
Sickbay.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES
Star Fleet Regulation 4680 requires Star Fleet Commanding Officers to maintain
their commands in a state of maximum effectiveness of war or other service consistent
with the degree of readiness as may be prescribed by proper authority. Effectiveness for
service is directly related to the state of personnel and material readiness. The regulation
also requires Commanding Officers to make themselves aware of the progress of any
repairs, the status of spares, repair parts and other components, personnel readiness and
other factors or conditions that could lessen the effectiveness of their commands.
The Engineering Officer is the officer responsible for the general maintenance of the
ship, which includes the general cleanliness of the ship’s common spaces (e.g. ventilation
headers, tubes, corridors, recreation areas, etc.), the supply of essential ship services such
as potable water, the repair of ship equipment and the overall condition of the hull.
General ship maintenance will be performed by the Ship’s Services division of the
Engineering Department specifically, the Ship Maintenance section. With regards to
the cleanliness of other areas, the cleanliness of departmental areas is the responsibility of
the Department Head for those areas. The general orderliness of private quarters will be
the responsibility of the occupants, but the cleanliness of the elevators, corridors, decks
and bulkheads will be the responsibility of the Ship Maintenance section.
FABRICATION AND REPAIR
Maintenance activities also include repairs as well. In general, machines wear out and as
such, maintenance is a daily occurrence onboard a Star Fleet ship. To help in the repair
and maintenance of ship’s systems, a modern Starship will contain a small store of spare
parts and equipment as well as shops and fabrication facilities. Most Star Fleet ships will
have an organization specifically dedicated to material fabrication and repairs. The Ship
Repair section will usually be tasked with the repairs to the hull and ship’s machinery and
is an integral part of the ship’s damage control organization.
Other consumable items such as food and clothing will generally be created through the
use of material Fabricators. A Fabricator is another form of matter-energy scrambler
that operates on the same principle as the ship’s Transporter. Most objects will be
designed and fabricated by the Ship Material section of the Ship Services division.
SHIP INSPECTIONS
Star Fleet Regulation 4310 requires Star Fleet Commanding Officers to hold
periodic inspections regarding the material condition of the ship to determine deficiencies
and cleanliness. Such inspections will be in addition to the standard sanitation inspections
performed by the Medical Department of the ship. The Commanding Officer will also
designate his Department Heads to periodically inspect their specific areas as well and
report their findings to the Commanding Officer. This is especially true after a newly
commissioned ship is ready for deep space duty where it may be possible that tools and
debris may be left behind during construction. Star Fleet Regulation 4880 is quite
specific regarding the actions required by the Commanding Officer after a ship has been
commissioned. Specifically, this regulation states: “In preparing the ship after
commissioning the Commanding Officer shall endeavor to discover and correct any defect
or inadequacy in the crew or in the ship, her installations, equipment and stores; and shall
ensure that all installations and equipment can be operated satisfactorily by the crew .”

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MISCELLANEOUS SHIP ACTIVITIES
Star Fleet ships will also perform other operations as well. These are normal functions
performed by the ship, but that are not performed on a frequent or regular basis. These
particular operations are called Special Evolutions.
HYDROGEN GAS COLLECTION
Hydrogen gas collection is an operation designed to charge the ship’s plasma fuel supply
for the main warp engines. It involves scooping-up hydrogen molecules from hydrogen-
rich clouds and nebulae. The system designed to perform this function is the ship’s Space
Gas Induction System, which is an integral part of the ship’s Main Propulsion system.
A complete description of this system can be found in technical manual: STARSHIPS
532-2140.
FRESH WATER ACQUISITION
Every Star Fleet ship in the fleet has waste treatment and water reclamation systems to
maintain an adequate supply of water for the crew and for some systems. However, there
will always be some loss to the total inventory and therefore, fresh water will need to be
acquired in order to make-up the shortfall. Therefore, Star Fleet ships come equipped
with a Water Acquisition System. This system also works on the same principles as the
Transporter. In general, the system “scoops” or beams aboard a large volume of water
and loads it into the ship’s fresh water tanks. A complete description of this system can be
found in technical manual: STARSHIPS 539-5210.
FRESH AIR ACQUISITION
Although the ship’s atmosphere is continuously revitalized, there will be occasions when
fresh air extracted from Class-M planets may become necessary. Therefore, Star Fleet
ships come equipped with an Air Recharging System. As with the Water Acquisition
System, this system beams clean air and compresses it into the ship’s fresh air bottles. A
complete description of this system can be found in System Description Manual:
STARSHIPS 539-4270.
PROBE AND SATELLITE DEPLOYMENT AND RETRIEVAL[8]
There will be times when it will become necessary to deploy and/or retrieve telemetry and
data-gathering probes, orbiting satellites, signal buoys or other devices out in space. Star
Fleet ships on patrol carry several types of probes and satellites used for various special
purposes. Probes are used to gather information, while satellites are used to perform
special functions. Some of the satellites may be used to flood an area of a planet with
certain radiations, some are high-altitude chemical dispensers, and some are used for
ground communications. However, they all have one thing in common: they are
temporarily deployed and must be retrieved upon completion of their use. An example of a
satellite retrieval operation can be seen in Figure 4b33.10.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP OPERATING RECORDS
All commissioned ships in the Star Fleet are required, under Star Fleet Regulation
4510, to record the events that occur while the ship is in commission. These events are
recorded for historical purposes, which permits Star Fleet Command to completely
reconstruct the voyage of any ship in the fleet. The events are recorded in what is referred
to as a “Log”, which is a visual, voice and data recording maintained within the ship’s
computer memory banks. In addition, each ship contains several event recorders which
automatically monitor and record ship’s and equipment parameters. In essence, the ship’s
computer memory banks constitute the ship’s log. All other records associated with ship
operations come under the heading of the “Ship’s Log.”
The term “Log” comes from the old Earth nautical term “Logbook”. A “Logbook” was
originally a book for recording readings from the “Log” or “Chip Log”, which was used to
determine the distance a ship traveled within a certain amount of time. The readings of
the log have been recorded in equal times to give the distance traveled with respect to a
given start position. In modern times, a “Log” contains the recorded events and functions
occurring onboard a commissioned vessel. Some of these ship events are automatically
recorded such as by event recorder, other events must be manually entered.
The Ship’s Log is actually a series of “Logs”, each maintained by a specific department as
required by Star Fleet Regulation 4540, which states: “The Captain's Log, Engineering
Log, Navigation Log, Communications Log, Medical Log, Computer Memory Banks and
devices, Transporter Log and Flightdeck Log shall each constitute an official record of the
command.”
The logs specified above must be maintained in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation
4530. This regulation specifies the owner of the log and who must maintain it. Table
4b33.5, shown on the following page, lists the logs that must be maintained onboard ship,
their purpose, who is responsible for the log, and who can make entries into the log. The
most important of these logs is the Captain’s Log. In addition, elements of the log are
sent to Star Fleet Command each day as shown in Table 4b33.1.
The Captain’s Log is a complete daily record, by watch period, of every event of
importance or interest about the crew and the operation and safety of the ship. It has both
historical importance and legal standing and at times, may be used in Star Fleet and civil
courts. For example, in an incident involving a Star Fleet ship, the Captain’s Log may be
the only available evidence on which to base a legal decision[9]. An example of this can be
seen in the display of a log during a court-martial as illustrated in Figure 4b33.8. While
underway, entries made into the Captain’s Log are performed by the Officer of the
Conn. In-port, the log entries are made by the Command Duty Officer. The log is
signed at the end of each watch period by the command officer on duty and the signature
entered into the computer record by the Duty Command Yeoman.
The Chief of Star Fleet Records specifies the regulations governing the contents and
preparation of the Captain's and Engineering Logs and other such records, and it will
be the ship’s Records Officer who has the responsibility for maintaining the accuracy and
condition of these records. As stated above, the logs are computer records and as such,
only a few individuals onboard ship may have access to them: the Commanding Officer,
the Executive Officer and the Records Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b33.5
STANDARD STAR FLEET SHIP RECORDS
Responsible
Record Purpose/Notes
Officer
 To maintain a record of general activities on board ship
 To maintain a record of the actions taken by the Captain and
crew
Captain’s Log Commanding Officer
 Maintained by Commanding Officer, Command Duty Officer or
Officer of the Conn
 Reviewed daily by the Commanding Officer
 To maintain a record of equipment usage
 To maintain a record of hull stresses
Chief Engineering  To maintain a record of maintenance activities
Engineering Log
Officer  Maintained by the Chief Engineering Officer, Engineering
Officer of the Watch and other Engineering officers standing
watch
 To maintain a record of changes in ships course and speed
 To maintain a record of celestial bodies or objects that were
encountered
Navigation Log Operations Officer
 The Navigation Log is an addendum to both the Captain’s Log
and the Engineering Log
 Maintained by the duty Navigator
 To maintain a record of all incoming and outgoing messages
and communications
Communications
Operations Officer  To maintain a record of the frequencies and channels on which
Log
such messages were received or sent
 Maintained by the duty Communicator
 To maintain a record of transporter usage for maintenance
purposes
 To maintain a record of persons boarding or leaving the ship by
Transporter
Chief Engineering
Transporter Log  The Transporter Log is an addendum to both the Captain’s Log
Officer
and the Engineering Log
 Maintained by the Transporter Officer. Each Transporter station
will have its own log
 Reviewed weekly
 To maintain a record of craft leaving and returning to the ship
 To keep track of the location and duration of craft that are away
 To maintain a record of Flight Deck and Hangar Deck
Flightdeck Log Operations Officer
pressurization and pressure cycling
 The Flightdeck Log is an addendum to the Captain’s Log
 Maintained by the Flight Operations Officer
 To maintain a record of medical activities
 To maintain a record of crew fitness
Medical Log Chief Medical Officer  To maintain a record of drug consumption
 Maintained by the Chief Medical Officer, Duty Medical Officer or
other medical officer on duty
 To maintain a record of craft usage for maintenance purposes
 To maintain a record of craft course and speed, and the
Chief Engineering
Shuttlecraft Log destinations, places or landings, etc. of the craft
Officer
 The Shuttlecraft Log is an addendum to the Captain’s Log.
 Maintained by the craft pilot

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.1
OFFICER OF THE CONN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.2
SHIP’S COMMUNICATOR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.3
SHIP’S HELMSMAN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.4
SHIP’S NAVIGATOR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.5
SHIPS TRANSPORTER MANNED

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.6
TRANSPORTING SMALL CARGO

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.7
HANDHELD ANTI-GRAV UNIT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.8
SHIP’S LOG USED DURING A COURT-MARTIAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.9
TYPICAL QUARTERLY MEDICAL EXAMINATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b33.10
SATELLITE RETRIEVAL EVOLUTION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.4 STAR FLEET SHIP MATERIAL

CONDITIONS
In this section the Material Conditions of Readiness for a typical Star Fleet ship will
be discussed. Material Conditions, as discussed here, generally relate to the orientation
of doors, hatches, fittings, electrical and the ventilation system, whereas Conditions of
Readiness for Action refers to the disposition of the ship’s crew. The specific Material
Condition of a Star Fleet ship will generally depend upon the alert state of the vessel. A
Star Fleet ship has four states of Material Conditions corresponding to the total Alert
Status of the ship as illustrated in the following table.
Table 4b34.1
SHIP’S MATERIAL CONDITIONS OF READINESS
Material Alert
Condition Condition Applicability Ship Configuration
Status
 Wartime cruising Ship on Alert Conditions:
Battle Stations
 Hostile Encounter  Close all main bulkhead doors
General
I RED  Ship Emergency  Seal outer inter-deck accessways
Quarters
(GQ1)  Split electrical busses
 Some water systems are shutdown
 Intruder Alert Ship in Elevated Alert:
Intruder Alert  Peace time alerts in  Close all main bulkhead doors
II YELLOW Enhanced Alert unprotected ports  Seal outer inter-deck accessways
(GQ2)  Travelling in  Initiate intruder neutralization
unknown space  Sentries at all Transporter stations
 Peace time alerts at Ship is on Standby Alert:
ports and stations in  Increase ship’s roving security patrols
Standby Alert
III AMBER Federation space  Maintain security presence at operational
(GQ3)
 Outside wartime Transporter stations
operational theaters  Normal electrical and material lineups
 Cruising in known Ship on Standard Cruising Conditions:
Peace Time space  All main bulkhead doors are open
IV GREEN
Cruising  Orbiting well-  Electrical system fully cross-connected
protected ports  All systems cross-connected
 Docked at well- Ship on Standard In-Port Conditions:
Peace Time
V N/A protected ports and  All ship services from shore facility
Docked
stations  Ship’s engines are shutdown
ATMOSPHERIC INTEGRITY
A cardinal rule for any space-going vessel is that it maintains Atmospheric Integrity.
One of the most important aspects of damage control is to maintain an atmosphere within
the ship during emergency conditions. The ship may sustain any degree of damage, but if
the proper degree of Atmospheric Integrity is maintained, the ship’s crew can survive.
As such, ships doors, hatches and accessways providing access to compartments must be
operational at all times. All manways into inner bottom tanks, battery wells and void
spaces must be closed at all times. Large closures such as the Flight Deck doors must
also be closed at all times. And even the doors providing access to the Flight Deck and
Observation Deck must be closed as well. This is especially true since the large Flight
Deck doors are the only barrier between the ship and outer space. A breach in this area
can affect multiple decks.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPS DAMAGE CONTROL ORGANIZATION
Every ship in the Star Fleet has an organization dedicated to mitigating ship’s damage.
The ship’s damage control organization consists of Damage Control Central (DCC), the
Fire Brigade and the various Repair Parties. Figure 4b34.1 illustrates a typical damage
control organization found on all Star Fleet ships. The Damage Control Officer, under
the command of the Damage Control Assistant to the Chief Engineer, is responsible
for ship damage control and mitigation. As such, the Damage Control Officer (DCO) will
be responsible for:
1. The control of damage, including the control of ship’s stability. The DCO will supervise
placing the ship in the proper material condition of readiness as ordered by the
Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn.
2. Training and certifying ship’s personnel in basic damage control, including firefighting,
emergency repairs, and non-medical defensive measures.
3. The operation, care, and maintenance of the systems and machinery associated with
damage control and fire suppression, as well as the gear used for emergency repairs.
DAMAGE CONTROL CENTRAL
The function of Damage Control Central (DCC) is to serve as the headquarters for the
damage control organization when activated. Personnel at this station receive all damage
reports, determine if proper measures are being taken to correct the damage, and pass
this information to the appropriate organizations, along with instructions based upon the
considerations of the overall damage to the ship. The DCC will normally be located near
Engineering, but may also be contained within the Auxiliary Control room as well.
Under normal watch conditions the DCC will not be manned and there is no duty Damage
Control Officer on watch. However, should an emergency take place that requires the
activation of the DCC, the Duty Repair Officer will assume the role of the Damage
Control Officer in Charge (DDO) and will take control of the DCC. The DDO will then
take his orders from the Officer of the Conn and will direct the various damage control
parties from DCC.
DUTY DAMAGE CONTROL ORGANIZATION
During normal operations the Duty Repair Officer is responsible for repair and
fabrication activities. However, under emergency conditions the Duty Repair Officer will
activate the Damage Control Center and will assume the duty of the Damage Control
Officer in Charge or DDO. The organization under the DDO is divided into two groups:
the Damage Control Party or DCTeam and the Repair Team. The DCTeam is the
first response team tasked with halting or mitigating the emergency, be it a fire, loss of
hull integrity or radiation leak. In the case of a fire the DCTeam will become the Fire
Brigade. This team will be composed of members from the ship’s Repair and Damage
Control division and other members of the Engineering department that are trained in
specific damage control processes and procedures. After the situation has stabilized, the
Repair Team commences to perform the more permanent repairs as a result of the
accident, or will perform what repairs they can accomplish to make the ship spaceworthy.
A typical damage control organization during General Quarters can be seen in Figure
4b34.2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CLASSIFICATION OF SHIP AREAS
Star Fleet ships were designed such that they could survive most disasters. For example,
the Main Engines are located away from critical life-support and vital crew areas. Vital
ship control areas were placed away from living quarters as much as possible. In addition,
the hull of the ship is double-walled and the ship contains rigid inner pressure boundaries
to isolate the outer exposed areas to critical interior areas. As such, a Star Fleet ship is
compartmentalized into areas classified by their importance to the operation of the ship.
The classification of these areas is defined in the table below:
Table 4b34.2
CLASSIFICATION OF SHIP AREAS
Area Classification
Definition Typical Ship Areas
Label Color
Areas critical to the operation • Main Engines
and safety of the ship • Engineering Section
Critical Red • Bridge
• Main Computer Shaft
• Ship’s Battery area
Areas important to the operation • Ship’s Weapons areas
of the ship or the health and • Transporter Rooms
Important Green safety of the crew. • Ship Support System areas
• Medical Areas
Areas useful in fulfilling the • Laboratories
Minor Blue mission to which the ship was • Storage areas
assigned. • Cargo holds
Areas that contain no vital • Flightdeck
Non-essential Yellow circuitry or equipment. • Recreation areas
• Outer hull areas
AREAS VITAL TO SHIP OPERATION
A vital area of a Star Fleet ship is an area or compartment where equipment, machinery
or circuitry critical to the operation of the ship, is located. Figures 4b34.3 and 4b34.4 point
out the vital areas of a typical Cruiser class Starship. These areas of the ship can be
isolated by closing all the Inner Bulkhead Doors and Interconnecting Accessways
located within the area as shown in Figures 4b34.5 and 4b34.6.
In general, all engineering areas are vital areas of the ship since they contain the
equipment and circuitry required to sustain the ship. Importantly, the main Enginerooms
are vital areas as they control ship propulsion. Propulsion is the most important element of
any space vessel and without it a ship no longer is considered a space-worthy vessel.
Therefore, it is most important that, at least, the Secondary or Impulse drive system of
any Star Fleet ship remain operational at all times. Although a ship can function without
its Main Engines, they are considered vital areas since they contain the Polymass fuel
and must be protected at all times. Any antimatter that escapes from its enclosures will
surely destroy the ship and its crew.
The second most vital area of any Star Fleet ship is the Computer Core area. This is a
sealed area in the central part of the ship containing the ship’s computers and databanks.
And since the computer essentially controls most, if not all, of the ship’s functions it is vital
that this area be protected at all times. Lastly, the ship’s Auxiliary Control Room is also
considered a vital area should the Bridge be placed out of action. This area is essential as
most of the critical functions of the ship can be controlled from that location.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STANDARD CONDITIONS
Standard Conditions refer to the material configuration state of a Star Fleet ship under
normal, cruising conditions. This is known as being in Material Condition Four or
Condition GREEN and is normally set during regular peacetime cruising. As such, during
Standard Conditions:
a. All main interior bulkheads and Interconnecting Accessways are open for access.
b. Turbolifts, elevators and personal conveyances are fully operational.
c. Transporter units fully operational, but unmanned and in standby mode.
d. The HVAC and ventilation systems are in their normal supply lineups.
e. Standard ship lighting conditions are in effect.
f. The ship’s AC electrical system is in a normal, full-power lineup with the port and
starboard main busses cross-connected. The DC buss is floating the ship’s battery.
g. Main engine power busses connected to main ship’s electrical system.
h. The Weapons Power Buss is deactivated.
i. All auxiliary and service systems are operational and in their normal lineups.
j. Ship’s interior communications system set to normal. All interior emergency channels
are placed on standby.
k. All emergency and damage control systems are on standby.
In addition to the above cruising conditions, the Standard Conditions while in-port are:
1. All service system connections are open to the facility.

2. Exterior hatch interlocks are deactivated to allow opening.
3. The ship is on shore power.
ALERT CONDITIONS
Alert conditions refer to the various material configurations of the ship under certain alert
or battle conditions. For battle stations these are:
a. All main interior bulkheads are closed, including all Interconnecting Accessways.
b. Turbolifts are shutdown and locked in place. Turbolift door interlocks deactivated.
c. Transporter units are fully operational and manned with security guards.
d. The HVAC and ventilation systems are in reduced supply mode and lined-up to
mitigate any atmospheric breach. Oxygen bleed reduced by twenty percent.
e. Ship is on full lighting except for unmanned areas where lighting is off. Emergency
lighting system is on standby.
f. The ship’s electrical system is split into port and starboard busses. Main engine power
busses disconnected from main ship’s electrical system.
g. Weapons Power Buss is activated. May be augmented with main engine power.
h. Auxiliary and service systems are on reduced service mode. Galleys are shutdown[10].
i. Ship’s emergency communications system activated.
While in-port, the following will take place during an alert condition:
1. All service systems will be transferred to the ship.

2. Reactors are started up and power transferred to the ship.
3. All hatches and openings are closed.
4. The ship shall make all preparations for getting underway.
5. Increased security patrols.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RIGGING THE SHIP
The term “Rigging the Ship” means to perform the actions necessary to place the ship in
the specified material or operational condition. When such a material condition needs to be
set, the Officer of the Conn will issue the order to “Rig the Ship…” When the order is
passed, all applicable areas of the ship will perform the necessary actions to set the area
or compartment to the ordered material condition. Only when all the areas have reported
to the duty Communicator that their particular area has been “Rigged” will the Officer
of the Conn proceed with the evolution.
RIGGING THE SHIP FOR SPACE
Rigging the ship for space is a process by which preparations are made to ensure that the
ship is space-worthy or capable of putting out into deep space. This process is usually
initiated after a ship has been moored at a space dock or has completed its repairs in
Drydock and is about to get underway. Once initiated and the ship is out in deep space,
the order will not be issued again.
The order to “Rig the Ship for Space” is generally given when a ship is ready to leave
space dock. The order typically requires that the ships propulsion system has already been
started and is ready to answer orders from the Con, or at the very least, the ship’s
maneuvering system is fully functional. In addition, the ship must function on internal
power, and the ship’s environmental and gravity systems must be fully operational and
running. In addition, the ship is on its internal support and service systems.
When the order is given, all exterior doors and closures are verified shut and air-tight. That
is, checks will be made to ensure that closures, doors and hatches are properly sealed and
that no air is escaping from their seals. If any hatch, door or closure fails the leak test, the
ship cannot get underway until the problem has been resolved. However, under special
emergency conditions, this requirement may be waived by the Commanding Officer or
the Officer of the Conn.
In addition, the order to rig the ship for space also includes the removal of all external
passageways, connections and umbilical cables. A ship moored may have special lines
connected to the hull in order to provide electrical power, water and purified air into the
ship, as well as waste from of the ship. All of these connections must be removed and the
closures for these attachments shut and sealed.
Rigging the ship for space also includes the stowage of loose gear. All tools and equipment
must be stowed in their proper receptacle or locker, all personal items are put away and all
ship’s craft are latched-down in the Hangar Bay. Lastly, and prior to getting underway, all
ship’s external lighting, marker and running lights shall be turned on and functioning in
normal mode.
The only deviation from this procedure is when a ship enters an orbit. There is no specific
order given nor is there any specific material condition required for entering or maintaining
an orbit. The only procedure that may be implemented when a ship enters an orbit may be
to set the Transporter watches and possibly, station security personnel in Transporter
rooms. All other lineups and conditions shall be the same as for normal cruising.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RIGGING THE SHIP FOR WARP MANEUVERS
The first time the ship is ready to engage the warp drive the order will be given to “ Rig the
Ship for Warp Maneuvers” or “Rig the Ship for Warp Factors.” When the order is given,
the ship’s Inertia Control System is activated and set to automatic. In addition, as a
prerequisite, the ship must have already been rigged for space. However, a ship cannot
engage the Warp or Main Engines until they are ready. That means that the Polymass
is at the proper temperatures for fusion and the ship’s warp field has been established, all
of which is part of the process of rigging the ship for warp maneuvers.
When all stations have reported to the Bridge Communications Station that they are
rigged for Warp Maneuvers, the Communicator will relay to the Officer of the Conn:
“All Stations Report Rigged for Warp Factors.”[11] The Officer of the Conn is now free to
order any speed up to and including Warp Factor Six. However, the Officer of the Conn
cannot order any engine speed beyond Warp Factor Six without the direct approval from
the ship’s Commanding Officer.
RIGGING THE SHIP FOR COLLISION
In the event of an imminent danger of collision, either with another ship or with a spatial
body, such as an asteroid, the Officer of the Conn will issue the order: “Rig Ship for
Collision.” The action upon receiving this order is to place the ship on YELLOW alert and
to sound the Collision Alarm. If the object comes to within one kilometer of the vessel,
the ship will go to RED alert. See Section 3.6 for information pertaining to the Collision
Alarm.
Because a collision will most certainly cause damage to the hull, the procedure to rig for
collision will include the closure of the inner bulkhead doors. This will seal the inner portion
of the ship from the outer areas. In addition, all Turbolift elevators will be shut down and
all Interconnecting Accessways will be sealed off as well. All personnel currently
located at the outer hull areas will be ordered towards the center of the ship.
The issuance of the Collision Alarm automatically activates Damage Control Central
(DCC). As such, the duty Damage Control Team will be activated and will muster with
the duty Damage Control Officer in Charge (DDO) in DCC. At that time the Damage
Control Officer in Charge will assemble the Repair Team, which will consist primarily
of repair and hull technicians.
When the Collision Alarm is activated a circuit is closed allowing the engines to bypass
some of the normal safety features in order to provide as much speed as possible to avoid
the collision before it occurs. At this point reactor power may exceed 100 percent and will
allow operation to 115 percent in order to provide the extra power to the ship’s deflector
screens. As such, some of the power grid breakers may be locked shut to allow the extra
burst of electrical current.
In addition, Star Fleet ships may also encounter special stellar phenomenon such as ion
storms and other cosmic anomalies that may cause turbulence or cause the ship to vibrate
violently. Such conditions could cause a hull breach or damage the ship’s outer structure.
When encountering such an event, the Officer of the Conn will also order the ship to rig
for collision as well. Typically, the order will be preceded by a phrase indicating the need
for the preparation. For example, if an ion storm were ahead, the Officer of the Conn
will issue the order: “Approaching Ion Storm; Rig Ship for Collision.”

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RIGGING THE SHIP FOR DOCKING
A Star Fleet ship will be rigged for docking when it is ready to be anchored or moored
within a Space Dock or Drydock. The order to “Prepare the Ship for Docking” or “Rig
Ship for Docking” will be issued during the Maneuvering Watch and when the ship’s
motion is completely stopped. At this point the ship is already in close proximity to the
docking area and ready to be moored.
When the order is given, all external ship connection openings will be unsealed and ready
for the connectors and that all the anchor points are ready to receive clamps. However,
hatches, doors and other large openings will not be unsealed until the word is given that a
brow or a gangway has been attached to the hull and pressurized. In addition, technicians
and security personnel will be deployed to the doors to ensure proper operation of the
hatches and the security of the opening. At this point the ship is considered “Docked” and
the Officer of the Conn will pass the word, via the Communicator, that “The Ship is
Docked; Secure the Maneuvering Watch.”
When the ship has been completely and properly docked, the Officer of the Conn will
issue the order “Transfer Services to Shore”, which means that all ship’s power, water and
air will come from the docking facility. Only after a successful transfer of power can the
engines and the reactors be placed in a shutdown condition, if the stay is for an extended
duration. Otherwise, if the stay will be temporary, less than ten days, the ship’s Impulse
Engines and reactors will remain on “Hot Standby,” which means they will be shutdown,
but will not be placed in a cold shutdown condition. Either of these two conditions would
have been planned in advance and set down in the Plan of the Day.
RIGGING THE SHIP FOR COMBAT
Rigging the ship for combat or Battle Stations, is a process that is performed whenever
the ship is placed on RED Alert. In such cases the Officer of the Conn will issue the
order to the Communicator to set Condition One and to go to Red Alert. The
Communicator will sound the alarm and call out on the intercom: “All Hands Man Your
Battlestations.” The order may also include whether this condition is a drill for training or
an actual Condition One situation. The procedure involved is discussed in more detail in
Section 4.3 of this volume. For non-combat General Quarters the Officer of the Conn will
issue the order to “Sound General Quarters” and will state the reason for the order. The
Communicator will then set the ship’s Annunciator and will call out over the ship’s
intercom: “All Hands to General Quarters,” along with the reason for going to Condition
One and any supplementary instructions. In summary, these actions are automatic upon
General Quarters.
RIGGING THE SHIP FOR TOWING
Rigging the ship for towing basically applies when a Star Fleet ship will haul or tow
another vessel. To “Rig for Towing” essentially means to outrig and energize the ship’s
Tractor[12]. When using Tractors, all precautions must be maintained to prevent damage
to the ship’s Tractor and surrounding structures. When towing vessels, ships cannot
engage the Warp engines. All towing must be performed at sublight speeds.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENTERING CLOSED COMPARTMENTS AFTER DAMAGE
Airtight doors, hatches and accessways should be opened only after making sure that the
compartment is under pressure. Damage Control Central (DCC) will usually check the
pressure of a compartment before access is allowed. However, if pressure measurements
could not me made, another method is to feel the access door. If the door feels cold, then
it is very likely that the compartment may be open to space. However, in most cases,
technicians will utilize handheld sensing devices to ascertain the conditions inside a sealed
compartment. In general, doors, hatches and manways should never be opened until
permission is obtained from the Damage Control Officer with concurrence from the
Officer of the Conn or the Commanding Officer. Extreme caution must always be
exercised when opening compartments located in the vicinity of damaged compartments,
especially those that are at or near outer hull areas.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b34.1
GENERAL SHIP’S DAMAGE CONTROL ORGANIZATION

Control Division
RPDC
3510 3520 3530 3550

Ship Safety Ship Repair Damage Control Fire Suppression
Section Section Section Systems Section
SAFE REPR DAMG FIRE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b34.2
DAMAGE CONTROL ORGANIZATION DURING GENERAL QUARTERS
Damage Control Officer
3510 3520 3530 3540

Ship Safety Ship Repair Damage Control Fire Suppression
SAFE REPR DAMG FIRE
Repair Team Damage Control Party
Fire Brigade

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b34.3
STAR FLEET SHIP AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
Area Legend
Critical
Important
Minor
Non-essential

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b34.4
STAR FLEET SHIP AREA CLASSIFICATIONS - CONTINUED
Area Legend
Critical
Important
Minor
Non-essential

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b34.5
STANDARD INNER BULKHEAD ISOLATION DOOR (BENT)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b34.6
STANDARD INTERCONNECTING ACCESSWAY BETWEEN DECKS
Video>Corridors>NDVD_3690 OR 586, 865, 869, 878, 947? 1065? 1323? 1324? 1361? 1451?

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.5 STAR FLEET SHIP TACTICAL

OPERATIONS
Tactical operations, within this context, are defined as the measures implemented when
encountering vessels in space. Such encounters are usually defined as being between a
Star Fleet ship and a non-Star Fleet vessel, though they will apply for all cases of vessel
encounters in space. Therefore, the function of this section is to outline the processes and
actions taken when encountering ships and vessels in deep space, the primary purpose of
which is to protect and maintain the security of the command as required under Star
Fleet Regulation 4670. As such, Commanding Officers, as well as all other officers in
command of Star Fleet ships, must be prepared at all times to handle any situation that
may arise during encounters in space and to be ready to take the appropriate action when
necessary in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4680.
ENCOUNTERS IN SPACE
An encounter in space is defined as two or more vessels that are in close proximity with
each other. This generally happens when vessels meet while travelling to their respective
destinations, or when a vessel approaches a planet or shore facility. To handle such
encounters, Star Fleet established certain procedures to deal with encounters in space.
These procedures were implemented under Star Fleet General Order Twelve. General
Order Twelve, or the Encounters in Space Directive, is the order directing Star Fleet
Commanders to identify and determine the intentions of all vessels encountered in
Federation space, and to act on their intentions within Star Fleet Regulations and
Interplanetary Law so that peace and security can be maintained within the United
Federation in accordance with the Articles of Federation and the Star Fleet Charter.
In essence, General Order Twelve is an extension of Star Fleet Regulations 4680

and 6550, which requires that all Star Fleet Commanding Officers and Officers in
Command will, to the maximum extent possible, protect the command from attack or any
action which may endanger the command, and to take such measures as necessary to
minimize the possibility of an undetected approach of hostile forces. This General Order
also establishes the rules for engaging vessels and for reporting such encounters. Any
incident that occurs during an encounter with another vessel in space must be reported to
Star Fleet Command and a Board of Inquiry established to investigate the incident.
Besides the security of a vessel, General Order Twelve also mandates that Star Fleet
vessels properly identify themselves to all vessels encountered in space. This part of the
order is a reference to General Order Nine, which requires the safe navigation and
handling of all Star Fleet vessels. As such, all Federation vessels must transmit an
identifying signal called a Registry Beacon. In addition, by treaty or convention, all non-
Federation vessels must also transmit a Registry Beacon, which must be interpreted by
any Federation vessel. A more detailed explanation for this beacon can be found in
Section 3.2 of this chapter. However, this aspect of General Order Twelve can be
waived for Star Fleet vessels under special operational assignments in order to keep their
identity unknown.
STARDATE 23704.96 UFP521-4b35.1 CONFIDENTIAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHALLENGING VESSELS IN SPACE
General Order Twelve requires all Star Fleet ship commanders to challenge all vessels
they encounter in open space. In this context, a challenge refers to a Star Fleet ship
confronting a vessel, and requesting that vessel to identify itself and provide information
regarding its destination and purpose. The purpose of the challenge is to ascertain the
identity and intent of the vessel and to ensure that it is engaged in lawful and peaceful
activities in Federation space. If the Commanding Officer or Officer in Command of
the Star Fleet ship suspects that the vessel is engaged in unlawful activity, the
Commanding Officer of the Star Fleet ship can exercise his prerogatives under Star
Fleet General Orders 5 and 27 and forcibly stop the ship and board the vessel without
warrant under Star Fleet General Orders 16, and 17. However, challenges performed
outside of Federation space are for the sole purpose of protecting the command. Star
Fleet ship commanders cannot exercise their law-enforcement authority outside of
Federation territory, except on Federation colonies and expeditions operating in these
regions. In addition, Star Fleet vessels cannot challenge vessels operating within the
boundaries of a signatory member of the United Federation of Planets. The challenge,
in this case, may only be exercised by the Local Force of that system. However, since
most systems have Rights of Passage agreements with Star Fleet, the challenge is
usually not exercised.
Challenges are usually performed through communication between the vessels. Normally,
the challenge is performed while all the affected vessels are in motion and as such, there
is no reason to come to a complete stop. However, at the discretion of the Star Fleet
commander, any ship can be stopped and inspected as authorized under ARTICLES 27 and
30 of the Star Fleet Charter. As such, Star Fleet commanders have the right to inspect
documentation, licenses and permits as authorized under ARTICLE 27 of the Charter. In
addition, Star Fleet commanders also have the authority to inspect cargo and manifests
of private and commercial vessels as well.
RENDERING HONORS
One major part of challenging vessels in space is to “Render Honors”, if applicable.

Rendering honors typically means to show, display or otherwise state such courtesies as
afforded to a person of rank. In this particular case the term ‘“Rendering Honors” applies
to courtesies given to commands and official government entities. Such rendering of
honors is covered in Star Fleet Regulation 7000 and specified in Table 7001 of that
regulation. However, in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 7120, no honors of any
kind will be accorded to any planet or government or to any official of any planet not
formally recognized by the Federation. The rules for rendering honors can be found in
Section 7.6 of Volume I of the Star Fleet Command Manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL SHIP SENSOR OPERATION
Star Fleet ships are equipped with a complex set of sensors relating to both navigations
and weaponry. Specifically, the navigational sensors will be used to detect, identify and
track vessels and other objects in deep space. The navigational sensor beam, or long-
range sensor, is an integral part of the ship’s Navigational Deflector beam used to
sweep small debris away from the ship’s direction of travel. The feedback from the beam is
used to measure the size and mass of the object. Other sensor beams will then be
employed to determine the shape, characteristics, life-forms and energy output of the
object. In general, the long-range sensors of Star Fleet ships are more powerful and
sensitive than those on private or commercial vessels. As such, Star Fleet vessels are able
to pickup an object in space that is much farther away than on other ships.
SENSOR CONTACT
The most dangerous period of any encounter between two vessels, or a vessel and a
station, is the period of time between first sensor contact and the identification of the
intent of the unidentified ship. Contact is first realized when an approaching vessel enters
one of the ship’s Action Perimeters. It is during this period that a Star Fleet
commander is most likely to make a mistake in judgment, which can cost the commander
his ship, or cause the commander to fire upon a friendly vessel. A Star Fleet commander
must never assume that an approaching a vessel is or is not aware of the presence of the
Starship or station. As such, the commander must always assume that the vessel
encountered is aware of his presence and to prepare the command for potential hostile
action as required by Star Fleet Regulations 4670 and 4680.
ACTION PERIMETERS
An Action Perimeter is described as the volume of space encircling the ship, as defined
by the radius of the ship’s long-range sensors, in which the Commanding Officer or
Officer in Command of the ship will take appropriate action. A ship has several Action
Perimeters based upon the distance away from the vessel, or object, and its direction of
travel. These Action Perimeters are illustrated in Figures 4b35.1 and 4b35.2 and will be
described in the paragraphs below.
The Classifying Zone is defined as the volume within which the contact can be identified
using the ship’s long-range scanners. The zone is an imaginary sphere enveloping the ship
with a radius of eighteen million km, which is based upon the capability to sense, identify,
determine the intent, and to maneuver the vessel to act on that intent within sixty seconds
at full space-normal speed. The size of this zone provides ample time to detect and
analyze objects and vessels. However, one must be extremely careful concerning the
sensor readings that may be obtained. Ship sensors, specifically the material and biological
sensors, are only reliably accurate to about 200,000 kilometers. And for vessels and other
small objects that may be in the range of 1 AU, the accuracy of the scan may be as low as
twenty percent. As such, Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star
Fleet ships must rely on their energy sensors, which measure the total energy output of
the vessel encountered. Heat sensors can also be used to determine the type and number
of beings within the vessel should they be of such a nature as to produce their own body
heat. Heat sensors can also be used to detect and monitor the movement of the creatures
in the vessel and to hypothesize their intention by their movements.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
As previously stated, the primary function of the Classifying Zone is to establish the
identity of the vessel and to ascertain its intent. The first indication of a vessel’s intent is
its direction of travel; in particular, any change in the vessel’s direction of travel. As such,
Commanding Officers are trained in how to recognize the intent of a vessel by its
actions. The following are the guidelines used by Star Fleet commanders in determining
the intent:
Table 4b35.1
STAR FLEET SHIP ACTIONS RELATING TO VESSEL INTENT
Direction of Travel Actions To Be Taken
No change in target vessel’s direction: The vessel appears to go about its own business and
may be unaware of the Star Fleet ship. In most
cases the Star Fleet ship commander will hail the
target vessel for the challenge.
The target vessel changes direction The vessel appears to be intercepting the Star Fleet
towards the Star Fleet vessel: vessel. Star Fleet ship captains generally consider
this a provocative move and will place their ship in a
heightened state of alert, and will position their ship
with its strongest shields and weapons facing the
oncoming vessel.
The target vessel changes direction away This can be considered an evasive maneuver, which
from the Star Fleet vessel: may be designed to evade detection by the Star
Fleet vessel. Star Fleet ship commanders will usually
pursue and challenge the vessel. If the target vessel’s
course change occurs within 900,000 km, the target
vessel may be giving the Star Fleet ship the right of
way.
The target vessel changes direction This is considered as a stalking maneuver and may
parallel to the Star Fleet vessel: indicate that the target vessel is observing the Star
Fleet vessel. Star Fleet ship captains will usually
allow this in order to observe the target vessel
themselves. After a period of time the Star Fleet ship
commander will challenge the target vessel.
The Action Zone is the area in which the Commanding Officer must take the required
or necessary action depending on the circumstances and the approach of the contact
vessel. The zone is an imaginary sphere with a radius of six million km that envelopes the
ship. This radius is based upon the capability to maneuver the ship to prevent a collision.
The radius is based upon manually identifying an oncoming vessel and performing the
appropriate maneuvers to prevent a collision from occurring, which was established to take
twenty seconds to accomplish at full space-normal speed.
In general, when unknown or foreign vessels enter the Action Zone of a Star Fleet ship,
the Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command must place the ship in an alert
condition. The guidelines for action are that if the vessel appears to be on a collision
course the Officer in Command must sound the Collision Alarm and rig the ship for
collision. If the oncoming vessel appears to be on an intercept course, the Officer in
Command shall sound General Quarters and will rig the ship for Battle Stations. In
such situations the ship will usually be placed in GQ2 or Yellow Alert status.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP IDENTIFICATION
Star Fleet General Order Twelve requires Starship commanders to identify all vessels
they encounter. All Federation ships are required to have, and emit, a Registry Beacon
identifying the vessel. Star Fleet and Local Force ships are also equipped with a special
IFF device used to indicate that the vessel is a friendly military vessel of the Federation.
The special signal cannot be duplicated or counterfeited.
In addition, all Federation vessels are required to keep Hailing Frequencies open and
to answer any “Hail” from a Star Fleet ship. If a Starship encounters any vessel while on
patrol within Federation space that does not respond to the ship’s ‘”Hail”, as required by
FLTCOMREG 24, the Starship commander has every right to pursue and board that
vessel in order to determine its intentions. This includes derelicts and ships in distress as
well.
Any action taken by the Commanding Officer will generally be based upon the “Posture”
or the position the encountered vessel takes during identification. A “Friendly Posture” is
when the vessel remains motionless, may have its Stern facing the Star Fleet ship or is
placed in a vulnerable position and its shields or defensive screens are not activated. An
“Unfriendly Posture” is when the encountered vessel turns towards the Star Fleet ship
with its screens up, or may simply activate its defensive screens with a refusal to answer
the hail. In such situations, the Commanding Officer of the Star Fleet ship is obliged to
raise his screens and lock weapons on the target.
ENCOUNTERING FRIENDLY VESSELS
Most ships encountered in deep space will be Federation ships of one kind or another
and as such, are considered “Friendly.” These vessels are usually engaged in peaceful
commerce or private business. The first step in determining whether a vessel is “Friendly”
is the receipt of a familiar and valid identification or Registry Beacon. The next step is to
confirm the communicated ID with a visual sighting. This step will usually involve long-
range scanners to lock on and display the vessel. The Officer of the Conn will usually
order the Helmsman to increase magnification in order to get a good look at the vessel.
This process is used on all types of vessels encountered in space.
ENCOUNTERING FEDERATION GOVERNMENT VESSELS
In general, all Federation government vessels will be treated as ‘“Friendly” vessels and
as such, challenging such vessels will be performed in accordance with the procedures
regarding encountering “Friendly” vessels. Government vessels include all ships, craft and
barges owned and operated by an agency of the Federation, all military vessels of the
member local forces of the Federation, and most member government vessels operating
in open space.
However, Star Fleet ships encountering each other in open space will not require a
challenge. This is because Star Fleet ships transmit an IFF signal along with the standard
Registry Beacon. This IFF signal is specific to a Star Fleet vessel, which changes on a
frequent and random basis. A similar IFF signal will be transmitted by Local Force
vessels when they are attached to a Star Fleet unit. In general, however, if not engaged
in an official assignment, Star Fleet ship commanders will usually communicate courtesies
between themselves.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENCOUNTERING NEUTRAL VESSELS
Neutral vessels are generally those ships that belong to non-member worlds inside of
Federation space who generally maintain a good relationship with the Federation or its
allies. Under General Order 12, vessels belonging to neutral powers must be considered
as “Friendly” vessels until their overt actions present an “Unfriendly Posture”. The
Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command of the Star Fleet ship will have the
burden of interpreting the actions of any vessel and to determine what constitutes an
“Unfriendly Posture”. This is a judgment call on the part of the Starship commander
and where his experience in dealing with ship encounters becomes necessary.
In all cases, Starship commanders are taught that their first action is to protect their ship
and the security of the Federation. In addition, they are also taught that if a commander
is to err, err on the side of peace whenever possible by granting a suspicious vessel all
possible leeway until such time as the safety of their ship is directly threatened.
ENCOUNTERING UNFRIENDLY VESSELS
A vessel is considered “Unfriendly” when it belongs to a power defined as unfriendly, or

when, by its actions, has displayed an “Unfriendly Posture”. When such encounters
occur, the ship must be placed in an alert condition. Usually, General Quarters will be
sounded and the ship placed in a battle-ready condition as required by General Order
Twenty-Two. However, during peacetime, when there are no hostilities between the
governments of unfriendly vessels, the ship must still be placed in an alert, defense-ready
condition, though it need not be placed in a battle-ready condition.
Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of the Star Fleet vessel must be
firm when challenging an unfriendly vessel. A Star Fleet commander must maintain an
authoritative bearing at all times. That is, a Star Fleet ship Commanding Officer is
trained to be in charge of the situation – especially in Federation space. Outside of
Federation space, the commander will exercise discretion and good judgment regarding
his role in a confrontational situation.
ENCOUNTERING UNKNOWN VESSELS
The most dangerous of all encounters is with vessels of unknown origin. A Star Fleet ship
commander treads on thin ice when encountering a ship not belonging to any known
power. In encounters with an unknown race, a commander must be particularly careful not
to initiate action that would be interpreted as hostile. Star Fleet commanders are under
strict orders not to fire upon, or take an “Unfriendly Posture” toward a vessel of
unknown origin unless it commits an openly hostile act, or openly declares hostilities. This
is especially true if the encounter occurred outside of Federation space.
Once the two vessels are on friendly terms, the Commanding Officer shall begin
executing First Contact procedures, as required by General Order Twenty-Five or
other instructions. However, should the unknown vessel take an “Unfriendly Posture”
toward the Star Fleet ship, the Commanding Officer of the Star Fleet ship shall only
raise his defensive shields. The Commander Officer shall not fire upon the vessel or take
any provocative action unless the safety of his ship is at stake as required under Star
Fleet Regulation 4670 and General Order Six. This means that the Starship may
have to take fire for some period of time until the commander decides otherwise.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP APPROACH
The term “Ship Approach” refers to the manner and direction in which vessels encounter
each other in space. The manner in which a vessel approaches a Star Fleet ship will
determine how the commander of the Star Fleet ship will posture his vessel for the
challenge. The direction or quadrant around the ship in which a vessel approaches a Star
Fleet ship is called an Approach Quarter. A Star Fleet ship has eight such Approach
Quarters, which are defined and illustrated in Figures 4b35.1 and 4b35.2. The Approach
Quarter in which another vessel will encounter a Star Fleet ship will provide a sufficient
indication of its intention.
Most ships have a blind spot in the stern of the ship, commonly known as baffles – areas
where sensor readings are muffled, baffled, unclear or absent. Primarily, the ship’s baffles
are located within the ship’s ionization wake – the area where ionized particles are emitted
from the propulsion nozzles, which can obscure the aft sensors. Baffles can permit an
enemy vessel from being detected and therefore, they can hide in close proximity to the
Star Fleet vessel. As such, a Star Fleet ship may periodically engage in a maneuver
called “Clearing Baffles”, where the ship will perform a quick Port-Starboard Yaw rotation
back and forth (Figure 4b35.3) or Up-Down Pitch movement (Figure 4b35.4) in order for
the aft sensors to pick up any potential vessel traveling in the ship’s ionization wake. This
problem is not very severe while the ship is on Impulse, but can be a significant problem
while on Warp drive. However, these maneuvers will usually only be performed if the ship
is near hostile space or near an area crowded with objects where a ship may be hidden
from sensors. But very rarely will this maneuver be performed in open space.
NORMAL APPROACHES
A Normal Approach is one in which the target vessel or object is moving in a direction
from the Star Fleet ship such that both will ships will encounter each other, but will not
approach close enough to be of any concern. The direction vector of the target vessel will
be such that it may be coming towards the Star Fleet ship from the bow or stern, or
crossing its path from the bow quarters. It is called a Normal Approach because ships in
space will usually encounter each other while they are traveling in the ahead direction.
In this situation it is the target vessel that is approaching the Star Fleet ship. Regardless
of whether the target vessel is approaching from the bow head on or that the Star Fleet
ship is approaching the target vessel from its rear quarters, the target ship must yield to
the Star Fleet vessel and turn away. This is because, by law, Star Fleet vessels are
Privileged Vessels and therefore, have the Right of Way in open space.
COLLISION APPROACH
A Collision Approach is one in which the target vessel in front of the ship and headed
directly towards the bow of the Star Fleet vessel. In this situation both ships must
maneuver to avoid a collision. The Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command of
the Star Fleet ship must differentiate between an Intercept Approach and a Collision
Approach since they may appear similar when the subject vessel is approaching from a
bow quarter. Should the subject vessel enter the Action Zone of the Star Fleet ship, the
Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command shall “Rig the Ship for Collision” and
must follow the procedures specified in Section 3.4 of this Chapter.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
INTERCEPT APPROACH
An Intercept Approach is one in which the target vessel is on a course to meet or

intercept the Star Fleet ship. An Intercept Approach that is within 30,000 kilometers is
considered an imminent collision and as such, the Officer of the Conn must sound the
collision alarm and take steps to avoid the approaching vessel. A vessel is considered on
an intercept course if the computed direction and speed, relative to the ship, places the
vessel within a radius of 1.5 million kilometers at sublight speeds. If the vessel continues
and enters within a radius of 30,000 kilometers, it shall be considered as a collision course.
See charts for Action Perimeters. In all cases, the Action Perimeter for any non-
Federation vessel approaching a Star Fleet vessel shall not be less than 10,000 km.
Regardless of vessel type, the Commanding Officer must take steps to avoid a collision
at all times. In such cases the ship’s shields will be brought up.
If it is determined that the target ship is truly on an Intercept Approach, the Star Fleet
ship commander will take a defensive posture by turning towards the approaching vessel
and place his strongest shields towards the target vessel. The Star Fleet ship commander
will then perform the appropriate actions based upon where the target vessel is within the
ship’s Action Perimeters.
TRAILING APPROACHES
A Trailing Approach is when the target vessel is on a course to overtake the Star Fleet
ship from the stern. Typically, the course of the target vessel would be parallel to or move
away from the Star Fleet ship. However, should the course of the target vessel indicate
otherwise, the approach would be reclassified as an Intercept Approach and the
Commanding Officer, or the Officer of the Conn, will alter the ship’s attitude to the
situation accordingly. The action taken by the Commanding Officer, or the Officer in
Command, of the Star Fleet ship when it is determined that the subject vessel is an
“Unknown” or is “Unfriendly” is to orient the ship such that its forward shields are facing
the target vessel. For vessels that have been determined to be neutral or friendly, the Star
Fleet ship may remain on its present course.
COMING ALONGSIDE A STAR FLEET SHIP
A vessel approaching a Star Fleet vessel that wishes to come alongside must request
permission from the Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command of the Star
Fleet ship in order to do so. The rule for coming along side will be the same as the rule
for passing, except that the subject vessel must slow down to match the speed of the Star
Fleet ship by following the rules for slowing down as outlined in Chart 4b32.1. For Supply
Ships that come along side for a replenishment rendezvous, both vessel will eventually
come to a complete stop. An example of the proper way to come along side a Star Fleet
ship is illustrated is Figure 4b35.7.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP TACTICAL POSITIONING
Ship Tactical Positioning is the location and posture a Star Fleet ship takes relative to
the approaching vessel when the Commanding Officer is uncertain of the intent of the
approaching vessel. The general rule is to position the ship such that the ship’s strongest
shields are facing the vessel and that the strongest armament can be directed towards the
encountered vessel. The guidelines for ship positioning are illustrated in Figures 4b35.5
and 4b35.6, with an illustration of the proper positioning of the Star Fleet ship for the
challenge shown on Figure 4b35.8.
SHIP ENGAGEMENT
Ship Engagement is defined as the actions taken by the Star Fleet ship when the
challenging process has failed and the target vessel will not communicate with the Star
Fleet ship. As such, Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star Fleet
ships are obliged to take appropriate action to identify and ascertain the intent of the
oncoming vessel, while protecting the ship and all other Federation assets. The following
table provides guidelines on the actions that should be taken regarding any approach of a
vessel towards a Star Fleet ship based upon the direction of travel of the approaching
vessel.
Table 4b35.2
VESSEL ENCOUNTER ENGAGEMENT MATRIX
Approach Star Fleet Ship Actions For Vessel Type
Type Friendly Neutral Unfriendly Unknown
Classifying Zone
Normal N N D,G3,S,W F,N,S
Intercept - Top E,N E,N D,E,F,G2,S,W E,F,G3,S
Intercept - Side E,N E,N D,E,F,G2,S,W E,F,G3,S
Trailing N,S N,S D,F,G2,S,W F,G3,S
Action Zone
Normal H N,S,H* D,G2,S,W D,N,S
Intercept - Top E,G4,L E,G4,L,S D,E,F,G1,S,W D,E,F,G2,S,L
Intercept - Side E,G4,L E,G4,L,S D,E,F,G1,S,W D,E,F,G2,S,L
Trailing H,N F,N,S,H* D,F,G2,S,W D,F,G3,S
LEGEND
D: Defensive shields are up, take a defensive posture.
E: Execute evasive maneuver, prevent collision.
F: Maneuver the ship so that the ship is directly facing the encountered vessel.
G: Place the ship on General Quarters to the appropriate level; 1-Full battle, 2-Standby, 3-Intruder, 4-Collision
H: Render honors; H* = render honors only if authorized by treaty or agreement.
L: Take law enforcement action, if necessary.
N: No defensive action taken.
S: Scan vessel.
W: Weapons at the ready.
In summary, all Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships must make every effort to
communicate to the vessel encountered. Commanding Officers and Officers in
Command of Star Fleet ships cannot fire upon any vessel unless it is fired upon first.
The subject vessel must always make the first aggressive move.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RULES OF ENGAGEMENT
Rules of Engagement are defined as the rules used to determine when, where, and how
force shall be used. Such rules are both general and specific and are outlined in General
Orders 2, 22 and 23. These rules are as follows:
1. The use of force shall only be exercised as a last resort, and then only to the extent
that is absolutely necessary to accomplish the end required, or to counter either the
use of force or an imminent threat of the use of force. In general, a Star Fleet ship
shall fire weapons on the subject vessel only to disable the threat;
2. Commanding Officers and Officers in Command shall place their vessel in a
defensive posture and shall not take any provocative action unless or until fired upon;
3. Commanding Officers and Officers in Command shall establish communications
with the commander of the hostile force as soon as possible in order to ascertain the
intent of the hostile force as required under General Order Twelve;
4. Commanding Officers and Officers in Command shall prepare their vessel for
action if it becomes necessary as required by Star Fleet Regulations 4670 and
4710. However, the Officer in Command should refrain from immediately raising
defensive shields as it may be interpreted as an aggressive act. Therefore, shields
should be withheld if there is no clear and present danger to the ship as evaluated by
the Officer in Command. However, once shields are up the Officer in Command
must expect to take fire;
5. Should force be necessary, the Rules of Engagement established in General Order
Two shall go into effect. As such, it is the policy of Star Fleet that Commanding
Officers and Officers in Command, when defending their command, rapidly destroy
the enemy’s capability to inflict damage;
6. Should a hostile force show a willingness to break off the attack, the Commanding
Officer or the Officer in Command of the Star Fleet vessel shall allow it to do so,
but shall retain a full defensive posture in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation
4680;
7. Star Fleet Commanding Officers and Officers in Command shall demand the
immediate removal of the threat to security, either by the removal of the hostile force
from the area or the request for the immediate surrender of the force.
In summary, it is Federation and as such, Star Fleet policy that any unfriendly vessel
that performs an act of war on the Federation cannot be allowed to leave the scene of
the aggression unpunished, and must either be forced to surrender or be disabled from
being a threat[13].
SHIP MANEUVERS
With regard to Star Fleet ship combat tactics used to carry out the above Rules of
Engagement, this will be discussed in detail in Section 4.4 of this volume. Suffice it to say
that the actions taken by the Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command shall
conform to the requirements set forth in Star Fleet Regulation 4710.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.1
STAR SHIP APPROACH QUARTERS – TOP VIEW
270o Intercept Approach

Port Quadrant Port Port
Quarter Bow
Normal Ship
Trailing Approach
(Port Bow)
Approach
Quadrant
(Ionization Wake)
Baffle Area
45o
180o 0o
Action Zone Collision

6 million km (20 sec.) Approach
Quadrant
Normal Ship
Approaches
(Starboard Quarter) Classifying Zone
18 million km (60 sec.)
Starboard Starboard
Quarter Intercept Approach Bow
90o Quadrant Starboard

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.2
STAR SHIP APPROACH QUARTERS – SIDE VIEW
90o Intercept Approach

Upper Quadrant Port Upper
Quarter Bow
Normal Ship Normal Ship

Approaches Approach
(Upper Quarter) (Upper Bow)
Trailing
Approach
Quadrant
45o
Baffle Area
(Ionization Wake) 180o 0o
Collision
Approach
Quadrant
Action Zone
Normal Ship Normal Ship
Approaches Approach
(Lower Quarter) (Lower Bow)
Classifying Zone
Lower Lower
Quarter Intercept Approach Bow
270o Quadrant Starboard

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.3
DEMONSTRATION OF CLEARING BAFFLES MANEUVER – TOP VIEW
270o
24o
180o 0o
90o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.4
DEMONSTRATION OF CLEARING BAFFLES MANEUVER – SIDE VIEW
90o
15o
Baffle Area
(Ionization Wake) 180o 0o
270o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.5
TACTICAL SHIP POSITIONING: STAR FLEET SHIP POSTURE – TOP VIEW
270o
Conditionally Acceptable Position:
Star Fleet ship may allow a ‘Friendly’

vessel to approach from this quarter,
but must be placed in an alert state.
Normally, the ship will turn towards
the target vessel to face it, except if
the ship belongs to the Star Fleet.
Unacceptable Position:
180o A Star Fleet ship must never

0o
show its backside to any vessel
that is not ‘Friendly.’
Ideal Position:
Star Fleet ship is positioned

such that its forward shields
and weapons are facing the
target vessel.

90o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.6
TACTICAL SHIP POSITIONING: STAR FLEET SHIP POSTURE – SIDE VIEW
90o

Normally, the ship will turn towards Ideal Position:
the ship belongs to the Star Fleet. Star Fleet ship is positioned
such that its forward shields
and weapons are facing the
target vessel. Ideally, the
target vessel would be placed
where the Star Fleet ship can
Unacceptable Position: use its main Phaser batteries.
180o A Star Fleet ship must never 0o

show its backside to any
vessel that is not ‘Friendly.’
UNIT
ED
FED
ERA
TION
OF
PLA
NET
S

270o

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.7
COMING ALONGSIDE A STAR FLEET SHIP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b35.8
PROPER SHIP POSITIONING FOR THE CHALLENGE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.6 STAR FLEET SHIP EMERGENCIES

A Star Fleet vessel is a complex machine with intricate and sensitive equipment. As such,
failures can occur that may cause damage to the ship and place the lives of the crew in
danger. In addition, space travel itself is inherently dangerous. Collisions, combat and
other situations can result in damage to the ship and create life-threatening emergencies.
To handle emergencies when they occur, Star Ship Command has established special
procedures and processes that would be used in any major emergency that might arise
aboard a ship, which includes abandoning the ship, should the nature of the emergency
require such action. The procedures also identify the battle organizations that must take
action, except when the ship is in port with a partial crew on board. For that situation the
assignments are made upon the basis of duty sections. This procedure would automatically
go into effect as soon as an emergency is announced and will require that all hands to go
to General Quarters. The procedure also requires how crewmembers shall communicate
an emergency when discovered. The procedure is to go to the nearest Comm Station
and call in the emergency. The ship’s Communicator will perform the following actions:
1. State the emergency via the ship’s Intercom.

2. Sound the general alarm.
3. Over the ship’s Intercom pass the word: “<Emergency>< { Forward | Aft | Port |
Starboard } >; all hands man your <Emergency> stations.”
Additionally, a Star Fleet ship is basically an expensive Federation asset that must be
protected. The Federation cannot afford to have its most expensive assets destroyed or
damaged. As such, this principle is the impetus for the formulation of Paragraph 2 of Star
Fleet Regulation 4670, which states that “The Commanding Officer shall take action to
protect and maintain the security of the command against danger of fire, atmospheric
breach or other acts of natural and or unknown phenomenon .” However, should such
emergency conditions occur, Star Fleet ships have procedures to mitigate or deal with
such conditions and which are contained within the Ship’s Operations and Regulations
Manual or SORM. And in the spirit of Star Fleet Regulation 4680, Star Fleet ship
commanders are required to maintain their commands in a state of maximum readiness for
war or other service. As such, the Commanding Officer and the Officer of the Conn
must “Make himself aware of the progress of any repairs, the status of spares, repair parts
and other components, personnel readiness and other factors or conditions that could
lessen the effectiveness of his command. When the effectiveness is lessened appreciably
it shall be reported to appropriate superiors.” Therefore, during emergency conditions
constant communications are an essential tool in mitigating the results of the emergency.
The Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn must have continuous updates on
the progress of terminating the emergency and of any repairs underway or efforts being
made to bring the ship back to a level of readiness that is satisfactory.
To ensure that crewmembers are knowledgeable on the ship’s emergency procedures, the
Commanding Officer will initiate training exercises or casualty drills designed to simulate
emergency conditions as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4620. The purpose of
these drills is to test the crew on their response to emergency conditions; test the
procedures used to mitigate emergencies and to test the crew on their use and knowledge
of the procedures.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPS ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM
The Ship’s Annunciator System is that part of the Communications System used to
warn the crew of emergencies or to go to battle stations. It is the alarm system for the
entire ship and deals primarily with Condition One or RED alerts. Condition Two or
lesser alerts do not require an audible alarm, but may still utilize the Alarm Flashers to
indicate an alert condition. Therefore, only Condition One alerts will be handled by the
Ship’s Annunciator system.
The Ship’s Annunciator system also sets the Material Condition of the ship as well. In
some cases the system will activate other emergency systems in order to perform specific
actions designed to mitigate the consequences of an emergency. For example, if the
collision alarm is issued, the system will activate the ship’s Isolation Subsystem, which
will close the Inner Bulkhead Doors and the Interconnecting Accessways, and will
lock-out the Turbolift elevator system.
Table 4b36.1
SHIP’S ANNUCIATOR ALARMS
Alarm Sound
Condition Description
Description Pitch
A continuous escalating tone that stops and then
General Escalating restarts in a cyclic manner.
Quarters Tone
A continuous oscillating warble. The tone is sinusoidal

in nature.
Collision Warble Tone
Alternating high-low frequency tone in a regular

Alternating pattern.
Fire
Tone
Three short 2 second high-pitched blasts followed by a

Emergency High-Pitched continuous blast for 30 seconds.
Evacuation Signal Tone
Throughout all Star Fleet ships are communications stations. These “Comm Stations,” as
they are called, perform two essential functions: 1) as a point of communications to
anywhere aboard ship, and 2) to set off the ships alarm in case of any abnormal material
or security condition. These stations are generally located every four meters and at all ship
entry points. An illustration of a standard Comm Station can be seen in Figure 4b36.1.
As seen in Figure 4b36.2, the Annunciator Controller is the device used to manage the
system. A signal from any local Comm Station will trigger the system. The controller
activates the alarm system by identifying the words spoken through the communications
device. Words such as “Fire”, “Smoke”, and “Heat or Hot” will trigger a Fire signal, while
words such as “Collision”, “Crash” or “Hull Breach” will trigger the Collision alarm to be
sounded. However, the final determination of the alarm will be performed at the Bridge
Communications Station when an emergency call comes in, and General Quarters
alarms can only be set by the duty Communications Officer under direction of the
Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn. A complete description of the
Annunciator System can be found in STARSHIPS 536-5010.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STAR FLEET SHIP ISOLATION AREAS
Isolation Areas are enclosed spaces within a vessel that can be sealed off from other
areas of the ship. These are usually compartments or groupings of compartments with
reinforced bulkheads that can withstand the vacuum of space or moderately high internal
pressures. On most cylindrical Primary Hulls, the Inner Bulkhead will be the barrier
separating the outer compartment ring from the inner compartment rings. At the junction
of the inner ring with the outer ring, usually the corridor connecting the two rings, there
will be a pressure boundary closure. All the areas within the pressure boundary are called
Isolation Areas.
Entrance in and out of Isolation Areas is through special accessways. These accessways
are the isolation points to the compartment, and contain a heavy door, called an Inner
Bulkhead Door, hidden within the bulkhead. When activated, this door will slide into
place isolating the compartment from the outer areas of the ship[14]. These accessways can
be identified by a light gray trapezoid-shaped arch, called a “Bent”, with glass panels on
three sides: left, right and top as shown in Figure 4b34.5. These panels will flash red lights
as a warning that the doors will close isolating the compartment and therefore, individuals
inside the affected area will have thirty seconds to leave before the doors close. When the
door is completely shut the lights will turn amber and remain on until the door is opened
and access is restored. Lighting outside the Isolation Area will be reduced or turned off
to save power. The lighted frames will act as a guide to the location of the exits during low
light conditions.
All Interconnecting Accessways inside and outside the Isolation Areas will be closed
during an emergency when the isolation doors are closed to prevent access to the isolated
compartment by an affected area. However, the Interconnecting Accessways that are
inside the Isolation Area will be allowed to open and close for access between decks,
while the Interconnecting Accessways outside the Isolation Area will remain
completely sealed throughout the entire emergency, except when manually opened for
emergency access. However, access through the Interconnecting Accessways within
the Isolation Area will be regulated by the Damage Control Center (DCC) in order to
prevent prohibited entry and to allow access to the affected level by emergency personnel.
Within the isolated areas the Turbolift system will be shutdown. As such, there will be no
movement between decks permitted using the Turbo-Lift system. However, Turbolift
tubes can function as Interconnecting Accessways when shutdown. Within each tube
is a ladder recessed into the tube that allows personnel to climb from one deck to another.
Access to deck levels is by an elevator door override switch located inside the tube next to
the door. Note that Turbolift tubes are basically hardened cylinders that can withstand
both high and low pressures, and can shield persons from fire and damage where the tube
passes through an affected deck. Therefore, climbing down these tubes should not present
a concern. In addition, Commanding Officers will periodically test this mode of access
during the ship’s quarterly full-scale emergency drill.
An illustration of the Isolation Areas for a typical Cruiser class Starship can be seen in
Figures 4b36.3 and 4b36.4 as the solid green areas. The red areas are the outer sections
of the ship that would most likely be affected by a collision or damage to the hull. When
the Collision Alarm sounds or when the ship is placed on General Quarters, all
personnel in the outer areas must move to the inner Isolation Areas before the Inner
Bulkhead Doors and the Interconnecting Accessways are sealed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP COLLISIONS
A collision with another ship usually occurs at sublight speeds. At warp speeds, processes
are in place that would prevent a collision with another ship or object. This is because a
collision at warp speeds would be so catastrophic that no one would survive it. Therefore,
this section will focus on low-speed collisions.
When the Collision Alarm is sounded, the ship will be placed in the following Material
Condition:
1. Interior isolation will go into affect. The Inner Bulkhead Doors will be shut and the
interior sections of the ship will be isolated from the exterior sections. Once the extent
of collision damage is known, the inner bulkhead doors may be reopened.
2. The sections around the affected area will be isolated. This includes the ventilation,
high-pressure air and plumbing systems as well as the corridors.*
3. The HVAC and Ventilation systems will be lined-up such that the affected areas outside
the Isolation Area will be separated from the unaffected areas within the Isolation
Area.
4. Main lighting within the affected area will be turned off. Only emergency DC lighting
will be allowed to be on within the affected areas.
5. Main power circuits within the affected area will be re-routed.
6. All Interconnecting Accessways in the outer areas of the ship will be closed.
Interconnecting Accessways within the isolation area will remain open, unless
sensors detect a loss of compartment pressure.
See Section 3.4 for more specifics regarding rigging the ship for collision.
SHUTTLECRAFT CRASH
A shuttlecraft crash in this context is defined as the collision of the craft within the Flight
Deck due to a runaway service craft as illustrated in Figure 4b36.8. This may occur when
an approaching shuttlecraft loses control of its propulsion and/or maneuvering system. The
craft may “Come In Hot”, which means that the craft is approaching at speed with no
means of slowing down or reversing forward momentum. In such situations, the craft will
be allowed to enter the Flight Deck and the Flight Deck Tractor beam will be used to
capture, slow down and stop the vessel from colliding with the aft bulkhead. In addition,
the Flight Deck Evacuation Field can also be used to cushion the craft. Should the craft
actually crash into any bulkhead within the Flight Deck, the Flight Deck doors will
remain open to prevent the possibility of fire. The doors will remain open for about five
minutes until the Duty Flight Control Officer has determined that it is safe to close
them and pressurize the compartment.
*Future ship designs may incorporate plasma fields that will instantaneously isolate individual ship sections.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FIRE ABOARD SHIP
One of the most dangerous emergencies that can happen aboard a ship is a fire. A fire
aboard a ship is especially dangerous considering that a vessel is an enclosed structure.
Fires consume oxygen, damages equipment; releases toxic fumes, and if hot enough, can
melt bulkheads.
The general procedure if a fire is discovered is to pass the word as follows: “ Fire. Fire. Fire
on Deck 3, Section F, Crews Quarters.” Crewmembers are encouraged not to fight the fire
by themselves. However, if there is a nearby fire suppressant device, it may be used to
prevent the fire from spreading further. And if an injured person can be seen, every effort
should be made to remove the person from the affected area.
The organization that is designated to combat fires aboard ship will usually be the Fire
Brigade. This unit is composed of crewmembers from the Ship Damage Control section
who are specially trained to fight fires in enclosed vessels. An example of a Fire Brigade
in action fighting a minor fire is illustrated in Figure 4b36.5.
CLASSES OF FIRES
Fires are categorized into five classifications based upon the fueling agent and ordered by
their intensity and seriousness. The following section describes these five classes of fires.
The Federation has established a classification system for the types of fires that may be
encountered onboard any vessel. This classification originated on Earth.
Table 4b36.2
CLASSIFICATION OF FIRES
Class Category Combustibles Fire Fighting Methods
 Bedding  Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
Ordinary
A  Paper  Space Evacuation
Combustibles
 Cellulose
 Coatings  Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
Inflammable
 Chemicals  NITHEL
B Liquids and
 Ship’s batteries  Foam
Gasses
 Certain lubricants  Space Evacuation
 Generation equipment  De-energizing the circuit.
 Electrical motors  Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
C Electrical  Electrical circuits  NITHEL
 Portable electrical  Space Evacuation.
equipment
 Magnesium, titanium  Foam
and aluminum  Space Evacuation
D Metal
components
 Sodium Coolant
 Graphite Moderators  Boron Foam
E Nuclear  Tritium (Fusion Fuel)  Xenon (Xe) or Krypton (Kr) Gas
 Space Evacuation
Class A fires, or fires involving ordinary combustibles such as paper, cloth fabric and
bedding materials, are easily extinguished using portable CO2 extinguisher units. In most
cases Class A fires are started as a result of laser welding or cutting with Class A
materials nearby, or as a result of another class of fire.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Class B fires are fires involving inflammable liquids, oils and gasses. However, most Star
Fleet ships do not carry flammable liquids or oils, but do carry highly explosive gasses
such as hydrogen and gasses that support combustion such as oxygen. Such fires
generally burn very hot and may cause Class D fires to start. As such, Emergency
Evacuation will usually be called for. Other sources of Class B fires are: deck and
bulkhead coatings, chemicals and solvents, and the ship’s batteries.
Class C fires or electrical fires, are those primarily initiated by electrical equipment or
wiring. As statistics go, Class C fires are the most common fire experienced on board Star
Fleet ships. They are mainly caused by circuit overloads or degraded insulation of the
wiring - primarily from the exposure to cosmic radiation. Extinguishing an electrical fire
usually involves de-energizing the affected circuit. However, Class C fires are generally
the source of most Class A fires.
Class D (Metal) fires can be the most dangerous form of fire onboard a Star Fleet vessel.
Magnesium and titanium, along with aluminum, lithium, tantalum, and zirconium, generally
behave differently in a fire from most combustible materials because they burn at higher
temperatures than other combustibles, destroying structural materials faster than lower-
temperature fires do. They also burn very rapidly. And trying to extinguish a combustible
metal fire with water can actually make the situation worse. These metals can react with
the water to produce hydrogen gas, which can ignite and explode. In addition, burning
metal that comes into contact with materials containing water may cause the materials to
release high-pressure steam.
Class E (Nuclear) fires pose a unique problem because of radiation exposure. Fires
involving graphite-moderated reactors are difficult to approach since, in most cases, the
reactor core may be exposed. The high neutron fluxes make it virtually impossible to
approach at any distance within the confines of a vessel, which will cause the fire-fighting
team to become exposed to lethal doses in a very short time. In addition, the smoke or
gases emitted from the fire may contain radioactive contaminants that could spread
throughout the ship. The primary method of extinguishing this class of fire is to smother
the reactor with high-density Boron foam, along with evacuating the compartment out into
space. And if extensively damaged, the reactor core could be jettisoned out into space.
FIRE SUPPRESSANTS
Unlike in earlier times, fires onboard ships are no longer extinguished using water. Water
is a precious commodity and produces an unmanageable mess if used as an extinguishing
agent. In addition, the decks of ships are not equipped with drains to allow for the
drainage of water. Therefore, other means of extinguishing fires must be employed. As
such, Star Fleet ships use Fire Suppressants. A Fire Suppressant is a chemical agent
or gas, such as CO2, that has the ability to extinguish a fire. Some are in handheld
pressurized containers that can be handled and operated by individuals. Others are
remotely released as with the Fire Suppression System, which is described in more
detail in technical manual STARSHIPS 539-3300.
NITHEL 72 is the most common suppressant used to extinguish fires onboard Star Fleet
ships. NITHEL 72 is an asphyxiant gas and is basically a mixture of diatomic helium and
nitrogen that smothers the fire. However, it can also asphyxiate personnel that may be
trapped in a compartment when the gas is released. As such, a special alarm is sounded
warning personnel that the gas is about to be released. When sounded, personnel within
the compartment will have thirty seconds to evacuate or risk death.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
HULL RUPTURE
A Hull Rupture is the catastrophic breach of the ship’s pressure boundary. The conditions
at which the breach may occur would typically be due to a collision with another object or
damage that occurred during combat. To help minimize the possibility of a hull breach and
to mitigate the effects of a hull breach Star Fleet ships are designed with double-hulls
and with interior bulwarks. In addition, unaffected sections of the interior of a ship can be
isolated from the damaged areas through the closure of the Inner Bulkhead Doors (see
the previous section labeled ‘STAR FLEET SHIP ISOLATION AREAS.’)
RADIATION EXPOSURE
A typical Star Fleet ship contains reactors and other devices that emit hard radiation.
Such devices are shielded from the crew in order to minimize exposure. Star Fleet has set
a radiation exposure limit of 500 mRem or 5 mSv (millisieverts) per quarter. Persons
working in radiation areas that exceed this limit will be reassigned to duties in non-
radiation areas until the current quarter has ended, or unless the tactical situation dictates
otherwise. However, should an emergency situation exist that would involve the health
and safety of the entire crew, the Commanding Officer may waive the exposure limit.
Radiation exposure may also come in the form of radioactive contamination, which is
basically dust and other particulate matter that has been exposed to a radioactive source
and has itself become radioactive. Radioactive contamination can only be dealt with by
Emergency Evacuation and by donning Radiation or Environmental Suits. An
example of such radiation gear is illustrated in Figure 4b36.6.
Radiation exposure can also come from outside the ship as well. Such exposure will be in
the form of high energy gamma or cosmic rays. This form of exposure is mitigated via the
ship’s screens. However, should the screens fail while the ship is within a high-intensity
radiation field, the crew could be exposed to lethal doses of radiation. In such situations,
the crew would be ordered to gather towards the center of the ship. All the outlying areas
of the ship would be evacuated to minimize exposure. Areas of the ship that need to be
manned for proper operation such as some of the engineering spaces, the watchstanders
would wear radiation suits or other protective gear. The ship might also be maneuvered
into an attitude whereby such exposure may be minimized.
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
Emergency Evacuation is the process by which a compartment or deck is exposed to

the vacuum of space and evacuated of all air. The purpose of this is generally to clear a
compartment of smoke, particulates, gases, fumes, biologics and other harmful
contaminants in the atmosphere. This is performed by lining-up the ship’s ventilation
system to isolate the affected compartment and to route the system to the vacuum of
space via the Emergency Evacuation Header – a specific manifold that goes to the
outside of the ship through special exterior vent openings. The ship’s ventilation ducting is
design to withstand internal pressures ranging from 0 – 5 atmabs (atmospheres absolute).
Consult STARSHIPS 539-3400 for information regarding the Emergency Evacuation
System.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
On complex machinery such as a Starship, accidents and medical emergencies are bound
to happen. As such, most Star Fleet ships are equipped with modern and extensive
medical facilities that are capable of handling most emergencies. To illustrate this, Star
Fleet capital ships, such as cruisers, were built with an entire deck designated as
Sickbay. The size of the Sickbay area was designed such that it could easily handle 15%
of the crew at any one time. In addition, when large number of casualties are involved,
other areas of a ship can be used as temporary medical areas.
In general, medical emergencies come in two forms: those that occur within the ship and
to the crew, and those that are external to the ship. Where a Star Fleet ship has been
called to handle an emergency on a planet or colony, the Commanding Officer of the
ship may supply ship’s medical personnel to aid in handling any medical emergency that
may exist under Star Fleet Regulation 6620. For large planets with a substantial
population the Commanding Officer may volunteer the services of his or her medical
staff to aid or augment the planet’s medical personnel. As such, a large number of the
ship’s medical personnel may be temporarily detached from the command in order to
perform humanitarian aid. An example of an internal medical emergency is illustrated in
Figure 4b36.7.
For small colonies and expeditions with minimal or inadequate medical facilities, the
Commanding Officer will recommend the use of the ship’s medical facilities to handle
the sick or injured. In such situations the ship will become a floating hospital treating the
sick or injured until they can be released or until a medical ship arrives at the scene.
CREWMEMBER ADRIFT IN SPACE
There are times when work must be performed outside the hull of the ship. During such
Extra-Vehicular Activities (EVA) there is the possibility that a person may accidentally
drift out into space, or that a maintenance pod might be hurled into space as a result of a
loss of field. When such a situation occurs, the Commanding Officer, or the Officer of
the Conn, will order a Phase I Search[15] to be performed around nearby space and
onboard the ship as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4311. A Phase I Search is an
exhaustive examination in and around the ship. Usually, the exterior search will be in the
form of a spiral exploration of space starting at the last known position of the individual.
In general, whenever a crewmember is considered missing or presumed injured and

unable to communicate, the ship will perform a Phase I Search. The only limitation to
this search is the presumption that the person wishes to be found. However, there has
been only one instance where a Phase I search was initiated, but the individual was not
found. In this particular case, the individual did not wish to be found.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
HULL SEPARATION
Hull Separation is a special emergency procedure that may be implemented should a

part of the ship become useless, ineffective or uninhabitable, or it becomes necessary to
split the ship in order that the majority of the crew survives. It is the method by which a
Star Fleet ship will be divided into two parts, for those ships with Primary and
Secondary hulls. This procedure will also apply to single engine vessels such as Escorts
and Corvettes as well. The procedure involves the separation of the Primary Hull of a
Star Fleet ship from the Secondary Hull at the dorsal pylon or fairing. However, this
procedure is only for extreme emergency conditions and should not be considered as a
normal procedure.
Currently, once a ship has separated the two sections it can no longer be reconnected. The
separation becomes permanent. However, future designs may allow for the reconnection
of the hull sections. The Primary Hull now becomes a lifeboat for the crew until they can
be rescued.
EMERGENCY LANDING
An Emergency Landing is the intentional grounding of a separated Primary Hull onto a

planet. This procedure will be used when power has almost been exhausted and the hull
can no longer sustain the crew in space. The hull becomes a living structure for the crew.
This procedure presumes that the ship has already undergone Hull Separation and that
the Primary Hull has operating under its own power.
The Primary Hull of a typical cruiser class Starship was designed for parabraking within
an atmosphere and the underside of the hull contains emergency braking thrusters to slow
the vessel down and allow some maneuvering of the hull to the desired landing spot, if
practicable. The shape of the underside of the Primary Hull is contoured for maximum
drag should it become necessary to enter an atmosphere. This design feature is treated in
more technical detail in Section 1.2 of Part 2 of Volume V of the Star Fleet Command
Manual. The hulls of Star Fleet ships have a high-temperature ceramic coating to resist
heat. This coating is sufficient for entry into an atmosphere where the friction may cause
the hull temperature to rise several thousands of degrees. In addition, during parabraking,
the underside Deflector Shield grid is used as a superconductor, keeping the heated
surface at tolerable temperatures by absorbing the excess heat and conducting the heat to
the upper, cooler areas of the hull where it can dissipate via radiation heat transfer.
The general procedure for Emergency Landing is as follows:
1. The word will be passed to “Rig ship for Emergency Landing.”

2. The ship will be maneuvered in a downward spiraling orbit with the aft end of the
vessel pointing to the direction of travel.
3. The Impulse Engines will be engaged to slow the vessel down to sub-orbital speed.
4. As the vessel enters the atmosphere, the hull is oriented with a slight upward angle of
approximately ten degrees.
5. At five kilometers above the surface the Collision Alarm will be sounded and all
hands will prepare for impact.
6. The underside thrusters will be fired to slow the rate of decent and to locate a suitable
place for landing.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ABANDON SHIP
Should it become necessary to abandon the ship the Commanding Officer or his
designee will order “Abandon Ship”. The Commanding Officer is the only one who can
give the orders to execute abandon ship procedures. The procedures for this emergency
are based upon the assumption that the crew will be at General Quarters.
While in the process of abandoning the ship, the Commanding Officer and the
Department Heads will remain onboard to direct the procedure and to ensure that all
persons are accounted for. These officers will normally be the last persons to leave the
ship, with the Commanding Officer being the very last. In addition, these officers will
inspect the ship to ensure all persons have evacuated and that there are no sick or injured
persons that cannot move under their own capacity. In addition, if it is necessary to
remove or destroy classified equipment or information, these officers will perform that
function as well.
NEAR PLANETARY BODIES
Should the condition of the ship be such that it must be abandoned, the Commanding
Officer will do everything in his power to maneuver the ship to a planetary body that can
support life so that the crew can be safely transported to the surface of the planet. The
ship will need to be at least 10,000 kilometers from a Class-M body in order for the ship to
be in range of its transporter system. At that point the Commanding Officer will direct
the crew to man and assemble at the Emergency Transporter Stations.
OUT IN DEEP SPACE
As previously stated, the Commanding Officer will do everything in his power to move
the ship to a place where a suitable planet is located and the transporters can be used.
However, this may not always be the case and the crew may be required to abandon ship
out in deep space. Out in deep space where no planetary body exists survival is most
difficult. In such cases Star Fleet ships are equipped with Survival Craft, also known as
Lifeboats[16].
These are inflatable bladders which allow for limited survival in the depths of space for a
period of about eight days. Each Lifeboat is capable of holding about sixteen persons and
is equipped with an onboard food and water supply, as well as oxygen for about a week.
Lifeboats also have Lithium batteries installed to power internal and external lighting, a
radio and fans to circulate the atmosphere around the vessel and through scrubbers.
However, once in a Lifeboat the survivors are stuck in space because they cannot enter
the atmosphere of a planet. Lifeboats do not contain any propulsion equipment and could
not withstand the temperatures generated due to friction if they were to enter a planetary
atmosphere in free fall. Therefore, Lifeboats should always be deployed away from any
planetary body should they be in the vicinity of one.
If possible, Lifeboats may be strung together and attached to shuttlecraft for towing. This
is the ideal situation, but it is highly probable that they will be dispersed randomly in
space. Once located, these Lifeboats will typically be pulled into the rescue ship’s Flight
Deck using a Tractor beam.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ABANDON SHIP PREPARATIONS
If time is permitted preparations can be made to bring along certain items that will help
extend the survivability of the crew. This applies primarily to situations where the crew will
abandon ship using the transporters.
Table 4b36.2
ABANDON SHIP PERSONAL PREPARATIONS
Situation Preparation
 Bring a supply of food and water for at least a week
 Bring cups or sippers
 Bring extra clothing
ALL SITUATIONS  Bring blankets and other coverings
 Bring survival tools such as knives, phasers, lights, etc.
 Bring a Medikit
 Bring radios and communications equipment
 Bring plenty of warm underwear.
 Windproof clothing
Abandoning ship to a cold planet  Warm headgear
 Gloves
 Light clothing
Abandoning ship to a hot planet  Plenty of water
 Salt, if available
 Lifeboats
Abandoning ship to a pelagic planet  Floatation devices
 Warm clothing
Abandoning ship to a lifeboat  Same as for a cold planet
Just prior to evacuation, the Emergency Beacons and the Automated Distress Signal
will be activated. In addition, the last log entries will remain in the active buffer in order to
allow rescue personnel to obtain information regarding the events that led to abandon ship
order and to provide the rescue team with crew evacuation information so that the crew
can be located and recovered.
EMERGENCY TRANSPORTERS
Most of the modern Star Fleet ships have Emergency Transporters. These are large
units which can accommodate twenty-two persons at a single time. As such, the power
consumption of these units is enormous and therefore, they cannot to be used for normal
transporting functions. Energy to these units comes from a special emergency buss that
receives power from the ship’s batteries through a motor-generator. These units are only
to be used for emergency transporter purposes such as for abandoning the ship. To
ensure these units are in top working when needed, these units are tested on a monthly
basis.
Most Star Fleet cruisers will have five of these twenty-two man units, while the larger
battleships will have six or even seven units. As such, on a typical cruiser-class Starship,
the entire crew of 430 persons can be transported off the ship in about four minutes with
all units transporting simultaneously. However, this is an enormous power drain to the ship
and could cause an overload to the system if the ship is operating at a reduced capacity.
The safe method would be to distribute the transport operations to two units at a time,
allowing a thirty second re-energizing period between transports. Under this emergency
plan the entire crew could be transported off the ship in about six minutes.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMMAND AFTER ABANDON SHIP
Star Fleet Regulation 4760 specifically states that “When the crew of any Star Fleet
vessel, craft, or station is separated from their vessel, craft, or station because of its
wreck, loss or destruction, all the command and authority given to the officers of the
vessel, craft, or station shall remain in full force until the crew is regularly discharged or
reassigned by competent authority.” That is, it is the personnel organization that makes up
the command and not merely the ship. Therefore, although the physical ship may no
longer exist, the crew organization remains in effect and the organization’s Chain of
Command will be preserved.
Every effort will be made by the officers and senior enlisted personnel to assemble the
crew together. It is imperative that the crew stay together in order to exact an accounting
of ship’s personnel. The crew will muster together as soon as possible and a head count
taken of the crew by each department.
Senior officers will establish plans and make assignments to distribute the work of survival.
The first order of business will be to locate a source of food and water for those crews that
abandoned ship on a Class-M planet. The first twenty-four hours are the most critical.
Within this time frame the crew must satisfy their most basic survival needs; only then can
survival usually be assured. Next, shelters will be created to house the crew from the
elements. In addition, the Chief Medical Officer or his designate will start examining the
crew and take care of any injuries.
If the ship was evacuated using Lifeboats every effort will be made to group the vessels
together. Communications between vessels will be established and there will usually be
one Lifeboat that will serve as the command center – the one carrying the Commanding
Officer or the Senior Officer Present.
It should be noted that survival training is part of every services member’s Basic
Training. Every recruit will attend classes on survival in space and will partake in a
training exercise in survival – usually during the eighth week of Basic Training.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.1
STANDARD SHIP ANNUNCIATOR AND IC (COMM) STATION
Alarm Flasher Alarm Activation Button
Communicator Activation Button
Communicator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.2
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Bridge Communications Station
Alarm Flasher
Annunciator
Controller
Visual Alarm
Annunciator System
Activity
Alarm Activation
Location
Klaxon
Audible Alarm
Alarm
Set-Switch
Area Comm Panel
12 VDC Emergency Buss

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.3
STAR FLEET SHIP ISOLATION AREAS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.4
STAR FLEET SHIP ISOLATION AREAS - CONTINUED

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.5
FIGHTING A FIRE ABOARD SHIP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.6
EXAMPLE OF RADIATION GEAR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.7
ILLUSTRATION OF A MEDICAL EMERGENCY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b36.8
AN EMERGENCY SHUTTLECRAFT LANDING

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.7 STAR FLEET SHIP MAINTENANCE

Star Fleet ships require constant maintenance in order to keep the vessel in a maximum
state of material readiness for all types of service. Specifically, Starships require constant
inspection, upkeep and refitting due in large part to the stresses placed on the vessel’s
structure by the propulsion system. The process of warping space and accelerating to
enormous speeds places a great strain on such ships. As a result, these ships are often in
Drydock undergoing inspection and refurbishment.
Ships assigned to patrol duties will usually undergo an overhaul every five to eight years of
service, depending on the nature and duration of the mission. These will typically be the
Cruiser class of ships because of their patrol mission. However, most of the other classes
of combatants will usually undergo an overhaul between eight and ten years of service,
and support ships will generally experience a longer time of service before they undergo
an overhaul.
Consistent with Star Fleet Regulation 4680, ship Commanding Officers are required
to hold periodic inspections of the ship’s hull, spaces and machinery as directed by Star
Fleet Regulation 4310. Typically, it will be the responsibility of the Department Head
in charge of the space, and its associated machinery and equipment, to perform such
inspections, tests and other measures, as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4950, in
order that to ascertain the material condition of the space and its machinery. As such,
ship’s Department Heads will report their area’s material condition and readiness to the
Commanding Officer on a daily basis.
Should it become necessary to obtain an official inspection of his or her vessel, the ship’s
Commanding Officer will make a request to the Office of the Star Fleet Inspector
General for a formal in-service inspection as permissible under Star Fleet Regulation
4690.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
IN-SERVICE INSPECTION
In-service Inspections (INSURVs) of Star Fleet ships are required under Star Fleet
Regulation 3500. The basic purpose of such inspections is to assess the material
condition of Star Fleet ships on a periodic basis and to report on their fitness for service.
These are usually scheduled events; however, a ship Commanding Officer may request
a formal inspection by the Star Fleet Board of Inspection and Survey (INSURV)
under Star Fleet Regulation 4690. The function of the INSURV board is to inspect and
take measurements of the operating equipment and the ship’s hull. The inspections and
measurements that are taken are compared against the latest data for such equipment to
determine how the equipment is being operated based upon its level of wear. Statistics are
generated based upon equipment histories in order to determine trends in equipment
usage and life. These statistics are used to develop guidelines relating to equipment usage
and replacement. These statistics are also used as a basis for developing maintenance and
operating procedures of the equipment as well.
Formal In-service Inspections (INSURVs) are performed after every five-year patrol
cycle, after ten years of continuous service, or upon request by the vessel’s Commanding
Officer. However, an INSURV will not be performed if the ship is scheduled to go in for
an overhaul within 120 days of the request. This is because an overhaul is essentially a
complete rebuilding of the ship and therefore, an INSURV would be a waste of time and
manpower.
In general, a typical INSURV is a board made up of two officers: an engineer and the
other, a command line officer, along with three senior technicians or specialists. The team
will examine every part of the ship and will enter every compartment for a visual look at
the condition of the space. The team will also select certain pieces of equipment for break-
down and to perform measurements on that piece. The team will also perform an EVA and
inspect every centimeter of the hull. Sensing equipment will be used to detect and
measure any flaws in the material structure of the hull plates. As such, an INSURV may
take as much as thirty days to complete.
Upon completion of the INSURV the team will gather and collect their findings. The team
will form the INSURV board and will issue a report on their findings. The results of the
INSURV board will determine if the ship will require extensive repair, equipment
upgrading, or whether a total overhaul is needed. The report of the board will be sent to
the Star Fleet Inspector General for review and approval, and to the Director: Star
Fleet Command for his signature. The Director will then submit the report, along with
his or her instructions to the Chief of Star Fleet Engineering for disposition. Generally,
the CENG will delegate the responsibility to act on the report to the head of the Star
Fleet Office of Ship Maintenance and Construction, a section within Star Ship
Systems Command.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ONBOARD MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
All Star Fleet ships are equipped to perform most maintenance and repairs onboard ship.
Should a major malfunction to a piece of equipment or minor damage to the hull occur,
the crew has the facilities and equipment to repair the damage or fabricate the necessary
parts to keep the ship operating at peak efficiency.
In general, most onboard maintenance and repairs will be performed by the Engineering
Department. For general maintenance and ship cleanliness, these functions will be
performed by the Ship Maintenance Section of the Ships Services division, while
major repairs aboard ship will generally be performed by the Ship Repair Section of the
Repair and Damage Control division. The Ship Repair Section has available to them
shops and equipment that will fabricate most of the parts needed to repair ship machinery
and components. The shops aboard a typical Cruiser class Starship will be dedicated or
specialized for specific purposes. For example, there is an Electrical Shop for the repair
of electrical equipment, motors and other electrical equipment; there is a Valve Shop for
the repair of valves, piping and general fluid system equipment, etc., to name a few.
Besides the repair and maintenance sections, every other ship division will have some
maintenance responsibility for their own equipment. Such maintenance includes scheduled
preventive maintenance which, when performed, minimizes the risk of equipment failure
and the ensuing costly repair time. Each division will have a shop or work area dedicated
to the repair of their equipment. The following Table 4b37.1 on the next page lists some of
the scheduled maintenance activities performed by the various divisions onboard a typical
Star Fleet ship.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
As mentioned earlier, statistics generated from in-service inspections are used to develop
guidelines and procedures relating to equipment usage and maintenance. These guidelines
are in the form of Preventive Maintenance procedures or PMs. An example of a team
of technicians performing preventive maintenance can be seen in Figure 4b37.1.
Preventive Maintenance is a schedule of planned maintenance actions aimed at the

prevention of machinery breakdown and failure. The primary goal of preventive
maintenance is to prevent the failure of equipment before it actually occurs. This program
is designed to preserve and enhance equipment reliability by replacing worn components
before they actually fail. Preventive maintenance activities include equipment checks, tests
and measurements, partial or complete overhauls at specified periods, lubrication and so
on. In addition, workers will record equipment deterioration so they know when to replace
or repair worn parts before they cause system failure. Recent technological advances in
tools for inspection and diagnosis have enabled more accurate and effective equipment
maintenance. The ideal preventive maintenance program would prevent all equipment
failure before it occurs.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4b37.1
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES BY DIVISION
Division Frequency Activity
Operations Department
 Calibrate Ship’s Chronometer (Navigator)
Daily  Test of Defensive Screens
Helm and Navigations Weekly  Calibrate SINS Gyros
Monthly  Test of weapons fire control; coordinated with Weapons Division tests
Daily  Test of Haling frequencies
 Test of Ship’s Alarms

Communications Weekly  Archive all messages transmitted and received for the week
 Purge Message Buffer
Monthly  Check of Recorder Marker
 Fire Control Panel Check
Daily  Test of ship’s shields
Weapons Weekly  Leak-test Weapons Cooling system
 Test Phaser Banks; Fire a single burst into space from each bank
Monthly  Inspect and test Photon Torpedo EMP Tubes
 Perform security checks on all open compartments
Daily  Inventory of small arms
Security Weekly  Check of Brig containment fields
Monthly  Perform security checks on all sealed compartments
Daily  Daily Records Backup
 Weekly Records Backup

Records Weekly  Database reorganization
Monthly  Backup of system
Flight Operations Weekly  Test Launch Control Signals
Weekly  Check of cargo areas – performed by Security personnel

Supply  Perform inventory of raw materials
Monthly  Restack cargo containers
Engineering Department
Daily  Flush Impulse Vents
Propulsion Systems Weekly  Cycle Emergency Overload Bypass Valve
Monthly  Perform calorimetric – calibrate for engine power
Daily  Perform ground isolation checks

Power Systems  Check of ship’s batteries
Monthly  Shift busses
Daily  Measure atmospheric gas levels every two hours

Environmental Systems
Monthly  Dump non-condensable gasses into space
Daily  Check water systems, send water samples to lab for analysis
 Shift water tanks

Ship’s Services Weekly  Blow waste tanks
Monthly  Clean potable water tanks
Daily  Inspect Fire Suppression Systems
Repair and Damage Control Weekly  Test Emergency Bulkhead closures
Monthly  Inventory and test Damage Control equipment
Daily  Transporter Control Panel check
Weekly  Test of Transporter capability using a standard inert object

Transporter Control  Transporter Test with Inert test sample
Monthly  Test of secondary power to Turbolift system
Bi-annual  Test of escape plan through Turbolift system
 Main Memory continuity check

Weekly  PMs on portable computers
Electronic Systems
Monthly  Calibrate Medical Scanners
Service Craft N/A PERFORM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PER SCHEDULE AS REQUIRED

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP OVERHAULS
A ship overhaul is the complete renovation of a vessel from top to bottom. Overhauls are
major renovations which may include the refitting of new engines, installing a complete
new computer system or a complete re-skinning of the hull. Such overhauls typically take
several years to complete and are performed at any one of the six construction facilities
located throughout the Treaty Zone.
Ship overhauls are generally scheduled events in the life of a Star Fleet ship. Though
designed for a service life of fifty Earth years, ships assigned to patrol duties will usually
undergo an overhaul every five to eight years, depending on the nature and duration of
the mission. The following table illustrates the average time the various classes of Star
Fleet ships will undergo major inspection and maintenance.
Table 4b37.2
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Basic Inspection Schedule Maintenance Schedule
Ship Class
Service Structural Inservice Refit Overhaul
Strategic
Attack Carrier 6-12 mos. 6 years 12-14 mos. 10 years
Patrol
Fleet
Battleship 10 mos. 6 years 12 mos. 8 years
Command
Cruiser Security Patrol 8-10 mos. 5 years 9-12 mos. 5-8 years
Squadron
Destroyer 9-12 mos. 5 years 12 mos. 5-7 years
Protection
Convoy
Escort 6-9 mos. 5 years 10-12 mos. 5-6 years
Support
Frigate Security Patrol 8-10 mos. 5 years 9-12 mos. 5-8 years
Troop
Assault Ship 16 mos. 7 years 12 mos. 6-8 years
Transport
Fleet Support
Fleet Support 12-16 mos. 6 years 14 mos. 5-10 years
Ship
Hospital Ship Fleet Support 12-16 mos. 8 years 16 mos. 12 years
Transports Base Support 6-10 mos. 5 years 10-12 mos. 6-8 years
Science Science and
12-18 mos. 10 years AS NEEDED 8-10 years
Vessels Exploration
This above basic schedule will not apply during wartime conditions. Ships with extensive
battle damage will take precedence over any upgrade to a ship. Ships with minor repairs
will be put in Drydock for repair, while ships with heavy damage will go to a construction
facility. However, not all ships will immediately undergo repairs. The priority of repairs will
depend upon the age and extent of damage to the ship, the class or capability of the ship,
the number of new ships currently under construction, and the number of available
construction bays. All scheduling of such major repairs, and the extent of repairs to be
completed, will be carried out by the Star Ship Systems Command in conjunction with
the Star Fleet Bureau of Docks and Yards within the Star Fleet Construction
Command.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP REFIT
Star Fleet ships are periodically refitted or upgraded in order that they are kept up to
date with the latest technology or enhanced equipment. The scope of such upgrades may
range in size and effort from installing a new or upgraded computer system to the
modification of a single control panel module. In any case, the ship may be required to go
to the nearest Drydock or repair facility to have the upgrade performed. Such refits are
called SHIPALTS (SHIP ALTerationS) and customarily do not require a prolonged stay at
a repair facility to accomplish the change – typically around 1-3 weeks.
SHIPALTS are generally plans and specifications regarding the alteration of a Star Fleet
vessel. They may include modifications to the hull, the installation of a new piece of
equipment, or an upgraded replacement part. SHIPALTS are issued by the Star Ship
Systems Command to all Star Fleet Drydocks, repair and ship-building facilities. When
a SHIPALT is issued it is placed on the maintenance schedule of the ship. The repair
facility nearest the vessel will notify the ship’s Engineering Officer of the change.
SHIPALTS that can be accomplished while the ship is on patrol may be scheduled during
normal working hours so that the mission routine will not be disturbed. Where parts are
required to perform the SHIPALT, the ship will schedule a rendezvous with a repair or
supply ship in order to get the needed parts, or proceed to the nearest base or station for
the parts, or the specifications and design data will be transmitted by subspace radio to
the ship, which will then be saved in the ship’s computer for use by fabrication equipment.
SHIPALTS that require more extensive work will be planned and scheduled between the
Commanding Officer and the nearest Drydock or repair facility as shown in Figure
4b37.2. At the appointed Stardate, the ship will report to the facility for the execution of
the SHIPALT.
For short refits of less than three weeks, the ship will not be completely powered-down.
The reactors will remain on-line and the ship will be self-powered – even while anchored in
Drydock. Primarily, the ship will be running on Impulse Power and the Main Engines
will be placed in hot standby. However, should the refit take longer than three weeks, the
ship will be powered-down and the Drydock will supply all the power to the ship. The
Drydock will be able to handle the electrical loads of the shutdown ship since the truly
heavy loads onboard the ship will be off-line. That is, approximately 70% of a ship’s power
consumption is involved with propulsion, navigation and power generation. The electrical
load associated with sustaining the crew (e.g. atmosphere, temperature, gravity, lighting,
ventilation, water, food processing, etc.) accounts for only about 10% of the ship’s total
power consumption. As such, a Drydock can easily handle the entire the electrical load of
a shutdown Starship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DRYDOCK OPERATIONS
When a Star Fleet ship requires extensive repair or must undergo a complete overhaul or
upgrade it will generally be placed in a Star Fleet Drydock. A Drydock is essentially an
orbital frame in space. The ship will be enclosed within this frame and anchored to it. The
frame contains various offices and shops where parts are manufactured or rebuilt. The
frame also has a brow that is connected to the ship for foot traffic to and from the
Drydock. The primary purpose of this brow to for the ship’s crew to gain access to
transporters and transport craft since such devices and craft will not be available onboard
ship while it is powered-down. Besides open frames, Star Fleet also has some enclosed
and pressurized Drydocks as well. An example of one can be seen in Figure 4b37.2. This
type will usually be adjacent to a major repair or construction facility located within the
Treaty Zone. The frame Drydocks are regularly out in the Exploration Zone, usually
near a Starbase and can be towed around as needed.
Once docked, the responsibility for the ship is turned over to the Commanding Officer of
the dock or repair facility. The Commanding Officer of the ship must allow the free
access of Drydock repair personnel to enter and perform their assigned duties. As such,
the Commanding Officer of a ship in Drydock does not have any authority over dock
personnel as stipulated in Star Fleet Regulation 4810.
While the ship is in Drydock, the Commanding Officer and the crew are responsible for
the ship itself. Any false movement of the ship within the Drydock that causes damage to
the facility is the personal responsibility of the ship’s Commanding Officer. In addition,
the Commanding Officer of the ship in Drydock is responsible for all openings in the
hull of the ship. The Commanding Officer of the ship must keep himself or herself
informed on the status of all openings in the hull and connections to the hull at all times,
and to affect the proper closure of these openings as required by Star Fleet Regulation
4840. And prior to undocking, the Commanding Officer of the ship must report to the
Docking Officer any material changes in the hull configuration and will report that all
openings in the ship are properly closed and all connections removed. Only after receiving
this report will the Docking Officer release the ship from its anchorage.
Although the Commanding Officer and the crew are responsible for ship operation, the
Commanding Officer of the Drydock is responsible for the care and safety of the ship
while it is attached to his facility, and is personally responsible for the safe execution of the
work performed on the ship by his activity as stipulated in Star Fleet Regulation 4830.
The Commanding Officer of the Drydock or repair facility has no direct authority over
the crew of the ship that is under his or her care. However, the crew of the ship attached
to the facility must comply will all regulations and instructions of the facility while they are
on the station per Star Fleet Regulation 5520.
When an uncommissioned ship is at a Star Fleet Drydock or Star Fleet Ship Building
Facility, the Commanding Officer of the docking activity, or his designee, will act in the
capacity of the ships Commanding Officer under Star Fleet Regulation 4840. Only
after the ship has been commissioned will the permanent Commanding Officer assume
the duties of command of the ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
IN-SPACE REPAIR
In-space repair is the restoration of a Star Fleet ship in deep space. Most of the larger
Starships can undertake some major repairs enough that the ship can reach the nearest
repair facility. Such Starships have their own repair and fabrication shops that allow them
to manufacture and repair most of the equipment onboard the ship. Such facilities were
designed into the ship since such vessels would be operating at the rim of Federation
space and away from any convenient repair facility.
However, should the damage of a ship turn out to be so extensive as to require immediate
and considerable attention, the fleet has mobile repair ships capable of undertaking major
repairs on Starships in deep space. When this occurs the ship’s Commanding Officer
will send a message to the nearest command base or directly to the Fleet Flagship
requesting the services of a Repair Ship. A Repair Ship will then be dispatched to the
affected ship. In the meantime the ship’s crew will effect repairs as best as possible. An
example of such is the emergency repair of a relatively large hole in the hull by attaching a
magnetic plug as illustrated in Figure 4b37.3. As shown in this figure, the external repair
effort will require an EVA by ship’s repair personnel. As such, precautions must be
maintained to prevent injury to the repair crew or to the loss of crewmembers to space.
An in-space repair generally entails rendezvousing with a Star Fleet repair ship, docking
and performing repair operations to the vessel. Typically, this is performed when a vessel
is severely damaged and cannot move under its own power. As such, Support-Repair
(SR) ships or “Tenders” will be dispatched to the site for in-space repairs. When the ship
arrives it will physically attach itself to the affected ship with brows and gangways for
personnel and equipment traffic between ships. In addition, these brows also have power
connections to allow the affected ship to receive power from the tender while repairs are
in progress. Most of the repair parts and equipment will be moved through these brows.
However, for larger pieces of equipment, the Repair Ship will transport the piece of
equipment to the location of the repair.
Repair ships have many shops where ship parts can be repaired or fabricated, and are
equipped with stores containing the spare parts necessary for the repairs. Although most
of the Star Fleet combatants have small shops and fabrication facilities, they cannot
manufacture any of the large pieces of equipment and must rely on outside facilities for
such parts.
For external hull work Repair Ships will use their large external cranes and gantries in
order to move large sections of the ship’s hull or for main engine work. These cranes are
normally retracted into lockers on deck topside when not in use. In addition, near each
gantry are hatches where equipment may be hoisted between the tender and the affected
ship. For very large pieces of machinery that are mounted deep within a vessel and cannot
be transported to the vessel, access holes will be cut into the hull in order for the external
cranes to remove and replace the equipment. This will require sealing the surrounding
areas. As such, temporary plasma field rings will be mounted on the outside of the hull
around the access hole so that the ship’s internal atmosphere can be maintained within the
affected area. The plasma ring will allow the piece of equipment to penetrate the field
while maintaining the ship’s Atmospheric Integrity.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
IN-SPACE REPLENISHMENT
In-space replenishment is the taking-on of stores and supplies in deep space. As with in-
space repair operations, in-space replenishment entails rendezvousing with a Star Fleet
Supply Ship, docking and transferring stores from one ship to the other as illustrated in
Figure 4b37.4. Primarily, in-space replenishment means taking on food stores and raw
materials that will be used by the ship’s food synthesizers and component fabricators. In
addition, personal and other items that can be purchase in ship stores may also be
included in the shipment.
The transfer of supplies can either be performed by hard linking the ships together or by
cargo transporter. However, the use of cargo transporters uses a lot of energy and is used
primarily for large and heavy loads. Therefore, guidelines were established regarding the
size and weight of the stores to be transferred by cargo transporter. On the other hand,
hard linking of two ships requires a pressurized brow to be magnetically sealed to both
vessels. Stores would then be manually transferred from one vessel to the other using
hand-held antigrav units, antigrav lifters or carts. This method is somewhat labor intensive
and takes considerable time to load, transfer and store the goods. Therefore, the preferred
method is to use the cargo transporters.
Other forms of supply and replenishments include the basics of life: air and water. As
such, Star Fleet ships are equipped with systems and machinery to replenish and clean
the atmosphere, take on fresh water and convert wastes. However, there may be times
when fresh air and water will be required to make up for losses in these systems or when
such systems have failed. In such cases, Star Fleet ships are equipped with machinery
that allows them to obtain these resources from supplied planets without the need to call
for a Supply Ship rendezvous.
The taking-on of water will typically be performed through the use of a special Water
Acquisition Unit (WAU). It is essentially a transporter that is enclosed in a bank of glass
cylinders, which brings on fresh clean water and drives it, via a force field or high-pressure
air, to the ship’s water tanks. A complete description of the principles and operation of the
Water Acquisition Unit can be found in Section 9.4 of Part 3 of Volume V of the Star
Fleet Command Manual, and in STARSHIPS manual 539-5213. This process requires
knowledge of the location of planets with an adequate water supply. Such planets are
mapped and stored within the ship’s Library-Computer.
The taking-on of air utilizes a similar process as that for taking-on water. The device used
for this operation is called an Air Acquisition Unit (AAU), which functions on the same
principle as the WAU, but the air will be compressed and stored in high-pressure air
banks. A complete description of the principles and operation of the Air Acquisition Unit
can be found in Section 9.3 of Part 3 of Volume V of the Star Fleet Command Manual,
and in STARSHIPS manual 539-5113.
However, there may be conditions where a Star Fleet ship must be replenished by non-
Star Fleet or non-Federation sources. As such, Star Fleet Regulation 4970 may
apply. Therefore, Star Fleet ship commanders are authorized to seek assistance, supplies
and services from local or non-Federation facilities for the repair or replenishment of
their command when no Star Fleet or Federation facility or service is available. In so
doing, Star Fleet ship commanders are also authorized to charge or issue promissory
notes to the providers of emergency services for the performance of such service.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EMERGENCY REPAIRS AND REPLENISHMENTS
In general, civilian traders and agents are not permitted onboard to conduct business with
the ship as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4430. However, in cases where a Star
Fleet ship cannot contact the central command or where a Repair Ship would not be
able get to the scene on time, Star Fleet ship Commanding Officers are authorized to
seek emergency services from nearby systems or vessels, regardless of whether they
belong to the Federation or not. Star Fleet Regulation 4970 specifically authorizes
Star Fleet Commanding Officers to have the necessary work started or facilities
furnished on their vessels without prior authorization from Star Fleet Command, or to
make provisions for payment in extreme emergency conditions involving possible loss of
life or the command. However, immediately upon the agreement of the terms of the repair
effort, the Commanding Officer must contact the Star Fleet Bureau of Finance and
Accounting regarding the nature of the agreement, the estimated costs and other
contractual or pertinent information.
In addition, Star Fleet Regulation 4970 also authorizes Commanding Officers to

purchase supplies or services from private, commercial or foreign sources as well, so long
as there is no Star Fleet or Federation facility nearby or available. As such, each Star
Fleet ship carries around f100,000* in gold-pressed latinum for just such emergency
situations where the ship may need to purchase emergency supplies or to have ad hoc
repairs performed by non-member worlds. If the repairs and damage is so extensive as to
exhaust the available funds, Commanding Officers are authorized to charge or issue
promissory notes to providers of such emergency services in the name of the Federation.
However, such promissory notes or invoices shall be sent to the Star Fleet Bureau of
Finance and Accounting as soon as practicable.
When such work is being performed by an outside source, the tools and equipment
necessary to complete the repairs should be those of the contracted agent. Star Fleet
Commanding Officers are not permitted to issue or loan Federation property to any
state, planet, organization, or private individual without proper authorization as required
under Star Fleet Regulation 8790. If such work requires special tools or equipment that
the agent does not posses, Star Fleet equipment may be used, but under supervision by
Star Fleet personnel.
*Usually kept in a safe within the office of the ship’s Supply Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b37.1
EXAMPLE OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ONBOARD SHIP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b37.2
STAR FLEET SHIP IN DRYDOCK

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b37.3
EXAMPLE OF AN IN-SPACE REPAIR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b37.4
EXAMPLE OF A STAR FLEET SHIP SUPPLY RENDEZVOUS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.8 STAR FLEET SHIP SECURITY

In general, a Star Fleet ship is a complex and expensive piece of government property
that represents the security of the United Federation of Planets. As such, it must be
protected and made secure at all times, and foremost, it must be maintained in a state of
optimal readiness for any service at all times. This is the primary purpose for ship security,
which is embodied in Star Fleet Regulation 4680.
A Star Fleet ship will enter many systems and orbit around many planets in the course of
its lifetime. Some of these systems are not very friendly towards the Federation, though
they may not be outwardly hostile. Therefore, the crew must always be on the alert for
unauthorized incursion or attack by hostile groups. Star Fleet Regulation 4670 clearly
states that a Commanding Officer must “… take action to protect and maintain the
security of the command from the dangers of attack, sabotage and other actions of
subversive or militant groups or of any person with intent to do harm. ” As such, when in
foreign or hostile ports, the Commanding Officer, the Command Duty Officer, or the
Officer of the Conn will order the stationing of Security Watches at key locations
throughout the ship. Primarily, these key locations will be:
 The ship’s Bridge,

 Transporter Rooms,
 Engineering spaces, and
 Areas of entry and egress.
In addition, when leaving a foreign or hostile port, the Commanding Officer must satisfy
himself or herself that there are no unauthorized persons on board prior to getting under
way as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4320. As such, there are procedures in
place to check for any unauthorized person or object onboard a Star Fleet ship. Prior to
getting underway, the Security Watches on duty will perform a manual “Sweep” of the
ship by physically inspecting each working space aboard ship, known as a Security
Patrol. In addition, a sensor sweep of the ship will be performed by the Security Officer
of the Watch at the Defense Systems station located on the Bridge. When all stations
have reported to the Bridge that “all stations are secure, and ready to get underway” then
the ship will be ready to get underway and the ship’s Communicator will report “All
Stations Report Rigged for Warp Factors”[17]. Only after the word has been given that all is
secure can the Officer of the Conn issue the order to get underway.
Ship security does not only mean protection against enemies or incursion by hostiles, but
also the physical security of the vessel against the dangers of fire, hull breach, the
introduction of a communicable disease or atmospheric contamination as well. As such,
Star Fleet Regulation 4670 also requires the Commanding Officer to “… take action
to protect and maintain the security of the command against danger of fire, atmospheric
breach or other acts of natural and or unknown phenomenon. ”
Security onboard a Star Fleet ship is generally handled by the Security Division, which
is under the Operations Department and commanded by the ship’s Security Officer.
Under normal underway conditions security personnel will generally tour the ship, checking
for any unsafe condition. However, under alert conditions or in port, security personnel will
be armed and stationed at key locations throughout the ship, including the Bridge.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SENSITIVE AND RESTRICTED AREAS
Star Fleet ships contain many types of areas, each requiring their own level of security.
For instance, areas where the control of the ship may be affected will require a high level
of security, whereas areas that have no impact on ship’s operation may be open to all
personnel. These security areas aboard a typical Cruiser class Starship is illustrated in
Figures 4b38.1 and 4b38.2 and the following paragraphs will describe these areas.
SEALED AREAS
A Sealed Area is one that is physically closed to all access at all times. These are highly
sensitive areas in terms of the security of the ship, or that access may pose a danger to
ship and crew. These areas generally do not require security guards as they are sealed and
electronically monitored.
RESTRICTED AREAS
A Restricted Area is one in which access is limited to authorized personnel only. Such
areas are usually vital ship control rooms, equipment rooms or that may contain classified
material. These areas will normally be guarded by ship’s security personnel.
CONTROLLED AREAS
A Controlled Area is one in which access, though not restricted, will be closely
monitored. For example, the Sickbay area is monitored because it contains drugs and
dangerous narcotics that must be controlled. As such, Controlled Areas will usually be
continuously manned. All other areas not described above are considered ‘open’ to all
personnel. The following table provides a general list of the various ship areas and their
classification.
Table 4b38.1
CLASSIFICATION OF SHIP’S AREAS
Classification Area of the Ship
 Ship’s Computer Core
 Ship’s Communications Circuitry Tube
Sealed  Ship’s Reactors
 Main Engine Areas
 Main Engine Access Crawlway
 Engine rooms
 Power Generation, Storage and Control Rooms
 Environment Control Rooms
Restricted  Auxiliary Control Room
 Weapons and Weapons Control Areas
 Brig and Detention Areas
 Personnel Records Areas
 Bridge
 Sickbay
 Science and Medical Laboratories
Controlled
 Hangar Deck
 Flight Deck
 Cargo Holds
 Recreation Rooms and Lounges
 Gymnasium
Open  Theatre
 Crews Quarters
 Observation Decks

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ONBOARD SECURITY FORCES
Onboard Security Forces are those persons assigned to the ship’s Security Division
for the purpose of protecting the ship and its personnel. This is typically a small contingent
of security personnel from the Star Fleet Security Forces Command of the Star Fleet
Division of Security. The security force will generally be located in an area of the ship
known as the ship’s Security Area, typically adjacent to or near the ship’s engineering
spaces. This area will generally contain the Security Office, a small arms locker, the
armory and a number of Brig cells, depending on the size of the ship.
The functions and duties of the Onboard Security Force are:
1. To protect the ship and its personnel from unauthorized intrusion or enemy attack.
2. To guard and protect the vital areas of the ship from sabotage. This is especially true
while the ship is in hostile territory.
3. To patrol the ship and make security checks of all spaces, to be on the lookout for fire
and other dangers, and to check the security of any cargo the ship is carrying.
4. To protect Landing Party personnel in the performance of their mission to unknown
planets and worlds.
5. To act as Shore Patrol for ship’s personnel while engaging in shore leave and liberty
activities. To keep the crew on liberty from violating any local laws and to keep crew
personnel out of trouble.
6. To manage the Brig and detention areas. To guard any prisoner while under custody
within a Brig cell or while transporting prisoners to and from another facility.
7. To operate in concert with Damage Control personnel in seeking out and rescuing
trapped or disabled personnel.
8. To function as Honor Guard during official visits and ceremonies, and to guard all
Federation and foreign guests and dignitaries while they are onboard the ship.
The Onboard Security Force will also perform Security Patrols of the ship. The patrol
typically consists of a single security guard making a tour of the ship, or several persons,
each making a tour of a different part of the ship. They will typically “Make The Rounds”
every hour and will focus their inspections in high risk areas. An example of a patrol can
be seen in Figure 4b38.3.
During Alert or General Quarters, Security Patrols will be made up of two individuals
called a Security Team, and will be assigned to guard a vital area of the ship. Most of
these teams have pre-assigned posts to monitor. In addition, one guard will always be
placed on the Bridge during General Quarters, who is called the Bridge Sentry. The
function of the Bridge Sentry is to ensure the security of the Bridge, accompany persons
to the Bridge or remove persons from the Bridge. However, the Bridge Sentry is simply a
sentinel and cannot challenge persons entering or leaving the Bridge. This person will
stand his watch near an entry point and may only take orders from the Commanding
Officer or the Officer of the Conn. The Bridge Sentry will always be activated upon a
Yellow Alert (GQ2) or higher, but may be stationed at any time.
The assignment of Security personnel to the above details will normally be performed on
a rotational basis. Each person is placed on a Duty Roster and assignments will be made
on the basis of an individual’s position within the Duty Roster.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BRIGS AND CONFINEMENT AREAS
Most of the larger Star Fleet combatants will contain a substantial Brig section possessing
several confinement rooms or detention cells. These cells are principally designed to
confine criminals or others under arrest, or persons who may be extremely violent. Brig
cells are typically equipped with a bunk, a chair and table, and a food processor unit in the
main area, and an attached bathroom with a toilet, shower and a retractable sink basin
with a polished metal mirror since glass is not allowed in detention cells.
Brig areas are designed to be away from the general population of the ship and will
typically be located near Engineering. That is, the Security Division offices and Brig
facilities will be located adjacent to engineering spaces or located in the lower areas of the
Secondary Hull.
Confinement cells do not have doors, but are sealed using a force field. This allows for
continuous visual surveillance of the prisoner within the cell. However, the confinement
cell does afford some privacy regarding personal hygiene and as such, the bathroom area
cannot be directly seen from outside the cell. The bathroom area is sufficiently secure so
that there is no concern regarding any escape activities that may be occurring within the
room. An example of a Brig cell is illustrated in Figure 4b38.4.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS ONBOARD
An unauthorized person is defined as any individual that was not given the authorization to
be onboard. This may include Federation officials and Star Fleet personnel that have
come onboard a Star Fleet ship when not on official business. All persons that wish to
come aboard any Star Fleet vessel must seek permission from the ship’s Commanding
Officer or the Officer of the Deck before they can physically enter or transport onto the
ship. Anyone not receiving such permission and who has entered the ship is considered an
unauthorized person onboard.
Should any unauthorized person be found onboard, the individual must be handed over to
ship Security. In such instances, Star Fleet Regulation 4330 will go into effect and the
Commanding Officer can order the individual to be placed in the ship’s Brig. The
regulation also requires that the Commanding Officer initiate an investigation, which
usually involves convening a board with the ship’s senior officers and Security. The action
the Commanding Officer will take towards the individual will be based upon the results
of the investigation. The following guidelines from the Star Ship Commanding Officers
Manual will illustrate some of the actions a Commanding Officer may take towards an
unauthorized person onboard.
Table 4b38.2
ACTION ON FINDING UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS ONBOARD
Circumstance Commanding Officer’s Action
Individual intends to do harm to the ship or  If in a Federation port, immediately deliver to local Star Fleet or
any member of the crew, or has done Federation authorities.
harm to the ship or to a crewmember, or is  If in a foreign port, keep individual detained until reaching a Federation
performing some clandestine operation. port. If the person is a citizen of the foreign world, the Commanding
Officer must report to local authorities and will hold the individual
unless requested by a proper foreign official to hand individual over to
the local government.
 If underway, keep the individual detained in the Brig.
 If the individual is highly violent, place under restraint.
 Deliver individual to nearest Federation facility.
Individual is a fugitive from Federation  If in a Federation port, immediately deliver to local Star Fleet or
authorities or justice, or has committed or Federation authorities.
attempted to commit an offense.  If in a foreign port, keep individual detained until reaching a Federation
port. The Commanding Officer shall not release or hand over the
individual to any local authority.
 If underway, keep the individual detained in the Brig.
 If the individual is highly violent, place under restraint.
 Deliver individual to nearest Federation facility.
Individual is not a fugitive from Federation  If in a Federation port, immediately deliver to local Star Fleet or
authorities or justice, or has not committed Federation authorities.
or attempted to commit an offense.  If in a foreign port, keep individual detained until reaching a Federation
port. The Commanding Officer shall not release or hand over the
individual to any local authority.
 If underway, the individual must be kept under surveillance, but need
not be detained. The individual shall not have free access to the ship.
Individual is a fugitive from foreign  If in a Federation port, immediately deliver to local Star Fleet or
authorities, but has committed no offense Federation authorities.
against the Federation.  If in a foreign port, keep individual detained until reaching a Federation
port. If the person is a citizen of the foreign world, the Commanding
Officer must report to local authorities and will hold the individual
unless requested by a proper foreign official to hand individual over to
the local government. The Commanding Officer shall not release or
hand over the individual to any local authority unless an extradition
agreement exists between the Federation and the local government.
 If the individual seeks asylum onboard the vessel, Star Fleet
Regulation 6900 shall take effect.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
VISITORS AND PASSENGERS
From time to time Star Fleet ships may entertain or have onboard visitors and passengers
as authorized by Star Fleet Command. However, as stated in Paragraph 1 of Star Fleet
Regulation 4410, the “Control of passage in and protracted visits to ships and craft of
the Star Fleet by all persons, within or without the Star Fleet Service, shall be exercised by
the Chief of Star Fleet Operations and the Director: Star Fleet Command.” It will be the
Chief of Star Fleet Operations that will set the policy regarding visitors and passengers
aboard Star Fleet vessels. The function of this section is to describe the policies and
procedures regarding visitors and passengers aboard a Star Fleet ship when they are
authorized to visit.
When visitors and passengers are onboard, the Commanding Officer must make extra
special security arrangements as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4420. In general,
Star Fleet Commanding Officers are responsible for the control of visitors to their
commands and must comply with the relevant provisions of the Star Fleet Security
Manual, as well as any other directive regarding visitors. First, and foremost, the
Commanding Officer must take measures and impose restrictions on visitors in order to
safeguard any classified material that may be available. Such material must not be kept
out in open view. Any arrangement for general visiting must always be based on the
assumption that foreign agents will be among the visitors. Classified material also includes
any displays that may indicate the ship’s capability. Such displays must either be covered
or shutdown. Second, the Commanding Officer and the crew must exercise reasonable
care to safeguard the persons and property of visitors to the ship as well as to take those
necessary precautions to safeguard individuals and their property while they are onboard.
VISITORS
Visitors are individuals that wish to come aboard that are not a member of the ship’s crew.
Star Fleet Command defines three types of visiting: official, causal and general visiting.
Casual visiting means the everyday, informal visits of family or friends, while general
visiting is when the ship is open to the general public as on such days as Federation
holidays or special events. Both will be described in more detail below.
Casual Visiting – Members of the crew may have civilian visitors aboard ship, usually
after working hours during the weekdays in port, and between the hours of 1300 to 1600
on weekends and holidays. For any other times, permission must be obtained from the
Officer of the Deck. However, one provision is that casual visitors can not bring on
board any cameras or recording devices, or other items prohibited by Star Fleet. Such
items will have to remain with the OOD while the visitor is onboard, and returned after
leaving.
General Visiting – Periodically, Star Fleet ships import may allow tours of the ship to
the general public. This may usually be performed during Federation holidays and special
events, and only if the ship is moored at a dock. Such visiting via Transporter is not
allowed. In such cases, the ship must lay out a plan for handling such visitors - the general
public as well as Federation and foreign dignitaries. Prior to general visiting the word will
be passed to “Rig the ship for general visiting. All hands will shift to the proper uniform .”
In addition, while visitors are onboard, the crew must remain alert that no visitor gain
entry into any unauthorized section of the ship; that no visitor endanger himself or herself;
and that all guests be treated with courtesy.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OFFICIAL VISITORS
There may also be times when the ship may receive “Official Visits” from Federation or
foreign officials. In such times, the ship will be rigged special for such visits and standard
security precautions will be implemented. In such cases, the provisions contained within
Chapter 7000 of Star Fleet Regulations will apply, which specifies what forms of
ruffles and flourishes apply based upon the level of the official that is visiting.
In port official visits occur quite frequently and usually by Star Fleet Command officials.
Any prominent Star Fleet officer making an official visit will be rendered the appropriate
honors in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 7300. As part of rendering honors,
visiting officials will be announced across the ship’s general announcing system at the time
of actual arrival or departure. When announcing high-ranking officers, the protocol is to
state the officer’s title, followed by either “Arriving” or “Departing” depending whether the
official is coming aboard or leaving. The table below describes the protocol used for the
various high-ranking officers within the Star Fleet Service.
Table 4b38.3
RULES FOR ANNOUNCING STAR FLEET OFFICIALS
Star Fleet Official Announced Title Example Announcement
Director: Star Fleet Command or
Star Fleet “Star Fleet Arriving”
Vice Director: Star Fleet Command
Star Fleet Command Chief of Staff Chief of Staff “Chief of Staff Departing”
Chief of a Star Fleet Division Star Fleet <Division> “Star Fleet Operations Departing”
Sector Commandant Sector <number> “Sector Seven Departing”
Fleet Commander <number> Fleet “Third Fleet Arriving”
Fleet Squadron Commander Squadron <number> “Squadron 14 Arriving”
“Intrepid Arriving”,
Commanding Officer <Command>
“Starbase 11 Departing”
Official visits may also include formal dinners as well. The Commanding Officer may
elect to entertain such visitors and to treat them to a special dinner onboard the ship. Most
of the larger Starships have formal dinning areas where such festivities can take place.
The Commanding Officer may also elect to have such dinners serviced by ship’s
personnel. Typically, such servers will be ship’s Yeomen.
PASSENGERS
In general, Star Fleet ships do not normally carry passengers. However, if necessary,
ships may carry passengers. To accommodate passengers, most of the larger ships have
extra staterooms reserved for dignitaries. These staterooms are primarily for official Star
Fleet or Federation personnel embarked on a mission; a travelling flag officer, with staff;
or a Federation diplomat en route. However, these accommodations may also be used
for other purposes as well. In any case, all passengers onboard a Star Fleet ship or vessel
shall be treated with respect and their privacy maintained. Nevertheless, all passengers are
subject to the authority of the Commanding Officer and must conform to the internal
regulations and routine of the ship. With regard to any civilian passengers that may be
onboard, the Commanding Officer of the ship cannot take any direct disciplinary action
against them, but can only place civilians under restraint or detention in the Brig until such
time as delivery to the proper authorities is possible as required under Star Fleet
Regulation 4410.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
REPELLING BOARDERS
Repelling Borders is the order given when enemy forces or an angry mob wishes to gain
unauthorized access to a Star Fleet ship which must be put down. Repelling Boarders
will always be accompanied by an Intruder Alert alarm and the ship placed in General
Quarters Condition Two (GQ2). Repelling boarders will usually be the task of the ship’s
Security Force. However, if the security force is insufficient to put down the incursion,
personnel from the other divisions will be temporarily mobilized to augment the force.
It must be noted that everyone aboard a Star Fleet ship will be trained and qualified in
the use of small arms, regardless of their rank or occupation. Each person must qualify
annually on the use of hand phasers and the Phaser Rifle in order to maintain their
Starship qualification.
REPELLING BOARDERS WHILE DOCKED
While a ship is docked it is vulnerable to attack by unauthorized boarders that can enter
through the brow. Under normal conditions, the brow is manned by an armed security
guard equipped with Phaser II. This should be sufficient to handle any unarmed invasion
of the ship. However, should an armed group attempt to storm the ship, additional armed
security forces may be required. The security guard at the brow will sound the Intruder
Alert alarm and a security force armed with Phaser Rifles will be dispatched to the area.
Under the extreme condition where the base or station the ship is attached has been
overrun, the Officer of the Deck will order the ship to be sealed and preparations made
to get under way. This may require the emergency startup of the ship’s Secondary
Propulsion or Impulse engines, but initially the ship will maneuver away from the dock
using its Maneuvering Thrusters.
REPELLING BOARDERS WHILE UNDERWAY
Repelling enemy forces that transport onboard a ship is very difficult. By the time the
internal sensors can pick up the transporter beam, the enemy has already gained a
foothold onto the ship. This is one of the primary reasons why any vessel approaching a
Star Fleet ship must be challenged and kept beyond transporter range, which is set at
30,000 kilometers.
Should unauthorized persons transport onboard the ship while underway the Officer of
the Conn will set condition GQ2 and order the ship to be sealed by closing-off the main
passageways. Security systems will be utilized to locate the intruders on board and to
isolate them. The next step is usually to render them harmless by injecting Anesthesia
Gas (ANTHGAS) into the isolated area[18] and a security team dispatched. If it becomes
apparent that the security force is inadequate to repel the invaders, then the off-going
watch will be issued arms and assist the ship’s security force.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b38.1
STAR FLEET SHIP SECURITY AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
Area Legend
Sealed Area
Restricted Area
Controlled Area
Open Areas

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b38.2
STAR FLEET SHIP SECURITY AREA CLASSIFICATIONS - CONTINUED
Area Legend
Sealed Area
Restricted Area
Controlled Area
Open Areas

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b38.3
SHIP SECURITY PATROLS DURING ALERT CONDITIONS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b38.4
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL STARSHIP BRIG

SECRET
FEDERATION SECURITY
INFORMATION
NOFORN
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.0 STAR FLEET SHIP COMBAT

This chapter is all about combat. In particular, this section will delve into the basics of ship
combat, and will provide a brief history of space weaponry and the weapons used by the
enemies of the Federation today.
INTRODUCTION TO SPACE WEAPONRY
Star Fleet weaponry has undergone a significant evolution since the days of the Romulan
War. During the period of the war the primary weapons used by combatants were the
Laser, the electro-magnetic rail gun and the guided missile. These weapons have been
replaced with the Phaser, Photon Torpedo, Disrupters and several types of Plasma
weapons. However, there are still worlds within the Federation that continue to use the
older, antiquated weapons.
The Laser, which stands for Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation, was
the first of the beam weapons to be used in space. The Laser weapon was a focused beam
of electromagnetic radiation with a beam intensity in the 1029 W/cm2 range. As such, it can
cut through most hull materials available at the time. The primary effect was to damage
the vessel by compromising its hull integrity, which affected the living conditions within the
vessel. Aimed at a vessel’s propulsion plant, the Laser could impair the vessel’s ability to
maneuver. However, the Laser was a speed-of-light aim-and-fire weapon, which required
the ship to be stationary when fired. This weapon became obsolete with the development
of the Phaser.
The rail gun, or cannon, was essentially an electromagnetic cannon that fired a sabot-like
round against an enemy vessel. The sabot was a kinetic energy round made up of a solid
titanium shaft with depleted uranium (U238) encased in a tungsten-carbide tip mounted in
front of the shaft. The round was thrust from the gun at a speed approaching 0.565 the
speed of light. The kinetic energy of the round was such that it could easily penetrate the
hull of the opposing vessel and the heat produced upon impact would melt the hull and
could destroy the vessel if impacted in the right location. However, this was also an aim-
and-fire weapon and required the vessel to be nearly stationary in order to fire the weapon
at the target. This weapon quickly became obsolete with the advent of Warp drive,
Phasers and Photon Torpedoes.
The other weapon used was a rocket with a thermo-nuclear warhead. This weapon had a
guidance system that allowed the firing vessel to control the trajectory of the missile. The
missile itself was ejected from a tube using an electromagnetic field similar to the rail gun.
The purpose of this was so the rocket motor would not be started within the vessel, but
would ignite at a safe distance away from the ship. The missile would then be guided to its
target by vectoring the thrust from its rocket motors as controlled by the Fire Control
Officer, adjusting for changes in the motion of the target. The warhead itself was a
nuclear fusion device with a yield of 25 megatons. This weapon was used on a myriad of
targets from space ships and space stations to population centers on enemy planets. Such
weapons were the mainstay during the Romulan War. However, due to its low speed, this
weapon is no longer used. Modern Starships can easily evade such a device and are
shielded to mitigate the effects of the blast.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SUMMARY OF CURRENT ENEMY WEAPONRY
The function of this section is to provide an understanding of the capabilities of the known
enemy vessels a Star Fleet ship may encounter. As such, this section will provide a brief
description of the weaponry used by the known hostile forces.
ROMULANS
Romulans are noted for their use of disruptor weapons, photon torpedoes, plasma
torpedoes, and their signature cloaking technology. They are well-known and feared for
their extensive use of the Plasma Torpedo or Plasma Bolt, which was discovered by
Star Fleet in 2266. This weapon uses super-charged plasma to overload electrostatic
screens and annihilate the hulls of adversary ships. The Plasma Bolt has the highest
damage to charge ratio of any weapon known to the Federation. However, it is also a
huge power drain on a Romulan vessel, requiring the ship to de-cloak first before firing. In
addition, the Plasma Bolt has a limited range, requiring the ship to be in close proximity
to its target, which is due primarily to energy dissipation over time [1]. An example of a
Romulan ship firing a Plasma Bolt is illustrated in Figure 4b40.1.
Chart 4b40.1
ROMULAN PLASMA BOLT POWER OVER TIME
Romulan Plasma Bolt Strength
120%
100%
Percent Bolt Strength
80%
60%
40%
20%
0%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Time in Seconds
Notes:
1. Based on data obtained from the event log of NCC-1701 dated Federation Stardate
21323.62.
Later, in 2268, it was discovered that the Romulans had signed a technology exchange
agreement with the Klingon Empire, which greatly enhanced their space technology. As a
result, the Romulan fleet now utilizes a special form of the Klingon D-7 Battlecruiser as
their primary capital vessel. The Romulans have significantly modified the vessel to suit
their needs and have incorporated their signature cloaking technology to these vessels,
making them extremely dangerous.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
KLINGONS
The Klingons are a fierce warrior race and as such, virtually all of their space vessels, both
military and commercial, are combatants to some extent. However, at the present time the
Imperial Klingon fleet primarily employs the D-7 Klokode-class Battlecruiser, though they
also have combatant vessels of lesser capability as well. The smaller vessels are used
primarily to protect the home world and the surrounding space. The D-7, on the other
hand, is a deep-space vessel and therefore, Star Fleet is more likely to encounter this
class of ship than any other Klingon vessel. In summary, the D-7 class Klingon battle
cruiser serves as the backbone of the Klingon Imperial Fleet. The names of Klingon ships
are usually preceded by the prefix "IKS", an abbreviation for "Imperial Klingon Spaceship".
The armament of the D-7 consists of dual wing-mounted Disrupter Cannons mounted in
the main engines, a forward-mounted beam weapon emitter, a forward launcher capable
of firing photon torpedoes as well as magnetic pulses, and an array of Phaser-like beam
weapon emitters around the ship. With regard to propulsion, Klingon D-7 cruisers are
equipped with twin S-2 Graf units[2], which are roughly equivalent to the warp drives on
Federation Starships. With these units Klingon vessels could reach a speed equivalent
to about Warp Factor seven in an attack run.
As stated above, the Disrupter Banks are mounted at the front of the S-2 Graf units. As
such, they derive their power directly from the engines, which make them a formidable
weapon. However, the limitation of this system is that if one of the engines becomes
disabled, the ship’s Disrupter capability is reduced by 50%. An example of a D-7 firing its
Disrupters can be seen in Figure 4b40.2. Disruptors are considered less 'elegant' than Star
Fleet’s phaser-based weapons; their effects there are described as thermal shock and
blunt force, as opposed to the “Rapid Nadion Effect” or the breakdown of the atomic
structure of materials.
The D-7 is also equipped with a weapon similar to the Photon Torpedo. The torpedo is
launched through a tube mounted in the bow of the ship. The launch tube is basically an
electromagnetic pulse cannon which will propel a high-energy plasma torpedo onto a
target. Klingon ships also come with a variety of beam weapons as well. These beam
weapons are reminiscent of the old high-energy Laser.
In 2269, the Klingons developed a prototype weapon, first tested on board the IKS Gr'oth,
which was described as a projective stasis field. The weapon, which was extremely
powerful, was capable of completely paralyzing an enemy vessel, including all vital
systems, but proved to be equally crippling to itself. Analysis determined that after
prolonged use of the weapon, the cruiser's power cells were too quickly drained. This
required the ship to wait several hours for the weapon to recharge to full power.
Ultimately, it was determined that the use of this weapon aboard D7s was impractical in
regular combat.
A new class of battle cruiser is currently under construction. This new class, labeled the D-
8B or K’t’inga-class, is a significant advancement over the D-7. Although somewhat similar
in appearance to the D-7, the D-8B is radically different throughout. The new K't'inga-class
battlecruisers are slated to begin replacing the aging D-7 class sometime in the year 2278.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GORN VESSELS
Gorn ships are large warp-driven vessels which function as both a battle cruiser and a
ground assault ship. Gorn ships contain large troop berthing areas and a large cruiser can
carry upwards of about 5000 troops, along with ground vehicles and other siege
equipment. Gorn ships can be easily recognized by the large Delta () painted on their
hulls. The ships have a wing-like structure projecting out of their midsection that functions
as a launch platform for their ground assault craft. An example of a formation of Gorn
ships can be seen in Figure 4b40.3.
Regarding weaponry, Gorn ships are equipped with Disrupters mounted on the bow.
These Disrupter Banks are very similar to the Klingon Disrupters as they obtained this
technology from them. Because of their proximity to Klingon space, Gorns trade frequently
with the Klingons. Gorns are cold-blooded creatures and still enjoy using melee weapons,
and they have a fondness for explosives and projectiles.
Gorn sensor technology is slightly less effective than that of the Federation. To
compensate, they have recently begun developing their own cloaking devices. Until this
point they had only the cloaking devices that they took off captured or destroyed Romulan
ships, but were never able to capitalize on the technology.
The Gorn Empire has had Warp drive for about as long as the Federation. Gorn ships are
built with engines similar to the old Klingon S-1 Graf unit. As such, the speed of the Gorn
ship with this propulsion system is limited to an equivalent of Warp Factor 7. However, for
a cruiser-class Starship to overtake a Gorn vessel, it will have to risk sustained travel at
Warp Factor 8.
THOLIAN VESSELS
Tholians are generally not space-faring creatures. As such, their ships only travel at sub-
light speeds. However, they do have a very effective weapon in the form of an energy web
which can be “Spun” from the linking of two of their vessels as illustrated in Figure 4b40.4.
Two Tholian ships will link together at the stern in order to establish an energy node. The
node consists of a magna-photon tube encasing a negative energy field. The effect of this
field is to render ships caught in the mesh harmless by draining or negating the energy
output of the vessel. Eventually, the power reserves of the vessel will become depleted
and the ship, along with its crew, will eventually die.
After an incident involving a Starship in 2269 (Federation Stardate 22014.57), all

Star Fleet vessels must stay clear of Tholian space, and are prohibited from engaging any
Tholian vessel. Rules of Engagement have been issued regarding Tholians, which are
outlined in Fleet Operations Directive 7341; and buoys have been placed near Tholian
space that transmits a Code 701 warning signal.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b40.1
ROMULAN PLASMA BOLT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b40.2
KLINGON DISRUPTER BOLT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b40.3
EXAMPLE OF A GORN SHIP FORMATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b40.4
THOLIAN SHIP LINKUP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.1 STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONRY

In this section the weaponry used aboard a modern Star Fleet vessel will be explored, as
well as how these weapons will be used during combat operations. In time of peace the
weaponry onboard Star Fleet ships will generally be used for defense instead of for
offense as required under Star Fleet Regulation 6520 and General Order Two.
However, should the use of force be necessary, Star Fleet ship Commanding Officers
have a variety of weapon systems from which to choose, depending upon the class of
vessel they command. As such, these weapon systems will be described in the subsequent
paragraphs of this section.
SHIP’S WEAPONRY
In general, the weaponry onboard all Star Fleet ships come in three categories:
 High-energy Beam Weapons,

 Plasma Weapons, and
 Force Beams (particle beams).
Beam weapons will either be in the form of a collimated stream of high-energy particles or
of pure electromagnetic energy. The primary beam weapon used by Star Fleet is the
Phaser. Phasers are pure energy beam weapons, similar to the old-time Lasers, but of a
pulsating nature that can be “phased” to interfere or interact with the wave pattern of any
molecular form. Phaser beams can be fired steadily, in one long burst, or in intermittent
pulses of phased energy. They can be set to “Dematerialize” (converting matter into
energy), “Disrupt” (break down molecular cohesion), “Heat” (increase molecular vibration),
or “Stun” (neural impact).[3]
Plasma weapons, on the other hand, are packets of high-energy matter held compressed
in the plasma state using electro-magnetic fields. The plasma can be comprised of ordinary
matter, pure anti-matter, or both. The primary plasma weapons used aboard Star Fleet
ships are the Photon Torpedo and the Photon Bolt, both of which will be described in
the subsection entitled Photon Torpedoes.
In general, all beam and plasma weapons must be fired in normal space-time and at
speeds less than 90% the speed of light. However, efforts are underway to develop warp-
driven plasma weapons. The location of beam weapons for a typical Star Fleet cruiser
may be seen in Figure 4b41.1.
Table 4b41.1
SUMMARY OF STAR FLEET WEAPONS
Weapon Category Type Primary Use
Phaser Beam Offensive Shielded ships and objects in space; ground targets
Photon Torpedo Plasma Offensive Objects in space and ground targets
Photon Bolt Plasma Offensive Primarily ground targets or unshielded targets
Deflector Field/Beam Defensive Push away mines and objects in space; keep at bay
Tractor Beam Defensive Haul in or tow captured vessels
STARDATE 23882.38 UFP521-4b41.1 SECRET

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP’S MAIN PHASER BATTERIES[4]
The ship’s Main Phaser Batteries are the primary offensive weapon used in most major
combat situations as they provide enormous destructive power over a long distance. The
Main Batteries are located around the ship to provide full coverage from any point. As
such, this weapon system makes a typical Starship a very formidable adversary against
any belligerent.
The beam used for the Main Phaser Batteries have a long wavelength in order to
increase the beam’s range and effectiveness. The longer wavelength or lower frequency of
the beam gives its characteristic red glow as seen in Figure 4b41.11. The beam is
generally used to disrupt the molecular structure in order to inflict maximum damage to
the opposing vessel’s hull. The frequency of the phased beam causes interference with the
molecular structure of the material the beam strikes. The result is the break-up of the
material’s molecular structure by breaking the atomic bonds of the crystal lattice causing
the material to disintegrate. In reality the material is not disintegrating, but experiencing a
break-down of its molecular components.
However, the low frequency of the beam also makes it easier to be blocked by force fields
of sufficient strength. This characteristic may be compensated for because the large size of
the beam can impart a direct mechanical force to the defensive shield blocking the beam,
which will require a substantial amount of energy by the target vessel in order to maintain
the shield. As such, ship commanders will use the main batteries to wear down the shield
by causing the opposing vessel’s field generators to overload and shutdown, making the
ship’s hull vulnerable to direct Phaser attack.
Power to the Main Batteries comes directly from the ship’s main or secondary engines.
However, due to the amount of power the weapon consumes, Main Phaser Batteries
cannot sustain a long burst of energy for more than four seconds without burning-up the
emitter. As such, the Main Batteries are only discharged in short two-second bursts over
an eight-second period and with a minimum one second period between bursts. One can
always identify when the Main Batteries are being fired from the characteristic low-
frequency buzzing sound the emitters make [5]. Lastly, the high energy consumption of the
Main Phaser Battery makes it impractical for low level usage. This is purely an offensive,
wartime weapon system and as such, should only be used during wartime combat.
On a typical Cruiser-class Starship four Main Phaser Batteries will be located on the
underside of the Primary Hull, with ten batteries amidships, two in the stern and the two
batteries located in the underbelly or keel of the Secondary Hull. See Figure 4b41.3 for the
location of these batteries on a typical cruiser. Figure 4b41.2 shows the locations of the
Main Batteries on an Attack Carrier. On Battleships, the four forward batteries are sixty
degrees apart, while on Cruisers and Frigates the four forward batteries are thirty degrees
apart. Lastly, Destroyers and Escorts only have two forward batteries that are forty-five
degrees apart, primarily because of the high energy requirements of the weapon.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP’S PHASER BANKS
Phaser Banks are very large versions of the hand-held phasers used by ship’s personnel,
and will generally be employed during minor combat situations; for example: to immobilize
a vessel. These banks are located all around the Primary and Secondary hulls and usually
are mounted in pairs. On the Primary hull of a standard cruiser the banks are located on
Decks 3 and 8, with the Secondary Hull Phaser Banks located aft in the fantail.
The beam generated by a Phaser Bank is of a very high frequency, giving the beam its
characteristic blue tinge similar to Cherenkov radiation. An illustration of the beam can be
seen in Figure 4b41.12. The beam is generally designed to penetrate and or cut into the
hull plating of the opposing vessel either by burning a hole through the hull plate or by
disrupting the crystal lattice structure of the hull plate material as to cause local
disintegration. The high frequency of the beam makes it easy to penetrate most defensive
fields, and the sustained firing of the bank will also make it easier to bring down the
opposing vessel’s shields in order to directly attack the hull. However, the damage done on
the target vessel will not be as extensive as with the main batteries.
Phaser Banks can also “Stun” large gatherings of people. Under the proper tuning, the
frequency of the beam can be adjusted to affect the neural system of most creatures
causing them to blackout. This is performed in order to immobilize an opponent force in
support of ground troops during security landings or police actions.
Phaser Banks acquire their power from the ship’s 400 cycle weapons power system. The
energy from the weapons 400 cycle motor-generator (MG) sets is stored in large
capacitors or condensers at each bank emitter unit. The purpose of the condensers is to
provide an instantaneous beam of energy when required, without which the phaser field
coils would require a substantial delay period in order to build-up the charge before the
energy can be discharged, which is normally between three and four seconds. However,
once discharged the beam can continuously be maintained for up to a maximum of fifteen
seconds. One can always detect when the Phaser Banks are being fired by the distinctive
high-pitched “whirring” sound the emitters produce.
On a typical Cruiser-class Starship a total of six Phaser Banks will be located on the
topside and underside of the Primary Hull, with two banks located at the stern of the
Secondary Hull. See Figure 4b41.5 for the location of these banks on a typical cruiser.
Figure 4b41.2 shows the locations of Phaser Banks on an Attack Carrier. The Phaser
Banks on an Attack Carrier are installed on twin-mount turret units that are normally
retracted into the hull when not in use. On all classes of Starships the topside and
underside banks are located directly forward and on the Port and Starboard sides of the
Primary Hull. The locations of the three underside banks are at the lower dome cap. As
such, each bank on the Primary Hull of line Starships are located ninety degrees apart.
The two aft banks on the Secondary Hull are situated below the fantail and adjacent to the
aft Main Batteries. These banks are only single-mounted units.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OTHER PHASER WEAPON SYSTEMS
Besides the standard Phaser units mounted on Starships, some ships may have special
variations of the Phaser weapon installed on the ship. These are special units designed
for a specific purpose and will only be installed on Starship classes that have a specific
military or functional mission.
TURRET PHASERS
Some of the larger Starships may have heavy-duty Turret Phasers. These are large
twin-mount Main Phaser Cannons fitted in a Ball Turret unit that is built into the hull.
Each Ball Turret Phaser requires its own generator to produce a beam of tremendous
power. This is accomplished by the use of custom high-energy 400 cycle Motor-Generator
(MG) units that feed off the ship’s main power buss. As such, these Ball Turret Phasers
provide greater firing range and can quickly locate and lock onto targets because of their
built-in sensors. Because of their size and energy consumption, these units will only be
built into Attack Carriers or on the Secondary Hull of a Battleship as illustrated in Figure
4b41.4.
MEGAPHASERS
Some of the large heavy Frigates may be equipped with special Megaphaser units. These
are large high-powered Phaser Banks mounted onto special pylons. The Megaphaser
consists of two spherical energy chambers connecting six emission nozzles. In effect it is
like firing six Phaser Banks at one time. The power demands of the Megaphaser are so
great that they must receive their energy directly from the Main Engines. As such, the
support pylons of the Megaphaser are usually mounted vertically in-line with the Frigate’s
Main Engines as shown in Figure 4b41.6.
PHASER WEAPON EFFECTIVENESS
How a Phaser weapon is selected and when it will be used will depend upon its range and
power consumption requirements. For relatively close range and to minimize power usage,
Phaser Banks will normally be used. In combat situations where Phaser power will be
needed to disable an enemy and where power consumption is not a limiting factor, the
larger Phaser units will be used. The following table will list the capabilities of the various
Phaser weapon systems available to a commander. As seen from table the power of the
standard Phaser Bank system drops-off much more rapidly than the other systems. As
such, the effective range of a typical Phaser Bank will be around 36,000 kilometers.
Table 4b41.2
COMPARISON OF PHASER WEAPON CAPABILITIES
Maximum Distance Power Effectiveness Factor
Phaser Dispersion Factor
‘s’ ‘p’ ‘k’
Weapon . -ks (per kilometer)
(kilometers) (gigajoules) (p e )
Phaser Banks 52,028 70 0.03386 0.0000033
Turret Phasers 84,427 175 0.01824 0.0000025
Main Batteries 99,777 210 0.02214 0.0000011
Megaphasers 153,503 2,500 0.01672 0.0000005

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PHOTON TORPEDOES
Photon Torpedoes, as illustrated in Figure 4b41.13, are energy pods of matter and anti-
matter contained and held temporarily separated in a magno-photon force field. When the
field separating the matter from the anti-matter is removed it produces an enormous
explosive force destroying all objects within a radius of twenty kilometers. This is because
the interaction of anti-matter completely converts the ordinary matter into energy. This is
a 100% conversion of matter to energy, unlike the old atomic fusion weapons which only
converted 18% of its mass to energy. The plasma matter and anti-matter used to create
the torpedo comes directly from special plasma containment loops located near the ejector
unit. The amount of plasma within the loops is enough for six torpedoes before the plasma
must be regenerated. The regeneration equipment of the plasma material is the same as
that used by the warp-drive engines. However, full regeneration takes approximately 12
minutes and therefore, the rate of fire drops significantly after the initial load has been
spent. As such, Star Fleet Engineering recommends that the rate of fire for Photon
Torpedoes be one torpedo each twenty seconds in order to maintain sustained firing.
Photon Torpedoes can be fired directly at a target, laid out as mines, or scattered in an
attacker’s path. Photon Torpedoes that are used as mines can be equipped with special
proximity or timed fuses, and can be set with an electronic, electrochemical or a variety of
other methods. Photon Torpedoes essentially have a limitless range, so long as the field
can be sustained. However, this is also its limitation as well. The length of time the field
can be sustained is around ten days. After that time the field generator loses power and
the torpedo will detonate. Therefore, the application of the torpedo as a mine is generally
restricted to situations where the opposing vessel is within sensor range and will not be
laid-out in a blind path. Enemy ships traveling at warp speeds near a torpedo-mine will
trigger the torpedo to detonate causing a change to the local gravimetric field and thus,
disrupting the warp field of the vessel. This will, in most cases, cause the ship to drop out
of subspace and into normal space-time. The proximity fuses on photon torpedoes sense
local gravity changes, which will trigger the collapsing of the separation field.
Another version of the Photon Torpedo is the Photon Bolt[6]. The Photon Bolt, as
shown in Figure 4b41.14, is an energy pod of pure anti-matter in plasma form that is also
enclosed in a magno-photon force field. The primary purpose of the Photon Bolt is to
destroy or obliterate objects. However, the limitation of this weapon is that it is ineffective
against shielded objects. This is because the anti-matter plasma cannot penetrate the
protective field. The weapon is only effective on exposed matter. For example, Photon
Bolts are effective against shielded stations constructed on asteroids by directing the bolt
near the station destroying the surrounding area and thus, destroying the station from
beneath it.
The Photon Torpedo emitter uses an electromagnetic field to propel the torpedo or bolt
characteristic of the rail guns of yesteryear. The torpedo is shot through an alternating
field barrel known as an EMP tube along with some high pressure hydrogen gas. The high
compression of the gas by the EM field will cause the gas and the torpedo to glow. Due to
the mass of the torpedo, the firing of a Photon Torpedo generally creates a recoil that is
felt throughout the ship[7]. As such, the ship’s stabilization system must generally alter the
ships attitude in order to compensate for this recoil. The pressure wave from the injected
hydrogen travelling back into the tube and impinging on the tube’s end cap creates the
characteristic pinging sound that reverberates throughout the ship when fired. Torpedo
tubes are usually located on the underside of the Primary Hull and in the fantail as shown
in Figure 4b41.7 or within an auxiliary pod as illustrated in Figure 4b41.8.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP’S DEFLECTORS
Star Fleet ships are equipped with several types of deflectors, one of which is employed
as a defensive weapon. This deflector beam is used to push an object away from the ship,
or in some case, push the ship away from the object as illustrated in Figure 4b41.15. The
Deflector mechanism is a form of linear accelerator that can collimate and direct a tight
beam of Gamma () Baryons onto an object. Typical locations for the emitters can be seen
in Figure 4b41.9. Gamma Baryons are a relatively recent discovery. They have a somewhat
large rest mass of 2200 MeV/c2 and a mean lifetime of 6.1 x 10-4 seconds, which makes
them ideally suited for force beams. However, due to their short lifetime, the range in
which the Deflector beam can be useful will be limited to about 146.3 kilometers. The
effectiveness of the beam will greatly depend upon its current density (j) traveling at 0.8c
or eight-tenths the speed of light.
SHIP’S DEFENSIVE SHIELDS
The ship’s Defensive Shield or screen is a force barrier around the ship to protect it from
other beam and particle weapons as shown in Figure 4b41.16. It is automatically activated
by the ship’s sensors and computers when an unknown threat approaches. If a vessel
should come under attack, the power of the shield can be increased considerably, but at a
commensurate loss to the ship’s power. At optimum setting, shields can be maintained for
only twenty hours. While the shields are operating, the ship’s transporters cannot be used,
because the force-field barrier completely envelops the ship.
SHIP’S TRACTORS
The ship’s Tractor, as illustrated in Figure 4b41.10, operates on the reverse principle of
the Deflector. That is, the Tractor Beam utilizes gravitons to pull rather than deflect an
object. In addition, it can be used to hold a secure position alongside another vessel, pull a
smaller vessel toward the ship, or tow another ship. The Tractor can also be used to pull
small objects to within Transporter range, whereupon they can be beamed aboard.
The Tractor is a concentrated beam of gravitons, which gives the beam its characteristic
green glow[8] and has a maximum range of about 161,000 kilometers. However, the force
of the beam decreases with the square of the distance from the object so that the decision
to use the Tractor on an object in space will depend upon both the object’s mass and the
distance away from the ship. Another limitation of the Tractor Beam is that it cannot be
used at warp speeds. The beam can only be used at low space-normal speeds as the beam
can easily be sheared if under sufficient stress. To mitigate shearing the beam can be
intensified, but at the risk of burning-out the beam emitter. Therefore, its use as a weapon
is limited, but more useful during post-combat operations to bring an enemy vessel
alongside or to tow it to a nearby Star Fleet facility.
WEAPONS POWER SYSTEM
Power to ship-mounted weaponry is provided through its own system buss. The Weapons
Power Buss gets its power directly from the ship’s main distribution buss. The power to
the Weapons Power Buss is split into two primary subsystems: the standard 60 Hz and
the 400 Hz control power buss. Electricity for the 400 Hz buss is generated by large 400
cycle Motor-Generator (MG) sets, while the 60 Hz Weapons Power Buss comes from
the ship’s main distribution buss.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FIRE CONTROL SYSTEM
The function of the ship’s Fire Control System (FCS) is to direct weaponry onto a target
and to accurately hit the target. The key term is accuracy. The finest weapons would be
effectively useless if they could not hit the target. In a typical shipboard fire control system
there are two main parts: the Director and the Computer, which are linked electronically
to the weapon’s emitter.
The Weapons Fire Control Director (WFD) is a special kind of sensing device that will
track a target, and determine its range, bearing and speed. A ship may have several types
of Directors, some that are fixed onto the hull, some that are mounted on the weapon
itself, but most are part of the ship’s sensor system. In any case, the information obtained
by the WFD is sent to the Weapons Fire Control Computer (WFC) which directs the
weapon to the target or to an orientation that will hit the target. The WFD also contains a
computer that performs the calculations relating to the target’s course and speed, and
based upon the information, the WFD computer will project the future location of the
target at various points in time – usually the location of the target within the next ten
seconds.
The Weapons Fire Control Computer (WFC) processes the data received from the
Weapons Fire Control Director (WFD) and compares the target data with the ship’s
data such as its roll, pitch and yaw. Based upon the distance from the target, the WFC will
determine the energy level of the beam to account for any dissipation or attenuation of the
beam’s strength. And from this information the WFC will direct the weapon so as to hit the
target when the signal to fire is received. This mode is called Automatic Tracking Mode,
which is the normal method of tracking a target. However, the Fire Control Supervisor,
or the Helmsman, can elect to go into Manual Tracking Mode, which requires an
enormous amount of skill to manually track a target, predicting where the target will be,
and then to direct and fire weapons on the target, taking into account the delay in system
response and when the beam is expected to hit the target.
Initially, when the Fire Control System is engaged by either the Helmsman or the Fire
Control Supervisor, he or she will begin by setting the WFD to track a target, or to have
several Directors track multiple targets. Once a target has been acquired by the WFD, it
will track the target continuously feeding the WFC with data regarding the target’s
apparent speed and course. Should the target begin to go out of range of the WFD, other
Directors will be brought in to continue tracking. At this point the WFC is ready to fire,
but cannot discharge any weapon until the type of weapon has been selected. This is
accomplished when the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn issues the
order to “Lock <weapon>”; for example to “Lock Phasers {on target}.” Once the weapon
has been selected, the WFC opens the safety interlock to allow manual or automatic firing.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MOBILE WEAPONS
Star Fleet ships contain an array of mobile weapons that can be transported off ship.
These weapons are generally used for ground combat and are classified as mobile artillery
pieces. The largest of these pieces is the Phaser Cannon, which is a huge version of the
hand-held phasers used by ship’s personnel and is primarily used by Star Fleet Marine
Corps personnel in the engagement of enemy forces on the ground. An example of a
Phaser Cannon can be seen in Figure 4b41.17. The unit is made up of a ground stand
with a control panel, a large power-pack and a boom supporting the Phaser beam emitter.
The operator controls the cannon from the rear control panel for long distance firing.
However, for short distances (less than 30 meters) the operator will set the controls to
automatic and move to cover a safe distance away. This is primarily because of the debris
that may be flying about as a result of the destruction caused by the weapon.
Aside from their use as an offensive ground weapon, Phaser Cannons may also be used
for construction purposes as well. Phaser Cannons can be used to cut down mountains
or bore into rock as a prelude to mining or other excavation operations. As with using the
cannon as a weapon, when using the cannon as an excavation tool the user will set the
controls to automatic and shield himself a safe distance away to prevent injury.
Another weapon is the Mobile Antimatter Mine, which is principally a magnetic bottle
containing antimatter. They can either be launched from the ship or manually transported
using an Anti-grav unit. Figure 4b41.18 illustrates one such mine being placed in position
and ready for activation. Detonation will usually be set off by a timer or by a proximity
sensor. The detonation will simply open the bottle to release the antimatter. The display
superimposed onto Figure 4b41.18 is that of a standard timer. Mobile Antimatter Mines
are generally used to ensure complete destruction of the target object.
Another mobile weapon is the Photon Grenade Launcher. This weapon launches a blue
sphere, sixty millimeters in diameter, via an electro-magnetic pulse. In effect, the launcher
is a small EM pulse cannon. An example of such a grenade launcher can be seen in Figure
4b41.19. The figure illustrates the proper method of loading the grenade sphere into the
launch tube. Once the sphere is loaded it takes approximately two seconds before the
grenade is launched. This is primarily due to the time it takes to build-up the charge to the
field coils used to eject the sphere.
SMALL ARMS
Small arms are personnel weapons that are only of the beam type. That is, small arms are
comprised exclusively of hand-held phaser weapons, and are generally used as security
weapons. Hand-held phasers come in three sizes or categories: Phaser I, Phaser II and
the Phaser Rifle, an example of which can be seen in Figure 4b41.20.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EFFECTS OF WEAPONRY
In the previous subsections the types of weapons typically carried by Star Fleet ships
were discussed. In this subsection the effectiveness of these weapons will be discussed.
NUCLEAR FISSION AND FUSION WEAPONS
Fission and fusion weapons date back to 20th century Earth, but have been developed and
used by many civilizations within the galaxy. The process within a fission weapon is simply
the prompt fast fission of fissile materials such as U 235 or Pu239, which are assembled into a
supercritical mass. Fission occurs when a fast neutron is absorbed by the fissile material
converting it to an activated fissionable isotope that is highly unstable. When the activated
isotope fissions, it splits into two smaller isotopes called fission fragments and releases
about two to three fast neutrons that may also be used for subsequent fissions. This is
called a chain reaction. The kinetic energy of the fission fragments or daughter particles
produces the heat and the neutrons that leak from the blast become biologically hazardous
radiation.
A fusion weapon is simply an extension of the fission weapon. During the fission process
tritium will be injected into the reaction, and because of the heat and pressure of fission,
causes the hydrogen isotopes to fuse into helium. The effect of the tritium injection
amplifies the explosive force was much as ten times.
The primary outcome of a nuclear weapon detonated in space will be heat, hard radiation
and particle bombardment. If such a weapon detonates close to an unshielded vessel the
crew of the ship would receive lethal doses of gamma and neutron radiation. Also, the
gamma radiation would affect some of the unshielded electronic equipment to become
inoperable due to the Electro-magnetic Pulse (EMP) that would be created. That is, in
the first few nanoseconds about a tenth of a percent of the weapon yield appears as
powerful gamma rays with energies of one to three million electron volts (MeV). In
addition, some of the structural components of the ship will become activated due to
neutron radiation resulting in some areas of the vessel becoming uninhabitable for several
days, depending on the hull materials.
PARTICLE BEAM WEAPONS
Particle beams are basically collimated streams of particles of a single type. The equipment
used to generate a particle beam will usually be in the form of a particle accelerator or
cyclotron. However, particle beam weapons are limited in their effective range. Unlike pure
energy beams, which have a much longer range, most particle beams dissipate over
distance and as such, become useless after only traveling a short distance away from the
target. Therefore, particle beams are much more effective as Deflectors than as
weapons.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PURE ENERGY WEAPONS
Pure energy weapons first made their appearance in the 21 ST century on Earth with the
Laser, though they have been well established by other races in the galaxy before then.
Today, the Phaser is the primary energy weapon of choice. The strength and frequency of
the beam is such that it is effective over a very long distance. The following table lists the
effective ranges of the various Phaser weapon types and their general energy settings.
Table 4b41.3
PHASER WEAPON EFFECTIVE RANGES
Phaser Setting
Phaser Type
Dematerialize Disrupt Heat Stun
I 0.6115 km 0.8046 km 4.2672 m 1.1265 km
II 1.6093 km 2.0921 km 6.7056 m 2.4140 km
Rifle 8.2074 km 10.4604 km 23.1648 m N/A
Cannon 59.5441 km 83.6836 km 91.4400 m N/A
Ship Bank 42,888.3 km 52,027.8 km 1,931.2 km 85,292.9 km
Main Battery 72,418.5 km 99,776.6 km 2,928.9 km N/A
Ground Battery 102,995.2 km1 125,525.4 km1 4,506.0 km1 N/A
Notes
1. Affected by atmospheric conditions.
PLASMA WEAPONS
In physics, plasma is a state of matter similar to gas in which a certain portion of the
particles are ionized. Heating a gas may ionize its molecules or atoms (reduce or increase
the number of electrons in them), thus turning it into plasma, which contains charged
particles: positive ions and negative electrons or ions. Ionization can be induced by other
means, such as a strong electromagnetic field applied with a laser or microwave generator,
and is accompanied by the dissociation of molecular bonds, if present.
The presence of a non-negligible number of charge carriers makes the plasma electrically
conductive so that it responds strongly to electromagnetic fields, allowing the plasma to be
directed towards a target. Plasma, therefore, has properties quite unlike those of solids,
liquids, or gases and is considered a distinct state of matter. Like gas, plasma does not
have a definite shape or a definite volume unless enclosed in a container; unlike gas,
under the influence of a magnetic field, it may form structures such as filaments, beams
and double layer.
The primary plasma weapon aboard a Star Fleet ship is the Photon Bolt, which is gas
made up of ionized particles of antimatter. The Plasma Bolt is somewhat unstable and
has a lifetime of approximately forty-five seconds. As such, the effective range of the bolt
is about 1.35 million kilometers in normal space.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.1
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: STANDARD CRUISER
13
84
18
97
70
8 13
10
00
2
Legend
Main Phaser
Battery
Phaser Bank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.2
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: ATTACK CARRIER

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.3
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: MAIN PHASER BATTERIES
Portside Batteries (4)
13
84
18
97
70
8 13
10
00
2
Forward Batteries (4) Aft or Stern Batteries (2)

Keel Batteries (2)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.4
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: MAIN PHASER TURRET
Insert 4b41.4.1
Twin-Mount Main Phaser Turret
See Insert 4b41.4.1

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.5
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: PHASER BANKS
Topside Banks (6)
Forward Banks (2) Aft or Stern Banks (2)
Port & Starboard Banks (4)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.6
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: MEGA-PHASER BANKS
Forward Firing Aft Firing

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.7
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: PHOTON TORPEDO TUBES
Forward Tubes (2) Stern Tubes (2)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.8
LOCATION OF PHOTON TORPEDO TUBES ON AN ESCORT VESSEL
Forward Tubes (2)
Stern Tube (1)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.9
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: DEFLECTOR BEAM
Forward Deflector Stern Deflector

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.10
LOCATION OF STAR FLEET SHIP WEAPONS: SHIP’S TRACTOR
Forward Tractor Aft or Stern Tractor

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.11
FIRING SHIP’S MAIN PHASER BATTERIES

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.12
FIRING SHIP’S PHASER BANKS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.13
FIRING A PHOTON TORPEDO (FROM TORPEDO TUBE 1)
Torpedo Tube 2
Torpedo Tube 1

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.14
FIRING A PHOTON BOLT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.15
SHIP’S DEFLECTOR BEAM IN ACTION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.16
DEMONSTRATION OF SHIP SHIELDS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.17
MARK III MOBILE PHASER CANNON

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.18
MOBILE ANTI-MATTER MINE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.19
EXAMPLE OF MARK V PHOTON GRENADE LAUNCHER

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b41.20
MARK II PHASER RIFLE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.2 WEAPON SYSTEMS APPLICATION

Generally, the use of force by Star Fleet is to be avoided at all times. It is a fundamental
principle of the Federation that all disputes and actions are taken with a view towards a
pacific settlement. However, if force is necessary a Starship commander has a variety of
weaponry at his disposal. Therefore, in this section the applications of the various weapons
systems aboard a Star Fleet ship will be discussed - how they are used, when they are
used and the circumstances of their application.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
When considering how and when to use a particular weapon system certain basic
guidelines can be applied that will help in the selection process. The following are the
guidelines used by Starship commanders and officers in command when considering the
use of a weapon.
1. Beam or pure energy weapons are generally preferred when engaging in combat with
another vessel since the beam is travelling at light speed, making it very difficult to
evade. Weapons such as torpedoes will generally be used on fixed or slow-moving
targets as their speed is relatively slow as compare to beam weapons.
2. Torpedoes are best used when the target vessel is orbiting a planetary body and just
outside of sensor range. The torpedoes guidance system or the planet’s gravitational
pull may be used to slingshot the torpedo around the planetary body and to the target
vessel.
3. Use weapons with the widest Operating Cone on target vessels that are fast or
highly maneuverable. Also, maintain an overlap of operating cones for such fast-
moving targets. An Operating Cone is the volume within which the target is within
the weapon’s effective range. It is a 3-dimensional volume in which the weapon can
be trained on a target since the emitter of most beam weapons can rotate. Therefore,
the operating cone of the weapon will be defined by its sweep angles end to end, both
vertically and laterally (horizontally).
4. In terms of defense, the farther away from the source of weapons a ship is, the
smaller the effective target area of the ship becomes. In addition, the faster a
spaceship is travelling, the smaller the effective target area of the ship also becomes,
making it more difficult to hit. This principle applies when firing weapons as well.
5. When firing upon a vessel in combat, the ideal location is to position the ship to the
target vessel’s aft quarter. This will provide a relatively large target area and will
usually keep the ship away from the target vessel’s primary weaponry. In addition, the
strength of the amidship shields are generally weaker than the forward or aft shields.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PHASERS
Phasers are the weapons most often used by Star Fleet ship commanders. Phasers are
directional weapons and therefore, must have a good fix on the target in order to score a
hit. As such, the ship may have to be “aimed” at the target in order to get the target
within the operating cone of the weapon. However, since Phaser beams travel at the
speed of light in normal space, it is nearly impossible for the target vessel to evade the
beam, once the Starship has a lock on the target. When hit, the target vessel must rely
on its shields to prevent or minimize the damage. As stated in Section 4.1, Starship
Phasers come in two forms: the Main Phaser Batteries and the Phaser Banks. A
description of each type can be found in Section 4.1 of this manual.
MAIN PHASER BATTERIES
The Main Phaser Batteries on board a Star Fleet ship are primarily used for combat
and are purely an offensive weapon. As stated in Section 4.1 the beam of the Main
Phaser Batteries is basically used to disrupt the molecular structure of the opposing
vessel’s hull plates. The resulting impact of the beam causes the atomic bonds of the hull
material’s crystal lattice to break-down, which results in material disintegration. However,
the low frequency of the beam makes it easier to block with shielding fields of sufficient
strength. But the large size of the beam can provide a direct mechanical impact to the
defensive shield that will require a substantial amount of energy to sustain it. As such, ship
commanders will use the main batteries to wear down the shield by causing the opposing
vessel’s field generators to overload and shutdown, making the ship’s hull vulnerable to
direct Phaser attack. However, due to the amount of power the weapon consumes, Main
Phaser Batteries cannot sustain a long burst of energy for more than four seconds
without burning-up the emitter. As stated in Section 4.1 no more than three-two second
bursts from the Main Batteries over an eight second period will be permissible.
On most combatants the operating cone for Main Phaser Batteries are as listed below
and illustrated in Figures 4b42.1 and 4b42.2.
a. For the forward batteries: 30o lateral and 60o vertical*;

b. For the amidship and lower batteries[18]: 30o lateral and 30o vertical;
c. For the aft battery: 55o lateral and 60o vertical.
The Main Batteries are best utilized against heavily armed combatants. The large size of
the beam can provide a direct mechanical impact to the defensive shields of the target
vessel, which will require a substantial amount of energy by the target vessel to maintain.
As such, the Main Batteries will be used to wear down the shields of the opposing ship,
causing its field generators to overload and shutdown, making the ship’s hull vulnerable to
direct Phaser attack. The same principle will apply to heavily-armed space stations and
ground targets as well. The low frequency of the beam will allow greater penetration of
the beam through a planet’s atmosphere with minimal beam dispersion.
*Total vertical angle; +15o and -45o from the horizontal.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TURRET PHASERS
Main Phaser Batteries are also mounted on a special ball turret which permits the
weapon to have a wider operating cone. As such, this weapon is called a Turret Phaser.
These are large twin-mount Main Phaser emitters installed on a ball turret, which is
usually mounted amidships on the Secondary Hull of the larger combatants. The weapon
will typically have an operating cone of 120 o lateral and 90o vertical as shown in Figure
4b42.5. Because the weapon contains two large emitters, the power requirement for this
weapon system is enormous. Therefore, this weapon will only be employed on Battleships
and Attack Carriers.
Turret Phasers are very powerful and as such, will be used primarily on heavily-armed
and shielded combatant vessels that are in motion. The ball rotation of the weapon allows
it to quickly track and hit the target. The weapon can also be used on space stations, but
is not the preferred weapon of choice for such targets. The ship would still need to get
relatively close to the station in order to fire the weapon. This would place the ship within
the effective range of the station’s weapons. Therefore for space stations, a Photon
Torpedo would be more appropriate.
SHIP'S PHASER BANKS
The ship’s Phaser Banks are large versions of the hand Phasers and is the weapon of
choice for most situations that involve disabling a ship or small ground station. As such,
Phaser Banks will be the weapon used for any law-enforcement or security action. With
the exception of the stern banks, the majority of the Phaser Banks are located on the
Primary Hull of all dual-hull Starships as illustrated in Figures 4b42.3 and 4b42.4.
The Phaser Banks have relatively small beam emitters and as such, can rotate at greater
angles than the Main Batteries, providing a wider range of movement of the beam
emitter. As such, on most combatants the operating cone for the ship’s Phaser Banks are
as follows:
a. For the underside banks: 30o lateral and 60o vertical;
b. For the topside banks: 68o lateral and 70o vertical;
c. For the stern banks: 55o lateral and 55o vertical.
MEGAPHASERS
MegaPhasers are large high-powered Phaser Banks consisting of two spherical energy
chambers connecting six emission nozzles at each end. The size of the emission nozzles
are the same as those used on the standard Phaser Banks. As such, because of the
number of emission nozzles the sweep angle of this weapon is very limited. The total
sweep angle for the Megaphaser produces only a 30o operating cone as shown in Figure
4b42.6.
MegaPhasers are used primarily on heavily-armed and shielded combatant vessels and
space stations. As illustrated in Table 4b41.2 the maximum power of the Megaphaser
beam is approximately 2,500 gigajoules. This is enough energy to punch a hole through an
unshielded space station. The weapon has a long effective range, which can destroy
objects while remaining a safe distance from the target.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PHOTON TORPEDOES
As stated in Section 4.1 Photon Torpedoes are energy pods containing both matter and
anti-matter in plasma form, temporarily separated by a magno-photon force field. When
the field separating the matter from the anti-matter is removed it produces an enormous
explosive force destroying all objects within a radius of twenty kilometers. An illustration of
the destructive force of a typical Photon Torpedo can be seen in Figure 4b42.13.
Photon Torpedoes are the weapon of choice when engaging an enemy combatant that
is heavily shielded. The energy released from a direct hit by a Photon Torpedo will most
likely cause an overload on the opposing vessel’s shield generator, thus rendering the
vessel vulnerable to direct fire. The main function of a Photon Torpedo is to destroy the
target. It is not a weapon that should be used to simply disable the threat.
Photon Torpedoes can also be used as mines and triggered by a variety of proximity
fuses. When used as a mine, the torpedo will be laid out along an area that will most likely
be travelled by enemy vessels. An enemy vessel travelling near the mine will trigger the
torpedo to detonate. The proximity fuses on Photon Torpedoes sense local gravitational
changes, which will trigger the weapon by collapsing the field that separates the matter
from the anti-matter plasma. However, such mines will be good only for ten days, at which
time the field generator loses power and the torpedo will detonate.
Photon Torpedoes have a wide operating cone, depending on the configuration of this
weapon system. For example, most cruiser-class Starships have two forward torpedo
tubes mounted in the underbelly of the Primary Hull. However, they may either have one
or two stern tubes mounted in the fantail of the Secondary Hull. The number of Photon
Torpedo tubes and their operating cones are listed below and illustrated in Figures 4b42.7
and 4b42.8:
a. For the forward tubes: 120o lateral and 30o vertical;
b. For a single aft tube: 30o lateral and 30o vertical;
c. For dual aft tubes: 120o lateral and 30o vertical.
Photon Torpedoes of the future will no longer utilize the EMP cannon, but will contain
their own propulsion and guidance systems. The new torpedoes will “drive” out of the ship,
track the target and maneuver itself towards the target.
PHOTON BOLTS
As stated in Section 4.1 the Photon Bolt is an energy pod of pure anti-matter plasma that
is enclosed in a magno-photon force field. The primary purpose of the Photon Bolt is to
destroy or obliterate objects. However, the limitation of this weapon is that it is ineffective
against heavily shielded objects because the anti-matter plasma cannot penetrate the
protective field. The weapon is only effective on exposed positive matter.
Photon Bolts are the weapon of choice when firing on ground stations, asteroids and
other large unshielded objects. For example, a Photon Bolt would be used against a
shielded station that is constructed on an asteroid. By directing the bolt near the station,
the surrounding area would be obliterated, destroying the station along with it. Since
Photon Bolts use the same EMP tubes as the standard torpedo, the firing angles for this
weapon will be the same as that for the standard Photon Torpedo as shown in Figures
4b42.7 and 4b42.8.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DEFLECTORS
Aside from Navigational Deflectors, which sweeps particles and debris in the direction
of travel, all Star Fleet ships are also equipped with a Main Deflector used primarily for
repelling objects in space. The Main Deflector beam is a collimated stream of Gamma
Baryon () particles, which gives it its characteristic reddish-orange color. Since Gamma
Baryons have a very high rest mass a thick beam of such particles produces a very
powerful force beam. As such, a beam of these particles can push or deflect objects with
masses as high as 750,000 metric tons as far away as 140 kilometers.
However, the beam emitter of the ship’s Main Deflector has a limited range of operation
because the emitter tube is somewhat large. Therefore, its operating cone will be rather
narrow, as illustrated in Figure 4b42.11, with operating cones as follows:
a. Forward Deflector: 30o lateral and 30o vertical;
b. Stern Deflector: 30o lateral and 30o vertical.
The Main Deflector can be used in combat. The beam can be used to push an enemy
vessel away, push objects, such as small asteroids, towards the enemy vessel to collide
with the enemy vessel or to block the vessel, or to deflect enemy missiles. As such, the
application of this system will be purely for defensive purposes.
SHIELDS AND SCREENS
Star Fleet ships are equipped with a variety of screens and shields. Screens and shields
are electrostatic force fields can be used to deflect solid matter or block a stream of
particles or electromagnetic waves. As such, this affords Star Fleet vessels with two levels
of protection. Although similar in principle, the difference between a shield and a screen is
as follows:
A screen is a force barrier that completely envelopes a vessel as shown in Figure 4b42.9.
Star Fleet ships are equipped with a dual set of screens, one being the Deflector
Screen, which protects the hull from small particles while the ship is travelling at speeds
approaching the speed of light. Under battle conditions, or when the ship comes under
attack, the power to the deflector screen is increased considerably, but at a commensurate
loss of ship’s power. In addition, this screen will be augmented by a second set, further
intensifying the field and protecting the ship from all but the most powerful energy beams
or missiles. At optimum setting, the Deflector Screen can be maintained at full power for
no more than twenty-four hours.
A ship’s Defense Shield is a projected force field that is directed from a specific part of
the ship as illustrated in Figure 4b42.10. Unlike the Deflector Screen, which envelopes
the vessel, Defense Shields are projected out from the vessel to form a force barrier. As
such, there are six shields with varying strengths. The forward and aft shields (Shields 1
and 2) are the strongest since they cover a smaller area with the same power. Therefore,
when engaging an enemy in combat, the officer in command should always point his
vessel such his strongest shields are towards the enemy. In addition, there are a few
vulnerable spots where the shields are at their weakest and that is at the point where the
shields meet. Therefore, energy beams may be able to penetrate these areas, but would
be blocked by the screens. One disadvantage of having the shields raised is that the ship’s
Transporters become unavailable for use. Another disadvantage is that the Defense
Shields can only be maintained for about two hours at maximum power.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRACTORS
As stated in Section 4.1 of this manual the ship’s Tractor operates on the reverse principle
of the Main Deflector. That is, the Tractor Beam utilizes a concentrated beam of
gravitons to grab and pull objects, rather than deflecting them away. However, the
strength of the beam is limited as the force created by the beam diminishes significantly
with the square of the distance. That is, the force exerted to seize and pull an object
follows an inverse-square law similar to the universal gravitational formula. The maximum
range of the beam is 161,000 kilometers [9], but at that distance only small objects can be
seized and hauled. Therefore, the effectiveness of the Tractor is quite limited and can
only be used when the object is relatively close to the ship. Regardless, the ship’s Tractor
may be used as a weapon by seizing an enemy vessel pulling it towards the ship to bring it
close aboard. In this way the ship can physically latch onto the enemy vessel and to attach
a sealed brow to the opposing vessel’s access hatches in order to send armed troops to
the other ship when the ship’s Transporters cannot be used.
The ship’s Tractor has the same operating cone as that of the Main Deflector because
the system uses the same beam emitter. That is, the beam emitter will generate both a
beam of Gamma Baryons[19] and gravitons. However, the Tractor system also has another
emitter mounted on the belly as well as shown in Figure 4b42.12. As such, the operating
cones of the ship’s Tractors are as follows:
a. Forward Tractor: 30o lateral and 30o vertical;
b. Stern Tractor: 30o lateral and 30o vertical;
c. Belly Tractor: 90o lateral and 90o vertical;
d. Flight Deck Tractor[20]: 20o lateral and 20o vertical**.
In addition, caution must also be observed when attaching to an object that is in motion.
When a moving object is grabbed by the Tractor Beam a couple will be formed causing
the ship and the object to rotate about each other. To compensate for any changes in
momentum, the ships Navigational Computer will calculate the effects of the Tractor
Beam on the moving object using the equations of motion constructed via a Lagrangian
Dynamics calculation package stored within the ship’s navigational computer library.
Therefore, it is recommended that the ship’s Tractor be used while both vessels are
relatively stationary. If the ship is to be towed, the same procedures and precautions will
apply as with towing any other vessel.
TRANSPORTERS
Although not a weapon per se, Transporters may be used to transfer ground troops and
security personnel onto an enemy vessel, space station or ground station for the purpose
of capturing it, or to transport explosive devices for the purpose of destroying the entity
from within. In this application Transporters can be considered as an offensive weapon.
However, the use of the Transporter requires that the ship move into range of the object
to about 25,000 kilometers. This could place the ship at risk of attack by the enemy vessel
or facility. Therefore, officers in command of Star Fleet ships must take precautions when
utilizing this tactic.
**See Section 6.2 in this manual for details on the Fight Deck Tractor.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.1
MAIN PHASER BATTERIES EFFECTIVE OPERATING ZONES
Forward Batteries (2-4) Stern Batteries (2)
Forward Batteries (2-4) Stern Batteries (2)
Underbelly Batteries

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.2
MAIN PHASER BATTERIES EFFECTIVE OPERATING ZONES - CONTINUED
Port Batteries (5)
Amidship Batteries (12)
Underside Batteries
(4 Forward) Aft Batteries (2)
Starboard Batteries (5)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.3
PHASER BANK EFFECTIVE DIRECTIONAL OPERATING ZONES
Topside Banks (6)
Forward
Topside Banks
Forward
Underside Banks Stern Banks

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.4
PHASER BANK EFFECTIVE DIRECTIONAL OPERATING ZONES - CONTINUED
Phaser Bank Coverage
Stern Banks (2)
Underside Banks (6)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.5
MAIN PHASER TURRET EFFECTIVE OPERATING ZONES
Starboard Turret
Port Turret

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.6
MEGAPHASER BANK EFFECTIVE OPERATING ZONES
Starboard Megaphaser Banks
Port Megaphaser Banks
Forward Megaphaser Bank Aft Megaphaser Bank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.7
PHOTON TORPEDO EFFECTIVE OPERATING ZONES
Forward Tubes
Stern Tube(s)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.8
PHOTON TORPEDO EFFECTIVE DIRECTIONAL OPERATING ZONES - CONTINUED
Forward Tubes Stern Tube(s)

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.9
SHIP DEFLECTOR SCREEN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.10
SHIP DEFENSIVE SHIELDS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.11
SHIP DEFELCTOR EFFECTIVE OPERATING ZONES

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.12
SHIP TRACTOR EFFECTIVE OPERATING ZONES
Forward Tractor Stern Tractor
Belly Tractor
Forward Tractor Stern Tractor

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.13
PHOTON TORPEDO EFFECTIVENESS USING A STANDARD CHARGE
1 2
Photon Torpedo
3 4
40 kilometers
r STARDATE 23882.38 UFP521-4b42.19 SECRET

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b42.14
A PHASER HIT ON TARGET

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.3 PREPARING THE SHIP FOR COMBAT

In the event a Star Fleet ship must engage in combat, there are certain preparations that
must be made prior to any ship engagement. Most of these preparations are executed as
soon as the ship’s Annunciator sounds General Quarters. However, some may be
performed before the ship will engage in combat.
Star Fleet Regulation 4710 requires that Star Fleet Commanding Officers maintain
their commands in a state of maximum readiness for war or other conflict. This regulation
also specifies the actions the Commanding Officer must take prior to going into battle.
For instance, before going into battle the Commanding Officer should communicate to
his officers, if time permits, his plans for battle or action, and such other information as
may be of operational value should any of them succeed to command. In addition, the
Executive Officer will be stationed where he or she can best aid the Commanding
Officer during the battle, as suggested in Star Fleet Regulation 4710, and where he or
she could probably escape the effects of a casualty that could disable the Commanding
Officer. The reason is to station the Executive Officer at a location where he would be
able to assume command promptly and efficiently should the Commanding Officer
become disabled. Usually, this will be in the Auxiliary Control Room. As such, this
section will provide a general description of the processes that will be performed to ready
the ship for combat.
EVALUATING THE SITUATION
Before engaging in combat the Commanding Officer, or the Officer of the Conn, must
evaluate the situation in order to determine the potential outcome and a reasonable
assurance of the success of any engagement. This evaluation will usually be done when
the enemy vessel enters any of the Action Perimeters as described in Section 3.5 of this
manual. During this critical period of time the officer in command must determine the
type, or types, of vessels, their numbers, capabilities and their intentions. However, the
evaluation process will differ depending on whether the ship is operating alone or is part of
a larger group of ships. That is, if the Star Fleet ship is part of a larger group of ships,
the responsibility for evaluating the situation and the actions that will be taken will be by
the commander of the group.
The actions of a Commanding Officer of a Star Fleet ship alone in space will generally
be guided by the provisions of General Order Twelve and by the number of vessels he
or she must engage. For a one-on-one engagement, the provisions of General Order
Twelve will take priority. As such, the actions taken by the Commanding Officer in this
case is with a view towards the safety of both vessels. However, if the ship comes across a
group of vessels the ship’s commander must determine the number and type of opposing
vessels, and based upon the latest intelligence, decide whether to engage. In any case,
the Commanding Officer must communicate with Star Fleet Command concerning his
situation. If the vessels are hostile, the Commanding Officer will take the appropriate
defensive measures. However, if the Star Fleet vessel is operating under war-time orders,
and the vessels are from the enemy force, the Commanding Officer is required to
engage such forces. Once the ship is engaged, the provisions of Paragraph c of Star Fleet
Regulation 4710 will prevail.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RECOGNIZING THE ENEMY
Vessels that come close enough to be identified positively as star-faring vessels will fall
into the four categories as outlined in Section 3.5 of this volume. As such, Star Fleet
Operations has specific guidelines relating to how to deal with encounter situations such
as the actions that may be taken as delineated in Table 4b35.2. However, these are only
generalized guidelines, leaving most of the decision-making up to the vessel commander.
CAPABILITIES OF KNOWN HOSTILE FORCES
If sensors indicate that a vessel is from a known hostile power, the Commanding Officer
must know the full capabilities of that ship. Many of the capabilities of the ships of the
known hostile forces were discussed in Section 4.0 of this volume. This information is
stored in the Library-Computer banks of all Star Fleet ships. When required, the officer
in command, usually either the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn, will
direct the person standing the CIC watch station to supply him or her with the appropriate
tactical information regarding the capabilities of known hostile forces.
TACTICAL INFORMATION
Tactical information will generally come from the officer standing duty at the Command
Information Console (CIC) on the Bridge. This station has access to all areas of the
Library-Computer banks including all the classified areas. If the ship has a Tactical
Section, then individuals from this section will be called to supply the Commanding
Officer or the Officer of the Conn with important advice and information regarding an
opponent, or on the current tactical situation. In most cases the Chief Tactical Officer
will be the individual manning the CIC station on the Bridge during General Quarters.
Additional tactical information may be obtained by tapping into the many in-space sensors
distributed throughout Federation territory. These are motion and energy detectors with
visual equipment that the Commanding Officer can use to see and analyze the vessels
within the range of these sensors. Such sensors have designations such as Unit XY75847,
so numbered based upon the particular sector in which the device is located [10].
BATTLE PLAN
Based upon the information received from his tactical aids, the Commanding Officer will
mentally develop a battle plan if he or she has the time, or he can draw from established
battle plans depending on the immediate tactical situation. As a rule, Star Fleet ship
Commanding Officers are trained in the various combat situations they may encounter,
especially with known hostile forces. If the Commanding Officer has the time, he or she
will meet with his or her senior officers and tactical personnel to generate a battle plan or
to discuss his or her developed plan with the senior staff.
However, in most cases the Commanding Officer will not have the time to develop a
sophisticated battle plan and must operate on instinct. This is where all the experience and
training of a ship’s Captain comes into play and why it is important that Commanding
Officers, and his senior officers, become trained in combat tactics. As such, ship
commanders will periodically attend advanced or refresher training in combat strategies
and tactics at one of the Star Fleet schools such as the one on Starbase Nine. See
Section 8.4 in Volume III of the Star Fleet Command Manual regarding command
training and for a list of command training schools.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SETTING SHIP’S MATERIAL CONDITION
When preparing for combat the ship will be placed in a specific material condition as the
situation warrants. As such, main Internal Bulkhead Doors will be shut to seal off vital ship
areas. These are special isolation pressure boundaries comprising the inner sections of the
ship in order to separate them from the outer hull areas as described in Section 3.6 of this
volume. Thus, if a hull breach occurs in one of the outer sections of the hull, the inner
sections will be isolated and preserved. In addition, all viewport shutters and other
closures on the outer hull will be shut to minimize the possibility of a hull breach through
viewing areas.
In addition, the ship’s Turbolifts will usually not be operating during combat as damage to
the ship may cause blockage of the tubes to prevent access. As a casualty measure,
Turbolift tubes have emergency lighting and handgrips to allow personnel to travel
between decks. When the system is shutdown the elevator modules will be placed in
special shutdown storage niches if not currently in use, and the turbo-fan units will be shut
down. This allows the Turbolift tubes to be free for personnel movement, but sealed from
deck to deck to prevent the possibility of fire, fumes, gases, contaminants, biologics or
toxic substances from spreading throughout the ship. All Inter-deck Accessways and tubes
will be closed off and the decks isolated. As with the Turbolifts, this is also to prevent the
spread of fire, toxic gas, etc. from spreading from one deck to another. However,
temporary access may be allowed by manually opening and closing the isolation doors and
hatches between decks, if necessary.
Certain water systems will also be shut down during combat. The potable water systems
used for washing, irrigation, and other non-essential purposes, will be shutdown at their
source. This is to prevent the rupture of the pipes that may occur under heavy vibration.
During combat Damage Control personnel must concentrate on serious emergencies and
should not be diverted to fix broken water pipes.
SPLITTING ELECTRICAL LOADS
The ship’s primary electrical system will be split into port and starboard busses so that
damage to any one side of the ship will not affect the other side. Power to the various
systems will be distributed to either the Port or Starboard buss in accordance with the
schedule published in the ship’s SORM. Should the buss that supplies life support power
be damaged, power to the system can be routed from the other buss. As such, a backup
power supply will be available from the other buss. The only exception is the Weapons
power buss, which will remain connected to both the Port and Starboard primary busses.
The purpose of this is to allow the continuous supply of power to the weapons system
motor-generator (MG) sets, and to ensure that the ship’s weapons and shields receive
maximum power.
The main engine buss will also be split so that in the event one engine comes under fire
and is damaged, the other engine will still be able to supply power to the ship. If the buss
was not split then there is a good possibility that both engines may be put out of
commission if only one engine was destroyed. Impulse power will be cross-connected since
the ship’s shield power comes from the Impulse Engines. This allows for continuous
power to the shields in the event any one of the Impulse reactors goes off-line. Additional
power may be provided through either one of the main engine busses, if needed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WEAPONS SYSTEMS POWERED-UP
Although there is always power flowing to the main Weapons power buss, the individual
weapons systems are not normally energized. As such, during a combat situation, the
individual systems will be powered-up. This will be executed by shutting the main weapons
power breaker to the weapons system MG sets.
SHUTTING DOWN NON-ESSENTIAL SYSTEMS
During combat non-essential loads and spaces will be powered-down. This is to allow
maximum power available to the essential systems needed for combat and to prevent the
possibility that a non-essential load may cause the shutdown of an essential system. As
such, the following non-essential systems will be shut down:
1. All recreation spaces will be shutdown, including all galleys. Access to these areas will
be restricted during General Quarters. However, all the Food Synthesizer (DC)
units aboard ship will continue to remain operable, though they will only be accessed
during specific periods as ordered by the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the
Conn. All entertainment systems will be shut down.
2. All personal communications will be shut down. Individuals will not receive any mail or
private messages. For security purposes, no personal communications external to the
ship will be allowed.
3. Oxygen generation equipment will be shut down. Oxygen will continue to be bled into
the ventilation system from the oxygen banks, but the oxygen generating equipment
will be isolated from the main O2 header. This is to reduce the possibility of explosion
should a fire break-out near the equipment.
4. All overhead corridor lighting will be placed in battle alternate. That is, every third light
will only be on. All corridor lighting in the crew’s quarters and recreational areas will be
dimmed to minimum intensity.
5. All exterior lighting and lighting in those compartments at the periphery of the ship will
be turned-off and the compartment viewports closed. This will prevent illuminating the
ship from space, making it a visible target.
6. Waste treatment and other auxiliary systems will be shut down. However, plumbing
systems will remain operational, but only for the common head areas. Plumbing to
individual quarters will be shutdown to prevent the rupture of deck plumbing systems
during combat. As such, taking showers will not be permitted during combat.
EMERGENCY TRANSPORTERS ACTIVATED
The Emergency Transporter stations will be activated, but placed on standby in case
the crew must abandon ship. As such, the emergency stations will not be manned until
they are needed. In addition, only control power will be available to these stations. The
power needed to operate the transporters will not be available as the power may be
needed for combat operations. However, should the order to abandon ship be given,
power to the Emergency Transporters will become available. On most cruiser-class
Starships, there will be five twenty-two man stations spread throughout the ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DAMAGE CONTROL SYSTEM ACTIVATION
Upon setting Battle Stations the Damage Control Center (DCC) will be activated and
all damage control systems, such as the Fire Suppression system, activated and placed
on standby. At the time of activation, the following will occur:
1. The Duty Repair Officer will be designated as the Damage Control Officer and
direct all repair and damage control efforts from the DCC. All personnel within the
Damage Control section will muster in the DCC.
2. A Fire Brigade will be established and placed on standby. That is, personnel in the
Fire Brigade will don fire suits in preparation for a possible fire. However, they will
not don the hoods at that time, but will have them ready if needed.
3. The Ship Repair section will man the repair shops and support the damage control
teams as necessary. This is standard procedure during General Quarters. In some
cases, personnel from the Ship Repair section will supplement the damage control
teams.
4. The Ship Maintenance section will be placed on standby. That is, personnel from the
Ship Maintenance section will support the repair efforts as needed. All Fabricators
or Fabrication Technicians will muster in their respective fabrication shops and will
be made ready to supply whatever component parts will be needed by the repair
teams.
AUXILIARY CONTROL ROOM ACTIVATION
Although the Auxiliary Control Room is available at all times, during battle, however, it
will be fully manned and ready to assume full ship control if necessary. The primary task of
the personnel in Auxiliary Control will be to monitor all systems and actions taken by the
Bridge. Should the Bridge become incapacitated, Auxiliary Control will be prepared to
take over control of the ship and resume operations. In charge of Auxiliary Control will
be the Executive Officer, who will be stationed there to meet the requirements of Star
Fleet Regulation 4710.
In addition, all engineering and propulsion functions, environmental, service and auxiliary
systems can be controlled from the Auxiliary Control Room as well. In most instances
the Chief Engineering Officer will also be stationed in Auxiliary Control during
General Quarters.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT ON FULL ALERT
The ship’s medical staff will be placed on full alert. All Sickbay areas will be activated and
ready to receive casualties; all doctors, surgeons, nurses and medical technicians will be
stationed at their assigned stations ready to care for the injured. However, the Chief
Medical Officer may elect to order some of his staff to their quarters for rest. This group
will remain in their quarters until needed and will become the relief medical crew should
they be needed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PLACEMENT OF KEY OFFICERS
When the ship is preparing for combat, the Commanding Officer will assign specific duty
stations for his key senior officers. For instance, during action, the Executive Officer will
be stationed where he can best aid the Commanding Officer, and if practicable, where
he could probably escape the effects of a casualty disabling the Commanding Officer,
and yet would be able to assume command of the ship promptly and easily as stipulated in
Paragraph c of Star Fleet Regulation 4710. Generally, this place will be the Auxiliary
Control Room where control of the ship can continue in the event the Bridge is put out of
commission.
In addition, the Commanding Officer will usually assign the ship’s Chief Engineering
Officer to the Engineroom or Auxiliary Control during battle, but will have the Duty
Engineer assigned to the Engineering station on the Bridge. If the Chief Engineer is
stationed in Auxiliary Control, then the Engineering Watch Supervisor will remain at
his or her action station in the Engineroom. Conversely, if the Chief Engineer’s action
station is in the Engineroom, then the Engineering Watch Supervisor will be
stationed in Auxiliary Control.
The Duty Weapons Officer will automatically take his position in the Weapons Control
Center when General Quarters is sounded. Since weapons can be fired remotely from
either the Bridge or Auxiliary Control, the Weapons Officer need not to be specifically
assigned a special battle station under Star Fleet Regulation 4710.
Lastly, the Lee Helmsman, who is already on watch in Auxiliary Control, will remain on
station and will monitor the actions taken by the Helmsman on the Bridge. The Lee
Helmsman will take no action unless ordered to do so by the Officer of the Conn on
the Bridge or the Executive Officer in Auxiliary Control should ship command be
transferred to Auxiliary Control.
POSTING OF SECURITY FORCES
During General Quarters the ship’s Security Force will automatically execute standard
security procedures. This includes posting a security guard on the Bridge and around
critical areas of the ship. In addition, the Security division will post an armed security
patrol to tour the ship. The Security Patrol consists of a pair of armed security guards,
as illustrated in Figure 4b38.3. Their primary duty is to be on the lookout for intruders that
might beam aboard. A more detailed explanation of the duties of the ship Security Force
can be found in Section 3.8 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.4 STARSHIP COMBAT OPERATIONS

At some point or another, a Star Fleet ship may be engaged in combat in some form or
another. Considering the number and strength of the empires hostile to the Federation,
some form of armed conflict or skirmish is bound to occur. As such, this section is all about
combat as it applies to line Starships. Although Star Fleet support ships are also armed,
their armament is primarily defensive and hence, these ships will not normally be used to
attack or defend targets. Therefore, the operations, maneuvers and tactics presented here
will apply primarily to the line Starship class of combatant. In addition, this section will
predominantly focus on combat operations involving a single Star Fleet combatant and
the tactics the ship may employ against one or more enemy vessels.
GENERAL COMBAT OPERATIONS
When a clash between ships does occur there are some basic rules that should be followed
during any combat situation. However, all Star Fleet ship Commanding Officers are
trained to avoid conflict as much as possible. Commanding Officers are required under
General Order Two to use force only when it becomes necessary to protect the ship or
to protect innocent lives, and to limit such force only to disable the threat. All Star Fleet
commanders are instructed to always find a peaceful solution to any conflict, but should
force be necessary, Star Fleet commanders will follow the basic rules of combat as
outlined in General Order Twenty-Three below:
a. Before going into action the Commanding Officer shall communicate to his officers, if
possible, his plans for battle or action and such other information as may be of operational value
should any of them succeed to command;
b. During action, station the Deputy Commander, Executive Officer or the officer designated
to succeed him where he can best aid the commander, and if practicable, where he could
probably escape the effects of a casualty disabling the commander, and yet would be able to
assume command promptly and efficiently;
c. During action, the Commanding Officer shall not, without permission, break off action to
assist a disabled ship or take possession of a captured one;
d. During action, the Commanding Officer shall destroy the enemy’s ability to inflict damage by
targeting weapons and propulsion units, but shall, to the extent possible, minimize the loss of
life to the enemy;
e. Immediately after the battle or action, the Commanding Officer shall repair damage so far as
possible, exert every effort to prepare the command for further service, and make accurate,
explicit, and detailed reports as required;
f. At an appropriate time after a battle or action, and after repairs have reasonably been
completed, the Commanding Officer may assist a disabled ship or take possession of a
captured one.
g. Prisoners taken as a result of action shall be placed in secure detention facilities and the
Commanding Officer shall follow the directives set forth in Star Fleet Regulation 8890.
These rules provide sound advice to any commander engaged in combat. For instance
Rule c forbids a Starship commander from removing his ship from combat to aid another
ship while engaged in combat. To do so would reduce the effectiveness of the force and
would be a violation of Star Fleet Regulation 4710. For example, at the squadron level
each ship that is not engaged will reduce the effectiveness of the force by 17%, thus
forcing the remaining ships to make-up for the loss in combat effectiveness.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL COMBAT RULES
Star Ship Operations has established several rules of thumb when faced with a combat
situation. But the foremost rule in any situation is to keep Star Fleet Command informed
of any situation that would affect the peace and security of the Federation and to inform
them of the actions taken. The following table summarizes some of the rules.
Table 4b44.1
SUMMARY OF GENERAL COMBAT RULES
Rule Discussion
Always keep the strongest shields The first rule is to always protect the ship to the maximum extent
facing the opponent possible. The strongest shields will usually be the forward shields.
When a single ship goes into combat with multiple enemy vessels
Always position the ship such that it
the ship should be positioned such that it can be easily moved out of
can be maneuvered out of a difficult
harm’s way, whether it is to back out or thrust forward into the
situation
enemy line.
Ships in combat require room to maneuver. Although weapons will
Always engage the enemy in open
be fired at sublight speeds, maneuvering may be performed at warp
space, when possible
speeds. As such, warp maneuvers require a vast amount of space.
A moving target is always more difficult to hit than a stationary one.
Always keep the ship moving This also requires room to maneuver and as such, goes hand-in-
hand with the above rule.
A vessel with a relatively small target area is more difficult to hit than
one with a large target area. The methods that can be used to
minimize effective target exposure are:
Minimize the ship’s effective target a. Speed – the faster the ship, the smaller the effective target area.
(exposed) area b. Distance – the farther away the ship, the smaller the effective
target area.
c. Orientation – orient the ship such that the target area is
minimized.
Maximize the target vessel’s effective Maneuver the ship such that it will be positioned at the target
target area vessels rear quarter and below the target vessel’s main deck line.
This rule goes hand-in-hand with the rule regarding minimizing the
Ensure the ship is within effective ship’s effective target area. The ship should be maneuvered such
weapons range that if can minimize its effective target area while maximizing its
weapons effectiveness.
The purpose of this rule is to ensure the survivability of the ship. As
Always make sure the ship is at the
such, the ship must be in the proper material condition for the
proper material condition before going
situation. This includes the ship properly isolated with the proper
into combat
electrical and ventilation lineups.
While a vessel is close to a planetary body, any weapon fired upon
the vessel will be affected by the planet’s gravitation and
In orbital combat situations keep close atmosphere. This includes particle beam weapons as well as
to the planetary body physical projectiles. The ship’s commander should always take
advantage of anything that may have an effect on weapons fired
upon it, or to use planetary effects to his or her advantage.
Orbiting a planetary body on the same orbital plane as the opposing
In orbital combat situations endeavor vessel can result in a collision with the opposing vessel, or allowing
not to orbit the planetary body on the the opposing vessel to find and attack the ship. A good tactic is to
same orbital plane as the opponent attempt to orbit the body in a more perpendicular orbit in order to
intercept the opposing vessel.
Large planetary bodies allow for a larger loss of sensor area. This
Use a large planetary body if the ship
rule should especially be observed if the ship is crippled and needs
needs to be concealed
to be removed from the battlespace for repairs.
As a general rule ships are grouped or arranged in formation such
Always keep to ship formation
that each ship will protect or cover adjacent ships while providing
guidelines
defensive firepower against attacking vessels.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP TO SHIP COMBAT OPERATIONS
Most of the combat situations a Star Fleet ship commander will normally confront will be
with a hostile vessel. Therefore, the function of this section is to describe the various forms
of combat operations involving other spacecraft. In addition, most combat situations will
be with vessels with similar weapons or battle capabilities as the Star Fleet vessel. As
such, the guideline is that the Star Fleet ship commander should not engage an enemy
vessel within ten kilometers of the ship. This rule is exemplified in Figures 4b44.1 and
4b44.2. Also, in most cases the Star Fleet ship should, if possible, be maneuvered into
position behind the enemy vessel since, in most cases, it is the most vulnerable and least
protected part of any vessel. These guidelines were established based upon the
capabilities of the vessels of the known hostile powers and therefore, became a general
rule to be applied to all combat situations or hostile situations.
COMBAT OPERATIONS AT WARP SPEEDS
Combat at warp speeds, while in subspace, is the most difficult and as such, is rarely done,
primarily due to the speeds involved and the peculiar properties of subspace. However, the
typical scenario for such combat will be to maneuver about at warp speeds then drop-
down to sublight speeds in order to engage the opponent and to fire weapons. This makes
it very difficult for an opponent to detect where the Star Fleet ship is located and to know
when or where weapons can be fired. However, even in this mode there is a delay in time
from when the ship drops back down to normal space-time to when the target is acquired
and weapons locked-on. This may take up to three seconds as the sensors must adjust to
their new state and they must compensate for the changes in the ship’s warp field. This is
because the ship’s warp field has a direct effect on the ship’s sensors, which results in a
momentary distortion of the sensor’s fields, causing inaccurate readings. As such, the
ship’s sensors must compensate for the changes as the distortion effects subside.
COMBAT OPERATIONS AT SUB-LIGHT SPEEDS
Most combat operations will occur at sublight speeds; typically, at speeds at or below 0.8c
in order to minimize relativistic effects. A ship traveling close to the speed of light will have
to expend an enormous amount of energy to achieve and maintain this speed, thus
reducing the ship’s weapons effectiveness or its ability to fire weapons. In addition, ships
traveling close to the speed of light are difficult to track and to reliably hit as targets since
both the beam weapon and the opposing vessel are moving at virtually the same speed.
This applies to both automatic and manual targeting. Regarding manual targeting, combat
operations while moving at high speeds makes it very difficult to manually target the
opposing vessel. If both ships are constantly moving about, rotating, pitching and
spinning, it is very difficult to place weapons on the target. Therefore, it is recommended
that the ship’s weapons computers be exclusively used to acquire, track and aim weapons
on targets, and to engage in combat only at speeds below 0.8c.
Combat in free and open space also presents other complications as well. In the absence
of any gravitational field a vessel’s movements are unconstrained and dictated completely
by momentum. As such, the ship’s maneuvering control system must constantly adjust the
ship’s attitude by applying vectored maneuvering thrust in order to maintain the ship in the
proper orientation relative to the opposing vessel. An example of how a Star Fleet ship
will compensate for the ship’s attitude during high-speed sublight maneuvers can be seen
in Figure 4b44.13.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMBAT OPERATIONS WHILE IN ORBIT
Combat operations while in orbit refers to those actions taken against another vessel while
both ships are in orbit around the same celestial body. There are two scenarios associated
with this form of combat:
1. Both opposing vessels are in orbit around the same body.

2. One of the vessels attacks from outside the orbit while the other is in orbit.
When both a Star Fleet ship and the opposing vessel are orbiting the same planet or
celestial body, this usually indicates:
a. That either ship may be damaged and may wish to hide until ready to engage, or
b. That the ship does not wish to engage.
This is known as a stalemate or standoff. However, should the Starship commander wish
to engage the opposing vessel, two approaches can be taken: 1) shift orbit to a polar orbit
or to an orbital plane that is perpendicular to the orbital plane of the opposing vessel in
order to intercept the vessel, or 2) fire a Photon Torpedo in slingshot fashion. That is,
the ship will utilize the planet’s gravitational field to direct the weapon onto the target as
illustrated in Figure 4b44.3.
The most effective way to slingshot a Photon Torpedo around the planetary body in
order to catch the opposing vessel on the other side is to estimate the location of the
opposing vessel. The trajectory will be calculated based upon the gravitational constant of
the body, the location and speed of the opposing vessel in orbit as illustrated in Figure
4b44.3. The torpedo can be set with a proximity or timed detonator so that a direct hit will
not be necessary to damage the enemy vessel. It should be noted that it is not a good
practice to lay Photon Torpedo mines in orbit in order to trap the opposing vessel. This
tactic does not usually work as expected and the Star Fleet ship may end up dodging its
own mines.
When an enemy vessel attacks a Star Fleet ship while it is in orbit, the ship commander
has several options available to him. The Star Fleet ship commander will usually move his
vessel around the planetary body such that it will be out of sensor range of the attacking
vessel. This affords the commander time to determine and execute his tactical plan. The
Star Fleet commander as several options, as illustrated in Figure 4b44.4: 1) Execute a
“Sneak-back Maneuver,” 2) Execute an “Engagement Maneuver,” or 3) Execute an “Escape
Maneuver.” All three will briefly be explained in the subsequent paragraph below.
The purpose of the Sneak-back Maneuver is to engage the enemy vessel from its rear.
This is the ideal situation in most cases. This maneuver requires that the Star Fleet ship
accelerate around the planet to a higher orbital distance in order to meet the enemy vessel
on the other side and hit its vulnerable points. The Engagement Maneuver will be used
to directly confront the enemy vessel using its strongest defensive shields. This particular
maneuver will normally be initiated while the Star Fleet ship is not visible to the enemy
vessel, thus making it difficult for the enemy commander to anticipate what the Star Fleet
commander will do. This is usually a surprise maneuver since most enemy commanders
would not think to execute a frontal assault on an attacking vessel while it is in orbit.
Lastly, the Escape Maneuver is used to remove the Star Fleet ship from the battle area
by warping out of orbit while the ship is not visible to the attacking vessel, thus increasing
the distance away from the enemy and possible damage.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMBAT OPERATIONS WHILE STATIONARY
Combat operations while the ship is stationary undoubtedly is the most dangerous of all.
Simply put, a vessel that is stationary is an easy target and must rely on the strength of its
Defensive Shields for protection. This situation usually happens when the ship has lost
all propulsive power and must rely solely on its Maneuvering Thrusters. That is, when a
Star Fleet ship is stationary it must rely on its Maneuvering Thrusters to pivot around
its Centroid of Rotation* in order to keep its forward, and strongest, shields facing the
enemy vessel[11]. Maneuvering Thrusters are not very powerful and will tend to make
the ship maneuver sluggishly and therefore, the ship will not be able to place its forward
shields towards the enemy vessel in a reasonable amount of time to prevent damage.
In addition, a ship that is stationary has more difficulty placing and firing weapons on a
highly mobile target. Although the ship’s Fire Control System will accurately and quickly
direct weapons onto the target, the fact is that the stationary ship will have a difficult time
maneuvering into firing position, while the opposing vessel can move around the stationary
vessel and direct its weapons at will.
*A more detailed explanation for the Centroid of Rotation may be found in Section 3.2 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP TO SHORE COMBAT OPERATIONS
Combat operations involving a ship and a planet, space station or other shore facility are
usually the least difficult of all combat operations. In general, shore facilities are fixed
installations and cannot move. Therefore, they are easy targets. However, caution is
required as fixed installations will usually have significantly more firepower than space
vessels, due mainly to the enormous power resources available to the facility. In addition,
combat with a ground station will require the Star Fleet ship to enter and maintain an
orbit around the planet in order to target the ground station. In such cases it is a good
idea that the vessel maintain a Standard Orbit and not a Synchronous Orbit. The
reason being is that a ship in a Synchronous Orbit will be constantly exposed to
firepower from the ground facility.
When engaged in planetary Ship-to-Shore combat each of the orbits described in Section
3.2 will meet the needs of the situation. However, the most important factor will be the
ship’s orbital attitude – the orientation of the ship relative to the planet or the structures
located on the planet. It is important that the ship face the planet head-on for maximum
shield effectiveness and weapons positioning while also minimizing the Star Fleet ship’s
target area as illustrated in Figures 4b44.7, 4b44.8, 4b44.9 and 4b44.10. Examples on the
proper method of positioning and firing weapons onto ground targets is illustrated in
Figures 4b44.11 and 4b44.12. When multiple ships are involved, the assemblage will follow
the rules pertaining to multi-ship orbits as described in Section 3.2 of this volume.
Under certain conditions Star Fleet ship commanders can also invoke General Order
Twenty-Four in order to execute automated combat operations to shore facilities as well.
The advantage to invoking General Order Twenty-Four is that the attack on ground
stations will be executed by the ship’s computer. The crew need not become involved. A
complete description of this form of warfare is presented in Section 4.6.
Combat operations against a free-floating space station will introduce its own advantages
and challenges. For instance, a free-floating station can be approached from any direction
as shown in Figure 4b44.5. In addition, there will be no need to establish an orbit around
the station. However, like the ground station caution is required as a large space station
will usually have significant defensive systems and firepower. This is especially true for
highly armed space stations where there is no atmosphere to help attenuate the energy
beam or slow down a missile. Therefore, the basic guideline is to approach a space station
from the top or bottom as illustrated in Figure 4b44.6.
In terms of the defense of the ship, the farther away the ship is from the source of fire the
smaller the effective target area of the ship becomes and the more time the ship has to
react to any torpedo or missile fired upon it. In addition, as the speed of a spacecraft
increases, the effective target area of the ship gets smaller, making it more difficult to hit.
As such, it is best to engage a shore target, especially armed space stations, at a minimum
distance of about 25 kilometers to a maximum of about 11,000 kilometers or about the
lower end of the midrange of a typical Starship’s Main Phaser Batteries and within its
Transporter range. However, the best weapon to use against free-floating space stations
is Photon Torpedoes. The use of this weapon will usually guarantee destruction should it
become necessary. However, it is usually a good practice to render the station defenseless
and to board it in order to gather intelligence and to minimize enemy casualties.
The definition of the various types of orbits may be found in Section 3.2 of this volume.
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
STRATEGIES AND TACTICS
Starship captains will employ special strategies and tactics when engaging specific enemy
vessels or vessel types. A more detailed description of the strategies and tactics used by
Star Fleet ships can be found in Section 4.5 of this volume. However, Starship captains
are also trained to avoid conflict as well. Starship captains are instructed to only use force
when it becomes necessary to protect the ship or to protect innocent lives, and to limit
such force only to disable the threat as required under General Order Two. As such, it is
suggested that avoiding combat is just as honorable an act as engaging the enemy. An
example of avoiding conflict with a group of Romulan ships is illustrated in Figure 4b44.16.
SPECIAL MANEUVERS
Special Maneuvers are tactics that can be employed by Star Fleet ships in order to gain
an advantage over the enemy vessel or to place the ship in a position to minimize damage
from combat. Some maneuvers are highly classified and as such, will not be discussed
here. However, the following tactics are unclassified and can be discussed here.
One maneuver that can be employed when being pursued by a group of enemy vessels is
to locate and warp to the nearest star and enter a fast orbit within the star’s corona. This
permits the Star Fleet ship to obscure the enemy vessel’s sensors and douse the pursuing
vessel with lethal doses of hard radiation. However, the Star Fleet ship will also be
subject to the same hard radiation, though the ship’s shields can attenuate much of it.
Therefore, the typical stay time within the corona of a star is about twelve seconds before
the ship must warp away. In addition, there will be a significant rise in the temperature of
the ship, being in such close proximity to the star. As such, the ship’s hull chillers and
HVAC units will be working at full capacity. The Commanding Officer must limit the time
within the corona in order to prevent a complete shutdown of the cooling equipment. An
example of such a maneuver can be seen in Figure 4b44.15.
Another tactic is hide the ship within a gaseous cloud or to move the ship into the tail of a
comet. This maneuver will certainly obscure the sensors of any pursuing vessel. Once
inside the cloud the ship can slowly maneuver into position to fire weapons against the
enemy pursuer. However, since the sensors of both vessels will be obscured, all tracking
and targeting will have to be performed manually. In addition, special precautions must be
observed when engaging in combat within gaseous clouds. There is always the possibility
that a high-energy explosion could compress the hydrogen gas in the cloud as to cause a
fusion explosion, which may severely damage both vessels. Therefore, it is a rule of thumb
that Photon Torpedoes should not be used within gaseous clouds.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BOARDING AN ARMED VESSEL
Boarding an armed vessel can be one of the most dangerous and stressful operations a
Starship crew will have to face. The likelihood is that the enemy ship will still have an
effective armed force ready to repel boarders. In most cases the first wave of boarders will
be armed personnel from the Security division. The second wave, once the first team has
secured the vessel, will consist primarily of operations and engineering personnel in order
to render the vessel spaceworthy and under Star Fleet control as required by Star Fleet
Regulation 4730.
Usually all of the standard transporter units, except the medical unit, will be used to send
an armed security party to the other ship. On a standard cruiser that would amount to
approximately eighteen crewmembers at one time. The boarding party will be armed with
both hand Phaser pistols (Phaser II) and with Phaser rifles, along with additional power
packs. The ship’s sensors will be used to determine the best location within the captured
vessel to beam the boarding party. The guideline for boarding the ship will be to beam the
party as close to command and control centers as possible and as far away as possible
from the largest concentration of enemy personnel.
When boarding an enemy vessel, the ship’s crew will follow the guidelines for capturing an
enemy vessel as outlined in Section 4.9 of this volume. Once the vessel is secured the
Star Fleet crew will establish a makeshift brig compound within the cargo area of the
captured vessel to confine the captured crew. However, senior officers captured during the
raid will be brought aboard the Star Fleet ship and held within its brig. This is to break up
the command structure and to prevent the enemy leadership from organizing an escape.
All captured personnel will be treated with respect and humanity as specified in Star Fleet
Regulation 4720.
LANDING ARMED TROOPS
Landing armed troops on a planetary body will customarily be performed by a Star Fleet
G-class Ground Assault ship. Basically, Ground Assault ships are large flat vessels
designed to carry Star Fleet Marine troops, ground combat vehicles and attack support
craft. Figure 2a63.2 in Volume II of the Star Fleet Command manual illustrates a typical
G-class Assault ship. The number of troops aboard an Assault ship will typically be of
Brigade strength, which means that the G-class can handle upwards of about 6000
troops. Their primary mission is to rapidly deliver combined-arms task forces to galactic
crises and to land ground troops where needed. The procedures for landing armed troops
from Ground Assault ships are contained within the ship’s Combat Operations
Manual. In order to land troops Ground Assault ships have special craft designed to
carry large numbers of troops to a planetary body. These are typically container-like
structures that will be transported to the planet by special landing craft. Once on the
ground these containers will also function as housing and other temporary structures while
the assault troops are on the ground, which will later be used to remove the troops once
ground operations have ceased.
However, there is always the possibility that a Cruiser-class Starship may also quarter a
company of Star Fleet Marine Corps troops as well. In this situation, the ship will orbit
the planetary body to maximum Transporter range or about 11,000 kilometers. This will
keep the ship a safe distance away from enemy fire and allow the troops to be transported
down to the surface.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.1
SHIP TO SHIP COMBAT ORIENTATION
Recommended
Orientation
Orientation Not
Recommended

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.2
SHIP TO SHIP COMBAT ORIENTATION
Recommended
Orientation Not
Orientation
Recommended

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.3
SHIP TO SHIP ORBITAL COMBAT: OFFENSE
Loss of Sensor

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.4
SHIP TO SHIP ORBITAL COMBAT: DEFENSE
Sneak Back Escape

Maneuver Maneuver
Loss of Sensor Area
Engagement
Maneuver

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.5
SHIP TO SPACE STATION COMBAT ORIENTATION – TOP VIEW
Recommended
Distance from
Target
Discouraged
Distance from
Target

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.6
SHIP TO SPACE STATION COMBAT ORIENTATION – SIDE VIEW
Recommended
Orientation

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.7
SHIP TO SHORE ORBITAL COMBAT ORIENTATION – FRONT VIEW
11o
The 11o tilt angle is to minimize the Star

Fleet ship’s target area.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.8
SHIP TO SHORE ORBITAL COMBAT ORIENTATION – SIDE VIEW
11o
The 11o tilt angle is to minimize the Star

Fleet ship’s target area.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.9
SHIP TO SHORE ORBITAL DIRECT FIRING ORIENTATION – TOP VIEW
Exposure Area
Orbital Path
Direct firing minimizes the Star Fleet ship’s

target area.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.10
SHIP TO SHORE DYNAMIC ORBITAL ANGLED FIRING ORIENTATION – TOP VIEW
Exposure Area
Exit Trajectory
Angled firing allows for faster escape from

orbit, but increases the target area of the
Star Fleet ship.
Orbital Path

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.11
PROPER PHASER FIRING ORIENTATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.12
PROPER PHASER FIRING ORIENTATION WHILE IN ORBIT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.13
HIGH-SPEED SUBLIGHT MANEUVERS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.14
RESULT OF AN INCORRECT TURNING MANEUVER

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.15
HIDING INSIDE THE CORONA OF A STAR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b44.16
STARSHIP AVOIDING CONFLICT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.5 BATTLE STRATEGIES

This section primarily deals with the strategies and tactics used in ship-to-ship combat.
Specifically, this section will deal with combat operations against the ships of the three
most likely and most potent adversaries: the Romulans, the Klingons and the Gorns.
FLEET-WIDE BATTLE STRATEGIES
Star Fleet Operations has developed numerous battle strategies to cope with hostile
forces should they invade Federation space or attack Federation interests. These battle
strategies were developed based upon previous experiences with known hostile forces.
Star Fleet Operations first developed various battle plans and then tested these plans
through rigorous simulation in order to ensure maximum effectiveness against the known
hostile forces. See Section 8.4 of Volume II of the Star Fleet Command Manual for a
comprehensive examination of fleet-wide battle strategies.
In generally, the engagement of hostile forces will be performed through the execution of
a battle plan, except where there is a surprise attack by a hostile force. In which case the
local Star Fleet commander will engage the enemy using the information he has at hand.
In general, the engagement of hostile forces will normally be ordered by the commander
in charge of the Star Fleet force. It should be remembered that the term engage not only
means attacking the enemy or defending a position, but also to communicate to Star
Fleet Command the actions to be taken, or possibly withdraw if the likelihood of success
is low and the loss of the command appears likely.
BASIC SHIP COMBAT RULES
The fundamental rule of combat that will apply to all Star Fleet commanders is to protect
the command at all costs. This basic rule is embodied in Star Fleet Regulation 4680,
which requires Star Fleet Commanding Officers to protect the command from attack or
any action which may endanger the command, and to take such measures as necessary to
minimize the possibility of an undetected approach of hostile forces. As such, the first rule
is to follow the Star Fleet guidelines pertaining to ship encounters in space, as well as the
Rules of Engagement regarding the use of force, as outlined in Section 3.5 of this manual.
The guidelines for action regarding encounters in space are presented in Table 4b35.2.
Another fundamental rule constrains Star Fleet commanders from harming intelligent life-
forms, except in self-defense. This rule is encapsulated in Star Fleet General Order
Two, which states, in part, that “…no person in the Star Fleet Service shall willfully harm
or injure any intelligent being or life-form, or allow harm to come to any intelligent life-
form, except in self-defense.” As such, this order has a specific Rule of Engagement, which
is: “Should the use of force become necessary, the Commanding Officer will use such force
as necessary to disable the threat. Typically, the Commanding Officer will primarily disable
the weapons or propulsion systems of an attacking vessel. During the engagement, the
Commanding Officer is prohibited from destroying the vessel, unless it is extremely
necessary to protect his command or to ensure the safety of the innocent.” Therefore, the
Commanding Officer will adjust the power levels accordingly. Additional combat rules,
as they relate to the actual engagement of hostile forces, were introduced in Section 4.4 of
this manual. Therefore, in all combat situations the guidelines, as stated in Table 4b44.1,
shall be followed.
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Initially, and prior to any combat, Star Fleet Operations had developed procedures and
guidelines regarding the actions that should be taken under particular situations that may
lead to combat. These guidelines are presented in the table below.
Table 4b45.1
TABLE OF STANDARD SHIP ACTIONS
Situation Standard Action
Ship’s computer automatically snaps on the The Officer of the Conn shall first order the ship to go to
defensive shields GQ-1 or Red Alert. The Officer of the Conn shall
subsequently evaluate the situation and adjust the material
condition of the ship accordingly.
Surprise weapons hit on the ship’s defensive The Officer of the Conn shall go to GQ-1 and warp up and
shields during an encounter in space away from the attacking vessel. The ship’s Commanding
Officer shall meet with his senior officers in order to decide
on a course of action.
A vessel of unknown origin is approaching the The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2
ship on an intercept course at high speed. or Yellow Alert and follow the guidelines set forth in
General Order 12.
The ship enters an area of space known for The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2
hostile activity and follow the guidelines for a Yellow Alert. All weapons
systems shall be activated.
A vessel encountered in space fails to The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2
communicate or respond to a hail and follow the guidelines for a Yellow Alert. In this scenario
a vessel may include space stations as well as spacecraft.
A landing party of a Star Fleet ship in orbit The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-1
discovers the destruction of a Federation or Red Alert and maneuver the ship out of orbit a safe
outpost or colony distance away from the planet. The Officer of the Conn
shall immediately inform the Commanding Officer and Star
Fleet Command.
A Star Fleet ship in orbit around a planet is The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-1
fired upon from the ground or Red Alert, and shall place the ship in a higher orbit or
leave orbit altogether. The ship should always enter an orbit
of an unknown planet exposing a minimum of its surface
area.
A Star Fleet ship patrolling a Neutral Zone The Officer of the Conn shall first order the ship to go to
detects a vessel within or near the zone. GQ-1 or Red Alert. The Officer of the Conn shall
immediately summon the Commanding Officer and contact
Star Fleet Command to apprise them of the situation.
A Star Fleet ship encounters a vessel or a The Officer of the Conn shall first order the ship to go to
group of vessels of a known hostile power GQ-1 or Red Alert. The Officer of the Conn shall
within Federation space immediately summon the Commanding Officer and contact
Star Fleet Command to apprise them of the situation. The
Officer of the Conn shall confront the vessel and request
the reason for encroachment into Federation space.
A Star Fleet ship encounters a derelict vessel The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2
in space or Yellow Alert and follow the guidelines set forth in
General Order 12. Approach the vessel with caution and
just within Transporter range. Organize a landing party to
investigate.
A Star Fleet ship encounters a message buoy The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-3
or device in space or Amber Alert and summon the ship’s Commanding
Officer to the Bridge. Approach the buoy with caution and
attempt communication. Evaluate the situation and decide
whether to proceed.
A Star Fleet ship is attacked by a long-range The Officer of the Conn shall go to GQ-1, sound the
missile Collision Alarm and maneuver to evade the incoming
missile. The Officer of the Conn shall ascertain the origin of
the missile and then destroy it. The ship’s Commanding
Officer shall meet with his senior officers in order to decide
on a subsequent course of action. However, no punitive
action shall be taken.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TACTICS AGAINST SINGLE SHIPS
At the edge of Federation territory most of the encounters with hostile aliens will be with
a single vessel. This is because most of the enemies of the Federation will only use a
single ship to patrol the edge of Federation territory, or explore uncharted or unclaimed
space. As such, the probability is very high that a Star Fleet ship will only encounter a
single unfriendly vessel. The function of this section is to provide guidelines regarding the
tactics that may be employed against the known enemies of the Federation – mainly, the
Klingons, Romulans and the Gorn. Other hostile powers such as the Melkotians and the
Tholians do not venture far out into deep space where they will be encountered by a Star
Fleet ship. These powers will usually remain close within their own boundaries. Therefore,
encounters with vessels from these powers will not be discussed here.
In general, when encountering any hostile vessel, the primary rule is to keep the ship’s
forward, and strongest, shields facing the enemy vessel. This will require the use of both
the ship’s main thrusters as well as its maneuvering thrusters. In addition, if the Star
Fleet ship is being pursued by an enemy more powerful than it, the Starship commander
should attempt to slow down his pursuer by deploying Photon Torpedoes as mines in
the path of the pursuer as shown in Figure 4b45.20.
In addition, when encountering Klingon or Romulan vessels in deep space it should be

noted that both Klingon and Romulan ships do not have Running Lights and therefore, one
cannot determine in what direction these ships are turning. Gorn ships have running lights,
but both the Starboard and Port lights are colored red. This makes it very difficult to
visually determine whether the ship is turning to Port or Starboard at long distances away.
As such, Star Fleet commanders must rely on the ship’s sensors to detect and analyze the
motion of hostile vessels.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ROMULAN SHIPS
At the time of this writing the primary combatant vessel of the Romulan Empire is the Bird-
of-Prey (Figures 4b45.1 and 4b45.2). The Bird-of-Prey is a medium-sized sublight cruiser,
which makes it very easy to overtake. It is an unshielded vessel, except for navigational
shields, and as such, is highly vulnerable to direct Phaser attack. Their only defense is the
fact that it has a functioning Cloaking Device. The Cloaking Device is basically a field
generator that can direct photons around the hull so as to give the impression of
invisibility. The field causes the select bending of light around the hull so that what is
visually seen is what is behind the craft. However, while the ship is cloaked it cannot fire
its weapons thus, making it vulnerable to attack if the vessel can be detected. The power
requirement on the vessel to use the Cloaking Device is considerable and therefore, the
vessel cannot fire its weapons while it is cloaked.
As stated in Section 4.0, the primary weapon of the Bird of Prey is the Plasma Torpedo
or Plasma Bolt, which is ejected from the center tube located in the weapons pod at the
bow of the ship. As such, the rule is never to confront any Romulan vessel head-on; and
always suspect that the Romulan ship is equipped with the plasma weapon. The Bird-of-
Prey also has a secondary nuclear fusion weapon as well, which is fired from either one of
two tubes adjacent to the plasma weapon tube.
As stated above, the Romulan Bird-of-Prey is unshielded and therefore, can be attacked
from any angle except head-on as illustrated in Figures 4b45.11 and 4b45.12. However,
the best approach to the vessel is from its rear quarters so that the Romulan’s engines are
fully exposed to attack. The vessel’s engines are the primary target in order to render the
vessel helpless. At this point the Federation commander shall request surrender, though
in all almost all cases the Romulan commander will not surrender and will usually order the
self-destruction of his own vessel. Therefore, a second rule is to keep a safe distance away
from any Romulan vessel else the ship become ensnared in the self-destruct process.
The secondary target on the Romulan is the ship’s Control Room as illustrated in Figure
4b45.1. The objective in attacking this area is to disable the ship’s command and control
center in order to prevent self-destruction and to capture the vessel as much intact as
possible. The primary goal is to capture a vessel with a functioning Cloaking Device for
study.
In general, Romulan ships usually travel and attack alone, but when they attack in groups
their usual tactic is to surround the vessel and attack from all sides as shown in Figure
4b44.16. This makes it very difficult to keep the ship’s forward shields facing the enemy
when the ship is surrounded. The best defense in this case is to warp out of the area as
soon as possible.
In addition, the Romulan fleet acquired Klingon D-7 Battlecruisers for their primary capital
vessel. The Romulans have significantly modified the vessel to suit their needs and have
incorporated their signature cloaking technology to these vessels, making them extremely
dangerous. However, these ships have the same vulnerabilities as the Klingon versions,
which will be explained in the paragraphs relating to Klingon ships.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
KLINGON SHIPS
The Imperial Klingon fleet primarily employs the D-7 Klokode-class Battlecruiser and the D
and L-class Bird-of-Prey; specifically, the L-42 “Great Bird.” The most prevalent class of
combatant used by the Klingon Empire is the D-7 Klokode Class Battlecruiser, as illustrated
in Figures 4b45.3 and 4b45.4. These are large and powerful deep spacefaring vessels
similar in power, armament and speed to a Star Fleet cruiser. And like the Starship, they
are similar in physical construction, having a primary “ Command” module and an
“Engineering” module connected together by a long access boom. The engineering hull has
attached two outboard S-2 Graf units for warp propulsion that are also equipped with
projectors for their powerful disrupter weapons.
As with the Romulan vessel, the D-7 should never be approached head-on. The main
disrupter banks of the Klingon ship have the same effect on hull materials as a Starship’s
Main Phaser Batteries. As such, avoid a head-on confrontation with a Klingon D-7 ship.
Figures 4b45.7 and Figure 4b45.8 illustrates the weaponry and danger zones of the
Klingon D-7 cruiser.
The D-7 cruiser should be approached from the rear lower quarters as illustrated in Figures
4b45.9 and 4b45.10. The rear quarter is the least defended part of the ship, which also
has the exposed propulsion units. Therefore, the primary target will be the S-2 Graf units
and the Main Power Coupling as illustrated in Figure 4b45.10. An example of an attack of a
Klingon D-7 cruiser, with a hit on its Main Power Coupling, can be seen in Figure 4b45.21.
Another approach vector is straight down to the top of the command module. This area is
the main command and control center for the ship. Destroy this area and the ship
becomes virtually defenseless. The D-7 can also be approached directly from the stern, but
only for the current models. That is, a new class of battlecruiser, the D-8B K’Tinga-class,
currently under construction, will have the Klingon equivalent to the photon torpedo tube
mounted both forward and aft, which will prevent an approach directly from the stern of
the ship. Therefore, caution must be observed and the Commanding Officer of a Star
Fleet combatant must correctly identify the class of Klingon cruiser before he or she can
engage it.
Klingon ships generally travel in groups of three or six, and usually travel in a triangular
formation with the lead ship up front as illustrated in Figure 4b45.15. The lead ship in the
group will typically be commanded by the group commander. Take out the lead ship and
the group will temporarily scatter until a new group commander is selected. However, the
smaller L-class vessels will usually venture out in space alone.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GORN SHIPS
Gorn military vessels are designed pretty much alike and there are very little variances
between the classes. As such, they have similar capabilities and design features and
therefore, the Fighter pilot can employ the same combat tactics on all classes of Gorn
combatants. Therefore, the standard Gorn cruiser, shown in Figures 4b45.5 and 4b45.6,
will be used as the example for the approach vectors and targets. All Gorn combatants
have a wing-like structure that is the launch deck for the ship’s fighter craft. At the base of
the wing is the hangar bay where the fighters are stored. The wing structure also houses a
disrupter bank with an effective operating zone of 180 o all around. This make is difficult for
small fighter craft to approach from the sides and from the top of the ship. Therefore,
Gorn ships should be approached from the lower half of the ship. And, Gorn ships should
never be approached head-on. Gorn ships have bow-mounted disrupter cannons, which
will destroy or severely damage any ship that attempts to attack it from the front.
Gorn ships also travel in formation. However, the formation is somewhat loose and there is
no clear way of determining the lead vessel. In most cases, the command ship of the
group will be the vessel that is furthest from the lead ship because Gorn commanders like
to direct their forces from afar.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TACTICS AGAINST A GROUP OF SHIPS
It was previously stated that the probability is very high that a Star Fleet ship will only
encounter a single hostile vessel. However, there is also the possibility that an enemy
power may wish to invade Federation space to illegally capture territory, or to test the
forces of the Federation, or initiate a war with the Federation. Thus, if this should
happen a Star Fleet ship will most likely encounter a very large group of hostile vessels
as illustrated in Figure 4b45.22. In this situation the Star Fleet commander must first
protect the ship and contact Star Fleet Command. The ship should not engage the
enemy unless it was fired upon. Then, if the ship had to engage the enemy to do so for a
short period of time then escape to a safer distance. In any case Star Fleet Command
must be informed and apprised of the situation as required in Table 4b45.1.
Enemy powers that wish to probe the defenses of the Federation will typically send a
small group of vessels. For smaller groups of three vessels or less, the Star Fleet ship can
confront the group and demand the reason for the encroachment into Federation space.
If the Star Fleet ship is fired upon, the Starship commander is free to engage the group
as he sees fit. The Starship commander will use the tactics he has learned to disable or
destroy the enemy vessels. Therefore, the function of this section is to describe the various
combat scenarios and tactics to deal with those scenarios.
TACTICS AGAINST SHIPS IN FORMATION
In most cases when a single Star Fleet ship encounters a group of enemy vessels, the
enemy will usually approach the Star Fleet ship in battle formation. This is especially true
vis-à-vis Klingon forces. Klingon forces usually attack in a triangular formation, which
allows their lead ships to draw fire while their rear vessels will flank their target. For a
large formation of six or more combatants, the prudent tactic for the Star Fleet ship
commander is to remove himself from harm’s way and to contact Star Fleet Command
for support. However, for small formations of three ships, the Star Fleet ship commander
has tactics available.
One tactic used for a small formation of Klingon vessels is shown in Figure 4b45.15. The
tactic involves maneuvering the ship into such a position that it can move quickly into and
through the formation. In order to accomplish this a diversion must be created. This is
done by attacking the lead vessel with the ship’s Main Phaser Batteries since it is the
closest and is usually the command center for the group. Next, the Klingon vessel closest
to the direction of the ship’s escape path will be fired upon by the ship’s Main Phaser
Batteries. This will force that Klingon vessel to veer out of formation allowing the Starship
to pass through. Finally, a Photon Torpedo is launched at the farthest vessel so that it
cannot immediately pursue the ship. At this point the Starship commander can either
remove his ship from the battlespace or turn around and continue to engage the group.
At this point in the battle, the Klingon formation will be broken up and the enemy vessels
will be operating independently. This confusion in the battlespace can give the Starship
commander the advantage as he can go after single targets. However, the single most
target that the Starship commander should pursue is the lead command vessel. Destroy
this vessel and the group becomes a dysfunctional collection with no guiding head to tell
them what to do.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TACTICS WHEN THE SHIP IS SURROUNDED
A Starship commander could find himself in a situation where his ship is surrounded by
hostile vessels. This is particularly true is the ship encountered a group of Romulan Bird-of-
Prey cruisers. The Romulan tactic is to cloak their vessels and to maneuver their ships such
that they surround their prey as illustrated in Figure 4b45.16; then uncloak and fire their
weapons. This Romulan tactic takes a good deal of coordination and typically works well.
However, should a Star Fleet ship become entrapped in this predicament the Starship
commander has several tactics at his disposal to get out of this situation.
The primary goal if the Starship commander is faced with this predicament is to remove
his ship from the area as quickly as possible. In this particular case, being surrounded by
Romulan vessels, the Starship commander may preempt action in order the he not allow
the Romulan vessels to fire first. This is primarily due to the plasma weapon that may be
directed against the Star Fleet ship. Therefore, a Starship commander must immediately
remove his ship out of harm’s way.
The tactic used, as shown in Figure 4b45.16, is to first fire a Photon Torpedo at the
closest Romulan vessel flanking the Starship. The location of the Romulan vessel that will
be fired upon first will also determine the direction of the escape maneuver. Next, to
prevent an immediate pursuit by the Romulan vessel facing the Starship, the Starship
commander will fire his Main Phaser Batteries at that vessel before he begins his exit
from the area. The Starship commander will then move his vessel in a tight turn around
the flanking vessel he first fired upon. As the ship is turning, the Starship commander will
fire his aft Main Phaser Batteries or a Photon Torpedo from the stern tube to hit the
remaining flanking vessel as illustrated in Step 3 of Figure 4b45.16. This will curtail any
pursuit while the Starship is making its escape. At this point the Starship commander
may continue to engage the group by turning the ship back into the battlespace. This
decision will depend upon the rules of engagement the commander received within his
mission orders.
Should the Star Fleet ship be surrounded on all six sides, the Starship commander will
modify the tactic. This will involve including the enemy vessel that is above the Starship
in the first salvo as well. The Star Fleet ship should escape upward so as to minimize the
exposure to the critical areas of the ship to enemy fire – mainly the Main Engines and the
Bridge.
Another situation is when a Star Fleet ship is caught by a group of ships in a “Pincer”
maneuver. This is when a large group of enemy vessels maneuver to surround the Star
Fleet ship as illustrated in Figure 4b45.19. The idea behind this tactic is to attempt to
surround the target ship at its rear quarters while the heavier vessels attack the ship from
the front. This particular maneuver is one most often employed by the Klingons. A single
ship caught in this trap will most likely be destroyed. Therefore, a Starship caught in this
situation must escape immediately. To do this the commander will usually fire Photon
Torpedoes at the nearest flanking vessels so as to provide an escape path away from the
enemy group. Once fired, the Starship will warp in a tight arc to the stern and away from
the enemy group as displayed as Step 2 in Figure 4b45.19.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TACTICS AGAINST A LINE OF SHIPS
In some combat situations enemy vessels may be lined-up acting as a wall of firepower as
illustrated in Figure 4b45.17. This is a tactic typically employed by the Gorn. This line may
either be stationary or moving at well below sublight speeds. In most cases a stationary
line is a purely defensive positioning of vessels, while a moving line is an attack maneuver.
A single Star Fleet ship encountering such a line may either engage the line or remove
itself from the combat area. Should the Starship commander decide to engage the line,
the Star Fleet ship commander has several tactics to choose from. One of these tactics is
called the “End Run Sneak,” which will be described below.
The object of the End Run Sneak is to attack and hit as many enemy vessels comprising
the line as possible. The first step in this tactic is to quickly maneuver the Starship to the
end of the line. This is called the “End Run.” The Starship will be so maneuvered as to
pass through the two ships at the end of the line. And as the Starship is moving towards
the two ships, the commander will fire Photon Torpedoes at both of the end ships. The
purpose of this is to block the fire from the two enemy vessels at the end of the line while
the Starship passes between those two vessels.
After the Starship passes the two end vessels, it will turn towards the enemy vessel at
the opposite end of the line and attack it from the rear. While in the middle of the turn,
the Starship will fire upon the next enemy vessel in line using its amidship or side Main
Phaser Batteries, displayed as Step 2 in Figure 4b45.17. Using the amidship batteries
allows a greater amount of firepower to bear down on enemy vessels since there are
usually more of these Phaser Batteries available. In addition, the amidship batteries may
also be used on multiple targets while the Starship is making the turn, or fired broadside
to ensure destruction.
As the Starship completes its turn towards the last enemy vessel in the line, it will fire its
forward Main Phaser Batteries upon the rear of the enemy vessel. The Starship can
then continue forward past the line and turn back into the line if there is a need to attack
more vessels or to ensure that the vessels initially fired upon are sufficiently rendered safe
for the Starship to come along side.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TACTICS AGAINST SHIPS TRAVELING IN A LINE
Some of the known hostile forces will move groups of ships around in linear fashion as
illustrated in Figure 4b45.18. This is usually not a battle tactic, but simply a practice of
relocating forces about. The linear formation will typically be employed by the Romulans
when a group of ships are hunting for targets in “ Wolf Pack” fashion, a favorite tactic of
the Romulans. The Gorn fleet will also employ this technique as well, but primarily for
force movements. However, the Klingons will rarely, if ever, use this ship movement
technique.
In the Romulan “Wolf Pack” formation, the vessels are arranged in an ordered ladder
formation as in a parallelogram, and not one directly behind another. This allows any ship
in the line to proceed ahead of the pack to attack a ship, while the other ships wait in the
rear to support the attacking vessel. In the Gorn line the vessels are staggered port and
starboard to one another. This is done to prevent the ships from traveling within the
ionization wake of the vessel ahead of it. Other linear formations may include vessels
following one another in a straight line – one directly behind the other. However, to avoid
the issues relating to travelling within the ionization wake of another vessel, the ships
would have to be separated at a considerable distance.
In general, however, regardless of the formation enemy ships traveling in line formation
are generally vulnerable to weapons fire. This is because the linear arrangement of ships
exposes their weakest shields: the athwarts or outboard defensive shields. As such, if a
single Star Fleet ship encounters such a formation, the key will be to position the ship
such that a majority of the enemy ships in the line will be exposed to firepower. This is an
antique battle technique known as “Crossing the T,” which was a coveted tactic of naval
combat on old Earth. However, there will be basically two approaches to such a line: from
the front of the line, and from the rear of the line. Each will be described in the paragraphs
below. In both cases the Starship commander will attempt to keep his ship undetected
until he is ready to attack the line.
If a Star Fleet ship detects a convoy of enemy combatants, the Starship commander will
maneuver his ship into a position whereby the enemy line will have their flanks exposed. If
the enemy convoy is detected while it is moving towards the Star Fleet ship the Starship
commander will attempt to position his ship such that he can fire his weapons into the
middle of the pack and up to the lead vessels with a reasonable expectation of hitting
them. When the Starship begins its attack upon the line it will charge towards the middle
of the pack firing Photon Torpedoes at the lead vessels in rapid-fire fashion. As the
Starship gets closer to the line it will veer away and swing towards the rear of the line in
order to engage the rear line of vessels.
If a Star Fleet ship encounters a convoy of enemy combatants from the rear of the pack,
the Starship commander will maneuver away and alongside the rear quarter of the pack
in order to bring his weapons to bear upon the rear group of vessels. He may then employ
a similar maneuver as above or fire down the line with a mixture of Photon Torpedoes
and amidship Phaser Batteries to attack the vessels within the line starting with the
rear-most vessel to the lead vessel. In order for this tactic to be most effective, the
Starship must remain undetected until the moment of attack. The element of surprise is
paramount to the success of this tactic.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TACTICS WHILE THE SHIP IS IN ORBIT
One rule that should be observed at all times is that a ship in orbit is always vulnerable to
attack from space, and that defense or combat while in orbit is always highly restrictive. As
such, should a Star Fleet ship be in orbit around a planet and a group of enemy vessels
approach, the Officer in Command will be compelled to immediately get out of orbit and
into open space[12].
TACTICS AGAINST SPACE STATIONS
Space stations are particularly vulnerable as they are essentially fixed vessels in open
space with no maneuvering capability of their own. Space stations must rely completely on
their defensive shields and offensive weaponry for protection. It is because of this reason,
their protective armament, which makes them particularly dangerous. As such, Star Fleet
ships will normally engage space stations from an extreme distance and will approach the
station from either the top or the bottom of the station where there is minimum weaponry.
With this fact in mind, the preferred weapon for a free-floating space station will be the
Photon Torpedo, if the objective is to destroy the station. However, if it is essential that
the station be captured, a continuous assault with the ship’s Main Phasers will be
required. This will weaken the station’s defensive shields to the point where it will be
possible to transport a contingent of ground troops to seize the station.
TACTICS AGAINST GROUND TARGETS
Ground targets, whether moving or fixed, are generally easy to strike from space. Most
ground vehicles do not have the power to engage or damage a ship out in space. As such,
for these targets there are no special tactics that need to be employed. However, for large
fortified base installations, special care must be observed. That is because the weapons on
large ground bases are typically more powerful than ship weapons, especially beam
weapons. In addition, ground bases can also launch guided torpedoes with high-energy
warheads such as fusion and antimatter devices.
And as stated in Section 4.4 of this chapter, ground bases are fixed fortifications and as
such, it is much more difficult for the base to hit a ship out in space than it is for a ship in
space to hit a target on the ground. For heavily armed ground bases, the preferred
weapon is the Photon Bolt, as described in Section 4.2 of this manual.
When it is necessary to prevent loss of life of the ground personnel, Star Fleet ship
Commanding Officers can adjust the power and frequency of the ship’s Phaser Banks
to a stun setting. This will immobilize ground personnel long enough to allow Star Fleet
personnel to capture the enemy[13].

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CORBOMITE MANEUVER
The Corbomite Maneuver is a delaying tactic used to make the opposing vessel hesitate
before launching an attack on a Star Fleet ship. This tactic may afford a Star Fleet
commander time to engineer an escape out of a very tight situation. It was first employed
successfully against a vessel of the First Federation in 2266. The object of this maneuver is
to make the opponent believe that an attack upon a Star Fleet ship will be disastrous for
the opposing vessel because of a special “Corbomite” device installed on every vessel of
the United Federation. The “Corbomite” device is allegedly composed of an imaginary
substance known as Corbomite, the properties of which is said to reflect dangerous
energies back upon their source destroying the Star Fleet ship with tremendous force,
catching the enemy ship in the backwash[14]. The claim, as advanced by Star Fleet, is that
the substance can destroy all matter within a radius of 200,000 kilometers. However, this
tactic is only effective on opponents that are new to the Federation or that are unaware
that such a device does not really exist.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.1
ROMULAN BIRD OF PREY (CIRCA 2266) – TOP VIEW
Sensor Array
Control Room
Nuclear Missile Tubes (2)
Plasma Weapon Tube Debris Jettison Tube
Fusion Drive Engine

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.2
ROMULAN BIRD OF PREY (CIRCA 2266) – SIDE VIEW

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.3
KLINGON D-7 BATTLECRUISER – TOP VIEW
Main Sensor Antenna Access Boom
Bridge Secondary
Propulsion Unit
Hanger Bay
Combat Information Center
Main Engine: S-2 Graf Unit

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.4
KLINGON D-7 BATTLECRUISER – SIDE VIEW
Main Propulsion Heat Exchangers
Control Complex
Access Boom
Space Gas Induction Scoop
S-2 Graf Unit

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.5
GORN BATTLECRUISER – TOP VIEW
Running Lights
Wing Disruptor Bank

Forward Disruptor Bank
Launch Platform
Hangar
Command Module Service Module:

Troops and Equipment

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.6
GORN BATTLECRUISER – SIDE VIEW
Propulsion Units (2)

Navigational Deflector
Disrupter Bank

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.7
KLINGON D-7 BATTLECRUISER DANGER AREAS (TOP VIEW)
Main Engine
Disrupter Weapon
Warp Ionization Wake
Danger Zone
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone
Impulse Ionization Wake
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone
Disrupter Weapon
Danger Zone
Main Engine

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.8
KLINGON D-7 BATTLECRUISER DANGER AREAS (SIDE VIEW)
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone
Disrupter Weapon
Danger Zone Warp Ionization Wake

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.9
KLINGON D-7 BATTLECRUISER VULNERABLE AREAS (TOP VIEW)
Vulnerability Area Legend
Critical - Severe Damage
Important
Minor Damage
Non-essential
4. Main Power Coupling
1. Control Bridge Complex
2. Main Engines
3. Secondary Propulsion Unit
Strike Area Priorities
1. Bridge Complex
2. Main Engines
3. Secondary Propulsion

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.10
KLINGON D-7 BATTLECRUISER VULNERABLE AREAS (SIDE VIEW)
Vulnerability Area Legend
Critical - Severe Damage
Important
Minor Damage
1. Control Bridge Complex
Non-essential
3. Secondary Propulsion Unit
Strike Area Priorities

2. Main Engine
1. Bridge Complex
2. Main Engines
3. Secondary Propulsion

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.11
ROMULAN SHIP DANGER AND VULNERABLE AREAS – TOP VIEW
Forward
Plasma Bolt Main Engines
Danger Zone
Control Room
Vulnerable Areas
When Not Cloaked

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.12
ROMULAN SHIP DANGER AND VULNERABLE AREAS – SIDE VIEW
Main Engines
Forward
Plasma Bolt
Danger Zone
Vulnerable Areas
When Not Cloaked

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.13
GORN SHIP DANGER AND VULNERABLE AREAS – TOP VIEW
Command Center
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone Main Engine
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone
Service Module
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.14
GORN SHIP DANGER AND VULNERABLE AREAS – SIDE VIEW
Command Center Main Engines
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone
Weapons Storage Compartments Service Module

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.15
PROPER STARSHIP ORIENTATION AGAINST A GROUP OF KLINGON SHIPS IN FORMATION
Klingon Ships in Triangular Formation
Photon Torpedo
Lead Ship
10o
Main Phaser Battery
Escape Trajectory
NOTE: Distances not to scale

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.16
ESCAPE MANUEVER 3: WHEN SUROUNDED BY ENEMY VESSELS
Rear Phaser Batteries
Forward Main Batteries at Lead Ship
Photon Torpedo
Escape Trajectory

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.17
ATTACKING A FRONTAL LINE OF GORN SHIPS: THE END RUN SNEAK
Using Forward Main Phaser Batteries
Using Amidship Main Phaser Batteries
Attack Path
Photon Torpedoes (2) on Port Vessels

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.18
ATTACKING A HORIZONTAL LINE OF GORN SHIPS
Maneuver Ship to Trailing Vessel(s)
Attack Path
Forward Main Phaser Batteries on Trailing Vessel Photon Torpedoes on Lead Vessels

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.19
MANEUVERING OUT OF A PINCER SITUATION
Exit Battlespace
Escape Trajectory
Fire Photon Torpedoes on
Nearest Flanking Vessels
Klingon Ships in Pincer Formation

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.20
LAYING PHOTON TORPEDO MINES WHILE UNDER PURSUIT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.21
DEMONSTRATION OF A HIT ON A KLINGON SHIP’S VULNERABLE AREA

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b45.22
A STARSHIP ENGAGING A GROUP OF KLINGON SHIPS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.6 AUTOMATIC WARFARE

Automatic Warfare is the situation in which the ship’s Fire Control Computer directs
firepower upon an enemy with little or no intervention by the ship’s crew. In Automatic
Warfare the targets are programmed into the ship’s Fire Control Computer and the
computer will perform the automatic tracking and firing of weapons. Although this feature
is similar to the standard method in which targets are tracked and destroyed, the
difference between Automatic Warfare and the standard method is that target data is
permanently stored in the ship’s computer in the automatic method. This allows the ship to
identify, track and train weapons on the target, primarily stationary targets on planetary
surfaces as illustrated in Figure 4b46.1.
Some targets are pre-programmed into the ship’s Fire Control Computer. Usually, these
are fixed targets on planets and populated satellites. As such, some of the more belligerent
worlds will have their major military and population centers programmed into the database
of all Star Fleet combatants. When required the ship’s commander can call up the target
file of the recipient planet and simply invoke General Order Twenty-Four to implement
the attack plan. If the targets are not within the weapons database, then a sweep around
the planet with the ship’s sensors will identify potential targets, which can be permanently
stored for future use.
The target file basically contains the attack plan for the planet. The plan establishes the
order of attack on the planetary targets and the weapons to be used. For example, some
targets may require Photon Torpedoes instead of Phasers. When invoked, the attack
plan will be implemented in the programmed attack sequence based upon the location of
the first target. In addition to target data, the attack plan also establishes the control
parameters for the ship during execution. The plan will include orbit orientation, speed and
distance, and the strength of the defensive shields required during the attack.
SHIPS FIRE CONTROL COMPUTER
As stated in Section 4.1, the primary function of the ship’s Fire Control System is to
direct weaponry onto a target. In automatic warfare the Fire Control Computer will
have full control over the direction and discharging of ship’s weapons. The only action
required of the crew is to identify and select the targets to be destroyed. In manual mode,
the target selections are entered into the Weapons Fire Control Director by the duty
Fire Control Supervisor or the Helmsman. However, in automatic mode the target file
will be directly loaded into the Weapons Fire Control Director exclusively by the ship’s
Fire Control Computer.
In automatic mode the Fire Control Computer automatically compensates for changes
in planetary rotation or changes in the objects location because it receives input from the
ship’s Navigation Computer regarding the ship’s location and its attitude. This permits
the computer to make adjustments to the ship’s orientation and speed around a planetary
body. In automatic mode, the Fire Control Computer will have direct access to the
ship’s helm. However, at any time during the automated attack the sequence can be
stopped and the ship can be returned to manual mode with the proper authorization code,
which is controlled through the Library-Computer at the Command Information Station
on the Bridge as shown in Figure 4b46.2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL ORDER TWENTY-FOUR
General Order Twenty-Four is a specific directive given to implement automatic warfare

on a populated world. Specifically, General Order Twenty-Four states that: “At the
direction of the Commanding Officer or Officer in Command, the planet or selected targets
of the planet specified shall be destroyed automatically after the specified time period has
elapsed. Orders and directions shall be fed into the ship’s computer system directing the
system to fire upon the selected targets when the specified time period has elapsed. This
order shall remain in effect until the target or targets have been destroyed, or until the
order has been countermanded by the issuing officer.”
The basic purpose of this order is to project Federation power on a belligerent world.
Should the situation require such action, the Commanding Officer may issue General
Order Twenty-Four when the safety of his ship or individuals under his command are in
danger. General Order Twenty-Four may also be applied in certain hostage situations
where a belligerent world has taken Star Fleet personnel or Federation citizens for the
purpose of coercion[15].
When issued, major population centers, military facilities, selected targets, or the entire
surface of the planet may be entered into the ship's Fire Control Computer and a
countdown initiated. After the specified delay time has elapsed, the fire control computer
will automatically begin firing upon the targets programmed, and will continue until all the
selected targets have been destroyed or the order countermanded by the issuing officer -
typically, the Commanding Officer. The delay time is set to allow time for the belligerent
to comply with conditions established by the Commanding Officer. The order can be
countermanded at any time during the delay period without an authorization code, but
cannot be countermanded during the execution of the order, past the delay period,
without an authorization code.
In general, Commanding Officers should never use General Order Twenty-Four as a

means of diplomacy or when diplomacy may relieve the Commanding Officer of the
situation. As such, the use of General Order Twenty-Four is taken very seriously by
Star Fleet Command and its misuse is a court-martial offense.
THE M-5 EXPERIMENT
Another form of automatic warfare is when the computer of the ship autonomously
evaluates, targets and fires upon a vessel. Although the computers onboard modern
Starships cannot autonomously carry out an attack, an experiment was initiated to test
the theory that a machine can perform the all the work of a live crew. This was known as
the M-5 Experiment.
The M-5 Experiment was an exercise in determining whether a sophisticated computer

with artificial intelligence could singly operate a Starship. The experiment involved a
prototype M-5 Multitronic unit developed by the Daystrom Institute. The M-5 unit was
installed on a cruiser class Starship and sent out to evaluate the potentials of the unit. A
minimal crew of senior officers remained to observe and evaluate the performance of the
M-5 unit. The official results of the evaluation are still classified.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b46.1
EXAMPLE OF AUTOMATIC FIRING TARGET PATTERN

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b46.2
AUTOMATIC FIRE CONTROL DISPLAY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.7 BATTLE EXERCISES

As required under Star Fleet Regulation 4680, the ship’s Commanding Officer must
maintain his or her command in a state of maximum readiness for war or other service at
all times. As the regulation states the Commanding Officer shall “Exert every effort to
maintain his command in a state of maximum effectiveness of war or other service
consistent with the degree of readiness as may be prescribed by proper authority.
Effectiveness for service is directly related to the state of personnel and material
readiness.” In order to maintain the command in a maximum state of readiness the ship’s
Commanding Officer must establish training programs and exercises that will enhance
the crew’s readiness to handle any situation, as required under Paragraph a of Star Fleet
Regulation 4620. This particular regulation explicitly requires that Commanding
Officers: “Endeavor to increase the specialized and general professional knowledge of the
personnel under his command by the frequent conduct of drills, classes and instructions,
and by the utilization of appropriate Star Fleet schools .” Such exercises are usually planned
events and require good planning in order to get the most out of the training exercise and
to prevent any possible damage to ship’s equipment or injury to the crew. As such,
planning meetings, such as the one illustrated in Figure 4b47.3, are essential in developing
a good training exercise plan. In summary, battle exercises are all about combat readiness
and as such, the function of this section is to describe the various forms of battle exercises
performed by Star Fleet.
Generally speaking, battle exercises come in two forms: 1) Fleet-directed or Global, and 2)
Command-directed or Internal. Command-directed exercises are those initiated by the
Command Department of a ship, usually at the direction of the ship’s Commanding
Officer. However, on most vessels, the ship’s Executive Officer, acting in the role of the
ship’s Personnel or Training Officer, may also initiate battle exercises, with consultation
and approval from the ship’s Commanding Officer. Such exercises will be designed to
fulfill the readiness requirements as outlined in Star Fleet Regulations 4620 and 4680.
The function of these drills is to exercise the command as a whole, which includes the
ship’s operating procedures as well as the exercising the knowledge and expertise of the
crew.
Commanders of larger units will also initiate battle exercises in order to fulfill the readiness
requirements of Star Fleet Regulations 3300 and 6550. These are the fleet-directed or
global exercises, which are designed to test and measure the cohesion and effectiveness
of a large group of vessels working in unison. Such exercises will almost always be tactical
in nature; exercising ship strategies and tactics on a fleet-wide scale. Such global exercises
will either be initiated by a Commander-in-Chief of a large unit, such as a primary fleet
or Battle Group, or set up by Star Fleet Operations to exercise the operating forces of
the entire Federation. Therefore, the purpose of this section is to illustrate the various
forms of battle exercises and how they are to be evaluated.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GLOBAL EXERCISES
Global combat exercises are battle simulations performed on a large scale or that involved
more than one vessel. These exercises are designed to fulfill the readiness requirements of
Star Fleet Regulations 3300 and 6550. Usually, such exercises will be performed at
the fleet, group or squadron level and may involve elements from several fleets, groups, or
squadrons in competition with each other. Such battle exercises will normally be planned
and initiated by Star Fleet Operations, which may be developed and scheduled well in
advance, or may be extemporaneous and a complete surprise to the fleet. The majority of
the impromptu drills are in the form of simulated galactic alerts. Such alerts are designed
to measure how quickly fleet units will respond to the alert and how quickly fleet units will
proceed to their designated station. In the more hostile areas, such alert exercises will be
performed more frequently, but not at regular intervals.
FLEET EXERCISES
Fleet exercises are battle simulations performed by the various units within a primary fleet
under the direction of the Fleet Commander. Such exercises will primarily involve the
units within a fleet. For example, exercises utilizing one or more Fleet Squadrons, along
with their fleet support units, or that involve the entire fleet organization. The function of
these exercises is to maintain fleet-wide readiness and to ensure coordination and unit
cohesion between the elements of the fleet. Fleet exercises will also help develop fleet-
wide tactics and to ensure every unit is trained in these tactics and in the understanding of
their role within the organization or Battle Plan. Regarding such fleet exercises, it will be
the Fleet Operations Officer that will have the responsibility for planning, executing and
grading such fleet exercises. An example of a fleet exercise can be seen in Figure 4b47.1.
WAR GAMES
As a foundation to real-world operations, Star Fleet participates in over forty joint space
and military exercises annually with members of Federation Local Forces, other foreign
allies and friends, as well as Star Fleet forces within the Federation. Deterrence is the
ultimate goal of cooperative exercises, but preparing jointly as a team to quickly defeat
any adversary remains a cornerstone of Star Fleet's strategy in hostile regions of space
should deterrence fail. By engaging allies with exercises, the various forces can, to the
extent possible, develop common doctrine, operations and tactics, and determine, before a
real conflict, how such forces would go to war together and how they would operate in
unison during a conflict. Therefore, such global war games will periodically be conducted.
In general, war games are large-scale, highly complex battle exercises developed and
managed by Star Fleet Command. They typically involve one or more of the eight
primary fleets and will be monitored and controlled from the Star Fleet Operations
Center on Star Base Central. In most cases war games will be live-fire exercises[16], but
using minimal Phaser power as illustrated in Figure 4b47.2. The Chief of Star Fleet
Operations will usually be responsible for the conduct and grading of such exercises.
As stated above, war games may also involve joint exercises with Federation Local
Forces and ground troops as well. Such exercises are an essential part of the United
Federation of Planet’s overall engagement program, and are imperative to building
friendships and maintaining interoperability. The objectives of joint exercises have always
been to increase the ability of Star Fleet and other forces to operate together and to
increase both sides' capabilities and training.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
INTERNAL EXERCISES
Internal exercises are battle drills performed aboard ship that will usually involve the entire
crew. As such, individual ship commanders will also initiate periodic battle stations drills in
order to optimize crew efficiency in handling any battle or emergency situation as required
under Paragraph a of Star Fleet Regulation 4620. However, not all internal exercises
are for battle readiness. There are also drills designed to exercise ship’s equipment and
those operating procedures that are infrequently used. In addition, there are Engineering
Casualty Drills designed to train the engineering staff on potential power generation and
propulsion issues. However, these are specific to the department and rarely involve the
entire crew. Examples of the types of internal exercises performed aboard ship may be
found in Table 4b57.1 in Section 5.7 of this manual.
BATTLE DRILLS
Battle drills are training and readiness exercises initiated by the Commanding Officer of
a ship for the purpose of sharpening the skills of the crew in the handling of emergencies
and battle conditions. As mentioned in the previous paragraph, such drills involve the
whole crew, whereas Engineering Casualty and Emergency Medical drills, as will be
described in Section 5.7 of this volume, will only test the Engineering and Medical
departments. In such battle drills, the Executive Officer, along with the ship’s Training
Officer, will design the exercise and will establish the criteria for success. Such drills may
be simply to determine how fast the crew will respond to a General Quarters alert and
how fast the crew can muster to their Battle Stations (Figure 4b47.4), or how accurate
the Bridge and Weapons Division staff is at hitting a target – usually an asteroid. Other
drills include simulating a fire, hull breach and atmospheric contamination. All such drills
are designed to test and measure the crew’s readiness and effectiveness in handling any
battle or casualty situation.
As stated, the Commanding Officer will determine the number, type and frequency of
battle drills the crew will experience. However, Star Fleet Operations has established, as
a minimum requirement, that at least one such drill be initiated each month while the ship
is on patrol, but more frequently should the ship be engaged in a specific military mission.
The Commanding Officer may also determine the number and frequency of engineering
casualty drills as well. However, the Commanding Officer will work with his Chief
Engineer concerning the types and severities of the casualties that will be exercised, and
to ensure that such exercises do not adversely affect ship performance or cause any
damage to equipment or systems.
EXERCISE RESPONSIBILITY
Drills and battle exercises are typically the responsibility of the Executive Officer. This
will also include how well the crew performs under emergency conditions as well. Poor
performance by the crew will reflect badly upon the Executive Officer[17] since he or she
is the ship’s primary personnel and training officer. Therefore, the Executive Officer will
make every effort to ensure that exercises are carried out properly and that the crew is
proficient in what they have to do. Otherwise, the Executive Officer has the authority to
initiate as many exercises as needed to ensure that the crew is proficient in their battle
duties. However, in the case of Engineering Casualty Drills the Chief Engineering
Officer will be responsible for the performance of the engineering staff, and must report
directly to the Commanding Officer the reason for any deficiency in the skills of the
personnel within the Engineering Department.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GRADING OF EXERCISES
Battle exercises are usually scored. The purpose is to determine weaknesses in the crew or
in procedures and to make the necessary changes in order to bring the command up to
maximum efficiency. Each form of battle exercise will be graded based upon the criteria
listed in the table below.
Table 4b47.1
BATTLE EXERCISE GRADING ELEMENTS
Criterion General Description
How accurate are the weapons hits on enemy targets or how accurate
Accuracy is the Helmsman and Navigator in plotting and getting to the target
area.
How individual command elements work together as a unit. Used
primarily to evaluate large command structures such as fleets, groups
Coordination
and squadrons. Coordination also includes the units within a command
as well; how divisions coordinate with each other to accomplish a goal.
How fast the ship responds to changes in speed and direction.
Complex maneuvers will be developed that will place the ship in an
Maneuverability
advantageous tactical position. As such, how quickly a command will
execute a tactic and how fast it can position itself will be evaluated.
How quickly the command responds to an alert and how fast the crew
Alert Response Timing mans their stations. This includes how fast Damage Control Teams will
be assembled and ready for action.
How quickly and effectively the crew responds to internal emergencies
such as fire, hull breach or atmospheric contamination. Included in the
evaluation will be how well the crew knows what needs to be done and
Casualty Response
the appropriateness of their actions in combating the casualty. This
includes how fast Damage Control Teams will respond to an internal
casualty or to battle damage.
The responses and readiness of individual divisions and sections will also be graded. That
is, the performance of the personnel within a division or Duty Station regarding how
quickly and appropriately they responded to the casualty, will also be scored as well. This
is essentially a group score and as such, the actions of a few may reflect on the entire
watch section. Such performance scores may be entered in the performance section of
each individual’s Service Record, if the Commanding Officer so directs. However,
usually only good performance marks will be entered, while poor performance marks will
usually be handled administratively by the Executive Officer or the Department Head
of the affected organization.
In general, the Commanding Officer will determine the criteria for success of any drill,
simulation or exercise and as such, will establish what is considered as acceptable in his
view. However, the manner in which his or her ship responds in a global exercise will
directly reflect on the Commanding Officer and on his own training program. Therefore,
it behooves Star Fleet ship commanders to properly and frequently exercise their crew in
battle and casualty situations.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b47.1
STAR FLEET SHIPS ON BATTLE EXERCISE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b47.2
SIMULATED COMBAT: LIVE-FIRE EXERCISE BETWEEN SHIPS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b47.3
PRE-DRILL MEETING BEFORE EXERCISE BEGINS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b47.4
EXAMPLE OF A SHIP’S CREW HUSTLING TO THEIR BATTLE STATIONS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.8 SELF DESTRUCTION

Star Fleet regulations, specifically Star Fleet Regulation 4670, requires Commanding
Officers to take whatever action is necessary to protect their commands from the danger
of attack, sabotage, being captured and natural disasters. In addition, it is the duty of
every person in the Star Fleet to protect the Federation and all its interests as stipulated
in ARTICLE 1 of the Star Fleet Charter. As such, it may become necessary for the
Commanding Officer to destroy his or her vessel in order to meet these requirements.
Self-destruction is generally an act of desperation or as a combat tactic to inflict damage to

an enemy. A Commanding Officer may order self-destruction if he or she is absolutely
convinced that the ship cannot be saved, or that a highly viral, unknown or communicable
disease may infect others after the crew has all perished, or that the ship will fall into
enemy hands, or that the ship itself can be used as a weapon against the Federation. In
any case when considering self-destruction, a Commanding Officer must follow the
guidelines outlined set forth in General Order Six.
Particularly, there are basically two forms of self-destruction a Commanding Officer may
choose between:
a. Automated Self-Destruction – the complete automatic destruction of the vessel by

the ship’s computer.
b. Manual Self-Destruction – the process by which members of the crew will destroy
the ship either with explosive charges or by setting the course of the ship to collide
with a planet, a star or other large body.
The process of automated self-destruction usually involves the collapse of the matter and
antimatter (POLYMASS) containment fields of the ship’s Main Engines so that destruction
is immediate and complete. The interaction of the matter and antimatter plasma will cause
an explosion of tremendous proportions, completely destroying the ship and everything
around it for a radius of 400,000 kilometers. Because of the extent of the destruction, this
form of self-destruction usually requires the timing of the explosion to occur many hours
after the crew has left the vessel, if survival procedures will go into effect. However, this
method will also be used in cases where the crew is expected to die as a result of disease
or for other reasons. Automated destruction is a specific order given to the ship’s computer
in order that it can override the safety features associated with antimatter containment. It
is a specific program within the Library-Computer that defeats the interlocks in order to
shut down the containment fields. This process of self-destruction can be initiated from
anywhere aboard ship, but usually from the CIC station on the Bridge. (Figure 4b48.1.)
The process of manual destruction involves setting explosive charges or overloaded hand
phasers at key locations, such as inside the main computer core and other areas in order
to make the ship useless to an invading force. In most cases the Commanding Officer
will issue an Abandon Ship order so that the crew can safely depart the ship. However, a
certain number of senior or junior officers will remain behind in order to affect the
destruction; for example, to set the course of the ship to a planetary body, or to have the
ship’s orbit decay so that it can crash on the surface. Afterwards, the remaining personnel
will transport and meet the rest of the crew along with the Captain, who will be the last
to leave the ship. Where possible, the Commanding Officer will remove or transport the
crew to a safe location away from the ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL ORDER SIX
General Order Six is designed to prevent enemy forces from obtaining and holding any
Star Fleet asset or to gain any information that could be used to endanger the United
Federation of Planets. It is also designed to protect the Federation and its citizens
from communicable diseases. As General Order Six states: “All Star Fleet Commanders,
Commanding Officers and Officers in Command shall take whatever action is necessary to
protect and maintain the security of their command from the dangers of attack, sabotage
and other actions of subversive or militant groups or of any person with intent to do harm,
and to protect and maintain the security of the command against the dangers of fire,
atmospheric breach or other acts of natural and or unknown phenomenon in accordance
with Star Fleet Regulation 4670. However, should it become inevitable that the command
cannot be saved or that command itself may become a danger to the Federation, the
Commanding Officer shall cause the command to be destroyed.”
REQUIREMENTS
The basic requirements or criteria for self-destruction are outlined within General Order
Six. The following guidelines establish the conditions for the use of General Order Six:
1. Self-destruction shall be implemented should it become evident that the command will
be seized and dispossessed of equipment and personnel by enemy forces, thus
causing a security issue whereby the enemy will have access to sensitive technology or
Federation security information. As part of this guideline, Commanding Officers
are urged to maneuver their ship as close to enemy forces as possible. The function is
to destroy as many of the enemy vessels as possible when executing self-destruct.
2. Self-destruction may be implemented should it become positively evident that the
Commanding Officer may lose control of the command by an invader or an invading
force. This is more or less an extension to the first criterion above. The intent here is
to prevent a take-over of the ship by hostile forces. In this particular case, the
takeover has not yet been affected, but is very likely or imminent. In this situation, the
Commanding Officer will order “Abandon Ship” and the crew will be removed to
safety.
3. Self-destruction shall be implemented should it become evident that a communicable
disease will overcome and destroy the entire command. In this situation, the
Commanding Officer will make every effort to determine the cause of the disease
and to find a cure or a means to mitigate the consequences. However, there is a time
limitation associated with this particular case. Should it become clear that the crew will
perish within twenty-four hours, self-destruction is mandatory under General Order
Six. In addition, should everyone have died prior to initiating self-destruct procedures,
the ship’s computer, sensing that no one is alive, will automatically initiate self-
destruction twenty-four hours after the last person has died.
In order to initiate the self-destruct sequence, the Commanding Officer and the top two
of the most senior officers of the command is required. The self-destruct sequence cannot
be initiated without the Commanding Officer because it requires destruct confirmation
codes that only he or she knows. Typically, the senior officers who will participate in
activating self-destruction will already have been given their respective confirmation code
by the Commanding Officer. If not, due to changes in the organization as a result of the
emergency, the codes can be obtained through the Library-Computer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PROCEDURE
As stated in General Order Six, the destruct process involves assembling the three most
senior officers of the command to initiate the self-destruct sequence. Typically, this will be
the three most senior officers of the ship:
 The Commanding Officer,

 The Executive Officer, and
 The Engineering Officer.
Each of these officers is assigned a specific code required to initiate the sequence in a
specific order. If any or all of the senior officers are missing from the sequence, the
computer will request verification as to who is the Commanding Officer or the Senior
Officer Present. If the computer is not satisfied in the responses given, it will reject the
initiation of self-destruct. Once the computer is satisfied as to the validity of the order, the
sequence can begin.
Table 4b48.1
ALLOWED BILLETS AND CODES FOR SHIP SELF-DESTRUCT
Destruct 1
Ship’s Billet Destruct Code Officer
Sequence
1 1000 1A Commanding Officer
2/1 1100 1A, 2B Executive Officer
3/2 2000 1B, 2B, 2 Operations Officer
3/2 3000 1B, 2B, 3 Engineering Officer
3 2100 1C, 3B, 2A Navigations Officer
3 2300 1C, 3B, 2C Weapons Officer
3 2400 1C, 3B, 2D Security Officer
3 3100 1C, 3B, 3A Main Propulsion Assistant
3 3200 1C, 3B, 3B Electrical Officer
3 3500 1C, 3B, 3E Damage Control Assistant
Note:
1. Staff Corps Officers such as the Medical or Science Officer cannot initiate ship self-destruct, nor may
any civilian become involved in this procedure.
After all three of the selected senior officers have entered their code the ship’s computer
unlocks the self-destruct timing device. When this happens the computer will display the
self-destruct status as: DESTRUCT SEQUENCE ENGAGED as illustrated in Figure
4b48.2. At this point the matter-antimatter interlocks have been defeated and the self-
destruct timer is ready, but the device used to release the antimatter has not yet been
armed and as such, the Commanding Officer or the Senior Officer Present can still
stop the self-destruct process.
To continue the process, the Commanding Officer or the Senior Officer Present will
order the ship’s computer to begin the sixty second or preset countdown with the order:
“Code Zero, Zero, Zero; Destruct Zero”. This is the standard self-destruct order known by
all officers, but will only be accepted by the computer when the initiating command officer
directs it. The destruct sequence can be halted at any time during the countdown, except
the final ten seconds. After that point, the self-destruct process is in Commit Mode and
nothing can prevent the process from completing.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
If automated self-destruction cannot be performed, then the crew will be ordered to

manually destroy the ship. This would be performed by placing and setting explosive
charges at key locations such as the main engine antimatter containment field generators.
This can be accomplished by setting the hand Phaser weapons to overload.
Note that only officers eligible to command may order a self-destruct or that may be
involved in initiating a self-destruct order. As such, Limited Duty Officers (LDO) and
Staff Corps officers, such as those in the Medical Corps, Science Corps, Supply
Corps and Diplomatic Corps, to name a few, that are onboard the ship are not eligible
to command and therefore, cannot order or become involved in the order to self-destruct
unless specified to do so by the Commanding Officer. However, certain Restricted
Line Officers, such as those assigned to ship engineering duty or science duty, may
participate in ship self-destruction.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b48.1
DESTRUCT SEQUENCE INITIATED FROM THE CIC STATION ON THE BRIDGE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b48.2
DESTRUCT SEQUENCE ENGAGED

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
4.9 POST COMBAT OPERATIONS

A Star Fleet vessel is a complex machine with intricate and sensitive equipment. As such,
Post Combat Operations deals with the actions taken by Commanding Officers or
other Officers in Command upon the conclusion of combat operations. Most of the
actions performed by Commanding Officers after a battle are prescribed within Star
Fleet Regulations. Specifically, Star Fleet Regulation 4710 states that “Immediately
after a battle or action, repair damage so far as possible, exert every effort to prepare the
command for further service, and make accurate, explicit, and detailed reports as required;
At an appropriate time after a battle or action, and after repairs have reasonably been
completed, may assist a disabled ship or take possession of a captured one. ” As such,
Commanding Officers are required to exert every effort to make their ship ready for
further action. The function of this section is to describe the various activities that may go
on after combat has ceased.
POST COMBAT REPAIRS
Immediately after combat operations have ceased, repair operations should begin as soon
as possible in order to bring the ship back to full combat status. Ships that have sustained
battle damage will move out of the battlespace to a location where repairs can be affected
quickly. The ship’s Repair and Damage Control division may have already begun work
to minimize the impact of the damage sustained during battle. For example, the Repair
section may use hull plugs for small holes in the hull. These plugs will be inserted from
inside the ship and will be held in place by an adhesive and differential pressure. For
cracks and other major damage, Repair Parties may have to go outside the ship to effect
repairs. Such repairs are discussed in more detail in Section 3.7 of this volume.
If operating alone and there is significant damage to the ship, the Commanding Officer
will send a message to the nearest command base to dispatch a repair vessel. If the ship
was part of a battle squadron or group, major repairs will be performed by the Repair
Ship attached to the group. In this case, the Commanding Officer will directly contact
the repair ship for assistance. Usually, the ships will rendezvous at a predetermined place
away from the battlespace and link up.
Some of the larger Repair Ships, especially those of the Canopus (NCC-1280) and the
Bridgeport (NCC-2205) class, can simultaneously perform major repairs on two line
Starships at the same time, along with some minor repairs on surrounding vessels as
well. For major repairs, the damaged ship will physically attach themselves to the repair
vessel as illustrated in Figures 4b49.1 and 4b49.2. This is accomplished via a telescoping
brow from the Repair Ship, which also contains service ports for water, air and electrical
power. The brow is primarily used to move repair crews back and forth from the affected
ship, as well as equipment and tools that may me needed to complete the repair. For
larger pieces of machinery, the repair ship’s Transporters will be used.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CAPTURED ENEMY ASSETS
After combat a Starship commander will do everything in his or her power to capture any
enemy vessel left over from the battle. However, commanders are cautioned to approach
such vessels with care since there is always the possibility that the ship may be rigged to
self-destruct. Commanders will typically launch probes in order to ascertain the level of
damage to the enemy vessel, to determine if any of the its crew is still alive and onboard
using the ship’s sensors, and to determine if the target ship is rigged to explode if anything
moves too close to it. If the commander determines that it is safe enough to board, he or
she will maneuver the ship to just within Transporter range in order to send an armed
boarding party to the enemy ship.
Regarding enemy vessels, there are specific rules and procedures developed to affect the
capture of such vessels, which are based upon Star Fleet Regulation 4730. These steps
will be explained below.
The first rule or step under Star Fleet Regulation 4730 is to “Adopt all possible means
to prevent re-capture.” To implement this rule, commanders will send a special security
team specifically selected to manage and operate the captured vessel. Any captured vessel
will be manned and commanded by Star Fleet personnel and that any captured enemy
prisoners will be kept on board their own vessel and incarcerated within their detention
facilities, if any. Otherwise, a makeshift prison area will be established using the cargo
areas of the captured vessel. Senior enemy officers shall be transported to the Star Fleet
vessel and placed under guard in the ship’s Brig, which puts into action the second step:
“Secure or remove enemy personnel.”
When taking prisoners Commanding Officers have strict rules they must follow. Star
Fleet Regulation 4720 specifically states that: “On taking or receiving prisoners of war,
the Commanding Officer shall ensure that such prisoners are treated with humanity; that
their personal property is preserved and protected; that they are allowed the use of such
of their effects as may be necessary for their health; that they are supplied with proper
rations; that they are properly guarded and deprived of all means of escape and revolt and
that the applicable provisions of all applicable treaties relative to the treatment of prisoners
of war are followed.”
Regarding the captured enemy vessel, the rule is to always keep the captured or towed
enemy vessel away from vital ship areas. The guideline commanders will use is to keep the
enemy vessel below the main deck line and, if possible, far away from the primary hull and
the warp drive nacelles. Usually, this means to keep the captured vessel locked on the
ship's forward lower quarter where the captured vessel can easily be fired upon by the
ship’s Main Phaser Batteries as illustrated in Figures 4b49.3 and 4b49.4. In addition,
the commander will keep the port or starboard phasers trained on the vessel at all times
while the enemy is on board.
The third step is to “Secure and preserve the logs, journals, codes and ciphers, charts,
maps, tapes, disks, devices, orders, instructions, blueprints, plans and other documents
found, and forward or deliver them at the earliest possible moment to the designated
authority.” This is known as the intelligence gathering step. In addition to logs and written
materials, commanders will also cause the download of the memory banks and data
storage facilities of captured enemy computers into a secured storage area of the ship’s
computer system. The information downloaded will eventually be transmitted to Star
Fleet Intelligence for analysis.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Next, commanders are required to: “Preserve all captured enemy ordnance, machinery,
computers, electronic equipment, and other property of possible intelligence value, unless
destruction is necessary to prevent re-capture, and make this material promptly available
for intelligence evaluation or other authorized use .” The boarding party will first examine
such captured assets as they may be used should enemy forces return. The captured ship
will then be used to augment the Star Fleet force in any future action with the enemy, if
the vessel is sufficiently functional to do so.
Finally, the captured ship will be towed to the nearest Star Fleet facility for examination
as shown in Figure 4b49.5. If the vessel can be moved under its own power, the security
detail that initially boarded will take control of the ship and bring it to a Star Fleet facility.
In both these situations the battle had concluded. However, if an enemy vessel was
captured under battle conditions, the boarding party may have to function on their own.
The Star Fleet vessel that captured the enemy vessel may still be required to engage
enemy forces. As such, the ship may have to leave the captured vessel and return later.
ASSISTING DISABLED VESSELS
After combat, ships that are fully functional may assist other ships within the battlespace
in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4710 and as illustrated in Figure 4b49.6. In so
doing, the assisting ship should remove any disabled ship out of the battlespace and out of
harm’s way, or to supply such aid as required for the disabled ship to be removed from the
battlespace under its own power. As such, the assisting ship may supply the disabled ship
with a Rescue and Assistance Team (RESCAT) to aid in repairs and/or evacuation.
In general, a battlespace may contain any number of ship types within the area. For
instance, a battle where enemy ships attacked a civilian convoy may involve non-
combatant ships as well as combatants and therefore, there may be many different types
of ships requiring assistance after a battle. In such cases Star Fleet has specific
guidelines regarding the assistance to the various classes of ships. In order of precedence,
from highest to lowest, the guidelines for assisting ships are as follows:
Table 4b49.1
TABLE OF SHIP REPAIR PRECEDENCE
Ship Type Precedence Reasoning
Star Fleet ships always get precedence regarding repairs and assistance in order
Star Fleet Ship
that the ship can resume action.
Enemy vessels get priority over civilian ships for their intelligence value.
Enemy Ship Understanding the technology of an enemy vessel will help protect the Federation
and the civilian vessels that move about in Federation space.
Federation civilian private or commercial vessels may receive assistance from
Star Fleet ships. However, the assistance is limited to humanitarian aid and to
Federation Civilian Ships
supply the vessel with sufficient equipment or to effect sufficient repair for the
vessel to get underway, or to call upon a commercial service to aid the ship.
Federation civilian vessels will get priority over non-Federation or foreign vessels.
Other Civilian Ships The only assistance that a Star Fleet ship is obliged to give a non-Federation or
foreign vessel is humanitarian aid.
However, commanders are urged to use prudence when deciding the priority of assistance.
For example, a Star Fleet ship that is so damaged such that there is a very high likelihood
of exploding that is near a civilian vessel may opt to provide assistance to the civilian ship
first and move it and its passengers out of the way.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LOSS OF THE COMMAND
The loss of a command usually means that the ship is no longer a viable space vessel. In
such situations the Commanding Officer will order the crew to abandon the ship. The
procedure to abandon ship is covered in more detain within Section 3.6 of this volume.
In the event of a loss of command as a result of an abandon ship or the crash landing of a
separated ship, Star Fleet Regulation 4750 is quite specific as to the responsibilities of
Commanding Officers during such times. Therefore:
1. In the case of the loss of a ship, the Commanding Officer is required to remain on
board the ship along with the officers and crew as long as necessary in order to save
as much Federation property as possible. Every reasonable effort will be made to
save the Captain's Log, personnel logs and pay records of the officers and crew, and
other valuable records. This will usually be in the form of storage cassettes with the
information downloaded from the ship’s computer.
2. In the case of the loss of a ship or station that is within hostile territory or within a war
zone, the Commanding Officer is required to destroy all classified information,
books, tapes and records that cannot be taken with the crew, and to destroy, if
possible, all sensitive equipment or machinery. This may require the implementation of
a command self-destruct in accordance with General Order 6.
3. If it becomes necessary to abandon the ship, the Commanding Officer should be
the last person to leave. This is an old Earth custom that goes back to the days of
ocean-going vessels.
4. The Commanding Officer must take all possible precautions to protect the survivors
and as much Federation property as was saved.
5. The Commanding Officer is required to report to the nearest Star Fleet or
Federation command post and request instructions and such assistance as needed.
6. The Commanding Officer will make a full report on the circumstances of the loss to
the Chief of Star Fleet Operations as soon as possible.
When the crew of any Star Fleet ship is separated from their vessel because of a loss of
the command, all the command authority given to the officers of the ship will remain in full
force until the crew is regularly discharged or reassigned by competent authority, as
stipulated in Star Fleet Regulation 4760. As such, the crew shall muster and remain
together as a unit until rescued.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b49.1
REPAIR SHIP SIMULTANEOUS LINKUP WITH TWO COMBATANTS – TOP VIEW

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b49.2
REPAIR SHIP SIMULTANEOUS LINKUP WITH TWO COMBATANTS – SIDE VIEW
138
4
189
7
708
130
102 0

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b49.3
PROPER POSITIONING OF A CAPTURED SHIP
Minimum distance
between ship centers:
two times the ship’s
width.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b49.4
PROPER POSITIONING OF A CAPTURED SHIP - CONTINUED
Main Deck Line
13
Main Deck Line
84
18
97
70
13
10 8
0
2
0

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b49.5
TAKING POSSESSION OF A CAPTURED VESSEL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b49.6
ASSISTING A DAMAGED SHIP

OFFICIAL USE ONLY
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.0 STAR FLEET SHIP DUTY

This chapter is dedicated to life aboard a Star Fleet ship and as therefore, is centered on
the crew. Where Chapter 3 dealt primarily with the various operations performed aboard
ship, Chapter 5 will describe the various activities that a typical ship’s crew will be engaged
in.
Section 5.1 deals with the assignment of personnel to Star Fleet ships. This section will
discuss how individuals are assigned to ships and what they need to do when they report
aboard. In addition, this section will discuss how personnel will be assigned to their specific
duty stations.
Every ship within the Star Fleet basically performs the same routine functions each day.
As such, the purpose of Section 5.2 is to outline the various operations the ship’s crew will
perform on a daily or routine basis.
Section 5.3 deals with duty stations aboard ship. Duty Stations are the specific functional
areas onboard a Star Fleet ship required to operate the vessel effectively or that support
the ship’s mission. This section will also describe the various standard duty stations within
each department as well as any special duty stations that may be required, such as those
that may be implemented during a ship’s emergency.
Section 5.4 will be concerned primarily with watchstanding. This section will describe the
basic watch organization that can be found on any Star Fleet ship, both for inport, as well
as, underway watches. This section will also delineate the standard procedures required to
be performed when relieving a watch as well.
Aside from the standard duties performed onboard ship, as described in Section 5.3, there
may special tasks or assignments that may arise during any given mission or patrol. As
such, Section 5.5 will discuss these special duties or “Details”. A Detail is defined as special
temporary duty created to complete a specific task or mission.
Section 5.6 will describe life aboard a typical Star Fleet ship. This section will discuss the
basic crew composition of a typical Star Fleet ship, interpersonal relationships as well as
recreation and general life aboard ship.
Section 5.7 will deal with training aboard ship. The section will describe the various forms
of training aboard ship and the organization responsible for the training and certification of
ship’s personnel.
Section 5.8 will discuss what crewmembers will do when the ship goes to an alert or battle
condition, the various conditions under which the crew will go to General Quarters and
how they will be dealt with. This section will also talk about the various Details that may
be implemented to handle an emergency situation.
Section 5.9 will discuss safety aboard Star Fleet ships, including the safety organization,
the safety equipment standard on all Star Fleet ships, ship cleanliness and neatness, and
the various safety precautions that must be observed on any ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.1 STAR FLEET SHIP ASSIGNMENT

This section concerns the assignment of personnel to Star Fleet ships. Although, all
personnel assigned to Star Fleet ships will receive their assignment orders from the Star
Fleet Bureau of Personnel it is the Star Fleet Ship Personnel Assignment Section
that manages all aspects relating to the assignment of Star Ship Command (SSC)
personnel to ships. As such, the Personnel Assignment Section will work with the Star
Fleet Bureau of Personnel, in particular the Office of Personnel Assignment,
regarding the ships that will need manpower replacements and to allocate SSC personnel
to ships based upon this need.
SHIP ASSIGNMENT
In general, the assignment of personnel to the fleet is made by the Star Fleet Bureau of
Personnel (BUPERS) in concert with the Office of Star Fleet Ship Personnel within
Star Ship Command. BUPERS will generally be guided by the duty choice indicated by
the individual and the personnel needs as established by Star Ship Command. However,
all possible consideration is given to the duty station of the individual’s choice. As a rule,
the personnel that will be assigned to ships will be members of the Star Ship Command
branch of service. It is rare that someone from another branch, such as Star Fleet
Command or Star Base Command, will be assigned permanent duty aboard a Star
Fleet ship. However, there is opportunity for members of another branch to transfer to
ship duty. The process for this is described in detail within manual BUPERSMAN-394 and
summarized in Section 3.1 of Volume III of the Star Fleet Command Manual.
In order for a person to be permanently assigned to ship duty, he or she must meet the
minimum requirements set forth by Star Ship Command. Specifically, the person must
be a member of that branch and have the SSC designation. In addition, the individual
must have completed ship instruction at one of the Star Fleet Training Centers, such as
those located at Starbase 3 and Starbase 9. These requirements are set by the Star
Fleet Ship Personnel Certification Section within Star Ship Command. Basically,
the function of the Star Fleet Ship Personnel Certification Section is to establish the
requirements for Star Fleet ship duty, and the requirements for watch and duty stations
aboard all Star Fleet ships. Therefore, an individual shall not be assigned duty aboard a
Star Fleet ship unless he or she has met the minimum requirements as set forth by the
Office of Star Fleet Ship Personnel.
In addition, personnel will be assigned to ships based upon the number of open billets that
may be available aboard any ship. Each ship can only have a specific number of allowed
billets, which constitutes the total complement for the vessel as set by the Star Fleet
Ship Personnel Requirements Section. As such, this section is specifically responsible
for establishing the numbers and types of job specialties to be allocated to any Star Fleet
ship. Therefore, if an open billet is not available, a person may have to wait and could be
assigned to other duty, such as at a Starbase, until there is an opening aboard a ship.
Lastly, crew members are generally posted aboard Star Fleet ships for the duration of the
patrol cycle, mission or as their orders dictate. In most cases, this will be five years.
Commanding Officers, on the other hand, will also be posted aboard their ship for a
minimum of five years, but cannot exceed 18 years in command of that vessel[1].

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
REPORTING FOR DUTY
Personnel receiving orders to report for duty aboard a Star Fleet ship will do so as their
orders specify. Star Fleet Regulation 8920 is specific regarding the action of Star Fleet
personnel upon receipt of their orders. Normally, individuals assigned to Star Fleet ships
will have five to seven days in which to travel to the location of their ship and join the
crew, unless their orders specify otherwise. Paragraph 1 of Star Fleet Regulation 8920
is clear regarding the time required to report aboard their ship. The regulation specifically
states: “An order from competent authority to an officer requiring such officer to report to
duty at a place, or to proceed to any point and report to duty, but fixing no date and not
expressing haste, shall be obeyed by reporting within four days, exclusive of travel time,
after its receipt for execution; if the order read ‘Without Delay’, the officer shall report
within 48 hours, exclusive of travel time, after its execution; and if ‘Immediately’, within 12
hours, exclusive of travel time, after its execution. Officers receiving ‘Proceed Without
Delay’ and ‘Proceed Immediately’ orders shall endorse on their orders the date and hour of
their receipt for execution.” These requirements are inflexible to the point that any
application for revocation or modification of such orders will not justify any delay in their
execution if the individual ordered is able to travel.
When a person reports for duty their orders will be downloaded into the ship’s computer.
The ship’s Personnel Officer and/or the Executive Officer will review the individual’s
orders and qualifications. The Personnel Officer or the Executive Officer will then
determine what duties he or she will perform and where they will be quartered and report
such to the Commanding Officer. The individual will then be entered into the ship’s
Watch, Quarter and Station Bill or WQSB, which will be described in more detail later
in this section. The individual will then be shown to his or her quarters and will be given
time to “settle-in.” In most cases a crewmember may be temporarily assigned a mentor to
guide the new crewmember for a period of several days until the new person is fully
acclimated to his or her new command. The function of the mentor or “Buddy” is to train
the new person on the ship’s customs and procedures, to give the new crewmember a tour
of the ship and to show him or her the location of the more important stations and
compartments, to aid the new crewmember in obtaining ship services, to show the new
crewmember how to use the equipment that the crewmember will be using on a daily
basis, and to answer any questions regarding the general life aboard ship.
Based upon any previous qualifications, the Executive Officer may then have the Senior
Watch Officer place the individual on the ship’s Duty Roster, or establish a training and
qualification plan the individual must complete when placed on the Duty Roster. In most
cases, the tasks listed in the ship’s Duty Roster the new crewmember may be performing
will be based upon the individual’s previous experience in the specific duty function, or on
the person’s qualification to perform such duty.
Lastly, when an individual reports for duty they will usually be introduced to with their new
Commanding Officer. Officers are required to meet their new Commanding Officer at
their first opportunity, while enlisted persons will meet with the Executive Officer first
before being invited to meet with the Commanding Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ORIENTATION AND ASSIGNMENT TO DUTY
Soon after a person reports aboard ship, he or she will meet with the officers in his or her
Chain of Command, starting with the Division Officer, who will introduce the new person
to the Department Head and to the members of the division. The Division Officer may
assign an individual a mentor and guide to the new crewmember for a duration no longer
than three days. However, much will depend on whether the individual reported aboard
ship while it was inport or underway. If the ship is inport the individual will have time to
settle in to the routine of the ship and will receive a tour. However, if the individual
reported aboard while the ship was underway and on patrol, the new person may be
required to start standing duty as soon as twelve hours or two watchstanding periods after
reporting aboard, depending upon the individual’s qualifications.
If the individual is already Starship qualified (see Section 5.7 for details), the new person
may begin standing duty after a brief period of at least one watch under supervision. The
new crewmember may be eligible to go on a fast-track qualification program in order to
get him or her watch-qualified as soon as possible. Otherwise, the new crewmember must
follow the customary qualification process as described in Section 5.7.
In general, the individual’s Division Officer will place the new crewmember on his or her
duty schedule and will establish a training and certification plan for the new crewmember.
This form of training will be specific to the individual’s Rate or rank, and for the specific
duty stations the individual must be able to stand as a member of the division. The actual
monitoring of the progress of the new crewmember towards certification will be performed
by the individual’s Section Leader.
As previously stated the individual will be placed on the ship’s Duty Roster. The individual
must then train and test on the assignments required in the ship’s Duty Roster. The
ship’s Training Officer will ensure that the new crewmember has met the qualifications
of the billet and will report to the Executive Officer on the status of or progress towards
qualification. All indications of an individual’s duty qualifications and certifications will be
entered into the individual’s Personnel Record and maintained by the ship’s Personnel
Officer or the ship’s Records Officer.
BASELINE MEDICAL EXAMINATION
Within a few days after reporting aboard ship the new crewmember is required to go to
Sickbay for an initial medical examination. This will be a complete examination of the
individual, the results of which will be placed into the ship’s medical databank. The
purpose of this examination is to establish a health baseline of the individual that will be
used later for subsequent quarterly and special medical examinations such as after
Transporter operations.
The Chief Medical Officer is responsible to ensure that this initial medical examination is
complete. If the new crewmember has not reported to Sickbay within three days, the
Chief Medical Officer must inform the Executive Officer. The Executive Officer will
then inform the subject’s Division Officer and he or she will schedule an appointment for
the subject. Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WATCH, QUARTER AND STATION BILL
Every person onboard a Star Fleet ship has a specific function to perform for all situations
such as during battle or general emergency, in addition to his or her regular duties. All of
these functions will be encapsulated within the ship’s Watch, Quarter and Station Bill
or WQSB. The WQSB is basically the ship’s organizational plan of action for each person
aboard ship. It lists, by Billet Number, the stations to be manned and the actions taken
for the various material conditions. In addition, the WQSB also identifies the location of an
individual’s quarters, their normal or present duty station and any special duties they may
be involved. In effect, the WQSB may be considered the ship’s directory. The WQSB will
also be used to create the various Duty Rosters aboard ship that are used to dispense
special duty assignments.
Each crewmember will have a WQSB record that can be accessed at any computer station
onboard ship. The assignment to billets and duty stations is performed and maintained by
the ship’s Executive Officer. However, the contents themselves will be maintained by
both the ship’s Records Officer and Personnel Officer.
Table 4b51.1
WATCH, QUARTER AND STATION BILL RECORD CONTENTS
Record
Record Description/Contents
Number
1 Billet Number1 The position within the ship’s Chain of Command
2 Full Name The name of the person occupying the Billet
2.1 Service Number The Service Number of the individual occupying the Billet
The assigned quarters of the individual. Examples: 3F-128 for a
3 Quarters/Bunk
stateroom, or 4B-025/03 for a specific bunk
4 Rank/Rate The actual rate or rank of the person occupying the Billet
4.1 Designated Grade The assigned pay grade of the Billet (e.g. O4, T5, etc.)
4.2 Designated Rate/Staff Corps The designated job classification for the Billet
4.3 Actual Rate The actual rate of the person occupying the Billet
5 Standard Duty The basic function of the Billet
6 Watch Detail Watch Station and Watch Duties
6.1 Underway The normal watch station for the Billet underway
6.2 In Port The normal watch station for the Billet in-port
7 Special Details Special assignments that may be associated with the Billet
7.1 Landing Party Specific Landing Party duties, if assigned [Optional]
7.2 Other Other specific details for which the individual is qualified
8 General Quarters The station and job to be performed under General Quarters
8.1 Battle Stations The Battle Bill
8.1.1 Action Station Assigned location during Battle Stations
8.1.2 Task/Job Assigned responsibility during Battle Stations
8.2 General Emergency The Emergency Bill [Fire, Collision, Repel Boarders, etc.]
8.2.1 Action Station Assigned location during a General Emergency
8.2.2 Task/job Assigned responsibility during a General Emergency
9 Abandon Ship The Abandon Ship Bill
9.1 Action Station Assigned location for mustering
9.2 Task/Job Assigned responsibility during Abandon Ship
Notes
1. The record number stored in the database is prefixed with the ship’s registry number, e.g. 1701-Billet

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
REQUESTING ASSIGNMENT TO ANOTHER SHIP
Star Ship Command personnel have the freedom and the right to request duty aboard
any ship in the fleet. However, the needs of the fleet will generally weigh heavily on
whether Star Fleet will execute the request. Nevertheless, Commanding Officers are
obligated to honor all requests for transfer as required by Star Fleet Regulation 8240,
and that such requests shall be acted upon promptly.
The transfer process begins with a Request for Assignment by the crewmember. The
individual will fill in the information on the form (Form 394A) on the computer screen and
the entry will be submitted to the individual’s immediate supervisor, such as their Section
Leader or Division Officer. The first obligation of the supervisor is to discuss the
reasons for the request with the applicant. If the immediate supervisor is satisfied with the
interview, then he or she will sign the request and forward it to the Executive Officer for
review prior to submittal to the Commanding Officer. The Executive Officer may
interview the applicant as well. If the Executive Officer is satisfied, then he or she will
submit the request to the Commanding Officer with a recommendation for approval or
disapproval, however, the final disposition will be up to the Commanding Officer.
Once the Commanding Officer makes his or her final decision, the request is submitted
to the Star Fleet Bureau of Service Personnel. All this will be transmitted via subspace
computer file transfer. At this point it will be up to the Bureau to decide whether a change
in duty station is warranted – placing a great weight on the recommendation made by the
applicant’s Commanding Officer.
Lastly, before the individual is transferred, a performance review of the individual must be
performed. BUPERS Form 395-6 must be filled out by the command from which the
transferred individual originated. This is to provide the new command with an up-to-date
appraisal of the transferred individual’s performance. This type of appraisal is classified as
a Detachment of Reported Individual and is checked as such on the form. Section 9.5
of Volume III of the Star Fleet Command Manual will provide further details regarding
performance reviews.
When all is complete the Commanding Officer will direct the ship to proceed to the
nearest command base or to the individual’s new command, if nearby, or as directed by
Star Fleet Command. However, if the ship is currently engaged in an important mission
or other duty, the transfer of the individual may be delayed until the mission or situation
has concluded.
SHIP-SHORE DUTY ROTATION
Star Fleet has a Ship-Shore Duty Rotation program for those who wish to be more
flexible in their type of duty and is available primarily to persons in Star Ship Command.
This program is, more often than not, very attractive to married Service personnel.
However, the particular program is somewhat restricted to certain technical ratings. A
more complete description of this program can be found in Section 9.3 of Volume III of
the Star Fleet Command Manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MISSING MOVEMENT
Missing Movement is when a person in the Star Fleet Service who, through neglect or
design, misses the movement of a ship, craft, or unit with which he or she is required in
the course of duty to move. The Star Fleet Manual for Courts-Martial defines Missing
Movement as individual failures of service members to arrive at the appointed time to
deploy, or “move out” with their assigned unit, ship, or craft. Missing Movement is
considered desertion, which is a more severe offense than being absent without leave or
other unauthorized absence. As such, Missing Movement is an automatic court-martial
offense.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.2 STAR FLEET SHIP ROUTINE

Every ship within the Star Fleet basically carries out the same daily routine functions. As
such, the intention of this section is to outline the various operations the crew of a typical
Star Fleet ship will perform on a daily or routine basis. In general, all the functions and
operations performed aboard a Star Fleet ship will be executed in accordance with a
predetermined schedule called the Plan of the Day, and constitutes the daily routine of
the ship.
DUTY SCHEDULES
Duty Schedules are the operational plans for the evolutions the ship will be executing at
any given time and are an integral part of the Plan of the Day or POD. The POD is an
electronic billboard, published and transmitted daily, containing all the evolutions and
ship’s business planned for the day. This includes all administrative as well as operational
functions that are scheduled to be performed that day. The POD also contains notices on
special events such as holiday activities, theatrical performances, special dinners, and
special ceremonies. The POD is issued and sent to all stations daily, and can be accessed
by anyone at anytime from anywhere aboard ship.
The Uniform of the Day as also published within the POD. Basically, it will usually be the
same each day. However, when dignitaries are expected onboard a particular day, the
POD will stipulate who will wear what level of uniform for the period specified in the POD.
The POD will also list any exceptions regarding the Uniform of the Day and may also
post what can be worn when the ship is inport.
When special evolutions will be performed, as published in the Plan of the Day, the
individuals designated to perform the task will be identified in the POD and will be
assigned based upon their standing in the ship’s Duty Roster for that evolution. In
general, a Duty Roster[2] is a list of personnel assigned to perform the function on a
rotational basis, and is published daily as part of the POD. There are several Duty
Rosters and one will be established for each known evolution or detail assignment that
may occur. Individuals placed on a given Duty Roster must be qualified to perform the
evolution. However, for most general, unplanned or unusual tasks, the ship’s primary
Duty Roster will be used.
The Senior Watch Officer manages the ship’s Duty Roster and creates and publishes
the ship’s Plan of the Day. The Senior Watch Officer is the person responsible for
establishing the watch rotation and the Duty Roster, and reports directly to the ship’s
Executive Officer regarding the watch organization. A more detailed explanation for the
Senior Watch Officer may be found in Section 5.4 of this volume.
The Watch, Quarter and Station Bill (WQSB) is an electronic database containing the
entire complement of the ship according to billet and contains the qualifications of
individuals aboard ship to be used for the Duty Roster. This document is essentially a
table organized by Billet Number which contains the name and rank of the individual
assigned to the billet, where they are quartered and what watch station they would
normally stand. The format of the contents of the WQSB database can be found in Table
4b51.1 in Section 5.1 of this volume.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP’S DAILY ROUTINE
As previously stated, the ship’s daily routine is scheduled and published in the ship’s Plan
of the Day or POD, which is accessible to all members of the crew. The POD is an
electronic file containing a schedule of the normal and planned routines as well as any
special evolutions planned for that day. The POD is organized by time, starting with 0000
and ending with 2400. The following paragraphs will describe the various standard
functions that will be performed per watch period and on which the POD will be based.
UNDERWAY ROUTINE
The standard underway routine is based upon a six-hour watch rotation. This is known as
a Four-Section watch rotation because there are four sections that will stand watch within
a twenty-four hour period. This means that each of the four sections will usually stand
their watch during the same six-hour time slot each day. However, the individuals within
these sections will be periodically rotated so that they will not always stand the same
watch within the same timeframe.
Table 4b52.1
STANDARD SHIP’S DAILY ROUTINE – UNDERWAY FOUR SECTION
Routine Schedule
Sundays Routine or Event
Weekdays Saturday
Holidays
Mid-Watch (0000-0600)
0030 0030 0030 JOOD inspects the lower decks for the Officer of the Conn
0530 0530 0530 Call the morning watch
0600 0600 0600 Publish Plan of the Day
Morning Watch (0600-1200)
0700 0700 0700 Startup the deck cleaning equipment
0730 0730 - Call Standard Work Detail
0755 0755 0755 Submit Night Report to the Officer of the Conn.
0800 0800 - Start Normal Working Hours
Officer of the Conn reports ‘Eight o’clock’ to the admiral, if
0800 0800 0800
embarked.
- - 0900 Call for Religious Services
Afternoon Watch (1200-1800)
1200 1200 1200 Ship’s Chronometer Calibration Check (Navigator)
1300 - - Departmental inspection of working spaces on Friday.
- 1300 - Commence Holiday Routine
- - 1300 Secure Religious Services.
1600 1600 1600 Secure the deck cleaning equipment
1600 1600 - Secure Normal Working Hours
1730 1730 1730 Security Patrols Make Reports
Night or Dog Watch (1800-2400)
1800 1800 1800 Darken ship - if decks containing living quarters are to be darkened.
- 1900 1900 Open Theatre for performances – for ships with a theatre.
1955 1955 1955 Submit Eight O’clock Reports to the Officer of the Conn.
2000 2000 2000 Secure Holiday Routine
2330 2330 2330 Call the Mid-Watch

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
UNDERWAY ROUTINE: FIVE SECTION DUTY
The Five-Section watch rotation is a schedule of five four-hour watches. This particular
rotation scheme will normally be employed by relatively large divisions. In general, the
Department Head will set or approve this watch rotation scheme. However, four-hour
watch periods are a special case, which will require approval from Star Ship Command
before implementation because the ship’s Stardate tracking system is based upon a six-
hour watch period.
Table 4b52.2
SPECIAL SHIP’S DAILY ROUTINE – UNDERWAY FIVE SECTION
Routine Schedule
Weekdays Saturday
Holidays
Midnight or Mid-Watch (0000-0400)
0030 0030 0030 JOOD inspects the lower decks for the Officer of the Conn
0330 0330 0330 Call the morning watch
0700 0700 0700 Startup the deck cleaning equipment
Forenoon Watch (0800-1200)
0800 0800 - Start Normal Working Hours
Officer of the Conn reports ‘Eight o’clock’ to the admiral, if
0800 0800 0800
embarked.
Evening Watch (1600-2000)
1600 1600 1600 Secure the deck cleaning equipment
1600 1600 - Secure Normal Working Hours
1730 1730 1730 Security Patrols Make Reports
Darken ship - if decks containing living quarters they are to be
1800 1800 1800
darkened.
- 1900 1900 Open Theatre for performances – for ships with a theatre.
1955 1955 1955 Submit Eight O’clock Reports to the Officer of the Conn.
Night or Dog Watch (2000-2400)
2000 2000 2000 Secure Holiday Routine
2330 2330 2330 Call the Mid-Watch

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
INPORT ROUTINE
The in-port watch rotation basically applies to those on security watches. During in port
periods the ship, especially when the ship is docked, most of its systems will be shut down.
As such, the watch stations that would normally be manned underway would be converted
to Normal Working Hours, which is usually the eight-hour period between 0800 and
1600.
Table 4b52.3
STANDARD SHIP’S DAILY ROUTINE - INPORT
Routine Schedule
Weekdays Saturday
Holidays
Midnight Watch (0000-0400)
0030 0030 0030 JOOD inspects the lower decks for the Officer of the Deck
0130 0130 0130 Call Second Security watch
0330 0330 0330 Call the morning and Third Security watch
0530 0530 0530 Call Fourth Security watch
0730 0730 0730 Call First Security watch; Offgoing Officer of the Deck makes tour.
Forenoon Watch (0800-1200)
Command Duty Officer and Officer of Deck Relieve the Watch;
0800 0800 0800
Officer of the Deck reports ‘Eight o’clock’ to the admiral, if onboard.
Start Normal Working Hours; Report Back from Weekend Liberty
0800 - -
(Monday)
1130 1130 1130 Call Third Security watch
1530 1530 1530 Call First Security Watch
Evening Watch (1600-2000)
Secure Normal Working Hours, Commence Liberty; Commence
1600 - -
Weekend Liberty (Friday)
1800 1800 1800 Darken ship - if decks containing living quarters are to be darkened.
1900 1900 1900 Open Theatre for performances – for ships with a theatre.
1955 1955 1955 Submit Eight O’clock reports.
Night Watch (2000-2400)
2000 2000 2000 Officer of the Deck reports ‘Eight o’clock’ to the admiral, if onboard.
2330 2330 2330 Call the Mid and First Security watches

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SPECIAL SHIP’S FUNCTIONS
Special Ships Functions are operations that are outside the normal routine of the ship.
Although outside of the normal daily schedule, Special Functions will be planned events.
Individuals that will be assigned to such functions will normally be selected from the ship’s
primary Duty Roster. As stated before, the Duty Roster is a list of personnel assigned to
perform special functions on a rotational basis. This is a general list of individuals qualified
to perform special functions, which may be outside their normal working duties. For
example, an individual qualified to perform hull inspections may be placed on the Duty
Roster for that evolution regardless of their normal duty station[3]. When selected, this
should not be viewed as punishment, though such extra duty may be employed for non-
judicial punishment.
Where a Special Function is required, the first person on the Duty Roster list will be
selected to perform the operation. The individual cannot refuse unless he or she has been
given a waiver excluding them from such duty. However, only the Commanding Officer
or the Executive Officer can give out such waivers.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SIMULATING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
The designers and engineers of Star Fleet ships will generally attempt to simulate the
normal environmental conditions of the crew that serve the vessel. Conditions such as
atmospheric composition, pressure and temperature, gravity, as well as luminous intensity
and spectrum, are all entered into consideration when designing a vessel. Therefore, the
designers of Star Fleet vessels have developed the ship’s environmental systems in such
a way as to permit environmental conditions to change from one ship to another, or from
one crew composition to another.
PSYCHOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
The psychological wellbeing of any deep-space crew is just as important as their physical
comfort. As such, Star Fleet ship crews operate at all times in a “shirt-sleeve”, relaxed
environment, in which the rooms and corridors are sufficiently large as to prevent
claustrophobia. In addition, the life support systems onboard ships not only control the
crew’s physical environment, but also play an important role in their psychological
environment as well. Experience in deep space tells us that beings require a balance
between their physical and psychological surroundings if they are to survive in deep space.
Therefore, the life support systems aboard Star Fleet ships contain subsystems designed
purely for the psychological health of the crew. For example, one such subsystem will
transmit subliminal sounds of nature throughout the ship.
Special nature sounds will be directed to the subconscious level of the crew. Such sounds
include bird calls, the sound of falling water, the rustle of wind through the trees, and
other sounds native to the crew’s home planet. Crews are unaware that they are hearing
these sounds, but are affected nonetheless. This helps prevent crewmembers from
becoming lonely for their homes – especially on long journeys through open and empty
space.
Another subsystem will introduce familiar odors into the environment. The crew will
actually “smell” home, fresh air, and even the smells connected with nature such as trees
and plants. This process is very subtle, but its impact is immensely significant. In addition,
the harmonious blend of colors will be used in the various rooms and corridors to promote
a general feeling of wellbeing and connectivity with the ship.
However, not all parts of the ship will be subjected to subliminal sounds and smells.
Certain areas are purposely devoid of these psychological injections because of the nature
of the work that must be performed within them. For example, engineering areas will not
have sounds and smells piped into them. However, all living spaces, recreation and off-
duty areas will be psychological environmental zones.
Although everything onboard a ship is designed for the psychological wellbeing of the
crew, mental breakdown can still occur. As such, the Medical Departments of all ships
maintain psychologists and psychiatrists that monitor the behavior of the crew. These
doctors develop “Psychological Profiles” of the crew and that everyone, including the
Commanding Officer, will continually undergo some form of psychological testing. The
purpose of this testing is to detect any aberrations that might be developing within an
individual and to take the appropriate steps to correct the problem by treatment or by
transferring the individual to a shore installation. This is necessary since ship crews must,
at all times, function at the utmost of their efficiency and mental fitness.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LIGHTING
Ship lighting also provides a psychological as well as a physiological benefit. The lights
inside a Star Fleet ship are generally on at all times. This is especially true for the normal
duty and work areas. However, certain parts of the ship will operate under reduced
lighting to simulate night-time conditions or in areas that are not normally used in order to
conserve energy as illustrated in Figure 4b52.1. But there are also areas where reduced
lighting is required at all times. For example, crew sleeping areas (bunk rooms) of two or
more persons are at reduced lighting at all times. Bunks are equipped with curtains for
privacy and have internal lighting and monitors to allow for in-bed reading or study.
However, it is encouraged that persons who wish to keep awake and read should use the
ship’s recreation areas, which are generally fully lighted at all times.
Senior officers that have single staterooms, as well as passengers in guest quarters, may
set the lighting levels they desire. There is no schedule or requirement for reduced lighting
in these quarters.
Table 4b52.3
STANDARD SHIP LIGHTING CONDITIONS
Lighting
Ship Area Period Notes
All Full-time Work Areas: Full lighting at all times, except during battle or
 Bridge emergency conditions.
 Engineering Control 0000-2400
 Weapons Control
 Medical Emergency Areas
Reduced lighting at all times (0000-2400) for
Crew’s Quarters See Note
bunk rooms of two or more crew members.
Senior Officer’s Quarters/Single Staterooms See Note Lighting at the discretion of the occupant.
Reduced lighting from 2000-0800 to simulate
Medical Recovery Areas See Note night-time conditions. Subliminal music may
also be played.
Reduced lighting to simulate night-time
Ships Corridors See Note
conditions from 2200-0600.
Special Reduced Lighting Areas: At reduced lighting at all times when not in use.
 Flight and Observation Deck Areas Full lighting when in use, but must return to
 Transporter Rooms reduced lighting afterwards. However,
 Science Areas See Note recreation areas are generally in use at all
 Laboratories times.
 Recreation Areas
 Non-control Engineering Areas
Areas Lit Only During Use: Lighting usually turned-off to conserve energy.
 Briefing Rooms Full lighting when in use, but lights must be
N/A
 Equipment Rooms turned-off afterwards.
 Storage and Cargo Spaces
Non-Lighted Areas: These areas are non-lit at all times. However,
 Tanks and Void Spaces N/A lighting is available if needed.
 Conduits, Tunnels and Crawl Spaces
Most of the ships lighting will generally be controlled automatically by the ship’s computer,
except for the personal lighting in crew’s quarters. However, where necessary, lighting in
compartments that are controlled by computer can be manually set if needed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GRAVITY
Ever since the advent of the cheap and effective Graviton Grid, all Star Fleet ships are
equipped with artificial gravity, which is also part of the ship’s Inertia Control System.
Gravity is controlled and maintained by the ship’s environmental computers which monitors
and adjusts the ship’s fields to compensate for changes in acceleration, which is known as
the ship's Inertial Dampening Field. However, the fields cannot always react quick
enough to prevent short, unexpected jolts during severe changes in ship’s attitude or
direction since these fields only have a reaction time of about 24 milliseconds[4].
In addition, gravity onboard a Star Fleet ship is zoned. That is, artificial gravity can be
reduced or shut off entirely in localized areas, such as in guest quarters for beings from
differing gravitational environments, or in certain recreation areas, or the gymnasium for
zero-G combat exercises. In these areas the gravity will be controlled manually by the
occupants, but will automatically be overridden if the Inertia Control System detects a
sudden change in ship’s motion.
Gravity onboard ship is as important a psychological aspect as a physiological one. All Star
Fleet ships generally operate in a 0.96G gravitational environment, where one “G” is the
gravitational constant of the crew’s home planet. The reason is to provide a slight relief
from physical activity and allows for a slightly faster reaction time and bodily movement.
However, the Commanding Officer may decide to have the crew function in a higher
gravity environment up to 1.08G. This forces the crew to function in a higher weight
environment in order to strengthen muscles so that if a ship goes into an alert condition,
the gravity can be reduced to 0.96G for speed and reaction time.
The control and maintenance of ships gravity is the responsibility of the Ships Gravity
section within the Environmental Systems division. However, the actual physical control
of the ship’s gravity levels will automatically be performed by the Environmental Control
Computers.
SHIP’S ATMOSPHERE
The atmospheric environment aboard a Star Fleet ship will depend upon the nature of its
crew. Although all Star Fleet ships are built the same, the systems are designed to
account for the variations in the environmental conditions of the crew. That is, a Star
Fleet ship containing a crew of Vulcans will have different standard environmental
parameters than those of humans. In addition, changes to atmospheric conditions may
occur as a result of particular situations. For example, the ship’s pressure and temperature
may be reduced during battle conditions to counteract the emotional stresses acting on the
crew.
Regarding the ship’s atmosphere, most of the ship’s atmospheric parameters are controlled
and maintained by the ship’s Atmospheric Systems section within the Environmental
Systems division. However, the temperature of the ship will be maintained by the HVAC
Systems section. And as with the ship’s gravity, the actual physical control of atmospheric
parameters will automatically be set by the ship’s Environmental Control Computers.
In addition, environmental parameters within living quarters can be independently
regulated to adjust the comfort levels of the occupants. This is especially true for guest
quarters. Each cabin has their own spot coolers and heaters to allow for custom
temperature settings within the enclosure. An example of the cabin environmental controls
is illustrated in Figure 4b52.2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b52.1
LOW LIGHTING OF STAR FLEET SHIP AREAS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b52.2
CABIN ENVIRONMENTAL AND VENTILATION CONTROL PANEL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.3 STAR FLEET SHIP DUTY STATIONS

Duty Stations are the specific functional areas or locations aboard a Star Fleet ship
required to operate the ship or that support the ship’s mission. Duty Stations fulfill the
requirement set forth in Star Fleet Regulation 4150 regarding such operating stations.
This regulation states: “As such, the Commanding Officer shall establish such watches and
duty stations as necessary for the safety and proper operation of the command .”
Therefore, such stations will be manned by trained and qualified personnel, and which will
also establish the watch station for that specific function.
Duty Stations come in two categories: full-time and part-time stations. A full-time station
is an area, compartment, desk or panel that is continuously manned twenty-four hours a
day, every day, which is generally referred to as a Watch Station. Such Watch Stations
include the Bridge, Engineroom and the Medical Examination Room, to name a few.
A part-time station is one that is manned only when required, such as a Transporter
Room or the Flight Control Tower aboard a ship.
Duty Stations also differ depending on whether the ship is underway or in-port. As such,
there is no one-to-one correlation between underway and in-port duty stations. That is,
many of the underway stations are not manned in-port and therefore, there is no in-port
watch associated with the station. The same applies to specific in-port stations in which a
watch may not exist for the station when the ship is underway.
SPECIAL DUTY STATIONS
There are also special duty stations that do not conform to the standard watch rotation
schedule. These stations are considered full-time spaces, though they may not be manned
twenty-four hours a day. In most cases these stations are active within the standard eight-
hour work day between 0800 and 1600, but which may also be opened at any time they
are needed. Such stations are designated as either Administrative or Project Stations.
The following paragraphs will explain each of these types of stations.
An Administrative Duty Station is one that manages a specific administrative function

aboard ship. For instance, the ship’s Personnel Office is an excellent example of an
Administrative Duty Station because it deals with ship’s personnel. This station will
normally be open for ship’s business between 0800 and 1600, or normal business hours.
Other such Administrative Stations may include: the ship’s Supply Office, Record’s
Office, Training Office and the Ship’s Store.
Project Duty Stations are special areas where research or engineering work may be in
progress. These stations are generally manned by scientists and specialists and do not
have specific hours of operation, but typically operate around the clock when a project is
underway. These stations will typically make use of existing ship facilities such as
laboratories, and do not have any special area of their own. In addition, the scientists and
individuals assigned to projects do not have watch station or Battle Station duties. Under
Battle Station conditions, these people are required to either continue working on their
projects or return to their quarters to await further instructions. The normal duties and the
duties under General Quarters conditions will be explicitly defined in the ship’s Watch,
Quarter and Station Bill.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMMAND DUTY STATIONS
Command Duty Stations refer to the areas, places or locales where command of the
ship will be exercised. Generally, all orders regarding the operation of the ship will initiate
from a Command Station. The primary Command Station onboard any Star Fleet
ship is the Bridge, specifically, the Command and Control station as illustrated in Figure
4b53.3.
The Command and Control station, also known as the “Command Module” or the
“Conn”, is the chair located at the center of the ship’s Bridge as shown in Figure 4b53.4.
This is where command orders will normally originate from. The duty officer who sits in
this chair is known as the Officer of the Conn or “CON” and is in temporary command of
the vessel when the Commanding Officer is not present. However, when the
Commanding Officer enters the Bridge, the Officer of the Conn will usually relinquish
the Conn to the Captain, unless otherwise directed by the Captain, or when the Officer
of the Conn is in the process of completing an evolution or an important operation. As a
general rule, the Commanding Officer will assign officers that he deems fit to command
the vessel while he is away, and may assign an officer who is in training to perform
command duties. In general, however, any person standing the CON watch must first be
Bridge qualified, which will be discussed later in this section.
Another station where command orders can be issued is the ship’s Auxiliary Control
room. However, exercising command from this station will typically be performed during
an emergency condition. The purpose of the Auxiliary Control room is to control the ship
in the event the Bridge becomes uninhabitable or non-functional, and acts as a secondary
bridge during combat operations. As such, the Executive Officer will usually be assigned
to the Auxiliary Control room as his Battle Station during combat. The Auxiliary
Control room will always be built in a secure location onboard ship and is designed to
perform all the same functions as the Bridge, but with the additional capability of directly
controlling the ship’s engines as well should the primary engine control spaces become
incapacitated.
Lastly, Command Stations also includes the Commanding Officer’s personal quarters
as well. The staterooms of the Commanding Officer, and those of the Department
Heads, contain a small office area where ship’s business can be conducted in the privacy
of their quarters. As such, this office can be considered as a Command Station since the
Captain can issue orders from there. It is also the place where the Captain can monitor
ship activities and to make official communications to Star Fleet Command. However,
wherever the Commanding Officer is located can be considered a Command Station.
COMMAND DUTY YEOMAN
The Command Duty Yeoman (CMY) is the individual assigned to aid the Officer of the
Conn in performing some of the administrative duties required by the CON. For example,
the Command Duty Yeoman will deliver to the Officer of the Conn the eight o’clock
reports and the Captain’s Log extract for signature[5] as seen on Figure 4b53.5. The CMY
will typically standby on the Bridge where the Officer of the Conn can assign that person
the required tasks. The Command Duty Yeoman will be senior to and have precedence
over all other yeomen on duty except the Chief Command Yeoman, who is permanently
assigned to the Commanding Officer. As such, the CMY will usually come from the
senior ranks of yeomen from the Yeoman section of the ship’s Personnel Division.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OPERATIONS DUTY STATIONS
Operations Duty Stations are those stations or areas required for the proper operation
and control of the ship, and are generally the responsibility of the ship’s Operations
Department. In general, the primary Operations Duty Stations on board a Star Fleet
ship will usually be on the Bridge. However, there are other areas of the ship that contain
Operations Duty Stations. For example, the Auxiliary Control room is such a station,
as well as the Weapons Control Center as pictured in Figure 4b53.10.
The primary locations of Operations Duty Stations are indicated as the AMBER areas
on Figures 4b53.1 and 4b53.2. The specific duty stations are listed in the following table.
Table 4b53.1
TABLE OF OPERATIONS DUTY STATIONS
Station Station Location Manned By Primary Function
 Ship control and handling
Helm Console Bridge Helmsman  Weapons control and firing
 Control of ship’s Sensors
 Secondary ship control,
handling and navigation
 Secondary Weapons control
Lee Helm Console Auxiliary Control Lee Helmsman
and firing
 Remote control of engineering
systems
 Ship navigation
 Course plotting
Navigation Console Bridge Navigator  Maintain Navigation Log
 Calibration of the ship’s
Chronometer
 Ship internal and external
communications
Communications Bridge Communicator  Setting of ship’s material
conditions
 Maintain Communications Log
 Library-Computer operation
Duty Command
 Central computer control
Information Officer
Command Information Bridge  Intelligence information
or
Science Officer  Sensing systems control
 Ground sensing and scanning
 Monitors Navigation systems
 Manual control of Navigational
Navigation Systems Bridge As Needed
Deflectors
 Calibrate SINS Gyros
Normally Unmanned  Monitors weapons statuses
Weapon Systems Bridge Manned During  Remote control of Weapons
General Quarters Power Buss
Normally Unmanned  Monitors Ship’s Shields
Defense Systems Bridge Manned During  Monitors Ship’s Tractors and
General Quarters Deflectors
 Manual firing of weapons
Weapons Control Fire Control
Fire Control Console
Center Supervisor  Local control of weapons
systems

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ENGINEERING DUTY STATIONS
Engineering Duty Stations are those stations or areas required for the proper operation
and control of ship’s propulsion systems, as well as ship’s environmental, auxiliary and
service systems. In general, the primary Engineering Duty Station aboard a Star Fleet
ship will be the Engineroom, as pictured in Figure 4b53.6, with system monitoring and
control from the Bridge by the Engineering Officer of the Watch. All Engineering
Duty Stations will be the sole responsibility of the Engineering Department.
The primary locations of Engineering Duty Stations are indicated as the RED areas on
Figures 4b53.1 and 4b53.2.
Table 4b53.2
TABLE OF ENGINEERING DUTY STATIONS
 Propulsion systems monitoring
and control
 Ship’s Power Grid monitoring
Engineering Station - Engineering Officer of
Bridge and routing
Primary the Watch1
 Monitoring and remote control
of Fuel Production System
 Maintain Engineering Log
 Emergency propulsion control
Engineering Station – Auxiliary Engineering  Emergency power control
Auxiliary Control
Secondary Supervisor  Emergency environment control
 Ship Auxiliary Systems control
 Ship’s Environmental Systems
Normally Unmanned monitoring
Environmental Systems Bridge
Manned as Needed  Remote control of primary
ventilation fans
 Monitoring of ship’s Auxiliary
systems
Engineering Normally Unmanned  Remote shifting of fluids and
Bridge
Subsystems Manned as Needed water tank lineups
 Remote control of High
Pressure Air Compressors
 Local control of primary and
secondary engines,
Engineering Watch
Propulsion Control Engineroom  Control of warp fields
Supervisor
 Local control of critical engine
subsystems
 Full control of all environmental
Environmental Systems Environmental Environmental
systems
Control Console Controls Center Controls Supervisor
 Manual control of HVAC system
Notes
1. The Engineering Officer of the Watch is a roving watch and as such, will generally travel between the
Bridge and main Engineering or the Engineroom.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRANSPORTER DUTY STATIONS
Transporter Duty Stations are those stations or areas required for the proper operation
of the ship’s transporters. As such, each Transporter Room is a special Engineering
Duty Station, which must be manned whenever they are in use as illustrated in Figure
4b53.7. As such, all Transporter Duty Stations are the exclusive responsibility of the
Transporter Control division of the Engineering Department.
A standard cruiser-class Starship will usually contain four Main Operating Stations,
two Cargo Transporter Stations and five Emergency Transporter stations[6]. If more
than one station will be manned, additional operators will be required and, in some cases,
the Duty Transporter Technician may operate the unit, if qualified. With regard to the
Cargo Transporters, only qualified individuals from the Transporter Control division
are allowed to operate these units, even though the unit may be located in a compartment
maintained by another department. However, regarding the Emergency Transporter
units, anyone may operate the unit so long as they are certified to do so.
Table 4b53.3
TABLE OF TRANSPORTER DUTY STATIONS
• Supervise the transporting
operation
Transporter Control Duty Transporter
Transporter Room • Welcoming visitors
Console Officer
• Assign duties to transporter
operators and technicians
• Operate personnel transporter
units
Transporter Control Duty Transporter • Operate cargo transporter units
Transporter Room
Console Operator • Perform operational tests on
transporter units
• Maintain Transporter Log
• Repair transporter units as
necessary
• Perform scheduled
Transporter Duty Transporter maintenance on transporter
Ship’s Repair Office
Maintenance Desk Technician1 units
• Perform maintenance on main
transporter power and control
circuitry
Notes
1. On some ships the Duty Transporter Technician will also be the Duty Transporter Operator and there will
be no specific Transporter Maintenance Desk.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FLIGHT CONTROL STATIONS
Flight Control Stations are those areas designated to handle the launching and retrieval
of the ship’s Shuttlecraft. These stations are part-time and are normally unmanned until
needed. In general, all Flight Control Stations are under the command of the ship’s
Operations Department. The only other full-time duty stations associated with craft will
be the maintenance personnel. These individuals are always working on or inspecting the
ship’s service craft. However, when activated, Flight Control Stations will be involved
in:
 The pressurization and depressurization of the Flight Deck

 Monitoring and controlling all lighting, doors, hatches and elevators associated with the
Flight Deck
 The control of all craft launch and retrieval functions
 The control of the Flight Deck Tractor
The individual with the primary responsibility for launching and retrieving craft is the Duty
Flight Control Officer or FDO. The FDO’s duty station will normally be within the Flight
Control Tower. From the tower, the FDO can control all the operations concerning the
launching and retrieving of service craft as listed above.
The Duty Flight Deck Technician will usually stand watch in the Flight Control Office,
located on the Hangar Deck. His normal duties include the periodic inspection of the
Flight Deck door mechanisms, the Flight Deck elevator machinery, the Flight Deck
Evacuation and Pressurization System machinery and Flight Deck, Hangar Deck
and Observation Deck lighting.
Table 4b53.4
TABLE OF FLIGHT CONTROL DUTY STATIONS
 Craft launching and retrieval
Duty Flight Control
 Hangar Deck Elevator control
Launch Control Flight Control Tower Officer
 Flight Deck pressurization
(Flight Boss)
 Maintain Flight Deck Log
 Ensure craft support systems
are operational
Flight Control Office Duty Craft Support
Craft Support Desk  Provide Shuttlecraft pilots
(Hangar Deck) Officer
 Ensure training and qualification
of Shuttlecraft pilots
 Perform maintenance on Flight
Deck systems
Flight Deck Support Flight Control Office Duty Flight Deck  Ensure craft movement pads
Desk (Hangar Deck) Technician are working properly
 Ensure proper lighting on the
Flight Deck
The primary locations of Flight Control Stations are indicated as the OLIVE GREEN
areas on Figures 4b53.1 and 4b53.2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MAINTENANCE DUTY STATIONS
Maintenance Duty Stations are areas of the ship where management of cleanliness and
repairs will be handled. These stations are usually within the ship’s Repair Office, and will
be manned by Engineering Department personnel.
Table 4b53.5
TABLE OF MAINTENANCE DUTY STATIONS
 Assign maintenance duties
Duty Maintenance  Ensure maintenance work is
Maintenance Desk Ship’s Repair Office
Officer accomplished
 Inspect ship for cleanliness
 Assign repair tasks as
necessary
 Ensure repair tasks are
Repair Desk Ship’s Repair Office Duty Repair Officer completed
 Provide reports to the Officer of
the Conn on the status of
repairs
 Perform repairs as needed
Repair Desk Ship’s Repair Office Duty Repairman
 Maintain repair equipment
 Fabricate tools and parts as
Fabrication Desk Fabrication Shop Duty Machinist needed
 Maintain fabrication equipment
The primary locations of Maintenance Duty Stations are indicated as the RED areas on

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MEDICAL DUTY STATIONS
Medical Duty Stations are full-time locations within the ship’s Sick Bay. Certain medical
examination rooms will be designated for continuous operation and a Duty Medical
Officer (DMO) will be assigned by the Chief Medical Officer to man the station. The
function of these stations is to handle routine medical examinations as well as triage and
emergency medical care. An example of a typical Medical Duty Station can be seen in
Figure 4b53.8.
Along with the Duty Medical Officer will be the Duty Medical Technician and the
Duty Nurse, whose function it is to assist the DMO in the management of the Sickbay,
to assist the DMO during medical examinations and other medical services, and to care for
patients. The Duty Nurse or the Duty Medical Technician will also complete any of the
necessary documentation related to the treatment of the patient or the medical services
performed by the team.
Table 4b53.6
TABLE OF MEDICAL DUTY STATIONS
• General medical
Duty Medical Officer
• Emergency medical services
Primary Examination along with
Sickbay • Perform health and sanitation
Room Duty Medical
inspections
Technician
• Maintain Medical Log
• Provide on-call nursing
Nurses’ Station Sickbay Duty Nurse • Monitor patients in recovery
room
• Provide medical analysis
Duty Laboratory
services
Medical Laboratory Sickbay Technician
• Engage in medical research
(As Needed)
• Forensic analysis
• Dispense medicines and
Duty Pharmacist,
prescription drugs to patients
Dispensary Sickbay Pharmaceutical
• Supply medicines to duty
Technician
medical staff
Dental Examination Duty Dentist, • Scheduled dental examinations
Sickbay
Room1 Dental Technician • Emergency dental services
Notes
1. The dental duty station generally runs from 0800 to 1600 every day, except Sunday, for scheduled dental
examinations and oral hygiene. For after-hour emergencies the patient will call the Duty Dentist.
Other Medical Duty Stations include the Dispensary and the Dental Examination
room. The ship’s Dispensary will normally be manned by the Duty Pharmacist or a
Duty Pharmaceutical Technician from 0800 to 1800 to dispense prescription drugs and
medicines to patients. The Dental Examination room will usually be manned by a Duty
Dentist or Duty Dental Technician from 0800 to 1600. However, the dental staff will
be on call at all times.
The primary locations of Medical Duty Stations are indicated as the MEDICAL BLUE
areas on Figures 4b53.1 and 4b53.2, which will be, in almost all cases, the Sickbay
compartment. However, there may be smaller first aid stations located throughout the ship
where minor medical problems can be addressed. These areas are unmanned, but when
occupied, the Duty Medical Officer will go to the station to address the patient.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SCIENTIFIC DUTY STATIONS
Scientific Duty Stations are areas dedicated for scientific research and study. They are
not “Duty Stations” per se, but areas where full-time or part-time scientific research
experimentation, investigation or criminology may be going on. Scientific Duty Stations
are primarily laboratories or areas where examinations and experimentation can take
place. Some are large research areas containing banks of computer terminals and large
view screens used to display analysis information and reference materials. These areas are
very similar to standard Briefing Rooms, but with the added equipment. These stations are
typically manned by full-time Science Corps personnel who do not have any other duty
aboard ship.
Table 4b53.7
TABLE OF SCIENTIFIC DUTY STATIONS
 General scientific projects
Physics Lab Science Area1 Normally Unmanned
 Conduct physics experiments
 Chemical analysis of materials
1 obtained by discovery or taken
Chemistry Lab Science Area Duty Chemist
during an intelligence mission
 Forensic chemical analyses
 Destructive and non-destructive
testing (NDT) of discovered
1
Materials Lab Science Area As Needed materials
 Determine physical properties
of materials
 Analysis of geological
1 specimens
Geology Lab Science Area Geologists
 Instrumentation to determine
mineral composition
 Astronomical observation and
Observatory Science Area1 2 analyses
 Star mapping and classification
 Cultivation of alien plant
species
Botany Section Science Area1 3
 Cultivation of plant species for
colonies
 Provides computer terminals for
Reference Library Science Area1 As Needed
scientific research
Notes
1. Most Science Laboratories and Duty Stations will be located in the Secondary Hull of a typical Cruiser
class Starship.
2. Only the large Starships and the Science Laboratory vessels have an Observatory. On smaller ships, the
Physics Lab will contain observational equipment.
3. The Botany Lab will normally be monitored by a roving Botanist or Biologist in order to maintain the
specimens being cultivated.
The primary locations of Science Duty Stations are indicated as the SCIENCE BLUE
areas on Figures 4b53.1 and 4b53.2. On most cruisers the majority of the science stations
will typically be located in the Secondary Hull, with some smaller labs located on the
upper decks of the Primary Hull as illustrated in Figure 4b53.9. However, the smaller
Destroyer or Escort class ship may not contain any scientific duty station due to its size
and scope of operation.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MISCELLANEOUS DUTY STATIONS
Miscellaneous Duty Stations are specific areas of the ship that are not manned at all
times, or that may be temporarily manned. For example, many ships will have a Ship’s
Store. This is a special station which is not continuously manned and that may have
special hours of operation, which may not be within the normal working hours of the ship.
Another example is the Parts Locker. This is an area, usually located near maintenance
stations, where repair parts and tools can be checked out. Such a station is not normally
manned unless there is a need for parts.
Table 4b53.8
TABLE OF MISCELLANEOUS DUTY STATIONS
 Supply parts and tools to repair
Parts Supply Parts Locker As Needed
and maintenance organizations
 Maintains cargo records
 Inventory of cargo area
Cargo Office Cargo Office As Needed contents
 Monitors cargo area
environmental conditions
Designated Supply  Provide store services
Store Attendant Ship’s Store
Division personnel  Provide personal items
 Monitors computer activity
Main Computer Computer Control
As Needed  Low-level system programming
Console Room

SPECIAL DUTY STATIONS
Special Duty Stations are areas of the ship that may be converted to a duty station for
a specific or special purpose. They are usually temporary areas and customarily are not
involved with the operation of the ship. For example, a large section of the cargo area may
be converted to a Triage Center to cope with mass casualties that have been transported
from a planetary disaster area. As such, the personnel assigned to this duty station will be
doctors and nurses from the Medical Department.
Another example of a Special Duty Station can be a section of the cargo area that is
converted into a Mass Detention Area for prisoners transported from the surface of a
planet or enemy vessel. Such an area is required since the ship’s Brig area can not handle
a large population of prisoners. This station will be manned primarily by personnel from
the ship’s Security Division. However, due to the nature of temporary stations, the
locations of Special Duty Stations will not be indicated on Figures 4b53.1 or 4b53.2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BRIDGE PERSONNEL
The most highly coveted duty positions onboard a Star Fleet ship are those located on
the ship’s Bridge. This is where most of the command decisions are made and executed,
and where the majority of the ship’s systems are controlled. In order to stand watch on
the Bridge, individuals must be Bridge Qualified. Once fully Bridge qualified, the individual
is eligible to stand the Officer of the Conn watch. To be Bridge qualified a candidate
must have stood, as a minimum, the Navigator, Helmsman and the Communicator
watch. Standing the watch at any of the Engineering stations is not required, but the
individual must be able to read and interpret the information displayed on the panels. In
general, the first watch to be stood on the Bridge will be the Defense Subsystems
Station. The basic prerequisites for qualification are listed in the table below.
Table 4b53.9
REQUIREMENTS FOR BRIDGE QUALIFICATION
Qual Requisite
Bridge Station Minimum Functional Requirements
Order Hours
• Demonstrate knowledge of defense systems, and interpret
1 Defense Subsystems 12 information displayed at the station
• Stand two watch periods at the station
• Demonstrate knowledge of weapons systems, and interpret
information displayed at the station
2 Weapons Systems 18 • Demonstrate ability to perform the functions at the station
• Stand three watch periods at the station
• Demonstrate knowledge of navigation systems and the
principles of navigation; interpret information displayed at the
station
3 Navigations Systems 24 • Demonstrate ability to program the Navigation Computer
• Demonstrate ability to calibrate the SINS
• Stand four watch periods, three must be contiguous sessions
• Demonstrate ability to plot a course with the Astrogator
• Demonstrate ability to take a fix of the ship’s position
• Demonstrate ability to adjust main view screen magnification
4 Navigator 36 • Calibrate the ship’s Chronometer
• Stand six consecutive watches alone under supervision of a
qualified Navigator
• Demonstrate knowledge of communications systems
5 Communications 36 • Stand six consecutive watches alone under supervision of a
qualified Communicator
• Demonstrate knowledge of all the actions and functions that
can be performed at the station
• Demonstrate ability to program the ship’s main computer
• Demonstrate ability to retrieve tactical and other information
from the ship’s Library-Computer
6 Command Information 48 • Demonstrate ability to use the sensors and analyzers
• Stand four consecutive watches under normal peacetime
cruising conditions, one watch to include a survey or
scientific function, one watch to include a planetary survey
• Stand four watches under Alert or Battle Stations conditions
• Demonstrate knowledge of helm and weapons control
systems
• Demonstrate ability to maneuver the ship under Thrusters
• Demonstrate ability to maneuver the ship on Impulse power
7 Helmsman 48 • Demonstrate ability to maneuver the ship at Warp power
• Demonstrate ability to set course and control ship’s speed
• Demonstrate ability to track, target and fire weaponry
• Stand eight consecutive watches under supervision of a
qualified Helmsman
1 • Demonstrate knowledge of propulsion systems, and interpret
8 Engineering/Propulsion Systems information displayed at the station
• Demonstrate knowledge of ship’s environmental systems,
1 and interpret information displayed at the station
9 Environmental Systems • Demonstrate ability to make adjustments to environmental
parameters
1 • Demonstrate knowledge of propulsion systems, and interpret
10 Engineering Subsystems information displayed at the station
Notes
1. Not required to stand the watch for Bridge qualification.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EMERGENCY DUTY STATIONS
Emergency Duty Stations are those areas that may not normally be manned, but that
will be manned during a ship’s general emergency. These are special stations designated
to handle ship emergencies such as fire, hull rupture or battle, and will automatically be
manned when the ship goes to General Quarters. The following are the various areas
that may become Emergency Duty Stations when General Quarters is sounded.
The Auxiliary Control Room is the alternate location for command and control of a Star
Fleet ship. On multi-hulled vessels, Auxiliary Control will normally be built within the
Secondary Hull, but on single-hulled vessels this area will be located near the engineroom.
The Auxiliary Control Room is normally manned by the Auxiliary Engineering
Supervisor for the purpose of monitoring the ship’s service systems and to dispatch
maintenance personnel where necessary. As such, the Auxiliary Control Room will
normally be manned by engineering personnel as pictured in Figure 4b53.11. However, in
the event of General Quarters or other emergency, the Auxiliary Control Room will
be converted to a secondary bridge. In such situations, the Executive Officer will man
Auxiliary Control and will assume command of the ship as the Officer of the Conn
should the Bridge no longer function as the ship’s command center.
The Damage Control Center (DCC) onboard a ship is normally unmanned except during
General Quarters. When a general emergency is sounded, the Duty Repair Officer will
man the DCC and assume the role as Duty Damage Control Officer or DDO until the
Damage Control Officer (DCO) arrives. The DCC will become the control center for all
damage control and repair activities during an emergency or battle situation, and will be
the central location for the dispatch of damage control parties. The DCC contains a control
panel with a large view screen to display the status and control the functions of the
emergency systems on each deck of the ship.
The Emergency Transporter rooms are also usually shutdown for security reasons and
as such, are unmanned. Should an emergency be severe enough to order “ Abandon Ship”,
then the Emergency Transporters will be activated automatically. Immediately upon
activation, technicians from the Transporter Control division will man each station and
transport the crew off the ship as directed by the Commanding Officer or the officer in
command.
The Emergency Manual Monitor (EMM), located in the engineroom, is a small space
used to control or redirect control of the propulsion and environmental systems. The EMM
is normally unmanned, but is accessible at all times. The EMM occupies the A-Deck of the
engineering spaces, which is above and overlooks the main engine room or B-Deck[7] as
pictured in Figure 4b53.12. Access to the EMM is by means of a ladder from B-Deck and
the area cannot be isolated or closed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.1
SHIP’S DUTY STATION AREAS
Duty Station Legend

COMMAND
ENGINEERING
MEDICAL
SCIENCE
FLIGHT
CONTROL
NON-DUTY AREA

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.2
SHIP’S DUTY STATION AREAS - CONTINUED
Duty Station Legend

COMMAND
ENGINEERING
MEDICAL
SCIENCE
FLIGHT
CONTROL
NON-DUTY AREA

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.3
COMMAND DUTY STATION EXAMPLE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.4
STANDARD STARSHIP BRIDGE DUTY STATIONS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.5
COMMAND DUTY YEOMAN EXAMPLE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.6
STANDARD STARSHIP ENGINEROOM DUTY STATIONS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.7
TYPICAL STARSHIP TRANSPORTER DUTY STATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.8
TYPICAL STARSHIP MEDICAL DUTY STATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.9
TYPICAL STARSHIP SCIENTIFIC DUTY STATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.10
TYPICAL STARSHIP WEAPONS DUTY STATIONS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.11
TYPICAL STARSHIP AUXILIARY CONTROL ROOM STATIONS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b53.12
TYPICAL STARSHIP EMERGENCY MANUAL MONITOR STATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.4 STAR FLEET SHIP WATCH STANDING

their command with an effective force at all times. Specifically, this regulation states that:
“Under no circumstances shall any ship or station be left without an organized force that
will be effective in any emergency, and consistent with existing requirements, capable of
ensuring satisfactory operation. As such, the Commanding Officer shall establish such
watches and duty stations as necessary for the safety and proper operation of the
command.” As such, this organized force in essence constitutes the watch organization for
the ship, which will be organized for each essential function of the ship.
Such essential functions will be performed at ship’s Duty Stations, which will be manned
by experienced and qualified personnel, and which must be functional at all times as
required by Star Fleet Regulation 4890, which states: “Before departure into space the
Commanding Officer shall ensure that the officers and crew have been properly organized,
stationed, and trained to cope effectively with any emergency that may arise in the normal
course of scheduled operations.”
Star Fleet defines a “Watch” as any period during which an individual is assigned specific,
detailed responsibilities on a recurring basis. In most cases a watch is organized for each
major operation of the ship. In addition, watches aboard Star Fleet ships will be set for
both in-port and underway operation. Therefore, a “Watch Station” defines a specific ship
location where a specific function, required for the proper operation of the vessel, is
performed, or which relates to the security of the vessel. As such, this section will describe
the fundamental watch organization for a typical Star Fleet ship.
DUTY STATIONS AND DUTY SECTIONS
As stated in Section 5.3, Duty Stations are the specific job areas onboard a Star Fleet
ship needed to operate the ship effectively. These stations are continuously manned by
qualified personnel and comprise a “Watch Station”. However, there may be certain Duty
Stations that are not continuously manned such as the Transporter stations and some
science and laboratory stations. Therefore, a “Watch” is a specific period of time a Duty
Station is manned by a person from a particular Duty Section. The person who officially
mans or operates the station is known as the “Watchstander”.
Onboard a Star Fleet ship Duty Stations and Watches in each division are assigned on
a section basis. The ship’s organization provides for all conditions so that every job can be
done even in the absence of considerable numbers of the crew, as may be likely when the
ship is in port or in Drydock. In this way the ship is ready to meet any emergency at all
times as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4150.
Duty Sections are the groups of individuals that man a particular shift or “Watch Period”.
Everyone within a particular Duty Section will stand their watch within the same Watch
Period. On Star Fleet ships, the standard period of time for a Watch Period is six hours
while underway, and four hours in-port. However, some in-port watch periods may be as
much as 24 hours in duration. For non-critical or non-operational functions, Star Fleet
ships also have Normal Working Hours. These are the periods between 0800 and 1600
when normal ships business will be performed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WATCH ORGANIZATION
The Watch, Quarter and Station Bill is the primary vehicle for the assignment of Watch
Stations to crewmembers. It is an electronic database or billboard containing the entire
complement of the ship according to billet. This document is essentially a table organized
by Billet Number which contains the name and rank of the individual assigned to the
billet, where they are quartered and what watch station they would normally stand.
SENIOR WATCH OFFICER
The Senior Watch Officer (SWO) is the person responsible for establishing the watch
rotation and the Duty Roster. The SWO reports directly to the ship’s Executive Officer
regarding the watch organization and will report to the officer in command, the Officer of
the Conn or the Officer of the Deck, concerning the state of the watch. The SWO is a
rotational watch, established by the Executive Officer, and spans the entire working day.
Only the more senior officers will stand this duty as selected by the Executive Officer,
usually those having a rank of Lieutenant or higher. Other watch officers that come
under direct authority of the SWO are the Security Officer of the Watch (SCO), the
Duty Weapons Officer (WDO), and the Duty Flight Control Officer (FDO).
ENGINEERING OFFICER OF THE WATCH
The Engineering Officer of the Watch (EOW) is that officer on watch certified by the
Chief Engineer as qualified to be in charge of the ship’s power and propulsion plants,
and all its associated auxiliaries while underway, and for managing the watch organization
for the engineering stations. In-port, the equivalent duty officer would always be the
Engineering Duty Officer, designated as the EDO, and is responsible for the functioning
of the ship’s power systems and all ship’s services; for the conduct of all ship repairs and
maintenance scheduled for the day, and for the supervision of all ship’s engineering
activities while the ship is in-port. The Engineering Officer of the Watch will normally
stand the watch from the Chief Engineer’s Office located near Engineering.
DUTY MEDICAL OFFICER
The Duty Medical Officer (DMO) is the person, selected by the Chief Medical Officer,
to manage Sickbay and the watch organization for the medical staff on duty. The primary
responsibility of the DMO is to perform scheduled and emergency medical examinations,
to treat the sick and injured, perform sanitation inspections of food processing and eating
areas and to manage the duty medical staff and medical laboratories, both underway and
in-port. The Duty Medical Officer will normally stand his watch in the Chief Medical
Officer’s Office in Sickbay, where he will address patients and make his or her rounds.
MISCELLANEOUS WATCH OFFICERS
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships may establish other watch stations and watch
officers as needed. Some of these may be permanent, while others may be temporary. In
the case of a new permanent watch station or watch organization, the Commanding
Officer shall amend the SORM of his ship to document the change.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WATCH ORGANIZATION UNDERWAY
The basic watch organization, as shown in Figure 4b54.1, for a ship underway is designed
to maximize operational efficiency with the minimal amount of ship’s personnel on duty.
Each of the most important of ship’s functions will constitute a “Watch Station” and will be
manned by a person qualified to perform all the functions at that station.
On a typical cruiser-class Starship, with a complement of 430 crewmembers, a total of

about forty members of the crew will be on watch at any given time. This includes all vital
ship operations, important engineering and medical stations. However, it does not include
those persons that are on Normal Working Hours such as those working in the Science
Department, or those working in some of then medical areas such as the Dispensary.
These individuals will usually work an eight-hour day, usually from 0800 to 1600, but will
be on call at all times should it become necessary. The following tabulates the standard
watch stations that are manned underway for a typical Star Fleet ship.
Table 4b54.1
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP UNDERWAY WATCHES
Watch Position Watch Officer Watch Period Watch Station Location
Officer of the Conn SWO 6 Hours Bridge - Conn
Command Yeoman SWO 6 Hours Bridge - Conn
Duty Helmsman SWO 6 Hours Bridge – Helm Station
Duty Navigator SWO 6 Hours Bridge – Navigator’s Station
Duty Communicator SWO 6 Hours Bridge – Communications Station
Command Information Duty Officer SWO 6 Hours Bridge – Command Information Station
Lee Helmsman SWO 6 Hours Auxiliary Control
Duty Navigations Technician SWO 6 Hours Navigations Control Center
Duty Communications Technician SWO 6 Hours Communications Control Center
Duty Weapons Officer OPS 6 Hours Bridge – Weapons Systems Station
Fire Control Supervisor WDO As Needed Weapons Control Center
Duty Weapons Systems Technician WDO As Needed Weapons Control Center
Security Officer of the Watch SWO Entire Day Ship’s Security Office
Roving Patrol SCO 4 Hours Ship’s Security Office
Duty Engineer EOW 6 Hours Bridge – Engineering Station
Environmental Controls Supervisor EOW 6 Hours Environmental Control Center
Duty Environmental Officer EOW 6 Hours Bridge – Environment Station
Duty Environmental Systems Technician ECO 6 Hours Environmental Control Center
Auxiliary Engineering Supervisor EOW 6 Hours Auxiliary Control
Duty Maintenance Officer EAS 6 Hours Ship’s Repair Office
Duty Mechanic MTO 6 Hours Ship’s Repair Office
Duty Repair Officer EAS Entire Day Ship’s Repair Office
Duty Repairman RDO 6 Hours Repair Shop
Duty Ships Services Officer EAS 6 Hours Auxiliary Control
Auxiliaryman of the Watch SRO 6 Hours Auxiliary Control
Duty Transporter Officer EOW 6 Hours Engineering Office
Duty Transporter Operator DTO As Needed Engineering Office
Engineering Watch Supervisor EOW 6 Hours Engineering Office
Duty Propulsion Technicians (2) EWS 6 Hours Enginerooms 1 and 2
Duty Reactor Operator EWS 6 Hours Engineering – Power Control Center
Duty Electrical Operator EWS 6 Hours Engineering – Power Control Center
Duty Medical Officer MED Entire Day Sickbay
Duty Nurse DMO Entire Day Sickbay
Duty Medical Technician DMO 6 Hours Sickbay
Duty Medical Laboratory Technician DMO As Needed Sickbay – Medical Laboratory
Duty Flight Control Officer WDO As Needed Flight Control Tower

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WATCH ORGANIZATION IN-PORT
The watch organization in-port is somewhat similar to the underway organization, as seen
in Figure 4b54.2, in that the Senior Watch Officer continues to set the watch schedule,
but will report to the Officer of the Deck the status of the watch instead of the Officer
of the Conn who will, in turn, report the status of the watch to the Command Duty
Officer. Otherwise, the differences in watch manning between the in-port and underway
watch organization is significant, as will be discussed below.
In-port the crew complement is notably reduced as many of the crew may be on leave or
are only working aboard during normal working hours. In addition, since the ship may be
shutdown and receiving services from the dock, the number of watchstanders necessary to
maintain the ship in operational condition will be significantly reduced, especially those
within the engineering staff. While the ship is docked and shutdown, the majority of the
personnel in the Operations and Science departments will either be working on their
systems or projects, or will be enjoying leave and liberty privileges. Only the Security
Force will remain onboard and possibly, a Duty Communicator. The majority of the
persons standing watch in-port will be engineering, service and medical personnel. The
engineering duty that will be performed during shutdown will normally be one in which a
propulsion technician will tour the engineering spaces in order to monitor the equipment
that remains running. This is known as the Engineering Roving Watch. Most other
departments will also have a roving watch assigned to monitor the equipment that is under
their purview. The following tabulates the standard watch stations manned in-port for a
typical Star Fleet ship.
Table 4b54.2
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP INPORT WATCHES
Watch Position Watch Officer Watch Period Watch Station Location
Officer of the Deck SWO Entire Day Bridge
Command Duty Yeoman SWO Entire Day Bridge
Duty Communicator SWO Entire Day Bridge
Command Systems Roving Watch SWO 4 Hour Auxiliary Control
Weapons Roving Watch SWO 4 Hour Weapons Control
Duty Engineering Officer ENG1 Entire Day Engineroom
Engineering Roving Watch EDO 4 Hour Engineroom
Duty Services Officer EDO Entire Day Engineroom
Duty Auxiliary Operator EDO 4 Hour Engineroom
Duty Transporter Officer EDO Entire Day Auxiliary Control
Duty Medical Officer MED2 Entire Day Sickbay
Duty Nurse DMO Entire Day Sickbay
Duty Medical Technician DMO 4 Hour Sickbay
Duty Security Officer SWO Entire Day Ship’s Security Office
Roving Security Patrol SDO 2 Hour Ship’s Security Office
Hatch Sentry SDO 2 Hour At the open hatch or door
Brig Sentry* SDO 2 Hour At the Brig cell
Notes:
1. Watch assigned by the Chief Engineer.
2. Watch assigned by the Chief Medical Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WATCH PERIODS
A Watch Period is a specific interval of time when a duty station is manned by a specific
individual. However, the number of times an individual will stand the duty within a twenty-
four hour period will depend upon the number of Duty Sections established for the
“Watch Section” as illustrated in Figure 4b54.3 for underway watches and Figure 4b54.4
for in-port watches. For example, most Cruiser-class Starships may run a Four-Section
duty rotation, while the smaller Escorts may run a Three-Section watch rotation. But in any
case the maximum allowed time a person is allowed to stand a watch is twelve hours. The
following table lists the standard period of time a typical duty station will be manned by a
particular Watch Section, both underway and in-port.
Table 4b54.3
TYPICAL STAR FLEET SHIP DUTY STATION WATCH DURATIONS
Typical Watch
Duty Station Type Duration (hours) Description
Underway In Port
Stations required to operate the ship and must be
continuously manned, including:
Operational Duty • Bridge
6 4
Stations • Engineering
• Auxiliary Control
• Weapons and Fire Control
Security watches such as:
Security Duty Stations 4 2 • Roving Patrols
• Sentry Posts
Stations that perform ship missions. These stations
will be typically manned during normal working hours
and include:
Standard Work Stations 8 8
• Scientific Work Areas
• Laboratories
• Personnel Services
Sickbay. Note that Sickbay may operate under normal
working hours for scheduled medical activities, but
must be manned and ready at all times. Therefore, the
Medical Duty Stations 24 24
normal duration for medical personnel on duty will be
all day or 24 hours. However, the DMO can only stand
the duty for a total of six contiguous hours at a time
Operational Duty Stations and Security Stations must be continuously manned as

they affect the operation and safety of the entire ship. As such, these stations are manned
on a rotational schedule, usually in a six-hour watch rotation. Medical Duty Stations, on
the other hand, will me manned at all times, though the normal working hours of Sickbay
will follow the schedule for Normal Working Hours. As such, duty medical personnel will
be on call to man other medical duty stations as needed, any time during the day.
Standard Work Stations, on the other hand, are usually only manned during Normal
Working Hours, but those hours may be extended if needed. An individual working at
such a station may work beyond the standard eight hours, but no longer than twelve hours
before he is required to be relieved.
A special watch period may be established that is twelve hours in duration. As such, the
watch section will be divided into the Port and Starboard Duty Sections. Only the
ship’s Commanding Officer may authorize the ship to go to this duty rotation.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WATCH STATIONS
Watch Stations are the particular compartments, areas, locations, consoles or control
panels where important functions of the ship are carried out. As such, a “Watch Station”
may be a specific panel on the Bridge or an entire compartment such as Auxiliary Control.
All such watch stations will always be identified within the Ship’s Organization and
Regulations Manual or SORM. Persons assigned to a watch station must be thoroughly
qualified to stand the watch.
WATCH QUALIFICATION
A Star Fleet ship is a complicated piece of equipment and as such, the people operating it
must be fully trained in its operation and maintenance. Therefore, before any person
assumes a watch station he or she must be qualified to man and operate that station.
Watchstation qualification is performed by standing one or more full watch periods at the
station under supervision of a qualified watchstander. The qualified watchstander is the
person officially on watch and is the individual responsible for all aspects regarding the
operation of the station. The trainee will actually stand the watch under the direction of
the official watchstander and will perform all the functions required of the watch. The
actual watchstander will have the watch trainee perform evolutions or operate equipment
as necessary for the trainee to gain experience. In addition, the watchstander will test the
knowledge of the trainee on the technical, operational and administrative aspects of the
watch station.
When the official watchstander is satisfied that the trainee has a complete understanding
of the watchstation and all of its duties, the watchstander will make entries into the
divisional training log regarding the trainee’s qualification to stand the watch. However,
the trainee is not considered qualified to stand the watch alone until the Division Officer
is satisfied and signs the qualification record of the trainee.
Watch qualification generally begins with the potential watchstander establishing the goals
towards qualification with his or her Division Officer or Division Chief. The individual,
also known as a “Non-Qual”, will receive a manual of watch requirements he or she must
complete. The manual contains all watch stations and the evolutions (PRACFACS) that
must be completed before the individual is considered qualified to stand the watch alone.
Generally, the Non-Qual will report to the supervising watchstander and will perform the
evolutions required. The supervising watchstander will “signoff” each PRACFAC completed
by the Non-Qual. When everything is complete, the Non-Qual will submit his or her watch
qualification manual to his or her Division Officer.
The next step in the qualification process is for the Non-Qual to go in front of a board of
qualified watchstanders. The board will ask questions relating to the job functions that are
performed at the watch station. When the board is satisfied with the level of knowledge of
the Non-Qual, they will sign the qualification manual and submit it to the Training
Officer. Once the Training Officer signs-off on the manual the individual is considered
qualified to stand the watch. However, in the case of an officer, the Commanding
Officer must also sign to complete the certification.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
WATCHSTANDING FUNCTIONS
Most “Watches” aboard a typical Star Fleet ship are somewhat technical. That is, the
technicians on watch usually perform tasks that are technical in nature or require special
skills. For example, most Engineering watches require specialized skills and knowledge and
as such, the technicians standing them are usually Specialists in a particular field such as
Warp Field Dynamics or specialists in a specific ship system or component. Part of the
functions or duties of a “Watchstander” is to monitor the equipment at his or her station,
and to “log” the operating parameters of the system under his or her purview; example of
which can be seen in Figures 4b54.5, 4b54.6 and 4b54.8.
RELIEVING PROCEDURES
Relieving the watch is a process whereby the on-coming and off-going watchstanders will
discuss conditions at the station. As part of the relieving procedure, the on-coming and off-
going watchstanders will tour the station together and inspect the material condition of the
station and to point-out any defect or equipment that may be out of service or that is in
need of repair. The off-going watchstander will report on any condition or situation that
occurred during the watch, and any operation or evolution that had occurred during the
watch period.
The off-going watchstander will also notify the on-coming watch of any planned future or
upcoming evolution that will take place during the on-coming watch, or of any orders that
must be carried out during the watch period. Both the relieved and the relieving watches
are responsible that the relieving watch is completely aware of all conditions that exist
which are unusual, such as the current tactical situation, equipment that is out of service
or that is being worked on, outstanding orders, deviations from normal plant or equipment
line-up, forthcoming evolutions (if known) and any other matter pertinent to the watch.
Only when the on-coming watch is satisfied with the turnover will the watch be relieved.
However, minor issues at a watch station or equipment not in full working order are not
justifiable reasons not to relieve the watch. However, if the off-going watchstander is still
in the process of completing an evolution, the on-coming watchstander will not relieve the
watch until the evolution has been completed.
Star Fleet has established a specific procedure in which watch stations are relieved.
These procedures are incorporated into the SORM of every ship in the fleet. An example
of a relieving procedure within the SORM of a typical Starship may be found in Appendix
A of this manual.
Lastly, the Officer of the Deck in-port or the Officer of the Conn and the Engineering
Officer of the Watch will not relieve their watch until the entire watch directly under
their cognizance has been properly relieved and has settled down on station. The purpose
of this requirement is to provide for continuity of control and knowledge in case of a
casualty that may occur during the transition period. At no time will the two senior or key
persons of a watch area be in the process of actually transferring the watch at the same
time.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SECURITY WATCHES
Security Watches and patrols are established to increase the physical security of the
ship. Personnel assigned to Security Watches and Security Patrols are typically those
from the ship’s Security Division. Their duties include, but are not limited to:
 Maintaining continuous patrols about the decks

 Checking classified stowage, including spaces containing classified equipment and
material
 Being alert for evidence of hull breaches, fire and other hazards
 Checking the security of the small arms locker
 Periodically inspecting special damage control closures
 Checking for unauthorized persons onboard
Security Patrols follow an irregular route about the ship while conducting a continuous
inspection of all spaces, except those on which a watch or sentry is posted or those spaces
designated as limited or exclusion areas such as staterooms and crews quarters. The
function of the patrol is to detect hazards or prevent fires, hull breaches, theft, sabotage,
or other irregularities affecting the physical security of the ship and its personnel. The
result of such inspections will be reported to the Officer of the Conn underway, or the
Officer of the Deck in-port, after the completion of each tour. An example of a Security
Patrol is illustrated in Figure 4b54.7.
Under normal conditions security personnel touring the ship will not be armed. However,
they will be armed with Phaser II if the ship is in Material Condition III (Amber Alert)
or higher. And when the ship is in-port, security personnel assigned to sentry duty at hull
openings will always be armed with Phaser II, regardless of the material or alert condition
of the ship. And should the need arise to repel boarders, the additional security personnel
will be armed with Phaser rifles.
In addition to those duties described above, other Security Watches may be assigned at
the discretion of the Commanding Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.1
STAR FLEET SHIP WATCH ORGANIZATION – UNDERWAY
CO Commanding
CONN Officer
XO Executive
CONN Officer
CDO Command SWO Senior Watch

CONN Duty Officer CONN Officer
Bridge CON Officer of the

Stations CONN Conn

CONN Duty Yeoman CON In Training
ENG COM HLM NAV

ENGR COMM HELM NAVN
IDO Command Information ECO Duty Environmental WSO Weapons System NSO Navigation Systems
CICS Duty Officer EENV Officer WPSS Duty Officer NAVS Duty Officer
EOW Engineering WDO Duty Weapons DMO Duty Medical TDO Duty Transporter
ENGS Officer of the Watch WEPS Officer MEDL Officer TRAN Officer
SRO Duty Ships Services FDO Duty Flight Control MTO Duty Maintenance SCO Security
SERV Officer FLTC Officer MANT Officer SECB Officer of the Watch

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.2
STAR FLEET SHIP WATCH ORGANIZATION – INPORT
CO Commanding
CON Officer
XO Executive
CON Officer
Bridge CDO Command SWO Senior Watch

Stations Duty Officer Officer
CON CON
OOD Officer of the

CON Deck

CON Duty Yeoman CON In Training
CMO Duty Communications EDO Duty Engineering

MED Officer SERV Officer TRAN Officer SECY Officer
Department
Duty Officers
Department
Watches

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.3
STAR FLEET SHIP WATCHES AND WATCH PERIODS - UNDERWAY
Duty Section 1 Duty Section 2 Duty Section 3 Duty Section 1

Three Section Watch
Duty Section 1 Duty Section 2 Duty Section 3 Duty Section 4

Four Section Watch
Five Section Watch Duty Section 1 Duty Section 2 Duty Section 3 Duty Section 4 Duty Section 5 Duty Section 1
All Stations
Normal Working Hours Off-Duty Hours Off-Duty Hours
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.4
STAR FLEET SHIP WATCHES AND WATCH PERIODS - INPORT
All Stations
Normal Working Hours Liberty Liberty
On-Duty Watches Duty Section 1 Duty Section 2 Liberty Duty Section 1 Duty Section 2
Security Watches Watch 2 Watch 3 Watch 4 Watch 5 Watch 1 Watch 2 Watch 3 Watch 4 Watch 5 Watch 1 Watch 2 Watch 3
Liberty/Study/Training
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.5
STAR FLEET SHIP WATCHSTANDING – TAKING LOGS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.6
STAR FLEET SHIP WATCHES – EXAMPLE OF A DOG WATCH

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.7
EXAMPLE OF ROVING SECURITY PATROL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b54.8
AN EXAMPLE OF AN ENGINEERING SERVICES WATCH

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.5 SPECIAL DETAILS

Aside from the standard duties and watches performed onboard ship, there may special
tasks or assignments that may arise during any given mission or patrol. As such, this
section will discuss such special duties or details. A “Detail” is defined as special temporary
duty to complete a particular task or mission. A detail will generally be composed of a
specific number of persons with the specialized skills needed to accomplish the goal of the
detail. There are at least nine types of details, each of which will be described in the
following paragraphs.
For special details the Commanding Officer may ask for volunteers or assign personnel
from the Duty Roster. If the assignment is from the Duty Roster, the Commanding
Officer, or the officer in charge, is obliged not to engage in favoritism and for that reason,
persons at the top of the roster are to be chosen first.
STANDARD TYPES OF SPECIAL DETAILS
Although special details do not occur on a frequent basis or may assemble only during an
emergency situation, there are certain functions or missions that may be executed as the
need arises. These standard details are designed to handle particular known situations that
may occur during the course of a ship’s term and are listed below.
Landing Party: A team composed of specialists that transport away

from the ship to perform a specific function. The
team will normally leave the ship via Transporter.
Shuttlecraft Detail: A team assigned to embark on a mission away from
the ship using one of the ship’s shuttlecraft.
Contact Team: A team assembled for the purpose of making initial
contact with new civilizations that meet all the
requirements outlined in General Order 1.
Survey Team: A small specialized team assembled for the purpose
of performing an initial survey of a planet.
Repair And Damage Control Party: A team of specialists dedicated to handling all
emergencies aboard ship.
Casualty Assistance Team: A team composed of personnel from the off-going
watch for the purpose of supporting the on-going
watch during abnormal or emergency situations.
Inspection Team: A team assembled to perform inspections inside or
outside the ship or to beam to another vessel for
law-enforcement duty.
Rescue And Assistance Team: A team of ship’s personnel assembled for the
purpose of rendering assistance to persons or
activities outside the ship or on another vessel.
Security Detail: A team composed primarily of personnel from the
ship’s Security Division for the purpose of
performing a special security function.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LANDING PARTY
A Landing Party is any team that leaves the ship for some specific purpose. Landing
parties may either be beamed to a location using the ship’s transporter, or may land at a
location using the ship’s shuttlecraft or other vessel. By definition, two or more individuals
constitute a “Landing Party”, which may include security personnel as well as illustrated in
Figure 4b55.1. The selection of personnel to go on landing party duty will be made by the
Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn; often with recommendations from
the applicable department head or section chief. This is because landing parties perform a
specific function and as such, the personnel to staff them may not necessarily come from
the ship’s Duty Roster. For example, a Medical Landing Party will, most likely, be
composed entirely of medical personnel, with the possible inclusion of security personnel
to protect the landing party. Therefore, the personnel that will compose the landing party
will not come from the ship’s Duty Roster, but from the medical roster.
Another special form of landing party is the Science Landing Party, assembled for the
purpose of scientific research or discovery, and will, in most cases, be manned exclusively
by personnel from the Science Department. Landing parties for scientific investigations
are generally supervised by the ship’s Science Officer. That is, the Science Officer is in
charge of the landing party, but need not be a member of the party or survey group.
However, all communications from the Science Landing Party should be made to the
Duty Science Officer, who will report to the Commanding Officer on the status.
There are six categories or types of landing parties. Table 4b55.1 below lists the types and
their function, along with their composition and the equipment they will most likely carry
along with them.
Table 4b55.1
TYPES OF STANDARD LANDING PARTIES
Type Description Composition Basic Equipment
A Survey Team is a specific type of Landing  Science Officer (supervisor)  Science Tricorder
Party for the purpose of gathering detailed  Geologist or Geophysicist  Communicator
Survey information on a newly discovered planet.  Technician  Hand Phaser I
 Yeoman
A Search and Rescue Team is a Landing  Duty Security Officer  Medical Kit (Medikit)
Party used to locate and rescue persons in (supervisor)  Medical Trcorder
Search and distress. This includes ship’s personnel as  Duty Medical Officer  Communicator
Rescue well as others.  Emergency Medical  Hand Phaser I
Technician
 Security Personnel
A Medical Team is used solely for medical  Duty Medical Officer  Medical Kit (Medikit)
emergencies and assistance. This includes (supervisor)  Medical Tricorder
Medical standard medical examinations of colonists  Emergency Medical  Communicator
and expeditionary personnel. May be part of Technician
a Search and Rescue Team.
A Security Team is used to secure captured  Security Officer  Hand Phaser II
Security assets or to board a ship for military or law-  Security Personnel  Communicator
enforcement purposes.
A Diplomatic Team is assembled when first  Assigned Star Fleet  Standard Tricorder
contact is to be made with a newly Representative (FLTREP)  Communicator
discovered race or world, or when a team is  Commanding Officer  Hand Phaser I (for security
Diplomatic required to participate in joint sessions with  Security Personnel personnel only)
the disputing parties off-ship. (optional)
 Yeoman
A team of ship’s personnel, usually from the  Security Personnel  Hand Phaser II
Shore Patrol Security Division, to ensure order and  Communicator
discipline during liberty periods on shore.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHUTTLECRAFT DETAIL
A Shuttlecraft Detail is an assignment to embark on a long-range mission using one of

the ship’s service or shuttlecraft. Such missions are usually of an extended duration and far
from the ship and usually, the craft will travel in a direction that is not along the same
course as the host ship. Typically, the Shuttlecraft will be launched near the mission area
while the ship proceeds on course.
Some ships may have Attack or Interceptor craft for the purpose of protecting the ship
or to extend the reach of battle far from the ship. As such, these craft will be operated by
specially trained pilots. This is a full-time job and therefore, Interceptor and Attack
Craft duty is not considered a Special Detail.
A typical Class-F Shuttlecraft has a very limited range of operation, primarily because they
do not have the facilities for long range travel beyond six hours in any one direction. As
such, the maximum range of a Class-F Shuttlecraft is approximately 30-40 AU or six hours
at maximum sublight speed one way or twenty-four hours round trip if the craft lands on a
Class-M planet within the halfway point. Therefore, unless the craft is outfitted with
provisions and facilities for an extended duration, they will generally be used for travel only
for distances up to a radius of 18 AU from the ship.
The individual detailed to pilot or command the shuttlecraft will typically be a junior officer
or a senior technician. The rules governing the authority of the pilot are specified in Star
Fleet Regulations 5570 and 5751. These regulations state, in part, that “ The person
detailed to command Star Fleet shuttlecraft, interceptor or other service craft need only be
a Star Fleet line officer or senior enlisted Technician and shall be designated the Craft
Commander. The Craft Commander shall be responsible for the safety of the craft and its
passengers, and shall have all the authority of a Commanding Officer while the craft is
underway in space or detached from the command and functioning independently ,” and
“Except as embarked in a shuttlecraft authorized by the Director: Star Fleet Command or
the Chief of Star Fleet Operations to have a line officer or Chief Technician in charge, the
senior line officer eligible for command has authority over all persons embarked therein,
and is responsible for the safety and management of the shuttlecraft .” Therefore, the pilot,
or Craft Commander, will be the individual in charge of the craft while it is underway,
with the exception of the senior officer aboard who is in charge of the mission. The basic
responsibility of the Craft Commander will be described in Section 6.3 of this manual.
The specific mission of the craft will determine the crew composition and the equipment it
will carry. For extensive scientific missions with a lot of equipment, the crew size may be
small. This may require the use of another shuttlecraft to transport the remaining staff
since a standard Class-F Shuttlecraft can only hold up to seven persons. An example of a
typical Shuttlecraft Detail may be seen in Figure 4b55.2.
Persons assigned to a Shuttlecraft Detail will receive Flight Pay, which amounts to an
extra 75 Credits for each day the individual is attached to the craft and in the detail. And
while they are away on a mission, may receive additional pay depending upon the nature
of the mission and the risk to the individuals.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CONTACT AND SURVEY TEAMS
At any time an individual on duty aboard a Starship may be requested to join a Contact
or Survey Team. A Contact and Survey Team is an assemblage of specified personnel
for the purpose of surveying a planet and possibly, making contact with the denizens of
the newly discovered world, as required by General Order Twenty-Five.
A General Survey Party is a small team of about two or three individuals for the purpose
of performing an initial survey of a newly found planet for unknown or hidden dangers.
Once the General Survey Party has landed and has certified that all is well, a Contact
or Survey Team will be assembled under the supervision of the Science Officer, or his
designee, to coordinate the detailed survey. Typically, it will be the Duty Science Officer
that will go with and supervise the Survey Team.
Another form of landing party is the Contact Team. The function of the Contact Team
is to make the initial communication with newly found cultures and societies that meet the
requirements outlined in General Order One. The members of this team are specially
trained in dealing with alien cultures. However, before a Contact Team is deployed a
Survey Team is first sent to perform a cursory survey of the planet. Survey Teams are
generally small to minimize any exposure to unknown elements and beings, containing two
to three science specialists. Typically, the Survey Team includes a geologist, a biologist
and someone from security. Should the Survey Team encounter any sentient beings, the
team will study them for some period of time to determine their level of technology and to
study their social habits, all within the guidelines of General Order One.
Table 4b55.2
FORMS OF CONTACT/SURVEY TEAMS
Type Definition Team Composition
Designed to survey a planet with advanced life  Federation Representative (if available)
forms, and to introduce the Federation to the  Sociologist (1)
A inhabitants. General Order 1 may apply to this  Geologist or Planetary Scientist (1)
situation however, General Order 3 certainly  Engineer (1)
applies.  Security (2)
Designed to survey a planet that contains higher  Sociologist (1)
forms of life, but with little or no technological  Geologist or Planetary Scientist (1)
B development. The team is required to make  Biologist (1)
their study undetected. General Order 1 applies  Archeologist or Anthropologist (1)
to this situation.  Security (2)
Designed to survey a planet with little or no life  Geologist or Mineralogist (1)
development. Created to specifically examine  Planetary Scientist (1)
C the planet for resources and suitability for  Microbiologist (1)
colonization or as a location for a Star Fleet  Engineer (1)
facility. General Order 1 does not apply.  Security (2)
Upon completion of its task, the Contact Team or Survey Party will issue a report to a
Survey Group. A Survey Group is formed to evaluate the Contact or Survey Team’s
findings and to determine any legal precedents or other pertinent matters, and will usually
be made up of experts in the fields of sociology, geology and interplanetary law. They will
generally be the section heads while the Contact or Survey Team will contain the junior
members. The Survey Group will usually gather in a designated briefing room to debrief
the survey team and to perform the detailed analysis of the planet, society or situation, as
reported by the team, and to determine any General Order One applicability. The group
will then submit a detailed report to the Commanding Officer, along with their
recommendations for further action.
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL PARTY
A Damage Control Party or DC Team is a specific group dedicated to handling all

emergencies aboard ship. . The main function of the DC Team is to stop or mitigate the
effects of a casualty or damage to the ship. The team will usually be made up of persons
from the ship’s Repair and Damage Control division and other members of the ship’s
Engineering department, if needed.
A special form of Damage Control Party is the Fire Brigade. This is a special team of
personnel from the ship’s Damage Control section of the Repair and Damage Control
division created specifically for the purpose of extinguishing small fires aboard ship, and to
inspect and put out any remaining fires after the primary Fire Suppression Systems
have been activated. These individuals will don fire suits and enter the compartment to put
out the fires and evaluate the damage caused as illustrated in Figure 4b36.5 in Section 3.6
of this volume. These suits contain internal air tanks to prevent the firefighters from being
overcome by fumes and deadly gasses.
When a ship is at Condition I or II, the Damage Control organization of the ship will be
organized and alerted to fight several fires at the same time throughout the ship, and if
the damage has not destroyed the usefulness of the fire suppression system, very little
assistance will be required from other departments. When the ship is in Condition III or IV
underway the relief or off-going watch section will usually furnish the fire party. However,
while in-port, the on-going watch section may have to fight the fire alone. The relief watch
will be called to form a Casualty Assistance Team in order to support the on-going
watch. Therefore, in order to do this each member of the crew must be training in dealing
with fires aboard ship and in handling fire-fighting equipment.
A Repair Team is a specific detail used to perform emergency repairs to the ship after the
initial actions have been taken. Their job is to place the ship back into action after the
emergency situation has stabilized. The team is made up of members from the ship’s
Repair section and will usually contain Hull Mechanics. The Repair Team is also used
to perform repairs external to the ship as well – primarily onboard other ships or stations.
However, there may be several different teams, depending on the nature of the repair
work. The team may include personnel from other divisions besides the Repair and
Damage Control division. The number and ratings of personnel comprising a Repair
Team, as specified in the Battle Bill, will be determined by the nature of the repair job
that must be accomplished.
The Repair Team will normally muster at the Ships Repair Office for assignment, tools
and equipment, and will usually come under the cognizance of the duty Damage Control
Officer in the case of an internal emergency, or the ship’s Repair Officer in the case
where the team is required to perform work away from the ship. In charge of the Repair
Team will be the Lead Repairman, who will assess the damage and repair effort and
issue all repair assignments.
In case of General Quarters, all duty damage control personnel will assemble in the
ship’s Damage Control Center for repair assignments. The Duty Repair Officer will
assume the role of the Damage Control Officer in Charge, as specified in Section 3.4
of this manual, and will assemble the appropriate Damage Control parties as needed for
the emergency.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CASUALTY ASSISTANCE TEAM
The Casualty Assistance Team (CAT) is a group of technicians used to aid the on-going
watch during abnormal or emergency situations. This team is typically comprised of
members of the off-going [previous] watch for the particular station or watch area where
the casualty is occurring. The function of the CAT is to assist the on-duty watch in dealing
with the situation, while the on-duty watchstander attempts to maintain normal operating
conditions.
The complement of the CAT varies depending on the watch area and the emergency. For
example, the CAT for the engineering spaces will be much larger than, say, for the Phaser
Control area since there are a lot more things to do in the engine room. A CAT may also
be organized for other non-operational departments as well. An example would be the
medical CAT or Emergency Medical Team. For example, should a significant medical
emergency occur aboard ship or away from the ship, a Emergency Medical Team, or
MEDTEAM, would be organized which would include all the off-duty doctors and medical
technicians required to handle the emergency.
The CAT will be supervised by the senior technician of the off-going watch for the area
involved and will report to the senior officer of the area where the emergency is occurring.
For example, if a casualty occurred in the Engineroom the CAT would be composed of the
off-going propulsion technicians and operators, along with the senior technician, acting as
the CAT Supervisor, who will direct the CAT team. These individuals will know what
needs to be done to mitigate the emergency or repair any damaged equipment while the
active watch will control and stabilize the situation. The CAT Supervisor will keep the
senior officer of the watch informed on the mitigation efforts and the status of repairs and
equipment capability.
In the case of the Emergency Medical Team, the primary officer in charge will be the
Duty Medical Officer. When a medical emergency is announced, the assigned medical
personnel will muster in Sickbay for their assignments. The primary examination area in
Sickbay will become the triage center and the Duty Medical Officer will assign doctors
and medical technicians to teams to perform local emergency treatments and to transport
the sick and injured back to Sickbay or the triage center. In some cases the Chief
Medical Officer will take over the duty in Sickbay and direct the Duty Medical Officer
to the scene of the emergency and take charge of the medical efforts. This will usually
happen in the event of a significant medical emergency off-ship where a large staff of
medical personnel may be required.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
INSPECTION TEAMS
One form of Landing Party is the Inspection Team. This team is organized primarily for
security and law enforcement purposes. A team of security and operations personnel will
be assembled to board a civilian private, commercial or even another military vessel for the
purpose of inspection. The team will examine the cargo, manifests and other ship’s records
in order to ensure compliance with applicable regulations and Federation law. (See the
subsection entitled ‘LAW ENFORCEMENT ‘later in this section.)
An inspection team may also me made up of only one person as well; for instance during
hull inspections. Hull inspections are typically performed using a pressurized containment
device or pod. These pods can only hold one individual. Pods are electrostatically attached
to the exterior of the hull and travel around the hull using motorized treads. The pods are
protected from the elements using the ship’s fields. However, should the ship’s field fail or
become de-energized, the pod would be subject to damage and radiation. This duty is
particularly dangerous as the individual may be subject to hard cosmic radiation or the pod
in which he works in may become damaged or destroyed. As such, all persons assigned to
such duty will receive Hazardous Duty Pay for the period of the assignment.
An inspection team may also be formed to examine the interior of the ship as well.
Whenever the ship undergoes a casualty or stress, such as during a collision, ion storm or
battle, a team will be assembled to inspect the interior of the hull and vital equipment for
damage. This will usually be performed after the event has stabilized. In general, an
interior hull examination will always be performed first before sending a crew outside for
repair or inspection. A similar inspection team may also be assembled to perform an
inspection of a civilian vessel for compliance with spacecraft design and construction
regulations. However, this will usually be performed only if the Commanding Officer
suspects the condition of a vessel that is encountered in deep space.
EXTRA-VEHICULAR ACTIVITY
Extra-vehicular Activity or EVA is the term used to describe the work that is performed
outside the hull of the ship while it is underway. Usually, such work will utilize a small
travel pod that will be electrostatically attached to the outside hull. Such pods are usually
single-person capsules with minimal propulsion and maneuvering capabilities. Pods are
pressurized, but persons operating them are required to wear a pressurized space suit in
case of emergency and can only function within them for no more than several hours due
to limitations with the atmospheric revitalization equipment aboard the pod.
Personnel assigned to EVA duty will also receive Hazardous Duty Pay for their efforts.
They will receive the pay for the day they performed this duty, which is equal to ten
Credits for each hour spent on EVA duty.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RESCUE AND ASSISTANCE TEAM
The Rescue and Assistance Team or RESCAT is a team built upon a special party of
crewmembers who are capable of rendering assistance to persons or activities outside the
ship as required under Star Fleet Regulation 6630. As such, this team only deals with
emergencies external to the ship. For example, should a Star Fleet ship encounter any
vessel in distress, receive any authentic distress signal or is involved in a collision with any
other vessel, the Commanding Officer is obliged to render all assistance to persons,
ships or craft in distress as required under the regulation. Therefore, when the responding
ship reaches the destination of the distress, the Commanding Officer will assess the
situation and will assemble a Rescue and Assistance Team as needed.
The RESCAT is set up on a duty section basis in such a manner that it does not interfere
with the normal operation of the ship. This team is specially trained to assist in any of the
following situations:
a. Distress aboard another vessel,

b. Distress ashore,
c. Survivors stranded in space,
d. Collision with another ship.
The function and composition of the RESCAT will depend on the nature of the distress.
For example, the composition of an RESCAT deployed to a wrecked ship will primarily
involve engineering and repair personnel as shown in Figure 4b55.3. A RESCAT may also
involve or contain an Emergency Medical Team as well. Where injury to survivors may
be involved, or simply to evaluate the medical condition of survivors, the Commanding
Officer may direct the Chief Medical Officer to render medical attention to individuals in
distress under Star Fleet Regulation 6620.
However, the basic function of the RESCAT is to aid a disabled ship so that it can function
until a commercial repair vessel arrives, or to prevent it from exploding or becoming a
menace to navigation. It is not the function of a Star Fleet ship to perform permanent
repairs to private or commercial vessels as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 6640. The
only purpose for the repairs is to allow the individuals in distress to stay onboard their
vessel, so long as the vessel can operate safely and contains enough food and water for
survival. If the vessel is uninhabitable, the Commanding Officer must transport the
survivors to the nearest base or facility to be dropped off.
In addition, any equipment or supplies, except for food and medicine, provided by the
Star Fleet ship during the assistance must be returned to Star Fleet as required under
Star Fleet Regulations 4790 and 8790.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SECURITY DETAILS
In general, the ship’s Security Division will handle most security issues onboard ship and
are generally tasked with Security Details. A Security Detail generally consists of two
persons patrolling together, and will usually be armed with Phaser II. However, if the
situation warrants, regular members of the crew may be involved to a Security Detail.
Therefore, the purpose of this section is to explain some of the security functions normally
performed by the Security Division that may also be assigned to the crew.
SECURITY PATROLS
Security Patrols aboard ship are roving inspections performed by duty security personnel
as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4670. Their function is to protect the ship and its
personnel from unauthorized intrusion or enemy attack, to guard and protect the vital
areas of the ship from sabotage, and to patrol the ship and make security checks of all
spaces, to be on the look out for fire and other dangers, and to check the security of any
cargo the ship may be carrying.
Security Patrols are usually carried out by two security guards who will make a tour of
the ship, but may also involve several persons each making a tour of a different part of the
ship as well. Regardless, Security Patrols are part of the normal routine of the ship.
However, under unusual or tense security situations, members of the general crew may be
tasked with performing Security Patrols. As such, this would be a special detail assigned
to individuals.
BRIG DUTY
When anyone is incarcerated or detained within the ship’s Brig, it is required that armed
Security Guards be posted outside the cell entrance as pictured in Figure 4b55.4. Their
function is to observe the detainee and to keep the area secure from intruders wanting to
free the individual. As part of their duty, Brig Guards will pat down the detainee for
weapons and anything that could cause harm to the detainee or the surroundings. Brig
Duty may be assigned as a special detail to the regular crew if the situation warrants it.
PRISONER DUTY
If a prisoner is to be interned the ship’s Security Chief will assign a member of his
Security Force to guard the prisoner. The guard must always be with the prisoner, or in
plain sight of the prisoner at all times, including while the prisoner may be in Sickbay,
and will escort the prisoner wherever he may go. As such, the guard must remain with the
prisoner at all times until he is relieved.
LAW ENFORCEMENT
An Enforcement Detail is an off-ship assignment for the purpose of inspecting travel

documentation, cargo manifests or enforcing Federation law. Typically, an Enforcement
Detail will be assembled and beamed onto a private or commercial vessel during a spot
inspection. They will be armed as the situation requires, but will normally carry Phaser II.
This particular detail is also called a Boarding Party when the detail is assigned to beam
aboard a ship for law enforcement work.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OTHER SECURITY DETAILS
Ship security personnel may also be asked to protect civilian or Federation non-military
installations as well. While on patrol, a Star Fleet ship may be diverted to a locality in
order to provide security protection. In such cases the Commanding Officer will order
the ship’s Security Chief to assign a Security Detail to the locality as may be required
under Star Fleet Regulation 6570.
SHORE PATROL
The function of Shore Patrol is to maintain order among the crewmembers while on
liberty in a foreign or Federation port as required by Star Fleet Regulation 6590. Each
Star Fleet ship exercising liberty privileges at any port must provide a sufficient company
of security personnel for this function, regardless of the number of such ships exercising
liberty privileges at the same port.
All members of the ship’s Shore Patrol shall be equipped with a portable communicator
and hand phasers. The general rule for arming Shore Patrol is that contingents on patrol
in Federation ports shall be armed with Phaser I, while contingents on patrol in foreign
ports shall be armed with Phaser II. Phaser rifles shall not be used except in the case of an
action to repel boarders.
HONOR GUARD
Security details also include the Honor Guard. This is a special detail assembled during
an official visit or ceremony aboard ship. The size (number of persons) and dress of the
Honor Guard will be determined by the importance of the dignitary or official as specified
within Star Fleet Regulation 7300. Star Fleet ships do not carry an honor detachment
and therefore, the honor guard, when required, must be assembled from either the
general crew or from the ship’s Security Division[8]. Therefore, the security personnel
onboard the ship must also be trained in the duties of being an Honor Guard.
The duties of an Honor Guard will also include the protection of officials and dignitaries
while onboard. As such, security personnel will be assigned to guard visiting officials and
dignitaries, and will accompany such officials while they move about the ship at all times.
While performing the protection function, security personnel may wear the working
uniform and will not be required to wear dress uniforms while in the performance of this
function.
LANDING PARTY SECURITY
When assigned to beam to a hostile or unknown location, a Security Detail will normally
accompany the “Landing Party” as illustrated in Figure 4b55.1. Their function is primarily
to protect the members of the “Landing Party” and to scout ahead for any dangers. As
always, the Security Detail that will accompany a “Landing Party” must always keep
General Order One, or the Prime Directive, in mind when encountering indigenous
life-forms.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b55.1
TYPICAL LANDING PARTY WITH A SECURITY DETAIL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b55.2
TYPICAL SHUTTLECRAFT DETAIL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b55.3
EXAMPLE OF A RESCUE AND ASSISTANCE TEAM

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b55.4
TYPICAL BRIG SENTRY DETAIL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.6 LIFE ABOARD A STAR FLEET SHIP

This section will deal with life aboard a typical Star Fleet ship. Regardless whether the
ship is a first-line combatant or a support ship, life aboard a vessel in space is pretty much
the same. As such, the function of this section is to give the reader a sense on what life is
like aboard a Star Fleet ship.
GENERAL CREW COMPLEMENT
As stated in Section 1.7, the crew aboard a Star Fleet ship is predominantly of one racial
type. This decision was made primarily because the majority of the crew would have more
in common with one another and therefore, they would work more smoothly together,
according to psychologists. And for technical reasons, having a crew of a single type would
make it easier to maintain a consistent environment throughout the ship. Very rarely are
planetary racial types mixed within a single crew. In addition, Star Fleet ships generally
operate in a relaxed environment. Because officers and enlisted personnel must work
together in virtual isolation for long periods of time, military formalities can be relaxed.
The general gender makeup of a typical Star Fleet ship is about 66% male and 34%
female. The general rank makeup of a typical ship is about 40% officers and 60% enlisted
technicians. The ratio is rather high on the officer side primarily because of some of the
scientific and medical specialties assigned to ships.
GENERAL LIFE ABOARD
The general life aboard a Star Fleet ship basically centers on the mission. As such, the
crew will be assigned such duties as may be necessary to complete the mission. However,
the crew is afforded some level of freedom in terms of leisure time and is allowed to
decorate their living surroundings in order to give them a sense of home and privacy.
INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS
In general, men and women are free to develop relationships onboard Star Fleet ships.
However, there is always the likelihood that a woman may become pregnant as a result of
such relationships. Therefore, contraception is available for both males and females. A
single monthly injection of contraceptive drugs can reduce the risk of an unwanted
pregnancy. Such treatments are mandatory for unmarried men and women, but voluntary
for married couples.
Star Fleet ships operating in deep space do not have the facilities to care for children.
Therefore, should a woman become pregnant, it is mandatory that she be removed from
the ship at the earliest possible convenience. The woman would have the choice of either
accepting a medical discharge or accept a shore assignment. This applies to both married
as well as unmarried women. In the case of a married woman with her husband onboard,
the husband may opt to accept a shore assignment with his wife. This would not reflect
adversely on the individual. Star Fleet understands that such things do occur and will
take great pains to help the couple along in their career in Star Fleet. But it must be
understood that a Starship is a fighting vessel and that the rigors of the job demand that
individuals pay full attention to their duties at all time.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LIVING QUARTERS
Although space within a closed container such as a Star Fleet ship is at a premium, it
must be balanced out with the psychological needs of the people inhabiting it. Therefore,
every effort was made to provide some level of privacy to all crewmembers and to allow
crewmembers to decorate their quarters or bunk space with personal adornments, subject
to standards of taste and decorum. Basically, the size of the living quarters is based upon
the rank and seniority of crew members. Space inside a Star Fleet ship is at a premium
and therefore, there is little room for every crewmember to have a single stateroom like
those of the senior officers as pictured in Figure 4b56.1. Consequently, an accommodation
schedule was developed and used in the design of Star Fleet ships. This schedule is
summarized in the following table.
Table 4b56.1
SHIP LIVING QUARTER UNITS1
Quarters Accommodations
Crew Type Units
Sleeps Office Bath
Commanding Officer 1 1 Private 1
Department Heads 1 1 Private 4
Senior Officers 2 1 Private 24
Junior Officers 4 Shared2 Shared 34
Chief Technicians 3 Shared2 Shared 18
Senior Technicians 4 N/A Shared 20
General Crew 8 N/A Shared 20
Guest 1 1 Private 4
Notes:
1. Accommodations for a typical Cruiser class Starship.
2. Shared Lounge
WASHROOMS
Aboard a Star Fleet ship washrooms are either private or shared. Only single staterooms,
such as those for senior officers, will have a private washroom. All other units will have a
shared washroom. Private washrooms are equipped with an enclosed shower, a toilet, a
fold-out sink with mirror in a recessed cabinet. Shared washrooms will usually contain two
or more enclosed toilets, two or more enclosed showers, and two or more fixed-mounted
sinks with mirror.
COMMON HEADS
Common Heads are small toilet facilities scattered throughout the ship for use by on-
duty watch personnel. They are generally located within walking distance of the work area
such as near engineering, weapons, medical, scientific and other work areas. However,
due to space limitations the Common Head for Bridge personnel is located on the deck
below the Bridge. Most Common Heads are equipped with only a toilet and a fold-out
sink with mirror and are typically gender-neutral. However, on some of the larger ships
Common Heads may be divided between male and female facilities – usually adjacent to
one another. In addition, some may have a shower for emergencies such as in the event
that an individual was splashed by acids, chemicals, compounds, radioactive contamination
or hazardous biological material.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EATING ONBOARD
In today’s modern ships the problem of storing and preparing food has largely been solved
by the use of Food Synthesizers. These computer controlled devices are stocked with
basic protein, fiber and nutrient material. The synthesizer takes the aforementioned
substances and constructs a basic foodstuff. The basic foodstuff is then reworked into
predesigned textures, flavors and colors so that they become indistinguishable from the
real item. Virtually any meal or food combination can be fabricated.
The combined Food Synthesizer-Converter is called a Dispensing Converter Unit or

DC unit[9], also known as a “Food Slot.” The individual desiring a meal will simply insert a
meal or Diet Card into the card slot and the meal is prepared. The average time for a DC
unit to fabricate and prepare a meal is approximately 15-20 seconds. However, for more
complex meals or when preparing special or exotic alien meals, the time may be longer.
Unlike the military ships of old, a modern Star Fleet ship does not contain a single area
for food preparation and consumption. Areas for eating are scattered about the ship, but
primarily in all recreation and lounge areas as illustrated in Figure 4b56.3. Personnel on
duty may be allowed to eat at their station, but this completely up to the Commanding
Officer. As such, there may be some DC units scattered around other parts of the ship as
well. However, on most ships, DC units will be restricted to dining and recreational areas.
Besides the standard reconstituted meal, Star Fleet ship crews will periodically be treated
to real meals as well. These are somewhat rare since fresh vegetables, meats, etc. cannot
be maintained onboard a deep-space vessel due to space requirements. The event of real
meals will generally occur during the periods of in-space replenishment. In addition, many
of the larger Starships may contain hydroponic or other forms of gardens where fruits
and vegetables may be grown. However, these facilities are primarily used for research or
for transportation to colonies and are not large enough to sustain a full crew complement
for an extended duration out in deep space. But when available such real meals can be
produced. As such, Star Fleet ships may also have small food preparation areas called
“Galleys”, used mainly for recreation.
Although most meals are synthesized and will be essentially bacteria-free, the foodstuffs
produced must nonetheless be inspected as required under Star Fleet Regulation 8420.
Basically, the food produced is primarily inspected for quality and to ensure that the units
are properly producing the foodstuffs according to specification. Generally, this inspection
is performed by the Food Service Officer within the ship’s Supply Division. Where real
meals are prepared by hand, the sanitation of these facilities will also be inspected by the
Food Service Officer along with the Duty Medical Officer.
DIET CARDS
Diet Cards are selected meal combinations designed to set the caloric intake of an
individual based upon their body’s ability to burn-off calories. These are optional cards and
will generally be requested by the crewmember. These cards will generally be created
when an individual undergoes the mandatory quarterly physical on board and issued by
the Duty Medical Officer[10]. The Duty Medical Officer will have a Diet Card made for
the individual only by request, but the DMO may suggest one if he or she feels it will help
the individual maintain his or her weight. Diet Cards can be issued at any time with a
request from the crewmember.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
OFF-DUTY RECREATION
When not specifically on duty crewmembers may engage in recreational activities. All Star
Fleet ships contain at least one area that will be used for off-duty recreation, most of
which will be located on the decks containing the crew’s quarters. In addition, each
recreational area will also be equipped with supplies and materials such as board games
and video monitors as illustrated in Figure 4b56.2. Basically, it is the responsibility of the
ship’s Supply Division to keep the recreational facilities equipped with such supplies and
as such, all recreation areas will customarily be the responsibility of the Supply Officer,
but may also be assigned to an officer designated by the Commanding Officer to
function as the Recreation Officer.
Many of the larger ships will have a gymnasium where crewmembers can exercise or
workout as pictured in Figure 4b56.5. The gymnasium is also used for training the ship’s
Security Force as well. The gymnasium has a special status assigned to it and that it is
gender and rank neutral. Personnel who enter the gymnasium need not be formal in their
dealings with superiors or juniors, but must still show respect for any person in the facility.
This principle is illustrated by the fact that the exercise or gymnastic outfits are equipped
with the neutral blue-gray version of the Star Ship Command patch, which will not
reveal the rank or position of the wearer, or whether the wearer is an officer or enlisted
technician.
Many of the larger ships may also have a theater as well. This would allow crewmembers
to put on shows and display their acting talents to their fellow crewmates, or to permit
performances by professional actors while in port. These theaters can also show large-
screen movies and theatrical performances as well. An example of such a theater can be
seen in Figure 4b56.6.
At times, and with the approval of the Commanding Officer, a specific ship’s division or
section will treat the crew to a party or some social gathering, such as a dance. In such
cases, one of the large recreation rooms will be transformed for the occasion, and the
meals created in the ship’s “Galley.”
Although not directly related to recreation, many of the Star Fleet ships have a store
where crewmembers can purchase personal items, civilian clothes, gifts or items used to
decorate their quarters. Although such items can be easily obtained through the ship’s
fabricators, it has been shown by Star Fleet psychologists that the act of selecting and
purchasing items provides humanoids with a sense of freedom and independence that has
a significant effect on an individual’s morale. In addition, this act of purchasing gives
crewmembers a sense of “being at home” or doing the things that they might be doing if
they were at home. Such “Ship’s Stores” are typically managed by the ship’s Supply
Division and operated by Supply division personnel. The division will set the hours of
operation of the store and will work with the Office of Star Fleet Ship Services in
procuring the desired merchandise.
Star Fleet ships may also be equipped with a Personal Grooming Salon, which is
usually adjacent to the Ship’s Store. This is a small area where a crewman can get a
haircut, or a woman can have her hair and nails done. And as with the store, this facility is
operated by the Supply Division. An enlisted supply specialist with training in grooming
and coiffure will typically operate this salon. Such a person is necessary since hair cutting
and styling is still an art and not to be left up to computers and automated machinery.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LIBERTY AND SHORE LEAVE
Liberty or Shore Leave is a privilege granted crewmembers to temporarily depart the

command for personal business or pleasure, or to retire to personal quarters on shore
after normal working hours. In general, It is the policy of Star Fleet that Leave and
Liberty be granted to the maximum extent possible and practicable as specified in Star
Fleet Regulations 8410 and 6580. Normally, Liberty or Shore Leave is granted for a
duration not exceeding forty-eight standard hours. Leave, on the other hand, is the
authorized absence from the command for a duration exceeding forty-eight standard
hours. Both are explained in more detail in Section 3.9 of Volume III of the Star Fleet
Command Manual.
Liberty may also be granted to certain watch sections. Usually, the in-port watch may be
divided into Port and Starboard duty sections in which case, one of the duty sections will
be allowed Liberty for the day, while the other will remain onboard. As such, Liberty will be
granted to watch sections on an alternating twenty-four hour basis. However, in most
instances the entire crew will work aboard ship during Normal Working Hours with the
off-duty section taking Liberty from 1600 to 0800 the next day, while the duty section
remains onboard.
When Liberty is granted to a large population of the crew, the Commanding Officer
must provide a sufficient number of security personnel to maintain order and suppress any
unseemly conduct on the part of any crewmember on shore as required by Star Fleet
Regulation 6590. This constitutes the ship’s Shore Patrol and all persons on Liberty
must obey the directives or instructions of the Shore Patrol, regardless of the source of
the patrol. The Shore Patrol has the authority to revoke a crewmember’s Liberty privilege,
arrest the crewmember, physically escort the person back to the ship and detain that
person in the Brig.
However, there are some restrictions concerning the Shore Patrol. First, a Shore Patrol
cannot be formed or land at any foreign port without first obtaining the consent of the
proper local officials. Second, persons standing the duty of Shore Patrol cannot partake
of or indulge in any form of intoxicating beverage or other form of intoxicant while on
duty, or partake in any of the festivities that crewmembers may be engaged in.
Liberty may be exchanged in special cases if a crewmember obtains a volunteer relief from
someone in his or her own division who rates Liberty. Such a relief must be of a similar
rating or with a similar qualification. The crewmember desiring Liberty will make a request
of his or her Division Officer.
Table 4b56.2
FORMS OF LEAVE AND LIBERTY
Type Reason
While import or on shore duty, normal liberty is the time period after normal working hours
Normal Liberty
so long as individuals do not an inport watch that day.
Extra liberty may be granted to crewmembers that, by reason of special effort, have aided
Meritorious
the ship in obtaining especially creditable results in examinations or inspections; or may be
Liberty
granted for especially meritorious conduct.
Special Liberty Liberty granted to individuals at the discretion of the Commanding Officer.
Regular Leave Granted to individual crewmembers and only when the ship is in port.
Emergency Granted to individuals with special needs or medical emergencies at home. Granted at any
Leave time and including while the ship is underway.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ONBOARD PAY
Although the crew is continuously accruing pay, crewmembers do not get paid or receive
funds while underway on patrol. The supervision of pay and pay records are the province
of the ship’s Personnel Officer.
Should a crewmember wish to purchase something, either in-port or at the ship’s store, he
or she will use their Star Fleet Identification Card for such purchases, or if cash is
required, the crewmember may see his or her Personnel Officer to receive cash and
debit their pay account using their Star Fleet Identification Card.
RELIGIOUS SERVICES
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships are obliged to observe religious days and
accommodate the crew regarding religious observance, with limitations, as required under
Star Fleet Regulation 4450. This regulation states, in part: “Except by reason of
necessity or in the interest of the welfare and morale of the personnel of the command,
the performance of work shall not be required on religious days .” However, that does not
include the required watches for the operation and safety of the ship, and a person on
watch during religious services is allowed to make arrangements with other crewmembers
concerning the attendance of such service.
Many of the larger ships contain a small chapel, such as the one pictured in Figure 4b56.4,
in which religious services or events may be observed. The Chapel is designed as a generic
place to practice any of the known religions within the Federation. The Chapel will
normally be under the authority of the ship’s Chaplain, if available, or the senior
designated Lay Person through the ship’s Executive Officer. Regulations require that
the Chapel be a place of peace and quiet and therefore, quiet shall be observed around
the area. In addition, regulations also allow that appropriate music may be played in the
Chapel during such services. If the ship does not contain a chapel, the Commanding
Officer will designate a place and reserve a time for religious services.
INSPECTIONS
According to Star Fleet Regulations 4310, the Commanding Officer is required to

perform inspections periodically. Such inspections will be performed on both the ship and
the crew. First, regarding ship inspections, the primary purpose of this type of inspection is
to determine the general material condition of the command; to find any material
deficiencies and to ascertain the general cleanliness of the ship. This type of inspection is
usually performed at the Department Head level. In addition, a general sanitation
inspection will periodically be performed by the Medical Department in crew’s quarters,
washrooms and common heads, and especially in areas where food is prepared.
The second form of inspection is the personnel inspection, where the ship’s company is
inspected by the Commanding Officer for neatness and cleanliness as required by Star
Fleet Regulation 4310. Usually, this type of inspection is held on a scheduled basis or
for special occasions where the crew will wear dress uniforms or parade before dignitaries.
In addition, personnel inspections will also be performed before the crew goes on Liberty.
This is so that ship’s personnel in foreign or other ports will present a good image of the
Star Fleet. This inspection will usually be performed by the Division Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CREW ACCOUNTMENT
Crew accountment is when units of a command assemble at their designated duty area for
a head count. This is called “Mustering” and is required under Paragraph 2 of Star Fleet
Regulation 4310. As such, each command unit, such as a Section or Division, will
perform a roll call each day to ensure all personnel are present and accounted for. This will
always be performed while a ship is in port. However, while a ship is underway, crew
mustering within a command unit will generally not be performed. Crew accounting is
automatic when individuals are required to stand a watch. If an ongoing watchstander
does not appear for duty, someone will be dispatched to locate the individual. Certain
sections, such as sections within the Science Department, that perform work during
normal working hours, will muster at the work location at 0800 and prior to the start of
ship’s work.
FULL CREW MUSTER
A full crew muster occurs when the entire ship’s company is assembled for inspection,
instruction or command turnover. This assembly can either be formal, as during special
ceremonies such as the passing of command from one to another, or informal as in the
case where the Commanding Officer gathers the crew for a face-to-face meeting.
Typically, this is performed in an area of the ship where the entire crew, if possible, can
assemble. For the larger Starships, the Flight Deck will be the normal area of the ship
for this assembly.
When the crew is formally mustered, each division is assigned a “Parade” or a space on
the deck for its formation. As much as possible, all departments will form a line with their
divisions facing inboard towards the center, and an open access strip going fore and aft for
the Commanding Officer and others to pass through. The order of the parade will be in
the order of Department number, which is: Operations, Engineering, Medicine, Science and
any other department that may be assigned such as those on specialized support ships.
RESTRICTIONS
Restrictions are a form of non-judicial punishment administered by the Commanding

Officer. In general, a Restriction is a restraint of the same nature as arrest, imposed
under similar circumstances and by the same authorities, but which does not involve the
suspension of duty. In such cases the individuals under such punishment will be restricted
from Leave or Liberty and may not leave the ship without special permission. Persons on
such restriction are:
1. Persons who are restricted to the ship as a result of non-judicial punishment assigned
at a Captain’s Mast;
2. Persons who are on the medical restricted list or are quarantined; and
3. Persons who are restricted awaiting Captain’s Mast, court-martial or trial.
All persons that are on Restriction, or confined to the Brig, must be accounted for daily
and a report given to the Commanding Officer as part of the eight o’clock report in
conformance with Paragraph 3 of Star Fleet Regulation 4310. This report will usually
be issued by the ship’s Security Division and given to the Executive Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DISCIPLINE
The nature of military service demands compliance with orders and authority, sometimes
in situations in which life or death rests upon that compliance. As such, Military
Discipline is a state of order and obedience existing within a command. It involves the
ready subordination of the will of the individual for the good of the group; it demands the
correct performance of duty. The need for discipline is best inculcated in the individual by
appealing to his or her sense of reason. In the few instances where the appeal to reason
fails, the use of punishment will be effective in causing a recalcitrant individual to conform
and perhaps appreciate the need for discipline. Condemnation and earned praise from a
senior to his subordinates, either individually or collectively, for tasks well done serve to
strengthen the disciplinary bonds which bind together the smooth functioning of the team.
The punishment used by Star Fleet such as extra duty, loss of Liberty, loss of pay, and
confinement has three purposes: 1) To deter the individual from violating regulations; 2)
To induce the individual to perform his or her duty; and 3) To provide an example to
others. The word discipline is defined as “Training that is expected to produce a specific
character or pattern of behavior, especially such training that produces moral or mental
improvement and is a systematic method to obtain obedience .”
Discipline for minor infractions will generally be performed by the individual’s immediate
supervisor or the ship’s Executive Officer. For minor infractions of ship rules or simple
misbehavior, the Executive Officer will initiate corrective measures on the individual. As
such, the Executive Officer may assign extra duty since he is the senior Watch Officer
of the ship. However, more serious infractions of ship’s policies and regulations will require
a mast or a meeting with the Commanding Officer.
When an individual breaks a rule or regulation, or is negligent, careless, or unmilitary in his

or her conduct, the individual may be placed “On Report” by a senior enlisted person or
commissioned officer. This means that the individual must appear before the
Commanding Officer at a specified time for a hearing and possible punishment. This is
referred to as a “Captains Mast”, an example of which can be seen in Figure 4b56.10. As
ultimate commander of the vessel the Commanding Officer is authorized to assign
certain punishments for minor offenses that do not require a court-martial. Cases are tried
and punishments given, which may include: withholding of privileges for a period not to
exceed two consecutive weeks; or restriction and confinement for a specified term, with or
without suspension from duty, for a period not to exceed two weeks; or extra duties for a
period not to exceed two weeks, and not to exceed two hours per day, holidays includes;
or a reduction to the next inferior grade or rank, if the grade from which the offender is to
be demoted was established by the command; or if imposed upon a person attached to or
embarked
For violations of Star Fleet Regulations or Federation law, a court-martial may be

required. If the Commanding Officer decides that the offense deserves a punishment
more severe than he is authorized to assign, he may convene a Summary Court-
Martial, which consists of only one officer. When the Commanding Officer is the only
officer present, he may also act as Summary Court Officer. A Summary Court may
award any of the punishments which a Commanding Officer is empowered to assign
and may award a harsher punishment if needed. For very serious violations of regulations,
law and for capital offenses, the Commanding Officer must defer to a higher court.
Such violations may involve a Special or General Court-Martial, which is empowered to
adjudge any punishment including death. As such, the ship must proceed to the nearest
Starbase for trial.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.1
TYPICAL SENIOR OFFICER’S STATEROOM

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.2
OFF-DUTY LEISURE TIME IN A TYPICAL RECREATION AREA

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.3
MEAL TIME ON BOARD

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.4
ATTENDING CEREMONIES AND RELIGIOUS SERVICES

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.5
ENGAGING IN GYMNASTIC EXERCISES

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.6
ATTENDING THEATRICAL PERFORMANCES

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.7
ATTENDING LECTURES AND SEMINARS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.8
STROLLING ABOUT THE DECKS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.9
FORMAL DINING AND PARTIES

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b56.10
ADMINISTERING DISCIPLINE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.7 TRAINING ABOARD SHIP

Star Fleet ships are highly complex pieces of machinery, which requires people with a
high level of education and training to operate them. As such, officers and technicians
aboard a Star Fleet ship must continuously be trained and tested in order to maintain
their qualification and expertise in their job functions. Therefore, Star Fleet Regulation
4620 requires Star Fleet Commanding Officers to have the officers and technicians
under their command maintain a high degree of professional competence. To meet this
regulation the Commanding Officer will provide training and continuous education to
members of his crew; to acquire and maintain the necessary resources for such training;
and allow all members of his crew to attend off-ship formal training classes as necessary
and appropriate.
SHIPS TRAINING OFFICER
All Star Fleet ships will have a Training Officer responsible to provide and maintain the
facilities, materials and instructors for onboard training. On the larger ships, the Training
Officer will be a permanent billet assigned by the ship’s Executive Officer. However, on
the smaller ships, the Training Officer will be a supplementary function that will be
assigned to a junior officer by the Executive Officer. In all cases the Executive Officer
shall be the chief Training Officer for the command as shown in Figure 4b57.1.
Basically, the duty of the Training Officer is to establish and maintain the ship’s training
program; schedule training classes and events, provide or create training materials, ensure
that training equipment, manuals and supplies are readily available, and to maintain the
list of qualifications. Specifically, the function of the ship’s Training Officer is to:
1. Provide the necessary training and instruction to all members of the crew,
2. Provide adequate facilities to accomplish the training,
3. Provide and manage the instructors needed for training and coaching,
4. Provide the appropriate materials and training aids,
5. Schedule the training and the facilities needed for training,
6. Maintain the training records of the crew.
CLASSROOM TRAINING
Some training onboard a Star Fleet ship will require a formal classroom-like setting such
as for highly technical or theoretical topics, while others may only require self-study, as
shown in Figure 4b57.2. In general, Star Fleet ships do not normally have permanent
classrooms, but must rely on other areas of the ship for classroom training. Typically,
classes will be held in designated recreation areas, or for larger classes and lectures, may
be held in the ship’s theatre, if available. In any case, the ship’s Training Officer will
schedule the use of these areas in advance with the approval of the Executive Officer.
In addition, all computers aboard Star Fleet ships are equipped with various simulation
programs that can be used for training. Specifically, engineering personnel can utilize
special simulator software that can imitate main or impulse engine operation. In addition,
some of the control panels have a test feature whereby the panel can be placed in a test
or simulation mode and allow operational simulations to be performed without affecting
the ship or system operation.
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
JOB BILLET QUALIFICATION
All watch stations and job billets aboard a Star Fleet ship require training and certification
before an individual can stand a watch by themselves. Much of the training concerning job
billets was accomplished while the technician was attending the Fleet Schools associated
with his or her rate, or has attended formal training sessions while striking for his or her
rate. As such, this is the first level of qualification to assume the duties of his or her job
billet. This level of qualification allows the individual to perform only those duties that do
not directly affect ship operation. Individuals at this level are qualified to make repairs and
fix equipment. However, a technician cannot immediately stand any watch where critical
ship functionality is involved simply on the basis of this level of qualification alone. All
technicians must be trained on the watch by standing the watch under supervision of a
qualified watchstander, and must be tested on the job functions of the watch before the
individual can be certified to perform the duties on his or her own. The following section
will describe the basic process for watch certification.
WATCH QUALIFICATION
In order to stand a watch, the person designated to stand the watch must be certified to
stand the watch. Watch qualification entails knowing the surroundings, compartment or
area; knowing the equipment and how it functions within the space; knowing how to
operate the equipment under all conditions; knowing how to make the necessary repairs in
order for the equipment to continue to safely function; knowing all control switches and
panels associated with the watch; and knowing how to deal with any emergency situation
within the watch area. This requires the prospective watch stander to undergo a formal
training program in order to qualify to stand the watch.
Watch qualification generally begins with the prospective watchstander setting the goals
towards certification with his or her Division Officer or Division Chief. At this point, the
individual, also known as a “Non-Qual”, will receive a manual of qualifications he or she
must complete. The manual contains all watch stations and the evolutions (PRACFACS)
that must be completed before the individual is considered qualified to stand the watch
alone. Generally, the Non-Qual will report to the supervising watchstander and will perform
the evolutions required. The supervising watchstander will “sign-off” each PRACFAC
completed by the Non-Qual. The Non-Qual will also be tested in emergency procedures
and operations to ensure a complete understanding of the functions that need to be
performed during a casualty. When everything is complete and signed off, the Non-Qual
will submit his or her qualification manual to his or her Division Officer. The Division
Officer will review the document and submit his or her approval for the individual to
advance to the next stage of certification.
The next stage in the certification process is for the Non-Qual to go in front of a board of
qualified watchstanders. The board will ask questions relating to the job functions and the
various evolutions that are performed at the watch station. When the board is satisfied
with the level of knowledge of the Non-Qual, they will sign the qualification manual and
submit it to the Training Officer. Once the Training Officer signs-off on the manual the
individual is considered qualified to stand the watch. However, in the case of an officer,
the Commanding Officer must also sign to complete the certification.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
EXAMINATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS
In accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 8311, a record of all training, schooling and
certifications completed by members of the Star Fleet Service must be placed in their
Service Record. This is to ensure that individuals assigned to commands are qualified to
perform their jobs and a record of such exists to provide evidence of such certifications.
In order to ensure that local training is proper and complete, a formal certification program
must be established. For each watch or station qualification there must be a record
indicating that the individual is certified to stand the watch alone. This certification record
usually includes the Practical Factors (PRACFACS) that must be completed as well as
an examination of the extent of knowledge of the trainee. As such, commands will issue
Qualification Manuals that contain the requirements that must be met for a watch
station or billet, and various examination and sign-off sheets indicating the successful
completion of a watch station, PRACFAC, and written or verbal examination regarding the
systems and equipment associated with the watch qualification. At the end of the training
program, the manual is given the individual’s Division Officer for signature indicating
that the individual is qualified to stand the watch. The Qualification Manual, which is an
electronic clipboard the trainee maintains, is then submitted to the Training Officer to be
downloaded into the ship’s Training Database and the individual’s Service Record.
STARSHIP QUALIFICATION
Another level of qualification that must be completed by all those who serve aboard a Star
Fleet ship is known as Starship Qualification. This applies primarily to those serving on
the line combatants. Persons serving aboard support ships are not required to undergo this
certification, except as required by the ship’s Commanding Officer.
Starship Qualification is the process in which all crew members must understand the
basic functions of the ship in toto, as well as an understanding of the duties performed by
other individuals at each watch station aboard ship. The purpose of this qualification is two
fold: 1) to provide crewmembers with an understanding of each others job responsibilities
and, 2) to provide crewmembers with a level of competence in filling another persons job
responsibility in the event an extreme situation exists whereby critical ship functionality
must be performed by individuals from another billet.
Starship Qualification is another formal process that must be performed aboard ship.
The qualification process is very similar as what the crewmember must perform for that
watch certification for his or her billet. However, a detailed knowledge of the functions
performed at the station is not required, but only a cursory understanding of the functions
and how to merge into the watch station, if required. The process requires each
crewmember to train on the various watch stations and ship’s systems, and stand at least
one hour at the watch station. It is expected that personnel assigned to a Starship will be
completely qualified within two years.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TRAINING DRILLS
The function of training exercises or drills is to sharpen the skills of the crew in the
handling of emergencies and abnormal ship conditions. As a secondary function, drills help
test the procedures used in mitigating emergencies. In addition, drills develop teamwork
among the crewmembers so that everyone in every department knows exactly what must
be done in every emergency. Each individual’s job has been assigned for a purpose. By
drilling together, the ship’s crew develops unity of action and teamwork, and, for this
reason, each individual must participate in all emergency drills. As such, Commanding
Officers will schedule training drills to be performed by the entire ship and drills to
exercise specific departments.
Drills are repeated practical exercises. They are usually designed to gain knowledge and
experience on functionality that is not normally executed or infrequently performed, and
test the individual’s knowledge of special and seldom-used processes or equipment. For
example, exercising the crew on the procedures required when going to General
Quarters or Battle Stations, or to handle general emergencies such as fire and collision.
Drills will be performed at each command as required under Star Fleet Regulations
4620 and 4650. There are several types of drills, depending on the object of the training.
The following table lists some of the types of drills that may be employed.
Table 4b57.1
TYPES OF DRILLS AND PRACTICAL EXERCISES
Drill Type Function
 Used to train crews on battle stations
Battle Drills  Used to test the reaction time of systems and personnel
 Sometimes used to test weaponry and weapon systems
 Used to train for general emergencies
 Used to train medical staff
Emergency Drills
 Drills include fire, hull breach and weapons issues
 Used to test emergency procedures
 Used to train engineering staff
Engineering Casualty Drills  Used to practice brining up and shutting down power systems
 Used to evaluate response times of the CAT and other support teams
 Performed during the normal course of operation
 To perform unusual functions or operations, or to test rarely used procedures
and equipment
Operational Drills  Periodically used to calibrate equipment and instruments
 Drills include operational emergencies and the use of secondary systems
 Test the knowledge of watchstanders concerning the equipment at their
location

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b57.1
STAR FLEET SHIP TRAINING ORGANIZATION
1100
Executive
Officer
XO
2530
Ship’s Training
Officer
TRN
2531<n> xxxx 2532 2533

Departmental Training Materials Training Facilities
Instructors
Instructors Assistant Assistant
TR<n> ??? STM STF

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b57.2
EXAMPLE OF SELF-STUDY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.8 GENERAL QUARTERS

General Quarters (GQ) or Battle Stations, also known as a Red Alert, is the same as
Alert Condition 1 of the condition watches. When a ship goes to “Battle Stations”, the
crew will be stationed at their “Battle Stations” according to the ship’s Watch, Quarter
and Station Bill (WQSB) as outlined in the Ship’s Organization and Regulations
Manual or SORM. General Quarters is sounded whenever this ship is attacked or is
about to be attacked, or for any other ship’s emergency. The Officer of the Conn, acting
immediately or according to orders, sounds the General Quarters alarm whenever the
ship’s sensors indicate the presence of a belligerent or unknown force; when the vessel is
in dangerous or unknown space, or when there is an increased chance of enemy attack.
Whenever General Quarters sounds, every crewmember stops whatever they are doing
and immediately proceeds, on the double, to their GQ station. Usually, General Quarters
is called by first making an announcement over the ship’s Intercom with the order: “All
hands man your Battlestations,” or “All decks General Quarters,” or “Red Alert; all hands to
Battlestations.” The announcement will then be followed by the appropriate Annunciator
alarm and the flashing red alarm lights.
Going to General Quarters will also mean that the ship will be placed in a particular
Material Condition as specified by the nature of the alert. When a specific Material
Condition is set, the ship’s computer will automatically “rig” the ship by closing-off certain
accessways and energizing or de-energizing specific systems. The actions taken to rig the
ship for a specific emergency is covered in detail within Section 3.4 of this manual.
General Quarters or GQ1 is the highest level of alert the ship can be placed. However,
there are other levels of readiness the ship will be placed that will also require action on
the part of the crew. The second condition is GQ2 or a Yellow Alert. This is specifically
designed to handle possible emergencies or to deal with intruders and other unauthorized
visitors that will place the crew in a heightened state of awareness and readiness. This
alert will be sounded whenever there is an unknown danger. Ships may also go to this
state of readiness from GQ1 when the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the
Conn is convinced the situation no longer warrants GQ1 for the moment. In this condition
the crew will remain at their action stations until told to do otherwise.
GQ3 or a Standby Alert, also known as an Amber Alert, is when the ship is placed in a
heightened state of readiness in preparation for some possible action. This is essentially a
precautionary measure and does not require the crew to perform any specific action or
place them at a particular action station. The crew will go about their normal routine, but
will be mindful that a change in alert condition may occur at any moment.
The remaining two conditions represent peacetime activities, but are divided into the two
categories of cruising, and of being docked and shutdown. Cruising presents is own sense
of danger as simply moving about in space is hazardous. Personnel must be aware of and
be prepared for anything, such as sudden changes in direction or speed, each of which can
cause some level of injury, though the ship’s fields are designed to minimize such effects.
Peacetime docking, on the other hand, is the ultimate condition in which a ship can exist.
However, security precautions must still be maintained. Security guards will be posted at
all ships openings to prevent unauthorized persons from walking aboard, and to greet
authorized personnel and visitors to the command.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CONDITIONS OF READINESS
their commands in a state of maximum readiness for war or other conflict. As such, the
ship may be placed in a specific state of readiness depending on the situation. These
states of readiness were described in Section 3.4 of this manual and will be reiterated in
this section. The following table lists the five Conditions of Readiness and the actions
the crew will take.
Table 4b58.1
SHIPS CONDITIONS OF READINESS
Alert
Condition Readiness
Code Action Description
(GQ) Condition
Color
 All hands will go to their Battle or Action Station
 Officer of the Conn will order weapons systems to be
powered-up
 Duty Repair Officer will assume the role of the
Battle Stations/ Damage Control Officer in Charge (DDO)
1 RED
General Quarters  Damage Control Center (DCC) is activated
 Appropriate damage control and repair parties
assembled
 Bridge Sentry is posted
 Commence armed Security Patrols
 All hands will go on heightened alert, but will not be
required to go to their action station
 If coming from GQ1, all hands will remain at their
action station until notified to do otherwise
2 YELLOW Intruder Alert  All hands will report to the Bridge that their area is fully
ready or clear of any intruder
 Bridge Sentry posted
 Commence an armed Security sweep of the ship;
Intruder Control System activated
 All hands will go on heightened alert, but will not be
required to go to their action station
 All hands should be close to communications stations
3 AMBER Standby Alert
and should be able to hear and respond to any
instructions announced over the Intercom
 Bridge Sentry is posted
 All hands will execute normal work routine
 Normal security precautions taken and regular security
N/A GREEN Peacetime Cruising
checks made
 No special security precautions are required
 Normal security precautions will be taken
N/A N/A Peacetime Docked
 Security guards posted at all ship openings
In general, the ships' overall effectiveness and response time in battle or for an emergency
depends not only on when General Quarters is sounded, but immediate adherence to it,
accountability of personnel, and assignment of tasks based on available personnel at hand.
The ship's mission must still be carried out in the event of missing personnel at any
particular action station, and that the redistribution of personnel, equipment, and weapons
will be part of the decision-making process of the senior crewmen in each station,
combined with collective decisions throughout the ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
BATTLE STATIONS
A Battle Station is a specific version of General Quarters where crewmembers will go

to a particular duty station when the ship goes to GQ1 or is under a Red Alert. When
Battle Stations is sounded, each crewmember will immediately proceed to their assigned
action station as specified in the Watch, Quarter and Station Bill. This includes off-duty
crewmembers as well as those on watch. However, those on watch will remain at their
station, but will rig their station to meet the specific condition of readiness. An example of
the crew going to General Quarters can be seen in Figure 4b58.1 and an illustration of
the Bridge at General Quarters shown in Figure 4b58.2.
Basically, the procedure for going to Battle Stations is as follows:
1. When GQ1 is called, all crewmembers must drop what they are doing, stow any non-
battle related or non-emergency gear and report to their action station unless they are
already on watch. It is of utmost importance that each crewmember not only report
immediately to their action station assignment, but that no one restricts the movement
of any other crew member who is in the process of doing the same.
2. A station roll is called and duties are assigned according to the situation that brought
about the General Quarters alarm. That is, each action station will report their status
to the Bridge. It is very important that the Con is made aware of the ship’s readiness
for action and that all hands are ready for action.
3. The senior person at each action station must ascertain who is present and who is not
as a way to account for casualties (wounded, missing or dead crewmembers, etc).
This is especially important in view of the fact that certain portions of the ship may be
sealed off to prevent or mitigate atmospheric loss, fire, smoke, enemy attack, etc.,
because a crewmember might be sealed in a part of the ship that prevents him or her
from reporting to his or her action station.
4. Armed security personnel will be deployed to critical areas of the ship. And in the
event that intruders are aboard the ship and attempt to intermix with the crew, roll-
call and face-recognition by security personnel will be performed to identify them.
A ship's crew remains at Battle Stations indefinitely until the command "Secure from
Battle Stations" or "Secure from General Quarters" is sounded. The ship's captain, after
receiving information from department heads, has the ultimate authority to call a stand-
down from Battle Stations. However, in the event that the Commanding Officer has
become incapacitated to the point of being unable to command, the Executive Officer
becomes the captain, and that authority will switch hands. When the intercom is intact, it
is used to announce stand-down, but other systems, including word-of-mouth, may be
used also. It is important to note that caution must be applied to ensure that the order to
stand down is authentic, and not stemming from miscommunication or enemy subterfuge.
Under normal circumstances, there is no set time-period that General Quarters will
remain in effect; it is dependent upon the reason that it was called in the first place, and
whether or not that reason still threatens the ship and its crew. The entire ship may be
called to stand down from General Quarters all at once, or certain sections/units/duties
may be told to remain at Battle Stations, such as propulsion systems, weapons, medical,
attack or service craft, command centers or watch stations.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Due to having a large percentage of the crew (sometimes 100%) at readiness and the
suspension of life-support systems as mentioned above, it is in the interest of the ship and
the crew to balance the need for General Quarters against the judgement for calling it
off. While a ship and its crew are at Battle Stations, its readiness is enhanced, but the
longer they remain at Battle Stations while no immediate action takes place from the
threat, stress sets in and increases as time goes by. Fewer crewmembers are available to
relieve posts because the majority of the crew is already on duty. Eating, sleeping, and
general living activities have been cut back severely, which cannot continue forever. When
making the decision to release all or part of the crew from Battle Stations, the mission,
safety, security and sanctity of the ship is of utmost importance, and takes precedence
over human comforts. However, this condition may be relieved by taking the ship to a
lower level of readiness such as GQ2 or Yellow Alert.
Once “Secure from Battle Stations" is sounded it will usually be accompanied by an

announcement of which duty section(s) will remain on station for normal tasks and duties.
If damage is probable, suspected, unknown or has occurred, damage-control parties will
be dispatched to either assess it or repair it. Life-support systems that were suspended or
cut back are restored; craft, weapons, and other equipment are all stowed and prepared
for future use. Casualties are attended to and their duties redistributed among able-bodied
crewmembers. Coordination with other friendly ships in the immediate vicinity, with higher
command, and with shore-based units must be done again, to alert them to the ship's
status. When operationally prudent, the ship's location at the end of Battle Stations
should be transmitted to higher authority, other friendly ships and craft. Usually, if one
ship in close proximity to other friendly ships stand down from Battle Stations, all of the
others may do so as well, Coordination is made with other friendly vessels in the area to
ensure rescue and recovery of any damaged vessel or crewmember adrift in space, which
may also include crewmembers from other Star Fleet ships, enemy vessels, civilians, and
other non-combatants.
“After-Action Reports”, “Battle-Damage Assessments”, “Damage-Control Reports” and

many other reports are generated as soon as possible to inform the captain of the ship's
performance during battle and its worthiness and preparedness for normal operations and
future action as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4710. In some situations instead
of sounding “Secure from Battle Stations" a more stringent call may be sounded, based on
a worsening of the situation such as "Abandon Ship", or "Emergency Separation".
Preparing a crew (and passengers or embarked troops) for Battle Stations is just as
important as carrying out a real one, and is tantamount to carrying it out successfully. As
such, numerous drills are a normal part of a crew's life, and often become monotonous,
but are still necessary. Timing for having the ship “at” Battle Stations is essential, from
the moment it's sounded until the captain is informed that the ship is secure. If one
crewmember is unaccounted for at the assigned battle station, that Department Head
cannot yet report “All Hands Present and Accounted For”, thereby rendering the entire ship
“not at” Battle Stations. In addition, training drills must be run at various times of day
and night, various days of the week, and introduce various scenarios that mirror any
potential threat. Following each drill, the leadership is responsible to analyze response-
time, readiness factors, suitability of the crew under stress, etc, and continually perfect
any discrepancies. It is equally important to communicate to the crew how well they have
done in the areas where they excelled, without causing false confidence. This will normally
be the responsibility of the ship’s Executive Officer.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL EMERGENCIES
General Emergencies are conditions that affect the ship, but that are not as a result of
battle. These emergencies will also require the ship to go to General Quarters or GQ1
and will also require that crewmembers go to their action stations, but in accordance with
Section 8.2 of the Watch, Quarter and Station Bill, should there be an action that
needs to be performed under the specific condition. In most cases, the majority of the
crew will remain on station and that specific teams from the ship’s Repair and Damage
Control division or from the ship’s Medical Department will be assembled and deployed
to the emergency. In many cases General Quarters will be instigated by a crewmember
that came across a dangerous situation, such as a fire or an injured crewmember. In such
cases the crewmember detecting the problem will sound the alarm and report to the
Bridge the nature of the emergency through a nearby Comm Station, as shown in Figure
4b58.3. In all cases, it will be the Bridge that will place the ship on General Quarters and
issue the instructions over the ship’s Intercom. The following subsections will describe the
actions that may be taken by crewmembers for the specific emergency mentioned.
SHIP REPAIR AND DAMAGE CONTROL
During a battle condition or general emergency the ship and its equipment may become
damaged requiring a team to mitigate the consequences of the damage and to restore the
ship back to full operating condition. As such, all Star Fleet ships will have a dedicated
Damage Control organization for the purpose of prevention, mitigation and control of
ship damage to the vessel, and to place the vessel in the material condition ordered by the
Commanding Officer. Whenever the ship goes to General Quarters the Duty Repair
Officer will activate the Damage Control Center (DCC) and will assume the duty of the
Damage Control Officer in Charge or DDO as described in Section 5.5. And depending
upon the emergency, the DDO will organize and manage the two teams activated for any
event: the Damage Control Party or DC Team and the Repair Team. The job of the
DC Team is to stop the event and to mitigate its consequences. The Repair Team’s job
is to bring the ship back to a Material Condition that will make the ship as fully
functional as possible, and will inspect the vessel and its vital components for damage as
illustrated in Figure 4b58.4.
To help the on-going watch with their duties while engaging in a casualty, a Casualty
Assistance Team or CAT team will be organized to assist the on-going watch with their
duties. The Casualty Assistance Team is a group of technicians used to aid the active or
on-going watch during abnormal or emergency situations. This team is typically comprised
of members of the off-going [previous] watch for the particular watch station or area
where the casualty is occurring. The function of the CAT is to assist the on-duty watch in
dealing with the situation, while the on-duty watch attempts to maintain normal operating
conditions. A more detailed description of the Casualty Assistance Team may be found
in Section 5.5 of this volume.
To deal with emergencies away from the ship, a Rescue and Assistance Detail will be
organized. A RESCAT team is an organization built upon a special party of crewmembers
capable of rendering assistance to persons or activities outside the ship. The RESCAT will
typically be officers and technicians from the Repair and Damage Control division of
the ship’s Engineering Department and from the ship’s Medical Department. A more
detailed explanation of the RESCAT can be found in Section 5.5 of this manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FIRE
The most hazardous emergency that can occur aboard ship is a fire. A fire aboard a ship is
especially dangerous considering that a vessel is an enclosed structure. Fires consume
oxygen, damages equipment; releases toxic fumes, and if hot enough, can melt bulkheads.
A more detailed explanation regarding fires onboard ship can be found in Section 3.6 of
this manual. In most cases when a fire breaks out, the Fire Brigade will handle the fire
and that most of the crew will move out of the affected area to allow the Fire Brigade to
do their job. These individuals will don fire suits and enter the compartment to put out the
fire and evaluate the damage caused as illustrated in Figure 4b36.5, or they will inspect
each affected compartment and extinguish any fires that still may be present after the
primary Fire Suppression System has been activated.
Suffice it to say that should a fire break out at a location, the person discovering the fire
must go to the nearest Communications Station (as illustrated in Figure 4b58.2) and
activate the general alarm. The individual should then communicate the location and
extent of the fire. The accepted phraseology to pass the word is, for example: “ Fire! Fire!
Fire on Deck 3, Section F, Starboard side Room 127.” The Fire Alarm is then sounded and
the word is then passed over the ship’s Intercom. For small Class A and Class B fires
individuals may fight the fire using local CO 2 fire extinguishers, but only after sounding the
alarm. For fires a special alarm is sounded, which consists of an alternating high-low
frequency tone in a regular pattern as described in Section 3.6 of this manual and in the
alarm specifications manual STARSHIPS 536-5020.
Most fires will produce a good deal of smoke and possibly, toxic fumes. To remove this
hazard Star Fleet ships are equipped with an Emergency Evacuation System or EES,
which is connected to the ship’s ventilation system. The function of the EES is to vacate a
room or compartment of smoke and toxic gasses using the vacuum of space. In addition,
the system may also be used to stop some of the more difficult fires such as some Class B
and most Class D and E fires by withdrawing the air from the compartment and thereby,
smothering the fire. During Emergency Evacuation, a special alarm will be sounded and
an announcement will be made to evacuate the compartment.
During a fire, all Turbo-lifts will be shutdown in the affected area and the Turbo-lift
module will be locked at its current position inside the tube. Passage between decks may
only be accomplished through the Interconnecting Accessways. The reason is two-
fold: 1) for the safety of the crew; to prevent them from being trapped in a Turbo-lift
module with fire surrounding them, 2) to prevent the fire from spreading to other decks
via the tubes and the turbofans. However, any person trapped inside the module when it is
locked in place will exit the module by means of the top hatch and proceed up the tube
using the side ladders embedded into the tube as described in the manual STARSHIPS
538-3100. The crewmembers will then proceed to the next level and request that the
Turbo-Lift doors be opened. At each level within the elevator tube there is a small
Comm Station where crewmembers can communicate with the Bridge. The Bridge has
the capability to remotely open elevator doors if needed, provided that opening the doors
will not cause the casualty to spread to other levels.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COLLISION AND HULL BREACH
Although a Star Fleet ship is equipped with electrostatic hull screens, hull breaches may
still occur as a result of a collision, impact from high-speed meteorites or by high-energy
weaponry. The primary hazard with a hull breach will be the loss of the ship’s air or
oxygen, and pressure. The loss of air will suffocate the crew, while the loss in cabin
pressure will cause the victim’s blood to boil or the rapid depressurization may cause parts
of the body to burst. Collision and hull breach emergencies will always cause the ship to go
to GQ1, with the exception regarding the alarm that is sounded. For an imminent collision,
a special “warble-toned” alarm will be sounded as described in Section 3.6 and in the
alarm specifications manual STARSHIPS 536-5020. Otherwise, the standard emergency
alarm will be sounded for a hull breach.
All compartments aboard a Star Fleet ship have pressure sensors to detect any change in
atmospheric pressure. In most cases the loss of atmospheric pressure in any compartment
will be detected by the ship’s Environmental System, which will automatically cause an
alarm. On newer ships equipped with the Automatic Compartment Isolation system,
the surrounding Inner Bulkhead Doors will automatically close, immediately isolating
the affected areas from the rest of the ship. However, on the older ships, these isolation
doors will be closed remotely from the Bridge.
Upon such an alert, a Repair and Damage Control Party will be assembled to repair
the damage to the hull. In some instances the Repair Team may be required to perform
the repairs outside the ship. In such cases, the team will don space suits, like that shown
in Appendix C of Volume III of the Star Fleet Command Manual, and will exit the ship,
either individually on within a travel pod. This is commonly known as an EVA or Extra-
vehicular Activity, which is described in more detail in Section 5.5 of this volume.
ATMOSPHERIC CONTAMINATION
Atmospheric contamination will pose a unique hazard as such airborne contaminants will
usually be invisible and most often, poisonous. If an individual happens upon several
crewmembers that are lying down without any appearance of injury, the individual must
not attend them, but must immediately sound the alarm and report the incident to the
Bridge. The Bridge will sound General Quarters and the Officer of the Conn will issue
the following alert: “General Quarters, Emergency Alert; Atmospheric Contamination on
Deck <n>. All Hands Stay Clear of Deck <n>, Sections <a> through <b>; Isolating
Sections <c> through <d>; Standby to Emergency Evacuate the Affected Area.”
As indicated in the order, atmospheric contamination will usually require an Emergency

Evacuation of the compartment. For an explanation of Emergency Evacuation see
Section 3.6 of this manual. As such, the ventilation system lineup to the affected area will
be altered to isolate it from the rest of the ship, and the compartment ventilation system
will be lineup with the Emergency Evacuation system. Should a Rescue Team be
required to enter the contaminated compartment before evacuation, the team will don
Environmental Suits. The suit is a full-bodied jumpsuit, dark red in color for easy
identification. The jump suit is a single piece made of polymerized fabric which is sealed at
all points except for the hood. The wearer enters the suit from the front and the opening is
sealed with a zipper. An example of the Environmental Suit, Item 3741, is illustrated in
Appendix C of Volume III of the Star Fleet Command Manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
RADIATION
Radiation is another hazard that cannot be seen or felt, but which poses a threat to the
health and safety of the crew. The limits and specifications for the exposure of ionizing
radiation to human beings may be found in STARSHIPS 513-0611 and in BUMED-
8644. In some compartments, usually in or around the engineering decks, these areas will
have local radiation detectors. If a local radiation alarm goes off, all personnel in the area
must evacuate. They will have thirty seconds to leave the area before the surrounding
Inner Bulkhead Doors will isolate the compartment and possibly trap the individuals
inside the hazard area.
LOSS OF SHIPS GRAVITY
Gravity aboard a typical Star Fleet ship is provided through the use of Gravity Plates
built into the decks and bulkheads of all ships. These plates contain Graviton Grids,
which produce the graviton particles used to attract matter and produce the gravitational
field within the vessel. Gravity is controlled and maintained by the ship’s environmental
computers which monitors and regulates the ship’s fields to compensate for changes in
inertia. As such, should there be a failure or shutdown of the Ships Gravity system or the
computers used to control gravity the crew would float about, either in the compartment
where the failure occurred or throughout the ship. In such cases the ship will go on GQ3
or Amber alert, unless the ship is already at a higher condition of alert. As a result the
Officer of the Conn will sound the alert “Loss of Ship’s Gravity; All Hands Will Wear
Gravity Boots,” and order the ship’s Supply Officer to issue Gravity Boots to the entire
crew.
TOTAL LOSS OF SHIPS POWER
A total loss of ship’s power can have a devastating effect on the inhabitants of any vessel
in space. Loss of electrical power would affect the ability of the crew to move about the
ship, not to mention the environmental hazards that would be imposed on the crew. For
example, there would be a total loss of gravity; and although the ship is well insulated, the
temperature of the compartments at the periphery of the ship would decrease rapidly after
two hours in deep space, or would heat up rapidly if near a star. In addition, without
power, the CO2 levels inside a typical cruiser class Starship would begin to rise after six
hours without the scrubbers operating. In addition, since there is no power, no alarm will
be sounded. However, the ship’s emergency lighting system, which gets its power from
the ship’s batteries, will automatically be activated. If power cannot be restored within
eight hours and it appears the power loss will have a deleterious effect on the crew, the
Commanding Officer directly, or through the Officer of the Conn, may issue the order
to “Abandon Ship.”
CREWMAN ADRIFT IN SPACE
Adrift in space is defined as when a crewmember, or any person in a space suit, is floating
untethered in space. The criterion is that the individual is still alive and in communication
with the ship. In such instances the Commanding Officer, or the Officer of the Conn,
will issue General Quarters, and who will then issue the order “Crewman Adrift in Space;
Assemble a Rescue Detail.” A Rescue and Assistance Detail will then be organized from
those listed on the Duty Roster, including the Duty Medical Officer and possibly, the
Duty Nurse.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SECURITY ALERT
A Security Alert is a specific order for the ship’s Security organization to go into action
per Star Fleet Regulation 4670, which states that “The Commanding Officer shall take
action to protect and maintain the security of the command from the dangers of attack,
sabotage and other actions of subversive or militant groups or of any person with intent to
do harm.” In all cases a Security Alert will be issued whenever there is a possibility of
unauthorized persons coming aboard or is already aboard ship, or when visitors will be
arriving requiring extra security measures to be taken. In its mildest form the ship will be
placed in Material Condition III or GQ3. The most severe form of this alert is the
Intruder Alert, as described in the next subsection.
INTRUDER ALERT
An Intruder Alert is issued when there is an indication of an unauthorized person aboard

ship or there is an indication that persons intend to illegally board the vessel. An Intruder
Alert places the ship in Material Condition II or GQ2, which is also known as a Yellow
Alert, as described in Section 3.4 of this manual. Any sentient being, regardless of form,
may be considered an intruder if it has no authority to be on the ship and therefore, an
Intruder Alert will be sounded for any life-form that attempts to enter the ship or that
has already boarded the ship.
A special case of an Intruder Alert is when the ship may be boarded by unauthorized
persons while it is docked. The order given and the actions taken to prevent unauthorized
persons from entering the ship is known as Repelling Boarders. When there is an
indication that a hostile party on shore is advancing towards the vessel, the Command
Duty Officer or the Officer of the Deck will order “All Stations Repel Boarders” or
“Repel Boarders, Starboard Side Hatch.” This is a key for the ship’s Security Force to go
into action. This action involves an armed security detail to proceed to the area and form a
security line, which is an armed defensive line of security personnel designed to block the
intrusion. All members of the Security Force or anyone involved in repelling boarders will
be issued Phaser Rifles. A more detailed description of the actions taken can be found in
Section 3.8 of this manual.
Should such an unauthorized party of individuals breach the security line the ship’s
repelling force will attempt to maneuver the intruders to a non-vital area or compartment
where they can be isolated and sealed-off from the rest of the ship. At this point the duty
officer will order that Anesthesia Gas[11] (ANTHGAS) from the ship’s Intruder Control
System[12] be used to subdue the intruders. When initiated, the gas will be released
through the ship’s Fire Suppression System header mounted inside the ventilation
ducting as illustrated in Figure 4b58.5. This same header is used during a fire to inject
Nithel and other fire suppressants into a compartment as described in the technical
manual STARSHIPS 539-3300. The gas will quickly flood an enclosed compartment and
will cause most air-breathing beings to fall asleep within two seconds, which will remain
asleep for about thirty minutes. A complete description of the Intruder Control System,
as well as the salient properties and effects of the Anesthesia Gas, may be found in
STARSHIPS 539-3700.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ABANDON SHIP
Should it become necessary to abandon ship each person will immediately go to their
Abandon Ship Station as specified in Section 9 of the Watch, Quarter and Station
Bill. An individual’s Abandon Ship Station is the point of departure from the vessel and
is an integral part of General Quarters. It will normally be a specific Transporter Room
or an area near the Flight Deck as illustrated in Figure 4b58.6. It should be noted that
the Commanding Officer is the only one who can give the order to abandon ship,
though the announcement to “Abandon Ship” may be performed by the Officer of the
Conn or anyone else the Commanding Officer designates. A more detailed explanation
of the Abandon Ship process can be found in Section 3.6 of this manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b58.1
A STARSHIP PROCEEDING TO GENERAL QUARTERS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b58.2
THE BRIDGE AT GENERAL QUARTERS
Video>Corridors>NDVD_977

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b58.3
USING A COMMUNICATIONS STATION TO SOUND GENERAL QUARTERS
Video>Corridors>NDVD_3162, 865, 2964

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b58.4
REPAIR CREW INSPECTING VITAL SHIP COMPONENTS AFTER A CASUALTY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b58.5
EXAMPLE OF THE USE OF ANESTHESIA GAS TO SUBDUE INTRUDERS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b58.6
MUSTERING FOR ABANDON SHIP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
5.9 STAR FLEET SHIP SAFETY

A Star Fleet ship is a complex piece of machinery and as such, the Department of the
Star Fleet, through the Star Division of Engineering, keeps records of all forms of
equipment failures and accidents. In addition, Star Fleet also draws on the records of
civilian and commercial industry regarding the cause of failures and accidents. From these
records Star Fleet establishes rules and regulations regarding ship and equipment safety.
In general, the responsibility for the safety of the ship and its crew rests solely with the
Commanding Officer. Consequently, the Commanding Officer must institute policies
and programs designed to instruct crewmembers on safety precautions and procedures as
required by Star Fleet Regulation 4650. And although the responsibility for ship safety
rests with the Commanding Officer, in reality, ship safety is everyone’s responsibility.
SHIPS SAFETY OFFICER
The responsibility for ship’s safety is delegated to the Ship’s Safety Officer. Although
part of the Repair and Damage Control division and under the Engineering Officer,
the Ship’s Safety Officer will report directly to the Executive Officer when underway.
Figure 4b59.1 provides an example of a typical organization chart for the Safety Officer.
As shown, the office of the Safety Officer contains a Ship’s Safety Engineer, a Ship’s
QA/QC Engineer and the Senior Safety Inspector.
In charge of the Ship Safety section is the Ship’s Safety Officer (SAO), a line officer
with training in Star Fleet safety regulations, ship safety systems and in the methods and
procedures relating to the prevention of accidents. The Safety Officer also has the duty
and responsibility of providing suggestions concerning ship safety and will generate
procedures and policies regarding ship safety. The SAO will usually be a junior officer and
will typically have rank of Ensign. Underway, the Safety Officer will report directly to the
Executive Officer and as such, the Ship’s Safety Officer will have direct access to the
Executive Officer and the Commanding Officer at all times.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Ship safety also involves the use of special equipment to mitigate ship’s damage. Such
equipment includes fire-fighting, hull and other damage control gear. For example, Star
Fleet ships are equipped with handheld carbon dioxide (CO 2) Fire Extinguishers.
Although such CO2 extinguishers have been around on Earth since the twentieth century,
they still perform a useful function today. See Table 4b36.2 for the uses of CO2 Fire
Extinguishers on the various classes of fires.
Star Fleet ships are also equipped with special hull plugs used to cover holes and cracks.
Such hull plugs can be seen in Figure 4b37.3 in this volume. In addition, Damage
Control personnel are also equipped with liquid sealants for small cracks in the pressure
boundary. The sealant, when applied to a crack, will become drawn into the crack and will
immediately harden in about three seconds. Otherwise, for larger defects in the hull, ships
are equipped with welding equipment and hull plugs. In summary, all safety and damage
control equipment is the responsibility of the Repair and Damage Control division.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIP CLEANLINESS
Keeping a ship clean and free of clutter will aid in reducing accidents and in maintaining
the safety and protection of the crew and equipment. Star Fleet ships are designed for
minimum maintenance relating to the cleanliness of decks, bulkheads and overhead areas,
but dust and dirt will still build up. To handle the general cleanliness of the decks ships are
equipped with automated electric sweepers. These are essentially programmable robot
devices that constantly roam about sweeping and vacuuming the decks. They are started
at 0700 and secured at 1600 each day while underway. The schedule in port is a little
different. However, these machines cannot clean the bulkhead or overhead areas and as
such, these areas are manually cleaned by maintenance personnel.
The standard internal bulkhead panel of a Star Fleet ship is made up of a combined alloy-
resin composite material. The resin coating makes cleaning very easy and there is no need
to paint them. Maintenance personnel will simply wipe them down with a special non-
volatile solvent-impregnated cloth.
EQUIPMENT STOWAGE
All equipment and items must be properly stowed to prevent accidents. A ship in space is
free to move in any direction at any time. Although Star Fleet ships are equipped with
inertial dampening fields, which compensate for planned or predicted changes in the ship’s
direction, any unpredictable change in the ship’s motion will usually not be compensated.
Therefore, any jarring of the ship or sudden change in inertia may cause items that are not
fastened or secured to fly around the compartment, causing a hazard to life and property.
As such, all loose items and equipment must be stowed, all drawers and cabinets must be
securely closed, and all cargo and transported items securely fastened to the deck.
Most gear and equipment aboard a Star Fleet ship will be stowed in designated cabinets
and lockers. Most of these lockers have brackets and devices to secure the gear in place.
However, many personal items such as statues, books and other loose items that are in
plain sight may move about under heavy changes in direction. Such items must be
securely fastened to the cabinet or table on which they will be displayed. This is achieved
by making a request to the Maintenance Section who will properly anchor such items to
the cabinet or table as requested. This also includes any paintings or pictures that will be
hung on the bulkheads.
For those quartered in bunks, each bunk unit contains a cubby area where individuals can
display personal items. These cubbies have translucent composite material doors that slide
in place. This will prevent such items from falling out of the cubby. Clothing and other
drawers will also have small latching devices to prevent them from opening and spilling
their contents. Lastly, most of the cabinetry with drawers are cylindrical and rotate shut,
preventing the possibility of loose items being thrown from them as illustrated in Figures
4b59.3 and 4b59.4.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
During the normal course of work the opportunity for accidents, though rare, is still
possible. A failure of the crew or the machinery can throw the entire ship out of balance.
Therefore, it is the duty of all crewmembers to see that accidents are prevented and that
each person is responsible for learning the safety regulations of the ship and their duty
station. It should be noted that everything on board a ship has a proper place and a
proper function. Therefore, as a general rule, nothing should be touched or moved unless
ordered to do so and with full knowledge of what he or she is doing and why.
For normal shipboard operations, Star Fleet has drawn up definite safety precautions with
regard to machinery, electrical equipment, gases, and tanks. These precautions will be
briefly discussed in the succeeding paragraphs below. To ensure that all safety precautions
are known and understood, the Commanding Officer will direct the Ship’s Training
Officer to hold periodic classes on the various safety precautions.
PRECAUTIONS AROUND MACHINERY
Most machinery onboard Star Fleet ships have little or no moving parts. However, there
is still some machinery with rotating or moving parts such as motors. Exposure to such
machinery is generally minimized as most of such machinery will be located within the
engineering spaces. However, precautions are such machinery is still required, if primarily
for engineering personnel.
In general, since most machinery is located in engineering spaces engineering personnel

will wear coveralls (SWGG04) that have short sleeves. The coveralls are designed to
prevent loose clothing from falling into rotating equipment that could grab and injure
personnel. Dressing in coveralls also saves wear and tear of the Standard Working
Uniform, as described in Section 3.2 and Appendix A of Volume III of the Star Fleet
Command Manual.
PRECAUTIONS WITH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
All Star Fleet ships are laden with electrical equipment and wiring. The voltages of these
systems can range from 22,000 VAC to 12 VDC, with currents as high as 62,000 amps.
Such currents can vaporize human flesh and therefore, high current and voltage busses
are sealed from normal exposure. However, should work need to be performed on them,
maintenance persons will wear special gear that will insulate them from exposure to such
high currents and voltages.
Most electrical circuits on a Star Fleet ship are routed through cable trunks located
behind bulkheads. These trunks are generally vertical and pass through several, if not all,
the decks. These trunks are normally adjacent to Unit Level Substations, a small cubby
area where regulation of the local deck power is performed. Ladders attached to the sides
allow electrical maintenance personnel to traverse up or down for inspection or repair.
Access to these trunks is through removable panels attached to the bulkheads. When
working in these areas maintenance personnel must wear protective clothing that will
insulate them from the electrical currents transmitted through these trunks. Examples of
such clothing can be found in Appendix C of Volume III of the Star Fleet Command
Manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PRECAUTIONS WITH RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL
Star Fleet ships have reactors, weapons and other devices and materials that emit high-
energy particles or pure energy. As such, precautions are necessary to minimize exposure
to such radiation. To minimize exposure, ship areas containing reactors or that store
radioactive material are shielded. Areas with high emissions of neutron radiation will be
shielded with aluminum-clad borated polyethylene panels, while areas with high gamma
emissions will be shielded with Rovolon[13], a proprietary thermoplastic polymer with a
density of 22 g/cc. In addition, when working in radiation areas maintenance personnel
must wear anti-contamination or radiation protection gear. Examples of anti-contamination
or radiation protection gear can be found in Appendix C of Volume III of the Star Fleet
Command Manual.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING MATERIALS
Many accidents occur when stores and equipment are being moved about the ship. To
avoid such accidents, the following guidelines are provided:
1. Always wear protective hand gear when carrying, lifting or moving objects with sharp
edges or projecting points.
2. Do not wear rings or other jewelry when handling stores or when operating anti-
gravity equipment. Strong anti-gravity or tractor fields can attract or repel metal
jewelry, which may cause bodily harm.
3. Never throw materials from platforms to the deck. Use suitable lifting and lowering
equipment.
4. When lifting or lowering operations are being performed by several persons, the
operation shall be done only on the signal from one person, the Loading Officer or
Cargo Officer, and only after everyone is in the clear.
5. Use anti-gravity equipment to move small heavy objects; use tractors for large, very
heavy objects.
PRECAUTIONS CONCERNING SEALED COMPARTMENTS
A closed or sealed compartment can contain unexpected dangers. In any sealed tank or
compartment, especially one closed because of damage, there is always the possibility that
pressure has been built up inside, or the opposite, the compartment is exposed to the
vacuum of space. Whenever possible, the seal around the manway should be broken
before the cover is completely removed. This is to provide a first indication of the state of
the compartment. Never fully open a door or manway of a sealed compartment without
first checking its state by using sensing devices.
In addition, all closed compartments must be considered as dangerous if they have been
closed and sealed for a long time. That is, items in the compartment or tank, or if the tank
had been coated, may have absorbed enough of the oxygen that life may not be
sustainable within the enclosure, or that other items in the space may be giving-up toxic
gases or carbon dioxide (CO2). As such, one must assume that any closed space, inner
bottom tank or void space may contain gases with poisonous, suffocating, or explosive
qualities. Therefore, before entering any such space, the quality of the air inside the space
must always be tested.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PRECAUTIONS WITH HIGH PRESSURE GASES
Star Fleet ships do not normally carry explosive or flammable gases, but do carry oxygen
and high-pressure air, helium and other gasses. Though not explosive, high pressure air
tanks can be very dangerous since the pressure in these tanks can reach up to 32 MPa and
if sufficiently heated, as during a fire, these tanks can explode. In addition, compressed
high-pressure gasses can cause bodily injury if a leak occurs anywhere in the pressure
boundary. High-pressure gases have been known to slice body appendages if they come in
contact with the leaking gas, especially since the gas cannot be seen.
In addition, Star Fleet ships also use deuterium or tritium gas in the Impulse engines as
fuel for the fusion reaction. Besides being stored under high pressure, these gasses are
also radioactive. Therefore, persons must keep away from the storage areas where these
gasses are kept to minimize exposure.
Some areas of the ship may potentially be exposed to poisonous gasses such as Phaser
Coolant, which is a Bromine-based purplish gas. Every precaution is made to keep such
coolant sealed within its system. However, if a leak should occur, crewmembers within the
compartment must evacuate as soon as possible. As such, precautions when working
around equipment located near such gas lines must be observed at all times to prevent an
accidental leak.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN WORKING OUTSIDE THE HULL
Working outside the ship and in inspection pods poses their own dangers. Special care is
needed to prevent drifting uncontrollably away from the ship. Once a person drifts away
from the ship it is very difficult to return, especially if communications is lost between the
ship and the individual. As such, it may be a long time before the person would be
discovered missing. Therefore, it is imperative that communications with persons working
outside the ship be continuously monitored. As a rule, it is directed that the Officer of the
Conn periodically request the status of individuals working outside the ship. The rule is
that the Bridge should request a status every 60 seconds. If it is discovered that a person
is missing or is not responding to communications, the Officer of the Conn is directed to
initiate a Phase I search. If the individual is greater than 1 kilometer from the ship, the
ship’s Transporters will be used to bring the person back in.
Stay times also include the oxygen levels available inside the space suit or the inspection
pod. Full spacesuits are recommended for this work, but Low-Pressure suits may also be
worn if working inside an inspection pod.
Personnel working outside may be exposed to high-intensity radiation or cosmic rays. As

such, the stay time for an EVA may be reduced requiring crewmembers to work in shifts.
Space suits and inspection pods have radiation monitors that measure the total radiation
exposure. The calculation of stay times will be performed before anyone leaves the ship.
The calculation will be based upon local sensor readings.
In addition, during intense ion storms a pod may be deployed to inspect the exterior of the
hull for damage. In such situations special care must be observed since an inspection
during such a storm is very dangerous. Inspection pods are quite small and cannot
generate a field strong enough to remain attached to the hull should the intensity of the
ion storm exceed Force 4.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
INSPECTIONS
To ensure that the ship is in compliance with safety regulations periodic inspections by the
ship’s Safety Officer will be performed as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4310. As
Paragraph 1 of this regulation states: “The Commanding Officer shall hold periodic
inspections of the material condition of the command to determine deficiencies and
cleanliness. He shall also designate his Department Heads to periodically inspect their
areas for the above items to be reported to the Commanding Officer.” An example of such
an inspection may be seen in Figure 4b59.2. In this example, the Commanding Officer
and the Chief Engineer are inspecting critical propulsion components.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b59.1
GENERAL STAR FLEET SHIP SAFETY ORGANIZATION
1100
Executive
Officer
XO
3510
Ship’s Safety
Officer
SFO
3511 3512 3513

Ship’s Safety Ship’s QA/QC Senior Safety
Engineer Engineer Inspector
SFE QAE SFS
351<n>
Inspectors
SF<n>

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b59.2
PERFORMING PERIODIC SAFETY INSPECTIONS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b59.3
STAR FLEET STANDARD DRESSER - CLOSED

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b59.4
STAR FLEET STANDARD DRESSER - OPEN

CONFIDENTIAL
FEDERATION SECURITY
INFORMATION
NOFORN
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.0 STAR FLEET SHIP SERVICE CRAFT

Most ships in the Star Fleet will contain at least one small vessel for the purpose of long
distance travel away from the ship. This usually occurs when a particular mission may
require travel to a specific destination, but the ship cannot deviate from its current course.
As such, most Star Fleet ships will be equipped with small sub-light service craft called
Shuttlecraft. Typically, the vessel used for such missions will be the Class-F[1] or “Fleet”
Shuttlecraft. An example of a Class-F shuttlecraft can be found in Section 6.1 of this
volume.
GENERAL CRAFT FUNCTIONS
Star Fleet defines craft as: “A small space-going vessel of less than 1500 metric tons with
a limited range.” They are not commissioned vessels, as stated in Star Fleet Regulation
2400, but must still follow the same rules of space navigation as with the larger ships.
Service craft or Shuttlecraft perform an important and useful function aboard Star Fleet
ships, which includes:
1. Transporting ship’s personnel long distances that are beyond the range of the ship’s
Transporters.
2. Delivering equipment and supplies long distances when the ship cannot divert from its
current course.
3. Perform the function of a mobile laboratory for scientific investigation in space or to
support survey expeditions on newly discovered planets. In such situations, the craft
would act as a base of operations for the team and to temporarily house the members
of the expedition until more permanent quarters can be built.
4. Function as an emergency medical center, mobile clinic or shelter during planetary
emergencies.
5. Perform covert intelligence operations.
6. May be used to tow objects or a small disabled vessel.
Shuttlecraft can also be used for temporary detached service as well. That is, if a unit of
the command is required to execute a long-term mission away from the ship, the craft can
be temporarily assigned to another command in order to carry out the team’s mission.
SERVICE CRAFT OPERATIONS ORGANIZATION
On most Star Fleet ships the organization responsible for managing craft operations is
the Flight Operations division, a subdivision of the ship’s Operations Department. In
general, the Flight Operations division is responsible for the operations, maintenance
and repair of ship’s service craft, the launch and recovery system, shuttlecraft stowage,
Flightdeck systems, and the training and certification of shuttlecraft pilots. The typical
organizational structure for this division can be found in Figure 4b60.1. In charge of this
division will be the Flight Operations Officer, designated FLT, an officer of the line
responsible for all operations regarding the handling of the ship’s service craft, and for the
conduct and supervision of the personnel within the Flight Operations division. The
Flight Operations Officer will usually be a line officer with the rank of Lieutenant. The
officers who report directly to the Flight Operations Officer are shown in Figure 4b60.2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
THE FLIGHT DECK AND HANGAR DECK[2]
Most Star Fleet ships contain both a Flight Deck and a Hangar Deck for the purpose of
launching, retrieving and stowing shuttlecraft, except for the small single-engine Corvettes
and Escort vessels which do not have the deck space for such compartments and
therefore, cannot carry shuttlecraft. On most of the combatants of the Starship class, the
Flight Deck is the area aft of the Secondary Hull. It is the largest compartment on
board ship, and can range in size from 35 to 41 meters in length. An illustration of the
basic design layout of a typical Starship Flight Deck can be seen in Figures 4b60.3,
4b60.4 and 4b60.5. The Flight Deck for this class is usually tapered to conform to the
shape of the Secondary Hull. However, on other classes of ships, the Flight Deck is flat
since they are within the main structure, such as those built within Frigates as shown in
The Flight Deck on an Attack Carrier is topside of the vessel and outside the pressure
boundary of the ship. The Flight Deck contains up to thirty-six individual elevators and
can launch that many individual Attack Craft simultaneously. Unlike the elevators in a
typical pressurized Flight Deck, the elevators on an Attack Carrier traverse several
decks.
FLIGHT CONTROL TOWER
The Flight Control Tower is where all launch and retrieval operations will be managed
by the Duty Flight Control Officer. However, all orders to launch will come from the
Bridge. It will usually be the Officer of the Conn that will assign and direct shuttlecraft to
missions. In most cases the Control Tower simply acts on the orders from the Bridge.
However, the Control Tower will make the craft ready for launching by depressurizing
the Flight Deck, opening the Flight Deck doors, operating the elevator turntable and
setting the gravity level on the Flight Deck. When the order from the Bridge to “Launch
Shuttlecraft” is received, the Control Tower sets the Launch Light to green and
communicates to the craft to launch.
When the order is received to “Retrieve Shuttlecraft”, the Control Tower will open the
Flight Deck doors and transmit the Homing Beacon for the craft to follow. An
illustration of a typical Flight Control Tower on a standard cruiser-class Starship can be
seen in Figure 4b60.6.
FLIGHT DECK ELEVATOR
Another primary component of the Flight Deck system is the Flight Deck Elevator. The
elevator separates the Flight Deck from the Hangar Deck and is the air-tight barrier
between these two compartments. The primary function of the elevator is to move
Shuttlecraft between the Flight Deck and Hangar Deck. This is accomplished through
the use of special lifting jugs at each corner of the elevator platform. Rubber seals around
the platform seal. A secondary function of the elevator is to position the craft for take-off
or storage. The elevator platform contains a turntable to rotate the craft to the desired
position for either take-off or storage in the Hangar Deck.
In terms of operating performance, the elevator has a maximum speed of ten centimeters
per second going up and six centimeters per second going down; and the turntable rotates
at a maximum angular speed of five degrees per second.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.1
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIVISION

Division
FLTC
2810 2820 2830

Flight Control Flight Deck Systems Craft Operators
FOPS DECK CFTO

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.2
FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIVISION ORGANIZATION

Officer
LEUT
2810 2820 2830

Flight Control Flight Deck
Senior Pilot
Officer Officer
LTJG LTJG LTJG
2811 2821
Senior Flight Senior Deck
Pool of Craft Pilots
Controller Boson
S4 T5
2812
Flight Controller Deck Technicians
S3

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.3
TYPICAL FLIGHT DECK ON A CRUISER CLASS STARSHIP: SIDE VIEW
Observation Deck Tractor Housing Pressurization Duct Flight Deck Support Office Manual Retrieval Control
Flight Deck Doors
Elevator / Turntable
Main Access Cubby Flight Deck Pressure Control Tower Access Cubby Control Tower
Warning Light

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.4
TYPICAL FLIGHT DECK ON A CRUISER CLASS STARSHIP: TOP VIEW
Elevator / Turntable
Landing Lights
Flight Deck Doors
Launch and Landing Pad

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.5
TYPICAL FLIGHT DECK ON A CRUISER CLASS STARSHIP: REAR VIEW
Flight Deck Lighting Pressurization Duct
Observation Deck
Elevator / Turntable Flight Deck Doors

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.6
STANDARD FLIGHT DECK CONTROL TOWER
Legend – Signal Lights
Stop; No Launch / No Landing
Standby / Circle and Wait

Tower Spot Lights
Launch / Enter and Land
Tower is Active
Launch Signals
Flight Deck
Arch Light
Arch

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.7
FLIGHT DECK OF A HEAVY FRIGATE: SIDE VIEW
Tractor Housing Flight Deck Doors
Elevator / Turntable Control Tower

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b60.8
FLIGHT DECK OF A HEAVY FRIGATE: LANDING VIEW

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.1 ONBOARD SERVICE CRAFT[3]

Many of the larger Star Fleet ships contain service or “Shuttlecraft” assigned to them for
the purpose of long-range survey and transport operations. In addition, there is always at
least one shuttlecraft that is used as the Captain’s personal transport or “Gig”. Such craft
are regarded as an integral part of the ship to which they are assigned as stated in Star
Fleet Regulation 4780: “Shuttlecraft shall be regarded in all matters concerning the
rights, privileges, and comity of authorities as part of the ship, craft or base to which they
belong.”
TYPES OF CRAFT ABOARD
Star Fleet ships carry an assortment of service craft for various purposes. The primary
type of craft most ships will carry is the general purpose Class-F or “Fleet” shuttlecraft.
Illustrations and diagrams of the Class-F shuttlecraft can be found in Figures 4b61.1 to
4b61.7. However, Star Fleet ships may also carry other classes of service craft as well.
The next type most often carried aboard a line Starship is the Class-S or “Scientific”
shuttlecraft. This type will primarily be used for scientific investigation and planetary
survey missions, and come in various configurations. Examples of the Class-S shuttlecraft
can be seen in Figures 4b61.11 and 4b61.12.
Regarding the other classes of Star Fleet ships, the large repair ships will primarily
contain Class-E “Engineering” shuttlecraft, but will also carry Class-F craft as well. The
Class-E shuttlecraft, as illustrated on Figures 4b61.9 and 4b61.10, is primarily used to
carry repair crews and equipment to expeditions and colonies, and to perform on-site
repairs of other shuttlecraft that have broken-down. These craft serve as mobile repair
shops with facilities to repair moderately-sized pieces of machinery.
Supply ships, on the other hand, will carry the Class-T “Transport” shuttlecraft, along with
the standard Class-F shuttlecraft. Transport craft can be quite large in size, as can be
seen in Figure 4b61.13, and as such, will only be carried by supply and repair ships, which
have large Flight and Hangar decks. Some Class-T shuttlecraft are large and powerful
enough to incorporate a small Transporter unit, which is used to transport heavy supplies
and equipment onto and off the craft.
Other classes include the Class-M “Medical” shuttlecraft (Figure 4b61.8) and the Class-C
“Command” shuttlecraft, shown in Figure 4b61.14. Class-M medical craft are used
exclusively by Hospital ships. They function as mobile trauma centers and carry extensive
medical and surgical equipment. The Class-C craft is exclusively used by high-ranking
Star Fleet Command personnel. This craft is used to ferry high-ranking officers and
dignitaries to Star Fleet facilities in and around the Treaty Zone. They are very rarely
seen inside the Exploration Zone.
The basic design of Star Fleet service craft is the same among the various classes. They
will usually differ primarily in the engine pod mounting, viewports and the location of the
entry hatch. In general, service craft may either be entered on the port or starboard side
of the craft depending on the class. The standard Class-F shuttlecraft will have a port side
entry hatch, while most other shuttlecraft classes have a starboard side entry. A complete
description of the various classes and the reasons for their configuration may be found in
Chapters 2 and 3 in Part 6 of Volume V of the Star Fleet Command Manual.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
DISTRIBUTION OF CRAFT
Most ships in the fleet will carry service or fighter craft of one type or another. As such,
the following table lists the average numbers of service craft, by their type, assigned to a
specific class of ship.
Table 4b62.1
NUMBERS AND TYPES OF CRAFT ASSIGNED TO STAR FLEET SHIPS
Ship Class Craft Class
Numbers
Type Desn Type Class
Combatants
Attack A 60
Fighter A 60
Attack Carrier AA Interceptor A 10
Fleet Shuttlecraft F 10
Command Shuttlecraft C 1
Battleship BB
Fighter A 4
Battlecruiser BC Fleet Shuttlecraft F 4
Cruiser CC Fleet Shuttlecraft F 6
1,2
Frigate FF Fleet Shuttlecraft F 4-8
Destroyer2 DD Fleet Shuttlecraft F 4
Escort EE NOT APPLICABLE - -
Fighter A 10
Ground Assault GG Assault Transports G 40
Support Ships
Engineering E 3
Fuel Ship SF
Science or Exploration S 1
Laboratory SL
Medical M 8
Hospital SM
Transport T 4-6
Supply SP
Fleet Shuttlecraft F 1-4
Engineering E 4
Repair SR Switcher D 2
Exploration S 1
Survey SV
Transport T 2-6
Freighter TF
Fleet Tug TG NOT APPLICABLE - -
Transport TR Fleet Shuttlecraft F 23
Notes
1. Heavy Frigates have two Flight Decks and Hangar Bays with four shuttlecraft in each bay.
2. Only Destroyers with a Secondary Hull and large Frigates will have any shuttlecraft.
3. Not including the service craft that are being transported.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.1
STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.2
STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.3
DIAGRAM: STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT – PORT SIDE VIEW
Portside Hatch Craft Registry
Craft Name
Engine Pod
Strut
Maintenance
Hatch Button Retractable Step Forward Landing Gear Ion Pod Engine Radiator Access Panel

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.4
DIAGRAM: STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT – TOP VIEW
Chafing Rail Gunwale

or Strake
Viewport Shield
Transom
Aft Landing Gear
Fuselage / Cabin Retractable Step

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.5
STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT – FRONT VIEW
Craft Name Viewport
Command Origin Strut Stiffener
Navigation Sensors and

Circuitry Panel Fuel Port Headlights

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.6
STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT – STERN VIEW
Craft Registry Aft Viewports
Power Port Cap
HVAC Heat Landing Gear Control Circuit

Exchanger Hydraulic Strut Stern Light Cabinet

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.7
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT ASSIGNED TO SHIPS: STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT – TYPE II

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.8
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT ASSIGNED TO SHIPS: CLASS-M MEDICAL SHUTTLECRAFT
Maintenance
Port 1

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.9
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT ASSIGNED TO SHIPS: CLASS-E ENGINEERING SHUTTLECRAFT
Maintenance
Port 1

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.10
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT ASSIGNED TO SHIPS: CLASS-E REPAIR SHUTTLECRAFT
Maintenance
Port 1

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.11
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT ASSIGNED TO SHIPS: CLASS-S SCIENCE LABORATORY SHUTTLECRAFT
Maintenance
Port 1

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.12
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT ASSIGNED TO SHIPS: CLASS-S EXPLORATION SHUTTLECRAFT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.13
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT ASSIGNED TO SHIPS: CLASS-T TRANSPORT SHUTTLECRAFT
Maintenance Service
Port 1 Port 3

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b61.14
EXAMPLE OF SERVICE CRAFT: CLASS-C COMMAND SHUTTLECRAFT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.2 ONBOARD CRAFT OPERATIONS

This section will describe how service craft are handled while they are onboard the ship.
That is, onboard craft operations will be defined as the work performed on shuttlecraft and
not the functions performed by the craft, as will be described in Section 6.3. Most of the
operations performed on service craft will be related to the launching, retrieval, storage
and maintenance of the craft, which will either be performed on the ship’s Flight Deck or
within the ship’s Hanger Deck.
THE FLIGHT DECK
The Flight Deck is the place aboard ship where craft are launched and retrieved. On most
Star Fleet ships the Flight Deck is a pressurized compartment located at the stern of the
vessel. Combatants with dual hulls will have the Flight Deck located at the extreme aft
end of the Secondary Hull. Some single hull combatants and most support ships will also
have their Flight Deck occupy the aft compartments of the ship. However, on Attack
Carriers the Flight Deck occupies the entire top exterior of the ship and therefore, is not
a pressurized compartment, but part of the exterior hull. Lastly, Fleet Tugs and single
engine Destroyers do not have the compartment space for a Flight Deck and therefore,
will not have service craft assigned to them.
As stated above, almost all the Flight Decks of Star Fleet ships will be located aft of the
vessel. Therefore, all operations concerning the launching and retrieval of craft will take
place at the stern. This was done for safety reasons as it is safer and easier to launch and
retrieve craft from the stern of the ship then it is from the bow of the ship. As such, it is
less likely that service craft will collide with the moving ship if the shuttlecraft leaves and
approaches the vessel from the aft end. The exception is the Attack Carrier, which can
launch craft in any direction, but will still retrieve craft from the stern.
Of interest also is the fact that the Flight Deck on most ships will usually have a set of
Landing Lights that surround the Control Tower support arch. These landing lights
project outwards into space so that incoming shuttlecraft can visually see the opening to
the Flight Deck from as far away as 50 kilometers through the darkness of space. An
illustration of these lights can be seen in Figures 4b62.11, 4b62.12 and 4b62.14.
THE HANGAR DECK
The Hangar Deck is the area aboard ship where craft are stored and serviced. In almost
all cases the Hangar Deck will be located directly below the Flight Deck. The exception
to this rule is the Ground Attack ship, which has two separate Flight Decks and two
Hangar Decks. The upper Hanger Deck is directly forward of the Flight Deck.
In general, access between the Flight Deck and Hangar Deck is via an elevator platform
with a rotating turntable as shown in Figure 4b62.11. The function of the turntable is to
position the craft in the correct orientation for takeoff or stowage. In most cases the
elevator will freely move up and down in a pressurized environment. However, on Attack
Carriers the elevators must function in the vacuum of space and as such, is an exterior
sealed hatch to the ship. As such, the Hangar Deck is the compartment that will be
depressurized and repressurized.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHUTTLECRAFT ETIQUETTE
A ship’s shuttlecraft can be considered a representative of the ship and therefore, the
Federation. As such, the ship may be judged by the appearance of the shuttlecraft and
the actions of its crew, as viewed by others. Therefore, courtesy and good manners must
be carefully observed within and around the craft at all times. Through the years, certain
customs and courtesies have come to be recognized by the crews and passengers of
shuttlecraft and other Star Fleet service craft. As such, all persons in the Star Fleet
Service will observe these courtesies:
1. No junior should overtake and pass a senior, dignitary or civilian passenger while on
their way to the craft.
2. Juniors shall always give way to seniors, dignitaries and civilian passengers at all
gangways, landings and ports.
3. Juniors are refrained from crossing the bows of seniors, from crowding them, or
ignoring their presence.
4. Seniors, dignitaries and civilian passengers shall board the craft first, unless the senior
officer gives orders to the contrary.
5. Juniors shall leave after seniors, unless the senior officer gives orders to the contrary.
6. Seniors and dignitaries shall take the seats closest forward; juniors shall leave forward
seats vacant for their seniors.
7. At gangways and landings, shuttlecraft crews shall meet and greet their passengers.
8. Shuttlecraft crews shall be the last to enter the craft, and the first to exit the craft.
9. Crews shall provide assistance to passengers when boarding or exiting the craft and
shall make parting courtesies to their passengers.
RENDERING HONORS
Where dignitaries will exit shuttlecraft that has landed on a Star Fleet ship, station or at a
Star Fleet base, the Commanding Officer of said command shall execute the proper
courtesies as required under Star Fleet Regulation 7300. This may include an Honor
Guard and other such ruffles and flourishes as required under regulations. However,
Commanding Officers shall not allow special courtesies to be executed for dignitaries to
planets or worlds that are not recognized by the Federation as required under Star Fleet
Regulation 7120.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT LAUNCHING OPERATIONS
In general, all craft launch operations are managed by the Control Tower – a small,
pressurized compartment overlooking the Flight Deck as illustrated in Figure 4b60.3. The
Control Tower oversees all deck operations including Flight Deck pressurization and de-
pressurization, opening and closing of the Flight Deck doors, the raising and lowering of
the Hangar Deck elevator, controlling Flight Deck gravity, the Flight Deck Tractor,
Flight Deck lighting and the Launch Signals.
The “Tower” is the commanding authority during all launch and retrieval operations. Once
the craft has safely cleared the Fight Deck, command of the craft will be transferred to
the pilot, which includes craft communications as well. During takeoff and landing, all
orders will originate from the Duty Flight Control Officer in the tower. All incoming and
outgoing craft must comply with the orders of the Duty Flight Control Officer. During
launch and retrieval operations, all communications with the craft will be locked to the
tower and the pilot can only communicate with the Duty Flight Control Officer. Outside
of the Duty Flight Control Officer’s authority, the craft will communicate with the ship’s
Duty Communicator on the Bridge.
CRAFT TAKEOFF
Craft takeoff will usually occur at the Launch Pad. When a shuttlecraft comes up from the
Hanger Deck via the elevator, Flight Deck gravity is reduced to about 0.2g and a field
will be set up to lift the craft from the deck a small amount. At this point the craft’s
engines will already be running, having been started while the craft was being rotated into
position by the turntable. The craft will then be moved to the Launch Pad by applying a
small amount of forward thrust. The craft will remain at the pad until the launch order is
given. For Attack Carriers, the methods for launching craft are shown in Figure 4b62.7.
LOW-SPEED TAKEOFFS
Most craft takeoffs are executed at low-speed from the Launch Pad as shown in Figures
4b62.1 and 4b62.12. This usually involves lifting the craft and applying forward thrust. The
lift portion of the launch comes from a combination of vectored thrust and the reversal of
the gravitational field from the gravity plates embedded in the Flight Deck. However, an
alternate method would be to launch directly from the elevator as shown in Figure 4b62.3.
HIGH-SPEED TAKEOFFS
High-speed takeoffs are generally performed if there is an emergency requiring the craft to
takeoff immediately. As such, the craft will normally not take off from the Launch Pad,
but directly from the Hangar Deck Elevator. When the craft is preparing for a high-
speed takeoff, the pilot will apply half thrust and the control tower will apply full negative
gravity. A field, which held the craft stationary during the half or full thrust now releases,
causing the craft to catapult out of the ship. However, some systems are set up differently
in which the restraining field and gravity is first set up by the Control Tower, but control
shifted to the Shuttlecraft Pilot. The pilot again applies half thrust to the craft while the
tower transfers control of gravity and restraining force to the pilot. The craft is then
catapulted by a switch operated by the pilot, which will release the restraining field and
apply full negative gravity so that the ship will be catapulted out of the ship. An example of
a high-speed takeoff can be seen in Figure 4b62.5.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
REMOTE LAUNCHING
Shuttlecraft aboard Star Fleet ships also have the capability of remotely controlling launch
operations as well. That is, a Shuttlecraft Pilot has the ability to open the Flight Deck
doors from inside the shuttlecraft in order to self-launch the craft and exit the ship. This is
the only operation the pilot can perform. He cannot control the Hangar Deck elevator or
any other Fight Deck function except to open the Flight Deck doors. In addition, the
pilot can only open the doors from the inside in order to launch. A pilot cannot remotely
open the Flight Deck doors while the craft is outside the vessel, for example, to land the
craft in the ship. However, only command level personnel who are familiar with the launch
codes have the ability to perform this operation. This can only be performed if the pilot
knows the ship’s Prefix Code[4].
STACKED LAUNCH
A Stacked Launch is when several shuttlecraft are parked on the Flight Deck awaiting
their turn to takeoff. This is usually performed for certain special missions where several
shuttlecraft will be needed. For example, during a medical emergency on a planet
requiring several triage stations. As such, the craft will be moved and “Stacked” on the
Flight Deck before the Flight Deck doors are opened. The reason being is that it takes
more time to depressurize the Flight Deck, open the Flight Deck doors, then close the
doors and re-pressurize than it is to move craft up the Hangar Deck elevator. Figure
4b62.9 illustrates an example of the arrangement of shuttlecraft on the Flight Deck for a
low-speed Stacked Launch. In this illustration the first shuttlecraft brought up from the
Hangar Deck will be the first craft launched, and the last craft brought up will be the next
craft launched. However, in the case involving high-speed stacked launches, as illustrated
in Figure 4b62.10, only three shuttlecraft will be queued to launch. Shuttlecraft that will be
launched at high-speed will usually take-off from the Hangar Deck elevator.
In general, it takes anywhere between 40-80 seconds to bring one craft from its parking
position on the Hangar Deck to the Flight Deck ready for launch. Therefore, the total
time to stack five craft on the Flight Deck for a low-speed Stacked Launch will take
approximately 4-6 minutes. Although it was previously mentioned that the advantage to a
Stacked Launch is the time for preparing the Flight Deck for launching into space, the
disadvantage is that the four other craft must idle and wait their turn to launch. This uses
up precious fuel and cabin oxygen, which can reduce the craft’s operating range for the
mission. As such, in order to minimize the wait and burn time, the order of launching will
be biased toward the craft that were stacked first as shown in Figure 4b62.9.
On Attack Carriers, the process of multiple craft launches is called “Queuing,” where the
first attack craft up on the Flight Deck (closest to the bow) is the first to be launched,
etc. Queuing on an Attack Carrier is the normal mode for launching attack craft. Attack
craft will be moved to the Flight Deck via their individual Hangar Deck elevator, wait for
the launch order and then launch. Most of the launches aboard an Attack Carrier will be
at high-speed. The procedures for such launches aboard an Attack Carrier are similar to
the high-speed launches aboard other Star Fleet ships.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT RETRIEVAL OPERATIONS
When retrieving shuttlecraft the normal method is the low-speed landing as illustrated in
Figures 4b62.2 and 4b62.14. In this method the craft will slowly enter the Flight Deck
and perform a slow, controlled vertical landing on the Landing Pad. However, as an
alternate method, the craft can also land on or near the elevator as well, as illustrated in
Figure 4b62.4 for standard Starships and in Figure 4b62.8 for Attack Carriers. Also
during craft retrieval, the Control Tower will send out a guide beam for the craft to
follow. As the craft nears the ship, the pilot places the craft in auto-land mode and the
craft will be guided into the Flight Deck. If the pilot cannot engage the auto-land feature,
he can manually land the craft. As the craft approaches the ship, the Shuttlecraft Pilot
will be able to see the Landing Lights, which will guide the pilot in manually landing the
craft on the Flight Deck. In most cases the ship retrieving the craft will either be stopped
or moving very slowly.
When retrieving shuttlecraft the Flight Deck doors must be fully open by the time the
craft reaches 2 kilometers from the ship. At this point the approach speed of a shuttlecraft
to the ship cannot exceed 120 KPH. The craft being retrieved will continue to slow down to
a maximum of 20 KPH since it will be landing in an enclosed Flight Deck as required by
Flight Operations Directive 623 (FLTOPS 623).
HIGH-SPEED RETRIEVAL
High-speed retrieval of a shuttlecraft is normally performed if the ship must leave the area
quickly and any shuttlecraft that had been launched will be recalled back to the ship. In
such cases, the ship will already have started to move at sub-light speeds away from the
area, but slow enough to allow shuttlecraft to catch up and land. Sensor beams will be
directed aft to sense the whereabouts of the craft and the tower will guide the craft in. In
most high-speed retrievals the craft will be travelling at about 0.8c. The ship will match the
velocity of the incoming craft so that the relative speed differential between them will not
exceed 20 KPH. This makes for a smooth and safe landing at very high speeds.
CRAFT RETRIEVAL BY TRACTOR BEAM
Small craft that are adrift or dead in space, or that are not under command can be hauled
in using the ship’s Tractor system as shown in Figure 4b62.16. Inside the Flight Deck
there is a Tractor designed specifically for the purpose of hauling-in small craft and other
objects in space. This particular Tractor is usually mounted in the overhead of the Flight
Deck compartment as illustrated in Figure 4b62.15.
EMERGENCY RETRIEVAL
Emergency retrieval of a shuttlecraft may occur when an approaching shuttlecraft loses

control of propulsion, its maneuvering system, or its landing gear may not be operating as
illustrated in Figure 4b62.17. In such situations, the craft will be allowed to enter the
Flight Deck and the Flight Deck Tractor will be used to capture, slow down and stop
the vessel from colliding into the aft bulkhead. In addition, the Flight Deck Evacuation
Field can also be used to cushion the craft. Should the craft actually crash into any
bulkhead within the Flight Deck, the Flight Deck doors will remain open to prevent the
possibility of fire. The doors will remain open until the Control Tower has determined
that it is safe to close them and to pressurize the compartment.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT DEGAUSSING
Shuttlecraft traveling through space, or orbiting a planet, may build-up static electric
charges on the hull. This is especially true when the craft moves through certain ionized
clouds or passes through the magnetic field of a planet. As such, all shuttlecraft returning
from a mission must be grounded and degaussed to remove any static charges that may
have built-up on the hull before any operation is performed on it. This is usually performed
in the Hangar Bay area. Straps located on the deck of craft parking positions will ground
the craft to the hull of the ship, discharging any built-up electrical charge. Degaussing is
performed when the craft’s service umbilical is attached. Power is transmitted to the craft
through the degaussing cable that is part of the service umbilical. This cable supplies
current to the coils embedded in the hulls of shuttlecraft to reverse or neutralize any
magnetic field that had been created in the hull material.
Star Fleet ships can also pick-up charges as a result of orbiting planetary bodies as well.
A degaussing system is installed aboard every ship to reduce the ship's effect on a planet’s
magnetic field. In order to accomplish this, the change in the planet’s field about the ship's
hull is "canceled" by controlling the electric current flowing through degaussing coils
wound in specific locations within the hull. This, in turn, reduces the possibility of detection
by sensors that detect changes in a planet’s magnetic field. It is this system that is used to
discharge any static charges that were built-up on the hulls of shuttlecraft.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
MISCELLANEOUS ONBOARD CRAFT OPERATIONS
Most of the miscellaneous operations performed on shuttlecraft will relate to its care and
maintenance. The following subsections will outline the various other operations performed
on shuttlecraft while it is onboard ship or at a repair facility.
CRAFT FUELING AND DEFUELING
Service craft generally employ an ion-drive propulsion system, which uses a radioactive
isotope of hydrogen as its fuel. This fuel is very dangerous for the two reasons: 1) the fuel
is highly explosive and 2) the fuel is radioactive. Therefore, caution must be maintained at
all times when fueling or defueling shuttlecraft. In addition, regulations require that
shuttlecraft returning from a mission cannot be stowed with a full charge of fuel, but must
be defueled enough to remove most of the risk of explosion, but maintain enough fuel so
that the craft can be flown away in case of an emergency. Therefore, the craft must be
defueled to their safe minimum levels as specified in the craft’s technical manuals and in
STARSHIPS 564-3310. The Service port for fueling and defueling is located forward
under the nose of the craft as shown in Figure 4b61.5.
CHARGING AND EVACUATING CRAFT OXYGEN BANKS
When shuttlecraft are parked in their designated location in the Hangar Deck they will be
connected to the ship by an umbilical attached to the craft’s service port. This umbilical
contains electrical, gas and liquid connections to service the systems aboard the craft. One
of the connections in the umbilical connects to the main oxygen header, which supplies the
main oxygen banks. The main oxygen banks are high-pressure gas bottles, located in the
aft compartment on most shuttlecraft. These bottles have a volume of about 78 liters and
can hold approximately 16.1 cubic meters of O2 at 21 MPa; enough for a crew of seven for
up to eight hours. While the craft is parked the oxygen banks must be empty. This is a
precaution against the hazard of fire or explosion as free oxygen is very dangerous around
heat and combustible materials. Therefore, when the craft comes back from a mission and
is stowed, the oxygen is evacuated from the banks. When it is being prepared for a
launch, the oxygen banks can be quickly charged to maximum operating levels, which will
be performed after engine startup.
CHARGING CRAFT BATTERIES
While the craft is shutdown and stowed, the shuttlecraft’s batteries must be continuously
charged since there are some systems that remain online even while the craft is stowed
and not in use. Charging power comes from the service umbilical attached to the craft’s
service or maintenance port when it is stowed. The service port will usually be located on
the lower fuselage inside the ion pods as illustrated in Figure 4b61.3. When the umbilical is
attached to the craft, electrical power to the craft will come from the ship’s electrical
system; specifically, the ship’s main DC buss. Charging can only begin when the service
umbilical has been attached and the charging breaker has been closed. Charging will
commence and continue until the craft is being prepared for launch and is moved to the
Hangar Deck elevator. The normal routine is to start the engines, with fully-charged
batteries, on the Flight Deck. However, if a boost is needed to start the engines, the
Flight Deck has battery cables that can be attached to the craft’s service port for this
purpose.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHARGING THE CRAFT’S HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
The function of the shuttlecraft hydraulic system is to raise and lower the craft’s landing
gear. This system normally does not require charging, but should hydraulic levels fall
below minimum specifications, hydraulic fluid must be added. The hydraulic fluid used by
shuttlecraft is a non-toxic, non-flammable silicon-based fluid. Pressure to the system to
raise and lower the craft’s landing gear comes from the craft’s service air system. The tank
which holds the hydraulic fluid is located in the aft bulkhead and is filled through a port
behind the craft’s stern light on a Class-F Shuttlecraft.
CHARGING THE CRAFT’S SERVICE AIR SYSTEM
The function of the shuttlecraft service air system is to provide a pressure source for the
actuation of components such as the hatch, and to provide pressure to the craft’s hydraulic
system. The craft has two large air bottles located under the deck in the aft compartment,
which are charged to 30 MPa. The banks will be charged through the service umbilical
attached to the craft at the maintenance access port. Service air from the ship’s Service Air
System will be used to charge the air banks of the craft. In most cases, the air banks
aboard the craft will not be discharged. The service air banks of the craft will normally
remain charged while the craft is stowed.
CRAFT STOWAGE
One of the most important operations performed on shuttlecraft aboard ship is the process
of properly stowing the craft. Craft stowage will be explained in more detail in Section 6.5.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS
When a shuttlecraft returns from a mission and is stowed in the Hangar Deck, it will
undergo a complete inspection and maintenance. Each parking position has maintenance
and diagnostic panels built into the overhead. Should craft diagnostics indicate an issue
with any system or should system parameters fall outside specified boundaries, the system
will immediately be serviced. All maintenance of shuttlecraft will be performed by the
Craft Maintenance section of the Engineering Department as described in Section 2.2
of this volume.
CRAFT CLEANING
As a rule, both the inside and outside of the craft will be cleaned after each mission. The
purpose is not merely for cleanliness, but also to remove any possible contamination. As
previously mentioned, when a shuttlecraft returns from a mission it will be completely
degaussed. This is to remove any static charge stored in the hull before the craft can be
handled. The outside of the craft will be cleaned using a special cleansing foam specifically
for service craft hulls. This cleansing foam was developed by Star Fleet engineering and
conforms to FltSpec-94 specifications. This is a substance that is applied like liquid foam,
but dries leaving a powdered residue that is vacuumed off the surface. The foam is applied
using scrubbing brushes onto the exterior surface and is then allowed to dry.
Interior surfaces are completely cleaned using approved cleaners and solvents that meet
FltSpec standards. Shuttlecraft have special deck carpeting installed that will also require
vacuuming. Hangar Decks have a central vacuum system used to clean shuttlecraft. The
vacuum system contains a central turbine, similar to the Turbo-Lift compressor, which
produces a negative pressure in the main vacuum header. Dust, particulate matter and
small objects will be sucked into the system and deposited in the system’s collector, where
they will eventually be discharged into space.
Craft with toilet facilities will be cleaned and sanitized. Sanitary tanks will be emptied and
the effluent pumped to the ship’s Waste Processing System for conversion. Consult the
technical manual, STARSHIPS 539-5420, regarding a description of the ship’s Waste
Processing System.
GENERAL SERVICING
All service craft will be have general servicing performed on them, such as lubricating all
joints and moveable parts with Tetralubisol[5]. Tetralubisol is a highly volatile, silicon-based
lubricant that is toxic, but not fatal if accidentally ingested in small quantities. All hatches
and doorways will be checked for proper operation as well as all switches and panels.
SYSTEMS CHECKS
Maintenance crews will check all systems after a mission. This is usually performed outside
of the craft. A craft maintenance mechanic will insert a diagnostics cable through the
craft’s Maintenance Access Panel (see Figure 4b61.3 in Section 6.1.) Each storage bay has
diagnostic panels to display the craft’s operating parameters. The diagnostic panels are
typically located between bays so that they can be shared with neighboring craft.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
HULL REPAIRS
The hulls of small service craft are relatively thin and therefore, are susceptible to damage
from micrometeorites, space debris, stress cracking and heat damage from entering
planetary atmospheres. As such, the hulls must be completely inspected after every
mission. Maintenance mechanics will use special sensors that detect small cracks and other
defects in the material of the hull. Star Fleet ships are equipped to make repairs to the
hulls of their shuttlecraft. However, for extensive damage, the craft will have to be moved
to a Repair Ship for any major repairs.
ENGINE REPAIRS
If there are propulsion issues requiring the craft’s engines to be repaired, Star Fleet ships
are also equipped to make such repairs to the craft’s Ion Pods. Most engine repairs can be
handled while they are attached to the hull. However, for major engine repairs the
gunwale supporting the engine pod strut can be completely removed from the craft for
repair as shown in Figure 4b62.18. The entire engine and strut assembly is modular and
when removed from the fuselage, can then be moved to one of the ship’s repair shops for
overhaul.
CRAFT OPERATIONS RECORDS
As with all other equipment owned by Star Fleet, records must be kept regarding the
work performed on or by service craft, as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4510. As
such, an Operations and Maintenance Log will be kept for each craft assigned to the
ship. This log will detail all the work performed on the craft, the parts that were replaced,
the number of operating hours, etc. All maintenance performed on shuttlecraft will be
recorded in the Operations and Maintenance Log, which is a fundamental section of
the ship’s Engineering Log pertaining to maintenance.
In addition, each shuttlecraft contains an onboard flight recorder. After each flight, the
data in the recorder is downloaded into the ship’s computer. A program will read the data
and update the craft’s Operations and Maintenance Log with the latest operational
information. This information may be used to plan preventive or repair maintenance on the
craft.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.1
STANDARD SHUTTLECRAFT LOW-SPEED TAKEOFF
Elevator Pad Launch Pad

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.2
STANDARD SHUTTLECRAFT LOW-SPEED RETRIEVAL
Elevator Pad Landing Pad

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.3
ALTERNATE SHUTTLECRAFT LOW-SPEED TAKEOFF

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.4
ALTERNATE SHUTTLECRAFT LOW-SPEED RETRIEVAL
Elevator Pad Landing Pad

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.5
STANDARD SHUTTLECRAFT HIGH-SPEED TAKEOFF
Elevator Pad

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.6
STANDARD SHUTTLECRAFT HIGH-SPEED RETRIEVAL
Elevator Pad

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.7
TAKEOFF METHODS ON AN ATTACK CARRIER
Takeoff Zone Landing Zone
Legend
Low-speed Takeoff
High-speed Takeoff
Short Fast Vertical Takeoff
Short High-speed Takeoff

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.8
LANDING METHODS ON AN ATTACK CARRIER
Takeoff Zone Landing Zone
Legend
Low-speed Landing
High-speed Landing

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.9
FLIGHTDECK SHOWING CRAFT ARRANGEMENT FOR A LOW-SPEED STACKED LAUNCH
Legend
Order of Stacking
Order of Launching

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.10
ILLUSTRATION OF SHUTTLECRAFT LAUNCH STACKING – HIGH SPEED LAUNCHING

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.11
SHUTTLECRAFT LAUNCH PREPARATION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.12
SHUTTLECRAFT LAUNCH

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.13
SHUTTLECRAFT RETRIEVAL APPROACH

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.14
SHUTTLECRAFT RETRIEVAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.15
RECOVERING SHUTTLECRAFT USING A TRACTOR BEAM
Elevator Pad

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.16
RECOVERING SHUTTLECRAFT USING A TRACTOR BEAM – EXTERNAL VIEW

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.17
EMERGENCY SHUTTLECRAFT RETRIEVAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b62.18
SHUTTLECRAFT ENGINE REMOVAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.3 IN-FLIGHT CRAFT OPERATION

This section primarily deals with the operations and procedures performed aboard a typical
Class-F Shuttlecraft while it is underway.
SHUTTLECRAFT CREWS
Shuttlecraft crews differ, depending on the type of craft. The typical crew is made up of
the Shuttlecraft Pilot and Navigator. On a typical Class-F shuttlecraft, the pilot sits on
the port side and the Navigator sits on the starboard side as shown in Figure 4b63.1. The
pilot is in charge of the shuttlecraft, which will be explained in more detail in the following
sub-section. A craft engineer may also be included for long trips. The shuttlecraft shown in
Figure 4b63.1 is one designed to transport cargo and supplies.
SHUTTLECRAFT PILOT
A Shuttlecraft Pilot, also known as the Craft Commander, is the individual in charge
of the shuttlecraft while it is underway. The person detailed to command a Star Fleet
shuttlecraft, or other service craft, need only be a Star Fleet officer or senior enlisted
Technician as stated in Star Fleet Regulation 5751. As this regulation states: “The
person detailed to command Star Fleet shuttlecraft, interceptor or other service craft need
only be a Star Fleet line officer or senior enlisted Technician and shall be designated the
Craft Commander. The Craft Commander shall be responsible for the safety of the craft
and its passengers, and shall have all the authority of a Commanding Officer while the
craft is underway in space or detached from the command and functioning independently. ”
As such, the eligibility to command requirement does not apply to Star Fleet service craft.
The basic responsibility of the Craft Commander is to ensure the safety of the craft, its
crew and its passengers, and is responsible for the proper operation and appearance of
the craft. In undertaking this responsibility, the Craft Commander must operate his craft
in the following manner:
1. Obey the Rules of the Road. In general, ships underway do not maneuver as readily as
small craft, and therefore each Shuttlecraft Pilot should keep his craft clear of them.
2. The pilot must not cut close across the bow or stern of a ship that is orbiting around a
planet or station, moored, anchored, or pass close around the corner of a pier.
3. The pilot must run dead slow when passing other small craft that are alongside ships
or landings, or when in narrow or crowded spaces, or when passing transport
shuttlecraft.
4. The pilot must record all movements to and from all landing sites visited. The amount
of time spent on each course must be noted. These entries are kept within the craft’s
Shuttlecraft Log or Flight Recorder for this purpose.
The authority conferred upon the Craft Commander is stated in Star Fleet
Regulations 4410 and 5570. Specifically, Star Fleet Regulation 4410 states that
“Except as otherwise noted in these regulations or in orders from competent authority, all
passengers onboard a Star Fleet ship or vessel are subject to the authority of the
Commanding Officer, the Officer in Command or the Senior Officer Present and shall
conform to the internal regulations and routine of the ship or craft .”

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHUTTLECRAFT CREW RESPONSIBILITY
Shuttlecraft crews are responsible for the safety and security of their craft at all times. In
addition, they are also responsible for the equipment being carried or stowed aboard the
craft. The gear and equipment of shuttlecraft vary with the mission or the conditions under
which they operate. Some equipment, such as medical kits, fire extinguishers and hand
Phasers are standard issue on any Star Fleet service craft and should remain with the
craft permanently. As such, shuttlecraft crews must check that these standard items are
aboard the craft and in good order at all times prior to takeoff.
As mentioned above, shuttlecraft crews are responsible for all the equipment aboard the
craft. Loss or breakage of gear and defective equipment must be reported immediately to
the Craft Commander or the Duty Flight Control Officer. Items that must be checked
or inventoried are:
1. Emergency medical kits. Ensure that medical kits are properly stocked and that
medicines have not reached their shelf-life.
2. All hand Phasers are charged and properly stowed.
3. Change water in flasks, also known as breakers, frequently to avoid stale water and
the danger of contamination.
4. Repair or report minor damage to the hull or power equipment at once. A damaged
hull could result in a fatal accident if the mission requires entering a planet with an
atmosphere.
5. Keep gear secured so that the rolling and jostling of the craft will not result in damage
to the equipment or the craft, or injury to the passengers embarked therein.
6. Keep all parts free of dirt and corrosion.
7. Check that there are no leaks from piping and pipe connections.
8. Ensure that all indicator and alarm lights are working and that there are no defective
or damaged lights. Check all gauges and instruments to ensure they function properly.
9. Moving parts shall be checked for wear and that they move freely, especially parts that
are associated with the craft’s landing gear.
PRECAUTIONS WHILE RIDING IN SHUTTLECRAFT
Although a trip in a fleet shuttlecraft will generally be smooth, there will be times when the
craft will be tossed about especially when entering the atmosphere of a planet. As such,
the following precautions shall be observed:
1. All craft operators and passengers must wear their safety belt and shoulder harness
before takeoff, and should keep them secured until the completion of the flight. The
inertial dampers of a fleet shuttlecraft are not as effective as those onboard the ship.
Personnel may get jostled around if drastic changes in direction or speed occur.
2. Passengers and flight personnel must obey all orders of the Shuttlecraft Pilot or
officer in charge of the flight.
3. Passengers and flight personnel shall remain seated at all times. Flight crew personnel
may walk about to check instruments and equipment as needed. If the craft contains a
small head, personnel may use the facility as needed.
4. Ensure all equipment has been properly stowed and lashed down. Equipment shall be
lashed down using straps anchored to the deck cleats.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS
While the craft is onboard and prior to any mission away from the ship, all shuttlecraft
must undergo pre-flight checks of craft systems. In most cases the pre-flight check is a
simple formality as the craft can be made ready for launching very quickly. In general,
shuttlecraft stowed in the Hangar Bay will always be connected to the ship via a service
umbilical, which keeps vital craft systems operable. This is done for system monitoring, to
maintain craft power levels, and to quickly provision the craft with fuel, oxygen, coolant
and other material that can be loaded via the umbilical. As such, the Shuttlecraft Pilot
will check each system parameter prior to engine start. The following table lists the items
on the pre-flight checklist:
Table 4b63.1
PRE-FLIGHT SYSTEM CHECK ITEMS
Item Description
Before Engine Start
The Shuttlecraft Pilot shall inspect the outside of the craft for hull
damage, cracks or other defects. Inspection of the craft before
Inspect Hull
engine startup will prevent wasting valuable time performing the
other checks.
Check craft’s battery for proper voltage. Although the engines will be
started using ship’s power, the battery is used to start the engine in
Check Battery Status
situations were the craft is not linked to an external power source
and must rely on the battery for engine and system startup.
Check that the fuel tanks are full and that there is enough fuel to
complete the mission or to reach a station that can fuel the craft. Do
Check Fuel Status
not start the engines unless there is ample fuel to complete the
mission.
Check that O2 banks are fully charged. If not, then contact the Flight
Control Officer at once. Engines may not be started or running while
Check Oxygen Status
O2 is being transferred. Do not start the engines if the oxygen banks
are not fully charged.
Craft Service Air is used to operate craft components such as the
hatch, and to provide base pressure to the craft’s hydraulic system.
Check Craft Service Air Banks As such, Shuttlecraft pilots must check that the air banks are fully
charged to 30 Mpa. . If not, then contact the Flight Control Officer at
once. Do not start the engines if the air banks are not fully charged.
The Hydraulic System is used to operate the craft’s landing gear. As
Check Craft Hydraulic System such, Shuttlecraft pilots must check that the hydraulic tank is filled to
the proper level, if not then contact the Flight Control Officer at once.
After Engine Start
Pressurize the fuselage of the craft to 1.2 bar with all openings
Check Hull Pressure closed and locked, and hold the pressure for 60 seconds to check
for hull leaks.
1. Check generator output. Ensure that generator output is to
specification.
Check Power Levels
2. Check engine power levels to ensure engine output is to
specification.
Shuttlecraft Pilots must check that all environmental systems are
Check Environmental Systems
operating and within proper operating parameters.
Hangar Bay crews to perform a quick inspection of the hull of the
Inspect Hull Opening
craft to ensure that all hull openings and ports are properly closed.
The above pre-flight check-off will also apply when the craft has landed on an uninhabited
planet. This is to ensure that the craft is space worthy and can takeoff, orbit and escape
from the gravitational pull of the planet. Examples of pre-flight check-offs can be seen in

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT STARTUP
Craft startup begins with engine startup since all the other support systems receive their
power from the generators that run off the engines. Power to start the engines will come
from the craft’s battery, but when connected to an external power source the battery will
“float” on the power coming in. That is, when connected to an external power source, such
as the umbilical connection from the ship, the current to start the engine will come from
the external source and not from the craft’s battery. However, in most cases power to
start the engines will come from the craft’s battery.
As a rule, engine startup will only occur when the craft is completely situated on the
Flight Deck and sealed from the Hanger Deck. Usually, the Shuttlecraft Pilot will start
the engines while the craft is rotating on the Hangar Deck elevator’s turntable as shown
in Figure 4b63.4. This is done for safety reasons. At this point craft lighting, control power
and the other support systems are still running off the craft’s battery. The moment one
engine has started the pilot will switch craft power from the battery to the engine power
buss. Each engine produces its own electrical power from a generator inside the engine
pod in order that it can provide power the propulsion support systems. In addition, each
generator produces enough energy to supply the entire craft. Although craft power is
coming from the engines, the battery will remain on the craft’s primary power buss so that
it can be recharged.
With the engines supplying all of the craft’s power needs, the pilot will begin bringing the
remaining support systems online. The first will be the craft’s environmental systems. This
includes the O2 regulation system, the CO2 scrubbing system, the temperature regulation
system and the HVAC system, which controls the cabin recirculation fans. Once the HVAC
system is started, the cabin will begin to feel cooler and the atmosphere less stuffy. This is
because when stowed, the hatch to the shuttlecraft will be shut for security reasons. As
such, the air in the cabin may become stale if the craft has not been used for a long time.
The next system to be placed into operation will be the craft’s navigational systems. This
includes the craft’s sensors, navigational computers, the craft’s navigational deflectors and
any external lighting available on the craft. It should be noted that the communication
system of the craft will always be online, even while the craft’s engines are shutdown so
that the crew can communicate with those outside or away from the craft or to converse
with personnel at other commands. As a rule, the craft’s communications system must
never be shutdown, except for maintenance or repairs.
Finally, the pilot will start any remaining service systems. These systems will include the
craft’s service air and hydraulic systems. The service air system is primarily used to supply
motive power to the craft’s doors and any other mechanism that would otherwise be
operated by a hydraulic or other actuating system. This is to prevent the use of hydraulics,
which can introduce unwanted contaminants into the craft’s atmosphere. The service air
system is also used to control the extension and retraction of the craft’s landing gear, and
which also supplies a reservoir for compression and shock-absorbing loads on the landing
gear. For craft that have small heads, the water supply system is always operating. Most
craft, however, are equipped with a flask for drinking water. Pressure to the water supply
system will normally come from the craft’s service air system.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT TAKEOFF
Craft takeoff is either done a low-speed or at high-speed. In either case, a launch usually
involves an adjustment to the gravity field of the Flight Deck. While the craft is aboard
ship and on the Flight Deck the pilot will apply half thrust on the craft while the tower
adjusts the gravity of the deck. The Duty Flight Control Officer may transfer control of
gravity and restraining force to the pilot if the he so chooses. The craft is then catapulted
into space when the restraining force is released and full negative gravity is applied. The
following chart depicts the rate of reduction in Flight Deck gravity for the two different
launch methods.
Chart 4b63.1
HIGH-SPEED TAKEOFF GRAVITY
SHUTTLECRAFT TAKEOFF GRAVITY REDUCTION RATE

1.2
1
Flight Deck Gravity in g's
0.8
0.6 Low-Speed
0.4
0.2
High-Speed
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Time in Seconds
As a rule, until full control of the craft is released to the pilot, Shuttlecraft Pilots must
obey all commands and signals from the Launch Tower and from the Duty Flight
Control Officer at all times while the craft is preparing to launch. As such, Shuttlecraft
Pilots shall not lift or launch the craft until directed to by the tower. In addition, the pilot
shall not launch his craft until the Flight Deck doors are completely opened and the tower
gives the launch signal. On the other hand, the Duty Flight Control Officer shall not
permit any craft to launch or be retrieved until the Flight Deck doors are fully open. This
rule can be waived under emergency conditions. The guideline for emergency launching is
that the Flight Deck doors must at least be 50% open in order for the craft to pass
through them.
In addition, prior to takeoff, at least one of the forward window shields shall be open in
order for the pilot to visually detect the Launch Signal Lights. Although the pilot will
receive a verbal command to launch from the Duty Flight Control Officer and the
launch indicator on the control panel will be lit up, the pilot must still verify the launch
order by observing the Launch Signal Lights on the Control Tower. The pilot can only
launch the craft if he receives a green light.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
LOW-SPEED TAKEOFF
Low-speed takeoffs are the normal method of launching a shuttlecraft from a Star Fleet
ship. As stated in Section 6.2, a low-speed takeoff usually involves lifting the craft and
applying forward thrust. The lift portion of the launch comes from a combination of
vectored thrust and the reduction of the gravitational field produced by gravity plates
embedded in the Flight Deck. The rate of this reduction is shown in Chart 4b63.1 on the
previous page.
When the engines have started up the Control Tower will direct the Shuttlecraft Pilot
to maneuver the craft onto the Launch Pad. When the order is given to launch, which will
be performed by a verbal order from the tower and visually with the green Launch Signal
light, the pilot will apply forward thrust back and down. At this point the tower will reverse
the gravitational field, which will gently catapult the craft off the pad and into space. Once
the craft has cleared the Flight Deck the craft will then make a thirty degree turn to port
or starboard and down away from the ship as illustrated in Figure 4b63.5. This is to
prevent the craft from colliding with the ship’s main engines.
HIGH-SPEED TAKEOFF
A high-speed takeoff is when the craft will launch from the Flight Deck at full engine
power, usually from the Hangar Deck elevator instead of from the Launch Pad. In a
high-speed launch the craft will be held in place by a heavy-duty restraining field while the
Shuttlecraft Pilot applies full thrust. When the restraining field is released, the craft is
catapulted out into space as illustrated in Figure 4b62.5. The release of the restraining
field can be executed either by the Control Tower or by the Shuttlecraft Pilot, but only
if the tower has handed over launch control to the pilot.
A high-speed launch can be dangerous, which requires extra precautions. For the typical
high-speed launch, the Flight Deck doors will be opened while the craft is being
positioned by the elevator turntable and the craft’s engines are being started. The doors
must be fully open before engine power reaches fifty percent. In addition, the Control
Tower must ensure that there are no ships, craft or other objects behind the ship before
any high-speed launch. The space behind the ship must be clear for at least 200
kilometers before a high-speed launch can be executed.
Although a high-speed launch will be executed at full engine power, the craft will not reach
its maximum speed of 0.85c until some time after exiting the ship; usually around twenty
minutes after launching. This is primarily due to the relatively weak inertial dampening
field of the craft, which does not allow for very high ‘g’ loads. The hull and framing of the
craft is somewhat fragile and the forces exerted on the craft due to a high acceleration can
literally crush the craft. Therefore, shuttlecraft must work-up to its operating speed.
VERTICAL TAKEOFF
A vertical takeoff is the application of vectored thrust downward to essentially lift the craft
straight up. Once the craft has reached the appropriate altitude, the thrust is directed aft
for forward motion. Such vertical takeoffs are usually performed aboard an Attack Carrier
where the deck is open, or from the surface of a planet. When lifting from the surface of a
planet, the craft will lift to about six meters before applying forward thrust, and then
applying the appropriate amount of thrust to achieve orbital speeds.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRUISING
Once out in deep space, shuttlecraft can go to its maximum speed. However, the typical
Class-F shuttlecraft has a very thin hull and as such, the deflector shield around the craft
has limit protection capability. Therefore, most shuttlecraft will be limited in speed to a
maximum of 0.85c. As such, the maximum range of a Class-F shuttlecraft is 5.5 billion
kilometers or about 36.7 AU, which is based upon a maximum flight time of six hours at
0.85c[6] with engines at maximum power. The flight time of the craft is based upon the
oxygen content within the cabin of the craft and the average rate of oxygen consumption
by the crew and passengers.
TURBO-BOOST
Craft underway are susceptible to oncoming objects travelling at high speeds since the
craft’s long-range sensors are not as powerful as those aboard ship and that the craft’s
deflector shield cannot handle collisions with objects with a mass of fifty kilograms or
more. As such, should a high speed object approach on a collision course with the craft or
the craft must perform a fast evasive maneuver, the Shuttlecraft Pilot can accelerate
out of the situation by dumping some fuel and igniting it [7]. This is known as a Turbo-
boost and is performed by simply flipping the Fuel Jettison switch on the control panel
for a short duration. However, it is not recommended for normal use since it involves
consuming a large amount of fuel. An example of the application of boost can be seen in
Figure 4b63.6.
IN-FLIGHT CHECKS
During flight, the Shuttlecraft Pilot and other members of the crew will make periodic
in-flight system checks. For example, during the flight the Craft Navigator will take a fix
on the craft’s current position and will relay any deviation to the pilot. The pilot will then
make the appropriate corrections to bring the craft back on course.
Besides constant navigational fixes Shuttlecraft Pilots and crews must periodically make
other checks as well. These checks will primarily involve the atmospheric condition of the
craft. Such checks will include: atmospheric oxygen levels, ensuring proper mixture of
gases and to maintain the craft at the proper O 2 and CO2 levels. On a typical Class-F
shuttlecraft the gauge to measure atmospheric gases is situated on the aft bulkhead as
can be seen in Figure 4b63.7. The user can select the parameter to observe using the
buttons below the gauge. The user can also make cabin temperature adjustments as well.
Another responsibility of the Shuttlecraft Pilot while underway is to monitor craft fuel
levels. The fuel level will determine the range of the craft and the monitoring of fuel levels
will be used to calculate the total flight time and the half-way point of the mission or the
point of safe return. As such, to save fuel the Shuttlecraft Pilot will usually cut back on
engine power when the craft reaches full speed in order to allow inertia to move the craft.
Engine power will only be used to maintain speed at zero acceleration.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHUTTLECRAFT INFLIGHT HANDLING RULES
Although shuttlecraft are small powered vessels in space, many of the same navigation
rules will also apply to service craft as well as to the larger ships. In open space Star
Fleet shuttlecraft must follow the same guidelines as with Star Fleet ships. However,
within systems and around space stations, shuttlecraft will usually have the Right-Of-Way.
Having the Right-Of-Way does not mean that a craft can do whatever it pleases. It means
that the craft must continue at the present course and speed and that the other craft or
ships around her must make the appropriate changes needed to avoid her. Although in
general craft will usually have the Right-Of-Way, there are instances when this rule may be
disregarded. For example, prudence dictates that if a small shuttlecraft encounters a Star
Fleet cruiser approaching on a collision course, although the craft has the Right-Of-Way, it
is better that the shuttlecraft haul off because it is easier for the craft to avoid the cruiser
than it is for the cruiser to avoid the craft as can be seen in Figure 4b63.8.
Table 4b63.2
LOW SPEED CRAFT HANDLING RULES
Situation Rule
When two craft abreast of each other are moving in the same
direction and one of the craft wishes to pass to the other side,
the craft that wishes to pass must throttle down and pass astern
Craft On Parallel Courses
of the other. The rule is that all craft must never cut across
the bow of another craft. The craft being passed has the
Right-Of-Way.
Craft that approach each other at nearly parallel, but
opposite courses must keep to the right and pass Port-to-
Port. However, if they are far enough away (>10 kilometers) to
Craft On Opposite Parallel Courses
Starboard of each other that no change in direction is needed to
keep clear of each other. Each will hold their course and speed
and will pass Starboard-to-Starboard.
Craft being overtaken have the Right-Of-Way. The craft that
catches up or passes a slower craft must keep clear of the other
craft being overtaken. This rule continues to apply even after the
Overtaking Craft
craft has been passed. The craft with the Right-Of-Way must not
change course or speed while it is being overtaken unless
absolutely necessary for its safety.
If two craft are approaching at an angle, the craft which has
the other to Port has the Right-Of-Way. When a particular
Meeting Or Crossing Craft
craft is crossing and overtaking another, the above Overtaking
Rule prevails.
1. Although craft have the Right-Of-Way when near large ships
service craft shall always avoid large ships.
2. When large ships are present in orbit, service craft shall
Movement Around Large Ships
maintain a powered orbit at a lower altitude.
3. When approaching a large ship, service craft shall
approach from the lower rear of the ship.
1. Craft should always travel slow enough to be able to come
about when the danger of collision might occur.
2. Craft must proceed slowly (20 KPH or less) past anchorages,
Drydocks, stations and ships at rest.
Craft Speed Rules
3. While inside a dock or station, the maximum speed of any
service craft shall not exceed 20 KPH.
4. Service craft shall not exceed 120 KPH relative to an object
in space outside 2 kilometers of that object, ship or station.
Craft with a tow are regarded as one single vessel. The craft
Towing towing the other is responsible for her tow. The towing craft
has no special privileges, but should be passed with care.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
ORBITING
In general, craft will not normally execute complete orbits around a planet or station. Craft
will usually enter the atmosphere directly to land on the surface or power out into space
when launched from the surface. The only time craft will orbit a planet is to wait their turn
to land on the surface, as directed by the local landing authority. However, while the craft
is in orbit, craft will maintain a powered, standard orbit as illustrated in Figure 4b63.9.
Also, when large ships are in orbit around the same planet or body as small craft, small
craft must maintain a lower orbit than the ships. As a rule, service craft must keep clear of
the larger ships unless they intend to rendezvous with the ship.
CRAFT LANDING
In general, service craft will typically land only on planets where a landing pad exists,
which will normally be found on ground stations and most Federation planets. However,
there will be times when craft will have to land on an unknown planet that has no fixed
landing facilities. As such, the Craft Commander will have to land his craft on flat open
ground, if possible, and usually only on Class-M planets. In addition, entering a planet’s
atmosphere will create intense heat, depending on the craft’s entry speed, due to friction
with the molecules in the atmosphere as illustrated in Figure 4b63.10. Therefore, when
entering a planet with an atmosphere, the pilot is required to close all window shields and
to limit the entry speed of the craft to 3g’s of the planet’s gravitational pull.
Landing the craft on a planet without a structural landing pad requires special care. The
pilot must search for open ground and execute a vertical landing using vectored thrust.
The pilot will first slow the craft down to 60 KPH near the place of landing and come to a
full stop over the selected Landing Zone or LZ. Using vectored thrust, the pilot will slowly
lower the craft until the Landing Indicator light shows that the craft has fully set down.
While the craft is set down, the Craft Commander shall take all precautions to ensure
the safety of the craft and its passengers. The Craft Commander may station a sentry
around the craft to maintain the security of the craft and communications with the Craft
Commander. When it is time to leave the LZ, Shuttlecraft Pilots will usually execute a
vertical takeoff from the planetary body and enter a short orbit around the planet to obtain
a bearing. The craft will then accelerate out of orbit and to its next destination.
RULES REGARDING SHUTTLECRAFT SECURITY
While underway, Craft Commanders are subject to the same Star Fleet Regulations
as ship commanders. As such, shuttlecraft away from home base must exercise certain
precautions to maintain the security of their craft.
1. When in Federation ports, shuttlecraft crews may leave their craft unmanned, but
must lockup the craft to prevent unauthorized entry.
2. When in non-Federation ports, at least one member of the shuttlecraft crew shall
remain with the craft at all times while it is away from the ship.
3. Shuttlecraft crews shall not leave their craft unmanned, without express permission,
while the craft is on a mission in hostile or unknown territory. This means that
shuttlecraft crewmembers must not step ashore or wander away from the craft at any
time. If an emergency arises, requiring the immediate take-off of the craft, any delay
caused by waiting for an absent crewmember can be irritating and dangerous.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT RETRIEVAL
Craft retrieval relates to the processes involved when the craft returns to the home vessel.
The Control Tower will usually transmit a guide beam to allow the Shuttlecraft Pilot to
“home-in” on the ship. The pilot will follow the beam until the ship can be visually sited;
usually by the ship’s Landing Lights. As the craft approaches the pilot will reduce speed
down to 120 KPH. When the craft approaches two kilometers to the ship, the pilot will
reduce speed further and extend the landing gear as illustrated in Figure 4b63.11. At this
point the Control Tower will open the Flight Deck doors and the craft should be moving
at a speed no greater than 20 KPH. As the craft approaches, if for some reason the craft
could not land due to an issue on the Flight Deck, the tower will waive the craft off as
shown in Figure 4b63.12. In this particular case, the Flight Deck doors were not fully
open as required by procedures. As such, the craft was waived-off until the issue was
rectified.
Most landings aboard ship will be done at low-speed and in auto-land mode. That is, the
craft’s navigation computer will perform the landing and put down on the Landing Pad,
which is the same as the Launch Pad. However, the Shuttlecraft Pilot can manually
override the auto-land feature and perform the landing him or herself. Once on the pad,
the Control Tower will reduce Flight Deck gravity so that the pilot can move the craft to
the Hangar Deck elevator. Also, there is the option of a high-speed landing as well. As
stated in Section 6.2 the home ship will match the velocity of the incoming craft so that
the relative speed differential between them will not exceed 20 KPH. Such landings will
usually be done when the ship must leave the area quickly and any shuttlecraft that had
been launched will be ordered to return to the ship as soon as possible.
MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT MANEUVERS
There are not very many maneuvers that service craft can perform with the exception of
the special combat maneuvers executed by Attack Craft. However, such maneuvers will
not be covered here, but will be handled in Section 6.4 of this volume.
CRAFT DOCKING
Certain small space stations that do not have an enclosed Flight Deck can secure and
couple shuttlecraft. This requires skill on the part of the Shuttlecraft Pilot to maneuver
his craft close to the station’s docking area for the brow to lock onto the craft. Primarily,
this will normally occur at free-floating intelligence or TAC stations. When docked, a
service boom is extended from the station to the craft’s service port to supply the craft
with power and utilities while the craft is moored. However, unlike being stowed in the
Hangar Deck of the home vessel, a craft anchored to a dock will have its engines running
the entire time. Fuel for the engines will come from the station, and the power from the
station will be used to augment craft power. This allows the craft to leave the station at a
moment’s notice.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT SHUTDOWN
When shuttlecraft return from a mission, they will be shutdown and stowed in the Hangar
Deck. By procedure, the ion engines of shuttlecraft must be shutdown prior to being
lowered into the Hangar Deck by means of the elevator. The rule is that engines can only
be operating on the Flight Deck or in an open area on a ground station. The confined
space of the Hangar Deck is too dangerous for the engines to be running. In addition,
shutting off the engines before the craft is lowered allows time for the engines to cool-off
before the craft will be handled by maintenance personnel in the Hangar Deck. As such,
the engines will be shutdown at the point after the Flight Deck doors are fully closed and
while the Flight Deck is being pressurized, but before it is lowered down into the Hangar
Deck.
While the engines are shutdown, power to the craft will come from the craft’s batteries.
And while the craft is being lowered down into the Hangar Deck, the Shuttlecraft Pilot
will begin a post-flight check-off of craft systems. At this point most of the craft’s systems
are still operating. A full shutdown of the craft will only be executed when the craft has
been placed in its parking position, completely locked down, and the service umbilical has
been attached to the craft’s service port.
Table 4b63.3
POST-FLIGHT SYSTEM CHECK ITEMS
Item Description
Before Engine Shutdown
All service craft aboard ship must be grounded before the engines
can be shut down and maintenance crews can handle the craft. This
Craft Grounded and Degaussed
is a safety precaution as the hulls of service craft can pick-up static
electrical charges, which can be fatal to handlers of the craft.
The engines of the craft shall not be shutdown until the Flight Deck
Flight Deck Pressure Check
doors are closed and the Flight Deck pressurized.
After Engine Shutdown
The service umbilical shall only be attached after the craft’s engines
have been shut down. At this point electrical power to the craft will
Service Umbilical Attached
be supplied by the craft’s batteries until power is received from the
ship via the umbilical.
The Shuttlecraft Pilot shall shut the breaker to the shore power buss
Craft Power From Ship
and ensure that power to the craft is coming from the ship or station.
The oxygen bleed into the craft will be secured once the craft’s
Oxygen Bleed Secured engines have been shutdown, the service umbilical secured and the
Flight Deck or Hangar Deck has been pressurized.
The fuel system is shutdown and secured after the craft’s engines
Fuel System Secured
have been shut down.
The craft’s environmental system will be the last thing to be
Environmental Systems Secured shutdown. The Shuttlecraft Pilot will turn off all fans and CO2
scrubbers.
When the craft is fully shutdown the Shuttlecraft Pilot, being the last to leave the craft,
will secure the craft by closing and locking the hatch. Should work be required on the
craft, maintenance personnel have the authority to unlock, open and enter the craft.
However, when all work has been completed the craft will be locked up and secured from
entry.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT FLIGHT RECORDS
As with all Star Fleet equipment, records must be kept regarding the operations and the
maintenance performed on craft as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4510. As
such, each shuttlecraft will have a Shuttlecraft Log containing a record of the speed and
course of the craft, as well as the destinations, places and landings the craft had
performed during a mission, and is an addendum to the Captain’s Log. (See Section 3.3
for details on the Captain’s Log.)
In addition, all craft are equipped with a Flight Recorder that records all the events and
actions taken by the crew, and all the system parameters over the entire time of the flight.
The Flight Recorder record is considered part of the Shuttlecraft Log and is an official
and legal record of the voyage. Also, as part of his or her walk-off procedure, the data in
the Shuttlecraft Log and the Flight Recorder will be downloaded to the appropriate
areas in the ship’s computer relating to the Captain’s and Engineering logs.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.1
STANDARD CLASS-F SHUTTLECRAFT CONTROL CONSOLE
Craft Pilot Craft Navigator

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.2
STANDARD SHUTTLECRAFT CONTROL CONSOLE IN USE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.3
PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.4
SHUTTLECRAFT PREPARATION ON THE FLIGHT DECK

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.5
SHUTTLECRAFT EGRESS: DOWN AND AWAY FROM THE MAIN ENGINES

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.6
SHUTTLECRAFT CRUISING: APPLYING TURBO BOOST

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.7
IN-FLIGHT CHECK: ATMOSPHERIC PARAMETERS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.8
SHUTTLECRAFT MANEUVERING AROUND ORBITING SHIPS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.9
SHUTTLECRAFT IN A POWER ORBIT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.10
HIGH-SPEED ATMOSPHERIC ENTRY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.11
STANDARD SHUTTLECRAFT APPROACH

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b63.12
SHUTTLECRAFT BEING WAVED-OFF – ABORTED RETRIEVAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.4 COMBAT CRAFT OPERATIONS

Star Fleet contains several classes of small craft designed specifically for combat. As
such, the function of this section is to outline some of the operations and tactics employed
by combat craft. In particular, this section will focus on two specific types of combat craft:
the Fighter and the Interceptor. The following paragraphs will describe each of these
classes in some detail.
FIGHTER CRAFT
The basic function of the Fighter is to protect the fleet. It is primarily a defensive weapon
used offensively against similar enemy attack craft and large combatants. The Fighter is a
two-man sublight spacecraft that can reach speeds of up to 0.9c, which allows the craft to
catch or intercept most small craft and virtually all sub-light spaceships. However, the craft
is completely ineffective against warp-driven spacecraft. Fighters are primarily assigned
to Carriers (AA) and Ground Attack (GG) ships. Very rarely will they ever be assigned to a
Cruiser or Frigate class combatant while they are on a five-year patrol mission.
The basic Fighter, as shown in Figures 4b64.1 and 4b64.2, is heavily armed with two
twin-mounted Phaser Canons and an articulated Phaser Rifle for ground troop support.
The Phaser Cannons are mounted on the port and starboard wings of the craft, and
contain both a forward and aft emitter. The emitter assembly is actually made up of three
separate beam nozzles, similar to the Megaphaser nozzles, giving the craft considerable
firepower. The nozzles can move free about, producing a 60o operating cone for each
weapon, as illustrated in Figures 4b64.3 and 4b64.4, and each cannon is equivalent in
power to a mobile Mark III Phase Cannon (Figure 4b41.17.) As such, the Fighter
requires a sizeable generator to supply the power to these weapons. Therefore, the entire
aft section of the craft is devoted to the power requirements of the craft. And because of
the power requirements, the craft can only fire two cannons at one time and in short two-
second bursts. Any longer than three seconds will cause a burn-up of the nozzles.
The Fighter also has an articulated Phaser Rifle for use against smaller, mobile ground
targets. This rifle is a larger version of the handheld Mark II Phaser Rifle as illustrated
in Figure 4b41.20. The rifle is mounted on a gimbal, which allows it to rotate a total of
240o on the horizontal plane and 15o up and 20o down on the vertical plane as shown in
Figure 4b64.3. Control of the motion of the rifle is done through the helmet worn by the
pilot. The pilot merely needs to look at the target to acquire, lock-on and fire. The weapon
is designed to move about as the pilot’s eyes and head move about.
During ship to ship conflicts Fighter craft can be effective in keeping the enemy vessel
off-balance by forcing them to lose focus on defending themselves from the armament of
the Starship. The enemy may become too busy warding-off Fighter attacks that they
may neglect the more powerful weapons of the Starship, or while engaging the larger
Starships the enemy vessel may be vulnerable to close Fighter attack. Therefore, the
Fighter is very useful in combat within a large battlespace containing many ships.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
INTERCEPTOR CRAFT
Interceptors are primarily used to chase down and engage other small spacecraft of
1500 metric tons or less. In addition, Interceptors are the only craft with warp drive
capability. Interceptors may be found operating primarily within the Federation Treaty
Zone as it will be the area of the Federation with the most small craft and spaceships.
They are the primary law-enforcement vessel within the zone and as such, will be a staple
at all Star Fleet shore facilities such as Starbases, Star Fleet Stations and Outposts.
On ships, they will primarily be assigned to those cruisers and frigates, and other craft-
carrying combatants, operating within the Treaty Zone. They will be used for long-range
law-enforcement functions within the zone.
By and large, Interceptors can only carry two crewmembers: a Pilot and a Navigator.
The Pilot serves as the Craft Commander, pilot and gunner; while the Navigator
serves as both the navigator and communicator. The crewmembers sit in compartment-like
areas, each with their own hatch overhead to enter their area. However, they are not
sealed away from each other and can visually communicate without the need to outfit
themselves with communications devices. When chasing a vessel, the crew members will
only communicate with the vessel in pursuit. They will never leave the vessel to board
another. Instead, they will order the vessel in pursuit to change course and to go directly
to the nearest Star Fleet facility.
Interceptors may also be used as escort vessels for small convoys of merchant ships
where a larger combatant would not be considered practicable. Such craft would be
assigned to the convoy upon request and only when attack on the convoy is highly likely or
when the convoy must operate within hostile regions. As such, the Interceptor is an
economical way to protect Federation shipping.
Because of their warp-drive capability they are quite large for carrying only two persons.
Most of the equipment aboard the craft is used to propel the craft to warp speeds, which
occupies most of the aft compartment of the craft. The top speed of an Interceptor is
around Warp 2, fast enough to catch any small craft and some small spaceships as well.
The Interceptor is also equipped with special airfoils for high-speed travel through the
atmosphere of a planet. This allows the craft to travel at speeds approaching Mach 9. A
special air scoop can be lowered to force cooling air into the engine’s auxiliary intercoolers
while traveling at high speeds within an atmosphere.
Interceptors are not as well armed as a Fighter since their main function is to chase-
down small craft. However, they are equipped with two retractable Phaser banks, located
in the lower bow of the craft, each with an equivalent firepower of a Mark III Phaser
Cannon as those mounted on the Fighter, but with a restricted operating cone of 10o up
and 30o down on the vertical, and 60o on the horizontal as illustrated in Figures 4b64.5
and 4b64.6. As such, the Phaser banks aboard an Interceptor is used more for defense
and law-enforcement action than for combat.
Interceptors also have sophisticated communications reception and jamming equipment.

They can listen in on communications in any of the known bands. As such, they make
excellent intelligence gathering and surveillance vessels. In addition, they can jam the
communications of the vessels they are pursuing. This is done to prevent the craft in
pursuit to call upon aid. Interceptors can jam radio messages from the low-frequency
bands to subspace radio channels on most small craft and space vessels. However, they
are not as effective on large ships outfitted with high-powered communications equipment.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMBAT CRAFT TACTICS
Unlike ships, combat craft must utilize different tactics relating to warfare. This is primarily
due to the fact that combat craft will operate in close quarters to the target. The weapons
aboard combat craft, though powerful enough for small craft, do not have the power and
effectiveness as the weapons aboard a ship. Therefore, pilots of these craft must posses
cunning and daring in order to engage much larger vessels and targets. However, there
are some basic rules that can be applied to combat craft:
1. Combat craft should always travel in pairs when in combat with other combatant craft.
The lead vessel will act as point, while the trailing vessel will watch the rear quarters
for enemy action. The trailing craft should normally be stationed at the aft starboard
quarter of the lead vessel. The lead craft will normally be the one with the senior pilot.
2. Should a pair of combat craft need to perform an evasive maneuver, the lead vessel
shall break to port and the trailing vessel shall break to starboard. In most cases, the
two will circle around and join again.
3. When attacking enemy ships, combat craft should be deployed against such targets at
the squadron level. As such, each squadron will engage a specific enemy vessel.
4. When on patrol or law-enforcement duty, combat craft shall have their shields up at all
times. This rule covers peace-time activities as well as during war-time. Any time
combat craft are underway, their shields shall be activated.
5. Combat craft should avoid the ionization wake of target vessels because of the hard
radiation emanating from the engines and the fact that the ionization wake will obscure
the sensing equipment of the craft.
6. Combat craft should never approach an enemy ship head-on. Most of the vessel’s
heaviest armament will be in the bow of the ship.
7. Combat craft should never enter the shields of a target ship at high speeds. The shields
of a combatant target could destroy the craft if the craft gets close enough.
8. Where possible, combat craft should approach all ships from their “blind” side. That is,
approach the vessel from the point of its minimum sensor capability. This will usually
be along the rear quarter closest to the engines where the ionization wake will interfere
with the sensor signals.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMBAT TACTICS AGAINST SHIPS
Combat craft will, especially in times of war, engage large ships of the line. However, due
to their small size combat craft must deploy special tactics against the larger, more
heavily-armed ships. In this section several examples of combat tactics will be given for
specific classes of enemy vessels. Typically, Star Fleet Fighter craft will be deployed
against ships in groups. The following paragraphs will describe the tactics that can be used
against the most common ships used by those governments hostile to the Federation.
At the current time the primary combatants used by the Romulan Empire are the Romulan
Bird of Prey and a variant of the Klingon D-7 Klokode Class Battlecruiser. A Romulan Bird
of Prey is basically a medium-sized, sublight spaceship with a crew of about 88. It can be
approached from almost any direction except directly head-on as shown in Figure 4b64.16.
This is because of the plasma weapon mounted in the bow as shown in Figures 4b64.7
and 4b64.8. Also, the area directly astern should be avoided as some of these vessels still
carry old-style rocket-propelled nuclear missiles. As illustrated in Figures 4b64.7 and
4b64.8, the primary targets will be the ion propulsion units and the ship’s command
bridge, and if possible, the plasma weapons tube at the bow of the ship.
The most prevalent class of combatant used by the Klingon Empire is the D-7 Klokode
Class Battlecruiser. These are large and powerful deep spacefaring vessels similar in
power, armament and speed to a Star Fleet cruiser. And like the Starship, they are
similar in physical construction, having a primary “command” module and an “Engineering”
module connected together by a long access boom. The engineering hull has attached two
outboard S-2 Graf units for warp propulsion that are also equipped with projectors for their
powerful disrupter weapons.
The D-7 cruiser should be approached from the rear lower quarters as illustrated in Figures
4b64.9 and 4b64.10. The rear quarter is the least defended part of the ship, which also
has the exposed propulsion units. Therefore, the primary target for any Fighter will be the
S-2 Graf units as shown in Figure 4b64.15. Another approach vector is straight down to
the top of the command module. This area is the main command and control center for
the ship. Destroy this area and the ship becomes virtually defenseless. The D-7 can also be
approached directly from the stern, but only for the current models. That is a new class of
battlecruiser, the D-8B K’Tinga-class, currently under construction, will have the Klingon
equivalent to the photon torpedo tube mounted both forward and aft, which will prevent
an approach directly from the stern of the ship. Therefore, caution must be observed and
the pilot of a Fighter must correctly identify the class of Klingon cruiser he or she will
engage.
Gorn military vessels are designed pretty much alike and there are very little variances
between the classes. As such, they have similar capabilities and design features and
therefore, the Fighter pilot can employ the same combat tactics on all classes of Gorn
combatants. Therefore, the standard Gorn cruiser, shown in Figures 4b64.11 and 4b64.12,
will be used as the example for the approach vectors and targets. All Gorn combatants
have a wing-like structure that is the launch deck for the ship’s fighter craft. At the base of
the wing is the hangar bay where the fighters are stored. The wing structure also houses a
disrupter bank with an effective operating zone of 180 o all around. This make is difficult for
small fighter craft to approach from the sides and from the top of the ship. Therefore,
Gorn ships should be approached from the lower half of the ship. And, Gorn ships should
never be approached head-on. Gorn ships have bow-mounted disrupter cannons, which
will destroy or severely damage any small craft that attempts to attack it from the front.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COMBAT TACTICS AGAINST OTHER FIGHTER CRAFT
Fighters and Interceptors will also be used in combat with other fighter craft. This form
of combat will typically be one-on-one, unlike attacks on ships which will be performed in
groups or packs. Typically, enemy fighters will be deployed to attack the larger ships of the
Star Fleet, especially the capital ships, including Attack Carriers. Therefore, to counter
this move Star Fleet commanders will send their Fighters out to intercept and destroy
the enemy craft.
At this time only the Klingon and Gorn empires have fighter craft that can be deployed to
attack Federation vessels. The Gorn Empire especially has many fighter classes since
practically all Gorn combatants have hangar bays and launch platforms. The Klingons, on
the other hand, have only a few combat craft classes, but rely primarily on larger vessels
that have greater firepower. Although it is in the nature of Klingons to engage in one-on-
one hand-to-hand combat, they feel that such combat in space with a lesser vessel does
not bring much honor or glory to the warrior. As such, Klingons feel that combat with a
smaller vessel against a ship of greater potential would bring greater honor and glory.
Thus, the Klingons will rely heavily on their “Bird-of-Prey” or “K-class” of combatant vessels
for such combat. As such, Star Fleet Fighters will be used against Klingon K-22 Bird-of-
Preys[8], as shown in Figure 4b64.13, but only at sublight speeds.
The K-22 BOP is the smallest version of the K-class of vessel, having a crew complement
of only twelve, but it can be taken down by a small group of Fighters. However, because
of the various forward batteries, the BOP class of vessel should never be approached from
the bow. The BOP should only be approached from the rear quarters, from the top or the
bottom. The primary targets on the BOP will be its disrupter cannons, the engines and the
engine coolers as illustrated in Figure 4b64.13.
The Gorn have several different classes of small combatant craft. However, the most
commonly used will be the L-class fighter, as designated by Star Fleet. This particular
class is designed very similar to their cruisers with similar-looking engines, but which does
not have warp capability. These are small one-person craft similar in size to the Star Fleet
Fighter as illustrated in Figure 4b64.14. The L-class is equipped with two bow-mounted
disrupter cannons, which can easily destroy unshielded ships and craft.
Combat with an L-class Gorn fighter will almost always be one-on-one. The L-class fighter
is best approached from the rear quarters. The Phaser Cannons of the Star Fleet
Fighter can easily destroy the L-class since the shield strength of the L-class is not as
great as that of the Star Fleet Fighter since most of the craft’s power will be directed to
the forward disrupter units. However, if the L-class needs to be approached head-on, the
pilot must ensure that his forward shields are at maximum power. Otherwise, the Gorn
fighter will have a more than equal chance of destroying the Star Fleet Fighter.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
GROUND TROOP SUPPORT
Fighters are the ideal weapon for supporting ground troops. Specifically, the articulated
Phaser Rifle can be used against opposing troops and equipment. Though the primary
weapon for ground support will be the articulated Phaser Rifle, the Fighter will also use
its Phaser Cannons against the larger targets and any spacecraft that may have landed
on the planet. Fighters can also hover while attacking, making it an ideal weapon for
ground troop support, and they can move slow enough to track and maneuver around
ground vehicles.
Fighters will usually be deployed first before the ground troops have landed. Their main
function will be to clear the way for the troops; and after the troops have disembarked
from their landing craft, Fighters will continue to move ahead of the ground troops to
clear enemy positions.
ATTACKING GROUND FORTIFICATIONS
Combat craft will also be used to take-out ground fortifications. When Star Fleet ships,
operating in space, cannot directly fire upon a ground installation, usually because they are
heavily armed and shielded, Fighters may be deployed to attack such installations from
ground level. This requires special care on the part of the Fighter pilot as ground bases
are usually heavily armed with weapons that the smaller vessel cannot protect against.
When attacking enemy ground fortifications, Fighters will rely primarily on their Phaser
Cannons. The tactic is to first weaken the facility’s defensive shields and then go after the
facility’s main batteries. This involves considerable risk as the crews must come very close
to the facility, while operating under heavy fire from the small and medium weapons being
directed at them.
In addition, when attacking a heavily shielded and armed fortress, Fighter craft may also
be equipped with anti-matter mines as shown in Figure 4b41.18. They may be dropped as
bombs on or near the target, and can be set to detonate on contact or with a delayed fuse
or timer. When this weapon is used, the Fighter will deliver the mine, then rush off into
space at high speed away from the blast area. When this tactic is employed, all ground
troops must be at a safe distance from the area.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.1
STANDARD CLASS-A ATTACK CRAFT - TOP

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.2
STANDARD CLASS-A ATTACK CRAFT - SIDE
Phaser Cannon
Articulated Phaser Rifle

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.3
STANDARD CLASS-A ATTACK CRAFT WEAPONS EFFECTIVE
Forward Starboard Aft Starboard

Phaser Cannon Phaser Cannon
Forward Port Aft Port

Phaser Cannon Phaser Cannon

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.4
STANDARD CLASS-A ATTACK CRAFT WEAPONS EFFECTIVE
Forward Phaser Cannon
Aft Phaser Cannon

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.5
STANDARD CLASS-A INTERCEPTOR: SIDE VIEW
Forward Phaser Cannon

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.6
STANDARD CLASS-A INTERCEPTOR: TOP VIEW
Forward
Phaser
Cannons

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.7
STANDARD ATTACK APPROACH VECTORS FOR A ROMULAN BIRD OF PREY: TOP VIEW
Ion Engine
Ionization Wake
Plasma Weapon Conventional Missile

Danger Zone Danger Zone
Command Bridge
Ionization Wake
Ion Engine

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.8
STANDARD ATTACK APPROACH VECTORS FOR A ROMULAN BIRD OF PREY: SIDE VIEW
Ionization Wake
Plasma Weapon Conventional Missile

Danger Zone Danger Zone

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.9
STANDARD ATTACK APPROACH VECTORS FOR A KLINGON D-7 CRUISER: TOP VIEW
Main Engine
Command and Control Center
Disrupter Weapon
Danger Zone
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone Impulse Ionization Wake
Forward Weapons Impulse Ionization Wake

Danger Zone
Main Power Coupling
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone Main Engine Intercoolers
Disrupter Weapon
Danger Zone
Main Engine

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.10
STANDARD ATTACK APPROACH VECTORS FOR A KLINGON D-7 CRUISER: SIDE VIEW
Topside Weapons
Danger Zone
Main Power Coupling Main Engine Intercoolers
Forward Weapons
Danger Zone
Disrupter Weapon
Danger Zone Warp Ionization Wake
Main Engine Reactor

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.11
STANDARD ATTACK APPROACH VECTORS FOR A GORN HEAVY CRUISER: TOP VIEW
Wing Disrupter Banks Hangar Bay
Top Main Engine

Forward
Disrupter
Banks
Ionization Wake
Forward
Disrupter
Banks
Flight Deck Engineering Module
Wing Disrupter Banks

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.12
STANDARD ATTACK APPROACH VECTORS FOR A GORN HEAVY CRUISER: SIDE VIEW
Hangar Bay
Main Engines
Wing Disrupter Banks
Ionization Wake
Forward
Disrupter
Banks
Ionization Wake
Engineering Module

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.13
STANDARD ATTACK APPROACH VECTORS FOR A KLINGON K-22 BIRD-OF-PREY
Ionization Wake
Starboard
Disrupter
Cannon
Ionization Wake
Port
Disrupter
Cannon

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.14
COMPARISON BETWEEN GORN FIGHTER AND STAR FLEET FIGHTER

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.15
FIGHTER PILOT’S VIEW OF AN ATTACK RUN ON A KLINGON D-7 BATTLECRUISER

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b64.16
FIGHTER PILOT’S VIEW OF AN ATTACK RUN ON A ROMULAN BIRD-OF-PREY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.5 ONBOARD CRAFT STOWAGE

Craft are normally stowed aboard ship in Hangar Bays, which are located just below the
Flight Deck in the compartment identified as the Hangar Deck, as illustrated in Figure
4b65.1. This is a large space containing specific positions where service craft are situated
and locked into place, and where maintenance and repairs on the craft are performed. On
a typical cruiser-class Starship, the six shuttlecraft parking positions are located radially
outward from the center of the Flight Deck Elevator as shown in Figure 4b65.2. This
allows for the easy movement of craft onto or off of the elevator platform. Shuttlecraft will
normally be moved into their parking positions by orienting the craft onto antigravity grids
as will be discussed below. The turntable on the platform will rotate the craft towards its
designated storage location. The craft is then pushed into position from the rear. However,
extreme care must be exercised when pushing from the rear since the craft’s engine pods
are still very hot.
The orientation of the craft in its parking area will be based upon its position relative to the
Flight Deck Elevator. The forward bays have the craft facing forward, while the aft bays
have the craft facing aft. In either case, the rear of the craft will always face the elevator.
This is done so that the craft can be pushed onto the elevator by its nose, primarily since it
is much easier to push there than from the rear if the aft end of the craft is against a
bulkhead. There is a practical reason as well. Most of the maintenance ports are located in
the rear of the craft, which requires ample space to maneuver around. As such, having the
craft face the elevator allows maintenance crews the freedom to work in this area and to
maneuver maintenance equipment to critical circuitry areas.
When a shuttlecraft is to be stowed, the technicians will push the craft off of the elevator
and onto an empty parking position. The deck around the elevator contains special anti-
gravity grids which will lift the craft off the deck slightly to allow for its movement. Once
the craft is placed onto a parking position, gripes attached to the deck will be used to
clamp the craft securely in place. The gripes are situated on the deck at the location of the
craft’s landing gear. The gripes are specifically designed to clamp onto the landing gear. As
a safety rule, shuttlecraft should never be parked on the Flight Deck while underway
unless they can be lashed-down to the deck. An example of the direction of movement off
of the elevator can be seen in Figures 4b65.3 and 4b65.4.
At each parking position in the Hangar Bay there are work zones where the maintenance
technicians can perform their diagnostics and repairs. Cables from overhead diagnostic
panels can be “plugged” into a craft’s computer for testing and diagnosis of craft systems
and components. Portable diagnostic equipment is also available for testing of the craft’s
engines. However, testing of the engines will only be performed on the Flight Deck. The
craft’s engines must never be tested below decks.
Shuttlecraft will generally be defueled to minimum capacity when they are stowed. This is
a safety precaution to prevent the possibility of ignition or explosion of the craft while it is
stowed. In addition, the craft’s oxygen supply will also be transferred to the ship’s storage
banks. The craft’s electrical system will be set to the STOW mode. This allows the craft’s
battery to remain online to power the onboard computer while shutting-down power to the
rest of the craft. This allows a longer battery life while maintaining the onboard computer
operational. An umbilical is connected to the craft’s electrical system in order to maintain
the proper charge on the battery and to power the craft’s systems as needed.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
THE FLIGHT DECK AND HANGAR DECK
In general, the Flight Deck is primarily used for launching and retrieving small craft. It
should not be used as a storage facility under normal circumstances, and the Flight Deck
should always be clear. The Hangar Deck is for storage and maintenance. On a typical
cruiser-class Starship the Hangar Deck will have six bays surrounding the Flight Deck
Elevator as shown in Figure 4b65.2.
The only time when it is permissible to have more than one craft on the Flight Deck at
the same time is either when there are visiting craft that were retrieved, or when the ship
will launch multiple shuttlecraft. In the case where the ship may launch more than one
craft at the same time, the standard practice is to move all the designated craft up to the
Flight Deck before the Flight Deck Doors are opened. The Flight Deck of a typical
cruiser-class Starship is large enough to accommodate six Class-F Shuttlecraft that can
be parked on the deck, including one parked on the Hangar Deck elevator as illustrated
in Figure 4b65.7. The purpose of this is to minimize atmospheric loss when opening the
Flight Deck Doors. In this manner, the doors need only be opened once, allowing all six
craft to be launched in succession, minimizing the number of depressurization and
pressurization cycles. This procedure is referred to as “Stacking” the launch, which is
described in more detain in Section 6.2 of this volume.
STOWAGE OF VISITING CRAFT
There will be occasions when service craft from other commands will be received by the
ship. Since there are no additional accommodations for visiting craft, they will be stowed
on the Flight Deck. Retractable clamps embedded in the deck allow the visiting craft to
be fixed to the deck. However, the craft must be precisely positioned in order to properly
anchor the vessel. In addition, cleats embedded in the deck also allow for lashing cables
[grapples] to anchor the visiting craft to the deck if it becomes necessary. As with
“Stacking” the launch with the ship’s own craft, a typical cruiser-class Starship can
accommodate up to five Class-F shuttlecraft on the Flight Deck as illustrated in Figure
4b65.7. However, unlike a Stacked Launch, only five visiting craft may be stowed on the
Flight Deck since the Hangar Deck elevator must be clear at all times. Lastly, for larger
sized shuttlecraft, such as the Class-T transports, the Flight Deck may only hold two of
this type as shown in Figure 4b65.8. The parking arrangement shown in Figure 4b65.8
illustrates the rule prohibiting any shuttlecraft to be parked on or over the Hanger Deck
elevator except during a Stacked Launch.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.1
STANDARD STARSHIP HANGAR DECK
P
U
S
H

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.2
STANDARD SHUTTLECRAFT PARKING BAY LOCATIONS
Hangar Deck
Elevator & Turntable

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.3
HANGAR DECK: STOWING SHUTTLECRAFT
P
U
S
H

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.4
SHUTTLECRAFT STOWAGE FROM THE ELEVATOR

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.5
IMPROPER STOWAGE: FLIGHTDECK CLUTTER
PUSH

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.6
FLIGHT DECK: PREPARING TO LAUNCH SHUTTLECRAFT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.7
SHUTTLECRAFT PARKING ARRANGEMENT ON A TYPICAL FLIGHTDECK

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b65.8
PARKING ARRANGEMENT ON THE FLIGHTDECK FOR LARGE SHUTTLECRAFT

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.6 ONBOARD CRAFT MAINTENANCE

As specified in Star Fleet Regulation 4950, the Commanding Officer of a ship is
required to carry out the programs and procedures that will ensure the proper care,
maintenance, and operation of any craft assigned to his command. The specifics regarding
the care and maintenance of shuttlecraft are contained in the procedures and directives
issued by the Star Fleet Service Craft Systems Command, specifically, the Star Fleet
Office of Service Craft Systems. Aboard most ships, the organization responsible for
the repair and maintenance of service craft will be the Craft Maintenance section of the
Service Craft division within the Engineering Department.
CRAFT SERVICING
As required by procedures, craft that have returned from a mission will always undergo
servicing. Commanding Officers generally require that their shuttlecraft be completely
ready for service at all times and therefore, service begins as soon as practical upon its
return to the ship. Servicing basically involves a complete diagnostic test of all the craft’s
systems, a complete inspection of the fuselage for damage or stress cracks, and the
recharging of the craft’s battery, air and oxygen banks. An example of a system inspection
can be seen in Figure 4b66.1. The craft hull will also be grounded and degaussed in order
to remove any residual static charge or latent magnetic field on the hull. Prior to servicing,
the craft shall be emptied of fuel and oxygen.
Craft servicing is generally performed in the Hangar Bay areas. Each Hangar Bay within
the Hangar Deck contains diagnostic panels to check on the status of systems and to
determine and locate any problems with the craft. Communications between the diagnostic
computer and the craft is accomplished via cables. Each craft has a service port where the
connections are made. On Class-F Shuttlecraft this panel is located inboard of the ion
pods between the Engine Struts and is usually red in color. Other critical engine circuitry
will be located in the rear panels of the craft as shown in Figure 4b66.3.
As part of the servicing process shuttlecraft will undergo a twelve-point inspection and test
of critical components. The inspections include checks of all door and hatch seals, proper
landing gear function, proper function of viewport shields and the inspection of all cable
terminations for corrosion. All control circuits will be tested for proper circuit voltages and
the components they control tested for proper operation.
Also as part of servicing, shuttlecraft will be cleaned inside and out. The interior of the
craft will be cleaned of debris and dirt. The dirt will be tested to ensure that no harmful
element or microorganism will invade the ship. The exterior of the craft will be wiped-down
by robotic cleaners and degaussed to remove possible static electrical build-up. And where
the craft may have been exposed to alien elements, the craft will undergo decontamination
procedures.
For craft with small heads, the sanitation tanks will be flushed and water flasks recharged.
Below the deck is the Flush Tank used to capture the effluent from the craft sanitary
tanks. The effluent is transferred to the main ship’s sanitary tanks by pressurizing the tank
using air from the ship’s Service Air System. A complete description of this system can be
found in STARSHIPS 539-5140.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FIELD REPAIRS
There is always the possibility that a craft on a mission may require some repair or may be
incapacitated due to damage. In most cases, repairs can be made locally on the craft so
that it can take-off again provided the fuselage is not damaged. All Shuttlecraft have tools
and some diagnostic equipment stored aboard that will permit Shuttlecraft crews to repair
minor damage and to test engine capacity. Illustrations of such field repairs can be seen in
Figures 4b66.2 to 4b66.4.
CRAFT MAINTENANCE RECORDS
As with all Star Fleet equipment, records must be kept regarding the operations
performed by and the maintenance performed on craft as required under Star Fleet
Regulation 4510. All maintenance performed on Shuttlecraft will be recorded in the
section of the Engineering Log pertaining to maintenance. The Engineering Log
contains a specific section used to record the work performed on each craft aboard ship.
This section is called Craft Maintenance Logs and it contains a log on the work done on
each craft as well as the operational parameters of the systems aboard the craft.
Based upon the above requirement, an Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Log will
be kept for each craft assigned to the ship. This log will detail all the work performed on
the craft, the parts that were replaced, the number of operating hours, etc. Essentially, the
O&M Log is an electronic file stored on an EPROM within the craft’s computer. All
operations and maintenance performed on the craft is recorded onto this EPROM. The
PROM is downloaded from the craft into the ship’s Engineering Log database after each
mission and after each time the craft had undergone maintenance.
Each Shuttlecraft also contains an onboard flight recorder. After each flight, the data in the
recorder is downloaded into the ship’s computer. A program will read the data and update
the craft’s Operations and Maintenance Log with the updated information. This
information may be used to plan preventive maintenance or to plan repairs on the craft.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b66.1
SHUTTLECRAFT SYSTEM INSPECTION

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b66.2
INSPECTING AND MAKING NAVIGATIONAL CONROL PANEL REPAIRS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b66.3
PERFORMING SHUTTLECRAFT MAINTENANCE IN THE FIELD

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b66.4
DIAGNOSING ENGINE PROBLEMS

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
6.7 ONBOARD CRAFT SAFETY

Many of the common precautions required around ground vehicles are also required
around service craft as well. Service craft and Shuttlecraft are relatively large, powered
vessels, which may have little visibility when being moved around in an enclosed vessel.
Serious accidents have been known to happen around such vehicles. The following are
standard safety precautions that should be followed when working around service craft.
1. Never run shuttlecraft engines in the Hangar Bay. Engines shall only be started, run
or tested on the Flight Deck.
2. Never stand behind craft during engine startup or testing. The minimum safe distance
away from the engine blast zone is five meters as illustrated in Figure 4b67.1.
3. Keep clear of the aft end of the craft while it is being moved by magnetic levitation.
Service craft should only be moved by hand from the bow of the vehicle or by the
transom in the rear of the craft.
4. When pushing craft only push or exert force on the craft’s gunwale, transom, chafing
rail or strake.
5. Never work on shuttlecraft electrical equipment while the engines are running.
Shuttlecraft electrical systems are high-energy circuits and the danger of electrocution
is always present.
6. Keep clear of and do not touch the craft’s battery bus. Shuttlecraft batteries are of a
high duty cycle that can deliver a very high starting current.
7. Keep battery terminals and power buss components covered at all times.
8. Turn off oxygen supply to the cabin whenever maintenance is being performed.
Oxygen shall only flow when the craft is ready to take off.
9. Keep areas around craft clear of all combustibles when transferring oxygen to or from
the craft.
10. Keep clear a minimum distance of 45 centimeters from engine pods that have just shut
down. Many parts of the engine pods are very hot and may take an hour or more to
cool down. The hazard zones are shown in Figure 4b67.1.
11. Keep hands away from craft landing gear hydraulic actuators. Someone may be testing
or adjusting the height of the craft.
12. Do not exceed the craft’s load limits. The load limit for a standard Class-F shuttlecraft
is 320 kg/m2. The hull frame of the fuselage is thin and not very strong at the floor
and therefore, most shuttlecraft cannot handle very heavy loads. The strongest
member of any service craft is the gunwale supporting the engine pods.
13. Always remain in plain sight of the craft pilot while the craft is under power.
14. Always wear safety belts and remain seated while the craft is underway.
15. Do not exceed maximum entry speed of the craft into an atmosphere. The entry speed
of the craft will depend upon the planet’s atmospheric density.
16. Always degauss the fuselage of the craft after a mission. Travel in deep space and to
planets can cause electrostatic charges to build-up on the fuselage and the discharge
of such charges can cause serious bodily injury or death.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CRAFT SAFETY OFFICER
As with the ship as a whole, an officer or senior enlisted person will be assigned as the
“Safety Officer” for service craft. This individual will usually be someone selected from the
Service Craft division of the Engineering Department with knowledge of craft work,
systems and operating procedures. As such, the function of the Craft Safety Officer is to
ensure that the work and the operations performed on craft are in compliance established
safety rules and regulations, and that the craft can be operated safely and within design
parameters. The Craft Safety Officer does not replace the Ship’s Safety Officer (SAO)
regarding the general safety in and around the Hangar Deck, but mainly in ensuring that
work performed on the craft is done safely, and that the craft can operate safely. In some
respects the Craft Safety Officer performs the same function as a quality control
inspector.
The Craft Safety Officer is an assignment and not a specific job function. As such, there
is no specific billet for this function. Only senior people will be selected for this duty. The
Craft Safety Officer reports directly to the Service Craft Officer, but will also work
with the Ship’s Safety Officer regarding applicable safety rules and guidelines. However,
the SAO would still be responsible for safety in and around the Flight Deck and Hangar
Deck.
CRAFT SAFETY RECORDS
As with all Star Fleet equipment, records must be kept regarding the operation of the
equipment. Such records shall include the safety aspect as well. Craft safety records are
basically inspection notes attached to the craft’s Operations and Maintenance Log.
When an inspection is performed, the Craft Safety Officer opens the craft’s O&M Log
file through an electronic clipboard. The O&M Log contains a special section reserved for
safety and inspection notes, which becomes a permanent part of the craft’s service record.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4b67.1
SHUTTLECRAFT ENGINE IDLE AND THRUST DANGER ZONES
45 cm
5m
Danger:
Thrust Blast and
Extreme Engine Heat Zone
Warning: Hot Engine Zone
NOTE: Zones not to scale.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

CONFIDENTIAL
FEDERATION SECURITY
INFORMATION
NOFORN
CONFIDENTIAL
FEDERATION SECURITY
INFORMATION
NOFORN
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPS ORGANIZATION AND

REGULATIONS MANUAL
Each ship in the Star Fleet has its own Ships Operations and Regulations Manual or
SORM, which are all based upon the template created by Star Ship Command. The
Commanding Officer of any ship may make amendments to the SORM of his ship
relating to the command and operation of his ship. The following example of a SORM is
an old version of the one used onboard the U. S. S. Enterprise in 2265.
STARDATE 20254.19 UFP521-4bA.1 CONFIDENTIAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CONFIDENTIAL SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
OFFICE OF STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS

STAR SHIP COMMAND
Ships Organization and Regulations

Manual
U. S. S. Enterprise
NCC - 1701
CONFIDENTIAL

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
COPYRIGHT © 2265 STAR FLEET PRINTING OFFICE

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Table of Contents
Forward iii
Chapter 1 Administrative Organization

Section 1 Command 1-1
Section 2 Departments 1-5
Section 3 Division Organization 1-15
Chapter 2 Watch Organization

Section 1 General Watchstanding 2-1
Section 2 Watch Organization Underway 2-11
Section 3 Watch Organization In-Port 2-23
Section 4 Work Stations 2-31
Section 5 Special Details 2-33
Chapter 3 Ship’s Company

Section 1 General Provisions 3-1
Section 2 Personnel Accountability 3-5
Section 3 Crews Quarters 3-9
Section 4 Ship Duty Assignments 3-13
Section 5 Off-Duty Activities 3-15
Section 6 Training and Education 3-19
Section 7 Special Ship Functions 3-21
Section 8 General Crew Procedures 3-25
Chapter 4 Ship Operations

Section 1 General Ship Operations 4-1
Section 2 Ship Command Operations 4-9
Section 3 Ship Control Operations 4-13
Section 4 Ship Navigational Operations 4-19
Section 5 Ship Communications Operations 4-21
Section 6 Ship Defense and Weapon Systems Operations 4-25
Section 7 Ship’s Computer Operations 4-31
Section 8 Ship Security Operations 4-33
3-19
Section 9 Flight Operations 4-37
Chapter 5 Engineering Operations

Section 1 General Engineering Operations 5-1
Section 2 Ship Propulsion Operations 5-3
Section 3 Ship’s Reactor Operations 5-15
Section 4 Ship Electrical Operations 5-19
Section 5 Ship Environmental Operations 5-25
Section 6 Ship’s Auxiliary Systems Operations 5-29
Section 7 Ship’s Transporter Operations 5-31
Section 8 Ship Services Operations 5-39
Section 9 Ship Maintenance Operations 5-41
- PAGE i -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Table of Contents - Continued
Chapter 6 Emergency Operations

Section 1 General Emergency Procedures 6-1
Section 2 Ship-Wide Emergencies 6-5
Section 3 Operational Casualties 6-11
Section 4 Engineering Casualties 6-15
Section 5 Transporter Emergencies 6-19
Section 6 Medical Emergencies 6-23
Section 7 Shuttlecraft Emergencies 6-25
Section 8 Emergency Separation 6-29
Section 9 Abandon Ship 6-31
Chapter 7 General Quarters

Section 1 General Quarters Procedures 7-1
Section 2 Ship Isolation 7-7
Section 3 Ship’s Electrical Systems 7-9
Section 4 Ship’s Hand Weaponry 7-11
Section 5 Security Alerts 7-13
Section 6 Ship Self-Destruction 7-15
Chapter 8 Ship Areas and Compartments

Section 1 General Information 8-1
Section 2 Ship’s Bridge 8-5
Section 3 Operations Areas 8-27
Section 4 Engineering Areas 8-31
Section 5 Medical Areas 8-35
Section 6 Science Areas 8-37
Section 7 Flight Operations Areas 8-39
Section 8 Crew Living Spaces 8-41
Section 9 Miscellaneous Spaces 8-43
- PAGE ii -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Forward
The Ships Organization and Regulations Manual (SORM) is a command-specific

version of the Standard Organization and Regulations Manual format (SOR) for Star
Fleet ships as developed by Star Ship Command. The purpose of the SORM is to
organize the command into the proper functional elements for the efficient operation of
the command; to develop and maintain the proper relationships between functions,
personnel and material assets for the accomplishment of desired objectives with
maximum economy and effectiveness; and to set down the processes and procedures
for the proper operation of the ship and the discipline of the command. The SORM is
typically arranged in the same manner as the SOR and will contain detailed bills as
they apply to this command. This section covers your responsibility to keep the SORM
current and up-to-date.
The SORM should be reviewed every time an event occurs that effects the normal
operation of the ship, work center or division. The relevant sections of the SORM
should be reviewed and changed based upon a new event. All changes to this SORM
shall be submitted to the Executive Officer for review, which then must be approved by
the Commanding Officer. It shall be the responsibility of the Executive Officer to keep
this SORM up to date.
- PAGE iii -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
- PAGE iv -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION
SECTION 1 – COMMAND
1100 Introduction
This section of the Ship’s Organization and Regulations Manual provides a functional
guide describing the duties of the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer, as
well as the structure of the ship’s administrative organization (Figure 1-1). An officer,
who may succeed to command in accordance with Star Fleet Regulations, shall be
governed by the functional guides contained in this section.
1101 The Commanding Officer
1. Basic Function – As set forth in Star Fleet Regulations, the Commanding Officer
(CO) is charged with the absolute responsibility for the safety, well-being, and
efficiency of the command, except when and to the extent that he or she may be
relieved therefrom by competent authority.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The duties and responsibilities of the
Commanding Officer are established by Star Fleet Regulations, general orders,
customs and tradition. The authority of the Commanding Officer is commensurate
with his responsibility, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and by
regulations.
3. Organizational Relationships – The relationships of subordinates to the
Commanding Officer are contained in Star Fleet Regulations. The following ship’s
officers report directly to the Commanding Officer, keeping the Executive Officer
appropriately informed, as indicated:
a. The Executive Officer for the administration and training of the command as a
whole.
b. The Operations Officer for combat and operational information, and under the
Operations Officer; the Communications Officer for matters of security control
and external communications; the Navigator for all matters pertaining to the
safe navigation and piloting of the ship; the Weapons Officer for the
employment of ordnance.
c. The Engineering Officer for the operation of the main and secondary propulsion
plants, the electrical plant, for the control of damage and for all matters related
to the ship’s service systems.
d. The Medical Officer for matters related to the health of the crew, sanitation and
other medical matters.
e. The Science Officer for matters related to scientific investigation and
exploration as required.
f. All other department heads for the material status of equipment and systems
under their cognizance.
- PAGE 1-1 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
1102 The Executive Officer
1. Basic Function – The Executive Officer (XO) is that officer, assigned by competent
authority, who is next in succession to command to the regularly detailed
Commanding Officer. He functions as an aide or executive to the Commanding
Officer. He is specifically charged with executing the orders of the Commanding
Officer and with coordinating and supervising the performance and administration
of the command as a whole, including matters pertaining to the morale, discipline,
training, welfare, work, exercises, safety, rights, and privileges of individuals within
the command.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The Executive Officer is the direct
representative of the Commanding Officer. All orders issued by the Executive
Officer shall have the same force and effect as though issued by the Commanding
Officer and shall be obeyed accordingly by all persons within the command. The
authority and responsibility of the Executive Officer are established by law, custom,
and regulations, and by the provisions of Star Fleet Regulations that apply
specifically to the Executive Officer. Within the framework of existing regulations
and customs, and under the Commanding Officer, the Executive Officer shall
perform administrative functions which apply to the ship as follows:
a. Supervise legal matters.
b. Supervise religious activities.
c. Supervise the preparation and handling of correspondences and communiqués.
d. Supervise the handling of public affairs matters.
e. Supervise the preparation and use of ship’s berthing and loading plans.
f. Regulate the liberty and leave of personnel.
g. Execute a planned program of recreation and athletics.
h. Maintain the training plan for the command.
i. Act on personal requests that do not involve formulation of policy or that will
not require action of higher authority.
j. Prosecute a planned program of economy and conservation, and promote cost
consciousness within the ship.
k. Ensure that the Commanding Officer is advised of all casualties, deficiencies,
and anticipated difficulties which may significantly affect the operational
readiness or administrative efficiency of the ship.
l. Evaluate the performance of officers and enlisted personnel. Prepare the initial
draft of reports of fitness on all officers.
m. Supervise an orderly department and ship’s training program.
n. Ensure compliance with all safety regulations and wide dissemination of safety
standards.
- PAGE 1-2 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3. Organizational Relationships -
a. The Executive Officer is directly responsible to the Commanding Officer.
b. All heads of departments and members of the executive staff report to the
Executive Officer for all matters pertaining to the internal administration of the
ship.
c. Except as provided elsewhere in these regulations, or as directed by the
Commanding Officer, all communications of an official nature from
subordinates shall be transmitted through the Executive Officer.
1103 The Command Yeoman
1. Basic Function – The Command Yeoman (CYO) is that person, assigned by

competent authority, who is the personal assistant to the Commanding Officer and
who functions as the administrative aide to the Command Department. The
Command Yeoman is specifically charged with executing the orders of the
Commanding Officer as it pertains to the administrative functions performed by the
Commanding Officer. The Command Yeoman will not perform any other duties or
stand any watches.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The Command Yeoman shall perform
those administrative functions as described below:
a. Ensures the Commanding Officer receives all reports and documents.
b. Maintain the Commanding Officer’s schedule.
c. Supervise the Command Duty Yeomen on watch.
d. Serve the Commanding Officer with food and drink as requested.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Command Yeoman serves only the
Commanding Officer and the Command Department.
- PAGE 1-3 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 1-1
Ship’s Organization Chart: U.S.S. Enterprise
*Commander Spock holds both positions as Executive Officer and Science Officer, but shall wear the uniform of
the Science Department while on duty aboard ship.
- PAGE 1-4 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 1
SECTION 2 – DEPARTMENTS
1200 Department Heads
1. Basic Function – As set forth in Star Fleet Regulations, the head of a department of
a command or other activity is the officer detailed as such by competent authority.
That person is the representative of the Commanding Officer in all matters that
pertain to the department. All persons assigned to the department shall be
subordinate to him or her and all orders issued by the department head shall be
obeyed by them. In the performance of his duties as department head, he shall
conform to the policies and shall comply with the orders of the Commanding
Officer.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The duties and responsibilities of a
department head are prescribed in Star Fleet Regulations. In amplification thereof,
each head of a department shall:
a. Maintain his or her department in a maximum state of battle readiness at all
times.
b. Prepare a Department Organization Manual following the guidelines set forth
in OPSMAN-460 and in accordance with BUSTAND-0013.
c. Maintain established standards of performance and conduct; evaluate
performance by means of drills, exercises, inspections, and other control
devices; initiate and review enlisted Technician performance evaluation reports
and make recommendations to the Commanding Officer for meritorious
achievements and disciplinary matters.
d. Formulate and carry out a department training program within the framework
of the ship’s training program.
e. Be responsible for efficient and economical management of departmental
expenditures and budgets. In addition, the department head shall also ensure,
in cooperation with the ship’s Supply Officer, that the ship’s full allowance of
equipage, repair parts and consumable supplies required to support the
operation of his department is maintained on board or is on order.
f. Maintain material maintenance schedules in accordance with current activities
and requirements.
g. Prepare reports and maintain records and logs required in connection with his
duties. In addition, the department head shall establish a “Department
Reference File” within the ship’s computer in which a record of all important
communiqués and instructions affecting the operation of his department is
manned.
h. Maintain the cleanliness and supervise the upkeep of the spaces assigned to
his department.
Continued on the next page
- PAGE 1-5 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
i. Become thoroughly familiar with and promulgate to his officers and men the
information contained in all manuals, instructions, notices and
correspondences promulgated by cognizant commands or other competent
authority regarding the maintenance, preservation, operation, safety, etc., of
the equipment under his cognizance..
j. Ensure the proper operation of all safety devices and the posting of required or
needed safety precautions. The department head shall ensure that the
personnel concerned are frequently and thoroughly instructed and drilled in the
observance of these precautions.
a. A Department Head reports directly to the Commanding Officer, keeping the
Executive Officer appropriately informed, in matters concerning the operational
readiness of his department, the general condition of machinery and
installations, and the need for or progress of major repairs. In addition, the
Department Head reports to the Executive Officer on administrative matters.
b. As illustrated in Figure 1-1, this ship has four primary Department Heads: the
Operations Officer, the Engineering Officer, the Chief Medical Officer and the
Science Officer. Each of these Department Heads will be discussed in detail in
the subsequent sections of this chapter.
c. Assigned Division Officers and departmental assistants report to the
Department Head. Personnel assigned to a division report to their Division
Officer.
- PAGE 1-6 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
1201 Operations Officer
1. Basic Function – The Operations Officer is responsible, under the Commanding

Officer, for the basic operation of the ship and the management of the crew. In
addition, the Operations Officer is responsible for the collection, evaluation and
dissemination of combat and other information required for the proper operation of
the ship, and the missions and tasks to which the ship is assigned.
Operations Officer are prescribed in Star Fleet Regulations. Specific responsibilities
of the Operations Officer include the conduct and supervision of the following:
a. The safe navigation and piloting of the ship.
b. The ship’s sensor system and the support for the visual and graphical display
of tactical information.
c. Interior and Exterior communications.
d. Collection and analysis of intelligence information.
e. The protection of the ship through armament, weapons and security
personnel.
f. For managing all of the ships records and logs.
a. The Operations Officer reports to the Commanding Officer for matters
concerning ship operations, communications, defense and weaponry,
navigation, logistics, intelligence and tactical employment of the ship, and to
the Executive Officer for matters concerning the administration of the
department and ship’s records.
b. Under the Operations Officer there will also be assigned the following
functional assistants, or Division Officers, whose duties are delineated in Star
Ship Command Regulations.
1) The Navigations Officer - responsible for the operations, maintenance and
repair of helm control and navigations equipment, ship’s stabilizers and
sensor systems; for the conduct and supervision of the Helm and
Navigations division.
2) The Communications Officer - responsible for the operations, maintenance
and repair of internal and external communications equipment; for the
conduct and supervision of ship communications and cryptography and
the Communications division as a whole.
3) The Weapons Officer - responsible for the operations, maintenance, repair
and use of ship’s weaponry and ordnance, ship’s shields and screens and
for weapons fire control; for the conduct and supervision of the Weapons
division.
4) The Security Officer - responsible for the operations, maintenance and
repair of the ship’s security systems, the management of the ship’s
detention facilities and small arms; for the conduct and supervision of the
Security division as a whole.
5) The Personnel Officer - responsible for the management of personnel
records, the ship’s training program, pay disbursement to the crew; for the
conduct and supervision of the Personnel division.
- PAGE 1-7 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6) The Records Officer - responsible for the operations and programming of

the ship’s computers, databases and files; for the maintenance of the
ship’s Library-Computer; for the conduct and supervision of the Records
division.
7) The Supply Officer - responsible for the procurement, receipt, survey and
transfer of all material used by the ship; the exercise of accounting,
inventory and issue control for all equipage, all repair parts and for those
consumable supplies required for the operation of the ship and
consumption by the crew; for the conduct and supervision of the Supply
8) The Flight Operations Officer - responsible for the operations, maintenance
and repair of ship’s shuttlecraft launch and recovery systems, shuttlecraft
stowage and the flight deck, and the training and certification of
shuttlecraft pilots; for the conduct and supervision of the Flight Control
division.
9) The Intelligence Officer - responsible for the collection, evaluation and
dissemination of intelligence information and for the maintenance of
intelligence equipment and the intelligence library; for the conduct and
supervision of the Command Intelligence division as a whole.
c. When the Executive Officer is away or where there is a vacancy in the position
of Executive Officer, the Operations Officer will assume all responsibilities and
authority of the Executive Officer.
- PAGE 1-8 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
1202 Engineering Officer
1. Basic Function – The Engineering Officer, or Chief Engineer, is responsible, under

the Commanding Officer, for the operation, care and maintenance of the ship’s
propulsion plants, auxiliary machinery and piping systems; for the operation and
maintenance of electric power generation, storage and distribution systems; for the
control of damage; for repairs to the ship’s hull and for repairs to material and
equipment of other departments which are beyond the capacity of other
departments, but within the capacity of the Engineering Department; and for the
operation and maintenance of the ship’s atmospheric and gravitational control
systems. The Engineering Officer shall ensure that the Engineering Department is
operated in accordance with the Star Fleet Engineering Department Manual for
Star-Drive Propulsion Plants (STARSHIPS 510-1305).
Engineering Officer are prescribed in Star Ship Command Regulations and the Star
Fleet Engineering Department Manual for Star-Drive Propulsion Plants. In
amplification of Star Ship Command Regulations and the Engineering Department
Manual the Engineering Officer is directly responsible to the Commanding Officer
for:
a. Ensuring strict compliance with STARSHIPS manuals and other Star Fleet
publications and directives concerning the safety, radiological control and the
proper operation of the ship’s propulsion and power plants.
b. Maintaining control, accountability and required records for the receipt,
storage, transfer and use of POLYMASS, and other special nuclear materials
associated with Warp-driven vessels as defined in STARSHIPS 532-2102 and
533-1011.
c. Maintaining the ship’s atmospheric and environmental parameters within
normal operating specifications in accordance with STARSHIPS 513-0400.
d. The proper operation and maintenance of the ship’s transporter systems.
e. Training ship’s personnel in radiation safety and in the performance of
radiological control operations.
f. Maintaining the highest possible standards of performance and qualification
for all personnel operating the Warp and Impulse drive systems, and in the
operation of the ship’s reactors and associated equipment.
g. The Engineering Officer is authorized to relieve the Engineering Officer of the
Watch when, in his opinion, such action is necessary for the safety of the ship,
the propulsion plants or the reactors.
h. The Engineering Officer shall not be assigned any watches or collateral duties
outside the propulsion and power plants during propulsion plant testing, dock
trials, fast cruise, builder’s trials, and post repair trials.
i. Maintain close liaison with the ship’s Medical Department representative on
matters pertaining to the measurement of personnel exposure to radiation and
the management of associated radiological records and reports.
- PAGE 1-9 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
a. The Engineering Officer reports directly to the Commanding Officer for the
operational readiness and actual operation of the ship’s propulsion and
electrical power plants, the damage control organizations and systems, and in
all matters relating to ship support systems and radiological controls, and to
the Executive Officer for matters concerning the administration of the
department and engineering records.
b. Under the Engineering Officer there will also be assigned the following
Ship Command Regulations.
(1) The Main Propulsion Assistant - responsible for the operations,
maintenance and repair of all of the ship’s propulsion equipment, including
the warp field generation and control system, maneuvering systems, and
the propulsion plant power reactors; for the conduct and supervision of the
Propulsion Systems division.
(2) The Electrical Officer - responsible for the safe and proper operation,
maintenance, cleanliness and repair of the electrical machinery,
instrumentation, control equipment, and systems throughout the ship,
except as specifically assigned to another division or department; for the
generation and distribution of electrical power throughout the ship; for the
Power Systems division as a whole.
(3) The Environmental Controls Officer - responsible for the proper and
continuous operation, maintenance, and repair of the ship’s atmospheric
and environmental control systems, and for the maintenance of the ship’s
gravity and inertia field systems; for the conduct and supervision of the
Environmental Systems division.
(4) The Ships Services Officer - responsible for the operations, maintenance
and repair of auxiliary ship systems, including water storage and piping
systems, high pressure air systems, general ship maintenance and
cleanliness, and the fabrication of parts and materials; for the conduct and
supervision of the Ships Services division as a whole.
(5) The Damage Control Assistant - responsible for formulating and
maintaining damage control procedures and the Damage Control
organization, for the proper operation and maintenance of all damage
control and fire suppression equipment throughout the ship, and for the
repair of the ship’s hull and structures; for training ship’s personnel in
damage control; for the conduct and supervision of the Repair and Damage
Control division.
(6) The Transporter Officer - responsible for the proper operation and
maintenance of the ship’s transporters; for the conduct and supervision of
the Transporter Control division.
(7) The Electronic Systems Officer - responsible for the operation,
maintenance, repair and operation of the ship’s specialized electronic
equipment, and of the ship’s computers and computer hardware; for the
conduct and supervision of the Electronic Systems division.
(8) The Service Craft Officer - responsible for the care, maintenance, repair and
operation of the ship’s shuttlecraft; for the conduct and supervision of the
Service Craft division.
- PAGE 1-10 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
1203 Chief Medical Officer
1. Basic Function – The Chief Medical Officer is responsible, under the Commanding
Officer for maintaining the health and mental wellbeing of the crew and of any
passenger that may be embarked, making inspections incident thereto and
advising the Commanding Officer with respect to health, hygiene and sanitation.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The Chief Medical Officer shall perform the
following duties in accordance with the Star Fleet Medical Handbook:
a. Treat and care for the sick and injured.
b. Advise in all matters pertaining to the health and hygiene of personnel and the
sanitation of the ship.
c. Maintain liaison with fleet medical support activities.
d. Conduct quarterly medical examinations of the crew.
e. Make regularly scheduled weekly inspections, supplemented by additional
periodic inspections of the following personnel and work spaces to ensure that
sanitary measures are being enforced:
(1) Ship’s living and work spaces, including washrooms, common heads and
water closets.
(2) All food handlers and cooks, when fresh food is available.
(3) Food handling and perishable food storage spaces.
f. Conduct the ship’s training program in health, hygiene, first aid, and medical
aspects of radiation.
g. Prepare and maintain all required Medical Department reports and records.
Keep the Engineering Officer informed on reports of personnel exposure to
radiation.
h. Provide medical assistance at the scene of all shipboard and off-ship
casualties.
i. Measure atmospheric constituents and make recommendations as necessary
to keep the atmosphere safe and within habitable limits; to work with the
Environmental Controls Officer regarding any changes to the ship’s
atmosphere; and to obtain approval from the Commanding Officer regarding
any change to the ship’s atmospheric parameters.
j. Conduct the Radiation Health Program in accordance with applicable
directives, including the measurement of personnel exposure to radiation.
k. Conduct medical examinations and review the medical records of colonists and
expeditionary personnel as required by the Federation Surgeon General.
- PAGE 1-11 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
a. The Chief Medical Officer reports to the Commanding Officer in all matters
affecting the health of the crew, passengers on board and personnel stationed
on outlying colonies, for sanitation or atmospheric contaminants, and to the
Executive Officer for matters concerning the administration of the department.
b. Under the Chief Medical Officer there will also be assigned the following
Ship Command and Star Fleet Medical Regulations.
(1) The Chief Physician - responsible for all medical personnel onboard ship;
for the care, maintenance and cleanliness of all medical areas, except those
that are responsible by other divisions within the Medical department, for
the maintenance and repair of all medical equipment; for the conduct and
supervision of the General Medicine division.
(2) The Chief Surgeon - responsible for the scheduling and management of all
surgery onboard ship, the safe and proper use of all surgical equipment,
the maintenance and cleanliness of all surgical areas and systems
throughout the ship; for the conduct and supervision of the Surgery
(3) The Chief Dentist - responsible for the dental and oral health of the crew,
the safe and proper operation, maintenance, cleanliness and procurement
of all dental equipment and supplies, the maintenance and cleanliness of
all dental areas; for the conduct and supervision of the Dental division as a
whole.
(4) The Chief Psychologist - responsible for the mental health of the crew; for
monitoring psychological factors of the crew under conditions of stress; for
the conduct and supervision of the Psychology division as a whole.
(5) The Chief Pathologist - responsible for the study of new, unknown and
alien diseases and microbes, working with the Laboratory Officer regarding
the use and scheduling of any medical laboratory; for the conduct and
supervision of the Pathology division.
(6) The Chief Pharmacist - responsible for the proper dispensing of drugs,
medicines and other pharmaceutical items, for the procurement of special
therapeutic equipment, the maintenance and cleanliness of the pharmacy
area; for the conduct and supervision of the Pharmacy division.
(7) The Chief Radiologist - responsible for the internal and external scanning of
patients, for the maintenance and repair of all medical scanning
equipment; for the conduct and supervision of the Radiology division.
(8) The Laboratory Officer - responsible for the operation, maintenance of the
ship’s medical laboratories, for the maintenance and repair of all medical
laboratory equipment; for the conduct and supervision of all the ship’s
medical laboratories.
(9) The Head Nurse - responsible for the care of the sick and injured during
convalescence, to aid and support the ship’s doctors and surgeons, to aid
patients during therapy; for the conduct and supervision of all nursing
personnel within the Nursing division.
- PAGE 1-12 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
1204 Science Officer
1. Basic Function – The Science Officer is responsible, under the Commanding Officer
for all scientific endeavors assigned to the ship. In addition, the Science Officer is
responsible for the collection, evaluation and dissemination of scientific information
required for the proper operation of the ship, and the missions and tasks to which
the ship is assigned.
Science Officer are prescribed in Star Fleet Regulations. Specific responsibilities of
the Science Officer include the conduct and supervision of the following:
a. To manage and perform all scientific research, missions and projects assigned
to the ship.
b. To advise and update the Commanding Officer relating to scientific
investigations that may be in progress.
c. To assemble such teams as needed to fulfill scientific missions.
d. To collect and analyze scientific information that may be of intelligence value.
e. To evaluate newly discovered worlds regarding their level of technology and
civilization, and to advise the Commanding Officer on matters regarding the
first contact of new races.
a. The Science Officer reports to the Commanding Officer on those matters
regarding scientific undertakings currently being performed or those that are
scheduled to be performed by the ship, and to the Executive Officer for matters
concerning the administration of the department.
b. Under the Science Officer there will also be assigned the following functional
assistants, or Division Officers, whose duties are delineated in Star Ship
Command Regulations.
(1) The Chief Physical Scientist - responsible for all investigations and research
into the physical sciences, for the operations, maintenance and repair of
the equipment used to investigate and analyze physical phenomenon, for
maintaining and updating the ship’s Library-Computer database relating to
physical phenomenon, stellar data and other such information or
knowledge; for the conduct and supervision of the Physical Sciences
division.
(2) The Chief Biologist - responsible for all investigations and research into the
life and biological sciences, for the operations, maintenance and repair of
the equipment used to investigate and analyze biological specimens, for
the maintenance and update of the ship’s Library-Computer databases
pertaining to life forms and other biological data; for the conduct and
supervision of the Life Sciences division.
(3) The Chief Sociologist - responsible for all investigations and research into
the social sciences, for the development and maintenance of First Contact
procedures, for the evaluation of newly discovered races and civilizations,
for the maintenance and updating of the ship’s historical and sociological
databases; for the conduct and supervision of the Social Sciences division.
- PAGE 1-13 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
- PAGE 1-14 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 1
SECTION 3 – DIVISION ORGANIZATION
1301 Division Officers
1. Basic Function – The Division Officer is responsible for the organization,

administration, and operation of his or her division.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The duties and responsibilities of a
Division Officer are prescribed in Star Fleet Regulations. Specific responsibilities are
set forth below and in appropriate departmental manuals.
a. Direct the operation of the division through his or her Section Leaders and
leading senior enlisted personnel.
b. Be thoroughly familiar with all the technical and operational aspects of the
duties, functions and equipment within his or her division.
c. Assign personnel to watches, details and duties within the division and
develop duty rotation programs for general quarters, watches and general
duties and manage the work assigned to them.
d. Schedule and conduct training for personnel assigned to the division including
the indoctrination of new personnel regarding the policies and procedures of
the division, the department and the ship; training in preparation for
advancement in rating or specialty; advanced training regarding the duties to
which personnel are assigned; other training such as team training, watch
station training, and instruction in the principles of effective leadership.
e. Be familiar with all aspects of training for personnel in the division, ensuring
that each person’s service record, ship, and departmental qualification records
are reviewed periodically and properly maintained.
f. Expeditiously forward requests for leave, liberty, and special assignments and
recommendations.
a. The Division Officer reports to the Department Head on all matters concerning
the operation of the division, and in the performance of his or her assigned
duties.
b. Personnel assigned to a division will report to the Division Officer.
4. General Organizational Considerations -
Division Officers will be assigned consistent with the number of officers attached
and based upon any specialty the officer may possess. More than one division may
be assigned to an officer. Where Division Officers are not assigned, Department
Heads will be responsible for performing the functions of Division Officers within
their departments. Commensurate with their status, the responsibility and
authority for performing certain Division Officer functions may be delegated by the
Commanding Officer to leading senior enlisted personnel.
- PAGE 1-15 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
1302 Section Leaders
1. Basic Function – The division Section Leader is responsible for the administration
and operation of his or her section or division office.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The duties and responsibilities of a Section
Leader are prescribed in Star Fleet Regulations. Specific responsibilities are set
forth below and in appropriate departmental manuals.
a. Direct the operation of the section or division office through his or her leading
senior enlisted personnel.
b. Be thoroughly familiar with all the technical and operational aspects of the
duties, functions and equipment within his or her section or office.
c. Assign personnel to work details and duties within the section, monitor and
manage the work efforts of the personnel assigned.
a. The Section Leader reports to the Division Officer for matters pertaining to the
operation of the section or division office, and in the performance of his or her
assigned duties.
b. Personnel assigned to a section or division office will report to the Section
Leader or the senior enlisted Technician in charge.
4. General Organizational Considerations -
Section Leaders will be assigned consistent with the number of officers attached
and based upon any specialty the officer may possess. More than one section or
office may be assigned to an officer. Where Section Leaders are not assigned,
Division Officers will be responsible for performing the functions of the sections
and offices within their division. Commensurate with their status, the responsibility
and authority for performing certain Section Leader functions may be delegated by
the Division Officer to leading senior enlisted Technicians with concurrence and
approval from the Department Head.
- PAGE 1-16 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 2
WATCH ORGANIZATION
SECTION 1 – GENERAL WATCHSTANDING
2100 Introduction
Star Fleet Regulations sets forth the basic functions and requirements for watches. In
particular, Star Fleet Regulation 4150 states: “The Commanding Officer shall establish
such watches and duty stations as necessary for the safety and proper operation of the
command.”
2101 Performance of Duty on Watch
The following instructions, paraphrased from General Duties of the Watch Officer,
OPSMAN-454, are set forth as a general guide for standards to be met by all personnel
standing a watch. Therefore, each person on watch:
1. Shall be responsible for the proper performance of all duties prescribed for their
watch, and all persons under their supervision or that are within the area of their
watch station shall be subject to their orders.
2. Shall remain responsible for their watch and shall remain at their watch station
until properly relieved. Each person executing their watch shall require the same
standard of all persons on watch under them, and will instruct them as may be
necessary in the performance of their duties, and will ensure that they are at their
stations, attentive, alert, and ready for duty. Each person on watch shall train
themselves as well as their subordinates to foresee situations which may arise and
to take such timely and remedial action as may be required.
3. Shall conduct themselves in a smart, military and professional manner befitting
their status as a person in the Star Fleet and on watch at all times.
4. Shall use the appropriate phraseology and terminology, customary to the Service
and their technical profession, when issuing orders and making reports.
5. Shall demand of themselves and others formality in all relationships while on
watch.
6. Shall promptly inform the appropriate persons regarding matters pertaining to the
watch station; for reporting conditions at the watch station to the appropriate
persons for which they should know for the proper performance of their duties.
7. Shall make all required inspections and any such additional examinations as
permitted and considered necessary to ensure that the duties of the watch are
properly performed.
8. Shall make the necessary entries in the appropriate logs regarding activities and
conditions relating to the operation and maintenance of the equipment within the
watch station and of the watch station itself.
- PAGE 2-1 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2102 Assignment to Watches
Assignment to watches will be made as follows:

1. Officers -
a. Underway watches will be stood in accordance with the Officer’s Underway
Watch List. This list will be prepared by the Senior Watch Officer and approved
by the Executive Officer.
b. In-port watches will be stood in accordance with the ship’s In-Port Duty List.
This list will be prepared monthly by the Senior Watch Officer and approved by
the Executive Officer.
2. Enlisted Technicians -
a. Underway watches will be assigned by the respective Division Officer based
upon the Watch, Quarter and Station Bill as approved by the Executive Officer.
b. In-port watches will be stood in accordance with the ship’s In-Port Duty List.
This list will be prepared monthly by the Senior Watch Officer as approved by
the Executive Officer. Each Division Officer will submit monthly the list of
watches and watch standers to the Senior Watch Officer for incorporation into
the In-Port Duty List.
3. Engineering Watches -
a. All engineering watch assignments are made by Engineering Division officers
and approved by the Engineering Officer.
b. The Engineering Officer will assign watches and duties to the Engineering
Division officers.
c. Engineering watch assignments, whether in-port or underway, will be
submitted to the Senior Watch Officer for incorporation into the ship’s watch
lists.
4. Medical Watches -
a. All medical duty assignments are made by Medical Division officers and
approved by the Chief Medical Officer.
b. The Chief Medical Officer will assign watches and duties to Medical Division
officers.
c. Medical duty assignments, whether in-port or underway, will be submitted to
the Senior Watch Officer for incorporation into the ship’s watch lists.
d. The Commanding Officer may direct the Chief Medical Officer to establish
special details and medical areas for the amelioration of the sick and injured
that come under Star Fleet Regulations 6620 and 6630.
e. The Chief Medical Officer shall assign duties to Medical Division officers to
provide medical services to Federation colonies and expeditions as required
under Star Fleet Regulation 6621. The Commanding Officer must permit ship’s
medical personnel to fulfill their obligation under Star Fleet and Federation
regulations.
- PAGE 2-2 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2103 Setting the Watch
1. Underway Watch -
Upon clearing restricted space, the Officer of the Conn will set the underway watch
by causing the word to be passed:
“SECURE THE MANEUVERING WATCH, SET THE UNDERWAY WATCH”
2. In Port Watch -
After the ship is moored, and upon completion of the mooring routine and after the
ship has been shut down, or upon completion of the orbit routine and the ship
exhibits a stable orbit around a spatial body, as prescribed in the Maneuvering Bill,
the Officer of the Deck shall set the in port watch by causing the word to be
passed:
“SECURE THE MANEUVERING WATCH, SET THE IN PORT WATCH”
3. Maneuvering Watch1 -
a. When the ship has been started-up and is about to leave any space dock or
mooring station, as prescribed in the Maneuvering Bill, the Commanding
Officer may turn over command to the Officer of the Conn. The Officer of the
Conn shall set the maneuvering watch by causing the word to be passed:
“PREPARE TO GET UNDERWAY, SET THE MANEUVERING WATCH”
b. When the ship is about to enter a space dock or mooring station or is under the
authority of a Star Fleet Pilot, the Officer of the Conn will transfer command to
the Commanding Officer or the Star Fleet Pilot after causing the word to be
passed:
“PREPARE THE SHIP FOR DOCKING, SET THE MANEUVERING WATCH”
c. When the ship is parked or in a parking orbit, the ship shall be considered in an
in-port condition and as such, should the ship be required to get underway,
the Officer of the Conn shall station the maneuvering watch as necessary and
the requirements of Paragraph a above shall apply.
d. Although the ship is in orbit and the in-port watch may be set, the ship shall
be considered in an underway condition and as such, should the ship be
required to break orbit, the Officer of the Conn need not station the
maneuvering watch.
1. Maneuvering Watch Stations: Same as Underway with the addition of: EMM, Aux Control, All Transporter
stations, DCC, but standard work stations shall not be manned, normal work hours will not be set.
- PAGE 2-3 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2104 Watchstanding Prerequisites
1. No person shall be assigned to or stand a watch unless specifically qualified for

such duty by the Commanding Officer or as specified in separate ship’s directives.
2. Certain systems and components on board, because of their special significance,
require formal prerequisite qualifications and certifications in order to comply with
the requirements of higher authority and to protect the interests of the ship.
a. Only personnel who are currently eligible, in accordance with the Star Fleet
Engineering Department Manual for Star-Drive Propulsion Plants (STARSHIPS
510-1305), may be assigned duties in connection with the supervision,
operation or maintenance of the ship’s propulsion plants.
b. Only those personnel who have completed a formal course of instruction and
have been subsequently designated, in writing, by the Commanding Officer
shall supervise, test or maintain the ship’s Phaser or Photon Torpedo weapon
systems or components thereof.
c. Only those personnel who have completed a formal course of instruction and
who have successfully completed training in the handling and navigation of
Star Fleet ships shall stand the Navigator or Helmsman watch.
d. Only those personnel who have been screened and completed a special
indoctrination by the Weapons Officer shall have duties relating to the
weapons control system.
3. The Executive Officer shall establish and maintain a Watch Qualification database.
The Watch Qualification Databank (WQDB) shall be the master catalog of qualified
watchstanders, certified by cognizant officers, for each underway and in-port
watch station. Only those individuals, whose names appear, properly certified for a
particular watch station, shall be permitted to stand the watch.
4. The Chief Medical Officer shall establish and maintain a separate database of
qualified medical personnel and the duties they may perform in accordance with
Star Fleet Regulation 5461. This database shall be incorporated into The Watch
Qualification Databank.
- PAGE 2-4 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2105 Watchstanding Principles
1. General -
Prerequisite to the safe and efficient operation of the ship and to its security from
all hazards is the posting of consistently alert and effective watches. The
effectiveness of a watchstander is a function not only of his basic understanding of
operations and equipment for which he is responsible, but also of his or her
watchstanding habits. Standing watch is one of the most important duties
required on board ship and as such, the manner in which this duty is performed
shall receive the careful and continued attention of every member of the ship’s
company.
2. Attention on Duty -
a. Each watchstander shall be vigilant and attentive to the details of his or her
watch. The appearance of normal, steady-state conditions shall not be an
excuse for relaxing attention to duty.
b. Business shall not be conducted by watchstanders except as required by the
duties of the watch.
3. Conduct while on Watch -
a. Watchstanders shall stand their watches in a military and professional manner.
b. Loud conversation and unnecessary noise shall not be permitted at any watch
station. Watchstanders are responsible for taking proper action to eliminate
such noise. However, the listening of music is permitted so long as the volume
is of a low enough level that it would not be a distraction to the watchstander
and to others.
c. Reading of any material not directly pertinent to the watch will not be
permitted unless specifically authorized by instructions of competent authority
for the specific watch station involved.
d. Eating on watch is not permitted, except in the lower areas of the secondary
hull, cargo and non-critical stations. Drinking fluids on watch is permissible if
such fluids can be obtained without leaving the station, and if the container
can be made spill-proof or a receptacle is available to support the container.
e. The viewing of visual entertainment systems is not permitted while on watch.
4. Physical Condition of Watchstanders -
a. No individual shall relieve a watch unless he or she is physically and mentally
able to stand an alert, effective watch. A watchstander whose abilities are
impaired by sickness or exhaustion will be so stated to his or her senior in the
watch organization and request relief. Prior to relinquishing the watch, the off-
going watchstander shall assure him or herself that their relief is physically
capable of assuming the watch. If any doubt exists regarding the on-coming
watchstander’s physical capability, the off-going watchstander shall not
relinquish the watchstation and will immediately notify the Senior Watch
Officer or the Engineering Watch Officer as applicable.
b. Watchstanders shall report for duty in the proper uniform or outfit for the
watch.
- PAGE 2-5 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5. Congestion -
The conduct of the watch requires proper access to equipment and clearly defined
duties and responsibilities. Spectators are not permitted at any station or in any
space where they will distract the watch. Specifically, no person other than watch-
standers, trainees standing instruction watches or personnel whose assigned
duties require their presence are permitted in the vicinity of ship control stations,
i.e., vicinity of the Bridge and Engineering spaces. No business other than that
required in performance of the duties of the watch shall be conducted.
6. Communication -
All watchstanders shall conduct communications in strict accordance with the Star
Fleet Ship Interior Communications Manual.
7. Casualty Action -
a. Each watchstander shall read and understand all casualty procedures pertinent
to their watch station. Each watchstander shall review these casualty
procedures periodically to ensure complete familiarity.
b. While on watch, each watchstander shall mentally review the action which will
need to be taken under various casualty conditions.
c. In the event of a casualty at the station, the watchstander shall take active
charge of casualty control until relieved by a senior.
d. Casualties and abnormal conditions shall be reported, through the watch
organization, to the Officer of the Conn, the Officer of the Deck or the Duty
Officer.
8. Log Keeping -
a. The keeping of logs and data sheets, while important, shall never be allowed to
interfere with the effective and safe operation of the ship and its equipment. If
such interference occurs, it shall be reported immediately to the next senior in
the watch organization.
b. All watchstanders will carefully note the significance of log readings and trends
evident therefrom. A review for trends at the time of recording hourly readings
may indicate a system change which can be diagnosed and rectified before the
situation deteriorates into a casualty. Any such trends shall be reported
immediately and investigated promptly.
9. Instrumentation -
a. Experience with ship machinery and equipment has emphasized the importance
of instrumentation and the records kept of hourly readings.
b. In general, it is best to operate as if all instruments are reading correctly or
operate on the safe side of the worst indication. Never blame the instrument
until extensive investigation has proven it to be defective.
c. Instruments shall be checked and calibrated monthly to ensure proper operation
and measurement.
- PAGE 2-6 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2106 Relieving the Watch
1. Relieving the watch shall be a controlled and precise function. Experience has
shown that the ability to handle casualties and tactical decisions is significantly
reduced during the transition period between watches. Accordingly, the following
rules will apply:
a. The relieving watch will be on station in sufficient time to become familiar with
equipment, conditions and the overall state of affairs and still relieve on time.
b. The relieving watch will make a thorough and complete inspection of all spaces
and equipment under the watchstander’s cognizance before relieving the
watch. This is particularly applicable in engineering areas, but not confined
thereto.
c. If practicable, the relieving watch shall examine all applicable equipment log
readings associated with the watch station since the relieving watch last had
the duty, noting any variations from normal such as voltages, pressures,
temperatures, field strengths, etc. Such variations shall be discussed and any
questions resolved prior to watch relief. The relieving watch shall check that
the preceding watch has filled in and signed the log sheets as required.
d. The relieving watch will read the commentary or remarks sections of applicable
logs back to the last time the relieving watch was on watch, or the time of
getting underway, plant startup, equipment light-off, or for the preceding three
watches if continuity of watches has been interrupted, carefully noting and
discussing unusual conditions, deviations from normal or other matters of
importance.
e. Both the relieved and the relieving watches are responsible that the relieving
watch is completely aware of all conditions that exist which are unusual.
These include the tactical situation, equipment out of commission or being
worked on, outstanding orders, deviations from normal plant or equipment
line-up, forthcoming evolutions (if known) and any other matters pertinent to
the watch.
- PAGE 2-7 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
f. The relief shall be exercised smartly in each case in accordance with the
following guidelines:
1) Permission is obtained from the appropriate watch supervisor to relieve the
watch.
2) The relief reports:
“READY TO RELIEVE”
3) The person being relieved gives a status report of the watch station.
4) The relief makes a tour of the watch station. The Officer of the Deck and
the Engineering Officer of the Watch shall make an additional tour after
being relieved.
5) The person being relieved completes the briefing of relief, including
unexecuted orders and anticipated evolutions, answers any question
generated by the tour.
6) The relief, when fully satisfied that he or she is completely informed
regarding the watch, relieves that watch by saying:
“I RELIEVE YOU”
7) At this time responsibility for the watch station shifts to the oncoming
watchstander and the person being relieved will state:
“I STAND RELIEVED”
8) The person assuming the watch will report the relief to the same person
from whom permission was requested to relieve.
9) On stations for which a log is maintained, the log will be completed and
signed by the offgoing watchstander before leaving the watch station. The
oncoming watch shall enter into the log that the relief had occurred.
10) The relief of the Engineering Officer of the Watch shall be conducted in
accordance with the procedures listed in the Engineering Department
Manual.
2. The Officer of the Deck or the Officer of the Conn and the Engineering Officer of the
Watch will not relieve until the entire watch directly under their cognizance has
been properly relieved and has settled down on station. The function being to
provide for continuity of control and knowledge in case of a casualty during the
transition period. At no time will the two senior (or key) people of a watch area be
in the process of actually transferring the watch at the same time.
3. The general pattern of relief will, therefore, be:
a. One-half hour before the hour: the oncoming watch is on station, makes the
appropriate inspections, reads the logs, and turnover sheets, and obtains
information from the relief.
b. Fifteen (15) minutes before the hour: the watchstanders have relieved.
c. On the hour: supervisors relieve the Officer of the Deck, the Officer of the Conn,
the Engineering Officer of the Watch, etc.
NOTE: These times are approximate and flexible and can probably be reduced during
quiet conditions, but the sequence is firm.
- PAGE 2-8 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2107 Length of Watches and Watch Rotation
1. Underway watches involving ship operation will normally be six (6) hours in length
and in no case longer than eight hours.
2. Underway watch stations that do not involve ship operation, such as Sickbay and
science laboratories, will normally be eight hours in length. However, Sickbay shall
be manned at all times.
3. Personnel will not be assigned an underway watch rotation wherein the period
between watches is less than the period on watch without permission of the
Senior Watch Officer or for engineering personnel, the Engineering Officer. This
restriction does not apply to Battle Stations or the Maneuvering Watch.
4. No person shall stand contiguous duty for more than twelve (12) hours while
underway. In cases for extended watches, the Division Officer shall provide a relief
for anyone that may be standing a watch for more than twelve hours.
5. In cases of General Quarters, the Commanding Officer may waive any restriction
regarding the length of time an individual may be on watch. However, and where
possible, the Commanding Officer should provide relief to individuals that may be
standing a watch for more than twelve hours under the emergency condition.
6. In-port watch periods while the ship is moored and running at full power shall
conform to the schedule and regulations pertaining to underway watches.
7. In-port watch periods when the ship is shutdown, or in hot standby, shall be
twenty-four (24) hours in length. During the in-port watch period watchstanders
may move around the ship, eat and sleep as needed, so long as they perform their
duties as required for their in-port watch station.
8. Persons standing in-port watches shall remain onboard ship for the entire day until
their duty has concluded. Under no circumstance shall an in-port watch leave the
ship for any reason unless properly relieved.
9. Persons standing in-port watch duty shall not leave the ship except by permission
from the Command Duty Officer.
2108 Special Watches
From time to time it may be necessary to establish special watches, not otherwise
provided herein, to adequately provide for the safety and security of the ship. These
watches, and the instruction for such watches, will be promulgated by separate
directives.
2109 The Senior Watch Officer
Then Senior Watch Officer is that officer assigned by the Executive Officer to manage
the in-port and underway duty station watches. As part of this duty, the Senior Watch
Officer is responsible for managing the watches in accordance with the Officer’s
Underway Watch List and the Watch, Quarter and Station Bill, or the In-Port Duty List,
whichever is appropriate.
- PAGE 2-9 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2110 Watch Station Qualification
In order to stand a watch, the person designated to stand the watch must be qualified.
Watch qualification entails knowing the surroundings, compartment or area, knowing
the equipment and how it functions within the space; knowing how to operate the
equipment under all conditions; knowing how to make the necessary repairs in order
for the equipment to continue to safely function; knowing all control switches and
panels associated with the watch and knowing how to deal with any emergency
situation within the watch area. This requires that the potential watch stander undergo
a formal training program to qualify to stand the watch. The following are the
requirements and procedures regarding watch qualification:
1. All personnel shall receive the ship’s Watch Qualification Manual.
2. For any watch station, the individual must stand at least three watches under
supervision of a qualified watch stander before the individual can stand the watch
alone.
- PAGE 2-10 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 2
WATCH ORGANIZATION
SECTION 2 – WATCH ORGANIZATION UNDERWAY
2200 General
1. The crew will be organized into three (3) watch sections for underway cruising.
Each section shall be capable of operating the ship both at sublight and at warp
speeds.
2. The normal watch requirements underway are as follows:
Normally
a. Ship Control Watches Watch Type Watch Location Manned By
(1) Officer of the Conn Rotational Bridge Senior Officer
(2) Duty Helmsman Rotational Bridge Officer
(3) Duty Navigator Rotational Bridge Officer
(4) Duty Communicator Rotational Bridge Officer
(5) Duty Command Rotational Bridge Officer
Information Officer
(6) Lee Helmsman Rotational Auxiliary Control Officer
(7) Duty Navigation Rotational Navigations Control Technician
Systems Technician Center
(8) Duty Communications Rotational Communications Technician
Technician Control Center
(9) Command Yeoman Rotational Bridge Yeoman T-5
Normally
b. Weapons Watches Watch Type Watch Location Manned By
(1) Duty Weapons Officer Rotational Bridge Officer
(2) Fire Control Supervisor As Needed Weapons Control Officer
Center
(3) Weapons System As Needed Weapons Control Technician
Operator - Phaser Center
(4) Weapons System As Needed Weapons Control Technician
Operator - Torpedo Center
(5) Duty Weapons System Rotational Weapons Control Technician
Technician Center
Normally
c. Security Watches Watch Type Watch Location Manned By
(1) Duty Security Officer Rotational Security Office Officer
(2) Roving Security Patrol Rotational Throughout Ship Sentry
Normally
d. Flight Control Watches Watch Type Watch Location Manned By
(1) Duty Flight Control As Needed Flight Control Tower Officer
Officer
(2) Duty Craft Maintenance Rotational Hanger Bay Technician
Technician
- PAGE 2-11 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Normal watch requirements underway - continued

Normally
e. Engineering Watches Watch Type Watch Location Manned By
(1) Engineering Officer of Rotational Engineering Office Officer
the Watch
(2) Engineering Watch Rotational Engineroom Officer
Supervisor
(3) Environmental Controls Rotational Environmental Officer
Supervisor Control Center
(4) Auxiliary Engineering Rotational Auxiliary Control Officer
Supervisor
(5) Duty Ships Services Rotational Auxiliary Control Officer
Officer
(6) Duty Engineer As Needed Bridge Officer
(7) Duty Repair Officer Rotational Ships Repair Office Officer
(8) Duty Transporter Officer As Needed Transporter Room Officer
(9) Duty Transporter Rotational Transporter Room Technician
Operator As Needed
(10) Duty Reactor Operator Rotational Power Control Center Technician
(11) Duty Electrical Operator Rotational Power Control Center Technician
(12) Propulsion Technician Rotational Engineroom 1 Technician
(13) Propulsion Technician Rotational Engineroom 2 Technician
(14) Duty Electrician Rotational Power Control Center Technician
(15) Duty Mechanic Rotational Ships Repair Office Technician
(16) Duty Environmental Rotational Environmental Technician
Systems Technician Control Center
(17) Duty Repairman Rotational Ships Repair Office Technician
(18) Duty Machinist Rotational Fabrication Shop Technician
(19) Auxiliaryman of the Rotational Roving between Bridge Technician
Watch and Auxiliary Control
Normally
f. Medical Watches Watch Type Watch Location Manned By
(1) Duty Medical Officer Rotational Sick Bay Officer
(2) Duty Nurse Rotational Sick Bay Officer
(3) Duty Medical Rotational Sick Bay Specialist
Technician
(4) Duty Medical As Needed Medical Laboratory Technician
Laboratory Technician
3. There are no specific science watches per se. All science duty is on an as-needed
basis. Science laboratories will operate under normal working hours.
- PAGE 2-12 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2201 Officer of the Conn
1. Basic Function – The Officer of the Conn is the Officer of the Deck underway who is
that officer on watch designated by the Commanding Officer to be in charge of the
ship. The Officer of the Conn is primarily responsible, under the Commanding
Officer, for the safe and proper operation of the ship, and for the safety and
performance of the crew and the personnel assigned to the ship. Officers will be
designated in writing by the Commanding Officer as qualified to act as ship’s
Officer of the Conn.
Officer of the Conn are prescribed in Star Ship Command Regulations. This
paragraph amplifies the provisions of Star Ship Command Regulations. Amplifying
instructions for the Officer of the Conn are included in ship’s instructions and in
the Captain’s Night Orders. The Officer of the Conn shall:
a. Keep him or herself informed concerning the tactical situation and those
factors which may affect the safe navigation of the ship, and take appropriate
action to avoid the danger of collision in accordance with tactical doctrine, the
Interplanetary Rules, and the orders of the Commanding Officer or other proper
authority.
b. Keep him or herself informed concerning current operational plans and fleet
orders, the intentions of the Commanding Officer, and such other matters that
may pertain to ship or force operations.
c. Keep him or herself informed of the status and current capabilities of the
engineering plant.
d. Keep him or herself informed of the status and condition of the ship’s
atmosphere and atmospheric control equipment. The Commanding Officer,
Executive Officer, Engineering Officer and Medical Officer shall be notified
whenever atmosphere conditions are abnormal.
e. Make all reports to the Commanding Officer that are required by Star Fleet
Regulations, and by the Commanding Officer.
f. Ensure that the Executive Officer and Department Heads concerned are kept
informed of changes in the tactical situation, changes in operations schedules,
the approach of ion storms or other phenomenon, equipment out of
commission, or any other circumstances which would require a change in the
ship’s routine or other action on their part.
g. Keep the Helmsman informed of changes in course and speed, notify the
Navigator of changes in sensor capabilities, visibility, or sighting of all planets,
asteroids and other geophysical objects in space as well as beacons, buoys
and other stations, and any problem with the ship’s steering or navigation
systems, and indications of set and/or drift.
h. Ensure that the required reports to the Commanding Officer concerning tests,
inspections or other routines are made promptly and are properly organized.
i. Issue necessary orders to the Helm or Engineroom to avoid danger, to take or
keep an assigned position or an assigned ship’s attitude, or to change the
course and speed of the ship in accordance with orders of proper authority.
j. Ensure that alert electronic search and ship control watches are being
maintained and exercise control of other watchstanders.
- PAGE 2-13 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
k. Carry out the routine of the ship as published in the Plan of the Day and other
ship directives, keeping the Executive Officer advised of any change which may
be necessary.
l. Supervise and control the use of the general announcing system and all
general alarms, in accordance with the orders of the Commanding Officer,
tactical doctrine, and rules of the road.
m. Supervise and conduct on-the-job training for officers and technicians of the
watch, which do not interfere with current evolutions.
n. Issue orders for rendering honors to passing ships as required by treaty,
custom and regulation.
o. Keep and sign the Captain’s Log, supervising entries made by other personnel
standing the watch.
p. Assume such other responsibilities as may be assigned by the Commanding
Officer.
q. Upon being relieved, complete and sign the Captain’s Log.
r. Prior to warping space or warping out of orbit, obtain verified scans in order to
assure adequate clearance ahead of the ship to prevent collision with any
object. Be prepared to abort the warp if scans indicate insufficient clearance.
s. Keep him or herself aware of the status of all weapons systems, ensuring that
the ordered conditions of readiness is maintained and promptly reporting to the
Commanding Officer and Weapons Officer any changes in the conditions of
readiness.
3. Relationship Between Deck and Conn -

a. While still underway, the Officer of the Deck (OOD) must be thoroughly aware
of the distinction between the “Conn”, which is the actual control of the
movements of the ship, and the “Deck”, which is the supervisory authority of
the watch when in port as outlined in Star Fleet Regulations.
b. A definite policy of taking over and relinquishing the Conn must be followed.
The status of the Conn must be clearly understood by the Officer of the Deck,
verbally acknowledged by him or her and, most important, carefully brought to
the attention of all personnel who manually perform the movements directed
by the officer who has the Conn. A considerable measure of responsibility for
the ship’s safety remains with the Officer of the Conn even when he or she is
relieved of the Conn by the Commanding Officer or other duly qualified officer.
c. The Commanding Officer, at his discretion, will relieve the Officer of the Conn.
In addition, he or she may direct the OOD how to proceed at any time without
assuming the Conn. Any direct order to the helm or engine will, however, itself
constitute assumption of the responsibility for direction of the ship’s
movements – the Conn. Under these conditions, in order to ensure efficient
response and eliminate the possibility of conflicting orders, it is considered
proper for the OOD to announce to the bridge watch:
“THE CAPTAIN HAS THE CONN”
and instantly thereafter report to the officer who has the Conn:
“SIR I RELINQUISH THE CONN”
4. Organizational Relationships – The Officer of the Conn reports directly to the

Commanding Officer for the safe navigation and operation of the ship and to the
Executive Officer for carrying out the ship’s routine.
- PAGE 2-14 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2202 Engineering Officer of the Watch
1. Basic Function – The Engineering Officer of the Watch is that officer on watch
certified by the Chief Engineering Officer and the Commanding Officer as qualified
to be in charge of the ship’s power and propulsion plants, and its associated
auxiliaries. The Engineering Officer of the Watch is primarily responsible for the
safe and proper operation of such units and is responsible under the Officer of the
Conn for the safety and performance of all personnel assigned to watches in the
engineering spaces.
Engineering Officer of the Watch are prescribed in Star Fleet and Star Ship
Command Regulations. This paragraph amplifies the provisions of Star Ship
Command Regulations. Additional amplifying instructions for the Engineering
Officer of the Watch are included in the Engineering Department Manual for Star-
Drive Propulsion Plants (STARSHIPS 510-1305), Ship’s Engineering Department
Instructions, the Chief Engineer’s Night Orders, STARSHIPS Propulsion Plant
manuals and other publications and directives issued by higher authority. The
Engineering Officer of the Watch shall:
a. Ensure that all orders received from the Officer of the Conn are promptly and
properly executed. The Engineering Officer of the Watch shall not permit thrust
to be applied or allow forward or reverse movement except as ordered.
b. Report promptly to the Officer of the Conn and to the Chief Engineering Officer
any actual or probable derangement of machinery or auxiliaries.
c. Ensure that alert watches are being maintained. The Engineering Officer of the
Watch shall ensure that machinery is being operated in accordance with
instructions, that machinery and controls are manned by qualified personnel in
accordance with the approved section watch bill, and that all applicable
inspections and safety precautions are being carried out.
d. Prior to relieving as Engineering Officer of the Watch, inform him or herself of
the tactical situation, and to make an inspection of the engineering spaces.
e. Exercise the strictest control over Main Engine fields and radiological controls
in accordance with current directives.
f. Ensure that the Engineering Log and prescribed operating records are properly
kept and that other operating records are signed by individual watchstanders.
g. Upon being relieved, sign the Engineering Log for his or her watch. Report the
results of this inspection to the Officer of the Conn, with a report of relief to the
Chief Engineer.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Engineering Officer of the Watch reports directly

to the Officer of the Conn. The Chief Engineering Officer may direct the Engineering
Officer of the Watch concerning his or her duties and may assume the duties of the
watch when, in his or her judgment, such action is prudent or necessary.
- PAGE 2-15 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2203 Duty Weapons Officer
1. Basic Function – The Duty Weapons Officer is that officer on watch certified by the
Weapons Officer and Commanding Officer as qualified to be in charge of the ship’s
offensive and defensive weapons systems. The Duty Weapons Officer is primarily
responsible for the safe and proper operation of the weapons systems when they
are required and is responsible under the Officer of the Conn for the safety and
performance of all personnel assigned to weapons duty when the ship is placed in
battle conditions.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – The duties and responsibilities of the Duty
Weapons Officer are prescribed in Star Ship Command Regulations. This
paragraph amplifies the provisions of Star Ship Command Regulations. Additional
amplifying instructions for the Duty Weapons Officer are included in the Star Fleet
Manual for Weapons Systems (STARSHIPS 535-0010), and other publications and
directives issued by higher authority. The Duty Weapons Officer shall:
a. Ensure that all orders received from the Officer of the Conn are promptly and
properly executed. The Duty Weapons Officer, along with the Fire Control
Supervisor, shall not permit the firing of any of the ship’s weapons or the
activation of any defensive system except as ordered by the Commanding
Officer, the Officer of the Conn or is automatically activated by the ship’s
computer.
b. Report promptly to the Officer of the Conn and to the Weapons Officer any
actual or probable derangement of weapons machinery or auxiliaries.
c. Ensure that alert weapons watches are being maintained when activated. The
Duty Weapons Officer shall ensure that weapons are being operated in
accordance with instructions, that machinery and controls associated with
weapons are manned by qualified personnel in accordance with the approved
section watch bill, and that all applicable inspections and safety precautions
are being carried out.
d. Prior to relieving as Duty Weapons Officer, inform him or herself of the tactical
situation, and to make an inspection of the fire control spaces.
e. Exercise the strictest control over Phaser and Photon Torpedo weapons, ship’s
screens and shields and the ship’s Tractors in accordance with current
directives.
f. Ensure that the prescribed operating records are properly kept and that such
operating records are signed by individual watchstanders.
g. Upon being relieved, report the results of his or her inspection to the Officer of
the Conn.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Duty Weapons Officer reports directly to the

Officer of the Conn. The Chief Operations Officer may direct the Duty Weapons
Officer concerning his or her duties and may assume the duties of the watch
when, in his or her judgment, such action is prudent or necessary.
- PAGE 2-16 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2204 Duty Helmsman
1. Basic Function – The Duty Helmsman is that officer on watch certified by the
Operations Officer and Commanding Officer as qualified to be in charge of handling
the ship. The Helmsman is primarily responsible for the safe and proper handling
of the ship as ordered by the Officer of the Conn. In addition, the Duty Helmsmen
shall also be knowledgeable in the various weapons and weapons systems that
may be under his control.
Helmsman are prescribed in Star Ship Command Regulations. This paragraph
amplifies the provisions of Star Ship Command Regulations. Additional amplifying
instructions for the Duty Helmsman are included in the Star Fleet Ship Operations
Manual, the Interplanetary Rules for Preventing Collisions in Space and other
publications and directives issued by higher authority. The Helmsman shall:
a. Maneuver and steer the ship, and remotely operate the ships engines as
ordered by the Officer of the Conn.
b. Instantiate and fire the ship’s weapons and defensive systems as ordered by
c. Ensure the proper operation and functioning of the ship’s sensors and
detection equipment.
d. Manage the ship’s satellite system; launch, control and retrieve satellites
dispatched by the ship.
e. Be particularly alert to detect any irregularities in the operation or function of
any equipment or indicator and immediately report such to the Officer of the
Conn.
f. Take immediate corrective action in the event of a deviation from the ship’s
course or speed.
g. Take immediate action in accordance with casualty procedures in the event of
a loss of steering or maneuvering control.
h. Keep self informed of the identity of the Officer of the Conn and the officer who
is in command of the ship, if other than the Officer of the Conn.
i. Use only standard Star Fleet phraseology in answering orders to the helm and
annunciator.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Duty Helmsman reports directly to the Officer of

the Conn in matters of ship control and defense. The Chief Operations Officer may
direct the Helmsman concerning his or her duties and may assume the duties of
the watch when, in his or her judgment, such action is prudent or necessary.
- PAGE 2-17 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2205 Duty Navigator
1. Basic Function – The Duty Navigator is that officer on watch certified by the
Operations Officer and Commanding Officer as qualified to be in charge of setting
the course of the ship. The Duty Navigator is primarily responsible for the safe and
proper navigation of the ship as required under the Officer of the Conn. In addition,
all Duty Navigators shall be knowledgeable in the various navigational methods,
including special star plotting techniques such as the Flat Disk Method of Bearing
Estimation.
Navigator are prescribed in Star Ship Command Regulations. This paragraph
instructions for the Navigator are included in the Star Fleet Ship Operations
Manual, the Interplanetary Rules for Preventing Collisions in Space and other
publications and directives issued by higher authority. The Navigator shall:
a. Set the course of the ship as ordered by the Officer of the Conn.
b. Be aware of the ship’s current location at all times, and make periodic reports
to the Officer of the Conn on the ship’s current position in space.
c. Be aware of all stars, planets and objects in the area of space the ship is
currently operating.
d. Maintain and calibrate the ship’s chronometer; keep self and the Officer of the
Conn informed on the current time and of the estimated time of arrival to the
intended destination.
e. Load and launch the ship’s Recorder Marker.
f. Be particularly alert to detect any irregularities in the operation or function of
Conn.
g. Immediately inform the Officer of the Conn of any deviation from the ship’s
intended course or attitude.
h. Keep self informed of the identity of the Officer of the Conn and the officer who
is in command of the ship if other than the Officer of the Conn.
i. Use only standard Star Fleet phraseology in answering orders regarding course
plotting and ship navigation.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Duty Navigator reports directly to the Officer of

the Conn in matters relating to the ship’s course and current location. The Chief
Operations Officer may direct the Navigator concerning his or her duties and may
assume the duties of the watch when, in his or her judgment, such action is
prudent or necessary.
- PAGE 2-18 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2206 Duty Communicator
1. Basic Function – The Duty Communicator is that officer on watch certified by the
Operations Officer and Commanding Officer as qualified to be in charge of all
communications internal and external to the ship. The Communicator is primarily
responsible for the proper operation of the ship’s communications equipment and
to make any communication or transmit any signal as required by the Officer of the
Conn or the Commanding Officer. In addition, all Duty Communicators shall be
versed in the various forms of communications methods and codes, including old-
style Morse code as well.
Communicator are prescribed in Star Ship Command Regulations. This paragraph
instructions for the Communicator are included in the Star Fleet Ship Operations
Manual, and other publications and directives issued by higher authority. The
Communicator shall:
a. Be responsible for receiving all incoming message traffic and ensuring it is
properly routed.
b. Be responsible for transmitting the messages the ship is required to send by
regulation and ensuring all frequencies are properly set.
c. Be responsible for the proper handling and dissemination of any classified
communications that may be received.
d. Monitor all regular and subspace frequencies.
e. Be aware of any emergency signal or alert code that may be received and to
immediately report such to the Officer of the Conn.
f. Make self aware of all current codes and ciphers.
g. Decode or decipher any coded transmission.
h. Set the ship’s material condition; manage the ship’s Annunciator system.
i. Manage the ship’s Interior Communications system.
j. Be particularly alert to detect any irregularities in the operation or function of
Conn.
k. Immediately inform the Officer of the Conn of any signal, beacon or
communication that is detected.
l. Keep self informed of the identity of the Officer of the Conn and the officer who
m. Use only standard Star Fleet phraseology in answering orders regarding ship
communication, or when verbally communicating with other commands.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Duty Communicator reports directly to the

Officer of the Conn in matters of communication and the ship’s material condition.
The Chief Operations Officer may direct the Communicator concerning his or her
duties and may assume the duties of the watch when, in his or her judgment, such
action is prudent or necessary.
- PAGE 2-19 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2207 Duty Command Information Officer
1. Basic Function – The Command Information Officer or CIC Officer is that officer on
watch certified by the Operations Officer and the Commanding Officer as qualified
to direct the Library-Computer, and all information and intelligence equipment. The
CIC Officer is primarily responsible for providing timely and accurate combat,
intelligence and scientific information to the Officer of the Conn, and to provide all
tactical information requested by the Officer of the Conn or the Commanding
Officer.
CIC Officer are prescribed in Star Ship Command Regulations. This paragraph
instructions for the Duty CIC Officer are included in the Star Fleet Ship Operations
Manual, and other publications and directives issued by higher authority. The Duty
CIC Officer shall:
a. Supply any tactical, intelligence, combat information or scientific data
requested by the Officer of the Conn.
b. Monitor and maintain the ship’s Library-Computer.
c. Program the ship’s computer as needed.
d. Make special sensor sweeps of planets and other objects in space and perform
analyses of the data obtained from sensors.
e. Be particularly alert to detect any irregularities in the operation or function of
Conn.
f. Immediately inform the Officer of the Conn of any sensor contact or of any
detected sensor probes on the ship.
g. Keep self informed of the identity of the Officer of the Conn and the officer who
3. Organizational Relationships – The Duty CIC Officer reports directly to the Officer of
the Conn in matters of intelligence and combat information. The Chief Operations
Officer may direct the CIC Officer concerning his or her duties and may assume the
duties of the watch when, in his or her judgment, such action is prudent or
necessary.
- PAGE 2-20 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2208 Department Watchstanders
1. Watchstanders from various departments, as assigned by the Watch Bill, shall

stand their watches in accordance with the instructions issued by the respective
department heads. All watchstanders must be certified and qualified by their
responsible department head prior to standing watches alone. Department heads
will, upon formulation of, or change to watch instructions, confer with the
Executive Officer to ensure that the instructions are in accordance with ship’s
policies and then submit them to the Commanding Officer for approval.
2. Responsibility for watchstanders including their instruction, training and watch
qualification is assigned as follows:
Operations Department - 1. Bridge Watches
2. Auxiliary Control Room Watches
3. Duty Weapons and Fire Control Watches
4. Security Watches2
5. Craft Launching and Recovery Watches
Engineering Department - 1. Enginerooms

2. Machinery Rooms
3. Environmental Control Watches
4. Transporter Watches
5. Auxiliary Systems Watches
Medical Department - 1. Duty Medical Officers and Surgeons

2. Duty Nurses
3. Medical Laboratories
2309 Departmental Yeomen
Each department aboard ship has only one Departmental Yeoman and as such they do
not function on a rotational basis, but work during the normal working hours of 0800
to 1600, and will respond as required after working hours.
2. Security Alert team and Backup Alert Force requirements are set forth in COMFLTINST 8110.3.
- PAGE 2-21 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2210 Underway Watch Qualification Procedures
1. Written underway watch qualifications procedures and appropriate sign-off sheets

will be promulgated by the Ship’s Training Officer for the following watches:
a. Officer of the Conn3.
b. Helmsman
c. Navigator
d. Communicator
e. CIC Officer
for all engineering watches will be promulgated by the Chief Engineering Officer.
for all weapons and craft launch control watches will be promulgated by the Chief
Operations Officer.
4. Written watch qualifications procedures and appropriate sign-off sheets for all
medical duty watches will be promulgated by the Chief Medical Officer.
3. Qualifications requirements are set forth in COMFLTINST 1552.6.
- PAGE 2-22 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 2
WATCH ORGANIZATION
SECTION 3 – WATCH ORGANIZATION IN-PORT
2300 Introduction
1. To ensure the security of the ship and to operate required equipment or maintain a
specific ship’s condition when the ship is anchored, moored, docked or in a long-
term orbit, the crew will be divided into Duty Sections, each of which shall be
capable of getting the ship underway and to perform any sublight evolution that
may be required of the ship. Responsibilities for the ship’s security shall be
exercised for twenty-four (24) hour periods by duty sections in rotation.
2. The In-port Duty Section is responsible for the security of the ship at anchor,
moored or in orbit. It shall consist of sufficient personnel having the necessary
qualifications to get the ship underway in an emergency, to operate the ship safely
for a limited period and to return it to its mooring or to proceed to a safe anchorage
or orbit around a safe planet or facility. As a minimum, the In-Port Duty Section
shall be composed of the following:
a. The Command Duty Officer.
b. The Officer of the Deck.
c. The Engineering Duty Officer.
d. The Duty Medical Officer.
e. The Duty Communications Officer.
f. The Duty Security Officer.
g. Security Sentries (roving and stationary).
h. A continuous Shutdown Engineering Area watch.
i. A continuous Shutdown Weapons Area watch (if required by situation.)4
j. A continuous Command Systems Roving watch.
k. Shutdown Engineering Operators (when required.)
l. Other departmental watches as required.
3. In the performance of their duty within a duty section, all hands must be
continuously alert to their responsibilities while in a duty status. Fire, hull breach,
sabotage or enemy attacks are always distinct possibilities. Early detection and
prompt corrective action are the greatest safeguard against such calamities.
Persons in a watch status are the direct representatives of the Commanding Officer
and are delegated that authority necessary to execute their duties. To this
authority, all members of the crew are subject except the Command Duty Officer.
4. A continuous Shutdown Weapons Area watch is only required if the ship is in port within the Federation
Exploration Zone. Any time the ship is moored inside a Star Fleet base, the ship’s weapons systems must be
powered-down.
- PAGE 2-23 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2301 Command Duty Officer
The Command Duty Officer shall be a commissioned line officer eligible to succeed to
command and qualified as an Officer of the Conn underway. Ships in regular overhaul
or extended repair status may designate as the Command Duty Officer commissioned
officers eligible to succeed to command in space that are qualified to act as the ship’s
duty officer. Officers also designated will stand duties in rotation as specified by the
Senior Watch Officer and approved by the Executive Officer. Commanding Officers of
ships in overhaul or refit who designates such officers as Command Duty Officers must
assure themselves that the officers so designated are qualified to move the ship from
its berth in an emergency, including the use of tugs if necessary. When a separate
Engineering Duty Officer is assigned the requirement that the Command Duty Officer
be a line officer eligible to succeed to command may be waived.
1. Basic Function – The Command Duty Officer is responsible for the security of the
ship, for the conduct of the ship’s routine in the absence of the regularly
responsible officer, and for the supervision of all ship’s activities. The Command
Duty Officer shall succeed to the responsibilities and authority of command when
all ship’s officers senior to him who are eligible are absent or incapacitated for
duty. While acting for the Executive Officer, the Command Duty Officer has the
authority prescribed for the Executive Officer except that the Command Duty
Officer shall make no change in existing organization unless ordered to do so, or in
emergency, and shall endeavor to have routine affairs of the command carried on
in the usual manner.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – Instructions herein amplify the provisions
of Star Ship Command Regulations, which apply specifically to the Command Duty
Officer. The Command Duty Officer shall:
a. Ensure compliance of the crew with all effective internal instructions.
b. Ensure the proper security at all openings and entrances. As such, the
Command Duty Officer will perform periodic inspections of the security at
ship’s openings and gangways.
c. Be responsible for the general security and defense of the ship. As such, the
Command Duty Officer will act as the ship’s Weapons Officer in port and will
direct Weapons Division personnel who are standing the in port watch.
d. Keep him or herself informed of the whereabouts of the Commanding Officer
and the Executive Officer at all times.
e. Keep the Commanding Officer informed of any unusual circumstances or
abnormal operations.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Command Duty Officer reports directly to the

Commanding Officer in all matters concerning the ship, and to the Executive
Officer in all matters pertaining to the personnel onboard the ship.
- PAGE 2-24 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2302 Officer of the Deck
The Officer of the Deck shall be a commissioned line officer eligible to succeed to
command and qualified as an Officer of the Conn underway. Officers so designated will
stand duties in rotation as specified by the Senior Watch Officer and approved by the
Executive Officer. Commanding Officers of ships in overhaul or refit who designates
such officers as Officers of the Deck must assure themselves that the officers so
designated are qualified to move the ship from its berth in an emergency, including the
use of tugs if necessary.
1. Basic Function – The Officer of the Deck is responsible for carrying out the plan of
the day, for work done to the ship while in port, for the security of the ship, for the
conduct of the ship’s routine and in the absence of the regularly responsible
officer, for the supervision of all other ship’s activities.
of Star Ship Command Regulations, which apply specifically to the Officer of the
Deck. The Officer of the Deck shall:
a. Ensure compliance of the crew with all effective internal instructions and to
ensure that all planned and scheduled tasks are being performed and
successfully completed.
b. Ensure the proper security at all openings and entrances. As such, the Officer
of the Deck will assign security personnel to perform periodic inspections of
the security at ship’s openings and gangways.
c. Be responsible for the general security and defense of the ship.
d. Keep him or herself informed of all work that is ongoing onboard or outside the
ship at all times.
e. Keep the Commanding Officer and the Command Duty Officer informed of any
unusual circumstances or abnormal operations.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Officer of the Deck reports directly to the

Command Duty Officer in all matters concerning the ship while the Commanding
Officer is away.
- PAGE 2-25 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2303 Engineering Duty Officer
The Engineering Duty Officer shall be a commissioned line or Engineering Staff Corps
officer eligible to succeed to command and qualified as an Engineering Officer of the
Watch underway. Officers so designated will stand duties in rotation as specified by
the Senior Watch Officer and approved by the Engineering Officer. Engineering Officers
of ships in overhaul or refit who designates such officers as Engineering Duty Officers
must assure themselves that the officers so designated are qualified to operate the
ship’s engines in an emergency, including the use of the Maneuvering Thrusters,
Impulse and Warp-drive engines.
1. Basic Function – The Engineering Duty Officer is responsible for the functioning of
the ship’s power systems and other ship’s services, for the conduct of ship’s
maintenance and repairs, and for the supervision of all ship’s engineering activities
while in-port. While acting for the Engineering Officer, the Engineering Duty Officer
has the authority prescribed for the Engineering Officer except that the Engineering
Duty Officer shall make no change in the existing engineering organization unless
ordered to do so, or as required by an emergency, and shall endeavor to have
routine affairs of the Engineering Department carried on in the usual manner.
of Star Ship Command Regulations, which apply specifically to the Engineering
Duty Officer. The Engineering Duty Officer shall:
a. Ensure compliance of the engineering staff with all effective internal
instructions and procedures.
b. Ensure that all work scheduled for the day have been completed.
c. Ensure the proper operation of the systems required for ship operation while
in-port.
d. Ensure the ship is continuously on power from the shore facility and that the
ship is receiving all the needed services from the shore facility.
e. Act as the ship’s Transporter Officer when required.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Engineering Duty Officer reports directly to the

Engineering Officer in all matters concerning the ship’s engines and auxiliary
systems and for matters pertaining to the engineering staff, and to the Command
Duty Officer in all matters pertaining to the operation of the ship’s propulsion and
power systems.
4. Special Duty - The Engineering Duty Officer shall succeed to the responsibilities
and authority of ship’s command when the Command Duty Officer, and all other
ship’s officers senior to him who are eligible, are absent or incapacitated for duty.
- PAGE 2-26 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2304 Duty Medical Officer
The Duty Medical Officer shall be a commissioned Staff Corps officer of the Medical
Corps qualified to stand the Duty Medical Officer watch. Officers so designated will
stand duties in rotation daily as specified by the Chief Medical Officer and approved by
the Executive Officer.
1. Basic Function – The Duty Medical Officer is responsible for the functioning of the
ship’s Sickbay and its medical systems, to provide normal and emergency medical
services to the crew and others in need, and for the supervision of all other medical
activities while in-port. While acting for the Chief Medical Officer, the Duty Medical
Officer has the authority prescribed for the Chief Medical Officer except that the
Duty Medical Officer shall make no changes to the existing medical organizations
unless ordered to do so, and shall endeavor to have routine affairs of the Medical
Department carried on in the usual manner.
of Star Fleet Regulations, which apply specifically to the Duty Medical Officer. The
Duty Medical Officer shall:
a. Ensure compliance with ship’s health and safety regulations.
b. Perform regular and emergency medical procedures as necessary.
c. Inspect eating areas for sanitation and cleanliness.
d. Manage the duty medical staff.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Duty Medical Officer reports directly to the Chief
Medical Officer in all matters relating to medical and health matters and for matters
pertaining to the medical staff, and to the Command Duty Officer in all matters
pertaining to the health and safety of the ship.
4. Special Duty - The Duty Medical Officer shall assume the role of Chief Medical
Officer during emergencies that occur off the ship when no local medical personnel
are available.
- PAGE 2-27 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2305 Duty Communications Officer
The Duty Communications Officer shall be a commissioned line officer qualified to

stand the Ship’s Communicator watch. Officers so designated will stand duties in
rotation as specified by the Senior Watch Officer and approved by the Executive
Officer.
1. Basic Function – The Duty Communications Officer is responsible for the
functioning of the ship’s communications and annunciator systems, for the
conduct of ship’s communications equipment maintenance and repairs, and for
receiving and transmitting all ship’s communications. While acting for the
Communications Officer, the Duty Communications Officer has the authority
prescribed for the Communications Officer except that the Duty Communications
Officer shall make no change in existing Communications Division organization
unless ordered to do so, or as required by an emergency, and shall endeavor to
have routine affairs of the Communications Division carried on in the usual
manner.
of Star Ship Command Regulations, which apply specifically to the Duty
Communications Officer. The Duty Communications Officer shall:
a. Be responsible for receiving all incoming message traffic and ensuring it is
properly routed
b. Be responsible for transmitting the messages the command needs to send and
ensuring all frequencies are properly set.
c. Be aware of any emergency signal or alert code that may be received and to
immediately report such to the Command Duty Officer.
d. Be responsible for the proper operation and functioning of the ship’s
communications and annunciator systems.
e. Keep self informed of the identity and whereabouts of the Command Duty
Officer and the officer who is in command of the ship if other than the
Command Duty Officer.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Duty Communications Officer reports directly to

the Communications Officer in all matters concerning the functioning of ship’s
communications systems and for matters pertaining to the communications staff,
and to the Command Duty Officer in all matters pertaining to the receipt and
transmission of ship’s communiqués.
- PAGE 2-28 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2306 Duty Security Officer
The Duty Security Officer shall be a commissioned line officer from the ship’s Security
Division. Officers so designated will stand duties in rotation as specified by the Senior
Watch Officer and approved by the Executive Officer. The Duty Security Officer shall be
responsible for directing the Security Force while the ship is in-port and shall assign
security sentries to posts as required by the Command Duty Officer; and shall be
responsible for the control and management of classified documents and information
while the ship is in-port. The Duty Security Officer shall be under the direction of the
Command Duty Officer at all times.
2307 Duty Security Sentries
Duty Security Sentries are persons from the Security Division assigned to guard or
monitor specific areas of the ship under the direction of the Duty Security Officer.
However, once posted, Security Sentries shall report directly to the Command Duty
Officer concerning security matters relating to their post.
1. Basic Function – The Duty Security Sentries are responsible for the security of their
assigned post and of all areas within view of their post.
of Star Ship Command Regulations, which apply specifically to Sentries. Therefore,
Duty Security Sentries shall:
a. Be responsible for all persons located at their post. To challenge all persons
that wish to enter the area associated with their sentry post.
b. Be responsible for all equipment and property located at their post.
c. Report all violations of orders and directives they were instructed to enforce.
d. Give the alarm in case of fire, hull breach or disorder.
e. Keep self informed of the identity of the Command Duty Officer and to summon
him in any case not covered by instructions.
3. Organizational Relationships – Duty Security Sentries report directly to the

Command Duty Officer in all matters concerning the post to which they have been
assigned, and to the Duty Security Officer concerning their duties. Their
assignments will typically come from the Duty Security Officer.
4. Posting of Sentries – Under normal operating conditions sentries need not be
posted. However, if the ship is at a foreign or hostile port, Sentries shall be posted
as specified below.
5. Location of Sentries – Security Sentries shall be posted at the following locations
and under the following material conditions:
Inport/
Ship Sentry Post Sentries Underway Ship’s Material Condition
Bridge 1-2 Both General Quarters
Brig 2 Both Any time a Brig cell is occupied
Engineering 2 Inport General Quarters
Hull Access Openings 1 Inport While hatches are open
Transporter Rooms 1 Underway General Quarters
- PAGE 2-29 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2308 Shutdown Roving Watches
A Shutdown Roving Watch is a specific duty designed to monitor multiple systems in

many areas by a single technician while the ship is inport and shutdown. Roving
watches are continuously moving about from area to area inspecting equipment,
monitoring equipment performance and measuring system parameters, ensuring that
the scheduled work in the area is being performed, and monitoring the general security
of the areas under their cognizance.
1. Basic Function – The Shutdown Roving Watch is responsible for the security of the
area or areas designated for monitoring, and for the proper operation of the
equipment contained within the areas covered by the roving watch.
2. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority – Shutdown Roving Watches shall:
a. Be responsible for the security of the areas monitored by the watch, to
challenge any person that does not belong in the area.
b. To report to the inport watch officer to which the roving watch is assigned.
c. Ensure that the work scheduled to be performed within the areas of their
watch is being performed.
d. Be on the look out for fire, hull breaches and other failures within their watch
areas.
e. Be responsible for the proper operation and functioning of the equipment,
machinery and systems under the purview of the roving watch.
f. Be responsible for monitoring the equipment and machinery that has been
shutdown and that the shutdown lineups are correct.
g. Be responsible for the proper lineup of the equipment in his area for startup
and operation should it become necessary to get underway.
3. Organizational Relationships – The Shutdown Roving Watch of the departmental

area assigned to the watch reports directly to the in port watch officer for that
area.
4. Identification of Roving Watches -
Roving Watch Cognizant Officer
Command Systems Roving Watch Command Duty Officer
Weapons Roving Watch5 Command Duty Officer
Engineering Roving Watch Engineering Duty Officer
Auxiliary Operator Engineering Duty Officer
5. The Weapons Roving Watch is not required when the ship’s weapons system has been powered-down.
- PAGE 2-30 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 2
WATCH ORGANIZATION
SECTION 4 – WORK STATIONS
2400 Introduction
Work Stations are areas where specific work is performed, primarily related to a
specific mission or ship’s function. These stations may not be continuously manned
and will usually have specific work hours.
2401 Standard Work Stations
The following are the standard work stations for this ship and will normally operate
during the following time periods:
Work Station Normal Hours Responsible Division Officer

Ship’s Personnel Office 0800-1600 Personnel Officer
Ship’s Supply Office 0800-1600 Supply Officer
Ship’s Parts Locker 0800-16006 Supply Officer
Ship’s Repair Shops 0800-1600 Repair Officer
Ship’s Fabrication Shops 0800-1600 Material Officer
Ship Safety Office 0800-1600 Safety Officer
Craft Maintenance Shop 1000-1800 Shuttlecraft Maintenance Officer
Ship’s Dentist’s Office 0800-1800 Chief Dentist
Ship’s Pharmacy 0800-16007 Chief Pharmacist
Psychology Office 0800-1600 Chief Psychologist
Physical Science Laboratories 0800-1600 Chief Physical Scientist
Life Science Laboratories 0800-1600 Chief Biologist
2402 General Work Station Regulations
1. The normal working hours for standard work stations is from 0800 to 1600, and
applies to both in port and underway operations as specified in SORM 2107.
Special areas may have extended hours depending on the nature of the work.
2. Each work station shall have someone assigned as the Duty Officer for the day.
The Duty Officer shall be available at all hours during the period of his duty and
shall be responsible to the Division Officer for all work performed at the station
during normal working hours. However, the Duty Officer shall report directly to the
Officer of the Conn underway or the Command Duty Officer in-port for any
emergency or unplanned work that must be performed.
3. No individual shall work longer than twelve hours at any work station, except as
authorized or required by the Commanding Officer.
6. The Parts Locker may be opened at any time during emergency conditions where repair parts are needed.
7. The ship’s pharmacy working hours are for refilling personal prescriptions. Under emergency conditions where
drugs and pharmaceutical items will be needed, the pharmacy shall be continuously manned.
- PAGE 2-31 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2403 Special Science Stations
Special Science Stations are work areas and laboratories provided to certain science
sections for the performance of the section’s work and may not be in use during
normal working hours. These stations may only be activated as needed to perform
those specific analyses within the section’s field of study.
Science Station Normal Hours Responsible Section Officer

Astroanthropology Research
As Needed Chief A and A Officer
Library
Astrophysics Laboratory As Needed Chief Astrophysicist
Biology and Botany Laboratories See Note 8 Chief Botanist
Chemistry Laboratories As Needed Chief Chemist
Geology and Soil Laboratories As Needed Chief Geologist
Physics Laboratories As Needed Chief Physical Scientist
Social Research Library As Needed Chief Culturist or Chief Historian
2404 Special Science Station Regulations
1. Special Science Stations shall be ready for work at all times. Therefore, for at least
one hour each day, the responsible Section Officer shall check the station and
ensure that it is ready for immediate use.
2. When activated, Special Science Stations shall be continuously manned until the
work has been completed. Analysts working during the period of activation shall
work in shifts and shall rotate their duty with other members of the team so as to
ensure that no one is working more than twelve hours.
3. After completion of a work shift, the off-going analysis team shall provide a verbal
progress report to the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn on the status
of their work.
4. Between shifts, the off-going shift shall provide the on-going shift with a status
report of work performed and the results obtained during their work period.
2405 Cargo Work Stations
Cargo is the manifested items being transported by the ship that is not for use by the
ship’s crew. Most cargo transported by the ship is destined for Federation colonies and
Star Fleet outposts. All cargo work is performed on Deck 21 and the intervening decks
between the Flight Deck and Deck 21. All cargo work shall be performed by personnel
from the Cargo section of the Supply division.
8. The Botany Laboratory is normally closed except during inspection hours. Inspection hours to monitor plant
health are at the following four-hour intervals: 0800, 1200, 1600 and 2000.
- PAGE 2-32 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 2
WATCH ORGANIZATION
SECTION 5 – SPECIAL DETAILS
2500 Introduction
A Special Detail is a temporary duty assignment designed to complete a specific task or

mission, and will generally be composed of individuals with the specialized skills. Most
special details will be off-ship.
2501 Duty Rosters
There shall be a Duty Roster of qualified persons for each type of detail. The Duty
Roster shall be a revolving list of persons qualified to perform the functions of the
detail. Individuals assigned to special details will be drawn from the Duty Roster for the
specific detail. Persons at the top of the list shall be considered first. After the person
has completed their assignment, that person shall be placed at the bottom of the Duty
Roster except for disciplinary reasons the individual must remain at the top.
2502 Standard Details
The following are standard details that one may expect to be assigned during the
normal course of a patrol.
Standard Detail Type Detail Description

Landing Party A team transported via ship’s Transporter, to perform
general survey and security functions away from the
ship. See SORM 2505 regarding Landing Parties.
Shuttlecraft Detail The team assembled to execute a mission away from
the ship using Shuttlecraft.
Contact Team The team assembled to perform social or diplomatic
contact with a new civilization or life form.
Survey Team The team assembled to perform a technology or
civilization survey on a newly discovered inhabited
world, or a team of technicians assigned to evaluate
mineral or other natural resources of a planet.
Damage Control Party The team assembled to manage a casualty and to
perform emergency repairs to the ship after the initial
actions have been taken.
Casualty Assistance Team The team assembled to aid and to support the on-
going watch during abnormal or emergency
situations aboard ship.
Exterior Hull Inspection A detail assigned to perform inspections of the
exterior hull of the ship. See SORM 2510 for EVAs.
2503 Security Details
A Security Detail is a temporary assignment to perform a specific security function by

personnel from the Security Division. Security Details include: Landing Party security,
Brig guard duty, prisoner transfer, material consignment and passenger protection,
law-enforcement (Boarding Party), and Shore Patrol.
- PAGE 2-33 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2504 Shuttlecraft Details
A Shuttlecraft Detail is an assignment to embark on a long-range mission using one of

the ship’s service or shuttlecraft. Such missions are usually of extended duration and
far from the ship. Usually, the craft will travel in a direction that is not along the same
course as the host ship. Individuals embarked on a Shuttlecraft Detail will receive
additional Flight Pay.
2505 Landing Parties
A Landing Party is a team that is transported to a locality (either a planet or a vessel in

space) for the purpose of performing a general or specific survey, and to report on
security conditions at the locality. The individuals comprising the Landing Party team
will be selected based upon the purpose for the visit.
The following table lists the standard types of landing parties.
Landing Party Type Composition of Team Purpose / Function

Survey and Exploration 1 Lead Science Officer, To survey and classify a planet; to
1-2 Science officers, make initial or preliminary scientific
2 Science Technicians, investigations of the planet; to
1 Technical Specialist report and make recommendations
on the conditions of the planet or
the inhabitants and life-forms
thereon.
Search and Rescue 1 Lead Security officer, To locate and retrieve missing
2 or more Security persons off the ship. The search
persons, may be on a planet or station, or
1 Medical officer aboard another vessel.
Medical Assistance 1 Lead Medical officer, To perform medical aid to persons
1-2 Medical officers, off the ship. Medical assistance
3-4 Medical Technicians, may be given to crewmembers
Optional Security force that are off the ship or to other
persons in distress.
Security and Up to 8 Security To perform cargo and document
Law-enforcement personnel with Lead inspections aboard civilian vessels
(Boarding Party) Security officer and to execute law-enforcement
functions. Military operations are
also included in this classification.
Diplomatic Commanding Officer or To make an official visit to a
his designee, Federation ambassador, or to
Fleet Representative if partake in peace negotiations or
available; other diplomatic mission.
Optional Security team
Official Call Commanding Officer, To make an official visit to the Area
Executive Officer Commander as may be required by
Star Fleet Regulations.
- PAGE 2-34 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2506 General Landing Party Regulations
When a Landing Party is deployed the team must adhere to certain rules designed for
their safety. The following rules apply to all types of Landing Parties at all times:
1. A Team Leader shall be appointed for all Landing Parties of two or more persons.
The Team Leader shall be responsible for communicating with the ship the status
of the Landing Party. The Team Leader must confirm that all members of the
Landing Party have safely transported and that the local condition is acceptable.
2. Landing Parties transporting to unknown planets where it is deemed to be safe
shall communicate with the ship every hour. Landing Parties where the mission
may involve or is likely to involve a known or unknown danger must communicate
with the ship every half-hour. It shall be the responsibility of the Team Leader to
make the security report to the ship.
3. Landing Parties on known non-Federation territories shall report the status of the
Landing Party every four hours. It shall be the responsibility of the Team Leader to
make the status report to the ship. There is no need to make status reports while
the Landing Party is on Star Fleet property or on any Federation planet.
4. At the first sign of trouble the Team Leader, or the person in charge, shall press the
Emergency Recall Button on his or her communicator to signal an immediate
return to the ship.
5. Should the members of the Landing Party need to separate, the Team Leader shall
designate a time and place to reassemble. While the team is separated, members
of the subgroups shall report to the Team Leader every half-hour or unless there is
trouble.
6. All members of a Landing Party shall adhere to the tenets of General Order One
(the Prime Directive) at all times when beaming to an inhabited planet.
7. Landing Parties whose mission it is to beam aboard another vessel, not of the Star
Fleet or of a Local Force, shall be accompanied by a security detail of no less than
two persons.
8. On planets where it is suspected that unknown organisms may be present, all
personnel in the Landing Party shall don environmental suits (item 3741.)
9. On planets where the environmental conditions may be unsafe, for example severe
weather, sand storms, etc., all personnel in the Landing Party shall wear the low-
pressure suit (item 3742.)
10. Personnel returning from a Landing Party mission where an environmental suit
was required shall undergo decontamination on the Transporter platform before
exiting the platform, and the environmental suit shall be de-materialized and
converted back to base material by a Fabrication unit.
11. On newly discovered or unknown planets members of the Landing Party shall not
eat any indigenous fruit or plant without having it tested and certified as being safe
to eat.
12. On newly discovered or unknown planets members of the Landing Party shall not
drink of the waters without having it tested and certified as being safe to drink.
13. On planets where the radiation levels are above normal the Team Leader shall
calculate the stay time so as not to reach 50 percent of an individual’s dose limit.
The Team Leader shall communicate the calculated stay time to the ship and shall
end the mission before the stay time has been reached.
14. Neither the Commanding Officer nor the Executive Officer shall be a member of the
same Landing Party together.
- PAGE 2-35 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
2507 Off-Ship Damage Control Parties
A Rescue and Assistance Team is a specific form of Landing Party for the purpose of
repair and damage control of another vessel. The team shall be composed of members
of the Damage Control Division, along with any other specialist from the Engineering
Department as needed.
2508 Emergency Medical Teams
Should a significant medical emergency occur away from the ship, an Emergency
Medical Team, or MEDTEAM, may be organized as directed by the Commanding
Officer. The MEDTEAM shall include all the off-duty doctors and medical technicians
needed to handle the emergency as specified by the Chief Medical Officer. The primary
officer in charge of the Emergency Medical Team will be the Duty Medical Officer.
When a medical emergency is announced, the assigned medical personnel will muster
in Sickbay for their assignments. The primary examination area in Sickbay will become
the triage center and the Duty Medical Officer will assign doctors and medical
technicians to teams to perform local emergency treatments and to transport the sick
and injured back to Sickbay or the triage center.
2509 Special Details
Details not listed in this section may be formed as directed by the Commanding Officer.
The Executive Officer shall be responsible for assigning personnel to special details,
and shall be selected based upon their standing in the ship’s Duty Roster.
2510 Extra-vehicular Activity
Extra-vehicular Activity or EVA is the term used to describe the work that is performed
outside the hull of the ship while it is underway. Usually, such work will utilize a small
travel pod that will be electrostatically attached to the outside hull, but may also
involve individuals free-floating in space as well. As such, the following are the rules
regarding EVAs:
1. Only the Commanding Officer may order an Extra-vehicular Activity. When an EVA
is required, the Officer of the Conn shall request permission from the Commanding
Officer to execute the EVA.
2. All personnel assigned to an EVA shall wear a pressurized space suit (3743). A
low-pressure suit (item 3742) is not acceptable for work outside the hull.
3. All personnel assigned to an EVA shall wear the utility pack (3778X) regardless
whether they will be free-floating in space or working from within a pod. Jet packs
and lifelines shall be required for all free-floating EVAs.
4. The stay time for an EVA shall not exceed 75% of limits. That is, the stay time shall
be based upon the oxygen consumption rate that will reduce stored oxygen levels
to no less than 25% and that the stay time shall also be based upon a maximum
allowed dosage not to exceed 75% of allowed accumulated radiation exposure.
5. Personnel on EVA shall be continuously monitored at all times.
6. Personnel on EVA shall be in constant communication with the Bridge at all times.
7. The Commanding Officer may waive the above requirements if the situation is of
such a critical nature that the safety of the ship may be involved.
- PAGE 2-36 OF 36 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS
3100 Introduction
Chapter 3 presents the guidelines and regulations applicable to the ship’s company,
which comprises the entire complement of the U. S. S. Enterprise.
3101 Uniforms and Civilian Clothing
The following is the policy regarding uniforms, the Uniform of the Day and civilian
clothing:
1. The basic Uniform of the Day shall be the Standard Working Uniform. All personnel
shall wear the Standard Working Uniform at all times unless notified otherwise.
2. Where work is to be performed that could soil or damage the Standard Working
Uniform, personnel may wear work coveralls (Item 3441). However, work coveralls
shall only be worn while the individual is performing his or her duty. Personnel
shall not wear work coveralls after duty hours, during special events or for general
muster.
3. All male personnel aboard ship shall maintain the following uniform components:
Uniform Component Item No. Quantity
Standard Working Tunic1 3413 3
Standard Working Trouser 3421 2
Black Undershirt 3005 3
Black Star Fleet Issue Sox 3051 3 pairs
Black Work Boots 3063 1 pair
4. All female personnel aboard ship shall maintain the following uniform components:
Uniform Component Item No. Quantity
Standard Working Tunic1,2 3414 3
Standard Working Trouser2 3421 2
Black Undershirt2 3005 3
2
Black Star Fleet Issue Sox 3051 3 pairs
Black Work Boots 3064 1 pair
Work Dress Type I 3431 3
Work Dress Pant 3422 3
Pantyhose 3054 4
5. All female medical personnel shall generally wear the SWFM0M uniform while on
duty, but may also wear medical coveralls (Item 3442) during medical procedures.
1. The Type I work tunic is no longer acceptable as part of the uniform. Only the Type II is acceptable.
2. Optional. Females must choose to wear either the Female Long (SWFGOx) or the Female Short (SWFxOy)
uniform, subject to the requirements of the job and department policy.
- PAGE 3-1 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Continued from Previous Page

6. All medical personnel aboard ship shall wear the working uniform as prescribed by
the Chief Medical Officer.
7. All medical patients shall wear only the clothing authorized by the Chief Medical
Officer during convalescence or during a protracted stay in Sickbay.
8. All personnel shall maintain one (1) Service Dress Jacket (Item 337x for males and
338x for females) for use during special occasions. The jacket shall contain the
appropriate decorations as specified in Chapter 5 of the Star Fleet Uniform
Standard (BUPERSMAN-332.)
9. Formal Dress Blue and Ceremonial Dress White uniforms are not required to be
maintained. If required, they may be obtained using the ship’s Material Fabricator.
10. Uniforms shall be replaced daily as specified in Section 3.3 of the Star Fleet
Uniform Standard. Soiled or torn uniforms shall be disposed of and replaced with a
new one from the ship’s Material Fabricator.
11. All personnel may fabricate civilian clothing as needed for off-duty recreation or
shore leave. However, due to space limitations, permanent civilian clothing shall
not be maintained.
12. All personnel may maintain other Star Fleet uniform components such as Judo
tunics (Item 3811), tights (Item 3851/3852) and leotards (Item 3801) as long as
space is available for the required uniform components.
13. All personnel may store and wear appropriate undergarments as suits the wearer,
except for undershirts. The standard issue black crewneck T-shirt (Item 3005) is
the only undershirt allowed to be worn with the Standard Working Uniform,
3102 Personal Appearance
All personnel onboard the Enterprise shall show a neat, clean and professional
appearance at all times in accordance with the guidelines and regulations set forth in
the Star Fleet Uniform Standard (BUPERSMAN-332.)
3103 Personal Relationships Onboard Ship
In general, men and women are free to develop relationships aboard ship, so long as it
does not interfere with their duties. As such, contraception is available for both males
and females. Each crewmember may request a monthly injection of contraceptive
drugs from the Chief Medical Officer.
3104 Pregnancies and Children Onboard Ship
The U. S. S. Enterprise is a Starship of the Line and as such, has no facilities for the
care of children. Therefore, should a female crewmember become pregnant, it is
mandatory that she inform her immediate supervisor, who will bring this fact up
through the chain of command to the Commanding Officer. If the tactical situation
allows, the ship will proceed to the nearest Star Fleet station and the crewmember
granted special leave. In the case of a married woman with her husband onboard, the
husband may also be granted special leave. In such cases both the husband and wife
will be given a shore assignment.
- PAGE 3-2 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3105 Personal Belongings
Regarding the personal belongings of crewmembers:
1. Crewmembers are allowed to bring aboard personal belongings such as pictures,

artwork, vases, small sculptures, musical instruments, etc., so long as they have a
place to store or display such items.
2. Personnel assigned to bunks in bunkrooms shall limit their personal belongings to
those that will fit inside the well of their bunk.
3. Crewmembers may bring along other personal items such as towels, wash cloths,
robes, sheets, pillow cases and blankets for their personal comfort. Crewmembers
may also have such items fabricated by the ship’s Services Division.
4. Personal items shall be kept neat and out of the way. The placement of personal
items shall be such that their location will not interfere in the free flow of traffic,
nor block any door or accessway. Personal items shall also be made secure to
prevent them from becoming missiles.
3106 Toiletries
Crewmembers are allowed to bring aboard other personal items such as shampoos,
soaps, deodorants, perfumes, makeup and other toiletry products, subject to safety
restrictions. However, toiletries and other personal hygiene products may be obtained
at the ship’s stores. Crewmembers shall not be charged for essential toiletries such as
bathroom tissue, deodorants, soaps, shampoos and hair conditioners, or medically
required skin care or other personal hygiene products. However, crewmembers will
have to purchase non-essential items such as perfumes, makeup, skin care items, etc.
3107 Alcoholic Beverages
Crewmembers are not allow to bring aboard alcoholic beverages, nor shall any
crewmember store or consume alcoholic beverages in their quarters or at their duty
station as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 8810. Consumption of alcoholic beverages
shall only be done in approved recreation areas along with the following provisions:
1. Alcoholic beverages shall not leave recreation areas. All consumption of alcoholic
beverages shall be confined to the authorized recreation area.
2. Consumption of alcoholic beverages within authorized recreation areas may only
occur when the facility is open for this activity. Only personnel authorized by the
Executive Officer may serve alcoholic beverages in such recreation areas.
3. Consumption of alcoholic beverages within authorized recreation areas is only
allowed when off-duty. There shall be no consumption of alcoholic beverages
while on watch and watchstanders are not allowed to enter recreation areas to
consume alcoholic beverages.
4. There shall be no public display of consumption outside recreation areas. Alcoholic
beverages and drinking vessels shall be confined to the recreation area.
3108 Narcotic Substances
Crewmembers are not allow to bring aboard any narcotic substance as required under
Star Fleet Regulation 8811. Narcotic substances required for medical purposes shall be
registered with the ship’s Chief Medical Officer and must be stored and locked within
Sickbay to prevent theft or unauthorized use.
- PAGE 3-3 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
- PAGE 3-4 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 2 – PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY
3200 Introduction
Star Fleet Regulation 4310 requires the ship’s captain to account for all personnel
aboard ship, which includes civilian workers, visitors and dignitaries as well. As such,
each Department shall report the status and whereabouts of its personnel to the ship’s
Executive Officer no later than 0800 each day. This report shall constitute a part of the
Eight O’clock report that is submitted to the Commanding Officer by the Officer of the
Conn each day. The report shall state whether all persons are present and accounted
for, and to list all persons on the Binnacle List, in Sickbay or in the Brig.
3201 Daily Crew Accountment
The following is the policy regarding the daily accountment of the ship’s crew:
1. While in-port, each division shall perform a roll call each day to ensure all
personnel are present and accounted for. The roll call shall be completed by 0745
each day and the results submitted to the Command Duty Officer.
2. While underway, each on-coming watch shall report to the Senior Watch Officer
that their duty station is manned and ready upon relieving the watch. The Senior
Watch Officer shall report to the Officer of the Conn that all stations are manned
and ready.
3. While underway, all personnel working under a Normal Working Hours routine
shall muster at their station no later than 0745 each day. All duty stations working
under Normal Working Hours shall report to the Executive Officer by 0800 that all
personnel are present and accounted for.
4. The Duty Transporter Officer shall maintain an accounting of all personnel that
have beamed off or on the ship from all Transporter stations as follows:
a. The Duty Transporter Officer shall report the number of persons that have
transported off the ship to the Officer of the Conn while underway, or to the
Command Duty Officer when in-port, upon materialization at the destination.
b. The Duty Transporter Officer shall report the number of persons that have
transported aboard ship to the Officer of the Conn while underway, or to the
Command Duty Officer when in-port, upon materialization on the platform.
5. The Duty Flight Officer shall maintain an accounting of all persons embarked
aboard all craft that were launched from or retrieved by the ship. This includes all
craft not assigned to the U. S. S. Enterprise.
6. The Duty Medical Officer shall report to the Executive Officer while underway, or
the Command Duty Officer while in-port, personnel that are on the ship’s Binnacle
List by 0800 each day.
7. The Duty Security Officer shall report to the Executive Officer while underway, or
the Command Duty Officer while in-port, personnel that are confined to the ship’s
Brig by 0800 each day.
- PAGE 3-5 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3202 Reporting Aboard Ship
1. All personnel reporting aboard the U. S. S. Enterprise shall report wearing, as a

minimum, the Standard Working Uniform without braid. Personnel shall not report
aboard ship in civilian clothes.
2. All personnel reporting aboard the Enterprise shall present themselves in a neat,
clean appearance and in a professional manner.
3. Personnel reporting aboard ship shall report directly to the Executive Officer while
the ship is underway and to the Command Duty Officer when the ship is in-port.
4. Officers reporting aboard shall meet with the Commanding Officer as soon as he or
she is settled in his or her quarters.
5. Enlisted Technicians reporting aboard shall meet with the Commanding Officer
upon his request.
6. Within twenty-four (24) hours after reporting aboard ship, the new crewmember
shall report to Sickbay for a complete physical examination.
3203 General Crew Muster
From time to time the Commanding Officer may call for a full crew muster for the
purpose of inspection, instruction or command turnover. Aboard the U. S. S. Enterprise
all full crew musters shall take place on the ship’s Flight Deck. All personnel shall
attend, except those on watch at duty stations necessary for the safe operation of the
ship. The uniform to be worn for the full crew muster will be announced by the
Executive Officer and published in the ship’s Plan of the Day.
3204 Visitors and Guests
The Enterprise shall follow the guidelines set forth in Star Fleet Regulations regarding
visitors and guests. When visitors and passengers are onboard extra special security
arrangements must be made as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4420. As such:
1. The ship shall take measures and impose restrictions on all visitors in order to
safeguard any classified material that may be available. Classified material must
not be kept out in open view and therefore, shall be removed from sight and stored
in the Classified Records Locker (Compartment 4I-11) or stored in a secure location.
2. All displays and indicators that may reveal classified parameters must be covered
or shutdown prior to visitors coming aboard.
3. All visitors are restricted only to those areas specified in the Star Ship Command
Security Manual. That is, all visitors shall remain only in designated non-critical
areas of the ship and must be accompanied by ship’s personnel. Visitors
requesting access to restricted or controlled areas must seek permission from the
Commanding Officer and be escorted by ship’s Security personnel.
4. All reasonable care must be exercised to safeguard the persons and property of
visitors, as well as to take those necessary precautions to safeguard crewmembers
and their property while visitors are onboard.
5. Members of the crew may have civilian visitors aboard ship, usually after working
hours while in port. However, on weekends and holidays casual visitation shall
only occur between the hours of 1300 and 1600.
6. Prior to general visiting the Officer of the Deck shall pass the word to:
“RIG THE SHIP FOR GENERAL VISITING”
“ALL HANDS WILL SHIFT TO THE APPROPRIATE UNIFORM.”
- PAGE 3-6 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3205 Passengers
The U. S. S. Enterprise on patrol will seldom, if ever, receive and transport passengers.
However, if necessary, the ship may carry passengers. As such, the Enterprise has
special quarters reserved for guests and passengers located on Deck 3. See SORM
3308 regarding the quartering of passengers.
A. When passengers are aboard ship all crewmembers shall:
1. Not interfere with the normal and proper affairs of passengers while aboard
ship. All passengers aboard ship shall be treated with respect and their privacy
shall be maintained.
2. Not allow passengers access to the Engineering Hull of the ship, except by
permission from the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn. Access to
the Engineering Hull is only allowed when passengers will embark on craft
launched from the Flight Deck, or to access the Observation Deck. When
access is granted to the Engineering Hull single passengers must be
accompanied by a crewmember acting as escort. Groups of passengers require
only one escort.
3. Not allow passengers to enter sealed, restricted, secured or certain controlled
areas of the ship. However, passengers are allowed in Sickbay, certain science
laboratories by permission, recreation rooms and lounges, the Theatre, the
Gymnasium, and the Observation Deck, with permission.
4. Not allow passengers to enter the quarters of any crewmember without
express permission from the Commanding Officer. As such, passengers are
restricted from general access to Decks 4 and 5 where crew’s quarters are
located. However, passengers are allowed on Deck 5 for the purpose of going
to the gymnasium, theater and any of the recreational areas located on these
decks if escorted by a member of the crew.
5. Not form any personal relationship with passengers, unless a personal
relationship already exists between the crewmember and the passenger.
Where a personal relationship already exists, access to the passenger will be
restricted to public meetings with permission from the Executive Officer.
B. In general, all passengers are subject to the authority of the Commanding Officer
and must conform to the internal regulations and routine of the ship. In addition,
all passengers shall be accounted for at all times. Passengers shall not be allowed
to stray to unauthorized parts of the ship on their own.
C. With regard to civilian passengers that may be onboard, the Commanding Officer
cannot take any direct disciplinary action against them, but can only place
passengers under restraint or detention in the Brig until such time as they can be
delivered to the proper authorities as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4410.
D. Flag officers embarked as passengers aboard ships shall be considered as official

visitors. When flag officers are embarked, General Order Fifteen shall apply.
However, members of the staff attached to the flag officer that are aboard ship
shall be placed on duty as the Executive Officer deems fit for their rank and
training, in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 3910.
- PAGE 3-7 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3206 Troops
The possibility exists that Star Fleet Marine Corps troops may be carried and billeted
aboard ship. The following shall apply to troops travelling on or temporary assigned to
the U.S.S. Enterprise:
1. Troops shall be quartered in the Engineering Hull in one of the designated cargo
holds on Deck 21. Cargo holds shall be cleaned and inspected before temporary
quarters are erected.
2. The ship’s Material Fabrication section shall fabricate temporary bunks and stalls
for troops in the designated hold area.
3. The ship’s Supply Officer shall attend to all the logistical needs of the troops.
4. Troops shall be provided with dinning, recreation, training, sanitation, and exercise
facilities near or around their quarters. Troops shall also be provided with facilities
to stow their gear.
5. The commander of the troop detachment, and any aids he or she may bring along,
shall be quartered on Deck 3 in compartment 3L-136 and his staff quartered in
compartments 3J-133 to 3L-135.
6. Troops shall be assigned light duty as the Senior Watch Officer and the Executive
Officer of the Enterprise deems fit and proper. Most duties will be of a security
nature. Troops shall be posted as sentries in or at controlled areas, and shall form
roving security patrols. The Duty Security Officer shall make the assignments of
security details to attached troops, and shall inform the Troop Commander and the
Senior Watch Officer regarding the individual assignments of troop personnel.
7. Discipline of attached troops or troops embarked as passengers shall be handled
by the commander of the troop detachment.
8. Troops shall not be allowed to wander around the ship without an escort. Troop
personnel shall only venture into work areas on official business only, or where
they have been assigned duty.
9. Troops shall not enter crew’s quarters areas unless invited by a crewmember with
permission granted by the Executive Officer and escorted to the area by a member
of the crew.
10. Troops shall be trained in the ship’s general and emergency procedures. In general,
troops shall be made familiar with the processes and procedures that may affect
their health and safety.
- PAGE 3-8 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 3 – CREWS QUARTERS
3300 Introduction
Quarters for the crew are located on Decks 3, 4, 5 and 6. All senior officers shall be
quartered on Deck 3. All junior officers and senior enlisted personnel shall be quartered
on Deck 4. All other persons shall be quartered on Decks 5 and 6.
3301 General Requirements Regarding Living Quarters
1. All personnel aboard ship shall be issued standard Star Fleet bedding. As such, the
following shall be supplied to crewmembers by the Supply Officer:
Bed Item Quantity
Pillow 1
Pillow Case 2
Bed Sheet 2
Blanket 1
2. Crew personnel may bring their own personal bed items if desired, except for the
mattress. All personnel shall use the mattress provided for them and designed for
their bunk. Modifications can be made regarding the comfort level of the mattress
by having the Fabrication section provide one that fits the needs of the individual.
3. Crew personnel may bring aboard their own toiletry items such as: towels, wash
items, personal hygiene items and fragrances. However, personnel are restricted to
bringing aboard only solids and liquid items.
NO GASSES OR SPRAYS USING AEROSOL AGENTS OTHER THAN PURE AIR OR
NITROGEN SHALL BE ALLOWED ON BOARD IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE THE
RELEASE OF NON-CONDENSABLE, AND POSSIBLY TOXIC, GASSES WHICH CAN
CONTAMINATE THE SHIP’S ATMOSPHERE.
4. Personnel may decorate their living area with personal items such as pictures,
small statuettes, and other artwork if space allows. Persons in shared quarters
shall seek approval of their roommates prior to public display of personal items.
5. All bunk cubbies shall be considered as private quarters of the individuals assigned
to them. As such, individuals assigned to such bunks can decorate the inside of
the cubby as they wish, provided that they are in good taste.
6. Personnel in shared quarters or bunkrooms having an attached washroom shall
maintain the washroom neat and clean. There shall be no clutter of personal items
in washrooms and all such personal items shall be stored or put away in assigned
lockers or cabinets.
7. All cabinets and rotational closets shall be kept in the closed position at all times
when not in use and while the ship is underway. Cabinets and closets may be left
open only when the ship is docked, anchored and shutdown.
- PAGE 3-9 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3302 Senior Officer’s Quarters
Senior ship’s officers of grades O4 and above are to be quartered on Deck 3. Each
senior officer shall be quartered in a three-room, single occupancy stateroom
containing an office area, sleeping area and a private washroom.
Room Senior Officer

3A-121 Commanding Officer
3B-122 Executive Officer
3C-123 Operations Officer
3D-125 Chief Engineering Officer
3E-126 Chief Science Officer
3F-127 Chief Medical Officer
3303 Ship’s Command Yeoman
The Ship’s Command Yeoman shall be quartered in room 3C-46.
3304 Division Officer’s Quarters
Division Officers with the rank of Lieutenant and above shall be quartered on Deck 4.
Each Division Officer shall be quartered in a three-room, single occupancy stateroom
containing a sleeping area, a shared lounge and a private washroom.
3305 Junior Officer’s Quarters
Junior officers of grades O2 and below shall be quartered on Deck 4. Each officer shall
be quartered in a two-room, two person stateroom containing a shared sleeping area,
and a washroom shared by the adjoining stateroom unit. Shared quarters shall be
assigned by gender. Shared bedrooms shall not have mixed gender occupants, except
in the case of married couples.
3306 Chief Technician’s Quarters
Chief Technicians shall be quartered on Deck 4. Each Chief Technician of grades T7 to

T9 shall be quartered in a two-room, two person stateroom containing a shared
sleeping area, and a washroom shared by the adjoining stateroom unit.
3307 Senior Technician’s Quarters
Senior Technicians shall be quartered on Deck 5. Each Technician of grades T5 or T6

shall be quartered in a two and a half-room, two-person bunkroom containing a two-
person shared sleeping area and a washroom shared by the adjoining two-person
bunkroom. Bunkroom assignments shall be made with gender considerations in mind.
3308 Guest Quarters
Ship’s guests shall be quartered in rooms 3H-52 to 3K-56. Visiting Flag Officers shall
be quartered in room 3L-136 and his staff quartered in rooms 3J-133 to 3L-135.
3309 General Crew’s Quarters
All remaining ship’s company shall be quartered on Decks 5 and 6 in standard two-
room, eight-person bunkroom with an adjoining washroom shared by another joining
eight-person bunkroom.
- PAGE 3-10 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3310 General Rules Regarding Crews Quarters
The following rules and regulations regarding crews quarters shall apply:
1. Crew’s quarters shall be treated as restricted areas and as such, personnel should
never use the passageways that pass through crew’s quarters as thoroughfares or
shortcuts.
2. Crew’s quarters and the areas surrounding such quarters shall be kept clean and
free of debris and clutter at all times.
3. The Chief Medical Officer shall inspect crew’s quarters and bunks periodically for
cleanliness and sanitation.
4. Personnel should never enter the sections where senior officers have their
staterooms unless for official business.
5. Personnel having business with anyone in their respective quarters shall knock or
ring the access chime before entry. Personnel should never trespass into the
private quarters of others.
6. Silence about the decks shall be observed around crew’s quarters at all times.
While in crew’s quarters, minimize any talking or loud noises.
7. While in-port, visitors shall not enter crew’s quarters without permission from the
Command Duty Officer and without an approved escort.
8. Personnel sharing bunk rooms shall show courtesy to one another regarding the
general environmental parameters of the space.
9. Personnel sharing bunk rooms shall show courtesy to one another regarding
personnel belongings. No one shall open or enter the cabinets or drawers of
another crewmember’s belongings without their consent. No person shall touch or
use the personal items of another without their consent.
10. No person shall enter or sleep in the bunk cubby of another without permission of
the person assigned to the bunk or from the Executive Officer.
11. If a bunk needs to be shared, the person sharing the bunk shall show due
deference for the personal items displayed in the cubby. The individual sharing the
bunk shall ensure the cleanliness and sanitation of the cubby and bedding as a
courtesy to the individual assigned to the bunk.
12. Lighting around crews quarters shall be dimmed at 1800 and relit at 0800 the next
day in-port or underway, except during General Quarters.
13. All lights shall be turned on during the initial stages of an alert condition. Lights
may be reduced during the alert condition if the Commanding Officer so orders it.
14. Food shall not be brought into or eaten within sleeping areas. All meals shall be
eaten in dinning or recreation rooms.
15. Senior officers eating meals within their staterooms shall do so in their office area,
not within the sleeping area.
16. There shall be no intoxicating beverages used or stored within crew’s quarters,
except as allowed by the Commanding Officer or by regulation. Consumption of
alcoholic beverages shall only be done in approved recreation areas.
17. Pets shall not be maintained on board ship without the permission of the
Commanding Officer. The Commanding Officer shall establish rules regarding pets.
- PAGE 3-11 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3311 Offices of Senior Officers
All senior officers and Department Heads enjoy quarters with an attached office space
for the purpose of conducting private and departmental business. Any discipline of
departmental personnel should be conducted in private within the office.
- PAGE 3-12 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 4 – SHIP DUTY ASSIGNMENTS
3400 Introduction
Under Star Fleet Regulations, every person aboard the U. S. S. Enterprise will be
assigned duties that must be performed for the safe and efficient operation of the ship,
and for the support of its mission.
3401 Watch, Quarter and Station Bill
The Watch, Quarter and Station Bill (WQSB) is a listing of the assignments of crewmen
to duties and stations. It includes where crewmembers are quartered, their primary
duty station, their watch qualifications, and their emergency station. The WQSB is
basically a database table containing this information. Every person onboard ship will
be assigned specific duty areas and placed on the WQSB. The WQSB shall be
maintained by the Executive Officer, along with the Records Officer.
3402 Ship’s Plan of the Day
The ship’s Plan of the Day, or POD, is an agenda of all the activities and operational
evolutions scheduled for the day. The ship’s POD will be published daily at 0600. The
responsibility for the POD shall rest with the Operations Officer through the ship’s
Personnel Officer. The Executive Officer shall review and approve the POD no later than
0530 each day.
All Department Heads will submit any evolution or activity planned for the following
day to the Personnel Officer no later than 0300 on the day of the evolution or activity
so that it can be included in the POD. This includes all scheduled and ad hoc medical,
sanitation and safety inspections that will be executed by the Medical Department. The
Personnel Officer shall consolidate and organize the events in the form specified by
FLTOPSMAN 425 and reviewed by the Operations Officer in accordance with
FLTOPSINST 7726B.
The POD shall be broadcasted on all personal viewers by 0600 and shall remain active
until 0530 the following day. It is required that all personnel consult the POD each and
every day.
3403 Uniform of the Day
The Uniform of the Day during Normal Working Hours shall be the Standard Working
Uniform as published in the POD unless otherwise directed. Any scheduled function
that will require a change to the Standard Working Uniform will be published in the
POD.
3404 Ship’s Duty Roster
The Executive Officer, through the Senior Watch Officer, shall maintain the ship’s Duty
Roster. The Duty Roster shall be updated each time a crewmember has been selected
from the roster for a special detail. The selected crewmember will then be placed at the
bottom of the Duty Roster after completion of the assignment. Only personnel qualified
to perform the functions of a detail shall be placed on the Duty Roster.
- PAGE 3-13 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3405 Special Details
Aside from the standard duties and watches performed onboard ship, there may be
special tasks or assignments that may arise during the course of a patrol. The
following lists the standard details a crewmember may be assigned:
Special Detail Team Lead Composition Equipment
I. Landing Party:
a. Science Landing Party: Duty Science  Science Technicians  Communicator
Officer  Security Guard  Science Tricorder
 Hand Phaser I
b. Planetary Survey Party: Chief Geologist  Geologists  Communicator
 Geological Techs  Science Tricorder
 Biologists  Hand Phaser I
 Biological Techs
c. Medical Landing Party: Duty Medical  Medical Officers  Communicator
Officer  Emergency Medical  Medical Kit
Technicians  Medical Tricorder
 Security Guard
d. Diplomatic Party: Commanding  Fleet Representative  Communicator
Officer  Security Guards  Standard Tricorder
 Yeoman  Hand Phaser I
e. Contact Team: Commanding  Chief Culturalist  Communicator
Officer  Security Personnel  Hand Phaser I
f. Search & Rescue Team: Duty Security  Duty Medical Officer  Communicator
Officer  Emergency Medical  Medical Kit
Technicians  Medical Tricorder
 Security Personnel  Hand Phaser II
g. Inspection Team: Duty Security  Operations Personnel  Communicator
Officer  Security Personnel  Standard Tricorder
 Hand Phaser II
h. Shore Patrol Duty Security  Security Personnel  Communicator
Officer  Hand Phaser II
II. Shuttlecraft Detail: Craft MISSION
AS REQUIRED
Commander DEPENDENT
III. Repair & Damage Control Party: Duty Repair  Repair Technicians  Communicator
Officer  Hull Technicians  Repair Tool Kit
IV. Casualty Assistance Team: Duty Engineer  Engineering Techs  Standard Tricorder
 Emergency Medical  Medical Kit
Team
3406 Assignment to Details
Assignment to special details shall be made in accordance to the individual’s position

in the ship’s Duty Roster. The Senior Watch Officer:
1. Shall select only those persons on top of the Duty Roster.

2. Shall select only those persons qualified to perform the detail.
3. Shall not make assignments based upon favoritism or personal feelings about the
selectee.
4. A person at the top of the Duty Roster who is currently on sick leave in Sickbay
shall be placed at the top of the Duty Roster when he returns from sick leave.
5. A person on disciplinary duty shall remain at the top of the Duty Roster until the
Commanding Officer or the Executive Officer removes him from disciplinary action.
- PAGE 3-14 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 5 – OFF-DUTY ACTIVITIES
3500 Introduction
All ship’s personnel may engage in appropriate recreational activities when they are
not on watch or off duty as provided in Star Fleet Regulation 4610.
3501 Recreational and Non-Work Spaces
Recreational areas are distributed throughout the ship. The following lists the locations
of recreational areas aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise and their hours of operation:
Recreational Facility Deck Hours

Arboretum 18 0000-2400
Chapel 5 0000-2400
Enlisted Lounge 5 1800-2400
Formal Dining Room 3 As Needed
Galley 5 0400-2000
Grooming Salon 1 4 0600-1200
Grooming Salon 2 5 1200-1800
Gymnasium (Primary) 5 0000-2400
Gymnasium (Secondary) 20 0000-2400
Officer’s Lounge 1 1 1600-2400
Officer’s Lounge 2 4 1600-2400
Quarterdeck 5 As Needed
Recreation Room 1 5 0000-2400
Ship’s Library 5 0000-2400
Ship’s Store 1 4 1600-2400
Ship’s Store 2 5 0000-0800
Theater3 5 As Needed
The ship’s Plan of the Day is published daily and will contain the hours of operation of
all recreational and non-work spaces aboard ship.
3. The ships Theater may only be used when a show will be put on. However, it may also be used for lectures or
for training as well.
- PAGE 3-15 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3502 General Regulations Regarding Off-Duty Recreation
The Commanding Officer shall establish the rules and regulations regarding the use of
the recreational facilities aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise. The Commanding Officer shall
designate the Executive Officer as the officer in charge of ship’s leisure activities in
accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 8430. Therefore, regarding the rules concerning
off-duty recreation:
1. All recreational facilities aboard ship shall be rank and gender neutral and as such,
all personnel may partake in the activities therein in an informal and casual setting.
However, military courtesy and decorum shall be maintained within recreational
facilities at all times. The only exceptions to this rule are the recreational facilities
located on Deck 3, which are designated for senior officers and guests.
2. Civilians and other passengers that may be aboard the ship are required to seek
permission from the crewmembers to partake in any activity within a recreational
facility.
3. Personnel in recreational areas shall be aware of others using the facility and as
such, shall demonstrate courtesy and due deference to all persons within or using
the facility.
4. Where a decision is needed to select a specific activity to be engaged by all
persons within the recreational facility, only a simple majority of all crewmembers
within the facility will be required to select the activity.
5. Theatrical performances shall be shown in the ship’s theatre during weekends and
holidays only.
6. During General Quarters all recreational areas shall be secured from recreational
activities. However, recreation rooms shall remain powered up for off-duty rest and
for meals.
7. Recreation rooms may be used as classrooms for formal training. Instructors
holding classes must seek permission from the Executive Officer regarding the use
and scheduling of recreation rooms for classroom training.
8. Recreation rooms may also serve as temporary medical areas in order to service a
heavy volume of casualties when Sickbay cannot handle the volume of the sick and
injured.
3503 Recreational Equipment
1. All recreational areas will be supplied with appropriate number and type of games,
media recordings, and other recreational equipment. It shall be the responsibility of
the ship’s Supply Officer, through the Executive Officer, to keep recreational areas
supplied with recreational equipment.
2. Personnel using recreational equipment shall maintain the equipment in good order
and shall not abuse or misuse recreational equipment. If recreational equipment
becomes worn or broken, the user(s) shall report the condition to the Supply
Officer so that replacement equipment can be issued.
3. Personnel may not remove recreational equipment from recreation areas without
permission from the Executive Officer. If permission is granted the user must sign-
out the equipment with the Supply Officer and return the equipment, in good
working order, back to the facility from which it came. The user shall also check
the equipment that was checked-out back in with to the Supply Officer.
- PAGE 3-16 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3504 Meals
There is no specific designated time when meals may be eaten. All personnel may eat
whenever they wish, within the guidelines set forth in this directive. The rules relating
to meals are as follows:
1. Meals shall be eaten only in designated Recreation rooms or spaces containing a
Food Synthesizer (DC) unit. Only senior officers quartered in single staterooms may
eat their meals within their quarters.
2. The Commanding Officer is the only person aboard ship who may have meals
brought to his stateroom. The ship’s Command Yeoman shall bring meals to the
captain and shall remove such after the meal, if the captain so desires.
3. There shall be no eating while on duty and during General Quarters, except as
authorized by the Commanding Officer
4. Should meals be allowed while on duty, personnel shall not eat or drink while
operating equipment or while stationed at a control panel. Food and drinks shall
never be placed on or eaten from control panels.
5. There shall be no eating on the Bridge. However, beverages may be consumed on
the Bridge by permission from the Officer of the Conn or the Commanding Officer.
6. Alcoholic beverages may only be served and consumed in designated lounges.
Only senior officers may consume alcoholic beverages within their private quarters.
7. All DC units shall be kept clean and free of dirt and spillage. Any spilt food or drink
shall be cleaned up immediately.
8. All trays, cups and eating utensils shall be returned to DC units for disposal after
the meal has been concluded. There shall be no trays, cups or eating utensils left
remaining anywhere aboard ship.
9. The Chief Medical Officer shall inspect all food preparation and eating areas on a
regular basis. All DC units shall be internally inspected for cleanliness and
sanitation.
3505 Exercising
Crewmembers are encouraged to engage in physical activity. Crewmembers shall only

engage in exercising and other physical activities in the ship’s Gymnasium or within
their quarters, for those senior officers with single staterooms. Isometric exercises can
be performed while on duty as circumstances permit.
3506 Shows and Entertainment
During the course of a patrol, the crew may be enjoy shows and televised programs as
they become available. The following guidelines shall apply:
1. Televised or recorded programs may be aired on the viewing screens in all
recreation rooms and shall be transmitted to all personal viewing stations as well.
2. The ship’s Theater may be used by the crew to present plays and shows for the
entertainment of the crew. Where possible, the Commanding Officer shall allow
plays and shows to be performed in the theater by civilian thespian troupes.
3. All shows and entertainment activities shall immediately be secured when General
Quarters is sounded.
- PAGE 3-17 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3507 Religious Services
Religious services shall be held in the ship’s Chapel on designated days and times.
Religious Event Day Times
Christian Mass Sunday 0830-1200
Hebrew Service Saturday 0830-1200
Muslim Prayer Friday 1830-2000
All Marriages Saturday 1400-1600
The following rules shall apply to religious services and the Chapel:
1. The Chapel shall remain open to everyone at all times.
2. During religious services silence shall be maintained about the decks in the vicinity
of the Chapel. There shall be no interference with religious services while they are
being held in the Chapel, except when the ship is under General Quarters or in an
emergency condition. In addition, no eating or drinking in the Chapel at any time.
3. Only designated clergy or authorized lay persons may perform a religious service.
However, the Commanding Officer may perform marriages aboard ship. Catholic
confessions may only be performed by ordained clergy in accordance with the Star
Fleet Bureau of Chaplains Manual (BUCHAPMAN).
4. Only marriage ceremonies conducted in the Chapel may be televised for general
crew viewing and only with the consent of the Commanding Officer and the bride
and groom.
3508 Shore Leave and Liberty
1. Shore Leave and Liberty shall be regulated by the Executive Officer as authorized
by the Commanding Officer. While the ship is inport, the Commanding Officer may
grant Shore Leave to the crew provided that a duty section remains on board to
maintain the ship.
2. A Shore Patrol detail shall be organized should the number of persons granted
Shore Leave or Liberty exceed one (1) full duty section.
3. Shore Leave and Liberty shall not be granted while the ship is in an alert condition.
Should the ship go on alert while a portion of the crew is on Shore Leave, the
entire crew shall be recalled back to the ship.
4. Should the crew on Shore Leave be recalled to duty aboard ship, all personnel on
shore shall immediately return to the ship.
3509 Leave
1. Leave shall be granted where possible and when the ship is temporarily docked or
visiting a Federation port. Due consideration will be given based upon the current
tactical situation.
2. The scheduling and request for Leave shall be performed through the Executive
Officer.
3. Emergency Leave shall be granted to individual’s that must take time off for such
things as family emergencies, death in the family, etc. However, the maximum
amount of such Leave an individual can take shall be no more than sixty (60) days.
- PAGE 3-18 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 6 – TRAINING AND EDUCATION
3600 Introduction
Most watch stations and job billets aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise require training and
certification before an individual can stand a watch by themselves. In addition, all
ship’s personnel are required to maintain their watch qualifications and certifications
through training exercises. Therefore, the Commanding Officer will supply training to
members of the crew. Some training onboard the Enterprise will require a formal
classroom-like setting such as for highly technical or theoretical topics, while others
may only require self-study.
In general, the Enterprise does not contain permanent classrooms, but must rely on
other areas of the ship for classroom training. Therefore, classes will be held in
designated recreation areas, or for larger classes and lectures, may be held in the
ship’s theatre.
3601 Ship’s Training Officer
1. Basic Function – The function of the ship’s Training Officer is to provide and
maintain the facilities, materials and instructors for training onboard and off the
ship.
2. Duties and Responsibilities – The duties and responsibilities of the ship’s Training
Officer are those established by the Commanding Officer. The Training Officer shall
perform those administrative functions which relate to the training and education
of the crew as follows:
a. Provide the necessary training and instruction to all members of the crew;
maintain a list of all training courses offered at shore facilities within the ship’s
patrol zone; maintain the list of all training courses available on-line.
b. Provide and manage the instructors needed for training and coaching; maintain
a list of certified instructors.
c. Provide the appropriate training materials and training aids; maintain a list of
all onboard training manuals and books; purchase or allocate training materials
and aids as needed.
d. Provide adequate facilities to accomplish training; schedule training sessions
and reserve the facilities needed for training.
e. Coordinate with Department Heads regarding departmental training and have
them submit lesson plans and training results.
f. Maintain the training records of the crew; keep the Personnel Officer informed
regarding access and changes to training records.
3. Assignment of Training Officer - The Executive Officer shall designate an officer to

serve as the ship’s Training Officer. The Training Officer shall keep the Executive
Officer informed of all changes to the ship’s training program, the scheduling of
sessions and facilities, and the grades and scores of individual crewmembers.
- PAGE 3-19 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3602 Ship’s Training Facilities
Training facilities aboard ship are extremely limited and as such, formal classroom
training will usually be performed in any one of the several recreation rooms aboard
ship. However, the use of any recreation room for classroom training must first be
scheduled with the Training Officer at least 24 hours in advance and with the approval
of the Executive Officer. The Executive Officer, in most cases, will determine and set
aside certain recreation rooms where formal classroom training may be performed.
In addition to formal classes, self-study may be performed in most areas aboard ship,
including crew’s quarters, the Ship’s Library and in any one of the recreation rooms
throughout the ship. However, self-study of material that is not associated with the job
function of the crewmember may not be performed while the crewmember is on
watch.
3603 Computer-Based Training
Training may also come in the form of informal computer-based training. The ship’s
Library-Computer contains many self-study courses available to crewmembers.
Computer-based training may be in the form of static texts and diagrams, dynamic
audio-visual presentations or interactive simulations. Many of the courses contain
examinations to be taken at the end of the course, and most courses will ascribe the
student with credits towards a specific certification or degree.
In addition, all computers aboard the Enterprise are equipped with various simulation
programs that can be used for training. Specifically, engineering personnel can utilize
special simulator software that can imitate main or impulse engine operation. In
addition, some of the control panels have a test feature whereby the panel can be
placed in a test or simulation mode and will allow operational simulations to be
performed without affecting the ship or system operation.
3604 Shore-Based Training
For more extensive training crewmembers can request specialized training at any one
of the Star Fleet’s technical schools located throughout the Federation. However,
consideration must be given to schools located within or near the ship’s operating
area. Crewmembers that wish to attend a shore-based training facility must submit a
request to their Division Officer, who will forward the request up the chain to the
Executive Officer for approval. See SORM 3806 regarding requests for shore-based
training.
- PAGE 3-20 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 7 – SPECIAL SHIP FUNCTIONS
3700 Special Events
Special events are occasions when the entire crew or a portion of the crew will engage
in a leisure affair. Such special events include all Federation celebrations, approved
holiday festivities, socials, dances and parties. All special events shall be approved by
the Executive Officer in advance, scheduled and published in the ship’s Plan of the
Day. Standard holidays that will be observed, provided the current tactical situation
allows it, are:
Holiday Earth Calendar Day

New Year’s Day January 1
Federation Day September 22
Thanksgiving Last Thursday and
Friday in November
Winter Holidays December 17-254
New Year’s Eve December 31
3701 Ship’s Parties

From time to time and for special occasions, the Commanding Officer shall allow social
gatherings to take place for the benefit of the crew. As such, one or more of the ship’s
recreation rooms and the galley may be reserved for such soirées. Permission to hold
special events must go through the Executive Officer for approval.
3702 Dignitaries Onboard
A. Special events and social gatherings involving visiting dignitaries shall take place in
the ship’s Formal Dining Room on Deck 3, Compartment 3I-131. Only senior
officers with the rank of Lieutenant Commander and above may attend social
gatherings with dignitaries.
B. The uniform for all social gatherings with dignitaries while the ship is underway
and on patrol shall be the Service Dress uniform, unless otherwise specified. The
uniform for social gatherings while the ship is in port shall be as designated by the
base or station commander.
C. Social gatherings aboard ship with dignitaries shall be managed by the Executive
Officer and organized by the Command Yeoman.
D. Social gatherings with dignitaries will be serviced by personnel from the Yeoman
Section. Yeomen selected shall prepare the Formal Dining Room and shall serve
attendees with the meal and drinks.
4. Christmas is celebrated on Earth on December 25. However, there are other holidays within this time frame
when special events may also take place. The Commanding Officer will designate such days as appropriate.
- PAGE 3-21 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3703 Marriage aboard Ship
Star Fleet Regulation 4440 allows for marriages to be performed aboard ship.
Marriages may be performed between male and female crewmembers or between
male and female passengers. Regarding marriages, the following applies:
1. Marriages may only be performed within Federation territory.
2. Marriages shall only be performed within the ship’s Chapel.
3. Only the Commanding Officer, a Star Fleet Magistrate, an ordained Star Fleet
Chaplin or an ordained civilian clergy may officiate a marriage ceremony aboard a
Star Fleet ship.
3704 Command Investigations
Aside from the standard duties and watches performed onboard ship, there may be
special tasks or assignments that may arise during the course of a patrol. One of these
is a Command Investigation. A Command Investigation is where the Commanding
Officer initiates an investigation into an issue, problem or dispute that occurred aboard
the ship. The Commanding Officer may assign the Executive Officer or any other officer
to serve as the head of an investigation team tasked with investigating the issue. The
team will investigate and report to the Commanding Officer the findings of their
investigation. The Commanding Officer may then convene a hearing or Board of Inquiry
into the matter for disposition.
1. Only the Commanding Officer may instigate a command investigation.
2. Command investigations and hearings shall be convened in the Command Briefing
Room (Compartment 3K-135).
3705 Captain’s Mast
In accordance with the Star Fleet Manual for Courts-Martial the Commanding Officer
may, in addition to or in lieu of admonition or reprimand, impose non-judicial
disciplinary punishments for minor offenses without the intervention of a court-martial
in the form of a Captain’s Mast. Captain’s Mast only shall be exercised within the
Commanding Officer’s personal office.
3706 Court-Martial aboard Ship
Court-martials aboard ship shall only be performed in accordance with the Star Fleet
Manual for Courts-Martial. The following rules apply to court-martial aboard ship:
1. A court-martial shall only be performed aboard ship if all the requirements for the
convening of a court-martial have been met. Otherwise, the ship shall proceed to
the nearest Starbase for execution of a court-martial.
2. Court-martials shall only be performed in the Command Briefing Room. There shall
be no spectators allowed during a court-martial.
3. The uniform for courts-martial shall, at a minimum, be the Service Dress uniform.
All persons in attendance shall wear the Service Dress uniform, including
witnesses.
- PAGE 3-22 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3707 Civilian Hearings
Civilian personnel found under incriminating circumstances, whether aboard ship or

out in deep space, shall be subject to a formal hearing as specified in Star Fleet
Regulation 4330. As such, the Commanding Officer shall convene a hearing to
investigate the nature of the offense or circumstance. During such time, the civilian
person or persons shall be detained as the Commanding Officer sees fit. Should such a
hearing conclude that a law had been violated, the Commanding Officer shall hand the
individual or individuals over to the proper Star Fleet authority at his earliest
convenience. Otherwise, the individual must immediately be released.
However, if the individual or individuals are proven to have committed a crime and the
current tactical situation does not permit the turnover of the individual to the proper
authorities, the Commanding Officer may exercise judicial authority. At such times, the
Commanding Officer will convene a court consisting of the ship’s senior officers and a
member of the crew acting as counselor for the defendant. When such a court is
convened the Commanding Officer, and all the officers involved in the proceedings,
shall consult the Star Fleet Judicial Manual for guidance and procedure relating to the
nature of the crime and the punishment proscribed by law.
3708 Incarceration and Detention
Individuals incarcerated and detained shall be afforded certain rights. The following are
the regulations regarding personnel in confinement:
1. Individuals suspected of a crime or that have not yet been charged with a crime
shall be detained in their quarters under guard.
2. Individuals who have been convicted of a crime or who are fugitives from justice
shall be detained in the ship’s Brig under guard.
3. Individuals shall be confined in individual cells. Individuals shall not be confined
along with others in the same Brig cell.
4. If there are not enough Brig cells to handle the number of prisoners, the ship’s
Material Fabrication section shall fabricate additional cell partitions in the cargo
holds on Deck 21.
5. While incarcerated, detainees shall not be subject to cruel or unusual treatment as
specified in Star Fleet Regulation 8890. The civil rights of all detainees shall not be
violated.
6. In case of fire or other sudden danger which may imperil their lives, detainees
shall, subject to special orders as the Commanding Officer may have issued, be
removed to a place of safety or, when appropriate, released within the limits of the
command, but monitored under guard.
7. While incarcerated, detainees shall not be placed in restraints, subject to the limits
prescribed in Star Fleet Regulation 8880.
8. Detainees in Sickbay may be restrained as necessary using restraining belts only,
as allowed under Star Fleet Regulation 8880. The function of such restraint is to
prevent escape and danger to the ship or crew.
9. Persons in confinement shall be visited as necessary, but at least once every four
hours to ascertain their condition, and to care, as may be appropriate, for their
needs.
10. Individuals that are intoxicated or under the influence of narcotics shall not be
confined in the Brig, but in Sickbay where they can be monitored.
- PAGE 3-23 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
- PAGE 3-24 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 3
SHIP’S COMPANY
SECTION 8 – GENERAL CREW PROCEDURES
3800 Introduction
This section specifies the procedures regarding personal requests. All persons aboard
the ship shall become familiar with the procedures presented in this section.
3801 Drawing Pay

In general, and while on patrol, crewmembers will purchase items using their Star
Fleet Identification Card (IDC). The IDC will automatically deduct the amount tendered
from their personal account. However, from time to time and during Leave and Liberty
opportunities crewmembers may wish to carry hard currency to spend on personal
items such as gifts, souvenirs and other particulars. As such, crewmembers may make
requests to draw some of their pay for leisure activities ashore. The following are the
procedures regarding the drawing of pay:
1. All requests for pay must be made through the ship’s Personnel Officer. Personnel
wishing to draw cash must make a formal request to the Personnel Officer using
form BUPERSMAN 333-12.
2. The Personnel Officer shall draw cash from the ship’s safe and the recipient must
sign for the monies drawn. The Personnel Officer shall immediately make a journal
entry of the monies removed from the safe.
3. The Personnel Officer shall update the requesting individual’s Pay Record regarding
the monies deducted from his or her account as required by Star Fleet Regulation
4520. The Pay Record(s) and the ship’s Financial Record shall be transmitted to
Star Fleet Command in the next possible command transmission.
4. Regarding the access to pay records, only authorized personnel can access any
individual’s Pay Record as required under Star Fleet Regulation 8360. Authorized
personnel include the crewmember, the Commanding Officer and the Personnel
Officer.
5. The Personnel Officer, along with the Supply Officer, shall ensure that there are
sufficient funds available and stored in the ship’s safe for disbursements at all
times. The Supply Officer shall make requests for funds as necessary to maintain
an adequate supply of hard currency.
3802 Direct Communication with the Commanding Officer
All crewmembers aboard ship have the right to communicate directly with the
Commanding Officer at the proper time and place according to Star Fleet Regulation
8220. The Commanding Officer shall set aside a period of time for such direct
communication.
3803 Making Requests
Crewmembers making any request must do so in accordance with the procedures

associated with the particular request. All requests made by crewmembers shall be
acted upon promptly and without delay as required by Star Fleet Regulation 8240. All
requests to the Commanding Officer must be made through the Executive Officer.
- PAGE 3-25 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3804 Requests for Transfer
Every person within the Star Fleet has a right to request a transfer of duty. Transfers of
duty can either be internal or external to the ship. An external transfer is a transfer off
the ship to another command, either to another ship or to a shore command. An
internal transfer is the reassignment of duty from one department or job code to
another aboard ship.
The transfer process begins with the crewmember completing a Request for
Assignment form (Form 394A) and submitting it to the crewmember’s immediate
supervisor, such as the Section Leader or Division Officer. The first obligation of the
supervisor is to discuss the reasons for the request with the applicant. If the immediate
supervisor is satisfied with the interview, then the supervisor will sign the request and
forward it to the Executive Officer for review prior to submittal to the Commanding
Officer. The Executive Officer may interview the applicant as well. If the Executive
Officer is satisfied, then the request will be submitted to the Commanding Officer with
a recommendation for approval or disapproval. Once the Commanding Officer makes
the final disposition, the request is submitted to the Star Fleet Bureau of Service
Personnel.
Before the individual can be transferred, a performance review of the individual must
be performed. BUPERS Form 395-6 must be filled out by the immediate supervisor of
the individual to be transferred. This is to provide the new command with an up to
date appraisal of the transferred individual’s performance. This type of appraisal is
classified as a Detachment of Reported Individual and is checked as such on the form.
See SORM 3805 below for further details regarding performance reviews.
3805 Performance Reviews

In accordance with BUPERSMAN 395 formal performance reviews of officers shall be
evaluated on a yearly basis and enlisted technicians on a semi-annual basis. All yearly
evaluations must be completed by day 330 of the Federation year, and all semi-annual
evaluations must be completed by day 165 and day 330 of the Federation year. The
individual performing the evaluation shall be the immediate supervisor of the person
being reviewed as specified in the table below:
Evaluated Individual Responsible Reviewer

Executive Officer Commanding Officer
Department Head Executive Officer
Division Officer Department Head
Section Leader Division Officer
All Enlisted Technicians Division Officer5
When performing reviews all evaluators shall use the standard review form BUPERS
395-6, and this report shall be completed using the OCR A Extended font as specified
in BUSTAND-0013. All sections on the form must be filled out. If additional information
is required, use the following attachments as necessary:
• 365-6A: Description of Duties Continuation Form

• 365-6B: Engagements, Special Assignments and Accomplishments Continuation
• 365-6C: Comments Form
5. With input from the individual’s Section Leader or Senior Technician.
- PAGE 3-26 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3806 Leave Requests
Leave is the authorized absence from a ship, base or station for more than 48 hours and
is usually granted in whole days. In some respects, Leave can be considered as detached
duty from the command. There are several types of Leave instances available to Star
Fleet crewmembers, but in all cases regarding Leave, an individual must submit a
request for Leave, stating the amount of such Leave that will be used and where the
individual will be located. Such requests must go to the Commanding Officer via the
Executive Officer. The Executive Officer shall determine if the individual meets the
requirements for Earned Leave and will submit the request to the Commanding Officer
for approval based upon his recommendation. Note that only the Executive Officer may
make Leave requests directly to the Commanding Officer. The following are the forms of
Leave available to crewmembers:
A. Regular Leave – Individuals may request Leave at any time, provided they have the
requisite amount of Leave available to them and that the tactical situation will allow
his or her absence from the command for the duration of the leave period. All
requests for regular leave shall be submitted to the crewmember’s Division Officer,
who will review to determine if the leave will interfere with the operation of his or
her division. Once satisfied the Division Officer shall promptly submit the request for
Leave to the Executive Officer for review and approval.
B. Emergency Leave - Emergency Leave may be granted by the Commanding Officer to
crewmembers that must take time off for such things as family emergencies, death
in the family, etc. The Commanding Officer may grant the crewmember all his or her
Earned Leave, plus an additional thirty day’s Advance Leave for such situations, up
to a maximum of sixty contiguous days. All requests for Emergency Leave shall be
submitted directly to the Executive Officer.
C. Reenlistment Leave - Reenlistment Leave is a special form of leave over and above
the amount of Earned Leave accrued given to individuals at the time of separation
from the Service. The function of this Leave is to allow an individual time from the
Service to consider reenlisting back into the Service. This form of Leave is typically
fifteen days and is only credited to enlisted crewmembers. All requests for
Reenlistment Leave shall be submitted to the crewmember’s Division Officer.
3807 Fleet School Training Request
In accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4620, the Commanding Officer shall “Endeavor
to increase the specialized and general professional knowledge of the personnel under
his command by the frequent conduct of drills, classes and instructions, and by the
utilization of appropriate Star Fleet schools.” Therefore, the Commanding Officer shall
honor all requests for continuing education and training.
A. Officers – Officers may request specialized education or continued education in their
field of expertise. In some cases, this may require time to be spent at the Star Fleet
Academy. Therefore, all requests for additional education must be performed in
writing and submitted to the officer’s Department Head for review.
B. Enlisted Technicians – Enlisted Technicians requesting training at a Fleet School
must submit BUPERS Form 385-2 specifying the course or courses to be taken to his
or her Division Officer for review and approval. Upon approval the Division Officer
shall promptly submit the request to the Department Head for approval, and finally
to the Executive Officer for review and approval.
- PAGE 3-27 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
3808 Request to Change Quarters
Crewmembers are generally assigned their quarters aboard ship based upon their rank
or rate. However, where a conflict between roommates may occur, individuals may
request to be reassigned different quarters. All requests for a change of quarters must
be submitted to the Executive Officer. The request must be submitted in writing,
stating the reason for the request and the location of the new quarters. The Executive
Officer shall review the request and determine if it can be accommodated.
3809 Marriage Request
Crewmembers desiring to get married must request to do so to the Commanding

Officer in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4440. This request shall be in the form
of an informal petition to the Commanding Officer by both parties and presented as
specified in SORM 3802 and 3803.
3810 Request for Special Dispensation
Crewmembers requiring special consideration or exemption from certain rules or

policies may make their request to their Division Officer who will forward all such
requests through the Chain of Command. The following are the permitted exemptions:
A. Wearing of Facial Hair – In general, the wearing of facial hair such as beards and
mustaches are not permitted aboard a Star Fleet ship. However, the Commanding
Officer may grant a waiver of this policy only if the individual suffers from a
medical condition that requires the wearing of facial hair. As such, the Chief
Medical Officer shall submit a report stating the nature of the medical issue
requiring the wearing of facial hair.
B. Wearing of Special Clothing - In general, and as specified in SORM 3403, the
Uniform of the Day during Normal Working Hours shall be the Standard Working
Uniform. However, the Commanding Officer may grant a waiver of this policy only
if the individual suffers from a medical condition that requires the wearing of
special clothing. As such, the Chief Medical Officer shall submit a report stating
the nature of the medical issue requiring the wearing of special clothing if it is not
possible to wear the Uniform of the Day.
C. Special Foods – Since, in most cases, food will be prepared using the ship’s Food
Processors, there is no requirement or policy regarding what can be eaten.
However, if a person must eat special foods that cannot or should not be prepared
by a Food Synthesizer, the Commanding Officer may, at his or her discretion,
permit the storage and cooking of special foods not normally available in the ship’s
stores. However, all such foods shall only be prepared and eaten in the ship’s
Galley. No such special foods shall be prepared or eaten in Crew’s Quarters.
D. Special Environments – Certain alien persons may require special atmospheric
conditions that are outside normal ship environmental parameters. As such, the
Commanding Officer may, at his or her discretion, assign the individual special
quarters where atmospheric conditions may be adjusted to the individual’s
comfort. However, the individual cannot request that the entire ship, or any other
portion thereof, be made to suit the specific individual where the remainder of the
crew must experience the special environmental conditions. In such cases the
Commanding Officer may transfer the individual off the ship and to accept a
permanent shore assignment.
- PAGE 3-28 OF 28 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL SHIP OPERATIONS
4100 Introduction
The function of this chapter is to set down the regulations and guidelines regarding the
basic operations performed aboard ship.
4101 Routine Ship Operations
Routine ship operations refer to the internal functions and activities that are performed
on a regular basis. These are the day-to-day operations that are performed or that are
scheduled to be performed. The general routine of the ship while underway is outlined
in SORM 4103 of this section, and the in-port routine is outlined in SORM 4104 of this
section.
4102 Ship’s Plan of the Day
All routine and non-routine operations will be posted in the ship’s Plan of the Day
(POD) each and every day. All personnel shall consult the POD to ensure that they are
aware of any operation planned for that day. See SORM 3402 for details regarding the
POD.
4103 Ship Activity Planning
All ship’s activities concerning the general operations aboard ship shall be planned and
scheduled and entered into the POD. All operations that will be planned and scheduled
shall be done in the Command Briefing Room (Compartment 3K-135.)
4104 Duty Roster
The ship’s Duty Roster shall be updated each day by the Senior Watch Officer and
submitted to the Executive Officer no later than 0530 as specified in SORM 3404. The
ship has several Duty Rosters that are specific to individual departments. The rules
governing departmental duty rosters shall be the same as for the ship’s Duty Roster.
Individuals on duty rosters shall be qualified to perform the duties and action to which
the list shall identify. As such:
a. Each duty roster shall provide a list of the special or infrequent functions to which
individuals shall be assigned.
b. The ship’s Duty Roster shall be a consolidation of the various departmental duty
rosters.
c. The ship’s Executive Officer shall be responsible for the ship’s Duty Roster. The
Executive Officer shall assign the Senior Watch Officer the responsibility to keep
the Duty Roster up to date.
d. Personnel on the Duty Roster shall know their position on the list, as well as the
duties they are expected to perform.
- PAGE 4-1 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4105 Essential Ship Routines
The following are the basic ship operations that are to be performed at all times
whether underway or inport:
General Ship Operation Frequency Time of Day Function / Purpose

Communications Checks Daily 0000  Check for latest codes
 Test IC channels
Consolidate Ship’s Logs Daily 0000  Automatically consolidate all logs
into a single ship’s log
 Transmission of the ship’s log to
Star Fleet Command
Navigational Checks Daily 0000  Calibrate ship’s sensors
 Calibrate ship’s chronometer
Every 6 0000-2400  Perform a navigational fix of the
Hours ship’s current location – depending
upon ship’s speed
Engineering Checks Daily 0000  Perform Transporter operational
tests
Hourly 0000-2400  Check and record system and
machinery parameters
Roving Security Checks Hourly 0000-2400  Perform security checks of all
spaces
 Inspect for fire and hazards
Sensor Checks Every 4 0000-2400  Ensure sensors are operating
Hours properly
 Clear Baffles to ensure no vessel is
travelling in blind spots
Survey and Star As Required 0600-1800  Perform star mapping and space
Mapping surveys as required
 Performed for 12 hours or two
watch periods
Preventive Maintenance As Required 0800-1600  Performed scheduled PMs on
equipment and machinery
Daily Ship Cleaning Daily 0800-1600  Maintain ship cleanliness
(Decks and Bulkheads)
Commanding Officer’s Daily 0800  Report to keep the captain informed
Reports & of the ship’s material and personnel
2000 status
Ship’s Alarm and Weekly 1200  Test all alarms

Annunciator System  Performed by Communicator
Test
Supply Division Audits Weekly 1200-1600  Inventory supplies
 Audit supply containers
Medical Sanitation Weekly 1200-1600  Check all living areas, food
Inspection preparation and washroom areas
Departmental Material Bi-weekly 1200-1800  Inspect material condition of
Inspection department spaces
Miscellaneous System Monthly As Required  Test Viewport shutters
Tests and Inspections  Test emergency closures
 Inspect stress point areas
Security Check with As Needed As Required  Communications with nearby
Local Systems and systems and bases for state of
Stations security
 Check-in with local authorities
- PAGE 4-2 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4106 Underway Daily Routine
The following are the standard functions and duties that will be performed each day
while the ship is underway:
Sunday /
Weekdays Saturday Holiday Routine / Event
0000 0000 0000 Station the midnight watch. Officer of the Conn
notes the stationing of the watch in the ship’s log.
0000 0000 0000 Perform standard navigational checks and
calibrations.
0000 0000 0000 Ship’s Communicator shall check for latest codes;
tests IC circuits; verifies transmission of ship’s logs
to Star Fleet Command.
0000 0000 0000 Start of 1st Roving Security Watch.
0030 0030 0030 JOOD inspects the lower decks.
0030 0030 0030 Navigator takes midnight fix; reports to Officer of
the Conn current ship’s location and ETA.
0400 0400 0400 Start of 2nd Roving Security Watch.
0530 0530 0530 Call the morning watch.
0600 0600 0600 Publish Plan of the Day.
0600 0600 0600 Station the morning watch. Officer of the Conn
0630 0630 0630 Navigator takes morning fix; reports to Officer of
the Conn current ship’s location and ETA to
destination.
0700 0700 0700 The Maintenance Division begins cleaning
operations.
0730 0730 - Call Standard Work Detail.
0800 0800 - Start Normal Working Hours. All work areas
muster and report manned and ready.
0800 0800 0800 Start of 3rd Roving Security Watch.
0800 0800 0800 Submit Eight O’clock Reports to the Officer of the
Conn. Officer of the Conn reports ‘Eight O’clock’ to
the admiral, if embarked.
- - 0800 Begin Holiday Routine; activities per POD.
0830 0830 - Department Head meeting with the Captain in the
Command Briefing Room.
- 0830 - Begin Jewish religious services.
- - 0830 Begin Christian religious services.
0900 - - Begin classroom training.
0900 0900 - Begin Duty Medical Officer inspection.
1000 - - Begin ship’s emergency training drill if scheduled.
Plan of the Day will specify the drill.
1000 1000 - Captain’s request and disciplinary mast.
- - 1000 Special ceremonies on the Quarter Deck.
1130 - - Secure classroom training.
1130 - - Secure ship’s emergency training drill if scheduled.
1130 1130 1130 Call the afternoon watch
1130 1130 1130 Security Division submits security reports to the
- PAGE 4-3 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Underway Daily Routine – Continued
Sunday /
1200 1200 1200 Station the afternoon watch. Officer of the Conn
1200 1200 1200 Start of 4th Roving Security Watch.
- 1200 1200 Secure Christian and Jewish religious services.
1200 - - Noon meal break for those on Normal Working
Hours.
1230 1230 1230 Navigator takes noon fix; reports to Officer of the
Conn current ship’s location and ETA to
destination.
1300 - - Departmental inspection of working spaces on
Friday.
- 1300 - Commence Holiday Routine.
- 1400 - Marriage ceremony begins, if scheduled.
1600 1600 1600 Maintenance Division secure cleaning operations.
1600 1600 - Secure Normal Working Hours.
1730 1730 1730 Call the evening watch.
1800 1800 1800 Station the evening watch. Officer of the Conn
1800 1800 1800 Darken ship - if decks containing living quarters are
to be darkened.
- 1800 1800 Open lounges to the crew.
1830 1830 1830 Navigator takes evening fix; reports to Officer of the
Conn current ship’s location and ETA to
destination.
1830 - - Begin Muslim prayer on Friday.
- 1900 1900 Open Theatre for performances – for ships with a
theatre.
1955 1955 1955 Command Duty Yeoman receives Captain’s Night
Orders.
2000 - - Secure Muslim prayer on Friday.
- 2000 2000 Start theatrical performance in ship’s theater, if
scheduled.
2000 2000 2000 Submit Eight O’clock Reports and Captain’s Night
Orders to the Officer of the Conn. Officer of the
Conn reports ‘Eight O’clock’ to the admiral, if
embarked.
- - 2200 Secure Holiday Routine.
2330 2330 2330 Security Division submits final security report to
2330 2330 2330 Call the midnight watch.
- 2330 2330 Secure lounges.
- PAGE 4-4 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4107 In-Port Daily Routine
The following are the standard functions and duties that will be performed each day
while the ship is in port:
Sunday /
0030 0030 0030 JOOD inspects the lower decks for the Officer of
the Deck
0330 0330 0330 Call the morning and Third Security watch
0730 0730 0730 Call First Security watch; Offgoing Officer of the
Deck makes tour.
0800 0800 0800 Command Duty Officer and Officer of Deck Relieve
the Watch; Officer of the Deck reports ‘Eight
O’clock’ to the admiral, if onboard.
0800 - - Start Normal Working Hours; Report Back from
Weekend Liberty (Monday)
0800 0800 0800 Command Duty Officer and Officer of Deck Relieve
the Watch; Officer of the Deck reports ‘Eight
O’clock’ to the admiral, if onboard.
0800 - - Start Normal Working Hours; Report Back from
Weekend Liberty (Monday)
1600 - - Secure Normal Working Hours, Commence Liberty;
Commence Weekend Liberty (Friday)
1800 1800 1800 Darken ship - if decks containing living quarters are
to be darkened.
1900 1900 1900 Open Theatre for performances – for ships with a
theatre.
1955 1955 1955 Submit Eight O’clock reports.
2000 2000 2000 Officer of the Deck reports ‘Eight O’clock’ to the
admiral, if onboard.
2330 2330 2330 Call the Mid and First Security watches
- PAGE 4-5 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4108 General Records Handling
The U.S.S. Enterprise is required under Star Fleet Regulation 4510 to record the events
that occur during the course of the patrol and while the ship is actively commissioned.
The Records division is tasked with the responsibility of handling and maintaining all
ship’s records and documents. The following rules shall apply regarding the handling
of ship records:
1. All classified materials shall be stored and locked in the classified documents vault
on Deck 4, Compartment 4I-11.
2. The following ship’s logs are legal records as specified in Star Fleet Regulation
4540: The Captain's Log, Engineering Log, Navigation Log, Communications Log,
Medical Log, Computer Memory Banks and devices, Transporter Log and
Flightdeck Log.
3. The Records division shall maintain the ship’s Library-Computer up to date with
the latest information, documents and manuals.
4. The Records Officer shall ensure that all records and documents in the ship’s
databank are properly marked, labeled, dated and classified.
4109 General Cargo Handling Operations
The U.S.S. Enterprise may be required to carry materials and cargo to Star Fleet and
other stations. Cargo is any item or store that is not for consumption by the ship or the
crew, All cargo shall be managed by the Cargo section of the Supply division, which
shall be responsible for the handling, storage and accountability of all the cargo loaded
onboard the ship, as well as for managing the assignments of such cargo. The
following shall apply regarding ship’s cargo:
1. All cargo and stores not belonging to the Enterprise shall be stored on Deck 21.
The storage location of cargo shall be determined by the ship’s Cargo Officer.
2. Special cargo and classified material shall be stored in sealed vaults located on
Deck 21. When handling special cargo or transporting classified material, a security
guard shall be present.
3. When handling cargo, use appropriate antigravity devices to prevent injury.
4. The Cargo Officer shall maintain a record of all freight stored aboard ship including
the exact location and position of the loads in the ship’s cargo bays.
4110 Satellite Launch and Retrieval Operations
The U.S.S. Enterprise has many probes and satellites that may be deployed to gather
information or to establish communications. These probes and satellites are stored,
launched and retrieved by Satellite Launch Control on Deck 22. Only the Commanding
Officer or the Officer of the Conn can order satellites to be launched or retrieved.
Probes, on the other hand, can be launched at any time by the Officer of the Conn.
- PAGE 4-6 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4111 Requirements before Getting Underway
Prior to the ship getting underway the ship must be in a certain state in order for the
ship to be ready to travel in deep space, which shall apply regardless if the ship is
docked or in orbit. As such, the following are required prior to getting underway:
a. The ship is under its own power; all reactors are operational and the ship is in a
full-power lineup.
b. The ship’s Impulse Engines are on standby and ready to answer bells.
c. The ship’s Main Engines can be made available for warp within four (4) hours.
d. The ship’s Maneuvering Thrusters are available and on standby.
e. The ship’s Gyrostabilizer is running and in AUTO mode.
f. All water tanks are topped-off; all air and oxygen banks fully charged.
g. All ship’s stores are fully loaded with the required provisions and amounts, and all
spare parts are onboard and properly stowed.
h. All moorings and umbilicals have been removed from the hull.
i. All exterior openings and hatches have been closed and are locked.
j. All gangways have been disconnected and stowed away from the ship.
k. All shuttlecraft are onboard and stowed, or shuttlecraft that are currently in-port
are fully operational and can wait to be launched and be retrieved once the ship is
away from the docking facility.
l. All loose equipment and tools have been stowed in their proper lockers.
4112 Preparing the Ship to Get Underway
Prior to the ship getting underway certain actions shall be performed to ensure the
ship is ready to travel in deep space.
a. A security sweep of the ship is made to ensure no unauthorized persons are on

board in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4320
b. The underway watch has been set:
 The Helmsman is stationed on the Bridge.
 The Lee Helmsman is stationed in Auxiliary Control.
 The Communicator is stationed on the Bridge.
 The required engineering watches are stationed.
c. Bridge lighting set to underway mode (upper dome lights off).
d. The Command Duty Officer turns over command of the ship to the Commanding
Officer of the ship.
When the ship has been started-up and is about to leave any space dock or mooring
station, as prescribed in the Maneuvering Bill, the Commanding Officer may turn over
command to the Officer of the Conn. The Officer of the Conn shall set the maneuvering
watch, as required under SORM 2103, by causing the word to be passed:
“PREPARE TO GET UNDERWAY, SET THE MANEUVERING WATCH”
- PAGE 4-7 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4113 Maneuvering Watch
The Maneuvering Watch is a special watch assignment for the purpose of ship security
and safety while the ship maneuvers out of and away from space dock. The specific
Maneuvering Watch assignments are:
 Flight Control Tower

 Emergency Manual Monitor
 Emergency Transporter Rooms
 Damage Control Central
NOTE: While the Maneuvering Watch is set, the ship’s Galley shall be secured for the
duration of the watch.
4114 Securing the Maneuvering Watch
Once the ship is fully underway or has docked the Maneuvering Watch may be
secured. When securing the Maneuvering Watch the Officer of the Conn shall pass the
word as specified in SORM 2103. However, before the Maneuvering Watch can be
secured, the following conditions must be met:
1. This ship is away from a space dock and is at least 10 kilometers away from the
dock structure; or the ship has broken orbit and is moving in free space under its
own power.
2. As a minimum, the ship is moving under Impulse power and is answering an
ahead bell.
3. Should the ship immediately go to warp speed, the Maneuvering Watch shall be
maintained until ten minutes have elapsed in order to ensure the integrity of the
ship.
4. The ship has docked and is moored at a docking pier, and all engines have been
secured. The engines themselves need not be completely shut down and may be
placed on standby in order for the Maneuvering Watch to be secured.
- PAGE 4-8 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 2 – SHIP COMMAND OPERATIONS
4200 Introduction
Ship Command Operations refers to the functions and operations performed by those
standing the Officer of the Conn watch.
4201 Officers in Command
Carrying out the routine of the ship is the responsibility of the Officer of the Conn. The
Officer of the Conn is the acting officer in command of the ship who represents the
Commanding Officer as it relates to the handling of the ship. However, when the
Commanding Officer is on the Bridge, the Officer of the Conn shall relinquish the Conn
to the Commanding Officer, unless otherwise directed by the Commanding Officer, or
when the Officer of the Conn is in the process of completing a critical evolution.
The Commanding Officer may assign any officer that he deems fit to command the
vessel while he is away, and may assign an officer who is in training to perform
command duties. In general, however, any person standing the CON watch must first
be Bridge qualified,
4202 Command Duty Yeoman
The Command Duty Yeoman (CMY) is the individual assigned to aid the Officer of the
Conn in performing the administrative duties required by the CON. The Command Duty
Yeoman shall always remain on the Bridge and beside the Officer of the Conn unless
directed otherwise. The Command Yeoman (CYO) shall be exempt from standing this
watch, unless otherwise directed by the Commanding Officer.
4203 Captain’s Night Orders
Captain’s Night Orders are specific instructions or directives that must be carried out
while the Commanding Officer is asleep or away from the command. The Command
Duty Yeoman shall receive the night orders promptly at 2000 and shall immediately
deliver them to the Officer of the Conn on the Bridge.
4204 Eight O’clock Reports
The Eight O’clock Report is a summary of the state of the command as of 0800 and
2000. The Command Duty Yeoman shall collect the statuses from all the Department
Heads at 0730 and at 1930, and compile the data into the format specified by the
Commanding Officer. The Command Duty Yeoman shall then deliver the report to the
Officer of the Conn on the Bridge promptly at 0800 and at 2000. When a flag
commander is embarked aboard the ship, the Eight O’clock Report shall include the
eight o’clock notification to the admiral by the Officer of the Conn.
- PAGE 4-9 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4205 Command Communications
Command communications refers to the directives and instructions given concerning

the control of the ship and the actions to be taken by the crew. All orders regarding the
handling and control of the ship shall originate from the Bridge and the Officer of the
Conn unless otherwise specified by the Commanding Officer.
4206 Captain’s Log
The Captain’s Log is a complete daily record, by watch period, of every event of
importance or interest about the crew and the operation and safety of the ship as
required by Star Fleet Regulation 4540. As such, the Captains Log shall be kept up to
date and all relevant events, activities and evolutions shall be accurately entered into
the log. Only the Commanding Officer, Officer of the Conn or Command Duty Officer
may make entries into the Captain’s Log and only while they are on duty. However, the
Commanding Officer may make entries into the Captain’s Log at any time. Verbal
entries into the log shall begin with: “CAPTAIN’S LOG, STARDATE <>”; with any
supplements to the log beginning with: “CAPTAIN’S LOG, SUPPLEMENTAL,” along
with the name, rank and billet position of the person making the entry.
4207 Command Module
The Command Module is that area on the ship’s Bridge where all command and
control directives originate, and where control of the ship is executed. The Command
Module is the center platform on the Bridge and contains the Command Chair, and the
Helm and Navigations control stations. The primary watchstanders in the Command
Module are the Officer of the Conn, the Helmsman and the Navigator.
4208 Command Chair
The Command Chair (Figure 4-1) is that station in the Command Module where ship
command is exercised. This station will always be occupied by the Officer of the Conn
or the Commanding Officer.
4209 Command Chair Communications Switches
On the left side of the Command Chair, Figure 4-1, are toggle switches for selecting the
various communications channels available to the Commanding Officer or the Officer of
the Conn. These are:
Switch Circuit Command Chair Switch Function

Red LOG1 Captains Log – Select to make verbal log and data entries
Yellow 1MC Intercraft – Select to make announcements throughout ship
Lt Gray 2MC Weapons Control Intercom – For weapons firing by voice
White 3MC Flight Deck Intercom – For voice launch orders of Shuttlecraft
Lt Green 1IC Command IC Circuit – Comm to Operations Stations
Lt Red 2IC Engineering IC Circuit – Comm to Engineering Stations
Lt Blue 3IC Science IC Circuit – Comm to Science and Medical Stations
Gray 1EC Exterior Channel from the Communications Station
Each switch is a MUTEX channel and therefore, only one circuit can be closed at any
time. When a channel is selected the communications channel is open by pressing the
Intercom Transmit button on the right side of the chair and speaking into the chair’s
Communicator.
- PAGE 4-10 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4210 Command Chair Special Functions Keys
On the left side of the Command Chair, Figure 4-1, are a set of switches for setting
special functions that are available to the ship’s officer in command. The function of
these switches are:
Switch Function Function Key Description

A Captain’s Battle When selected, overrides all safety interlocks;
Short allows reactors and engines to operate beyond
100%.
B Material Resets ship’s material condition back to Material
Condition Reset Condition IV or Condition GREEN.
C Seat Back Sets the Command Chair seat back incline angle.
Incline
1 Command Sets command control functions. When set to
Control “ON”, all control is from the Bridge. When set to
(ON/OFF) “OFF”, command control will be from the Auxiliary
Control Room.
2 Weapons Weapon’s interlock: allows weapons to be fired.
Permit However, weapons may be fired from Auxiliary
(Permit/Inhibit) Control if the Command Control switch is set to
“OFF.”
3 Seat Height Sets the height of the Command Chair seating
Adjust area.
4211 Command Chair Programmable Functions Keys
On the right side of the Command Chair, Figure 4-1, are a set of switches for setting
the ship’s material condition and to execute certain special functions. The function of
these switches are:
Function Switch Programmable Function Key Description

YELLOW ALERT Sets ship’s material condition to GQ-2 or GQ-3: Standby or
Intruder Alert.
RED ALERT Sets ship’s material condition to GQ-1: General Quarters or
Battle Stations.
FUNC 1 Programmable function 1
FUNC 2 Programmable function 2
COMM Intercom Transmit. When button is depressed, allows
voice transmission from the Communicator on the
Command Chair. Stations communications will be set by
chair’s communications switches to the circuit set as
described in SORM 4209.
The special programmable functions keys FUNC 1 and FUNC 2 are programmed from
the Command Information Center on the Bridge. The Library-Computer will set the
display for the function and will execute the function when the white button is
depressed. When the function has completed its execution, the key is reset to a blank
display.
- PAGE 4-11 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 4-1
Command Chair
- PAGE 4-12 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 3 – SHIP CONTROL OPERATIONS
4300 Introduction
Ship Control Operations refers to the functions and operations performed to set and
maintain the ship on course, and to perform those other functions relating to the
control and movement of the vessel. The primary watch station for the control of the
ship will be the ship’s Helm, with secondary monitoring of ship control in the Auxiliary
Control Room. The ship’s Helm shall be manned and operated by a qualified
Helmsman, the duties of which are outlined in SORM 2204.
4301 Ship’s Helm Control Station
The function of the ship’s Helm Control station, located in the Command Module of the
Bridge, is to control the ship’s movement and weaponry. The specific functions
performed at the Helm station are:
 Ship Steering and Handling  Lay-in Ship’s Course
 Ship Speed Control  Ship’s Defense Shields Control
 Ship Propulsion Mode Selection  Target Tracking and Locking
 Ship Attitude Control  Weapons Selection and Firing
 Ship’s Sensor Control  Security Systems Monitoring
 Main Viewscreen Control  Exterior Ship Hatch Monitoring
4302 Bridge Engineering Station
Control of the ship’s propulsion can also be executed at the Engineering Station on the
Bridge. The Engineering Station is the secondary location for control of the ship’s Warp
and Impulse engines on the Bridge should the Helm Control station become inoperable.
4303 Auxiliary Control Room
Ship control and navigation can also be performed in the ship’s Auxiliary Control
Room. All the functions listed in SORM 4301 above can also be performed at this
location. However, control must be transferred from the Bridge in order for Auxiliary
Control to take control of the ship. See Section 8.3 of the SORM for details regarding
the Auxiliary Control Room.
4304 Enginerooms
Basic ship control can also be performed from any one of the ship’s two enginerooms.
However, only control of ship propulsion and steering can be performed from the
enginerooms. Navigation and course plotting cannot be performed from engineering. In
order to set the course instructions regarding the direction of travel must be sent to
engineering via the ship’s interior communications system.
- PAGE 4-13 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 4-2
Ship’s Helm Control Module Mark III Mod-3
- PAGE 4-14 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4305 Main Ship’s Viewscreen
The Helmsman is the individual with the primary responsibility for control of the Main
Viewscreen. However, the Navigator may also operate the Main Viewscreen, if
directed. Controls for the Main Viewscreen are located on the pedestal supporting the
ship’s Helm Control Module, which include operations such as view direction, focus
and zoom, tactical and other informational displays. A complete description of the
ship’s Main Viewscreen and its operation may be found in STARSHIPS 534-2200.
Objects displayed on the Viewscreen can either be magnified or reduced in size

depending on preference. A magnification level of 100 indicates the object viewed is at
actual size. Magnification values less than 100 will reduce the apparent size of the
object displayed – making the object seem farther away; while values greater than 100
will magnify the object in order to provide a closer look of the object and its details.
4306 Astrogator
The Helmsman will normally make changes in the ship’s course using the Astrogator,
which is located in the center of the Helm Control Module’s pedestal as illustrated in
Figure 4-2. A complete description of the Astrogator and its operation may be found in
STARSHIPS 534-3320.
4307 Ship Handling
The Helmsman shall follow Star Fleet Regulation 8510 and all FLTOPS and safety rules
regarding the navigation and handling of the ship. The Helmsman shall also strictly
adhere to the Federation Interplanetary Rules for Preventing Collisions in Space.
4308 Helm Control Station Rules
Helm control is a critical operation of the ship. As such, the following are the rules
concerning the Helm Control station:
1. The Bridge Helm Control Station shall be manned at all times and shall never be
left unattended at any time or for any reason while the ship is underway.
2. The Bridge Helm Control Station may only be secured when the ship has been
docked in a space port with the engines shut down and ship’s power coming from
the shore facility.
3. Should the duty Helmsman require a relief, the relief shall be qualified on the Helm
Control station.
4. The Helmsman shall not initiate any action except as ordered by the Officer of the
Conn, the Commanding Officer or an authorized Star Fleet Pilot.
5. Under normal operating conditions the Helmsman shall lay-in the course and
speed. The Navigator will normally monitor course deviation.
6. Eating and drinking is not permissible at the Helm Control station. There are no
receptacles available to allow the securing of food or drinks. If the Helmsman needs
to drink he or she may ask for a temporary relief or request the Duty Yeoman to
supply the drink. However, the Yeoman must support the beaker.
7. The Weapons Target Scope shall only be raised when the ship is in General
Quarters and the Officer of the Conn has ordered weapons to be activated.
Otherwise, the scope shall be kept retracted in its compartment at all times.
- PAGE 4-15 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4309 Ship Undocking
The following are the rules regarding ship undocking from a space dock:
1. The ship shall not move from space dock until the ship is considered undocked and
all the requirements set forth in SORM 4111 have been satisfied. The Officer of the
Conn shall coordinate with the space dock regarding the removal of all
attachments to the hull and for the clear and safe passage out of the dock.
2. The Helmsman shall maintain a constant speed using only Maneuvering Thrusters
as specified below:
a. The maximum speed around docks and anchorages shall not exceed 0.5
meters per second within 6 meters of the docking point per FLTOPS 510.
b. The maximum maneuvering speed around a dock shall not exceed 2.5 meters
per second between 6 and 20 meters from the structure per FLTOPS 511.
c. When exiting a Space Dock or Drydock, the ship must remain on Maneuvering
Thrusters until the ship reaches a safe distance of 2 kilometers away from the
structure.
3. The Helmsman shall not apply thrust or cause the ship to move from its docking
position until all small craft and objects are removed from the direction of travel
and the way is clear to proceed.
4. The Helmsman may maneuver the ship using Impulse Engines when the ship is
safely clear of any dock structure. The minimum safe distance before the Impulse
Engines may be used is 2 kilometers from the structure.
5. The Helmsman shall never engage the warp drive when maneuvering away from a
docking facility.
4310 Space-Normal Cruising
Space-normal cruising is movement through normal space-time at velocities nearing

the speed of light using the Impulse Engines. Space-normal cruising will usually be
performed within solar systems as required by FLTOPS 214. The maximum safe speed
the ship may travel within a solar system shall be administratively limited to 0.5 lights.
4311 Warp-Speed Cruising

In open space the ship shall engage the Main Engines and move at warp speeds.
When the Main Engines are engaged, the following shall apply:
1. When travelling within the Federation Treaty Zone ship’s warp speed shall be
limited to Warp Factor 2, except in an emergency.
2. When travelling outside the Federation Treaty Zone the ship’s warp speed shall be
generally be limited to Warp Factor 4.
3. A maximum speed of Warp Factor 6 shall be maintained. Speeds above Warp
Factor 6 shall require permission from the Commanding Officer.
4. The ship shall not maintain a reverse speed in excess of Warp Factor 6 for more
than 5 minutes per FLTOPS 215.
4312 Emergency Warp
The order to go to emergency warp shall only be given under critically dangerous
conditions and shall not exceed Warp 8.5. When the order is given, Battleshort shall be
engaged and the Commanding Officer summoned to the Bridge.
- PAGE 4-16 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4313 Entering Orbit
The following rules apply when entering the orbit of a planet or spatial body:
1. The ship shall normally execute a Standard Orbit. This involves approaching the
planet on a hyperbolic path and entering the gravitational field of the planetary
body in the direction of planetary rotation between 1,600 and 12,000 kilometers
from the surface of the planet.
2. The ship shall never enter an orbit at warp speeds. The maximum speed of orbital
entry shall not exceed 80,000 kph per FLTOPS 404.
3. When approaching a space station within 10,000 km, the maximum speed of the
ship shall not exceed 35,000 kph per FLTOPS 214.
4. The ship shall not sustain a synchronous orbit around a planet during combat
operations. This is to prevent the ship from being a stationary target for ground
weaponry.
5. The ship shall not enter the atmosphere of any planetary body per FLTOPS 401.
However, if the ship must travel within the atmosphere of a planet, the speed of
the ship shall not exceed 6500 kph in order to prevent the hull skin temperature
from exceeding its limit of 2250 oC.
4314 Orbital Maneuvers
While the ship is in orbit the following shall apply:
1. The Helmsman shall adjust the ship’s speed based upon the mass of the planet
and the distance from the planet’s surface.
2. If a change in orbital position is required, the Helmsman shall execute a Hohmann
Transfer Maneuver using the Impulse Engines.
3. The ship can change orbit type from Standard to Synchronous or vice versa while
the ship is in orbit. However, the ship cannot change from the above orbits to a
Polar orbit or vice versa without first breaking out of the initial orbital path.
4. When orbiting around space stations and small objects, the ship shall only utilize
Maneuvering Thrusters to control the orbital path.
5. When multiple ships are in orbit around the same planet, the Helmsman shall
maintain a distance of 4 kilometers from any of the ships in orbit per FLTOPS 463.
4315 Exiting Orbit

When the order is given to “BREAK ORBIT”, the following actions shall be taken:
1. The Helmsman shall plot a tangential hyperbolic line from the point of orbit in the
direction of the ordered destination.
2. Under normal conditions the ship shall never break out of orbit at warp speeds.
The ship shall always break orbit at space-normal speeds.
3. When leaving a space station, the maximum speed of the ship cannot exceed
35,000 kph until the ship has reached a distance of 10,000 km per FLTOPS 214.
4. In an emergency situation when a ship’s orbit decays too rapidly to compensate,
the ship may warp out of orbit in reverse, not to exceed WARP Factor 5 per
FLTOPS 421.
- PAGE 4-17 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4316 Ship Docking
The following are the rules regarding ship docking:
1. When approaching a docking facility the maximum safe speed of the ship shall not
exceed 2.5 meters per second up to 20 meters from the structure per FLTOPS 511.
The Officer of the Conn shall coordinate with the space dock regarding clear and
safe passage to the dock.
2. The Helmsman shall maintain a constant speed using only Maneuvering Thrusters
as specified below:
a. When entering a Space Dock or Drydock, the ship must remain on
Maneuvering Thrusters until the ship reaches a distance of 20 meters away
from the docking structure. At that point the ship shall continue to the dock on
momentum until the ship reaches 6 meters.
b. Within 6 meters of the docking point the Helmsman shall apply reverse thrust
in order to achieve a maximum forward motion of approximately 0.25 meters
per second.
c. The maximum maneuvering speed around a dock shall not exceed 0.5 meters
per second per FLTOPS 510.
3. Inside and around docking facilities small craft have the Right-of-Way. As such, the
Helmsman shall take extra care when applying thrust or moving about.
4. The docking facility has precedence regarding the selection of the method of
docking: whether the ship will dock on its own power or the facility will apply a
tractor beam to latch onto the ship for mooring.
5. The ship shall be considered “Docked” only after the mooring boom, the utility
umbilical and the gangway have been attached to the hull of the ship. The ship
need not be on dock power or services to be considered “Docked.” However, the
gangway must be mounted and sealed in order for the ship to be considered
“Docked.”
4317 Ship Shutdown
Once the ship has been docked and services are provided by the docking facility can
the Officer of the Conn order the ship to be shutdown in accordance with procedure or
by the instructions or directives from the ship’s Commanding Officer.
4318 Setting the Inport Watch

Once the ship has been shut down the Officer of the Conn shall turn over command to
the Command Duty Officer who will then set the inport shutdown watch section in
accordance with Paragraph 2 of SORM 2103, and the inport watch section shall begin
their duties as specified in Section 3 of Chapter 2 of this SORM.
- PAGE 4-18 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 4 – SHIP NAVIGATIONAL OPERATIONS
4400 Introduction
Navigational Operations refers to the functions and operations performed in order to

determine the exact location of the ship in space, to obtain the location of objects in
space and to relay such information to the Helmsman in order that he may set and
maintain the ship on course.
4401 Ship’s Navigation Control Station
The function of the ship’s Navigation station, located in the Command Module of the
Bridge, is to navigate the ship, or to plan and monitor the ship’s course. The specific
functions performed at the Navigation station are:
 Course Calculation and Plotting  Ship’s Chronometer Calibration
 Course Monitoring  Ship’s Astrogator Control
 Navigational Fixes  Star Mapping and Recording
 Navigational Deflector Control  Navigational Hazard Mapping
 SINS Control and Monitoring  Control of Registry Beacon
 Ship’s Running Light Control
4402 Ship’s Navigation Systems Station
The function of the ship’s Navigation Systems Station on the Bridge is to monitor and
control the ship’s navigational computers and navigational support systems. However,
the ship cannot be navigated from this station. The specific functions performed at the
Navigation Systems station are:
 Navigation Deflector Monitoring  Ship Stabilization System Monitoring
 Navigation Systems Status  Programming the Navigations Computer
 Inertia Control Monitoring  Programming Navigational Codes
 SINS Monitoring and Calibration  Program Navigational Beacon Signals
 Inputting and Maintaining Galactic  Maintain and Update the Navigation
Maps and Charts System Database
See SORM 8208 for details regarding the Bridge Navigations Systems station.
4403 Specifying Object Positions in Space
All planets, stars and objects in space shall be specified by their absolute or relative
position in space using the Mark Designation in the Federation Standard Coordinate
System or SCS. Therefore, when requested to relay a position in space, the Navigator
shall respond with the coordinates in the following format:
<Ascension Angle> MARK <Declination Angle>
- PAGE 4-19 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4404 Taking a Fix of Current Position
Unless the current navigational situation has changed, the Duty Navigator shall take a
fix of the ship’s current position and shall recalculate ETA and report the results to the
Officer of the Conn every hour. Any needed changes to the ship’s course shall promptly
be relayed to the Officer of the Conn.
4405 Plotting Course
The Duty Navigator shall chart the course to the required destination and calculate the
Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), taking into account all star systems and known
navigational objects and hazards that may be encountered along the way. The Duty
Navigator shall either enter the coordinates or flight path into the Astrogator or supply
the information to the Helmsman as specified by the Officer of the Conn or procedure.
4406 Course Deviation
The Duty Navigator shall monitor the ship’s course utilizing the Course Deviation
Indicator. The course shall not deviate more than two degrees (2o) for more than five
seconds as indicated by the green band in the figure below. If the deviation continues
for more than five seconds, the green band and pointer will flash red as well as the
ship’s Alert Indicator light located in the center of the Helm Control panel.
4407 Course Corrections
The Duty Helmsman shall make the necessary correction to the ship’s course based
upon the readings from the Course Deviation Indicator and the instructions from the
Navigator. The Helmsman shall immediately inform the Officer of the Conn regarding
the correction in course.
4408 Ship’s Chronometer
The Duty Navigator on watch shall calibrate the ship’s Chronometer at 1200 daily by
obtaining the Federation time via the ship’s Navigation Beam. When near a Star Fleet
base or station, or in orbit around a Star Fleet base or station or a Federation planet,
the Navigator shall receive the Federation time data from the station or planet.
- PAGE 4-20 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 5 – SHIP COMMUNICATIONS OPERATIONS
4500 Introduction
Communications Operations refers to the functions and operations performed in order

for the ship to communicate between stations within the ship, as well as communicate
with entities external to the ship. The primary location for the management of all ship’s
communications is at the Communications Station on the Bridge.
4501 Ship’s Communications Station
The function of the ship’s Communications Systems Station on the Bridge is to

monitor and control all ship’s communications, as well as the ship’s alarm and
annunciator system. See SORM 8210 for details relating to the Bridge Communications
Systems station. The specific functions performed at the Communications Systems
station are:
 Monitoring and Control of Internal  Monitoring and Control of External
Communications Channels Radio Communications
 Monitoring and Control of the  Monitoring and Control of Subspace
Ship’s Annunciator System Communications
 Coding and Decoding Encrypted  Monitoring of Emergency Channels
Communiques
 Redirecting and Storing Messages  Translation of Alien Communications
4502 Ship’s Communications Control Center
The ship’s Communications Control Center, located on Deck 1, Compartment 1K-26,

contains all the equipment and power supplies required for interior and exterior
communications. The Communications Control Center is normally unmanned, but
always available to perform special functions or maintenance on communications
equipment.
4503 Regulations Regarding the Bridge Communications Station
Ship communications is a vital function of the ship. As such, the following are the
rules concerning the Communications station:
1. The Bridge Communications Station shall be manned at all times while the ship is
underway. Inport, the Communications station will be monitored by the Duty
Communications Officer as specified in SORM 2305.
2. The Bridge Communications Station shall never be secured and shall remain
operational at all times, including when the ship is docked and shut down.
3. Should the Duty Communicator require a relief, the relief shall be a either a
qualified Communications Officer or a Bridge-qualified officer.
4. Eating and drinking is not permissible at the Communications station. There are no
receptacles available to allow the securing of food or drinks. If the Communicator
needs to drink he or she may ask for a temporary relief or request the Duty Yeoman
to supply the drink. However, the Yeoman must support the beaker.
- PAGE 4-21 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4504 Duty Communicator’s Responsibilities
The Duty Communicator is that officer on watch certified by the Operations Officer and
Commanding Officer as qualified to perform ship communications. The Duty
Communicator is responsible for the proper operation of the ship’s communications
equipment and shall make any communication or transmit any signal as required by
the Officer of the Conn or the Commanding Officer. While on watch the Duty
Communicator shall:
1. Monitor all subspace communications channels and standard space radio

frequencies, as well as all emergency channels.
2. Decipher and translate all coded messages from Star Fleet, Federation government,
Federation member government and Local Force sources.
3. Monitor and translate all alien communications encountered during the course of
the patrol.
4. Route official and personal communications and messages to the appropriate
message queues. Inform all recipients that a message has arrived for them.
5. Monitor and manage the ship’s Interior Communications networks and the
Intercraft system; route messages and communications to the appropriate interior
network; and open the general communications channel (Intercraft) for ship-wide
announcements.
6. Monitor and manage the ship’s alert and Annunciator systems. Activate or
deactivate the ship’s alarms; set the ship’s material condition as ordered by the
Officer of the Conn; and monitor the location of the source of alerts.
7. Maintain the Communications Log as required under Star Fleet Regulation 4540.
4505 Classified Communications
A. All classified written communications shall be coded and sent scrambled using the
ship’s encryption equipment.
B. All verbal or visual communications of a classified nature shall be transmitted in
private and not in an open forum. The Commanding Officer shall send and receive
all classified verbal or visual communications in his stateroom.
4506 Standard Space Communications
The U.S.S. Enterprise has equipment that can monitor, send and receive standard UTI
and Federation electromagnetic communications in the radio bands from 0.1Hz to
100THz. This includes the frequency bands: TLF, ELF, SLF, ULF, VLF, LF-HF, VHF,
UHF, SHF, EHF, THF, and ZHF. As such, the following applies regarding Standard
Space Communications:
1. The Duty Communicator shall monitor the standard EM radio bands whenever the
ship enters solar systems where Class-M planets are known to exist.
2. The Duty Communicator shall not transmit classified or operational communiqués
through Standard Space Communications.
3. Ship to shore communications with Landing Parties shall be by Standard Space
Communications. However, under FLTCOMMREG 46A, no uncoded messages
shall be transmitted on an open channel.
- PAGE 4-22 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4507 Subspace Communications
Subspace radio is a form of communication wave utilizing tachyons traveling through

subspace, the speed and frequency of which is dependent upon the wave’s excitation
energy. This excitation energy is logarithmic and requires a significant amount of
energy, but which allows messages to travel at speeds of about 109,000 times the
speed of light. The following are the rules regarding subspace communications:
1. All communications between the ship and Star Fleet Command, other Star Fleet
ships and facilities, and to Local Forces or other authorized military organizations,
shall be encoded and transmitted via subspace radio.
2. All communications between the ship and Federation government agencies shall
also be transmitted and received via subspace radio. General communications with
regular Federation authorities do not require to be encoded.
3. The Duty Communicator shall update all subspace encoding protocols as they are
received. The Duty Communicator shall inform the Officer of the Conn or the ship’s
Commanding Officer whenever there is a change to the encoding protocols.
4. Only the Commanding Officer may send and receive private communications via
subspace radio.
4508 Subspace Relay Stations
Subspace Relay Stations were created to handle the signal and range issues inherent
in subspace communications. As such, all subspace communications shall be directed
to the nearest relay station.
4509 Communications Fed Directly Into The Ship’s Computers
Certain highly classified communications and operational directives may be directly fed
into the ship’s computers and executed, provided the ship’s Prefix Code is known and
transmitted. Such communications shall only be accepted if received from Star Fleet
Operations, and must be coded and scrambled. The specific protocol for decoding will
automatically be performed by the ships computer based upon the information
contained in the message header. However, such instructions, communications or
directives shall not be directly entered into the ship’s computer unless first verified and
directed by the Commanding Officer.
4510 Haling Frequencies
Hailing Frequencies are agreed-upon channel groupings which, when used, would
emit a specific signal indicating that a vessel requests to establish a communications
link. It is a Federation law that all vessels operating within Federation space must
respond to any ship that signals them via a Hailing Frequency. The following applies
regarding Haling Frequencies:
1. When attempting to communicate with any vessel it encounters, the Duty

Communicator shall utilize the appropriate Hailing Frequencies to establish a
communication link with the vessel.
2. When confronted with an unknown or potentially hostile vessel, the Duty
Communicator shall open and transmit all Haling Frequencies.
3. When being hailed by another vessel the Duty Communicator shall reply back with
the appropriate response code.
- PAGE 4-23 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4511 Emergency Channels
The Duty Communicator shall monitor all known emergency communications channels
at all times for emergency and distress signals. When an emergency or distress signal
is received, the Duty Communicator shall promptly inform the Officer of the Conn. All
emergency and distress signals shall be promptly evaluated and acted upon.
4512 Private Communications
Private communications are chiefly unofficial and personal batched radio messages
sent to crewmembers. Real-time private visual communications are not allowed unless
authorized by the Commanding Officer and must be channeled through the Bridge
Communications Station. Only the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer will
have the privilege of private real-time visual communications piped to their staterooms.
4513 Active Records
All messages and communiqués are temporarily stored in the Active Records Queue.
These records are available at all times and are held active until permanently stored in
the main ship’s Record Bank. Queued records will automatically be removed and saved
in the Record Bank after 20 days has elapsed. As such, it shall be the responsibility of
the Duty Communicator to ensure that the records are properly stored and that all
classified records are stored in the appropriate secured data storage areas.
4514 Special Signals
Under certain battle or security conditions, Star Fleet ships may communicate with
each other by utilizing Earth’s old style Morse code. Messages would be sent between
vessels using the ship’s Navigation Beacon and the ship’s Semaphore subsystem. The
Semaphore subsystem uses the ship’s Running Lights to provide a visual messaging
system. Messages via this system may utilize Morse code to communicate between
ships.
- PAGE 4-24 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 6 – SHIP DEFENSE AND WEAPON SYSTEMS OPERATIONS
4600 Introduction
The U.S.S. Enterprise is a "Starship of the Line" and as such, is equipped with offensive
and defensive weaponry for the protection of the ship and for use during war or other
conflict. Therefore, the ship’s weapons systems shall be activated only under General
Quarters material conditions, or for weapons training purposes. Ship’s weapons can
be directed and fired from the Helm Control Panel on the Bridge or from the ship’s
Weapons Control Center. Under light battle conditions, weapons shall be fired from the
Helm Control Panel. However, under full battle conditions, weapons shall be controlled
and fired from the Weapons Control Center. In all cases, ship’s weaponry shall only be
activated and fired under the direction and orders from the Commanding Officer or the
officer in command.
4601 Ship’s Weapons Systems Station
The function of the ship’s Weapons Systems Station on the Bridge is to monitor and
control the ship’s weaponry and weapons support systems. The specific functions
performed at the Weapons Systems station are:
 Monitoring the Ship’s Weapons  Monitoring and Control of the Ship’s
Systems Weapons Power Buss
 Monitoring and Control of the  Programming and Calibrating the Fire
Ship’s Main Phasers Control Computer
 Monitoring and Control of the  Monitoring and Controlling the Target
Ship’s Photon Torpedoes Sensors and Tracking Computer
 Monitoring and Controlling the  Controlling the Ship’s Tractor
Ship’s Screens and Shields
See SORM 8207 for details regarding the Bridge Weapons Systems station.
4602 Ship’s Defense Subsystems Monitoring Station
The function of the ship’s Defense Subsystems Monitoring Station on the Bridge is to
monitor the equipment and devices used for the defense of the ship. The specific
equipment monitored at this station are:
 Defense Systems Computer  Ship’s Defensive Screens and Shields
 Ship’s Defense Power Buss  Ship’s Deflectors
See SORM 8206 for details regarding the Bridge Defense Subsystems Monitoring
station.
4603 Weapons Control Center
The Weapons Control Center is the area where all the ship’s weapons and weapons
systems are managed and controlled. The Weapons Control Center encompasses the
entire area of Deck 8, with separate access to the ship’s forward Phaser Banks and
Photon Torpedo tubes on Deck 9.
- PAGE 4-25 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4604 Weapons Control Center Operation
The Weapons Control Center, located on Deck 8 in the Primary Hull, will usually be
inactive and only contain a Duty Weapons Technician on watch for the purpose of
monitoring and maintaining the ship’s weapons systems.
4605 Duty Weapons Officer
The Duty Weapons Officer is that officer designated by the ship’s Operations Officer to
be in charge of the ship’s weapons and weapons systems while underway. The Duty
Weapons Officer shall be an officer from the Weapons division and shall stand the
watch on the Bridge at the Weapons Systems station as necessary.
4606 Duty Weapons System Technician
The Duty Weapons Systems Technician is that technician certified by the Weapons
Officer to perform the duties of operating and maintaining the ship’s weapons and
weapons systems. The job of the Duty Weapons Systems Technician is to maintain the
ship’s main weaponry and weapons systems in optimum operational readiness in the
event weapons will be needed. The Duty Weapons Systems Technician shall stand his
or her watch in the Weapons Control Center on Deck 8 and will periodically go to Deck
9 to examine and monitor the weapons equipment in that area. As part of his or her
duty, the Duty Weapons Systems Technician shall maintain the logs of the weapons
systems and equipment operated and shall log the operating parameters of the
weapons equipment currently in operation or when in use at hourly intervals.
4607 Fire Control Supervisor
The Fire Control Supervisor is that officer designated by the ship’s Operations Officer to
be in charge of targeting and firing the ship’s weapons as ordered by the Officer of the
Conn. The primary duty of the Fire Control Supervisor is normally to monitor the ship’s
Fire Control Computer and give the order to fire weapons as directed by the Bridge; to
manually input targets as requested by the Bridge should the Fire Control Computer go
out of commission; or to manually track targets and provide the inputs to the Phaser
Weapon Control System or the Photon Torpedo Control System for firing. The Fire
Control Supervisor shall be an officer from the Weapons division and shall only be
activated during General Quarters. The Fire Control Supervisor shall stand the watch in
the Weapons Control Center on Deck 8 when required.
4608 Weapons System Operator – Phaser
The Weapons Systems Operator – Phaser, also known as the Duty Phaser Operator
(DPO), is that technician certified by the Weapons Officer to perform the duties of
operating and manually controlling and firing the ship’s Main Phaser Batteries and
Phaser Banks. This watch will only be activated during General Quarters when
weapons are expected to be used and shall stand the watch at the Weapons Control
Panel in the Weapons Control Center on Deck 8.
4609 Weapons System Operator – Torpedo
The Weapons Systems Operator – Torpedo, also known as the Duty Photon
Torpedoman (DPT), is that technician certified by the Weapons Officer to perform the
duties of operating, loading and firing the ship’s Photon Torpedoes or Photon Bolts.
This watch will only be activated during General Quarters when weapons are expected
to be used and shall stand the watch at the Weapons Control Panel in the Weapons
Control Center on Deck 8.
- PAGE 4-26 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4610 Ship’s Phaser Weapons
The primary weapon system aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise is the ship’s main phasers.
The ship is equipped with two types of phaser weapons:
A. Main Phaser Batteries

The ship’s Main Phaser Batteries are the primary offensive weapon used in most
major combat situations as they provide enormous destructive power over a long
distance. The Main Batteries are located around the ship to provide full coverage
from any point. The beam used for the Main Phaser Batteries has a long
wavelength in order to increase the beam’s range and effectiveness, which gives it
its characteristic red glow. The following apply to the use of Phaser Batteries:
1. The Main Batteries shall only be used as an offensive weapon during war or
other combat situations.
2. Any Main Battery shall not sustain a burst for more than four seconds. The
Main Batteries shall only be discharged in short two-second bursts over an
eight-second period to prevent emitter burn-out.
3. Only two Main Battery units may be fired simultaneously at any given time due
to their power requirements.
B. Phaser Banks
Phaser Banks are very large versions of the hand-held phasers used by ship’s
personnel, and will generally be employed during minor combat situations. These
banks are located all around the Primary Hull on Decks 3 and 8, and in the fantail
of the Secondary Hull. The beam generated by a Phaser Bank is of a very high
frequency, giving the beam its characteristic blue tinge similar to Cherenkov
radiation. The following apply to the use of the ship’s Phaser Banks:
1. Phaser Banks shall primarily be used during the normal course of a patrol and
for defensive purposes. Any law-enforcement action requiring the ship to fire
weapons will be executed using the ship’s Phaser Banks only.
2. The maximum sustained burst from any Phaser Bank shall not exceed 15
seconds to prevent Phaser Coil burnout.
3. Phaser Banks shall not be fired until the Phaser Coil Condensers are fully
charged, which will normally take around 3 to 4 seconds between bursts.
4. Phaser Banks may be used against ground populations but only with a neural
stun setting.
C. Phaser Cannons
Phaser Cannons are smaller, portable versions of the ship’s Phaser banks, and are
normally deployed for ground combat situations or can be used for mining and
excavation purposes. The following apply to the use of the ship’s Phaser Cannons:
1. Phaser Cannons shall not be used during peacetime as an offensive or

defensive weapon. Phaser Cannons shall only be used as a weapon during
wartime periods. Phaser Cannons shall only be used as a mining or excavation
tool during peacetime.
2. Phaser Cannons shall never be lent, sold or bartered to non-ship personnel or
entities.
3. Phaser Cannons shall be stored in Secondary Hull Cargo Bay 11: Compartment
21S-719 on Deck 21.
- PAGE 4-27 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4611 Ship’s Photon Torpedoes
The second offensive weapon system aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise is the ship’s Photon
Torpedo, which are extremely powerful devices that can destroy. Photon Torpedoes
can be fired directly at a target, laid out as mines, or scattered in an attacker’s path.
Photon Torpedoes that are used as mines can be equipped with special proximity or
timed fuses that allow the weapon to be exploded when required. Photon Torpedoes
essentially have a limitless range, so long as the field can be sustained.
A. Standard Photon Torpedo

The standard Photon Torpedo is a device containing both matter and anti-matter in
plasma form temporarily separated by a magna-photon force field. When the field
separating the matter from the anti-matter collapses an enormous explosion
occurs, destroying all objects within a radius of twenty kilometers. The following
apply to the use of Photon Torpedoes:
1. Photon Torpedoes shall only be used as an offensive weapon during war or
other combat situations.
2. The rate of fire from each tube shall be limited to one torpedo every twenty
seconds in order to maintain sustained firing. This is because of the time to
regenerate the antimatter plasma in the weapons containment loop.
3. When firing Photon Torpedoes in normal space, the speed of the ship shall be
limited to 0.7c. This is to prevent the ship from running into its own torpedoes.
4. Photon Torpedoes shall only be laid out as mines at speeds less than 0.7c.
Mine triggers shall only be set active after the ship is approximately 1 AU from
the mine to prevent detonation since the triggers sense local gravimetric
disturbances.
B. Photon Bolt
Photon Bolts are a variation to the standard Photon Torpedo, but that is charged
with only pure anti-matter. The primary purpose of the Photon Bolt is to destroy or
to obliterate unshielded objects. The following apply to the use of Photon Bolts:
1. Photon Bolts shall only be used as an offensive weapon during war or other
combat situations.
2. Photon Bolts shall not be used against populated cities or civilian targets.
3. Photon Bolts should not be used against strongly shielded objects as the shield
can divert the antimatter plasma. The antimatter plasma requires direct contact
with matter in order to be effective.
C. Photon Grenade Launcher
A Photon Grenade Launcher is a device which launches a blue sphere of matter

and antimatter in solid form. Photon spheres are sixty millimeters in diameter and
launched from a tube via an electro-magnetic pulse similar to an EM pulse cannon.
The following apply to the use of the ship’s Photon Grenade Launchers:
1. Photon Grenade Launchers shall only be used as an offensive weapon during

wartime conditions and only against hardened ground targets.
2. Photon Grenade Launchers require approximately two seconds in order to
launch its sphere. This is due to the time it takes to build-up the charge to the
field coils used to eject the sphere.
3. Users of Photon Grenade Launchers must take cover or cover their eyes since
the blast releases dangerous radiation that can damage eyes and cause
blindness.
- PAGE 4-28 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4612 Ship’s Defensive Screens
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with a Defensive Screen, which is an electrostatic

force field enveloping the ship that can deflect small particles and most low-energy
beams. During combat or defense situations, Defense Screen power can be increased
to protect the ship from more powerful particle or energy beams. As such, the rules
below shall apply regarding Defensive Screens:
1. The ship’s Defensive Screens shall be active at all times. This is because the
screens will normally be used to protect the ship from dust, debris, flotsam and
radiation while underway.
2. The ship’s Defensive Screens shall be temporarily turned-off when an EVA outside
the hull will be performed, unless the EVA is performed using an enclosed capsule.
3. The ship’s Defensive Screens shall only be shut down when the ship is docked and
power is supplied by the facility. The Defensive Screens shall only be restarted
after the ship has cleared the docking facility and is underway on its own power.
4613 Ship’s Defensive Shields
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with Defensive Shields, which are force fields that
can be projected from the ship’s cardinal points: Forward, Aft, Port, Starboard, Above
and Below. As such, the following shall apply regarding Defensive Screens:
1. The ship’s Defensive Shields shall be active only as required to protect the ship.
The shields may snap on automatically anytime the ship’s sensors detect an
unknown object or threat.
2. When the ship’s Defensive Shields are up, the ship’s Transporter units cannot be
used. This is because the shields will block the Transporter beam.
3. Always keep the ship’s strongest shields towards an attacking vessel. Maneuver
the ship as necessary to direct the strongest shield towards the attacker.
4. Additional power to the strongest shield may be obtained by reducing the power to
one or more of the remaining shields. This is only recommended when the ship
has full propulsion capability.
5. The ship’s Defensive Shields shall never be activated while the ship is moored or is
within a docking facility. This could cause damage to the ship or the docking
facility.
4614 Ship’s Main Deflector
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with a Main Deflector, which can be used as a
defensive weapon either to push an object away from the ship, or to push the ship
away from the object and away from harm. The effectiveness of the deflector beam will
greatly depend upon its current density traveling at 0.8c or eight-tenths the speed of
light. As a defensive weapon, the following applies regarding the Main Deflector:
1. The Main Deflector cannot be used at warp speeds. The Main Deflector is only
useful at sublight speeds less than 0.5c.
2. The maximum distance the ship’s Main Deflector beam can effectively be used is
10 kilometers. The Main Deflector receives its power from the Impulse engines.
3. The maximum amount of time the Main Deflector beam can continuously be
projected onto an object at full power is 20 seconds. Beyond this point the Main
Deflector beam emitter may burn-out and/or cause a loss of Impulse power.
4. Caution shall be used in the case where the Main Deflector may be used to
encompass or protect another vessel or object in space.
- PAGE 4-29 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4615 Ship’s Tractor Operation

draw
The ship’s Tractor operates on the reverse principle of the Deflector. That is, the
Tractor Beam utilizes is a concentrated beam of gravitons to attract rather than repel
an object. In addition, it can be used to hold a secure position alongside another
vessel, draw a smaller vessel toward the ship, or tow another ship. The Tractor can
also be used to pull small objects to within Transporter range, whereupon they can be
beamed aboard. However, the force of the beam decreases with the square of the
distance from the object so that the decision to use the Tractor on an object in space
will depend upon both the object’s mass and the distance away from the ship. As a
defensive weapon, the following applies regarding the ship’s Tractor:
1. The ship’s Tractor cannot be used at warp speeds and is only useful at sublight
speeds less than 0.5c.
2. The maximum range of the ship’s Tractor is 161,000 kilometers. However, as an
administrative limit, the ship’s Tractor shall not be used to grab or hold objects
that are greater than 100,000 kilometers away.
3. The ship’s Tractor should not be used on objects where the beam might crush or
damage the object being seized. Sensors shall be used to determine beforehand
the fragility of any object that might be seized by the ship’s Tractor beam.
4. The ship’s Tractor may be used to tow another vessel only if the vessel to be
towed has powered down its propulsion system. The propulsion system of any
towed vessel must be shutdown before it can be towed.
5. When the ship’s Tractor will be used to hold a captured enemy vessel alongside,
the captured vessel shall be within range of the forward Phaser Banks and below
the ship’s main deck line.
4616 Rules Regarding Use of Ship’s Weapons
As stated earlier the U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with both offensive and defensive
weapons for the protection of the ship. In general, the use of these weapons systems
is governed by interplanetary law and Star Fleet regulations and directives. As such,
the following rules shall apply regarding the use of the ship’s weapons systems:
1. The ship shall avoid conflict as much as possible. The U.S.S. Enterprise is required,
under General Order Two, to use force only when it becomes necessary to protect
the ship or to protect innocent lives, and to limit such force only to disable the
threat.
2. Under normal peacetime conditions (REDCON 4) the ship’s weapons shall only be
used for defense. Should weapons be required to disable a threat, the ship shall
only employ its Phaser Banks. The ship’s Main Phaser Batteries and Photon
Torpedoes shall only be used as an offensive weapon.
3. The ship shall never fire any weapon at a target unless the ship is at Battlestations
or GQ1, except where weapons must be fired during battle exercises or testing of
the ship’s weapons systems.
4. The ship may fire weapons on a target in order to destroy a navigational hazard, an
asteroid or any other object in space that may be a danger to life or property, as
defined by Star Fleet Command directives.
- PAGE 4-30 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 7 – SHIP’S COMPUTER OPERATIONS
4700 The Ship’s Computers
The computers aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise, and of any Star Fleet ship, are of the
Duotronic® design originally developed by Dr. Richard Daystrom in 2243. The main
Library-Computer contains a network of 24 individual processing units known as
“Computer Banks.”
4701 Ship’s Main Computer Core
The central processing units for the NCC class cruisers are housed in the ship’s Main
Computer Core, located at the center of the Primary Hull. The Computer Core is a
sealed cylindrical container 892 centimeters in diameter and extends from the top of
Deck 1 to the bottom of Deck 9. The core structure also supports the ship’s bridge.
4702 Main Computer Core Access
The Main Computer Core can be accessed through hatches located on Decks 1, 3 and
7 as described in SORM 8905. Access into the core is restricted to the following
personnel only:
Authorized Person Purpose for Entry

Commanding Officer Anytime for any reason.
Executive Officer, Inspection of material condition with
Engineering Officer permission from the Commanding Officer.
Electronic Systems Officer, Repair and maintenance of computer
Computer Systems Engineer, and hardware and computer components with
computer maintenance personnel permission from the Commanding Officer.
in billets 3720-3729
4703 Computer Core Access Regulations
When access to the Main Computer Core has been granted, the following must be
observed:
1. Permission from the Commanding Officer, or his designee, is required for access
into the Computer Core at all times.
2. A security guard must be posted at the entrance to the core at all times while the
core is open and occupied.
3. While work is going on inside the core, hatches into the core shall remain closed in
order to maintain internal atmospheric conditions.
4. Only that equipment used for the maintenance and repair of computer components
shall be allowed into the core.
5. An inspection tour of the Main Computer Core is required before closure.
6. The dates and times of entry and exit must be recorded in the Captains Log. The
Officer of the Conn shall make such entries into the log.
- PAGE 4-31 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4704 Operation of Main Ship’s Library-Computer
1. The Information Systems section is responsible for the operation and supervision
of the ship’s main computer and Library-Computer systems. As such it is the
responsibility of the Information Systems section to (1) maintain all the software
and programs loaded or contained within these systems, and (2) to keep the library
portion of the Library-Computer up-to-date with the latest information, documents
and manuals.
2. The operation and monitoring of the Main Ship’s Computers shall be performed
only by the Information Systems section of the Records division.
3. Only personnel from the Systems Analysis section of the Records division may
create, test and deploy system software into the ship’s computers. However, the
Commanding Officer may designate anyone with a Computer Proficiency Rating of
A-7 or higher to program the Library-Computer, if necessary.
4. Once each month the primary computer unit shall fail-over to the secondary unit to
ensure complete functionality.
4705 Automated Ship Control by Computer
The ship can be placed on automated computer control in an emergency or through

command voice activation. In this mode the computer will control all of the ship’s
operations without intervention by the crew. Only the following four command officers
have the authority to order the computer to go into automatic mode: the Commanding
Officer, the Executive Officer, the Operations Officer and the Engineering Officer.
4706 Mission Control by Computer
Special missions may be assigned to the ship by Star Fleet Command via classified
communications channels and fed directly into the ship’s computers. In such cases the
Duty Communications Officer shall open a channel to the ship’s computer bank that
stores mission-related data and ship operation. However, prior to opening the channel
to the ship’s computer the Duty Communications Officer shall request confirmation of
the order from Star Fleet Command and the Commanding Officer shall confirm the
order before establishing the connection with the ship’s computer. (See SORM 4509.)
4707 Automatic Self-Destruction
The ship has a mechanism for automated self-destruction should General Order Six be
invoked. The following are the methods of automatic self-destruction by the computer:
A. Manual – automatic self-destruction may be executed should the Commanding

Officer order the computer to implement the self-destruct sequence. In this case
automatic self-destruction can only be implemented if the at least two other
command officers verify the self-destruct order. Manual self-destruct can be
cancelled at any time during the 30 second countdown up to 5 seconds before
actual destruction. See Section 6 of Chapter 7 of this SORM regarding manual self-
destruction.
B. Automatic – automatic self-destruction will be executed by the computer should all
life aboard the ship expire. The computer will execute General Order Six only after
24 hours has elapsed in order ensure everyone aboard ship have truly expired.
- PAGE 4-32 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 8 – SHIP SECURITY OPERATIONS
4800 Introduction
Security Operations refers to the functions and operations performed by the ship’s
Security division in order to maintain the safety and security of the ship and its crew.
The specific functions performed by the Security division are as follows:
 Perform roving security patrols in  Supply Security personnel for Landing
and around the ship Parties
 Provide security to visiting  Provide a security force for boarding
dignitaries vessels or other military operations
 Provide security personnel for  Provide sentries to guard critical areas
Shore Patrol of the ship or to guard special cargo
 Manage and maintain the ship’s  Manage and maintain small arms and
Brig other hand weapons
4801 Duty Security Officer
As stated in SORM 2306 the Duty Security Officer is that officer responsible for
directing the Security Force while the ship is underway or in-port and shall assign such
security personnel as required by the Officer of the Conn, the Command Duty Officer,
or the Commanding Officer to perform the functions listed above. In addition, the Duty
Security Officer shall also be responsible for the control and management of classified
documents and information while the ship is in-port.
4802 Sentries
A Sentry is any person assigned to watch or protect a specific area or compartment of

the ship known as a Sentry Post. Sentries are generally assigned from the Security
division, but may also come from the general crew as well. The Duty Security Officer
shall be the one responsible for assigning security personnel to Sentry Duty as
specified in SORM 2307.
4803 Sentry Posts
A Sentry Post is any designated area of the ship required by regulation or on the orders
of the Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn requires protection or monitoring.
The following are the standard Sentry Posts aboard ship:
Standard Sentry Post Material Condition Standard Sentry Post Material Condition
Bridge I, II Enginerooms I
Auxiliary Control I, II Life Support Section I, II
Transporter Room I, II, As Needed Battery Well Entry As Needed
Computer Core Entry As Needed Cargo Holds As Needed
Brig As Needed Flight Deck Entry As Needed
Airlocks and Hatches V, As Needed Fuel Ports V, As Needed
- PAGE 4-33 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4804 Security Personnel Qualifications
1. All security personnel shall be qualified individuals from the Star Fleet Security
Forces Command.
2. Security personnel aboard ship shall maintain their Phaser qualification at all times.
Therefore, all security personnel shall be tested for marksmanship every quarter.
3. Security personnel aboard ship shall maintain their physical qualification and hand-
to-hand combat certification. Therefore, security personnel shall regularly maintain
their training in hand-to-hand combat techniques and be tested in hand-to-hand
combat yearly.
4. Security personnel shall undergo medical examinations each quarter to ensure the
fitness of persons performing security duties.
4805 Security Patrols
Security Patrols aboard ship are roving inspections performed by duty security
personnel. The function of Security Patrols is to protect the ship and its personnel from
unauthorized intrusion or enemy attack, to guard and protect the vital areas of the ship
from sabotage, and to patrol the ship and make security checks of all spaces, to be on
the lookout for fire and other dangers, and to check the security of any cargo the ship
may be carrying. Security Patrols shall be comprised of a single security guard who
will make a tour of the ship and report to the Officer of the Conn every hour.
4806 Honor Guard
Honor Guard is a special detail assembled during an official visit or ceremony aboard
ship for the purpose of showing respect for foreign and domestic dignitaries as
required by treaty or interplanetary agreement. The number of persons comprising the
Honor Guard and the manner of their dress shall be dictated by the requirements set
forth in Star Fleet Regulation 7300. If the requirement of the guard includes Ruffles and
Flourishes, the Lead Guard shall be equipped with an electronic Boatswains whistle.
4807 Guarding Dignitaries
The duties of an Honor Guard will also include the protection of officials and dignitaries
while onboard. As such, security personnel will be assigned to guard visiting officials
and dignitaries, and will accompany such officials while they move about the ship at
all times. While performing the protection function, security personnel may wear the
working uniform and will not be required to wear dress uniforms while in the
performance of this function.
4808 Shore Patrol
The function of Shore Patrol is to maintain order among the crewmembers while on
liberty in a foreign or Federation port as required by Star Fleet Regulation 6590. Each
Shore Patrol team shall consist of a pair of armed security guards. Personnel consisting
the Shore Patrol shall be equipped with a portable communicator and a hand Phaser,
subject to the following rules:
a. When in Federation ports – security personnel shall be armed with Phaser I.
b. When in foreign or non-Federation ports – security personnel shall be armed with
Phaser II.
c. Shore Patrol personnel shall not be equipped with Phaser rifles.
Personnel on shore leave or liberty shall follow the instructions given to them by the
Shore Patrol.
- PAGE 4-34 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4809 Landing Party Security
When assigned to beam to a hostile or unknown location, a Security Detail will

normally accompany the Landing Party in ordnance condition 1A: Phaser II. Their
function is primarily to protect the members of the Landing Party and to scout ahead
for any dangers. As always, the Security Detail that will accompany a Landing Party
must always keep General Order One in mind when encountering indigenous life-
forms. The security composition and equipage for the Landing Party shall be as
specified in SORM 3405.
4810 Federation Law-Enforcement Duties
Security personnel may be called upon to perform law enforcement duties and as such,
assigned to an Enforcement Detail or Boarding Party. An Enforcement Detail is an off-
ship assignment for the purpose of inspecting travel and registration documentation,
cargo manifests or enforcing Federation law by stopping and boarding private or
commercial vessels. The detail shall be armed as the situation requires, but will
normally be armed with hand Phaser II. For spot inspections of larger or unknown
vessels, the Boarding Party shall be equipped with Phaser Rifles.
4811 In-Port Sentry Duty
When the ship is in-port and moored to a dock, all open hatches with gangways
attached to shore shall be guarded by sentries from the Security division to prevent
unauthorized persons from entering the ship. Under normal conditions, the brow shall
be manned by a single armed security guard equipped with Phaser II.
4812 Repelling Boarders
Repel Borders is the order given when enemy forces or an angry mob wishes to gain
unauthorized access to the ship which must be put down. The order to Repel Boarders
shall always be accompanied by an Intruder Alert alarm and the ship shall be placed in
General Quarters Condition Two (GQ2).
A. Repelling Boarders While In-port

1. Under normal conditions, the brow is manned by an armed security guard
equipped with Phaser II. When Repel Boarders is ordered, off-watch security
personnel shall aid the on-watch security detail with Phaser Rifles.
2. Security personnel on duty during repel boarders are authorized to use
whatever force is necessary to prevent the hostiles from entering the ship.
3. Under the extreme condition where the base or station the ship is attached has
been overrun, the Officer of the Deck shall order the ship to be sealed and
preparations made to get under way.
B. Repelling Boarders While Underway
1. The Officer of the Conn shall set condition GQ2 and order the ship to be sealed.
All main passageways shall be closed-off.
2. The ship’s sensors and security systems shall be used to locate and isolate the
intruders.
3. All attempts shall be made to maneuver the intruders to a central, non-critical
area of the ship.
4. The intruders shall be rendered harmless by injecting Anesthesia Gas into the
isolated area.
- PAGE 4-35 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4813 The Ship’s Brig
The ship’s Brig is that area of the ship designated to hold and house prisoners or other
such detainees. As such, the Brig shall only be used for the following purposes:
1. To detain dangerous prisoners, persons in flight from Federation justice, or persons

who may be a danger to themselves, the ship or the crew.
2. The Brig shall not be used to house non-Federation citizens who seek political
asylum within the Federation, or that are fleeing from justice from a non-member
system within or outside the United Federation of Planets.
3. When multiple Brig cells are occupied with detainees, the number of Brig Guards
will be determined by the Duty Security Officer.
4814 Brig Sentry Regulations
1. A sentry shall be posted outside a Brig cell whenever any person is detained within
a Brig cell.
2. Detainees that are considered dangerous or important shall have two sentries
posted outside and in front of the cell.
3. When multiple Brig cells are occupied with detainees, the number of Brig sentries
guarding cells will be determined by the Duty Security Officer.
4. Brig sentries shall monitor occupied Brig cells every half hour to ensure the
whereabouts and status of detainees. Brig sentries shall make a report of the
status of detainees to the Duty Security Officer every half hour.
5. Brig sentries shall not converse or otherwise interact with detainees while on duty.
6. Should the detainee request special items that would require the sentry to enter
the cell, another guard shall be present outside the cell, with Phaser drawn, while
the sentry is inside the cell. The outside guard shall be at the ready to energize the
doorway force field should there be an attempted escape.
7. Brig sentries are authorized to use whatever method is required to restrain
dangerous or violent detainees, or those creating a disturbance within a Brig cell.
The recommended method is to inject Anesthesia Gas into the Brig cell to subdue
violent, noisy or unruly detainees.
4815 Control of Small Arms
The Security division is responsible for the storage and accountability of all small arms
aboard ship and therefore, is responsible for the ship’s Armory, located on Deck 6
within the Security area. As such, the following rules apply regarding small arms:
1. All small arms shall only be checkout by the individual using the weapon. The
security team shall maintain a log of all weapons checked-out and checked-in.
2. Small arms shall not be checked-out to anyone without permission from the
Commanding Officer or under the direction of the Officer of the Conn or the Duty
Security Officer. Small arms shall not be checked out or given to non-
crewmembers.
3. Small arms need not be checked out during onboard combat, invasion or when
repelling boarders. However, after the conflict an inventory of small arms shall be
performed to account for all weapons.
4. Small arms shall be returned promptly after any mission where a small arms
weapon (Phaser I, Phaser II or Phaser Rifle) was required.
- PAGE 4-36 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 4
SHIP OPERATIONS
SECTION 9 – FLIGHT OPERATIONS
4900 Introduction
Flight Operations is concerned with the preparation, launch and retrieval of the ship’s
shuttlecraft. The U. S. S. Enterprise has six Class-F shuttlecraft stowed in the Hangar
Bay on Deck 19, Section FF. All flight operations will be directed and performed while
the craft is on the Flight Deck.
4901 Flight Control Tower
The Flight Control Tower is where all launch and retrieval operations will normally be
managed. The Control Tower, generally, will make the craft ready for launching by
depressurizing the Flight Deck, opening the Flight Deck doors, operating the elevator
turntable and setting the gravity level on the Flight Deck. When the order from the
Bridge to “LAUNCH SHUTTLECRAFT” is received, the Control Tower sets the Launch
Light to green and communicates to the craft to launch.
The Flight Control Tower will normally be shut down and secured when not in use.
Only authorized flight personnel are allowed access to the Flight Control Tower. Any
person wishing to enter the Flight Control Tower must request permission from the
Duty Flight Control Officer while the FDO is on duty in the tower. Any person wishing
access to the Flight Control Tower, while it is secured, must request permission from
4902 Duty Flight Control Officer
The responsibility for managing flight operations while underway rests with the Duty
Flight Control Officer (FDO). Since the FDO is not a permanent watch, the person
standing the FDO watch will be selected from the Operations Duty Roster. Persons
that stand the FDO watch will normally come from the Flight Control section and will
be placed on the duty roster. It shall be the responsibility of the Flight Operations
Officer to create and maintain the Flight Operations portion of the ship’s Operations
Duty Roster.
4903 Standard Flight Deck Environmental Conditions
A. Under normal ship operating conditions, when the Flight Deck is not in use, the
environmental parameters inside the Flight Deck shall be the same as the rest of
the ship. That is, the Flight Deck shall be kept at normal atmospheric pressure and
Flight Deck gravity set to the same level as with the rest of the ship.
B. Under normal ship operating conditions, when the Flight Deck is not in use, the
main overhead lights within the Flight Deck shall be turned off. However, the Night
Lights situated on the Observation Deck may remain lit. The Duty Flight Officer
shall turn on the main Flight Deck lights when posted to the Flight Control Tower.
C. Under normal ship operating conditions, when the Flight Deck is not in use, the
Flight Deck ventilation recirculation fans shall be turned on. However, when the
Flight Deck is depressurized, the recirculation fans shall be turned off.
D. The temperature within the Flight Deck need not be maintained at the same
temperature as the entire ship, but shall be maintained at a minimum of 5 oC.
- PAGE 4-37 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4904 Flight Deck Doors
The Flight Deck Doors are the two large hemispherical clam-shell closures at the aft
end of the Flight Deck which encircle the fantail. The function of the doors is to isolate
the Flight Deck from space and to allow the Flight Deck to be pressurized to normal
atmospheric conditions. As such:
A. The Flight Deck Doors shall remain closed at all times while the Flight Deck is not
in use.
B. Under normal operating conditions the control mode of the Flight Deck Doors shall
be set to TOWER.
C. Under emergency conditions the Officer of the Conn may set the control mode of
the Flight Deck Doors to BRIDGE for control by the Helmsman.
D. Under normal flight conditions, the Flight Deck Doors shall only be opened when
the Flight Deck is completely depressurized.
E. Remote operation of the Flight Deck Doors from a shuttlecraft shall be executed
only with permission from the Officer of the Conn. When granted, the Officer of the
Conn shall order that the Flight Deck Door control mode be set to REMOTE.
4905 Personnel on the Flight Deck
When personnel are on the Flight Deck, the following rules shall apply:
1. Only personnel with permission from the Officer of the Conn, the Command Duty
Officer or the Commanding Officer are allowed on the Flight Deck while underway.
2. No person shall be on the Flight Deck while the engines of any shuttlecraft parked
on the Flight Deck are operating, except for authorized shuttlecraft maintenance
personnel performing work on craft.
3. Security guards shall be posted at the entrance to the Flight Deck whenever craft
are about to land.
4. Only that equipment used for the maintenance and repair of shuttlecraft or the
maintenance of the Flight Deck shall be allowed on the Flight Deck.
5. Personnel on the Flight Deck shall obey all signals, warnings and alarms.
6. Personnel on the Flight Deck shall obey all instructions from the Duty Flight Control
Officer or the Flight Control Tower.
4906 Hangar Deck Elevator and Turntable
Shuttlecraft are conveyed to and from the Flight Deck via the Hangar Deck Elevator. As
a safety feature, the elevator cannot be unlocked and lowered into the Hanger Deck if
the Flight Deck is not properly pressurized. The following rules apply regarding the
Hangar Deck Elevator:
1. Control of the elevator and turntable is performed by the Flight Control Tower
when the elevator is closed on the Flight Deck.
2. Control of the elevator and turntable is performed by the craft maintenance
personnel when the elevator is lowered in the Hanger Deck.
3. Personnel shall observe caution when walking about the Flight Deck near the
Hanger Deck Elevator as the elevator may retract at any time.
4. Personnel shall not ride up or down the Hanger Deck Elevator.
- PAGE 4-38 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4907 Shuttlecraft Launching Operations
The following are the basic steps taken for normal shuttlecraft launches:
1. Shuttlecraft engines shall not be started until the craft is completely raised onto the
Flight Deck and the Hangar Deck Elevator is locked in place.
2. The Flight Control Tower shall set the Red Launch Light indicating to the pilot to
start the shuttlecraft’s engines.
3. The Fight Control Tower shall sound the alarm and set the Flight Deck alarm lights,
lock the access doors to the Flight Deck, and open the Flight Deck doors to space.
The Flight Control Tower shall then set the Amber Launch Light.
4. The shuttlecraft shall then move to the Launch Pad on the fantail. The Control
Tower shall reduce Flight Deck gravity to help move the craft into position.
5. The Flight Control Tower shall signal to the shuttlecraft to launch by setting the
Green Launch Light and with the verbal order:
“LAUNCH SHUTTLECRAFT”
6. The shuttlecraft pilot will exert one-half thrust forward and upward to clear the
fantail before full power may be applied.
7. For full-power high-speed launches, the Flight Control Tower shall raise the blast
shield. The Flight Control Tower shall apply slight negative gravity in order to allow
the craft to egress the Flight Deck without dragging the craft’s landing gear.
4908 Shuttlecraft Retrieval Operations
The following are the basic steps taken for normal shuttlecraft retrieval:
1. The Flight Deck doors shall be fully open at least 2 minutes before the craft is
expected to land or the craft is within 2 kilometers from the ship. Shuttlecraft shall
only approach the ship at a speed not to exceed 20 kph, 2 kilometers away.
2. The Flight Control Tower shall turn on the ship’s homing beacon and guide beam,
turn on the landing lights and place the Flight Deck Tractor on standby. The Flight
Control Tower shall pass the word:
“PREPARE TO RECEIVE SHUTTLECRAFT”
3. The Flight Control Tower shall set the Green Launch Light. Under normal retrieval
conditions shuttlecraft shall enter the Flight Deck at 2 KPH and hover over the
Landing Pad. The craft shall then perform a vertical landing onto the Landing Pad.
4. The Flight Control Tower shall reduce the gravity of the Flight Deck to allow the
craft to hover and move to the Hanger Deck Elevator.
5. The shuttlecraft pilot shall shutdown the engines while the Hanger Deck Elevator is
still locked prior to decent into the Hanger Deck. The Flight Control Tower shall
then close the Flight Deck Doors and pressurize the Flight Deck.
6. When the Flight Deck has been fully pressurized the Flight Control Tower shall set
the Red Launch Light and unlock the access doors to the Flight Deck.
7. For high-speed retrievals, the differential speed between the ship and the craft
shall not exceed 20 KPH. The craft shall land hot at 20 KPH with landing gear fully
extended. The craft shall target the Landing Pad for touchdown and continue
moving towards the Hanger Deck Elevator. The Control Tower may employ inertial
fields to slow-down and stop shuttlecraft.
- PAGE 4-39 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
4909 Flight Deck Tractor
The Flight Deck Tractor is the device used to lock and pull objects from space into the
Flight Deck. Control of the Flight Deck Tractor can only be performed by the Flight
Control Tower. The following rules apply when using the Flight Deck Tractor:
1. The Flight Deck Tractor can only be operated when the Flight Deck doors are fully
open. There is an interlock to prevent the use of the tractor when the doors are
closed.
2. The Flight Deck Tractor shall not be used to grab, hold or pull objects larger than
eleven (11) metric tons. The tractor shall not be used to tow other vessels. The
ship’s Main Tractor is designed for that purpose.
3. Only minimum force shall be applied to objects by the tractor. This is to prevent
damage to the object being pulled.
4. The Flight Control Tower shall follow the technical specifications for the tractor as
stated in STARSHIPS 539-2600 concerning power and force requirements.
4910 Stowage of Ship’s Shuttlecraft
Ship’s shuttlecraft shall only be stowed in their appropriate Hanger Bay on the Hanger
Deck. When stowed shuttlecraft shell be defueled to minimum capacity, and the craft’s
oxygen supply will also be transferred to the ship’s oxygen storage banks. The craft’s
electrical system will be set to the STOW mode. This allows the craft’s battery to
remain online to power the onboard computer while shutting-down power to the rest
of the craft. All craft shall be connected to the ship so that the craft’s electrical system
can maintain the proper charge on the battery and to power the craft’s systems as
needed.
4911 Parking Shuttlecraft on the Flight Deck
The Flight Deck shall usually be clear of other ship’s craft when launching or retrieving
shuttlecraft. The only time when it is permissible to have more than one craft on the
Flight Deck at the same time is either when there are visiting craft that were retrieved,
or when the ship will launch multiple shuttlecraft. However, it shall not be the practice
of this ship to employ stacked launches of shuttlecraft as a normal means of deploying
shuttlecraft.
4912 Stowage of Visiting Shuttlecraft
There will be occasions when service craft from other commands may be received by
the ship. Visiting craft shall be stowed on the ship’s Flight Deck. However, only a
maximum of three craft shall be stowed on the Flight Deck. All visiting craft shall be
place near retractable clamps embedded in the deck, which allow the visiting craft to
be fixed to the deck.
4913 Manual Pressurization of the Flight Deck
Under certain conditions when the Flight Deck Tower is not manned and there is a
need to enter the Flight Deck when it is not pressurized, the Flight Deck Doors can be
manually opened or closed and the Flight Deck pressurized or depressurized via a
control panel adjacent to the access doors on Deck 18, Section FF. Refer to technical
manual STARSHIPS 539-2200 regarding manual pressurization of the Flight Deck.
- PAGE 4-40 OF 40 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
ENGINEERING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL ENGINEERING OPERATIONS
5100 Introduction
Engineering Operations refers to the functions and duties performed by those standing
the engineering watch. The majority of the functions performed by these persons will
be performed within the engineering spaces on Decks 5 and 6, and those areas in the
Secondary Hull under the administration of the Engineering Department.
5101 Engineering Officer of the Watch Underway
The Engineering Officer of the Watch is that officer on watch certified by the Chief
Engineering Officer and the Commanding Officer as qualified to be in charge of the
ship’s power and propulsion plants, and all its associated auxiliaries while underway.
The Engineering Officer of the Watch (EOW) is primarily responsible for the activities
performed by engineering personnel on watch. The EOW will usually stand his or her
watch in the Engineering Office located within the engineering spaces. A complete
description of the duties and responsibilities of the Engineering Officer of the Watch
may be found in SORM 2202.
5102 Engineering Watch Supervisor
The Engineering Watch Supervisor is that officer on watch certified by the Chief
Engineering Officer as qualified to be in charge of the ship’s propulsion units. The
Engineering Watch Supervisor (EWS) is primarily responsible for the safe and proper
operation of the propulsion plant and is responsible under the Officer of the Conn for
the safety and performance of all personnel assigned to watches in the engineering
spaces. The EWS will usually stand his or her watch within the engineering spaces
and will cycle between Enginerooms 1 and 2.
5103 Duty Engineer
The Duty Engineer is that officer on watch on duty on the Bridge that monitors the
propulsion and power plants while underway, and is the primary advisor to the Officer
of the Conn regarding the technical aspects of the ship. The Duty Engineer will
normally be the Chief Engineering Officer, but may also be the Engineering Officer of
the Watch or anyone standing watch on the Bridge.
5104 Engineering Duty Officer In-Port
The Engineering Duty Officer is that officer responsible for the functioning of the ship’s
power systems and other ship’s services, for the conduct of ship’s maintenance and
repairs, and for the supervision of all ship’s engineering activities while in-port. A
complete description of the duties and responsibilities of the Engineering Duty Officer
may be found in SORM 2303.
- PAGE 5-1 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5105 Underway Engineering Operations
Underway engineering operations refers to the functions and activities that are
performed on the propulsion plants and auxiliary systems on a regular basis as part of
the daily routine and that keep the ship in proper running condition. These are the day-
to-day operations that are performed or that are scheduled to be performed.
Aside from the normal function of maintaining the underway propulsion plant and
propulsion parameters, engineering operations also include the infrequent, occasional
or irregular tasks that are required in order to maintain the propulsion plant in optimum
efficiency. The following lists these infrequent operations:
Engineering Operation Frequency Functional Purpose

Flush Impulse Vents Monthly To expel ionic wastes from the Impulse
engines per STARSHIPS 542-2361.
Hydrogen Gas Collection As Needed To collect hydrogen gas to charge the ship’s
plasma fuel supply for the main warp engines
per STARSHIPS 532-2140.
Modify Warp Field Properties As Needed To change the characteristics of the warp field.
Modify Intermix Formulation As Needed To tune the Main Engines for matter-antimatter
reaction efficiency.
Fresh Air Acquisition As Needed To revitalize the ship’s atmosphere and to
provide a source of high-pressure air for
service systems.
Fresh Water Acquisition As Needed To replenish the ship’s water supply and to
provide a source of de-ionized water for
oxygen generation.
5106 In-Port Engineering Operations
An in-port engineering operation refers to the functions and activities that are
performed on the propulsion plant and auxiliary systems while the ship is in orbit,
parked or docked. In-port operations differ whether the ship is shut down or still under
its own power. The following lists the usual engineering functions performed in-port:
Engineering Operation Frequency Functional Purpose

A. Propulsion Plant is Shut Down
Hull Inspection Shutdown Inspect the exterior of the hull for damage,
pitting or other defect. Performed shortly after
the ship is shut down per STARSHIPS 552-
1302.
Hull Repairs Docked Repair hull defects that were identified during
the hull inspection. Apply hull coatings to
repaired surfaces.
Air and Water Bank Recharge Docked Recharge all air and water banks from the
shore facility.
Battery Recharge Docked Recharge ship’s batteries from shore power.
Equipment Repairs Shutdown Repair the equipment that could not be
repaired while underway.
B. Propulsion Plant is Operating

Flush Impulse Vents Monthly To expel ionic wastes from the Impulse
engines per STARSHIPS 542-2361.
Full-Power Calorimetric As Needed To obtain accurate measurement of ship’s
power and to calibrate power instrumentation.
- PAGE 5-2 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
(CHAPTER 5
SECTION 2 – SHIP PROPULSION OPERATIONS
5200 Introduction
Ship Propulsion Operations refers to the functions and operations performed by those
standing watch in the ship’s enginerooms.
5201 Propulsion Control Watchstations
Propulsion watchstations are the locations where the main and secondary propulsion
engines and their supporting systems can be manually controlled. These stations are
primarily located in Enginerooms 1 and 2, with minor control functionality located in
the Auxiliary Control Room and the Emergency Manual Monitor, and will be manned
by qualified Propulsion Technicians. The primary propulsion control stations are:
Propulsion Control Station Station Function

Engine Power Control Panel To monitor and control the Main Engine MHD
(Figure 5-8) Generators and Main Engine electrical power
distribution.
Warp Engine Control Panel To monitor and control the Main Engines, the
(Figure 5-1) fuel production units and the warp field
generators.
Impulse Engine Control Panel To monitor and control the Impulse Engines
(Figure 5-2)
Matter-Antimatter Integrator Panel To adjust the flow and mixture of POLYMASS
(Figure 5-3) into the reaction chamber and to control the
Emergency Overload Bypass Valves
5202 Propulsion Watchstanders
The propulsion watchstanders are identified in SORM 2200. Each engineroom shall
have at least one Propulsion Technician on watch and the officer in charge of the
watches in the engineering spaces shall be the Engineering Watch Supervisor.
5203 Duty Propulsion Technicians
The Duty Propulsion Technicians are those technicians specializing in and certified by
the Chief Engineer to monitor and control propulsion plant equipment and systems.
Duty Propulsion Technicians shall stand their watch at the Engine Power Control panel
(Figure 5-8) of the engineroom he or she is assigned and shall roam between the
several propulsion control panels (Figures 5-1 and 5-2) and the Warp Field Control
room. Duty Propulsion Technicians shall stand their watch only in the engineroom he
or she is assigned unless directed otherwise by the Engineering Watch Supervisor.
Duty Propulsion Technicians may also assist their colleague in the other engineroom, if
necessary, provided the Engineering Watch Supervisor or a qualified relief is available
to stand his or her duty while away in the other engineroom.
- PAGE 5-3 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5204 Ship’s Enginerooms
The U.S.S. Enterprise has two main enginerooms from which both Main Warp Engines
and the Impulse Engines can be controlled. Each engineroom will have a Duty
Propulsion Technician assigned to monitor the engines and make changes as needed.
However, only one engineroom shall be the Lead Engineroom. As such, the Lead
Engineroom shall be Engineroom No. 2 on the port side of the engineering space. All
ship’s engines, both port and starboard Main Warp Engines and the Impulse Engines
shall be controlled by this engineroom. Therefore, the Engineering Watch Supervisor
shall stand his watch primarily in Engineroom No. 2 and shall cycle between
enginerooms and tour the other engineering spaces as needed.
5205 Impulse Engine Operation
The ship’s Impulse Engines are the secondary method of propulsion for the U.S.S.
Enterprise, but can only propel the ship at sub-light speeds. The Impulse Engines
operate via controlled nuclear fusion of deuterium fuel to yield helium plasma which is
used to produce conventional thrust. Control of the Impulse Engines is executed from
the Impulse Engine Control Panel (Figure 5-2) in the Lead Engineroom. The following
applies regarding the Impulse Engines:
1. Manual control of the Impulse Engines shall be performed from only one
engineroom. The controls at the alternate engineroom shall be locked-out.
2. The Impulse Engines shall primarily be used when traveling within inhabited solar
systems as required by FLTOPS 214.
3. In deep space the Impulse Engines shall only be used as an alternate method of
propulsion when the Main Warp Engines are not operational.
4. The maximum speed of the ship on Impulse power shall be limited to 0.8c or
approximately 240,000 kilometers per second.
5. The ship shall not be propelled continuously on full Impulse power and at full
speed for more than 16 hours. The ship can only be sustained on full Impulse
power alone for a maximum of 18 days.
6. The accumulation of radioactive residue within the Impulse Engine’s Reaction
Chamber periodically requires an A. I. D. cleanup, depending on the total hours of
Impulse Engine operation. This requires the opening of the ship’s Impulse Vent(s).
5206 Converter Operation
The function of the Converter (illustrated in Figure 5-5) is to provide power to the
Impulse Engine systems by converting the energy stored in the Dilithium Crystal into
DC electrical energy. The following applies to Converter operation:
1. The Converter must be started or already running before the Impulse Engines can
be started. The Converter must be kept running while the Impulse Engines are
operational.
2. The Converter shall not be shut down while the Impulse Engines are running.
3. The Dilithium Crystal mounted in the Articulation Frame of the Converter unit must
be properly aligned per the specifications stated in manual STARSHIPS 532-3315.
4. The Dilithium Crystal mounted in the Articulation Frame of the Converter unit shall
be of Grade A quality. However, under emergency conditions crystals of Grade B
may be used if properly aligned.
- PAGE 5-4 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5207 Main Warp Engine Operation
The Main Warp Engines, the two outboard nacelles attached to the Secondary Hull, are
the primary method of propulsion for the U.S.S. Enterprise used to propel the ship at
faster-than-light or “Warp” speeds. These engines operate via the controlled fusion of
matter and antimatter in plasma form, called POLYMASS. Control of the Main Engines
is executed from the Warp Engine Control Panel (Figure 5-1) in the Lead Engineroom.
The following applies to the Main Warp Engines:
1. The Main Engines shall not be operated at temperatures greater than 6400 oC.
However, under emergency conditions this temperature may be exceeded with a
maximum allowed superheat temperature of an additional 2000 oC.
2. Under normal conditions matter and antimatter cannot be mixed cold. As such,
matter and antimatter shall not be intermixed at temperatures less than 850 oC.
POLYMASS must be preheated at least 30 minutes before injection into the Main
Engine’s Reaction Chamber.
3. When preheating POLYMASS the rate at which the POLYMASS temperature may
be increased shall not exceed 3.5 oC per second.
4. The Main Engines shall never be restarted from a cold shut down to full power lest
the risk of intermix implosion.
5. The Matter-Antimatter Input Valves shall be placed in AUTOMATIC mode during
normal operation. However, under abnormal or emergency conditions, the Matter-
Antimatter Input and Emergency Overload Bypass valves may be operated
manually from the Fuel Integrator Control Panel (Figure 5-3), located in the Warp
Field Control room.
6. The Main Warp Engines shall never be engaged without the ship’s warp field
activated and the field balanced around the ship. Any imbalance in the warp field
may cause unintended consequences.
7. The Main Warp Engines shall never be engaged without the Main Engine’s cooling
system operating at 100%. Continued operation of the engines when the cooling
system is not operating at 100% may cause overheating of the Matter-Antimatter
Reaction Chamber and the aft end Thrust Nozzle.
5208 Main Engine Cooling System Operation
The fusion of matter and antimatter produces a significant amount of heat.The Main
Engines are cooled with a special liquid metal coolant because it has a much higher
density and boiling point than other liquid coolants and therefore, can remove heat
more rapidly and allow a much higher power density. In addition, because the coolant
is highly conductive, it can be circulated via a magnetic pump around the Main Engine
Reaction Chamber, Output Nozzle, and the Main Engine End Cap. The coolant is then
circulated through the Main Engine Intercoolers, located at the aft end of the nacelle,
removing its heat into the vacuum of space by conduction. The following applies to the
Main Engine Cooling System:
1. Maintain the liquid metal coolant temperature above 235 oC at all times lest the
coolant solidify throughout the system.
2. Maintain the coolant circulating throughout the Main Engine Cooling system at all
times.
- PAGE 5-5 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5209 Ship’s Warp Field Operation
The function of the ship’s Warp Field system is to generate a negative gravimetric field
that will force the ship out of normal space-time and into subspace. The ship’s warp
field is generated by each Main Engine and envelopes the ship. As such, the warp field
must be balanced between the two engines. A differential in field intensity of 2.5% or
higher will result in a spiral distortion of the local gravimetric field around the ship,
which may cause an unintended worm hole. Control of the ship’s warp field and the
individual Warp Field Generators in each Main Engine is monitored and controlled by
the Warp Field Control panel (Figure 5-4) located in the Warp Field Control room in
both enginerooms. Power to the system comes directly from the Main Engine AC buss.
The following applies to the ship’s Warp Field system:
1. As stated in the paragraph above, the warp field generated by each Main Engine
shall not differ in intensity by more than 2 percent.
2. While the ship’s Main Engines are operating or in standby, the ship’s warp field
shall be activated and set to minimum intensity at all times. When the order is
given to go to warp speed, the ship’s warp field will automatically pulse to full
intensity in order to warp space and allow the ship to function within subspace.
3. The ship’s Warp Field system shall be operated manually should the automatic
field control feature malfunction. Should this occur, operation shall be executed at
the Warp Field Control panel and control of the engines transferred to this panel.
5210 Main Engine Control Reactor Operation
The function of the Main Engine Control Reactor is to generate and provide power to
the Main Warp Engines and its supporting systems. The reactor uses high-energy
POLYMASP plasma circulated through the Main Engine MHD Generator and through
control heat exchanger located external to the engine nacelle on the inboard side
between the Main Engines. Control of the reactor is performed at the Engine and
Reactor Power Control panel (Figure 5-8). The following applies to the Main Engine
Control Reactor:
1. The POLYMASP plasma shall flow through the system at all times while the ship is
underway. Therefore, the Main Engine Control Reactor shall be operational at all
times while underway.
2. Only when the ship is in-port, docked and the Main Engines shut down may the
Main Engine Control Reactor be shut down.
5211 Main Engine MHD Generator Operation
The function of the Main Engine MHD Generator is to provide electrical power to its
associated Main Engine and subsidiary systems. The MHD Generator produces DC
power to the Main Engine DC buss. DC Current can only be generated when the
plasma flows through the MHD generator conductor plates. The DC current is
converted to AC current via the Main Engine Motor-Generator, which powers the Main
Engine AC buss. The following applies to the Main Engine MHD Generator:
1. At least one Main Engine AC buss shall be cross-connected to the Secondary Hull
AC buss at all times while underway.
2. The Main Engine AC buss shall be disconnected from the Secondary Hull AC buss
whenever the ship is on General Quarters.
- PAGE 5-6 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5212 Main Engine Fuel Production Unit Operation
The function of the Main Engine Fuel Production Unit is to produce antimatter fuel
(POLYMASN) for the fusion reaction. The ship does not contain enough antimatter to
sustain a 5-year mission without refueling. And although the ship contains enough
antimatter to propel the ship at warp 1 speed for 125 days, continuous operation at
high warp speed will rapidly deplete the POLYMASN supply contained in the storage
rings due to the elevated Intermix Ratio at high warp speeds. Therefore, the antimatter
must constantly be replenished if the ship is to fulfill a complete 5-year mission. The
POLYMASN production unit utilizes a special Tevatron to produce free positrons in bulk
quantity, which are then injected directly into the POLYMASN storage ring. The
following applies to the Main Engine Fuel Production Unit:
1. The POLYMASN production unit shall be started when the total POLYMASN
content within the storage ring decreases to 55 percent.
2. The ship shall not operate at speeds greater than Warp 3 while the POLYMASN
production unit is in operation.
3. The POLYMASN production unit shall be shut down when the total mass within
the POLYMASN storage ring reaches 102 percent.
4. Due to the power requirements of the Tevatron, the Main Engine AC buss shall be
disconnected from the Secondary Hull while POLYMASN production is in progress.
5. Only one of the Main Engine POLYMASN production units shall be operating at any
time. The POLYMASN production units of both Main Engines shall never be
operating together at the same time.
5213 Main Engine Fuel Storage and Confinement System Operation
The function of the Main Engine Fuel Storage and Confinement system is to safely
contain the POLYMASS fuel in plasma form. The containment system is basically two
separate plasma storage rings. Magnetic fields keep both the positive matter plasma
(POLYMASP) and the antimatter plasma (POLYMASN) confined and circulating within
their respective storage ring. The rings are essentially mounted vertically within the
Main Engine nacelle. The storage rings also contain intermediate containment tubes
which allows the size of the storage ring to be adjusted based on total mass. The
POLYMASP ring is on the inboard side of the Main Engine, while the POLYMASN ring
is on the outboard side. This is so that if there is a containment breach, antimatter
should flow away from the ship and should not interact with the other Main Engine.
The following applies to the Main Engine Fuel Confinement System:
1. The confinement fields of both the POLYMASP and POLYMASN storage rings shall
be operating at all times.
2. The total mass density of either the POLYMASP or POLYMASN storage rings shall
remain constant.
5214 Cycling Station Operation
The function of the Cycling Station (Figure 5-6) is used to separate deuterium and
tritium from hydrogen gas used for the fusion reaction of the Impulse Engines. In
addition, Cycling Stations may also be used to recover deuterium and tritium that may
be left over from the fusion reaction within the reaction chamber of the Impulse
Engines. As such, the Cycling Station shall be operational at all times. Each Impulse
Engine unit has two Cycling Stations to perform the recovery.
- PAGE 5-7 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5215 Main Engine Space Gas Induction System Operation
The Space Gas Induction system is a means to augment the Fuel Production system of
the ship’s Main Engines with additional hydrogen that can be converted into
POLYMASP plasma. The system utilizes large gas “Scoops” located at the front of the
Main Engine and below the forward dome of the Main Engine nacelle. When the
system is in operation three doors are lowered so that the hydrogen gas can be
scooped-up and compressed into high-pressure cylinders. Hydrogen gas collected may
also be diverted to the Primary Hull and to the Impulse Engines for use in the fusion
reaction. The system can only effectively be used within areas of space containing a
large concentration of hydrogen gas, such as in certain nebulae.
5216 Full-Power Calorimetric
A Full-power Calorimetric is a method used to calibrate the power instruments of the

ship by operating the ship at power and collecting data. The data is then fed into a
computer program and the engine power is calculated. The information obtained from
this calculation is used to calibrate engine power instruments since power cannot be
directly measured, but only calculated based upon engine parameters and power
equation coefficients. As such, the following applies regarding the performance of full-
power calorimetrics:
1. A full-power calorimetric shall be performed every 6 months or as needed if it is

suspected that power instrumentation may be out of calibration.
2. The engines must be operating at 100% power for a minimum of 30 minutes
before data collection can commence.
5217 Maneuvering System Operation
The function of the ship’s Maneuvering system is to provide low-speed ship movement
and overall ship maneuverability. The following applies to the Maneuvering engines:
1. Maneuvering Engines shall always be used when maneuvering in or around Star

Fleet Docks as required by FLTOPS 501.
2. The maximum maneuvering speed around docks or anchorages shall not exceed
0.5 meters per second within 6 meters of any docking point per FLTOPS 510.
3. When exiting a Space Dock or Drydock, the ship must remain on Maneuvering
Thrusters until the ship reaches a safe distance away from the dock structure or 2
kilometers. At this point, the ship may maneuver using its secondary or Impulse
Engines.
4. Under emergency conditions, the ship’s Maneuvering Thrusters may be used to
steer the ship at speed.
5218 In-Port Propulsion Operations
Under normal conditions, the ship’s engines will be shut down while in-port and
docked. However, the ship’s engines may be running when performing calibration or
other tests.
- PAGE 5-8 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-1
Standard Warp Engine Control Panel Mark IV Mod-5
- PAGE 5-9 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-2
Standard Impulse Engine Control Panel Mark IV Mod-5
- PAGE 5-10 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-3
Standard Fuel Integrator Control Panel
- PAGE 5-11 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-4
Standard Warp Field Control Panel
- PAGE 5-12 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-5
Impulse Engine Converter Assembly
- PAGE 5-13 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-6
Cycling Station Unit
- PAGE 5-14 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
SECTION 3 – SHIP’S REACTOR OPERATIONS
5300 Introduction
The U.S.S. Enterprise, and all vessels of this class, is equipped with three fusion
reactors for the purpose of producing electrical power. These fusion reactors are of the
Tokamak design - a device using a magnetic field to confine plasma in the shape of a
torus. Two of the reactors (3600 MWth each) are located within the engineering
section of the Primary Hull on Deck 6; the third reactor, a larger 7500 MWth unit, is
located in the Secondary Hull on Deck 17 and occupies the spaces on Decks 15, 16
and 17.
5301 Reactor Safety
All reactors aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise shall be operated in accordance with the
procedures and instructions specified in STARSHIPS technical, operating and safety
manuals.
5302 Reactor Power Calibration
All reactors aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise shall be calibrated for power every 4500 hours
of continuous reactor operation. This involves running the reactor and loading the
associated Turbo-Generator to full power. The Duty Reactor Operator shall take data
readings and provide them to the Duty Engineer. The Duty Engineer shall analyze and
calculate actual thermal power and recommend any change to ship’s instrumentation
regarding reactor power. The Engineering Watch Supervisor shall oversee the entire
process and shall require the Duty Reactor Operator and the Duty Electrical Operator to
coordinate the balancing of generator load with reactor power.
5303 Duty Reactor Operator
The Duty Reactor Operator is that technician specializing in and certified by the Chief
Engineering Officer to monitor and control the ship’s reactors and supporting systems.
The Duty Reactor Operator (DRO) shall stand his or her watch in the Power Control
Center and shall be under the supervision of the Engineering Watch Supervisor. The
Duty Reactor Operator is able to monitor and control all three reactors from the Power
Control Center, as well as all the turbines associated with the reactors.
5304 In-Port Reactor Operation
Under normal conditions when the ship is in-port, docked and moored the ships
reactors will be placed in cold shutdown. However, the ship’s reactors may remain
operational (referred to as being in “Hot Standby”) if the ship is scheduled to be in port
for five days or less. This allows for the instant startup of the ship’s maneuvering and
propulsion systems and to make the ship ready for immediate departure.
- PAGE 5-15 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5305 Reactor Startup
Fusion reactors are relatively simple mechanisms as they do not have any moving
parts. Everything is performed using electro-magnetic fields. The following are the
basic steps in starting-up a fusion reactor. Note that as stated in SORM 5301, all
reactors shall be started in accordance with the procedures and instructions specified
in the associated STARSHIPS manuals regarding the start-up, operation and shutdown
of the ship’s fusion reactors.
1. Energize the toroidal magnets to begin generating and circulating the plasma.
2. Increase energy to 10 KeV in order to bring the plasma temperature up to 108 oC.
3. Start the coolant Turbo-Pumps.
4. Pulse the compression fields to initiate fusion.
5306 Maintaining Reactor Power
The primary goal is to keep the fusion reaction going with occasional fuel make-up of
deuterium and tritium. The Reactor Operator shall monitor the plasma temperature and
shall inject fuel as needed to sustain the fusion reaction. In addition, the Reactor
Operator shall monitor the torus and reactor casing temperatures to ensure they stay
within limits.
5307 Reactor Coolant Turbo-Pump
The fusion reactors are cooled by helium gas circulating around the torus and the hot
gas is used to drive the Turbo-Generators as stated in SORM 5402. The helium gas is
circulated from the Turbo-Generator to the reactor by a gas turbine pump. The Turbo-
Pump must be running at all times while the reactor is operating. While the ship is
inport, the main Turbo-Generators may not be operating, but the reactor may still be
operating in hot standby. In this condition, the helium coolant must be diverted from
Turbo-Generator to the auxiliary Reactor Bypass Heat Exchanger, which is located in
the same space as the Impulse Engine Heat Exchanger (see SORM 6407).
5308 Reactor Shutdown
Fusion reactors are relatively easy to shut down. Simply reduce the temperature of the
plasma and expand the plasma stream and the fusion reaction will immediately stop.
However, though the reactor is essentially shut down, the residual heat produced by
the fusion reaction must continue to be removed. As such, the Reactor Coolant Turbo-
Pumps shall remain in operation until the temperature of the torus reaches ambient
temperatures.
5309 Reactor Overload Operation
Under extreme emergency conditions the ship’s reactors may be operated beyond their
normal operating range. However, in order to do this, the Commanding Officer, or the
Officer of the Conn with permission from the Commanding Officer, must switch ON
Captain’s Battleshort (Switch A in SORM 4210) on the Command Chair.
5310 Reactor Refueling
The fusion reactors are continuously refueled by injecting deuterium and tritium. As
such, there is no special refueling operation required nor does the reactor need to be
shut down to refuel.
- PAGE 5-16 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-7
Mark III Fusion Reactor Assembly
- PAGE 5-17 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-8
Engine and Reactor Power Control Panel Mark V Mod-9
(with center cover removed and Mark III control console)
- PAGE 5-18 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
SECTION 4 – SHIP ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS
5400 General Power Plant Operations
The generation of electrical power for the U.S.S. Enterprise is performed within the
Engineering sections of the ship by the Generation section of the Power Systems
division. The Generation section has the responsibility for producing steady, regulated
electrical power for the ship and as such, is responsible for all the machinery and the
equipment associated with electrical power generation, such as the ship’s Main Turbo-
Generators, the Main Motor-Generators, Main Transformers, the Main 4160 Volt AC
Power Busses, the Emergency Generators, the systems used to support the
generators, and the ship’s Batteries. In addition, this section is also responsible for the
acquisition of electrical power from shore establishments while the ship is docked and
attached to the facility’s service umbilical.
5401 Duty Electrical Operator
The Duty Electrical Operator is that technician on watch certified by the Electrical
Officer as qualified to operate and maintain the ship’s electric plant. The Duty Electrical
Operator (DEP) is primarily responsible for the safe and proper operation of the ship’s
electrical generation equipment (e.g. the ship’s Turbo-Generators, the ship’s Motor-
Generators, and the ship’s Batteries) and for the generation and distribution of the
ship’s electrical power. The DEP will usually stand his or her watch in the Power
Control Center located in Engineering, and will be overseen by the Engineering Watch
Supervisor.
5402 Ship’s Turbo-Generators
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with Turbo-Generators as the primary source of AC

electric power for the ship. Each Turbo-Generator utilizes the heat generated by the
ship’s fusion reactors to power these generators. That is, the helium gas used to cool
the fusion reactors is used the drive the turbines. The ship has four Turbo-Generators:
one located on the port side of the Primary Hull, one located on the starboard side of
the Primary Hull, and two located on Deck 16 in the Secondary Hull.
5403 Ship’s Motor-Generators
The function of the ship’s Motor-Generators is to supply AC power when the normal
Turbo-Generators are not operating to supply the AC busses. The Motor-Generator, or
MG set, is a combined motor and generator unit that can change modes from an AC
motor/DC generator to a DC motor/AC generator. Under normal conditions the AC end
of the unit is a motor driving a DC generator to supply power to the DC buss and to
maintain the ship’s batteries fully charged. Should the normal mode of AC electrical
generation be interrupted, the unit will instantaneously convert to an AC generation
unit. The ship’s batteries will supply power to the DC end, which is now a motor, to
drive an AC generator supplying power to the AC busses. This action is automatic and
requires no intervention by the Duty Electrical Operator. The ship has four MG sets:
one located on the port side of the Primary Hull, one located on the starboard side of
the Primary Hull, and two located in Compartments 23S-907 and 908 on Deck 23 in
the Secondary Hull.
- PAGE 5-19 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5404 Underway Electrical Lineup
Under normal operating conditions and while underway, the ship shall always run in a
full-power lineup, except when the ship is in General Quarters (GQ-1). Refer to SORM
7301 regarding the actions taken when the ship is at General Quarters.
5405 Underway Full-Power Lineup
Underway, a full-power lineup is defined as the connection and distribution of all

sources of electrical power to all areas of the ship. This lineup is to ensure all areas of
the ship will be served by any source of electrical generation at all times. The following
constitutes a full-power electrical lineup:
1. Port and Starboard Primary Hull main AC busses are cross-connected allowing all
generators to supply power to both sides of the Primary Hull.
2. Secondary Hull main AC buss cross-connected with the Primary Hull; both Main
Engine AC busses are connected to the Secondary Hull AC buss.
3. Primary Hull Motor-Generators are supplying the DC busses; both Port and
Starboard DC busses are powered independently. Primary Hull batteries are
floating on their respective DC buss.
4. Secondary Hull Motor-Generators are supplying the Secondary Hull DC buss;
Secondary Hull batteries are floating on the Secondary Hull DC buss.
5. Port and Starboard Main Engine MHD generators are supplying engine power;
Main Engine Motor-Generators are supplying AC power to the Primary Hull via the
Secondary Hull AC buss.
5406 Underway Half-Power Lineup
Underway, a half-power lineup is defined as the splitting of the AC busses. This is

primarily done for electrical maintenance and during General Quarters. This lineup is to
ensure that a problem with one side of the ship will not bring down the other side. The
following constitutes the half-power electrical lineup:
1. Port and Starboard Primary Hull main AC busses are split allowing the associated
generators to supply power only to their respective busses in the Primary Hull.
2. Secondary Hull main AC buss is cross-connected with the Primary Hull, but only
the Starboard Main Engine AC buss is supplying power to the Primary Hull. The
Port Main Engine AC buss is disconnected from the Secondary Hull main AC buss
and only supplying power to the Port Main Engine. The Port Main Engine AC buss
will remain on standby to supply power to the rest of the ship if necessary.
3. Primary Hull Motor-Generators are supplying power to their respective DC busses;
the Port and Starboard DC busses are split and operating independently. Primary
Hull batteries are floating on their respective DC buss.
4. Secondary Hull Motor-Generators are supplying power to the Secondary Hull DC
buss; Secondary Hull batteries are floating on the Secondary Hull DC buss.
5. Port and Starboard Main Engine MHD generators are supplying engine power; only
the Starboard Main Engine Motor-Generator is supplying AC power to the Primary
Hull.
- PAGE 5-20 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5407 Underway Split-Hull Electrical Lineup
Underway, a split-hull power lineup is defined as the electrical separation of the

Primary and Secondary hulls. In this lineup both the Primary and the Secondary hulls
can be in either a full-power or half-power lineup. The reasons for this lineup would be
for electrical maintenance or in preparation for hull separation. (See SORM 6801)
5408 In-Port Electrical Lineup
When the ship is docked the ship will be in a normal in-port power lineup, which is
defined as:
1. The ship is receiving power from the base or station through the Secondary Hull
main AC buss.
2. Secondary Hull main AC buss is cross-connected with the Primary Hull and both
Main Engine AC busses. Secondary Hull is supplying AC power to both Main
Engines.
3. Port and Starboard Main Engines and Main Engine MHD generators are shutdown.
4. Port and Starboard Primary Hull main AC busses are cross-connected as in an
underway full-power lineup as specified in SORM 5403; AC power is supplied from
the Secondary Hull. The Primary Hull AC busses shall only be split during General
Quarters in port.
5. Primary Hull Motor-Generators are supplying the DC busses; the Port and
Starboard DC busses are independent. Primary Hull batteries are floating on their
respective DC buss.
6. Secondary Hull Motor-Generators are supplying the DC buss; Secondary Hull
batteries are floating on the DC buss.
5409 Electrical Maintenance Safety
When electrical maintenance or repair is to be performed on any compartment, the

following safety rules shall apply:
1. All electrical maintenance and repair shall only be performed by qualified electrical
technicians from the Electrical Maintenance division.
2. All power to a compartment shall be shut down from the Unit Level Substation
associated with that compartment before electrical work is to be performed within
the compartment.
3. All electrical outlets, switches and components within the compartment shall be
tested to ensure that the circuit is de-energized before maintenance begins.
4. After work on a circuit is complete the technician shall check the circuit for zero
ground before re-energizing the compartment.
5. Technicians working on high-voltage circuits or working within high-voltage
tunnels and conduits shall wear an insulated Utility Vest (Item 3571) and Gloves
(Item 3581).
6. Technicians working on high-voltage circuits shall use only non-conductive tools
designed for such work.
7. Technicians working on any electrical circuit shall be in constant communications
with the Duty Electrical Officer.
- PAGE 5-21 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5410 Unit Level Substations
Each deck aboard ship contains a Unit Level Substation from which all electrical
circuits and equipment within the deck is controlled. Each Unit Level Substation will
generally be located in the same location on each deck and is placed adjacent to the
primary electrical distribution shaft.
ONLY CERTIFIED POWER SYSTEMS DIVISION PERSONNEL ARE AUTHORIZED TO

ENTER A UNIT LEVEL SUBSTATION AND ACCESS ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT CONTROLS.
5411 Ship’s Batteries
The U.S.S. Enterprise contains three sets of batteries: two located on the Port and
Starboard sides of the Primary Hull and one in the Secondary Hull and constitute the
emergency source of DC power to the ship. The batteries shall be used primarily for
emergency operations when the normal generation of AC power is not available and
when the ship will start the engines from a cold shutdown. Under normal conditions
the batteries shall float on the DC buss, being supplied of DC voltage from the ship’s
Motor-Generator (MG) sets. Under emergency conditions the ship can be supplied with
AC and DC power entirely on battery power for roughly 160 hours with the ship on
reduced electrical load.
5412 Ship’s Battery Wells
The ship’s batteries are stored in Battery Wells, which are seal compartments that are
under a negative pressure. The Primary Hull Battery Wells are located on Deck 6 in
Sections E and H; the Secondary Hull Battery Well is located on Deck 23, Compartment
23S-910, and represents the lowest part of the ship. Entry into the ship’s battery wells
is restricted to authorized personnel from the Power Systems division. Permission from
the Officer of the Conn or the Commanding Officer is required for entry into any Battery
Well. See SORM 8908 regarding access to Battery Wells.
5413 Dilithium Crystals
Dilithium Crystals are mineral substances that have the property of transtation – the
ability to translate one form of energy into another. In addition, Dilithium Crystals
magnify the energy flow and produce great amounts of energy due to crystal nuclear
vibration, which is not unlike a piezoelectric effect. The crystals channel energy
through a series of crystals which magnifies the energy flow from crystal to crystal.
Dilithium Crystals are normally mounted in a special articulation frame which is part of
the Impulse Engine’s Converter Assembly as illustrated in Figure 5-10. The following
applies to Dilithium Crystals:
1. Dilithium Crystals shall be re-energized every 60 days per technical manual

STARSHIPS 542-2610.
2. Spare Dilithium Crystal plates shall be kept energized in their proper charging units
(Figure 5-9) located in the Energizer Section on Deck 6 in Engineering.
3. Dilithium Crystal plates must be properly aligned in their receptacles per technical
manual STARSHIPS 532-3360.
4. In accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4790, no one aboard ship shall not sell,
lend or barter any Dilithium crystal. However, Dilithium Crystals may be purchased
at an equitable price per Star Fleet Regulation 4970 so long as the crystals have a
purity of Grade B or better.
- PAGE 5-22 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-9
Dilithium Crystal Storage and Energizer Unit Mark II Mod-3
- PAGE 5-23 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-10
Dilithium Crystal Articulation Frame Assembly
(with frame assembly extended and crystal exposed)
- PAGE 5-24 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
SECTION 5 – SHIP ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATIONS
5500 Ship’s Environmental Requirements
The U.S.S. Enterprise is currently designated to operate using a terran humanoid crew.
Therefore, the environmental requirements shall reflect those for an Earth crew,
Ship’s Environmental Parameter Specification

Standard Gravity 9.80 m/s2 (1g)
Atmospheric Temperature 20-22 oC
Atmospheric Relative Humidity 38-48%
Atmospheric Pressure 760 mm Hg
Atmospheric Gas Mixture 22% O2 / 78% N2+
Lighting 750-1500 lux
Water Temperature – Hot 50 oC
Water Temperature – Cold 5 oC
Maximum Ambient Noise Levels:
a. Work Areas 90 dB
b. Non-work Areas 45 dB
c. Crews Quarters 35 dB
5501 Environmental Systems
Star Fleet ships are equipped with the systems needed to create and maintain the
environmental parameters as listed above. For humanoid crews the following systems
are required:
Ship’s Environmental System System Function

Oxygen Generating System Generate and store breathing oxygen
Ventilation System Circulate filtered atmospheric air throughout the
ship and to evacuate contaminated air or harmful
gasses from compartments
Heating and Cooling System Maintain the internal temperature and comfort of
the ship through air heating, cooling and
humidity control
Pressure Control System Maintain the internal pressure of the ship at
required levels
Air Recharging System To function as a source of fresh air to the ship
Air Purification System Remove impurities, CO2 and non-condensable
gasses from the ship’s atmosphere
Gravity System Adjust and maintain ship’s gravity to desired
levels
Environmental Controls System Monitoring and control of environmental
parameters and system equipment
- PAGE 5-25 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5502 Environmental Control Centers
The ship has two Environmental Control Centers (ECC), one in the Primary Hull and the
other in the Secondary Hull. SORM 8402 provides further details regarding the ECCs.
ECCs are the central location for the control of the ship’s environmental systems and
the monitoring of Primary Hull’s environmental parameters. The one in the Primary Hull
performs the same function, but can be powered by either the port or starboard AC
buss. The ECC in the Secondary Hull, located on Deck 15, monitors and controls the
environmental parameters in the Secondary Hull, but control of the Primary Hull can be
transferred to this center if necessary.
5503 Environmental Controls Supervisor
The Environmental Controls Supervisor is that officer designated by the Engineering

Officer to be in charge of operating and maintaining the ship’s environment systems
and is responsible for maintaining the ship’s environmental parameters to specified
values while underway. The Environmental Controls Supervisor shall be an officer from
the Environmental Systems division and shall stand the watch in the Environmental
Control Center.
5504 Duty Environmental Technician
The Duty Environmental Technician is that technician certified by the Environmental

Controls Officer to perform the duties of operating and maintaining the ship’s
environment systems. The job of the Duty Environmental Technician is to operate or
supervise the operation of an environmental system and to set or maintain the ship’s
environmental parameters as ordered by the Officer of the Conn or as required by
procedure or directive. The Duty Environmental Technician shall stand his or her watch
from the Environmental Control Center and travel between the Bridge, Environmental
Control and the compartment in which environment equipment is to be operated. As
part of his or her duty, the Duty Environmental Technician shall maintain the logs of
the environmental equipment operated and shall log the operating parameters of the
environmental equipment currently in operation on an hourly basis.
5505 Checking Environmental Parameters
The Duty Environmental Technician shall check and record the ship’s environmental
parameters each hour. The Duty Environmental Technician shall make adjustments to
the environmental parameters as necessary to keep them within specification. The
Duty Environmental Technician shall also track any trends in the direction of or any
deviation in environmental parameters.
5506 Oxygen Generation and Storage
Oxygen for the ship’s atmosphere is produced through the electrolysis of deionized,
pure water. This process is performed by the ship’s Oxygen Generation system, which
dissociates pure water into oxygen and hydrogen at 22 MPa. The oxygen generated
will be inserted into the Oxygen Banks and the hydrogen into the Hydrogen Banks for
use by the Impulse engines. The Duty Environmental Technician can either remotely
control the Oxygen Generation Units from the ECC or manually operate them locally.
The primary source of oxygen for the entire ship originates from the Secondary Hull,
which comprises the Main Oxygen Generation Plant (15S-115) and the main Oxygen
Banks located in Compartment 15S-112. The Primary Hull contains one small backup
unit on Deck 5 used to augment the primary supply when the ship is operating in split-
hull mode. Operation of the ship’s Oxygen Generators shall be performed in
accordance with technical manual STARSHIPS 549-3115.
- PAGE 5-26 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5507 Cleaning Ventilation Filters
All ventilation filters shall be removed and cleaned weekly, or if the differential pressure
across the filter exceeds 150 Torr. It shall be the responsibility of the ship’s Duty Repair
Officer, in the role of Maintenance Officer, to ensure that the ship’s ventilation filters
are cleaned and serviced as required. The procedures for the removal of the air filters
can be found in technical manual STARSHIPS 559-3242.
5508 Entering the Main Ship’s Ventilation Plenum
The Main Ship’s Ventilation Plenum is the central distribution point for circulating fresh
air throughout the ship. The Main Ship’s Ventilation Plenum is a large cylindrical tank
housing the four Main Ventilation Turbofans. The plenum occupies Decks 14, 15 and
16. Access into the Main Ventilation Plenum is via a hatch that is located on Deck 14.
However, there are some safety guidelines regarding entrance into the plenum:
1. All four Turbofans inside the plenum must be shut down before the hatch can be
opened and entry into the plenum is allowed. Allow the pressure in the plenum to
equalize before opening the hatch.
2. The electrostatic Precipitrons must be turned-off before entry into the plenum is
allowed.
3. The flapper valves of all four air discharge headers must be shut before entry into
the plenum is allowed.
A complete description of the Main Ventilation Plenum can be found in the technical
manual STARSHIPS 539-4220.
5509 Adjusting Ship’s Gravity
Ship’s gravity shall normally be maintained at 1.02g. The Duty Environmental

Technician can make adjustments to the ship’s gravity either from ECC or from the
Environmental Systems station on the Bridge. In general, gravity is automatically
controlled by the ship’s Environmental Computer in conjunction with the ship’s Inertial
Dampening system. However, the gravity levels can be adjusted and programmed into
the computer for regulation. Changes to the ship’s gravity levels shall be performed in
accordance with the procedures in STARSHIPS 549-3410.
5510 Adjusting Ship’s Temperature
The main ship’s air supply header contains a heater and an evaporator unit to control
overall ship’s temperature. The temperature of the circulated air is controlled from ECC
by the ship’s Environmental Computer. In addition, the ship’s corridors and other open
spaces have local spot coolers, heaters and recirculation fans to maintain temperature
in these areas, all of which are controlled by the ship’s Environmental Computer.
However, the temperature of individual compartments is controlled from within the
compartment through the local Ventilation Control panel as illustrated in Figure 5-11.
5511 Adjusting Ship’s Ventilation Flow
Air flow through the Main Ventilation plenum is governed by the speed of the Main
Ventilation Turbofans. Although flow is automatically controlled by the Environmental
Computer the speed, and therefore the flow, can be manually adjusted or programmed
by the Duty Environmental technician as necessary.
- PAGE 5-27 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-11
Standard Compartment Ventilation Control Panel
- PAGE 5-28 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
SECTION 6 – SHIP’S AUXILIARY SYSTEMS OPERATIONS
5600 Ship’s Auxiliary Systems
Ship’s auxiliary systems are those systems pertaining to the support of the major
ship’s systems as well as supporting the needs of the crew. These systems include:
Ship’s Auxiliary System System Function

Air Acquisition System  Provide source for high-pressure air
 Provide a source for fresh air to the atmosphere
High Pressure Air System  Provide source for service air
 Provide pressure to the hydraulic system
Low Pressure Air System  Provide pressure to fluid tanks
 Provide motive force to pneumatic doors
Water Acquisition System  Provides a source of fresh clean water
 Provides methods to acquire fresh water from outside
Water Purification System  Cleans and purifies water for consumption
 Generates pure deionized water for special purposes
Plumbing System  Provides methods to distribute water throughout ship
 Provide potable water for crew use
 Provide source of auxiliary cooling water
Hydraulic System  Provides motive force for lifts and elevators
 Provides motive force for propulsion equipment
Waste Handling System  Converts waste to raw materials
 Reclaims water and other fluids from waste
Auxiliary Equipment Cooling  Provide cooling for auxiliary equipment
Doorway Systems  Provides motive power to doorways and hatches
 Provides sensors for automatic doorway operation
Food Service System  Provides methods for delivering fabricated foodstuffs
 Provides preservation of fresh foodstuffs
5601 Auxiliary Engineering Supervisor
The Auxiliary Engineering Supervisor is that officer designated by the Engineering

Officer to be in charge of maintaining the ship’s auxiliary and plumbing systems while
underway. The Auxiliary Engineering Supervisor shall be an officer from the Ship
Services division and shall stand the watch in the Auxiliary Control room.
5602 Auxiliaryman of the Watch
The Auxiliaryman of the Watch is that technician certified by the Auxiliary Engineering
Assistant to perform the duties of operating and maintaining the ship’s auxiliary
systems. The job of the Auxiliaryman of the Watch is to operate or supervise the
operation of an auxiliary system as ordered by the Officer of the Conn or as required by
procedure or directive. The Auxiliaryman of the Watch shall stand his or her watch
from the Auxiliary Control room and travel between the Bridge, Auxiliary Control and
the compartment in which auxiliary equipment is to be operated. As part of his or her
duty, the Auxiliaryman of the Watch shall maintain the logs of the auxiliary equipment
operated and shall log the operating parameters of the auxiliary equipment currently in
operation on an hourly basis.
- PAGE 5-29 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5603 Fresh Air Acquisition
Although the ship’s atmosphere is continuously revitalized, there will be occasions

when fresh air extracted from Class-M planets may become necessary. Therefore, Star
Fleet ships come equipped with a Fresh Air Acquisition System, a complete description
of which can be found in the system description manual: STARSHIPS 539-5110. When
fresh air is required the Auxiliaryman of the Watch shall operate the Air Acquisition
Unit in accordance with the procedures in STARSHIPS 549-4111.
5604 Charging High-Pressure Air Banks
The ship is equipped with high-pressure air banks for the purpose of providing motive
power to service systems and pressure for the hydraulic plant. When the pressure
within these air banks falls below 75 percent of capacity, the banks shall be charged
using the ship’s High-pressure Air Compressors. When the high-pressure air banks
require charging the Auxiliaryman of the Watch shall operate the High-Pressure Air
Compressors in accordance with the procedures in STARSHIPS 549-4122 and shall
charge the air banks in accordance with STARSHIPS 549-4121.
5605 Fresh Water Acquisition
The U.S.S. Enterprise has waste treatment and water reclamation systems to maintain
an adequate supply of water for the crew and for some systems. However, there will
always be some loss to the total inventory and therefore, fresh water will need to be
acquired in order to make-up the shortfall. Therefore, the ship is equipped with a Water
Acquisition System. This system also works on the same principles as the Transporter.
In general, the system beams or “scoops” large volumes of water and loads it into the
ship’s fresh water tanks. A complete description of this system can be found in
technical manual: STARSHIPS 539-5210. When additional fresh water is required the
Auxiliaryman of the Watch shall operate the Fresh Water Acquisition Unit in
accordance with the procedures in STARSHIPS 549-4211.
5606 Waste Water Conversion
The U.S.S. Enterprise has waste treatment and water reclamation systems to help
maintain an adequate supply of water for the crew and for some systems. As such, the
ship is equipped with a Waste Water Conversion System. Like the Water Acquisition
system, this system also works on the same principles as the Transporter. Waste
water enters the system and the reclamation unit separates the particulate matter from
the water. The water is then sent to Water Purification Plant and the remaining solids
may be converted to base material. A complete description of this system can be found
in technical manual: STARSHIPS 539-5430. When the waste water tanks reach 75
percent of capacity the Auxiliaryman of the Watch shall operate the Waste Water
Conversion Unit in accordance with the procedures in STARSHIPS 549-4411.
5607 Food Processors
The U.S.S. Enterprise contains many food processing units, called DC units, distributed
throughout the ship. These units are small versions of the ship’s Fabricators designed
solely for the purpose of producing meals and foodstuffs. These units are the primary
source of food and meals for the crew. As such, these units are to be kept in optimum
operating condition at all times. Therefore, the Auxiliaryman of the Watch shall inspect
these units daily to ensure their proper operation.
- PAGE 5-30 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
SECTION 7 – SHIP’S TRANSPORTER OPERATIONS
5700 Ship’s Transporters
The U.S.S. Enterprise utilizes highly sophisticated matter-energy scramblers to

transport personnel and material through space. As such, the intricacy of the
Transporter system and its apparatus require special procedures and personnel with
expert and specialized knowledge in the operation and maintenance of Transporter
units. The location and function of these units are as follows:
Transporter Unit Location Functional Purpose of Unit

Standard Unit No. 1 5E-366 Standard six person unit for general transport
purposes.
Standard Unit No. 2 5H-367 Standard six person unit for general transport
purposes.
Standard Unit No. 3 6G-186 Standard six person unit for general transport
and for security personnel.
Medical Unit 7D-207 Standard six person unit for medical personnel
use only.
Emergency Unit No. 1 5C-343 Standard twenty-two person unit for emergency
evacuation and abandon ship.
Emergency Unit No. 2 5I-352 Standard twenty-two person unit for emergency
Emergency Unit No. 3 5J-353 Standard twenty-two person unit for emergency
Emergency Unit No. 4 5A-371 Standard twenty-two person unit for emergency
Emergency Unit No. 5 17S- Standard twenty-two person unit for emergency
302/304 evacuation and abandon ship.
Cargo Unit No. 1 19S-515 Heavy-duty transport unit for bulk cargo.
Maximum object dimensions: 2.8L x 2.5W x 2.0H
meters; maximum weight: 15,000 kilograms.
Cargo Unit No. 2 21S-718 Heavy-duty transport unit for bulk cargo.
Maximum object dimensions: 2.8L x 2.5W x 2.0H
meters; maximum weight: 15,000 kilograms.
5701 General Transporter Operation
1. Under normal circumstances only the standard six-person Transporter units shall
be used for normal transport of personnel, stores and small equipment.
2. All persons transporting from and returning back to the ship shall undergo a
complete medical examination.
3. Cargo units shall only be used for heavy freight. Cargo units shall never be used to
transport personnel, except in an emergency situation.
4. Emergency units are to be used only in an emergency and to abandon ship.
Emergency units shall never be used for normal transporting of personnel or
equipment.
- PAGE 5-31 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5702 Duty Transporter Officer
The Duty Transporter Officer is that officer on duty with knowledge of the operation
and maintenance of the ship’s Transporter units and shall be responsible for the proper
operation of all Transporter units while on duty. The Duty Transporter Officer will
normally be an officer from the Transporter Control division, but may also be any line
or engineering officer with knowledge in the theory and operation of Transporter units.
The function of the Duty Transporter Officer is to:
a. Oversee and direct transport operations.

b. Obtain the necessary permissions and coordinates required for transport.
c. Greet individuals and dignitaries that transport aboard ship.
d. Manage Transporter repairs and emergencies, if they occur.
5703 Duty Transporter Operator
The Duty Transporter Operator is that technician on duty from the Transporter Control
division that has expertise in the operation and repair of the ship’s transporter units.
Only qualified and certified technicians shall operate Transporter units.
5704 Transporter Room Regulations
Transporter rooms are security areas and therefore, the following rules apply:
1. Transporter rooms and their units shall be secured and de-energized at all times
when not in use. Transporter room lighting shall be turned down low when not in
use.
2. Transporter rooms shall be kept unoccupied when not in use. Only certified
Transporter technicians are authorized to enter Transporter rooms for the purpose
of maintenance, repair or testing. No one else shall enter or occupy Transporter
rooms without authorization from the Officer of the Conn or the Commanding
Officer.
3. Transporter rooms shall be kept neat and clean at all times. There shall be no dirt
or contaminants on the Transporter platform or on transport surfaces. Dirt, dust
and contaminants may affect Transporter operation and possibly have a negative
impact on the body structure of beamed individuals.
4. Transporter rooms shall be inspected daily for cleanliness. Dignitaries and other
persons beaming aboard ship will receive their first impression of the command by
how the Transporter Room looks.
5. The Transporter Control console shall be kept clean at all times. Dust and other
contaminants may enter and affect the delicate controls of the console.
6. There shall be no food or beverages placed on top of the Transporter Control
console at any time. However, the Medical Transporter unit on Deck 7 contains
several DC units placed there for food and medicine in order to immediately treat
the sick and injured.
- PAGE 5-32 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5705 General Transport Regulations
The following rules shall apply when operating any Transporter unit:
1. The Duty Transporter Officer shall be present whenever a Transporter unit is
operational. Should more than one Transporter unit be operating at the same time,
the Duty Transporter Officer shall designate a qualified Transporter Operator or
another officer to become the adjunct Duty Transporter Officer for the unit in
question.
2. Any person operating a Transporter unit shall remain on station and await verbal
confirmation of a successful transport by the Team Leader of the Landing Party,
and shall remain on station while the Landing Party is away from the ship unless
otherwise directed. In general, Transporter units shall not remain unattended while
the unit is powered-up.
3. The Landing Party Team Leader shall report the status of the landing party
immediately upon materialization when transporting away from the ship.
4. A Transporter unit may only be secured when all members of a Landing Party have
returned, unless ordered to do otherwise by the Officer of the Conn or the
Commanding Officer.
5. Personnel beaming back to the ship from unknown or questionable places shall
undergo decontamination for no less than 5 minutes. Uniforms or clothing that has
been contaminated shall be properly disposed of.
6. Under no circumstance shall anyone enter the Transporter platform unless the unit
has been certified to operate at 100% efficiency. Transporter units shall be tested
daily for operational readiness.
7. Prior to beaming the Duty Transporter Operator shall:
a. Ensure that the destination will allow crewmembers to beam to it. For example
penal colonies and Federation prisons have protective shields that prevent
transport. Permission from the facility must be obtained before transport can
occur.
b. Ensure that the destination is safe and will support life. The Transporter Officer
shall perform scans before certifying that the destination is safe.
c. Ensure that the transporter is functional (See Paragraph 6 above.)
d. Double-check the beaming coordinates.
e. That permission to beam off the ship has been granted by the Commanding
Officer, the Command Duty Officer or the Officer of the Conn
8. When beaming to a manned facility or a known population zone, the Transporter
Officer shall contact the receiving end for permission to transport to that facility.
9. When beaming to a manned facility or a known population zone, the Transporter
Officer shall contact the receiving end and obtain the exact coordinates for
materialization that the facility requires. The Transporter Officer shall transport
crewmembers only to the exact coordinates provided by the receiving facility
unless otherwise specified by the Commanding Officer.
10. A security detail shall be present whenever hostile or unknown entities will be
beaming aboard ship.
11. A security detail shall be present to “Man The Side” whenever dignitaries will be
beaming aboard ship.
12. The Duty Transporter Operator shall make the necessary entries in the Transporter
Log regarding transport activities and conditions relating to the operation and
maintenance of the Transporter unit he or she is operating.
- PAGE 5-33 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5706 Transport Procedure
The following is the basic procedure for operating a Transporter unit aboard ship:
1. The Duty Transporter Operator shall power-up the unit from the control console.
The unit requires a ninety-second warm-up period before transport can occur.
Once the warm-up period has been completed and the Transporter Computer
ready, the Transporter Active light will become lit (see Figure 5-12.)
2. The Duty Transporter Operator shall check the log for the last time the unit was
tested and the resulting efficiency rating. If the rating was less than 100 percent,
the unit shall be placed out of commission and another unit selected in accordance
with Rule 6 of SORM 5705.
3. When the Duty Transporter Operator is satisfied that all conditions have been met,
the operator shall allow the subjects to enter the Transporter Platform. During this
stage the Duty Transporter Operator shall adjust the Transporter Plotter and enter
the proper transport coordinates as appropriate.
4. The Duty Transporter Operator shall adjust the ionization and materialization
power levels to account for the total mass of the persons or objects to be
transported. The operator shall reset the Energizer Engagement Slider by quickly
moving the slider to the top.
5. The Duty Transporter Operator shall then execute the ionization phase by slowly
moving the Energizer Slider up. This causes the following actions to take place:
a. The subject is enclosed in an isolation field to prevent foreign objects from
being transported along with the subject.
b. The unit performs a complete molecular scan of the subject and stores the
pattern in the Pattern Buffer.
c. The subject will enter the ionization or de-materialization phase. At this stage
the subject is exposed to a neural deadening and the subject becomes
unaware of what is going on.
6. Upon complete dematerialization the Duty Transporter Operation shall slowly move
the Energizer Slider down to engage the materialization phase of the transport
process. This entails the projection of an enveloping energy field to surround the
transport area in order to prevent matter interference during materialization. The
Transporter Beam will be projected within this field and re-materialization will
begin. This process is also used when materializing persons and objects aboard
ship.
7. If materialization does not occur within 25 seconds of ionization, the unit will auto-
reject the subject back to the origin. When this occurs, the Duty Transporter
Operator must restart the transport cycle. If signal boost is required, the Duty
Transporter Operator shall increase or adjust signal strength in increments of 5
percent until transport is successful. The Duty Transporter Operator shall not apply
full boost for longer than 15 seconds. However signal boost is not recommended
for normal transport operations as a continuous use of boost power may cause
ionizer burn-out.
8. The Duty Transporter Operator shall have a bio-scan performed on all persons
beaming aboard. This is to prevent unwanted organisms, unauthorized animals, or
other life-forms from beaming aboard ship. If detected the Duty Transporter
Operator shall suspend materialization and shall reverse the transport process and
return the subject back to the origin.
9. After all transport operations have concluded the Duty Transporter Operator shall
shut-down the unit and secure the Transporter Room in accordance with SORM
5704.
- PAGE 5-34 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-12
Standard Six-Person Transporter Platform
- PAGE 5-35 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-13
Standard Twenty-Two Person Emergency Transporter Platform
- PAGE 5-36 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-14
Standard Heavy-Duty Cargo Transporter Platform
- PAGE 5-37 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 5-15
Standard Transporter Control Station Mark VII
- PAGE 5-38 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
SECTION 8 – SHIP SERVICES OPERATIONS
5800 Ship’s Services
Ship’s services pertain to the systems and function that support the ship and crew.
Primarily the services provided are:
 Ship maintenance, repair and cleaning services
 Equipment and material fabrication services
 Entertainment and recreational services
 Crew personal services
Note that ship maintenance, repair and cleanliness services will be discussed in
Section 9 of this chapter.
5801 Duty Services Officer
The Duty Services Officer is that officer, designated by the Engineering Officer, to be in
charge of managing the services provided to the crew. However, underway, the Duty
Services Officer shall report to the ship’s Executive Officer regarding the management
of the stores and personal services provided.
5802 Recreational Facilities
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with many facilities dedicated to off-duty recreation
and leisure activities and are listed in SORM 3501, with the rules regarding the use of
these facilities in SORMs 3502 and 3503.
5803 Ship’s Stores
The U.S.S. Enterprise has three stores specializing in clothing, hygiene and other
personal items. The stores will be manned by yeomen from the Engineering and
Operations departments, and by persons from the Supply division that are not
currently assigned duties. As such, the following applies regarding the ship’s stores
and the items that can be purchased:
1. The ship’s stores shall be managed by the ship’s Supply Officer, with the ship’s
Procurement Officer in charge of purchasing stock items and the Parts Officer in
charge of maintaining the store’s inventory.
2. The ship’s store shall be open to everyone that is aboard ship, including military
and civilian passengers that may be aboard as well.
3. The ship’s store shall only vend those items approved by Star Fleet. Items such as
personal weapons, explosives, tools, alcoholic beverages, controlled substances or
any illegal or contraband item shall not be sold by the ship’s store.
4. All proceeds from the sale of special items for sale that were produced by the
ship’s fabrication facilities will be collected in a special fund that will be used to
purchase special and approved non-ship-produced items.
5. Ship’s personnel may order catalog items through the ship’s store, provided the
item is on the list of approved items that can be purchased.
- PAGE 5-39 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5804 Grooming Salons
Grooming Salons have been built into the ship for the purpose of supplying the crew
with personal grooming and skin care services. Grooming Salons are located on Decks
4 and 5. See SORM 8808 for locations of the salons.
5805 Material Fabrication
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with Material Fabricators for the purpose of
producing the necessary materials to keep the ship operating. Material fabrication is
the function of the Ship Materials Fabrication section, which is responsible for the
fabrication of all materials and parts; for the maintenance and repair of all fabrication
equipment and food synthesizers; and for the management of the fabrication shops
and spaces under the cognizance of the Ship Materials Fabrication section. However,
the Ship Materials Fabrication section is restricted in what it can produce. As such, the
following applies regarding the fabrication of materials:
1. The Ship Materials Fabrication section shall only produce the materials and objects
required to keep the ship operating at optimum efficiency, except where the ship’s
Commanding Officer requests special items.
2. The Ship Materials Fabrication shall not produce whole weapons of any kind, but
may only produce the spare parts needed to repair weapons. This rule may be
waived under wartime or General Quarters conditions where the need for a large
number of weapons may be required, and only under the direction of the ship’s
Commanding Officer or the officer in command of the ship.
3. The Ship Materials Fabrication section shall not produce or manufacture any illicit
or illegal drug, medicine or narcotic. Any medicine required shall be produced only
under the request and supervision of an authorized representative of the Medical
department.
4. The Ship Materials Fabrication section shall not produce or manufacture any
alcoholic beverage except as authorized by the ship’s Commanding Officer. It shall
be the responsibility of the ship’s Executive Officer to request the manufacture and
distribution of alcoholic beverages.
5. The Ship Materials Fabrication section shall not produce or manufacture any item
for personal use for anyone except as listed in SORM 5806 below.
5806 Fabrication of Personal Items
As stated in SORM 5805 the Ship Materials Fabrication section shall be restricted as to
what personal items it may manufacture. As such, the following lists the approved
items that can be produced for personal use:
1. Personal uniforms, uniform components and civilian, exercise or leisure clothing.

However, special lingerie or undergarments may not be fabricated, but can be
purchased or ordered from one of the ship’s stores.
2. Special toiletry items such as soaps, fragrances, lotions, shampoos and other such
items that may not be found in the ship’s stores.
3. Special books and literature, artwork, small musical instruments and any other
item of leisure for personal use not found in the ship’s stores.
- PAGE 5-40 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 5
SECTION 9 – SHIP MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS
5900 Introduction
The function of this chapter is to set down the regulations and guidelines relating to
cleaning and maintenance activities performed aboard ship. Maintenance activities also
include repairs as well. In general, machines wear out and as such, maintenance is a
daily occurrence onboard a Star Fleet ship. To help in the repair and maintenance of
ship’s systems the ship has a small store of spare parts and equipment as well as
repair and fabrication shops. On the U.S.S. Enterprise ship maintenance and repair is
the responsibility of the Repair and Damage Control division. Within the Repair and
Damage Control division is the ship’s Repair section, which is tasked with the repairs
to the hull and the ship’s machinery.
5901 Ship Maintenance Requirements
Consistent with Star Fleet Regulation 4680, ship Commanding Officers are required to
hold periodic inspections of the ship’s hull, spaces and machinery as directed by Star
Fleet Regulation 4310. Typically, it will be the responsibility of the Department Head in
charge of the space, and its associated machinery and equipment, to perform such
inspections, maintenance, repairs, tests and other measures, as required under Star
Fleet Regulation 4950, in order to ascertain and maintain the material condition of the
space and its machinery. As such, ship’s Department Heads will report their area’s
material condition and readiness to the Commanding Officer on a daily basis.
5902 Ship Inspection
A. The Commanding Officer shall assign the Executive Officer with the duty to inspect
the ship for cleanliness on a weekly basis in accordance with the requirements
stated in Paragraph 1 of Star Fleet Regulation 4310.
B. The Commanding Officer shall assign the Chief Medical Officer with the duty to
inspect the ship’s living quarters, washrooms, common heads, and manual food
preparation areas for sanitation on a weekly basis.
C. The Chief Engineering Officer shall assign his division officers to inspect the
systems and equipment under their purview for defects and operational
deficiencies on a weekly basis.
D. The Commanding Officer shall request a formal In-service Inspection (INSURV)
when he believes the material condition of the ship warrants such an inspection,
or when the five-year patrol cycle has concluded.
5903 Duty Maintenance Officer
Onboard the U.S.S. Enterprise the duties relating to the maintenance and cleanliness of
the ship will be handled by the ship’s Duty Repair Officer. The Duty Repair Officer will
manage the repair, maintenance and cleanliness of the ship and its components. This
is a rotational watch and officers from the Ship Maintenance, Ship Material and Ship
Repair sections will stand this duty.
- PAGE 5-41 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5904 Duty Repairman
The Duty Repairman is that technician certified by the Damage Control Assistant to
perform the duties of maintenance and repair of ship’s equipment. The job of the Duty
Repairman is to perform the scheduled and routine maintenance of equipment, to
repair machinery as required, and to perform repairs of the hull as necessary. The Duty
Repairman will usually stand his or her watch in one of the repair shops aboard ship.
5905 Duty Mechanic
The Duty Mechanic is that technician certified by the Auxiliary Engineering Assistant to
perform the duties of operator and repairman of the ship’s machinery. The job of the
Duty Mechanic is to operate the various auxiliary system equipment and to repair such
as needed. The Duty Mechanic will usually stand his or her watch in Auxiliary Control
and will be under the supervision and direction of the Auxiliaryman of the Watch.
5906 Duty Machinist
The Duty Machinist is that technician certified by the Damage Control Assistant to
perform the duties of fabricating and repairing ship’s components and machinery. The
job of the Duty Machinist is to operate the ship’s Fabricators, repair machinery and
equipment and perform bench-tests of the components and machinery that were
repaired or fabricated. The Duty Machinist will usually stand his or her watch in one of
the ship’s fabrication shops.
5907 Duty Electrician
The Duty Electrician is that technician certified by the ship’s Electrical Officer to
perform maintenance of the ship’s electrical systems and electrical equipment. The job
of the Duty Electrician is to repair faulty wiring, maintain ship’s lighting, maintain and
repair electric motors and switchgear. The Duty Electrician will usually stand his or her
watch in the Power Control Center.
5908 Ship Cleanliness Schedule
As required by Star Fleet Regulation 4680, the ship shall be maintained in a state of
maximum readiness. As a part of readiness, the material condition of the ship shall be
maintained in an optimum state of cleanliness. As such, the following schedule of
cleanliness shall be maintained:
Ship Area or Compartment Schedule Functional Purpose

Corridors – Decks 3, 4, 5 and 6; 0000-0400 To clean the corridors around the living spaces
Decks 1, 2, 7, 8 2000-0000 while most of the crew is asleep.
Corridors – Secondary Hull 0000-0330 To clean the corridors around the work spaces
while off working hours.
Corridor Bulkheads – Primary Hull 1000-1600 To remove dirt and grime from bulkheads.
Corridor Bulkheads – Secondary Hull 1300-1600 To remove dirt and grime from bulkheads.
Common Heads – Primary Hull 0200-0800 To keep bathroom areas clean and sanitary.
Common Heads – Secondary Hull 2000-0000 To keep bathroom areas clean and sanitary.
Recreation Rooms and DC units; 0000-0800 To clean and organize recreation areas and to
Ship’s Galley keep food preparation areas clean and sanitary.
Wipe-down of Machinery Weekly by To keep ship’s machinery clean and free of dirt
Department and contaminants.
Transporter Room and Platform 0600-1200 To keep Transporter surfaces clean and free of
dirt. Performed by Duty Transporter Operator.
- PAGE 5-42 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5909 Ship Maintenance Schedule
Preventive Maintenance is a schedule of planned maintenance actions aimed at the

prevention of machinery breakdown and failure. The primary goal of preventive
maintenance is to preclude the failure of equipment before it actually occurs.
Maintenance Operation Frequency Functional Purpose

Flush Impulse Vents Monthly To exercise the Impulse Vent and to expel ionic
wastes from the Impulse engines per STARSHIPS
542-2361.
Cycle Emergency Overload Bypass Weekly To ensure that the Emergency Overload Bypass
Valves Valve will function when required.
Inspect Impulse Engine Points Monthly To ensure the points do not decay into lead and
cause the Impulse Stack to blow.
Perform Full-Power Calorimetrics Bi-Annually To ensure proper measurement of engine power.
or As Needed
Perform Ground Isolation Checks Daily To ensure that no electrical circuit is shorted.
Check Ship’s Batteries Monthly To ensure the ship’s batteries are fully charged,
that all cells can provide power and that the
batteries are well within their life cycle.
Shift AC busses Monthly To ensure that the main ship’s Motor-Generators
can supply AC power from the ship’s Batteries.
Dump Non-condensable Gasses Monthly To remove gasses that have accumulated.
into Space
Shift Service and Potable Water Weekly To prevent water from becoming stagnant.
Tanks
Blow Waste Tanks Weekly To drain waste tanks to the Waste Water
Conversion units.
Clean Potable Water Tanks Monthly To ensure the cleanliness of potable water and to
prevent the build-up of bacteria and
contaminants.
Draw Samples and Test Potable Daily To test the water for purity and bacteria.
Water in Lab
Inspect Fire Suppression Systems Daily To ensure the proper operation of the ship’s Fire
Suppression system.
Test Damage Control Systems Weekly To ensure the proper operation of damage control
equipment and systems.
Test Emergency Bulkhead Closures Weekly To ensure all Inner Bulkhead Doors and
Interconnecting Accessway closures function
properly.
Test Transporter Units Daily To ensure the proper operation of the ship’s
Transporters.
Test Emergency Transporter Units Monthly To ensure the proper operation of the ship’s
Emergency Transporters.
Test Transporter Capacity Monthly To ensure the Transporters will transport the
requisite number, size and mass of objects.
Test of Ship’s Alarms Weekly To ensure that all alarms function as required.
Test of Tubrolift Alternate Power Weekly To ensure that there always will be power to the
Turbolift system and that secondary power
sources are available.
Test of Escape Plan via Turbolift Annually To test and to make sure the escape plan works
and that personnel are familiar with the process.
Main Memory Continuity Checks Weekly To ensure the main ship’s computer’s memory
functions properly and that all memory is reliable.
Test of Brig Containment Fields Weekly To ensure the Brig security system is functional.
Test and Calibrate Medical Monthly To ensure medical scanners are scanning and
Scanners displaying accurate information.
- PAGE 5-43 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5910 Ship Repairs
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped to perform most repairs onboard ship. Should a
major malfunction to a piece of equipment or minor damage to the hull occur, the ship
has the facilities and equipment to repair the damage or fabricate the necessary parts
to keep the ship operating at peak efficiency. Should damage occur to the outside of
the ship, the crew can perform in-space repairs of the hull. Therefore, the ship’s crew
can undertake most major repairs sufficiently enough that the ship can reach the
nearest repair facility. However, should the damage to the ship turn out to be so
extensive as to require immediate and considerable attention, the fleet has mobile
repair ships capable of undertaking major repairs to the ship in deep space. When this
occurs the ship’s Commanding Officer shall send a message to the nearest command
base or directly to the Fleet Flagship requesting the services of a Repair Ship. A Repair
Ship will then be dispatched. In the meantime the ship’s crew shall effect repairs as
best as possible
5911 Spare Parts
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with sufficient spare parts to perform most repairs
onboard ship. All spare parts aboard ship are stored in the Spare Parts Locker located
on Deck 20 in the Secondary Hull. In addition, an inventory of all the parts stored can
be obtained through the ship’s Library-Computer. When a part is needed the Duty
Repairman shall open the Spare Parts Locker and obtain the part(s) required or
dispense the part(s) to the requesting individuals. The Duty Repairman shall log the
part or parts removed so as to maintain an inventory of available parts. The Duty
Repairman shall report the current inventory of spare parts to the ship’s Supply Officer.
Should a part be required that is not in inventory, the item can be manufactured by the
ship’s Material Fabrication section.
5912 Fabricating Parts
Parts can be fabricated either by using a fabricator or manufacturing the part using
machines. In the case where a part must be fabricated using a Fabricator, it must be
understood that the mass of the material needed to produce a part must be at least
115% of the mass of the finished product. This is because of energy losses that occur
during the process. Therefore, caution shall be observed when fabricating objects
because:
1. The materials used in the fabrication of parts will come from the same source mass
as that used to synthesize food and other necessities. As such, the more parts are
fabricated the less source matter will be available to synthesize food and other
necessities
2. Very large objects will consume a significant amount of source matter that could
have been used to synthesize food and other necessities.
5913 Use of Tools
Ship maintenance and repair will often require the use of tools. Most tools that are
required for use at a station on a regular basis will be stowed within the area.
However, for larger and infrequently-used tools, these can be obtained from the ship’s
Tool Locker, located on Deck 20. All tools shall be checked-out when withdrawn and
checked back in after being returned. The ship’s Repair Officer shall periodically
perform an inventory of tools to ensure that all tools are accounted for. All tools shall
be handled appropriately and the users of tools shall adhere to the requirements of Star
Fleet Regulations 8790 and 8791.
- PAGE 5-44 OF 44 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
6100 Introduction
The Enterprise is a complex machine with intricate and sensitive equipment. As such,
failures can occur that may cause damage to the ship and place the lives of the crew in
danger. In addition, space travel itself is inherently dangerous. As such, there is always
the possibility that situations may develop which may result in damage to the ship and
that may cause life-threatening emergencies. The function of this Chapter is to provide
information on the type of emergencies that can be experienced aboard deep space
vessels and the basic steps required to mitigate such emergencies. All personnel shall
be made aware of the ship’s emergency procedures and shall be trained in those
procedures as required by Star Fleet Regulation 4620.
6101 Reporting Emergency Conditions
In accordance with the instructions set forth in SORM 2105, all personnel shall be
vigilant and report any abnormality or emergency through the watch organization, to
the Officer of the Conn, the Officer of the Deck or a duty officer. Should a casualty
present itself, the following general actions shall be taken:
1. Immediately proceed to the nearest Comm station and alert the rest of the ship of
the emergency as follows:
a. Hit the alarm button (A on Figure 6-1).
b. Communicate the nature, extent and location of the emergency. Be specific
regarding the location. For example:
“FIRE ON DECK 5, SECTION B - CREWS QUARTERS”
c. Report any injuries if known, including self.
2. Isolate the affected area. Close all doors or hatches to the affected area.
a. The Bridge shall seal-off the affected area by closing the nearest Bulkhead
Isolation Doors, Interconnecting Accessways and isolating the ventilation
system to the affected area.
b. Report the status of all closures to the Bridge.
3. Remove all injured persons from the affected area, if possible.
a. If unable to remove injured personnel wait for the emergency response team to
perform the extraction.
b. The Officer of the Conn shall dispatch a medical team to the scene to care for
the injured.
c. If injured, wait for the medical team to arrive. Follow first aid guidelines.
4. Wait for the Damage Control Team or Fire Brigade to arrive. Follow the instructions
given by the Damage Control Officer at the scene.
NEVER ENTER AN AFFECTED AREA UNLESS INSTRUCTED TO DO SO BY THE

DAMAGE CONTROL OFFICER AT THE SCENE.
- PAGE 6-1 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6102 Ship’s Damage Control Organization
The U.S.S. Enterprise has a dedicated team of technicians specializing in the mitigation
and repair of damage. In general, the Damage Control Team is divided into two
functional groups: a Damage Control Party and a Repair Team. The function of the
Damage Control Team is to stop or mitigate the emergency. The function of the Repair
Team is to repair the damage that resulted from the emergency. At the head of the
team is the Damage Control Officer in Charge, who is usually the Duty Repair Officer
on watch. When a casualty occurs, the Damage Control Officer in Charge will organize
special teams depending upon the emergency. The following teams will be organized
based upon the situation:
Emergency Damage Control Team Team Composition Equipment
Fire Fire Brigade  Fire Suppression Specialist  Hand Scanner
 Fire Suppression Specialist  Fire Extinguishers
 Repair Technician  Pry bar
 Emergency Medical
Technician
Collision and Hull Damage Control Party  Hull Technician  Hand Scanner
Breach  Hull Technician  Plasma Cutter
 Auxiliary Systems  Magnetic Hull
Mechanic Patch
 Maintenance Mechanic  Fabricated Plates
Engineering Casualty Assistance Team  Off-duty Engineering  Equipment Used on
Casualty Technicians – Previous Watch
Watch
Radiation Leak / Radiological Controls Team /  Reactor Mechanic  Hand Scanner
Radioactive Emergency Medical Team  Maintenanceman  Radiation Scanner
Contamination  Emergency Medical  Cleaning Materials
Technician
Atmospheric Damage Control Party  Atmosphere Analyst  Hand Scanner
Contamination  Atmospheric Control  Portable Air
Technician Filtration Unit
 Ventilation Systems
Mechanic
Shuttlecraft Crash Damage Control Party  Service Craft Technician  Hand Scanner
 Craft Mechanic  Fire Extinguisher
 Craft Mechanic  Pry Bar
6103 Damage Control Implementation Procedure
During an emergency situation or when the ship goes to General Quarters, the ship’s
Damage Control organization will be formed and the following actions will be taken:
1. The Duty Repair Officer will activate the Damage Control Center and assume the
duty as the Damage Control Officer in Charge.
2. The Damage Control Officer in Charge shall assemble the appropriate team to
combat the emergency, and shall appoint a Damage Control Team Leader to
supervise the activities of the Damage Control Party at the scene.
3. The Damage Control Officer in Charge shall keep the Bridge informed of the status
of the emergency and the actions taken. The Damage Control Officer in Charge
shall formulate recommendations to the Bridge regarding ways to mitigate the
emergency or to place the ship in a safe condition.
4. The Damage Control Officer in Charge shall dispatch the Repair Team after the
emergency has concluded or the ship is in a stable condition.
- PAGE 6-2 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6104 Isolating Affected Compartments
Isolation Areas are enclosed spaces within a vessel that can be sealed off from other
areas of the ship. These are usually compartments or groupings of compartments with
reinforced bulkheads that can withstand the vacuum of space or moderately high
internal pressures. On most cylindrical Primary Hulls, the Inner Bulkhead will be the
barrier separating the outer compartment ring from the inner compartment rings. At
the junction of the inner ring with the outer ring, usually the corridor connecting the
two rings, there will be a pressure boundary closure. All the areas within the pressure
boundary are called Isolation Areas.
6105 Inner Bulkhead Isolation Doors
Major ship sections are separated from one another by Inner Bulkhead Isolation doors.
These doors are generally located at the intersection of passageways and ship sections
and can be identified by the characteristic trapezoidal arch known as a “Bent.” The
function of these doors is to isolate one section of the ship from another to maintain
the atmospheric integrity of the ship, and to prevent the spread of atmospheric or
material contamination, and to minimize radiation exposure. Activation of the doors is
indicated by the lit panels along the side of the frame.
6106 Ship’s Standard Comm Station
The ship is equipped with the Mark III Comm Station used for direct emergency
communications to the Bridge on the EIC circuit (see Figure 6-1.) Mark III Standard
Comm stations are located throughout every corridor aboard ship at distance intervals
of 6 meters between stations. The following describes the items located on the Comm
Station:
A. Emergency Alert Button – Sends a signal to the ship’s Annunciator system to
activate the ship’s alarm.
B. Communications Enable Button – Opens a communications channel directly with
the Bridge.
C. Communicator – Standard communicator for two-way communications.
D. Alarm Flasher – Displays visible flashing alarm from the Annunciator system. The
flashing frequency is synchronized with the larger wall-mounted red flasher.
6107 Emergency Air Breathing Stations
The ship is equipped with Emergency Air Breathing (EAB) stations located throughout
every corridor aboard ship at distance intervals of about 2.5 meters between stations.
The purpose for these stations is to provide filtered breathable air when the conditions
within the surrounding compartment may not support life, inhibit breathing or to
prevent inhaling or ingesting airborne contaminants. Each station also includes three
hose and air mask assemblies. When the order is given to don EAB masks, each
crewmember shall don the mask and insert the hose connector to the Emergency Air
Breathing manifold. Each manifold can hold up to five mask assemblies, or five
equipped persons. Crewmembers may walk about the decks until reaching another
EAB manifold, provided a free outlet is available. Note that the hose connector contains
a check valve to prevent contaminated air from entering the hose.
- PAGE 6-3 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 2 – SHIP-WIDE EMERGENCIES
6200 Introduction
Ship-wide emergencies involve the entire ship and its crew, and are usually not
confined to any particular area of the ship or to any particular division. Ship-wide
emergencies include the following: an internal fire, hull breach, collision, radiation and
atmospheric contamination.
6201 Internal Fire
The most dangerous emergency that can happen aboard a ship is a fire. A fire aboard
ship is especially dangerous as it will consume oxygen, can damage equipment; can
release toxic fumes, and if hot enough, can melt bulkheads. When a fire has been
reported the following actions shall be performed:
1. The Officer of the Conn shall order the Duty Communications Officer to sound the
ship’s Fire Alarm and shall place the ship in material condition GQ-2.
2. The Officer of the Conn shall isolate the affected compartment by ordering the
closure of the Inner Bulkhead Doors at both ends of the affected area. All personnel
within the effected and adjacent compartments shall evacuate the area and muster
with their Division Officer.
3. When the alarm is sounded, the Duty Repair Officer shall activate the Damage
Control Center (DCC) and shall assume the duty of the Damage Control Officer in
Charge (DDO).
4. The Damage Control Officer in Charge shall isolate the compartment electrically
and shall switch on emergency DC lighting to the effected compartment. Caution
shall be observed to ensure that vital ship’s equipment is not being turned-off so
long as it is not being affected by the fire or the cause of the fire.
5. The Damage Control Officer in Charge shall isolate the ventilation system to the
compartment and, depending upon the type of fire, remotely inject fire suppressant
into the affected area.
6. The Officer of the Conn shall order the DDO to assemble and dispatch the Fire
Brigade to the scene of the fire. The Fire Brigade shall remove all injured persons
away from the affected area to a place of safety.
7. The Fire Brigade shall take all necessary precautions before entering the fire area. A
portable scanner shall be used to detect and measure the temperature of the
affected compartment.
8. The Officer of the Conn shall order the Duty Medical Officer to assemble an
Emergency Medical Team. The Emergency Medical Team assembled shall remain
on standby in Sickbay until called.
9. The DDO shall line up the ventilation system of the affected compartment for
emergency evacuation to remove smoke and atmospheric contaminants.
10. All departments shall report to the Officer of the Conn that all persons in their
organization are accounted for, and if necessary, Security shall instigate a Phase I
search throughout the ship to ensure all persons are accounted for.
- PAGE 6-5 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6202 Hull Breach
A hull breach is an undesirable opening in or rupture of the hull. A hull breach can be
detected in the following ways:
1. Detection of a pressure loss by the environmental system. In this case and alarm
will sound in the Environmental Control Center.
2. Display of excessive forces by the hull stress monitoring system indicating that the
yield strength has been exceeded.
3. Visual and audible detection by personnel nearby the breach. Typically, this would
be a hissing sound for small leaks or a loud rushing sound for large holes.
If a breach is detected, the following general process is to be followed:
ship’s Collision Alarm and shall place the ship in material condition GQ-2.
closure of the Inner Bulkhead Doors at both ends of the affected area. All personnel
within the effected and adjacent compartments shall evacuate the area and muster
with their Division Officer.
Charge (DDO). The Damage Control Officer in Charge shall isolate the ventilation
system to the compartment.
4. The Officer of the Conn shall order the DDO to assemble and dispatch a Damage
Control Party to the scene of the hull breach. The Damage Control Party shall don
low-pressure suits for small leaks or a full pressure suit for large openings.
SHOULD THE SIZE OF THE BREACH BE TOO LARGE TO REPAIR, THE AFFECTED
COMPARTMENT SHALL REMAIN ISOLATED AND THE SHIP RETURN TO A REPAIR
FACILITY AS SOON AS PRACTICAL.
5. The Damage Control Party shall remove all injured persons and persons still alive
away from the affected area to a place of safety. Those already dead may remain in
the compartment while the Damage Control Party is patching the breach.
6. The Damage Control Party shall install the appropriate hull patch on the breach to
stop the discharge of the atmosphere into space.
7. The Officer of the Conn shall order the Duty Medical Officer to assemble an
Emergency Medical Team. The Emergency Medical Team assembled shall remain
on standby in Sickbay until called.
8. All departments shall report to the Officer of the Conn that all persons in their
organization are accounted for, and if necessary, Security shall instigate a Phase I
search throughout the ship to ensure all persons are accounted for and that no one
was swept out into space.
9. After the breach has been closed the DDO shall have the affected compartment re-
pressurized to full atmospheric pressure. The Damage Control Party shall also
perform a leak test of the patch to ensure the ship can safely operate with the
patch.
10. After the compartment has been re-pressurized, the Emergency Medical Team may
enter to take care of the deceased. The DDO shall inspect the compartment and
determine whether the compartment can be occupied and report such to the
- PAGE 6-6 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6203 Collision
A collision is the unintended impact of the ship with another ship or object in space.
Such collisions will usually occur at sublight speeds since at warp speeds, processes
are in place that would prevent a collision with another ship or object. Therefore, if a
collision occurs or is about to occur, the following general actions are to be taken:
1. If the collision has not yet taken place, the Officer of the Conn shall announce:
“RIG SHIP FOR COLLISION”
and shall take all necessary steps to prevent the collision. The Officer of the Conn
shall actuate Battleshort, thus allowing the engine’s safety features to be bypassed
in order to provide as much speed as possible to avoid the collision, if possible.
2. The Officer of the Conn shall adjust the ship’s gravity and Inertial Dampening
Fields in order to minimize the effects of any impact on the crew. All personnel
shall brace for impact.
ship’s Collision Alarm and shall place the ship in material condition GQ-2.
Charge (DDO).
5. If collision is about to occur, the Officer of the Conn shall announce:
“COLLISION IMMINENT”
“ALL HANDS BRACE FOR IMPACT”
All hands shall evacuate the passageways and head to the nearest compartment in
order to brace themselves to the bulkhead or a piece of equipment affixed to the
deck.
6. When impact occurs, the Damage Control Officer in Charge shall dispatch a
Damage Control Party to the scene of the collision. The Damage Control Party shall
evaluate the extent of the damage and the condition of the ship. The Damage
Control Party Team Leader shall report the material condition to the Damage
Control Officer in Charge and the Officer of the Conn over the 1E IC emergency
communications channel.
7. If the impact results in a hull breach, the procedures outlined in SORM 6202 shall
go into effect.
8. If the impact also results in a fire, the Damage Control Officer shall dispatch a Fire
Brigade to the scene. The procedures outlined in SORM 6201 shall go into effect.
9. Upon the evaluation of the material condition of the ship, the Officer of the Conn or
the Commanding Officer shall immediately report the collision and the material
condition of the ship to Star Fleet Command, to Star Ship Command and to the
Fleet Commander.
a. If the damage is such that the ship will require assistance, the Officer of the
Conn or the Commanding Officer shall request a repair ship be dispatched.
b. If the collision resulted in casualties that Sickbay cannot handle, the Officer of
the Conn or the Commanding Officer shall request a hospital ship to be
dispatched.
- PAGE 6-7 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6204 Radiation from Outside the Hull
Space contains many sources of radiation and the ship’s shields are adequate for most
sources of electromagnetic and particulate forms of radiation. However, should the
ship enter a field of intense radiation or is expected to experience intense radiation
from a non-natural source, the following steps shall be taken:
1. The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to be placed on Material Condition 2
(GQ-2) Yellow Alert. All outer viewport shields shall be closed and the ship’s
defensive screen shall be intensified to aid in mitigating radiation exposure.
2. If the exposure is due to the location of the vessel, the Officer of the Conn shall
order the ship to be maneuvered out of the radiation field immediately.
3. The Officer of the Conn shall make a general announcement to the crew that all
ship’s personnel who are currently located in the outer regions of the ship move to
the center of the ship and to the inner compartments.
4. The Officer of the Conn shall order a Medical Team be assembled to monitor
radiation exposure of the crew. The Medical Team shall evaluate and report the
condition of the exposed crew.
5. After the emergency is over, the Chief Engineer shall make a complete assessment
of any damage to the ship’s hull or equipment as a result of the radiation exposure.
6205 Radioactive Contamination
Radioactive contamination is the deposition of, or presence of radioactive substances

on surfaces or within solids, liquids or gases (including the human body), where their
presence is unintended or undesirable. Such contamination presents a hazard because
of the radioactive decay of the contaminants, which emit harmful ionizing radiation
such as alpha particles or beta particles, gamma rays or neutrons. Should radioactive
contamination be present, the following actions shall be taken:
(GQ-3) Amber Alert, and will make the following announcement:
“RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINATION, DECK <n>, SECTION <a>;”
“ALL HANDS STAND CLEAR OF THIS AREA”
2. Personnel in the direct vicinity of the contaminated area shall move away from the
area. However, if individuals in the area are themselves contaminated, they shall
not move from the scene to prevent the spread of radioactive materials.
3. The Officer of the Conn shall direct the Duty Repair Officer to dispatch a
Radiological Controls Team, dressed in anti-contamination suits (Item 3741), to the
scene of the contamination. The Radiological Controls Team shall be equipped with
radiation scanners and cleaning gear.
4. The Radiological Controls Team shall survey the area of the contamination for
radiation levels and for the source of the contamination. If the source can be
identified, the team shall isolate the source to prevent further contamination.
5. If personnel at the scene are contaminated, the Radiological Controls Team shall
suit the individuals up in anti-contamination gear and escort them to Sickbay. In
Sickbay the contaminated individuals shall be stripped of clothing and washed-
down.
6. The Radiological Controls Team shall clean the area of the contamination by
washing all surfaces with a special cleanser. The team shall wipe down all areas
and dispose of the cleaning materials in special yellow polyethylene containers.
- PAGE 6-8 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6206 Atmospheric Contamination
Atmospheric contamination poses a unique hazard as airborne contaminants or

biologics will usually be invisible and most often, poisonous or deadly. Atmospheric
contamination may be isolated to a compartment, deck or the entire ship. If it is
suspected that the atmosphere is contaminated, the following actions shall be taken:
(GQ-3) Amber Alert, and will make the following announcement:
“GENERAL QUARTERS, EMERGENCY ALERT;”
“ATMOSPHERIC CONTAMINATION ON DECK <n>”
“ALL HANDS STAY CLEAR OF DECK <n>, SECTIONS <a> THROUGH <b>”
“STANDBY TO EMERGENCY EVACUATE THE AFFECTED AREA.”
closure of the Inner Bulkhead Doors at both ends of the affected area. The Duty
Environmental Officer shall isolate the ventilation system to the affected area. All
personnel within the effected and adjacent compartments shall evacuate the area
and relocate to an unaffected deck. Personnel shall then communicate with their
respective Division Officer letting him know where they currently are located.
3. If the entire ship is affected, the Officer of the Conn shall order all personnel to don
Emergency Air Breathing masks.
4. The Officer of the Conn shall direct the Duty Repair Officer to dispatch a Damage
Control Party to the affected area to determine the source of the atmospheric
contamination. The team shall be dressed in low-pressure suits as they may be in
the affected compartment during Emergency Evacuation.
5. The Damage Control Party shall utilize hand-scanners to determine the source of
the atmospheric contamination. If located, the Damage Control Party shall isolate
or eliminate the source. The Damage Control Party shall report the results of their
findings.
6. The Officer of the Conn shall direct the Duty Repair Officer to line-up the affected
compartment for Emergency Evacuation. The Officer of the Conn shall order the
Emergency Evacuation Alarm be sounded and shall announce:
“PREPARE TO EMERGENCY EVACUATE”
7. After the alarm has sounded for 30 seconds, the Officer of the Conn shall order the
evacuation of the affected compartment by issuing the order:
“COMMENCE EMERGENCY EVACUATION”
8. Upon completion of Emergency Evacuation, the Damage Control Team shall
evaluate the atmosphere and report to the Duty Repair Officer and the Officer of the
Conn. If within acceptable limits, the Officer of the Conn shall direct that the ship
function as normal. The Duty Environmental Officer shall reset the ventilation
lineup to recirculate air and have the ventilation filters cleaned 2 hours afterwards.
9. In the case where the entire ship is contaminated, the Officer of the Conn shall
summon the Commanding Officer. The Commanding Officer shall then take over
ship command and shall proceed to the nearest Class-M planet. The Commanding
Officer will then order a complete refreshing of the ship’s atmosphere. This
involves operating the Air Acquisition units, which will be lined-up to the Main
Ventilation Plenum, to supply fresh air throughout the ship. The outlying areas will
be vented to space while the atmosphere is being refreshed.
- PAGE 6-9 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6207 Emergency Evacuation
Emergency Evacuation is the process by which a compartment or deck is exposed to

the vacuum of space and evacuated of all air. The purpose of this is generally to clear a
compartment of smoke, particulates, gases, fumes, biologics and other harmful
contaminants in the atmosphere. Emergency Evacuation is performed by lining-up the
ship’s ventilation system to the affected compartment and to route the contents of the
atmosphere to the vacuum of space. If necessary to execute Emergency Evacuation,
the Damage Control Officer in Charge shall initiate the Emergency Evacuation alarm
and shall direct the process to be performed in accordance with STARSHIPS 539-3400.
6208 Crewman Adrift in Space
There are times when work must be performed outside the hull of the ship. During
such Extra-Vehicular Activities (EVA) there is the possibility that a person may
accidentally drift out into space, or that a maintenance pod might be hurled into space
as a result of a loss of field. When such a situation occurs, the Commanding Officer, or
the Officer of the Conn, will order a Phase I Search to be performed around nearby
space and onboard the ship.
6209 Phase I Search
Whenever a crewmember is considered missing or presumed injured and unable to

communicate, the Officer of the Conn shall order a Phase I Search. A Phase I Search is
an exhaustive examination in and around the ship. Usually, the exterior search will be
in the form of a spiral exploration of space starting at the last known position of the
individual. A Phase I Search will typically involve members of the ship’s security force
and a Medical Team to search compartment by compartment, deck by deck until all
spaces have been searched. The only limitation to this search is the presumption that
the person wishes to be found.
6210 Crew Accountability After an Emergency
An accounting of all crewmembers shall be performed upon the conclusion of any

ship-wide casualty or emergency per SORM 3201. All personnel shall report to their
Division Officer their current status upon request.
1. A Phase I Search shall be implemented upon those individuals that do not respond
to the call.
2. Personnel evading a search shall be considered UA (Unauthorized Absence).
- PAGE 6-10 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 3 – OPERATIONAL CASUALTIES
6300 Introduction
Operational casualties are incidences or ship events that affect the functioning of the
ship. Such incidences generally only affect the vessel and will not normally imminently
endanger the lives of the crew. This section will present some of the major casualties
that may be encountered. In all the cases presented, watchstanders shall follow the
operating procedures concerning the particular casualty mentioned herein.
6301 Loss of Ship Control: Maneuverability
This form of a loss of ship control is defined as the inability of the Helmsman to steer
the ship. Should this situation present itself, the following general actions shall be
taken in accordance with procedures:
1. The Helmsman shall attempt to regain control by activating bypass circuits.
a. If Helm control was in automatic (AUTO) mode, place the Helm in manual
(MAN) mode.
b. If Helm control is in manual mode, switch to secondary control power.
2. If all attempts to regain control fail, the Officer of the Conn shall set the Command
Control switch to “OFF” and the Helmsman shall transfer helm control to the
Auxiliary Control Room.
3. A communications channel to the Lee Helmsman in Auxiliary Control shall be
opened and shall remain open until the main Helm on the Bridge regains ship
control. The Duty Communicator shall open the emergency 1E-IC channel to the
Auxiliary Control Room.
4. The Officer of the Conn shall contact the Duty Repair Officer to dispatch a
technician to diagnose and repair the problem.
5. If ship control was lost during a high-speed or dangerous maneuver, the following
actions shall be taken:
a. Reduce ship speed. If the ship is in warp, return the ship to normal space-time
and operate at sublight speed.
b. Attempt to use Maneuvering Thrusters to control ship steering. This can only
be done at sublight speeds.
6. The Helmsman may also attempt to use the ship’s Attitude Control system to
maneuver the ship, so long as engine thrust remains available.
7. If the ship’s primary and secondary propulsion systems are inoperable, the
Helmsman shall maneuver the ship solely on Maneuvering Thrusters.
- PAGE 6-11 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6302 Loss of Ship Control: Speed
This form of a loss of ship control is defined as the inability of the Helmsman to control
the speed of the ship. Should this situation present itself, the following general actions
shall be taken in accordance with procedures:
1. The Helmsman shall attempt to regain control by activating secondary control
circuits.
2. If ship’s speed cannot be controlled from the Helm station, speed control shall be
performed from the Propulsion Engineering station on the Bridge.
3. If all attempts to regain control fail, the Helmsman shall transfer speed control to
the Lead Engineroom.
4. A communications channel to the selected engineroom shall be opened and shall
remain open until the main Helm on the Bridge regains ship’s speed control. The
Duty Communicator shall open the emergency 2E IC channel to the engineroom.
5. The Officer of the Conn shall contact the Duty Repair Officer to dispatch a
technician to diagnose and repair the problem.
6. If the ship is accelerating out of control, the following actions shall be taken:
a. If the ship is in Warp drive, the engineroom shall open the Emergency Overload
Bypass Valve from the Matter-Antimatter Integrator Panel (see Figure 5-3) in
order to reduce warp propulsion. The main engines shall be shut down and
propulsion transferred to the Impulse Engines. The ship shall continue at
sublight speeds until the problem is resolved.
b. If the ship is on Impulse Power, the fusion engines shall be shut down. If Warp
propulsion is available and under control, proceed on course at Warp Factor 1.
6303 Loss of All Ship Control
This form of a loss of ship control is defined as the inability of the Bridge to control the
ship. Should this situation present itself, the following general actions shall be taken:
1. The Officer of the Conn shall inform the Commanding Officer and the Commanding
Officer shall go to the Bridge and assume command of the ship.
2. The Commanding Officer shall transfer control to the Auxiliary Control Room by
setting the Command Control button on the Command Chair to “OFF.”.
3. The Commanding Officer shall dispatch the duty Officer of the Conn to Auxiliary
Control to take command of Auxiliary Control.
4. The Commanding Officer shall remain on the Bridge until the situation is rectified.
5. The Lee Helmsman shall take over as ship’s Helmsman. The duty Helmsman on
watch on the Bridge shall remain at his or her post until relieved or until the
situation is rectified.
6. The duty Navigator on watch shall move his or her duty station to the Navigation
Systems station on the Bridge. The Lee Helmsman in Auxiliary Control shall
assume the duties of ship’s Navigator.
7. The Duty Engineer shall move his duty station from the Propulsion Engineering
station on the Bridge to the Engineering Station in Auxiliary Control.
8. The Duty Communicator shall remain on station on the Bridge.
- PAGE 6-12 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6304 Loss of Ship’s AC Power
A loss of ship’s AC power on one buss will cause the Motor-Generator on that side of
the ship to take over. Power from the battery on that side will drive the MG set. If a
loss of AC power occurs, the following actions shall be taken in accordance with
procedures:
A. Ship on Full-Power Lineup

If the ship is on a full-power lineup there will be minimal impact. The other side of
the ship will make up for the shortfall in power from the affected side. Therefore,
there is no action required by the Duty Electrical Operator except when normal AC
generation is restored.
B. Ship on Half-Power Lineup
If the ship is on a half-power lineup, there will be a significant voltage drop on the
affected side. The Duty Electrical Operator will have to reduce loads on the affected
side by dropping unnecessary systems until either AC generation is restored or the
port and starboard busses are cross-connected.
C. Total Loss of AC Power
If the ship lost all AC power, then the ship would be running completely off battery
power. This will require a reduction in total ship’s loads in order to save battery
life. When the ship is on emergency battery power and under reduced electrical
load the ship can be maintained for approximately 720 hours. Therefore, the Duty
Electrical Operator shall shed all unnecessary loads from the grid. The Officer of the
Conn shall pass the word:
“LOSS OF ALL AC POWER”

“RIG THE SHIP FOR REDUCED ELECTRICAL POWER”
6305 Loss of All Ship’s Power
A total loss of ship’s power is defined as a complete loss of all electrical power,
including batteries. Therefore, a total loss of ship’s power will have a devastating effect
on the crew for the following reasons:
A. A total loss of electrical power would affect the ability of the crew to move about
the ship. The loss of power would mean a loss of gravity. Therefore, the crew will
have to execute Loss of Gravity procedures, as outlined in SORM 6307.
B. A total loss of electrical power would have a negative impact on the ship’s internal
temperature. Although the ship is well insulated, the temperature of the
compartments at the periphery of the ship would decrease rapidly after two hours
in deep space, or would heat up rapidly if near a star.
C. A total loss of electrical power would cause the CO2 levels inside the ship to rise
significantly after six hours without the scrubbers operating.
D. Because of the loss of electrical power no alarm can be sounded and only local
battery-powered lighting will be available.
Therefore, if power cannot be restored within eight hours and it appears the power
loss will have a deleterious effect on the crew, the Commanding Officer directly, or
through the Officer of the Conn, shall issue the order to “Abandon Ship.”
- PAGE 6-13 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6306 Loss of Ship’s Fields
A loss of ship’s fields general means the loss of inertial dampening control. This can be
a dangerous situation since any large change in ships speed or direction will cause
persons and object to be tossed about out of control resulting in damage to the ship
and injury to crewmembers. Therefore, while the ship’s fields are inoperable, it is
imperative that the Officer of the Conn does not order nor the Helmsman initiate any
changes in ship’s speed or direction that would result in a gravitational force greater
than 1g to be exerted on the ship or the crew.
6307 Loss of Ship’s Gravity
Gravity aboard a typical Star Fleet ship is provided through the use of Gravity Plates
built into the decks and bulkheads of all ships. These plates contain Graviton Grids,
which produce the graviton particles used to attract matter and produce the required
gravitational field within the vessel. Gravity is controlled and maintained by the ship’s
environmental computers, which also monitors and regulates the ship’s fields to
compensate for changes in inertia. As such, should there be a failure or shutdown of
the Ships Gravity system or the computers used to control gravity the crew would float
about, either in the compartment where the failure occurred or throughout the ship. As
such, the following actions shall be taken in accordance with procedures:
1. The Officer of the Conn shall immediately order the ship to go to General Quarters
Three (GQ-3) or Amber Alert, unless the ship is already at a higher alert condition.
2. The Officer of the Conn shall pass the word:
“LOSS OF SHIP’S GRAVITY”
“ALL HANDS SHALL WEAR GRAVITY BOOTS”
3. The Officer of the Conn shall direct the Supply Officer to issue Gravity Boots to all
persons. Individuals currently on duty shall be the first priority.
4. The Officer of the Conn shall direct the Duty Repair Officer to assume the role of
Damage Control Officer in Charge and to activate Damage Control Center (DCC).
5. The Damage Control Officer in Charge shall organize a Repair Team to diagnose
and repair the problem.
6. Once the emergency is over, all personnel wearing Gravity Boots shall return them
to the Supply Locker.
WHILE THE SHIP IS IN A ZERO-GRAVITY CONDITION ALL EFFORTS SHALL BE
MADE TO LIMIT OR PREVENT SUDDEN CHANGES IN SHIP’S SPEED OR
DIRECTION TO PREVENT INJURY
6308 Loss of Ship’s Sensors
A total loss of all ship’s sensors is very dangerous as there is no way of sensing
obstacles or performing navigational fixes to obtain the ship’s current location. In this
situation the Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to come to a complete stop in
space. Every attempt shall be made to obtain visuals of the ship’s surroundings. The
Officer of the Conn shall order the Maneuvering Watch to be set and all persons shall
man an exterior viewport and report to the Bridge. The ship shall proceed to the
nearest base at Maneuvering Thruster speeds. The Officer of the Conn shall order the
Duty Communications Officer to transmit distress signals on all frequencies.
- PAGE 6-14 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 4 – ENGINEERING CASUALTIES
6400 Introduction
Engineering casualties are defined as those situations or conditions that will affect the
ability of the ship to maneuver or provide power to those systems essential to ship
operation or the health and safety of the crew. Minor problems or malfunctions such
as loss of the ability to replenish the ship’s water supply are not considered as that
affecting ship operation and therefore, are not considered engineering casualties. The
function of this section is to provide guidance into some of the more serious casualties
that may occur in engineering. However, in all situations and casualty conditions,
operators and watchstanders shall adhere to the normal and emergency operating
procedures as provided by the Star Ship Systems Command (STARSHIPS).
6401 Definitions
The following terms may be used throughout this section relating to engineering
casualties:
Abnormal A system or piece of equipment that is functioning outside its normal

Condition - operating parameters.
Limiting Condition A condition or situation which requires a system, or group of systems,
for Operation - equipment or components to operate at a reduced capacity.
Transient - A momentary excursion in the operation of a system or piece of
equipment. For example a spike in reactor power.
Accident - A catastrophic event occurring to a system or a piece of equipment
that may result in the loss of the system, the ship or the lives of the
crew.
6402 Engineering Casualty Assistance Team
The Engineering Casualty Assistance Team (CAT) is a party of technicians used to aid
the working engineering watch during abnormal or emergency situations. This team is
typically comprised of members of the prior watch for the particular station or watch
area where the casualty is occurring. The function of the CAT is to assist the on-duty
watch in dealing with a casualty situation, while the on-duty watchstander attempts
to maintain normal operating conditions. In charge of the CAT will be the Engineering
Watch Supervisor from the previous watch.
6403 Emergency Manual Monitor
The function of the Emergency Manual Monitor (EMM) station is to bypass and control
main engine and support systems. Each engineroom in the Primary Hull has an EMM
station located on A-deck, which are accessed via a ladder from B-deck alongside and
outboard the Impulse Stacks. The EMM shall be unmanned during normal operations,
and shall only be manned by qualified engineering personnel during an emergency. It
shall be the responsibility of the Engineering Watch Supervisor to man or assign
persons to man EMM during an emergency situation. Only those systems, equipment
or components that require to be overridden shall be controlled from EMM.
- PAGE 6-15 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6404 Loss of One Impulse Engine Unit
The U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with the Mark VI Impulse Engine unit, which has
two fusion reaction chambers. A loss of any one of the chambers will result in the
degradation of the ship’s propulsion system. As such, the ship will be limited to a
sublight speed of only 0.25c. This is a limiting condition for operation, but one which
has no effect on the ship’s primary source of propulsion: the Main Warp Engines. The
actions taken for this condition shall be to inspect and repair the affected unit.
6405 Loss of Impulse Engines
The complete loss of the Impulse Engines is defined as the inability of both Impulse
units to provide thrust. The Impulse Engines are generally used for sublight operation
within solar systems or as a secondary means of propulsion when the Main Warp
Engines are not functioning.
A. If the Impulse Engines are lost while the Main Warp Engines are still operational,
then propulsion shall be effected using the Warp Engines, but the speed shall be
limited to Warp Factor 1 when the ship is within an inhabited solar system.
B. If the Impulse Engines are lost along with the Main Warp Engines, then propulsion
is limited to the Maneuvering Thrusters. The Engineering Watch Supervisor shall
inform the Officer of the Conn of the situation and recommend repairs made to the
engines as soon as possible.
6406 Impulse Engine Explosion
An Impulse Engine explosion is a catastrophic accident that could result in the loss of
the entire ship and its crew. The Impulse Engines utilize the controlled nuclear fusion
of deuterium fuel. An uncontrolled fusion explosion of the Impulse Engines will result
in an explosive force equivalent to 97.835 megatons of TNT, causing extensive, and
most likely, irreparable damage or the complete destruction of the ship and the death
of the crew. However, the Impulse Engines are equipped with safeguard systems to
prevent an explosion from occurring, but these safeguards can be overridden by the
Commanding Officer if necessary.
6407 Loss of Impulse Engine Cooling
The Impulse Engines are cooled during operation by liquid sodium in a closed loop. The
heat from the reaction chamber is pumped to a heat exchanger located outboard of the
associated port or starboard Impulse Stack. The heat exchanger is exposed to the cold
of space in an open void area (enclosed by grill work) at the aft end of the Primary Hull,
which provides heat removal by conduction. If the cooling system fails or cannot
remove the heat from the engines, the Impulse Engines will automatically shut down
at the limit of 6000 oC. The primary action in the case of a loss of cooling is to reduce
ship’s speed in order to prevent the limit from being exceeded. However, if the engines
are shut down, the operations presented in SORM 6405 shall go into effect.
6408 Loss of Impulse Engine Control
 Control Lost from the Bridge: Implement the steps in SORM 6302.
 Control Lost from One Engineroom: Transfer engine control to the other
engineroom.
 Control Lost from Both Enginerooms: Transfer control to EMM.
 Control Lost from Auxiliary Control: Transfer engine control to one or both
enginerooms.
- PAGE 6-16 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6409 Loss of Turbo-Generator(s)
The ship’s Turbo-Generators are the ship’s primary source of AC power. Each Turbo-
Generator is equipped with safety monitors to prevent damage to the unit. Therefore, if
there is an under voltage, overcurrent condition, or if the generator experiences an
overspeed condition that will shut down or “Trip” the unit, the generator will open the
output breaker, disconnecting the generator from the ship’s power grid, placing the
ship in a limiting condition for operation.
A. If the ship is in a Full-Power lineup when the loss of a single Turbo-Generator
occurs, the actions presented in Paragraph A of SORM 6304 shall take effect.
B. If the ship is in a Half-Power lineup when the loss of a single Turbo-Generator
occurs, the actions presented in Paragraph B of SORM 6304 shall take effect.
C. If both Turbo-Generators are lost, then the actions presented in Paragraph C of
SORM 6304 shall take effect.
D. If both Turbo-Generators are lost while the ship is on a Split-Hull lineup, the Duty
Electrical Operator shall cross-connect the hull busses, provided there is no
maintenance being performed on the buss. All electrical maintenance shall cease in
order to reconnect the hull busses.
6410 Loss of Main Motor-Generators
Under normal conditions the ship’s Motor-Generators will supply power to the DC
busses in order to supply charging current to the ship’s Batteries as described in
SORM 5403. Should any Motor-Generator shut down, the DC buss would be supplied
completely by battery power. To minimize the loss to the batteries, the Duty Electrical
Operator shall ensure that the DC busses are cross-connected so that any Motor-
Generator may supply power to both DC busses.
6411 Loss of Ship’s Batteries
The loss of the ship’s Batteries is a significant event as it would indicate that the ship
has lost all power. If the ship’s reactors or Turbo-Generators cannot be started before
all the batteries are depleted, then the steps presented in SORM 6305 shall take effect.
6412 Loss of Main Warp Engines
The loss of the ship’s Main Warp Engines would limit the ship’s propulsion and
maneuvering capabilities. A loss of either one of the main engines will cause both
engines to be shut down. This is because it requires both engines to produce and
balance the ship’s warp field. Therefore, a loss of one or both Main Engines, while the
ship is traveling at warp speed, will cause the ship to drop out of subspace and back
into normal space-time. The ship must then proceed under Impulse power.
6413 Loss of Warp Field
The loss of the ship’s warp field will cause the ship to drop out of subspace and as a
safety feature, will immediately cause the main engines to shut down. As such, this
event is considered as a limiting condition of operation since the event limits the ship’s
propulsion capability to sublight operation. No immediate action is required, but an
investigation of the failure shall be initiated and repairs, if necessary, on the Warp Field
Control Unit shall be implemented.
- PAGE 6-17 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6414 Runaway Warp Engine
A runaway warp engine is a transient condition in which the Main Engines continue to
increase ship’s speed without intervention of the crew or control system. The result of
this condition may cause intense vibration and stress on the Secondary Hull of the ship
resulting in irreparable damage to the ship’s hull, specifically around the joint linking
the Main Engine pylons to the Secondary Hull. In addition, a runaway engine will also
cause overheating of the Main Engine and possible meltdown of the aft section of the
Main Engine Nacelle. This could occur if there is a fault in the Matter-Antimatter
Integrator Control Panel causing the continual and increasing flow of POLYMASS into
the Main Engine Reaction Chamber. In this situation the Engineering Officer of the
Watch shall order that the Main Engine’s Emergency Overload Bypass Valve(s) be
opened to bypass POLYMASS from entering the Reaction Chamber.
6415 Loss of Antimatter Containment
The loss of antimatter containment is a catastrophic event in which the collapse of the
field holding the antimatter releases POLYMASN plasma into the environment resulting
in a devastating explosion when in contact with positive matter. Therefore, this event
is considered as an engineering accident. If there are warning signs that the
containment field will collapse the affected Main Engine shall be separated and ejected
away from the ship and if possible, warp away from the area before explosion occurs.
Otherwise, immediately exit the area at maximum sublight speed using the Impulse
Engines to minimize the effect of the exploding main engine or execute an Emergency
Separation of the Primary Hull.
6416 Loss of Reactor Cooling
The fusion reactors aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise are cooled by helium gas, which will
be used by the ship’s Turbo-Generators to produce electric power. If a Loss of Cooling
Accident (LOCA) occurs, the effect will be the automatic shutdown of the affected
reactor and the loss of the associated Turbo-Generator. The result will be a partial
shutdown of the ship’s AC electrical system. See SORM 6304 regarding the loss of AC
power.
6417 Loss of Main Engine MHD Generator
The MHD (Magneto-Hydrodynamic) Generator is part of the Main Engine’s Control

Reactor used to generate power for the Main Warp Engines and the Warp Field. The
unit utilizes charged POLYMASP plasma to create DC current. If the MHD Generator
shuts down, power to the Main Engine will be lost and the Warp Field will collapse.
The Secondary Hull power system will supply power to the affected Main Engine so
that the Antimatter Containment Field remains intact. However, with a loss of the
Warp Field, the ship will drop out of warp and SORM 6413 shall take effect.
6418 Loss of Main Engine Cooling
As stated in SORM 5208, the Main Engines are cooled using a liquid metal cooling
system. The maximum allowed temperature of the reaction chamber during normal
intermix is 6400 oC. However, there is a 2000 oC superheat allowance. If the
temperature reaches or exceeds 8600 oC, the cooling system will shut down. A loss of
Main Engine cooling can result in the meltdown of the end caps and the destruction of
the reaction chamber. Therefore, the Main Engines will automatically shut down when
the Intermix temperature reaches 8600 oC, unless the safety feature is overridden via
the Battleshort switch on the Command Chair on the Bridge.
- PAGE 6-18 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 5 – TRANSPORTER EMERGENCIES
6500 Introduction
A Transporter emergency is defined as any situation where a failure occurred with a

Transporter unit while in the process of transporting an individual or object. A
Transporter malfunction can be a very dangerous situation as it can certainly lead to
the death of an individual being transported. To prevent a transporter emergency the
Duty Transporter Operator shall follow applicable STARSHIPS procedures and perform
all the necessary tests and checks prior to transporting anybody or anything.
NEVER ENTER A TRANSPORTER PLAFORM IF THE UNIT IS NOT FUNCTIONING

PROPERLY OR THE CHECKS AND TESTS HAVE NOT BEEN MADE.
6501 Transporter Ionizer Failure
The first step in the transport process is the ionization phase. During this phase the
subject is isolated from the environment, scanned and the subject’s pattern stored in
the Pattern Buffer. Once successfully stored, the subject is dematerialized into energy
and this energy is stored as electrical energy in a large storage capacitor. However,
should the Ionization unit fail during the transport process, the following actions shall
be taken in accordance with STARSHIPS procedures:
A. Ionization Failure Before Pattern is Stored

If the Ionization unit fails before or during the scanning step, which obtains the
pattern, the Transport process shall immediately be aborted and the subject shall
step down from the Transporter platform. The Transporter unit shall be shut down
and repaired.
B. Ionization Failure After Pattern is Stored
If failure of the ionization unit occurred after the subjects pattern was stored, the
individual or object can be recovered by reversing the process and permitting the
Transporter unit to enter the materialization cycle. This will convert the subject
back to his/her/its original form. Upon successful materialization, the Transporter
unit shall be shut down and repaired.
6502 Transporter Beam Failure
The second step in the transport process is the beam phase. During this phase an
isolation field is generated at the destination site. The stored electrical energy is
converted to plasma energy via Dilithium crystals and transmitted as a beam of energy
to the destination site, or to the receiver structure of another Transporter station.
Should a failure occur during the beaming process, the following steps shall be taken:
1. The beam shall be intensified by adding boost power to the beam. Continue until
materialization occurs at the destination.
2. If materialization does not occur within 25 seconds from the point of ionization, the
unit will auto-reject the transport process and will re-materialize the subject back.
3. If the Transporter unit does not auto-reject after 25 seconds of ionization, manually
reverse the process.
- PAGE 6-19 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6503 Transporter Materializer Failure
The final step in the transport process is the materialization phase. During this phase
the subject is reconstructed utilizing the energy transmitted to the site and the pattern
stored in the Pattern Buffer. Materialization can occur in one of two ways: using a
remote receiver or independently. When transporting to a remote unit, the object’s
pattern is transmitted along with the energy. The receiving unit will recreate the object
from the pattern and the energy that was transmitted. For independent operation, the
ship’s Materializer obtains the pattern from the ship’s Pattern Buffer and then remotely
reconstructs the object’s atomic structure based upon the pattern. However, should
the Materializer unit fail during the transport process, the following actions shall be
taken in accordance with procedures:
A. Materializer Failure of the Remote Transporter Receiver

If materialization cannot take place at the remote receiving Transporter unit, then
the receiving unit will return the energy beam back to the transmitting unit and
materialization will occur at the origin site. This is an auto-rejection of the
transporter unit. The unit’s Materializer will use the object’s pattern stored in the
Pattern Buffer to automatically reconstruct the individual or object. With the
automatic return of the subject, the Transporter Officer or the Duty Transporter
Operator may:
1. Transport the individual or object to the destination without transporting to the
remote unit, if it is imperative that the person or object get to the destination.
2. Terminate the transport process. Contact the remote receiver to make different
arrangements.
B. Materializer Failure Without External Transporter Receiver
A failure of the Materializer to reassemble the subject during transport is a serious

condition as the individual or object is in a non-existent state. If the Materializer
fails during beam transmission, the following actions shall be taken:
1. Place the unit in MANUAL mode and disengage the Materializer.
2. Attempt to cross-circuit the Materializer power source to the alternate “B”
power source and re-engage the Materializer.
3. Continue the transport process with boost power to the Materializer.
If the Materializer continues to fail, execute the following steps:
4. Stop the transport process at the affected unit. Proceed to the nearest available
Transporter unit.
5. Startup alternate Transporter unit and perform operational checks per SORM
5706.
6. Connect the alternate Transporter unit to the affected unit’s Pattern Buffer and
stored energy.
7. Materialize the subject at the alternate Transporter station. The Transporter
Officer shall evaluate the situation and determine if the subject can be
transported from the alternate unit.
C. Materializer Failure With Internal Transporter Receiver

If materialization cannot be achieved at the ship’s Transporter unit, the energy
received and stored shall be transmitted back to the transmitting station and the
person or object will re-materialize at the remote station. As a result, the ship’s
Transporter Officer or the Duty Transporter Operator shall contact the remote site
and make different arrangements for transporting the person or object.
- PAGE 6-20 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6504 Transporter Computer Failure
Each Transporter unit is equipped with a computer that monitors and controls beam
operation and pattern storage. Should the computer fail at any time, an alarm will
sound and the Transport Alarm light (as shown in Figure 5-14) will flash. Should the
computer fail, the following actions shall be taken in accordance with procedures:
A. No Transport Operation in Progress

Place the Transporter unit out of service and repair the computer.
B. Transport Operation in Progress
1. Place the unit in MANUAL mode and suspend operation.

2. Perform a continuity check on all transporter subsystems and verify the
integrity of the Pattern Buffer.
3. If checks indicate all systems are working perfectly, then continue operation in
MANUAL mode, but return the subject back to the platform. The Transporter
Officer shall evaluate whether to continue to transport the individual or object.
4. If the checks indicate a problem with any subsystem, suspend operations at
once. Proceed to the next available Transporter unit.
5. Startup alternate Transporter unit and perform operational checks per SORM
5706.
6. Connect the alternate Transporter unit to the affected unit’s Pattern Buffer and
stored energy.
7. Materialize the subject at the alternate Transporter station. The Transporter
Officer shall evaluate the situation and determine if the subject can be
transported from the alternate unit.
6505 Corrupted Pattern Buffer
Each Transporter unit is equipped with several memory banks for the purpose of
storing the molecular pattern of the person or object to be transported. The memory
bank, also known as the Pattern Buffer, is triplicated (Buffers - A, B, & C) for reliability.
However, one bank will serve as the primary source for pattern materialization. As a
safety feature, the Transporter Computer performs a continuity check on all three
Pattern Buffers and compares the results against the three. If any of the buffers do not
match, the memory bank is considered failed and will be placed out of service. Should
the primary Pattern Buffer fail or become corrupted, an alarm will sound and the
Transport Alarm light (as shown in Figure 5-14) will flash. As a result, the following
actions shall be taken:
1. Place the unit in MANUAL mode.
2. Disengage the Materializer and select one of the good back-up Pattern Buffers.
3. Re-engage the Materializer and continue the transport operation.
A loss of or corruption of the Pattern Buffer, while materialization is in progress, will
result in the incomplete recreation of the subject.
6506 Loss of Pattern Buffer Power
Each Transporter Pattern Buffer is powered by a separate power source in order to

provide safety and reliability of the subject’s pattern. If any Pattern Buffer lost power,
the contents of the buffer would be erased. Therefore, if the primary Pattern Buffer lost
power, the Duty Transporter Operator shall switch to one of the alternate Pattern
Buffers (A, B, or C) in order to continue transporting the subject.
- PAGE 6-21 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6507 Loss of Transporter Power
A Transporter unit is designed for personnel safety and therefore, the unit should not
automatically trip or power-down during ionization or materialization. In addition, each
Transporter unit has a dedicated power source and a backup power supply. However,
should a loss of all power occur during transport operation, the following actions shall
be taken in accordance with STARSHIPS procedures:
A. Loss of Power during Ionization Phase

1. If the unit lost all power prior to the completion of the ionization phase and the
subject’s pattern has not yet been stored, then place the Transporter unit out
of service and repair the unit’s power supplies or connect to an alternate
power supply.
2. If the unit lost all power after ionization was completed and the subject’s
pattern was stored, then attempt to connect to an alternate power supply. If
this cannot be accomplished, then proceed to an alternative Transporter unit
and follow the steps as outlined in Part B of SORM 6504.
3. If the unit lost all power while the subject was being de-materialized, the
subject may be able to be recovered by placing the unit in MANUAL mode and
augmenting the subject’s mass-energy with plasma energy from the Impulse
Engines. The subject shall then be materialized at another Transporter station
as outlined in the above paragraph.
B. Loss of Power during Beaming Phase
Loss of power during the beam phase is generally defined as the loss of power to
the Transport Beam Emitter, or the unit that transmits the plasma energy for
subject recovery. The following are the possible scenarios and then actions to be
taken:
1. If power was lost to the Transporter Beam Emitter prior to beam activation
then no action is required. The unit shall be placed out of service and repairs
effected to the unit. Transport can proceed from another station.
2. If power was lost to the Transporter Beam Emitter while transmitting the
subject’s pattern and mass-energy to a remote Transporter unit within the 25
second materialization period, the subject can be recovered by placing the unit
in MANUAL mode and augmenting the subject’s mass-energy with plasma
energy from the Impulse Engines. The subject shall then be materialized at the
Transporter station.
3. If power was lost to the Transporter Beam Emitter during an independent
transport operation, the Transporter unit’s computer will initiate an auto-
rejection and the subject should automatically materialize back to the ship’s
platform.
C. Loss of Power during Materialization Phase
If the unit lost all power while materialization was in progress and no alternative
power source is available, the following would occur and the actions taken:
1. If the subject was only 35% materialized, the process could be reversed with
the remaining mass-energy of the subject. However, the mass-energy of the
subject must be supplemented with plasma energy from the Impulse Engines
or from another source. Transport operations must be suspended until power
returns or an alternate Transporter station utilized.
2. If the subject was at 40% or more of materialization, nothing can be done to
recover the subject. Inanimate objects may be converted for later use.
- PAGE 6-22 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 6 – MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
6600 Introduction
On complex machinery such as a Starship, accidents and medical emergencies are

bound to happen. As such, the U.S.S. Enterprise is equipped with the most modern
and extensive medical facilities that can be found on any ship, and which is capable of
handling most emergencies. The size of the Sickbay area was designed such that it
could easily handle 15% of the crew at any one time. In addition, when large numbers
of casualties are involved, other areas of a ship can be used as temporary medical
areas.
6601 Emergency Medical Team
An Emergency Medical Team is a specific form of Casualty Assistance Team comprised

entirely of doctors and medical technicians for the purpose of handling emergencies
where injuries occurred either onboard ship or off. For example, should a significant
medical emergency occur aboard ship or away from the ship, an Emergency Medical
Team, or MEDTEAM, would be organized which would include all the off-duty doctors,
medical technicians and nurses required to handle the emergency.
Regarding the Emergency Medical Team, the primary officer in charge will be the Duty
Medical Officer. When a medical emergency is announced, the assigned medical
personnel shall muster in Sickbay for their assignments.
6602 Organization of Sickbay
When a medical emergency is announced, the assigned medical personnel will muster
in Sickbay for their assignments. The primary examination area in Sickbay will become
the triage center and the Duty Medical Officer will assign doctors, nurses and medical
technicians to teams that will perform local emergency treatments and to transport the
sick and injured back to Sickbay or the triage center. In some cases the Chief Medical
Officer will take over the duty in Sickbay and direct the Duty Medical Officer to the
scene of the emergency and take charge of the medical efforts. This will usually
happen in the event of a significant medical emergency off-ship where a large staff of
medical personnel may be required.
6603 Off-Ship Medical Emergencies
In accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 6620 the ship’s Commanding Officer or the
senior officer present may direct the ship’s medical staff to provide medical aid to
anyone or any organization that is not part of the crew or is not a member of Star Fleet.
A. Where an off-ship medical emergency exists, the ships Medical Transporter shall
be used exclusively to transport the medical team and the sick and injured.
B. The medical team shall establish temporary triage centers at the scene of the off-
ship emergency. However, for injuries of only a few persons, the individuals may
be transported to the ship for treatment.
C. The medical team shall primarily utilize ship’s medical equipment and supplies to
treat the sick and injured off-ship. However, if ship’s medical personnel will be
required to augment the medical staff of the organization at the scene, the ship’s
medical personnel shall use local medical equipment and supplies.
- PAGE 6-23 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6604 Temporary Triage Centers
In the case of large medical emergencies, the ship’s Medical Department can set-up
temporary triage centers to support the immediate treatment of the sick or injured.
When established, all temporary triage centers shall follow the medical standards for
cleanliness and sanitation befitting a surgical space.
A. Onboard Triage Center

When Sickbay can no longer handle the volume of the sick or injured, the
Emergency Medical Team shall establish temporary triage centers within the ship’s
cargo hold on Deck 21 or on Deck 17 where Emergency Transporter No, 5 can be
utilized. The temporary triage centers shall be equipped with spare beds and
medical scanning and treatment equipment. Where additional equipment or
bedding is needed, the Ship Materials Fabrication section shall supply the needed
equipment and supplies.
B. Off-ship Triage Center
During off-ship emergencies where the ship’s Emergency Medical Team is
involved, the medical team shall establish temporary triage centers on the planet or
station at which the emergency is occurring. In most such situations the medical
team shall request medical supplies from the ship, unless adequate medical
supplies are found at the scene of the emergency. The following are the methods
that can be utilized to establish a temporary triage center:
1. Create a temporary triage center within an existing building or structure
provided by the denizens of the planet.
2. Set-up a temporary triage center by utilizing portable structures fabricated by
the ship’s Material Fabrication section.
3. Set-up a temporary triage center using the ship’s shuttlecraft. In this situation,
the medical team was transported to the planet or station by shuttlecraft.
4. Set-up a temporary triage center in an appropriate area onboard a space
station. However, there must be adequate space for the sick and injured as
well as space to perform medical procedures.
- PAGE 6-24 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 7 – SHUTTLECRAFT EMERGENCIES
6700 Introduction
The U.S.S. Enterprise contains six (6) Class-F Shuttlecraft. Since shuttlecraft are
powered, space-going vessels there is always the possibility that an emergency of
some kind could present itself, either within the craft or as a result of operating the
craft. As such, this section will deal with the most likely emergencies involving the
ship’s shuttlecraft.
6701 Shuttlecraft Crash Onboard Ship
A shuttlecraft crash aboard ship may occur when the craft enters the Flight Deck “Hot”
or not under control and it is too late for the Flight Control Tower to utilize the Flight
Deck Tractor to grab and safely deposit the craft onto the Flight Deck. As such, should
a crash occur the following actions shall be taken:
1. The Officer of the Conn shall sound the Collision Alarm and announce:
“SHUTTLECRAFT CRASH”
”DAMAGE CONTROL PARTY TO THE FLIGHT DECK.”
2. If possible, the Flight Deck Tower should raise the Flight Deck Blast Shield. This
should stop the craft from colliding with the aft bulkhead, if the craft is low
enough.
3. If the craft strikes any bulkhead within the Flight Deck, then close the Flight Deck
Doors and isolate Compartment FF from the rest of the ship.
4. The Flight Deck Tower and/or the Bridge shall establish communications with the
crashed shuttlecraft to ascertain the extent of damage and any injuries to the crew.
5. The Flight Deck shall immediately be pressurized with an atmospheric mixture of
92% helium, 8% oxygen. This is to allow the shuttlecraft crew to safely leave the
craft, while preventing the possibility of a shuttlecraft fire.
6. The Officer of the Conn shall dispatch a Damage Control Team to the Flight Deck.
The first order of business for the Damage Control Party shall be to ensure the
integrity of the Flight Deck.
7. The Damage Control Team may enter the Flight Deck after the team has
determined that the integrity of the Fight Deck is secure. The Damage Control
Team shall proceed to the damaged craft and aid in the evacuation of the crew
from the craft.
8. Should there be injuries aboard the damaged craft, the Officer of the Conn shall
dispatch an Emergency Medical Team to the scene.
9. Once it has been determined that the craft does not pose a danger to the ship, the
oxygen levels inside the Flight Deck may be increased to nominal levels. The
helium shall be removed before the oxygen is bled into the space.
When all personnel have cleared the Flight Deck, the damaged craft shall be placed
onto the Hanger Deck Elevator and lowered to the Hanger Deck for repair. Any damage
in and around the Flight Deck shall be performed by a Repair Team as soon as
possible.
- PAGE 6-25 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6702 Shuttlecraft Crash in Space
The craft may crash or collide with an object out in space such as an asteroid, comet,
space station or another vessel. As such, should a crash occur the following actions
shall be taken:
1. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall order all passengers to brace for impact, close
all the forward window shields and the door to the aft compartment, if the crash
has not yet occurred.
2. Upon collision, the Shuttlecraft Commander shall determine the extent of the
damage to his ship, and any injuries to his crew or passengers. If there are injuries,
the craft commander shall assign someone to treat the wounded.
3. If there is hull damage repair the damaged area immediately. Follow the steps for a
Shuttlecraft Hull Breach as outlined in SORM 6706.
4. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall attempt to contact the ship or the nearest base
and shall initiate the craft’s automated distress signal.
5. If the shuttlecraft no longer has propulsion, follow the guidelines for a Shuttlecraft
Adrift in Space - SORM 6707.
6703 Shuttlecraft Crash on a Planet
A. Shuttlecraft Crash on an Inhabited Planet

Should the craft crash onto an inhabited, Class-M planet, the following actions
shall be taken:
1. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall order the craft to be evacuated.
2. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall attempt to contact the ship and shall
attempt to communicate with local authorities, subject to the rules pertaining
to General Order One.
3. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall affect repairs to his craft; the Shuttlecraft
Commander shall make every effort to return to the ship with his craft and
crew intact. If the craft no longer has propulsion, assemble the crew and wait
for a Search and Rescue Party to arrive. SORM 6907 shall apply.
B. Shuttlecraft Crash on an Uninhabited Planet
Should the craft crash onto an uninhabited planet, the following actions shall be
taken:
1. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall ascertain the extent of the damage to his
ship, and any injuries to his crew or passengers. If there are injuries, the craft
commander shall assign someone to treat the wounded.
2. If there is hull damage and the planet has no atmosphere, repair the damaged
area immediately. Follow the steps for a Shuttlecraft Hull Breach as outlined in
SORM 6706.
3. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall attempt to contact the ship and shall initiate
the craft’s automated distress signal.
4. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall perform a scan of the planet and determine
if the planet as an atmosphere. If the atmosphere is suitable enough for life,
the crew and passengers may exit the craft.
5. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall affect repairs to his craft; the Shuttlecraft
Commander shall make every effort to return to the ship with his craft and
crew intact. If the craft no longer has propulsion, assemble the crew and wait
for a Search and Rescue Party to arrive. SORM 6907 shall apply.
- PAGE 6-26 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6704 Shuttlecraft Hot Landing
A shuttlecraft hot landing is when the Shuttlecraft Pilot has no control over the craft’s
propulsion system and the craft is headed towards the Flight Deck at full power. The
general procedure to handle this emergency is as follows:
1. The Officer of the Conn shall sound the Collision Alarm and announce:
“SHUTTLECRAFT HOT LANDING;”
“DAMAGE CONTROL PARTY TO THE FLIGHT DECK.”
2. The Flight Deck shall be ready to receive the craft.
3. The Shuttlecraft Pilot shall make every effort to turn off the engines.
4. The Flight Control Officer in the Flight Control Tower shall energize and direct the
Flight Deck Tractor beam onto the craft to slow it down.
5. The craft shall be placed on the Launch Pad and to wait ten (10) minutes before
closing the Flight Deck Doors, unless there is another emergency occurring inside
the craft.
6. The Flight Deck shall be re-pressurized and the crew retrieved from the craft. The
Damage Control Party shall standby to ensure no other situation will occur.
6705 Shuttlecraft Fire
A shuttlecraft on fire can be a very dangerous situation as it may affect the safety of
the ship. There are three (3) major situations concerning a Shuttlecraft on fire: a) the
craft is on fire while it is stowed in the Hangar Deck; b) the craft is on fire while it is on
the Launch Pad on the Flight Deck; and c) the craft has an internal fire while it is about
to land on the Flight Deck. The basic handling of these three situations will be
described below:
A. Shuttlecraft Fire in the Hanger Deck
A shuttlecraft fire while it is stowed in its bay in the Hanger Deck will most likely
occur during maintenance. Should a fire break out in or around the craft all
personnel must evacuate the Hanger Bay area. The entire deck will then be flooded
with Nithel-72 gas. The temperature within the compartment will be monitored
and when it is below 60o C, emergency evacuation of the atmosphere within the
compartment can be executed, or the Flight Deck Doors opened and the Flight
Deck Elevator lowered.
B. Shuttlecraft Fire on the Launch Pad
A shuttlecraft fire could occur while the craft is waiting to be launched from the
Launch Pad or is being stowed on the Flight Deck. This may occur while the Flight
Deck is still pressurized with air. In this situation, all personnel shall evacuate the
craft and the Flight Deck. The Flight Deck will then be depressurized and the Flight
Deck Doors opened.
C. Shuttlecraft Fire in Space
This is a situation where the craft has an internal fire while it is in space ready to
land in a depressurized Flight Deck, or that the craft is about to launch into space
while the Flight Deck Doors are open and the Flight Deck depressurized. In this
situation personnel in the craft will have to deal with the fire while the command is
issued to transport the crew off the Shuttlecraft. There is usually no time to re-
pressurize the Flight Deck in order for the crew to evacuate the craft while there is
an internal fire in the craft. Therefore, the crew must be transported from the craft.
- PAGE 6-27 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6706 Shuttlecraft Hull Breach
A shuttlecraft travelling at almost 0.8c could experience hull damage since the hull
material is somewhat thin and the navigational shield is not very powerful. As such,
micrometeriorites and other small particles can rip through the hull when travelling at
near-light speeds. For small holes and minor hull cracks shuttlecraft are equipped with
repair patches and crack foam. Patches utilize the internal atmospheric pressure and
the adhesive to hold them in place. Crack foam is a dispensable polymer liquid that
utilizes the oxygen in the cabin to harden and seal cracks. However, for large breaks or
holes greater than 20 centimeters in diameter there is no remedy as the pressure in the
cabin can be reduced to zero in a matter of seconds killing all on board.
6707 Shuttlecraft Adrift in Space
A shuttlecraft will become adrift in space or may continue to move under its own
momentum if it had lost all propulsion power. As such a shuttlecraft can drift in space
for 3 days before running out of all power, and when O2 and CO2 levels reach critical
levels. As such, should the craft become adrift in space the following actions shall be
taken:
1. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall attempt to contact the ship or the nearest base
and shall initiate the craft’s automated distress signal.
2. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall not make any course changes as the
momentum of the craft may make it more difficult to be found.
3. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall monitor O2, CO2 and other gas levels. The
Shuttlecraft Commander shall reduce the O2 bleed in order to extend the oxygen
supply.
4. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall reduce power levels by minimizing craft lighting
and environmental parameters. The Shuttlecraft Commander may reduce the
craft’s interior temperature to 10 oC.
5. The Shuttlecraft Commander shall ration the onboard water supply and shall direct
the crew and passengers to execute survival procedures.
6708 Loss of Shuttlecraft Communication
Shuttlecraft continuously sends out an IFF beacon. However, should the craft no
longer have the capability to communicate the Shuttlecraft Commander may use
whatever means he has at his disposal to communicate. One method is to open the
forward window shields and to utilize the onboard emergency flashlights to flash a
visual message. Another method is to use the craft’s ion engines to emit an ionized
signature or visual display by dumping fuel into the reaction chamber in short bursts.
- PAGE 6-28 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 8 – EMERGENCY SEPARATION
6800 Introduction
Emergency Separation is a special, irreversible operation in which the Primary Hull is

detached from the Secondary Hull, either because the Secondary Hull and Main
Engines are damaged beyond repair or the Primary Hull can no longer sustain the
crew. Once a ship has separated it can no longer be reconnected; separation is
permanent. As a result, the Primary Hull or the Secondary Hull becomes a lifeboat for
the crew until they can be rescued.
6801 Preparation for Separation
In accordance with Star Ship Command regulations only the Commanding Officer can
order an Emergency Separation. Should such an order be given, the following actions
shall be taken:
1. Evacuate all personnel from the damaged hull to be separated.
2. Muster the crew to their Emergency Separation stations. Those who do not have a
specific Emergency Separation station shall go and remain in their quarters and
strap themselves down. The Officer of the Conn shall pass the word:
“ALL HANDS TO THEIR EMERGENCY SEPARATION STATIONS”
3. Disconnect the Main Power Coupling between the Primary and Secondary hulls.
Split the Primary Hull Port and Starboard AC busses.
4. Isolate the main ventilation lines between the Primary and Secondary hulls. Set the
ventilation lineup to recirculation mode for the separated hull. Note that the main
ventilation turbo fans may be shut down if the Secondary Hull will be abandoned,
but may continue to be used if the Secondary Hull becomes the lifeboat.
5. Isolate the Turbo-lift shaft between the Primary and Secondary hull after all
personnel have been evacuated from the affected hull. If time permits, move all
Turbo-lift modules from the abandoned hull to the separated hull.
6. If possible, launch all shuttlecraft and have them remain on standby near the ship
until hull separation is complete.
7. If time permits, move as much of any foodstuff, medical supplies and tools from
the abandoned hull to the separated hull. In addition, top-off all water tanks and
charge all air and oxygen banks in the separated hull using the tanks and bottles of
the abandoned hull.
8. If possible, crewmembers shall gather as much of their clothes and personal
belongings as possible and bring them to the separated hull. This will not be
necessary if the Primary Hull becomes the lifeboat.
6802 Separation Stations
Separation stations are those areas of the ship where the preparations to separate are
performed. These areas will usually be in the engineering spaces and manned by
Engineering Department personnel. For all other persons aboard ship, not on duty,
their assigned Separation Station will be their quarters.
- PAGE 6-29 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6803 Ship Separation
In accordance with Star Ship Command regulations only the Commanding Officer can
order an Emergency Separation. Should such an order be given, the following actions
shall be taken:
1. Evacuate all personnel from the damaged hull to be separated. Muster the crew to
their Emergency Separation stations. Those who do not have a specific Emergency
Separation station shall go and remain in their quarters and strap themselves
down. The Officer of the Conn shall pass the word:
“ALL HANDS TO THEIR EMERGENCY SEPARATION STATIONS”
2. Open the Main Power Couplings between the Primary and Secondary hulls. Split
the Primary Hull Port and Starboard AC busses. Isolate the main ventilation lines
between the Primary and Secondary hulls. Set the ventilation lineup to recirculation
mode for the separated hull.
3. Isolate the Turbo-lift shaft between the Primary and Secondary hull after all
personnel have been evacuated from the affected hull. If time permits, move all
Turbo-lift modules from the damaged hull to the separated hull.
4. If possible, launch all shuttlecraft and have them remain on standby near the ship
until hull separation is complete.
5. When the order is given by the Officer of the Conn to:
“SEPARATE THE SHIP”
The Helmsman, or the Lee Helmsman if control is from the Auxiliary Control Room,
will set-off the charges located around the dorsal neck on Deck 7. This will cause
the separation of the Primary Hull from the Secondary Hull. The Helmsman will
then maneuver the “Lifeboat” away from the other hull.
6. If necessary the unused hull may be destroyed to prevent capture or becoming a
hazard to life or property.
6804 Emergency Landing
An Emergency Landing is the intentional grounding of a separated Primary Hull onto a

planet. This procedure will be used when power has almost been exhausted and the
hull can no longer sustain the crew in space. The hull becomes a living structure for
the crew. This procedure assumes that the ship has already undergone hull separation
and that the Primary Hull has operating under its own power. The general procedure
for Emergency Landing is as follows:
“RIG SHIP FOR EMERGENCY LANDING”
2. The ship will be maneuvered in a downward spiraling orbit with the aft end of the
vessel pointing to the direction of travel. The Impulse Engines will be engaged to
slow the vessel down to sub-orbital speed.
3. As the vessel enters the atmosphere, the hull is oriented with a slight upward
angle of approximately ten degrees.
4. At five kilometers above the surface the Collision Alarm will be sounded and all
hands will prepare for impact and the underside thrusters will be fired to slow the
rate of decent and to locate a suitable place for landing.
5. Upon landing the crew will be mustered and a head count taken. The ship’s
medical staff shall examine the crew and take care of any injured persons.
- PAGE 6-30 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 6
SECTION 9 – ABANDON SHIP
6900 Introduction
Should the ship sustain so much damage as to become uninhabitable or the crew is in
danger of perishing, the Commanding Officer may order the ship to be evacuated. Only
the Commanding Officer or the officer in command of the ship can order an Abandon
Ship.
6901 Requirements for Abandon Ship
The Commanding Officer shall evaluate the condition of the ship to determine whether
it can be saved or that the crew needs to be evacuated. As decision points, the
following conditions should be considered when determining to abandon ship: both
the Primary and Secondary hulls are severely damaged and cannot be adequately
repaired in time for a repair ship to arrive; the ship is sustaining a persistent and an
uncontrollable radiation leak; main engine Polymass containment is in imminent
danger of collapsing, the ship is in imminent danger of exploding; the atmosphere of
the ship is contaminated or poisoned beyond purification, death is inevitable.
6902 Preparing to Abandon Ship
When the order is given to abandon ship by the Commanding Officer, the following
general actions shall be taken:
“ALL HANDS PREPARE TO ABANDON SHIP”
2. The Officer of the Conn shall direct the ship to the nearest Class-M planet, if
possible. The ship shall be maneuvered around the planet to within Transporter
range of the surface. If no Class-M planet is nearby, prepare the crew to use the
emergency lifeboats. The Officer of the Conn shall obtain adequate coordinates on
the Class-M planet to serve as the crew assembly site.
3. If time permits, gather all pertinent logs and ship records, and destroy all classified
material.
4. If time permits, make preparations to bring along items that will help extend the
survivability of the crew. This applies primarily to situations where the crew will
abandon ship using the Transporters.
5. Should the abandoned ship pose a danger of being captured by hostile forces or
may be a danger to the crew, the Commanding Officer or the Officer in Charge
shall order the self-destruction of the ship.
6. Prior to evacuation, Emergency Beacons and the Automated Distress Signals shall
be activated. The final log entries shall remain in the active buffer in order to allow
rescue personnel to locate and recover the crew. A copy of the log shall be placed
in the ship’s Recorder Marker and dispatched.
7. Lastly, all personnel shall begin evacuating the ship. The Officer of the Conn shall
pass the word:
“ALL HANDS TO THEIR ABANDON SHIP STATIONS”
- PAGE 6-31 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
6903 Emergency Transporters
The U.S.S. Enterprise has five (5) Emergency Transporter units, each of which can
transport up to 22 persons at one time. The locations of these stations are listed in
SORM 5700. Personnel working in the Primary Hull will be assigned a particular
Emergency Transporter unit as their Abandon Ship station. All personnel working in
the Secondary or Engineering Hull shall report to Emergency Transporter Room 5.
Under severe conditions the ship’s cargo transporters may also be used as Emergency
Transporter units. However, no more than thirteen (13) persons shall be allowed to
transport from a Cargo Transporter unit.
6904 Medical Transporters
All medical personnel shall abandon ship using the Medical Transporter unit located on
Deck 7. The Medical Transporter unit shall be programmed to the coordinates of the
emergency assembly area as provided by the Officer of the Conn.
6905 Shuttlecraft
If possible, prepare and launch all shuttlecraft. The personnel assigned to shuttlecraft
as their Abandon Ship station shall primarily be those from the Damage Control and
Repair division of the Engineering Department. One shuttlecraft shall contain a squad
of security personnel. Shuttlecraft shall be deployed when Emergency Lifeboats are to
be deployed.
6906 Emergency Lifeboats
The U.S.S. Enterprise is also equipped with survival craft known as lifeboats. These
inflatable bladders allow for limited survival in the depths of space for up to eight days.
Each Lifeboat is capable of holding sixteen persons and is equipped with an onboard
food and water supply, as well as oxygen for about a week. Should the word be
passed:
“ALL HANDS PREPARE TO ABANDON SHIP; ALL HANDS TO LIFEBOATS”
The following steps shall be taken:
1. All hands shall muster at the cargo doors to the Flight Deck on Deck 18.
2. All shuttlecraft shall be launched first before lifeboats are launched; craft shall wait
nearby the ship for the lifeboats to emerge.
3. All hands shall enter the Flight Deck and extract the lifeboats from the lockers
located on the Flight Deck. All hands shall inflate and prepare the lifeboats for
space. The crew shall enter and seal the craft for takeoff.
4. The Flight Control Tower shall launch the lifeboats by opening the Flight Deck
doors and adjusting the gravity so as to slowly eject the lifeboats outside the ship.
The launch process may be repeated several times so that the entire remainder of
the crew will safely leave the ship.
5. All lifeboats shall be strung together and attached to the waiting shuttlecraft for
towing. Emergency beacons on the ship and on the lifeboats shall be activated.
6907 Assembling the Crew after Abandon Ship
In accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4760 the crew shall assemble at the place or
places designated prior to leaving the ship. The crew shall muster as soon as possible
and a head count taken of the crew by each department. The Chief Medical Officer or
his designate shall then examine the crew and take care of any injuries
- PAGE 6-32 OF 32 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 7
GENERAL QUARTERS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL QUARTERS PROCEDURES
7100 Introduction
General Quarters (GQ) or Battle Stations is the same as Readiness Condition I. As such,
all officers and technicians shall man their GQ stations according to the ship’s Watch,
Quarter and Station Bill for the appropriate emergency or battle condition.
7101 Setting of General Quarters
General Quarters is set through the ship’s Annunciator System. As such, General
Quarters is set in one of three ways:
1. Automatically by the ship’s sensors and computers whenever a known danger or
unknown object approaches the ship.
2. Manually by activating the ship’s alarm system via one of the many Standard
Comm Stations (Figure 6-1) distributed throughout the ship.
3. Manually ordered by the Officer of the Conn, the Commanding Officer or the Officer
in Command. Typically, this will be an order given to the Duty Communicator, who
will activate the appropriate alarm from the Bridge Communications station.
7102 Ship’s Annunciator System
General Quarters is sounded via the ship’s Annunciator System, which controls all the
ship’s visual and audible alarms. The central control console for the ships Annunciator
control is located at the Communications Station on the Bridge. As such, it will be the
responsibility of the Duty Communications Officer to manage the Annunciator system
and the ship’s alarms.
7103 Ship’s Alerts and Alarms
The ship’s Annunciator System is that part of the Communications System used to
warn the crew of emergencies or to go to Battle Stations. It is the alarm system for the
entire ship and deals primarily with Condition One or RED alerts. Condition Two or
lesser alerts do not require an audible alarm, but may still utilize the Alarm Flashers to
indicate an alert condition. Therefore, only Condition One alerts will be handled by the
ship’s Annunciator System. The following are the audible alarms that the Annunciator
System processes:
Ship Alarm Audible Alarm Description

General Quarters A continuous escalating tone that stops and then
restarts in a cyclic manner.
Fire A continuous oscillating warble. The tone is sinusoidal
in nature.
Collision Alternating high-low frequency tone in a regular pattern.
Emergency Evacuation Three short 2 second high-pitched blasts followed by a
continuous blast for 30 seconds.
- PAGE 7-1 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7104 Battlestations
A battle station is a specific version of General Quarters where crewmembers will go to

a particular assigned duty station when the ship goes to GQ1 or is under a Red Alert.
When Battlestations is sounded, each crewmember will immediately proceed to their
assigned action station as specified in the Watch, Quarter and Station Bill. This
includes off-duty crewmembers as well as those on watch. However, those on watch
will remain at their station, and rig their station to meet the specific condition of
readiness. In general, the procedure for going to Battlestations is as follows:
1. When GQ1 is called, all crewmembers must drop what they are doing, stow any
non-battle related or non-emergency gear and report to their action station unless
they are already on watch. It is of utmost importance that each crewmember not
only report immediately to their action station assignment, but that no one restricts
the movement of any other crew member who is in the process of doing the same.
2. A station roll is called and duties are assigned according to the situation that
brought about the General Quarters alarm. That is, each action station will report
their status to the Bridge. It is very important that the Con is made aware of the
ship’s readiness for action and that all hands are ready for action.
3. The senior person at each action station must ascertain who is present and who is
not as a way to account for casualties (wounded, missing or dead crewmembers,
etc.) This is especially important in view of the fact that certain portions of the ship
may be sealed off to prevent or mitigate atmospheric loss, fire, smoke, enemy
attack, etc., because a crewmember might be sealed in a part of the ship that
prevents him or her from reporting to his or her action station.
4. Armed security personnel will be deployed to critical areas of the ship. And in the
event that intruders are aboard the ship and attempt to intermix with the crew,
roll-call and face-recognition by security personnel will be performed.
5. The crew shall remain at Battle Stations until the command is announced to:
"SECURE FROM BATTLESTATIONS"
or
"SECURE FROM GENERAL QUARTERS"
7105 Ship’s Transporter Units
A. During General Quarters the ship’s Transporter units shall be monitored to prevent
unauthorized use and unauthorized beaming aboard ship. As such, security
personnel shall be posted in all the Transporter rooms.
B. The ship’s Medical Transporter shall be activated in cases where a security party
was beamed off the ship and into a combat situation. The Medical Transporters
shall be made ready to receive casualties and shall be continuously manned while
the ship is under General Quarters and a Landing Party is away from the ship.
C. During General Quarters the ship’s five Emergency Transporter units shall be
activated, but placed on standby in case there is an Abandon Ship.
D. If it becomes necessary to utilize the Emergency Transporters, the ship’s electrical
system shall be lined-up such that there is more than sufficient power to operate
all the units. The Emergency Transporters shall not all be used at the same time,
but transport operations shall be distributed between two units at a time, allowing
a thirty second re-energizing period between transports. Under this emergency
plan the entire crew could be transported off the ship in roughly six minutes.
- PAGE 7-2 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7106 Actions Taken on Manual General Quarters
Manual General Quarters occurs when the Officer of the Conn orders General Quarters
or Battlestations. When ordered to do so, the Duty Communicator shall sound the
appropriate alarm through the Annunciator system and make the appropriate Intercraft
announcement. When sounded, the following actions shall be performed:
1. The Officer of the Conn shall activate and fully staff Auxiliary Control, the Weapons
Control Center and Damage Control Central. The ship’s medical staff will be placed
on full alert. All Sickbay areas will be activated and ready to receive casualties.
2. The Officer of the Conn shall order that all inner compartments be sealed. As such,
all main Internal Bulkhead Doors will be shut to seal off vital areas of the ship and
the ship’s Turbolifts will be locked-out. All corridors shall be clear of personnel.
Access between decks shall be via Interconnecting Accessways. In addition, all the
exterior window shields shall be shut.
3. The Officer of the Conn shall order the main electrical busses to be split. The ship’s
primary electrical system will be split into port and starboard busses; unnecessary
loads will be shut down; ship’s lighting shall be set to Battle Alternate.
4. Auxiliary systems shall be shut-down; waste treatment, air acquisition and water
acquisition processes shall be halted. Plumbing to crew’s quarters will be stopped.
As such, the taking of showers shall not be permitted during General Quarters.
5. The Duty Communicator shall monitor the ship’s interior emergency channels for
damage control messages. All personal communications shall be terminated.
6. The ship’s Security Force will execute standard security procedures. This includes
posting a security guard on the Bridge and around critical areas of the ship. Key
officers will man their posts.
7107 Actions Taken on Automated General Quarters
Automated General Quarters occurs when the ship’s sensors detect a known enemy or
unknown hazard. When this occurs, the ship’s General Alarm is automatically sound
and the following automatic actions taken:
1. The General Alarm is sounded; all Inner Bulkhead doors, Accessway hatches, and
Viewport shutters are automatically closed.
2. Damage Control and Fire systems activated; oxygen generators are shut down; O 2
bleed is halted; Emergency Transporter circuits are activated.
3. Main electrical busses are split; Weapons systems MG sets are started. Certain
unnecessary loads are automatically shut down:
• Food service power is set to minimum; Galley power is turned-off.
• Corridor lighting set to Battle Alternate: every 3rd light is on.
• All entertainment systems are shut down.
• Ship’s Library-Computer will be prioritized to the Bridge.
4. Auxiliary Control circuits are activated; all manual overrides are unlocked. (Yellow
alert locks manual overrides.)
5. The hand weapons locker is opened, and all internal security systems are
activated;
6. Waste treatment and other auxiliary systems will be shut down. However,
plumbing systems will remain operational, but only for the common head areas.
Plumbing to individual quarters will be shutdown to prevent the rupture of deck
plumbing systems during combat. As such, taking showers will not be permitted
during General Quarters.
- PAGE 7-3 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7108 Basic Combat Rules
Should the ship engage in combat, Star Ship Operations has established several rules
of thumb when faced with a combat situation. But the foremost rule in any situation is
to keep Star Fleet Command informed of any situation that would affect the peace and
security of the Federation, and to inform them of the actions taken. The following
summarizes some of the rules.
1. Always keep the strongest shields facing the opponent vessel. That is, always
protect the ship to the maximum extent possible. The strongest shields will usually
be the forward shields.
2. Always position the ship such that it can be maneuvered out of a difficult situation.
Should the ship go into combat with multiple enemy vessels the ship should be
positioned such that it can easily be moved out of harm’s way.
3. Always engage the enemy in open space, when possible. Ships in combat require
room to maneuver. And although weapons will be fired at sublight speeds,
maneuvering may be performed at warp speeds, which requires a vast amount of
space.
4. Always keep the ship moving. A moving target is always more difficult to hit than
a stationary one. This also requires room to maneuver.
5. Minimize the ship's effective target (exposed) area. A vessel with a relatively small
target area is more difficult to hit than one with a large target area. The methods
that can be used to minimize effective target exposure are:
a. Speed - the faster the ship, the smaller the effective target area.
b. Distance - the farther away the ship, the smaller the effective target area.
c. Orientation - position the ship such that the target area is minimized.
6. Maximize the target vessel’s effective target area. Maneuver the ship such that it
will be positioned at the target vessels rear quarter and below the target vessel’s
main deck line.
7. Ensure the target is within effective weapons range. The ship should be
maneuvered such that it can minimize its effective target area while maximizing its
weapons effectiveness.
8. Always make sure the ship is at the proper material condition before going into
combat. The function of this rule is to ensure the survivability of the ship.
9. In orbital combat situations keep close to the planetary body. While a vessel is
close to a planetary body, any weapon fired upon the vessel will be affected by the
planet’s gravitation and atmosphere. This includes particle beam weapons as well
as physical projectiles.
10. In orbital combat situations endeavor not to orbit the planetary body on the same
orbital plane as the opponent. Orbiting a planetary body on the same orbital plane
as the opposing vessel can result in a collision with the opposing vessel, or
allowing the opposing vessel to find and attack the ship. If possible, attempt to
orbit the body in a perpendicular orbit in order to intercept the opposing vessel.
11. Use a large planetary body if the ship needs to be concealed. Large planetary
bodies allow for a larger loss of sensor area. This rule should especially be
observed if the ship is crippled and needs to be removed from the battlespace for
repairs.
12. Always keep to ship formation guidelines. As a general rule ships are grouped or
arranged in formation such that each ship will protect or cover adjacent ships
while providing defensive firepower against attacking vessels.
- PAGE 7-4 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7109 Ship Encounters in Space
An encounter in space is defined as two or more vessels that are in close proximity
with each other. To handle such encounters, Star Fleet established certain procedures
to deal with encounters in space. These procedures were implemented under Star Fleet
General Order Twelve.
A. Encountering A Friendly Vessel
1. Normal Approach:  No defensive action is taken
 Approaching vessel must renders honors
2. Intercept Approach:  Execute evasive maneuvers to prevent collision; go to
General Quarters if vessel is within Action Zone
 No defensive action is taken, but a law-enforcement action
required if vessel is violating safe navigational practices
3. Trailing Approach:  No defensive action is taken, but scan vessel
B. Encountering A Neutral Vessel

1. Normal Approach:  No defensive action is taken, but scan vessel
 Approaching vessel renders honors per agreement
2. Intercept Approach:  Execute evasive maneuvers to prevent collision; go to
General Quarters if vessel is within Action Zone
 No defensive action is taken, but a law-enforcement action
required if vessel is violating safe navigational practices
 Scan vessel
3. Trailing Approach:  Maneuver so that the ship is directly facing the vessel
 No defensive action is taken, but scan vessel
 Approaching vessel renders honors per agreement
C. Encountering An Unfriendly Vessel

1. Normal Approach:  Defensive shields are up; ship takes a defensive posture
 Go to General Quarters 3 (Security Alert)
 Scan vessel; Weapons at the ready
2. Intercept Approach:  Defensive shields are up; ship takes a defensive posture
 Go to General Quarters 2 (Standby Alert) if vessel in
Classifying Zone, General Quarters 1 (Battlestations) if
vessel in Action Zone
 Maneuver so that the ship is directly facing the vessel
3. Trailing Approach:  Defensive shields are up; ship takes a defensive posture
 Go to General Quarters 2 (Standby Alert)
D. Encountering An Unknown Vessel

1. Normal Approach:  No defensive action is taken if vessel in Classifying Zone;
defensive shields are up if vessel in Action Zone
 Scan vessel
2. Intercept Approach:  Defensive shields are up; ship takes a defensive posture
 Go to General Quarters 2 (Standby Alert)
 Scan vessel
3. Trailing Approach:  Defensive shields are up; ship takes a defensive posture
 Go to General Quarters 3 (Security Alert)
 Scan vessel
- PAGE 7-5 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7110 Standard Actions When Confronted With a Combat Situation
Initially, and prior to any combat, Star Fleet Operations had developed procedures and
guidelines regarding the actions that should be taken under particular situations that
may lead to combat. These guidelines are presented below:
Situation Standard Action
Ship’s computer automatically The Officer of the Conn shall first order the ship to go to GQ-1 or
snaps on the defensive shields: Red Alert. The Officer of the Conn shall subsequently evaluate the
situation and adjust the material condition of the ship
accordingly.
Surprise weapons hit on the The Officer of the Conn shall go to GQ-1, return fire, if necessary
ship’s defensive shields during and weapons are ready, and warp up and away from the
an encounter in space: attacking vessel. The ship’s Commanding Officer shall meet with
his senior officers in order to decide on a course of action
A vessel of unknown origin is The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2 or
approaching the ship on an Yellow Alert and follow the guidelines set forth in General Order
intercept course at high speed: 12
The ship enters an area of space The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2 and
known for hostile activity: follow the guidelines for a Yellow Alert. All weapons systems
shall be activated and on standby
A vessel encountered in space The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2 and
fails to communicate or respond follow the guidelines for a Yellow Alert. In this scenario a vessel
to a hail: may include space stations as well as spacecraft
A landing party of a Star Fleet The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-1 or Red
ship in orbit discovers the Alert and maneuver the ship out of orbit a safe distance away
destruction of a Federation from the planet. The Officer of the Conn shall immediately inform
outpost or colony: the Commanding Officer and Star Fleet Command
A Star Fleet ship in orbit around The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-1 or Red
a planet is fired upon from the Alert, and shall place the ship in a higher orbit or leave orbit
ground: altogether. The ship should always enter an orbit of an unknown
planet exposing a minimum of its surface area
A Star Fleet ship patrolling a The Officer of the Conn shall first order the ship to go to GQ-1 or
Neutral Zone detects a vessel Red Alert. The Officer of the Conn shall immediately summon the
within or near the zone: Commanding Officer and contact Star Fleet Command to apprise
them of the situation
A Star Fleet ship encounters a The Officer of the Conn shall first order the ship to go to GQ-1 or
vessel or a group of vessels of a Red Alert. The Officer of the Conn shall immediately summon the
known hostile power within Commanding Officer and contact Star Fleet Command to apprise
Federation space: them of the situation. The Officer of the Conn shall confront the
vessel and request the reason for encroachment into Federation
space
A Star Fleet ship encounters a The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-2 or
derelict vessel in space: Yellow Alert and follow the guidelines set forth in General Order
12. Approach the vessel with caution and just within Transporter
range. Organize a landing party to investigate
A Star Fleet ship encounters a The Officer of the Conn shall order the ship to go to GQ-3 or
message buoy or device in Amber Alert and summon the ship’s Commanding Officer to the
space: Bridge. Approach the buoy with caution and attempt
communication. Evaluate the situation and decide whether to
proceed
A Star Fleet ship is attacked by a The Officer of the Conn shall go to GQ-1, sound the Collision
long-range missile: Alarm and maneuver to evade the incoming missile. The Officer
of the Conn shall ascertain the origin of the missile and then
destroy it. The ship’s Commanding Officer shall meet with his
senior officers in order to decide on a subsequent course of
action. However, no punitive action shall be taken.
- PAGE 7-6 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 7
GENERAL QUARTERS
SECTION 2 – SHIP ISOLATION
7200 Introduction
When General Quarters is sounded, one of the actions taken by the ship is to isolate
the various compartments from each other. This is done to minimize the loss of the
ship’s atmosphere due to a hull breach. These sealed areas are called Isolation Areas
and are illustrated in Figure 7-1 of this section.
7201 Ship Isolation Areas
The Primary and Secondary hulls are divided into pressurized sections that can be
sealed to form Isolation Areas. Isolation Areas are those compartments contained
within the inner sections of the ship away from the outer hull compartments. Isolation
is performed by closing the Inner Bulkhead Doors of the passageways leading to the
affected or outboard compartments. In the Primary Hull the Isolation Areas will be
those compartments that form an enclosed ring.
7202 Main Isolation Bulkheads
Access in and out of Isolation Areas is through an Inner Bulkhead Door (SORM 6105),
which is hidden within the bulkhead and normally open. An Inner Bulkhead Door is a
heavy door that closes from the bulkhead through a trapezoidal frame. When activated,
this door will slide into place isolating the compartment from the outer areas of the
ship. These accessways can be identified by a light gray trapezoid-shaped frame,
called a ‘Bent’, with glass panels on three sides. These panels will flash red lights as a
warning that the doors will close isolating the compartment and therefore, individuals
inside the affected area will have thirty seconds to leave before the doors close. When
the door is completely shut the lights will turn amber and remain on until the door is
reopened and access is restored. Lighting outside the Isolation Area will be reduced or
turned off to save power. The lighted frames will act as a guide to the location of the
exits during low light conditions.
7203 Interconnecting Accessways
Interconnecting Accessways are hatches between decks. During General Quarters, all
Interconnecting Accessways will be closed to isolate one deck from another. Access to
other decks will be done using the Turbo-Lift elevator shaft. However, access to
another deck using an Interconnecting Accessway is permissible only with permission
from the Officer of the Conn or the Commanding Officer, and only after the Damage
Control Center has confirmed that it is safe to open the hatch.
7204 Turbo-Lift Shafts
During General Quarters the Turbo-Lift system will be shut down. There will be no
movement between decks permitted using the Turbo-Lift system. However, Turbo-Lift
shafts or tubes can function as Interconnecting Accessways when shutdown. Turbolift
tubes are hardened cylinders that can withstand both high and low pressures, and can
shield persons from fire and damage where the tube passes through an affected deck.
Within each tube are ladders recessed into the tube that allows personnel to climb
from one deck to another. Access to a deck is by an elevator door override switch
located inside the tube next to the door.
- PAGE 7-7 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 7
GENERAL QUARTERS
SECTION 3 – SHIP’S ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
7300 Introduction
During General Quarters (GQ) or Battlestations the ship’s electrical system will be
lined-up such that extra power will be made available to the ship’s propulsion and
weapons systems.
7301 Nonessential Loads
Non-essential loads are the systems, components, devices or compartments that are
not required while the ship is under General Quarters. These non-essential loads are:
 Ship’s Science Labs and Offices  Ship’s Recreation Rooms
 Ship’s Cargo Areas  Ship’s Stores
 Ship’s Galley  Ship’s Grooming Salons
 Ship’s Theatre and Gymnasiums  Ship’s Entertainment Systems
7302 Electrical System Lineup during Battle Stations
During General Quarters the ship’s electrical system will be configured to maximize the
power requirements to the weapons and propulsion systems.
1. Port and Starboard main AC busses will be split. This will prevent damage on one
side of the ship to affect the power system on the other side. The ship will largely
be in a half-power lineup during General Quarters. (See SORM 5406 for details.)
2. The weapons system busses will be activated. Power to the weapons buss will be
supplied by the Port AC buss.
3. The Main Engine AC busses are disconnected from the Secondary Hull AC buss.
This is to allow the Main Engines to retain full power and will not be affected by
power issues that may occur in the Primary or Secondary Hulls.
4. The Secondary Hull main AC buss will be cross-connected with the Primary Hull in
order to supply power to the ship’s shields. Reactor No. 3 in the Secondary Hull
will augment AC power to the Primary Hull.
5. The Primary and Secondary Hulls shall operate under reduced electrical load.
7303 Power to the Weapons Buss
During General Quarters both the Primary Hull and Secondary Hull weapons busses
shall be fully energized as follows:
1. Power to the Primary Hull weapons buss shall be supplied by the Port Primary Hull
AC buss.
2. Power to the Secondary Hull weapons buss shall be supplied by the Starboard
Main Engine AC buss.
3. All 400 Hz Motor-Generators shall be operating and all Phaser Bank capacitors fully
charged.
- PAGE 7-9 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7304 Ship’s Interior Lighting
During General Quarters the ship’s internal lighting shall be dimmed to minimum
intensity. Corridor lighting shall be set to battle-alternative. That is, only every third
light will be lit. All lighting in crew’s quarters shall be turned-off. However, overhead
bunk lighting may remain powered. The main lights in the Flight Deck shall be turned-
off. However, the small blue night lights may remain lit.
7305 Ship’s Exterior Lighting
During Battlestations all ship’s exterior lighting shall be turned-off. This includes the
navigational lights as they may provide the opposing vessel with indications of how
the ship will be maneuvering. The Bridge shall “RIG FOR RED” in order to minimize
light escaping through the upper dome. All viewport shields will be shut so that any
interior lighting will not radiate out of the ship.
7306 Distribution of System Loads
During General Quarters there will be a shift in electrical load priorities. In general, all
non-essential electrical loads will be turned off or reduced. The following
1. Ship’s power to crew’s quarters shall be reduced. Power to the Galley and all
recreation areas will be turned-off. However, power shall remain turned-on to the
refrigerators and food preservation units, and only to a limited number of food
synthesizers.
2. Power to the ship’s laboratories will be turned-off, unless required to perform
analyses during General Quarters. Power to the Arboretum will be turned-off.
3. Power to the ship’s cargo areas will be turned-off. All cargo elevators will be shut
down and shall not be in operation during Battlestations, unless to move heavy
weaponry.
4. All auxiliary systems currently in operation shall be shut down. All air and water
acquisition units shall be shut down, as well as the waste conversion system shut
down. Power to the ship’s Oxygen Generators shall be turned-off.
5. Power to the ship’s Turbolift system shall be turned-off. All lift modules shall be
stowed and turbines shut down.
6. The weapons buss will be fully energized. Power shall be shifted to the ship’s
shields and screens. All Phaser Banks shall be fully charged; all Photon Torpedo
tubes energized.
7. All Emergency Transporter units shall be energized, but placed in a reduced power
state until needed.
8. The ship’s field generators shall be cross-connected with the power coming from
the Secondary Hull. This is to amplify shield power.
- PAGE 7-10 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 7
GENERAL QUARTERS
SECTION 4 – SHIP’S HAND WEAPONRY
7400 Ship’s Small Arms Arsenal
The U.S.S. Enterprise has a Small Arms Locker (Ship’s Armory) where all the hand-held
weapons are stored. The weapons stored in this locker are: Phasers I and II, Phaser
Rifles and spare power packs. The Small Arms Locker is located in the Security Section
on Deck 5. Under normal conditions the Small Arms Locker is locked and access is
controlled by the Duty Security Officer. However, during General Quarters the Small
Arms Locker will automatically be opened to allow hand weapons to be distributed, if
required.
7401 Issuance of Small Arms
Under normal conditions the issuance of small arms is a managed and controlled
process whereby the Duty Security Officer will record the dispensing of a weapon to
an individual and the return of the same weapon from the individual. However, during
General Quarters weapons may be appropriated by individuals en masse. As a result,
the Duty Security Officer will have no way of knowing who acquired what weapon,
but will only know what weapon was removed. This is because weapons and power
packs stored in racks transmit their serial number to the computer, which maintains
the inventory of all weapons and power packs in the locker. Therefore, the only record
available to the Duty Security Officer is the inventory of the weapons and power packs
stored or removed.
7402 Use of Small Arms
Individuals appropriating weapons are bound by the following rules:

1. Hand-held weapons shall be used for defense only. Use of a weapon for offensive
purposes is strictly prohibited unless otherwise ordered by the Commanding
Officer.
2. Individuals possessing a weapon are responsible for its use, and are accountable
for any damage or injury that may occur resulting from the use of the weapon.
3. Any individual having a weapon is responsible for the care and use of that weapon
at all times while the person is in possession of that weapon.
7403 Return of Small Arms
Upon termination of General Quarters all weapons and power packs shall be returned
to security. Upon receipt, the Duty Security Officer shall reconcile the current inventory
with the computer to ensure that all weapons and power packs have been returned. If
any weapon or power pack remains missing the Duty Security Officer shall inform the
Commanding Officer and initiate an investigation. The Duty Security Officer shall report
the finding of his investigation to the Commanding Officer as soon as possible.
- PAGE 7-11 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
- PAGE 7-12 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 7
GENERAL QUARTERS
SECTION 5 – SECURITY ALERTS
7500 Ship’s Security Force
The U.S.S. Enterprise contains a contingent of security personnel from the Star Fleet
Security Forces Command. When it comes to security alerts aboard ship the security
force is the ship’s first line of defense.
7501 Roving Security Teams
During normal operations a Security Patrol (see SORM 4805) consisting of a single
security guard will tour the ship. However, during security alerts, specifically intruder
alerts, several teams of security guards will be dispatched throughout the ship
performing search and protection functions. Each team will consist of two security
guards, armed with Phaser II, with the task of pursuing and detaining intruders.
7502 Intruder Alert
An Intruder Alert is issued when there is an indication of an unauthorized person

aboard ship or there is an indication that individuals intend to illegally board the vessel.
An Intruder Alert shall place the ship in General Quarters 2 or Yellow Alert. Any
sentient being, regardless of form, shall be considered an intruder if it has no authority
to be on the ship and therefore, an Intruder Alert shall be sounded for any life-form that
attempts to enter the ship or that has already boarded the ship. A special case of an
Intruder Alert is when the ship may be boarded by unauthorized persons while the
ship is docked. In this situation the Officer of the Deck or the Command Duty Officer
shall give the order to “REPEL BOARDERS.” See SORM 4812 for more details on
repelling boarders while inport.
7503 Actions Taken on an Intruder Alert
If it suspected that intruders have penetrated the ship or that unauthorized persons
have boarded the ship, the following actions shall be taken:
1. The Officer of the Conn (underway) or the Officer of the Deck (in-port) shall order
the ship to go to General Quarters – 2: Intruder Alert; the ship’s Armory shall be
unlocked and the areas of the location of the intruders isolated.
Roving Security Teams be dispatched to the sections of the ship where it is
suspected intruders may be located. The Roving Security Team members shall set
their Phasers to base cycle: ¼ power to stun the intruders. The order to shoot to
kill shall only be given by the ship’s Commanding Officer, unless there are standing
orders to the contrary. Roving Security Teams shall report status to the Officer of
the Conn (underway) or the Officer of the Deck (inport) every half-hour.
3. When a Roving Security Team makes contact with the intruder or intruders, the
team leader shall immediately report the location of intruder(s) and shall engage
the intruder(s) by first directing them to drop any weapon and surrender. If the
intruder(s) do/does not comply, the security team shall open fire on the intruder(s).
4. The security team shall attempt to maneuver the intruder(s) to a location where
they can be isolated. The Officer of the Conn (underway) or the Officer of the Deck
(in-port) shall then order Anesthesia Gas to be used to subdue the intruder(s).
- PAGE 7-13 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7504 Computer Core Breach
The ship’s Computer Core is a vital area of the ship and as such, has security sensors
located around the inside of the containment. Should anyone breach the computer
core, an alarm will sound on the Command Information Center on the Bridge. Should
this occur, the following actions shall be taken:
the ship to go to General Quarters – 2: Intruder Alert. The officer in charge shall
make the following announcement:
“INTRUDER ALERT – COMPUTER CORE”
“SECURITY PERSONNEL TO THE COMPUTER CORE”
2. A security team shall be dispatched to the upper and lower access points of the
Computer Core. The team shall enter the core from the top and bottom and work
their way to the center in order to surround and capture the intruder(s).
3. Every effort shall be made to prevent the intruder and the security teams from
damaging any component or circuit within the Computer Core.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL WEAPONS BE DISCHARGED
WITHIN THE SHIP’S COMPUTER CORE
7505 Escape of Detainee from the Ship’s Brig
The ship’s Brig is generally a secure place for the detention of prisoners. However,
should a detainee escape from the Brig, the following actions shall be taken:
the ship to go to General Quarters – 2: Intruder Alert. The officer in charge shall
make the following announcement:
“INTRUDER ALERT – ESCAPED PRISONER(S)”
2. An armed security team shall be dispatched to the Brig area to begin the search of
the missing detainee. All Brig cells shall be thoroughly searched first. The Roving
Security Team members shall set their Phasers to base cycle: ¼ power to stun the
escaped detainee(s).
3. The security teams shall execute a Phase I search of all compartments. Starting
from the Brig area and working outward in a spiral pattern.
4. Security teams shall be posted at the nearest Transporter room(s) to prevent
prisoners from escaping from the ship via Transporter. This assumes that the
escape occurred near a planet or some other body that can support life.
5. A security team shall be posted around the Flight Deck to prevent prisoners from
escaping from the ship by shuttlecraft.
6. Once captured, the detainee shall be escorted back to the Brig under restraint.
7506 Actions Regarding a Misappropriated Shuttlecraft
Should there be an unauthorized launch of one of the ship’s shuttlecraft, the Officer of
the Conn shall order a pursuit of the craft. The craft shall be captured by locking the
ship’s Tractor beam on the craft and maneuvering the craft to the aft end of the ship
and into the ship’s Flight Deck. The Officer of the Conn shall dispatch an armed
security team to the Flight Deck in order to arrest the appropriator(s).
- PAGE 7-14 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 7
GENERAL QUARTERS
SECTION 6 – SHIP SELF-DESTRUCTION
7600 Introduction
Star Fleet regulations, specifically Star Fleet Regulation 4670, requires Commanding
Officers to take whatever action is necessary to protect their commands from the
danger of attack, sabotage, being captured and natural disasters, which may include
ship self-destruction. Self-destruction is generally an act of desperation or as a combat
tactic to inflict damage to an enemy when the ship becomes damaged beyond repair
during battle.
7601 General Order Six
General Order Six is designed to prevent enemy forces from obtaining and holding any
Star Fleet asset or to gain any information that could be used to endanger the United
Federation of Planets. It is also designed to protect the Federation and its citizens from
communicable diseases. As General Order Six states: “All Star Fleet Commanders,
Commanding Officers and Officers in Command shall take whatever action is
necessary to protect and maintain the security of their command from the dangers of
attack, sabotage and other actions of subversive or militant groups or of any person
with intent to do harm, and to protect and maintain the security of the command
against the dangers of fire, atmospheric breach or other acts of natural and or
unknown phenomenon in accordance with Star Fleet Regulation 4670. However,
should it become inevitable that the command cannot be saved or that command itself
may become a danger to the Federation, the Commanding Officer shall cause the
command to be destroyed.”
7602 Prerequisites for Self-Destruction
In accordance with regulations and directives, the following shall be considered:

1. The ship is damaged beyond all hope of repair and the ship may be at risk of being
captured by hostile forces, dispossessed of equipment and personnel and thus,
causing a breach of security whereby the enemy will have access to sensitive
technology or Federation security information. In this situation the Commanding
Officer shall maneuver the ship as close to enemy forces as possible so as to
destroy as many of the enemy vessels as possible when executing self-destruct.
2. The ship is damaged beyond all repair and may become a danger to the lives of
innocent people in the vicinity, or the ship becomes a hazard to space navigation.
3. It is positively evident that the Commanding Officer may lose control of the
command by an invader or an invading force. The intent is to preempt a take-over
of the ship by hostile forces. In this situation, the Commanding Officer will order
“ABANDON SHIP” so that the crew can be removed to safety
4. The ship and the entire crew are infected with a new or highly communicable
disease for which there is no cure, and to prevent the spread of the disease beyond
the confines of the ship. Should it become clear that the crew will perish within
twenty-four hours, self-destruction is mandatory under General Order Six.
5. The three most senior officers are present and able to initiate the self-destruct
sequence.
- PAGE 7-15 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
7603 Self-Destruction Procedure
The self-destruct process requires assembling the three most senior officers of the
command to the computer in order to initiate the self-destruct sequence. Each officer is
assigned a specific code that is required to be entered in a specific sequence in order to
initiate the self-destruct sequence. If any or all of the senior officers are missing from
the sequence, the computer will request verification as to who is in command of the
ship. Once established the sequence can begin as follows:
1. The Commanding Officer or the Officer in command shall order the ship’s
computer to initiate the self-destruct sequence process with the following verbal
order:
PREPARE TO VERIFY DESTRUCT SEQUENCE CODE 1
2. The Commanding Officer or the Officer in command shall then enter the code
assigned to him in the following example format:
THIS IS <name, rank and position> OF THE U.S.S. ENTERPRISE,
DESTRUCT SEQUENCE NUMBER 1: CODE 1, 1A
3. The Executive Officer or the officer second in line shall then enter the code
assigned to him in the following example format:
DESTRUCT SEQUENCE NUMBER 2: CODE 1, 1A, 2B
4. The officer third in line shall then enter the code assigned to him in the following
example format:
DESTRUCT SEQUENCE NUMBER 3: CODE 1B, 2D, 3
5. Once all three of the codes have been entered the computer will respond with the
following:
VOICE AND CODE 1B, 2B, 3 VERIFIED AND CORRECT
DESTRUCT SEQUENCE COMPLETED AND ENGAGED.
AWAITING FINAL CODE FOR 30 SECOND COUNDOWN
6. At this point the computer will wait for the final code for the 30 second
countdown. If the Commanding Officer or the Officer in command wishes to
continue with self-destruction, he shall issue the following order to the computer:
THIS IS <name and rank> BEGIN 30 SECOND COUNTDOWN
CODE 000, DESTRUCT 0
7. At this point the computer will begin the 30 second countdown. However, from
the 5 second mark to zero the destruct order will be locked in and no order can
countermand the destruct order. If the Commanding Officer or the Officer in
command decides to abort the destruct order before destruct is locked in he must
issue the following order to the computer:
CODE 1 2 3, CONTINUITY, ABORT DESTRUCT ORDER
7604 Manual Self-Destruction
If self-destruction cannot be accomplished through the computer, the ship can be

destroyed manually by placing charges at key locations and causing an overload of the
main engines. Hand phasers may also be set to overload in critical areas such as the
Main Computer Core and the Matter-Antimatter Containment Field Regulator. The
Commanding Officer shall select a handful of senior or junior officers to carry out the
manual destruction of the ship. All other personnel shall have been evacuated from the
ship, except in the case where General Order Six is invoked due to a highly contagious
and deadly disease.
- PAGE 7-16 OF 16 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SHIP AREAS AND COMPARTMENTS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL INFORMATION
8100 Ship Areas
The function of Chapter 8 is to list and describe the various areas, compartments and
spaces aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise. A ship area is defined as a space or volume
enclosed by a bulkhead that contains one or more compartments, rooms or chambers,
including the accessways connecting these spaces.
8101 Responsible Organizations
All areas aboard ship will have departmental or divisional responsibility. That is, all
areas aboard ship will be assigned to a specific department. As such, it will be the
Department Head in charge of the area that will have responsibility for the cleanliness,
operation, maintenance, safety and security of the spaces within their authority. The
following lists the general ship areas along with their responsible organization:
Ship Area Designation Responsible Organization Responsible Officer
Command Areas Command Department Executive Officer
Operations Areas Operations Department Operations Officer
Engineering Areas Engineering Department Engineering Officer
Medical Areas Medical Department Medical Officer
Science Areas Science Department Science Officer
Crew Spaces Personnel Division Executive Officer
Tanks and Void Spaces Engineering Department Engineering Officer
8102 Command Areas
Command areas are those compartments and spaces where control of the ship can be
exercised, except those areas where control of the ship can be exercised within the
Engineering spaces. Command areas include the Bridge, Auxiliary Control and the
Captain’s quarters. The Executive Officer shall be responsible for all command areas,
except the Captain’s quarters.
8103 Security Areas
Security areas are spaces aboard ship that must be controlled and monitored as they
are areas vital or critical to the ship’s operation. For example, the Bridge is a security
area as all command and control functions originate from this area. All engineering
areas are also security areas since they contain the equipment and circuitry required to
sustain the ship and that control the ship’s ability to move. As such, only those that
have business in engineering are allowed access to this area. Another, and most
important, security area of the ship is the Computer Core. This is a sealed area in the
central part of the Primary Hull containing the ship’s computers and databanks. And
since the computer essentially controls most, if not all, of the ship’s functions it is vital
that this area be protected at all times. Lastly, the ship’s Auxiliary Control Room is also
a security area since it is the secondary command and control center. Therefore, all
security areas shall be monitored by the Security division. The Commanding Officer
shall designate security areas as he deems appropriate.
- PAGE 8-1 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8104 Sealed Areas
Sealed areas are spaces aboard ship that must be kept closed at all times. Many of
these sealed areas house vital ship’s circuitry and systems. However, other such areas
are sealed to prevent the loss of atmosphere since the compartment may be open to
the vacuum of space. Sealed areas are generally monitored from Security and from the
Bridge. Before getting underway, all sealed areas shall be checked and the status
board shall indicate “All Green” before proceeding out into deep space.
8105 Interior Space Construction
The ship was constructed such that most compartment panels are removable, except
where the compartment must withstand pressures greater than 3 atmospheres. Ship’s
corridor bulkheads are attached to aluminum frames with pins inserted into rubber
grommets.
8106 Interior Space Materials
All spaces aboard ship are constructed with composite materials to minimize the total
weight of the ship. The properties of these composite materials are that they are
resistant to corrosive chemicals, can withstand high temperatures, are non-conductive,
lightweight and easy to clean. The basic inner bulkhead material is a plastic laminate of
fabric impregnated with melamine thermosetting resin.
8107 Interior Space Colors

All spaces aboard ship are colored in accordance with the specifications in STARSHIPS
528-0100:
Interior Object or Space Color Interior Object or Space Color
Lower Corridor Bulkheads: Lt. Gray Bulkheads in Quarters: Lt. Gray
Upper Corridor Bulkheads: Red Bulkheads in Rec Rooms: Lt. Green
Outboard Bulkheads: Sand Insert Panels: Amber
Corridor Decks: Sand Overheads Gray
Decks in Offices: K. Green Interior Grillwork: Aluminum
Decks in Quarters: K. Green Engineering Grillwork: Red
Decks in Engineering Spaces: Med. Gray Deck Grating: Gray
8108 Deck Markings
All decks are marked with color-coded partition indicators specifying the axial section
where that area of the ship is located. These markers follow the design specifications
outlined in STARSHIPS 528-0200. Typically, the first section from the ship’s Turbo-Lift
will be indicated with a red bar.
- PAGE 8-2 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8108 Space Identification
All spaces aboard ship are labeled with an identification number and its function. An
identification placard will be posted outside and adjacent to each entry point into the
space. Placards shall have the following format in accordance with the design
specifications outlined in STARSHIPS 528-0200:
[DECK][SECTION]-[ROOM NUMBER]
The following are the rules regarding the identification of the spaces aboard ship:
1. Small rooms and spaces shall be identified with a single placard containing the
function of the space, with the identification number of the space below it.
2. Large spaces shall be identified with a single placard containing the function of the
space. The identification number of the space need not be displayed. For example,
ENGINE ROOM 1, or ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING.
3. Placards are color-coded to indicate the purpose of the sign in accordance with
STARSHIPS 528-0200. The following is the standard regarding placard colors:
➢ Black: Standard placard for all spaces and quarters. For example:
RECREATION
ROOM 6
➢ Blue: For placards that identify a compartment or that will direct a person to a
compartment or space. For example:
OFFICERS QUARTERS
4F – 24 4G - 38
➢ Red: For placards that identify a compartment or space as being restricted

from general entry. For example:
NO ADMITTANCE
AUTHORIZED
PERSONNEL ONLY
➢ All lettering on placards will be white in accordance with the design standard
STARSHIPS 528-0200.
4. Officers having a single stateroom shall have a placard with their name mounted
above the room number placard as follows:
LEONARD McCOY
M. D.
3F 127
- PAGE 8-3 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
5. Personnel sharing a two-person stateroom shall have their name engraved on a

single placard. The placard shall be mounted above the room number placard as
follows:
LARRY MATSON
HAGEN-BEGGS HANSON
4D 322
6. Personnel assigned to bunkrooms shall have their name engraved on a single

placard along with the bunk number. The placard shall be mounted below the
room number placard as follows:
5L 290
A1 Andrea D. Smith
A2 Phyllis Mears
A3 Judy Tankris
B1 Teresa Ross
B2 Miko Tamura
B3 Zahra Jamal
- PAGE 8-4 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 2 – SHIP’S BRIDGE
8200 Introduction and General Bridge Regulations
The Bridge is the primary central command center for the entire ship. The Bridge was
designed as a model of logic and efficiency. It is circular and allows the Commanding
Officer, or his designate, to have a 360o view of the major functions of the ship. As
such, the Command Chair swivels so that the individual sitting on it can survey the
various controls and screens. The upper walls of the Bridge are lined with monitors
that are constantly displaying ship information. The lights and controls on each panel
are set in curved banks to match the reach of the human arm. Taking all this into
consideration the Bridge shall be treated with honor and respect. Therefore, the
following rules shall apply to the ship’s Bridge:
1. Only authorized persons with business on the Bridge shall be allowed. No visitors
or passengers shall be allowed on the Bridge without express permission from the
Commanding Officer or the Officer of the Conn.
2. No bunking or loitering allowed on the Bridge. Visitors to the Bridge shall complete
their business and shall immediately leave and resume their duties off the Bridge.
3. The Bridge is for ship’s business only. There shall be no socializing on the Bridge.
4. Quiet shall be maintained on the Bridge at all times. Conversations shall be kept to
a minimum except those required for the functions performed on the Bridge.
5. No eating or drinking allowed on the Bridge. Drinking may be allowed only with
permission from the Commanding Officer. When drinking is allowed personnel
shall follow the rules set forth in SORM 3504.
6. All persons standing watch on the Bridge shall be Bridge Qualified. Persons that
are not Bridge Qualified, but are required to stand watch on the Bridge shall be
supervised by a Bridge Qualified person.
7. Sentries shall be posted on the Bridge whenever the ship is on alert. The sentries
shall stand guard at the entrance to the Bridge Turbolift, armed with Phaser II.
a. One Bridge Sentry – When under General Quarters 2 or 3, only one sentry will
be required. The sentry shall stand guard on the port side of the Bridge.
b. Two Bridge Sentries – When under General Quarters 1, two sentries shall be
posted. The sentries shall stand one port and one on the starboard side of the
Bridge.
8. The Bridge shall be kept at full lighting at all times, except during certain combat
situations. During combat, the lights on the Bridge may be reduced or the ship
may “Rig for Red”, whereby the lighting on the Bridge will be red. This is to reduce
the visibility of the ship in the blackness of space since the Bridge has a clear dome
above.
9. The environmental parameters of the Bridge shall be maintained for the comfort of
all members of the watch.
10. The weapons Systems and Defense Subsystems stations shall be manned during
General Quarters only.
- PAGE 8-5 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-1
The U.S.S. Enterprise Bridge
- PAGE 8-6 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8201 The Command Module
The Command Module is the platform on the Bridge containing the Command Chair
and the Helm and Navigations Console as shown in Figure 8-2. The U.S.S. Enterprise
is equipped with the Mark VII Command Module containing the upgraded Helm and
Navigations Console.
A. Command Chair – The station where ship command is exercised and where ship
commands originate. Normally occupied by the Officer of the Conn or the
Commanding Officer. For the functions that can be performed on the Command
Chair, see Figure 4-1.
B. Navigator’s Console – The station where the navigation and the plotting of courses
is exercised. Normally occupied by the Duty Navigator. For the functions performed
at this station refer to SORM 4401.
C. Helmsman’s Console – The station where control of ship’s maneuverability and
defense is exercised. Normally occupied by the Duty Helmsman. For the functions
performed at this station refer to SORM 4301.
D. Astrogator – The device where the ship’s course is plotted and laid-in. Can be
operated by either the Duty Navigator or the Duty Helmsman.
E. Ship’s Chronometer – The central time-keeping mechanism for the entire ship. The
Duty Navigator shall calibrate and synchronize the ship’s chronometer to the
Federation standard every day at 0000 hours.
8202 Command Module Rules
The Command Module is the central point of command for the ship. As such, the
following are the rules governing it:
1. Only those qualified to stand either the Duty Navigator or the Duty Helmsman
watch may sit at the console or operate its controls.
2. Only those qualified and designated by the Commanding Officer to stand the
Officer of the Conn watch or the Officer of the Deck watch in-port may sit on the
Command Chair.
3. Only those qualified and designated to stand any of the Command Module
watches may step onto the Command Module platform.
- PAGE 8-7 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-2
Bridge Command Module
- PAGE 8-8 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8203 Propulsion Engineering Station
The Propulsion Engineering Station on the Bridge is the central command location for
monitoring and controlling the ship’s propulsion and propulsion support systems. In
addition, this station can also remotely control the ship’s power generation equipment
as well. The specific operations and control switches of the Propulsion Engineering
control panel are described in technical manual STARSHIPS 532-6110.
I. Station Visual Displays – Figure 8-3
No. Display Designation Display Intent and Function
1 Main Engine Systems Status • Displays primary propulsion system
interconnections
• Displays the status of interconnected systems
2 Main and Impulse Engine Power • Displays status of Main Engine MHD
Generation Monitor generators and Impulse Engine power
reactors
• Monitors power generation parameters
• Provides warnings and alerts
3 Propulsion Speed to Power Curves • Displays the Main Engine power curves
• Provides the engineer with choices regarding
Main Engine power management
4 Main Warp Engine Intermix Factors • Displays the available matter-antimatter
(Polymass) fuel Intermix Factors
• Provides the engineer with Polymass injection
options
5 Electric Plant Status Monitor • Displays the status of the ship’s electric plant
• Displays status of the sources of electric
power, including shore power
• Displays status of ship’s batteries
6 Polymass Production • Displays the status of Polymass production
equipment
• Displays Polymass flow pattern
7 Main Engine Temperature Monitors • Display Main and Impulse engine equipment
temperatures
• Displays Polymass injection temperatures
• Displays Main Engine and Impulse Engine
reaction chamber temperatures
• Displays Main Engine end cap temperatures
8 Polymass Containment Field • Displays Polymass containment field strength
Monitor • Displays Polymass plasma flow
II. Station Control Panels – Figure 8-3

No. Control Panel Designation Control Panel Functions
A Warp Drive and Main Engine • Control of Polymass plasma injection
Systems Control Panel • Control of Polymass containment fields
• Control of Emergency Overload Bypass valve
B Impulse Engine and Supporting • Control of Impulse Engine systems
Systems Control Panel • Control of Impulse Engine cooling system
C Warp Field Control Panel • Control of ship’s Warp field
D Main Engine Support Systems • Control of Main Engine cooling
Control Panel • Control of space gas injection system
• Main Engine ejection system control
E Engineering Records and Diagrams • Master viewer for ship’s drawings and
Viewer system diagrams
• View engineering logs and records
- PAGE 8-9 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-3
Bridge Propulsion Engineering Station Panels and Controls
- PAGE 8-10 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8204 Environmental Systems Station
The Environmental Systems Station on the Bridge is the central station for monitoring
the ship’s environmental parameters and environmental subsystems. In addition, all
ship’s viewport shutters, hull openings and hatches can also be controlled from this
station. The specific operations and control switches of the Environmental Systems
1 Atmospheric Mollier Diagram • Displays the actual and ideal pressure-
temperature curves.
• Provides information on relative humidity of
the air
2 Atmospheric Gas Insertion/Removal • Displays the concentrations of the primary
Monitor gasses in the ship’s atmosphere
• Displays the trends of gas concentrations
3 HVAC System Status Monitor • Displays status of HVAC equipment
• Displays status of ship’s heaters
• Displays status of CO2 scrubbers
• Displays status of the Main Circulation
Turbofans
4 Ship’s Environment Status • Displays ship-wide environment status
5 Ship’s Gravity and Inertial Field • Displays ship’s gravity levels
Monitor • Displays ship’s Inertial Dampening Fields
• Displays status of ship’s gravity and inertia
compensation computer
6 Environmental Parameters • Displays ship’s internal pressure
• Displays ship’s internal air temperature
• Displays ship’s external hull temperature
• Displays ship’s overall relative humidity
• Displays ship’s internal luminosity
7 Ship Atmospheric Gas • Displays ship’s atmospheric gas composition
Composition Display and gas mixture
• Display of atmospheric gas flow
8 Secondary Hull Integrity Monitor • Display of Secondary Hull integrity
• Displays status of Secondary Hull openings

A Ship’s Atmosphere Control Panel • Remote control of oxygen generation system
• Control of atmospheric gas mixtures
• Control of Emergency Evacuation system
• Remote control of ship’s internal lighting
B Ship’s Hull Openings and External • Control of ship’s hull openings and hatches
Hatches • Control of ship’s viewport shutters
• Remote control of ship’s umbilical
C Ship’s Gravity and Inertia Control • Control of ship’s gravity levels
Panel • Control of ship’s Inertial Dampening system
D Ship’s HVAC and Ventilation • Control of ship’s ventilation fans
Control Panel • Control of ship’s heaters
• Control of ship’s air cooling system
• Control of ship’s air circulation lineups
- PAGE 8-11 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-4
Bridge Environmental Systems Station Panels and Controls
- PAGE 8-12 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8205 Engineering Subsystems Station
The Engineering Subsystems Station, or the Auxiliary Engineering panel, on the Bridge
is the central location for the monitoring and remote control of the ship’s auxiliary
systems. In addition, this panel can also remotely control the ship’s electrical lineups
as well. The specific operations and control switches of the Engineering Subsystems
1 High Pressure Air System Status • Displays main air bank pressures
Display • Displays status of high-pressure air
compression equipment
• Displays status of high-pressure air valve
lineups
2 Waste Water Conversion System • Displays waste water tank levels
Status Display • Displays status of waste conversion and
conversion equipment
• Displays quality of converted fluid
3 Auxiliary Systems Status Display • Displays status of potable water tanks and
pumps
• Displays status of fire suppression system
• Displays status of the ship’s Turbolifts
• Displays status of the ship’s Flight Deck
• Displays status of the ship’s Transporters
4 Electric Plant Status Monitoring • Displays electrical generation power levels
Display • Displays main AC buss frequency
• Displays ship’s battery charge
• Displays main AC buss power levels
• Displays main AC buss temperatures

A Auxiliary Systems Equipment • Remote control of pumps, tanks and
Remote Control Panel valves – fluids can be shuffled from tank to
tank
• Remote control of air pressure to various
service air systems
• Remote control of waste water conversion
system
B Electrical System Lineup and • Remote control of ship’s electrical lineups
Control Panel • Remote control of electrical generation
equipment
• Manual control of battery charge
- PAGE 8-13 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-5
Bridge Engineering Subsystems Station Panels and Controls
- PAGE 8-14 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8206 Defense Subsystems Monitoring Station
The Defense Subsystems Monitoring Station on the Bridge is the central location for
the monitoring and display of the ship’s defense subsystems including the monitoring
of the ship’s screens and shields. The specific displays on the Defense Subsystems
Monitoring panel are described in technical manual STARSHIPS 535-7900.
1 Defensive Shield Strength Indicator • Indicates field strength of ship’s screens
Display and shields
• Plots power to shield strength
2 Ship’s Deflector System Status • Displays status of ship’s main deflector
Display • Display of main deflector power usage
• Display of deflector beam intensity
3 Defense Subsystems Computer • Displays Defense Subsystems Computer
Status Display activity – The computer controls power to
the shields and compensates for energy
stress on the screens
4 Defense Subsystems Power Status • Displays sources of power to the ship’s
Display screens and shields
• Displays source power draw for ship’s
screens and shields
- PAGE 8-15 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-6
Bridge Defense Subsystems Monitoring Station Panels
- PAGE 8-16 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8207 Weapons Systems Station
The Weapons Systems Station on the Bridge is the central location for monitoring the
ship’s weapons systems. In addition, this station can remotely and manually control
the ship’s Phasers and Photon Torpedoes. The specific operations and control
switches of the Weapons Systems control panel are described in technical manual
STARSHIPS 535-6900.
1 Weapons System Status Display • Displays status of weapons power buss
• Displays status of weapons power MG sets
• Displays status of weapons control power
• Displays status of weapons cooling system
• Displays status of weapons cooling pumps
• Displays status of weapons cooling heat
exchangers
2 Photon Torpedo Status Display • Displays status of Photon Torpedo system
• Displays Photon Torpedo ejector rail charge
• Displays Photon Torpedo antimatter charge
level
• Displays Photon Torpedo readiness
3 Fire Control Computer Display • Displays Fire Control Computer activity
4 Weapons Support Subsystems • Displays weapons power levels
Monitor Display • Displays Phaser coil charge
• Displays Phaser coil temperature
• Displays Phaser beam frequency
5 Target Sensor and Tracking Computer • Displays Target Tracking Computer activity
Display
6 Ship’s Defense Screens and • Displays Defensive shield status
Shields Monitor Display • Displays Defensive screen power
7 Ship’s Tractor and Deflector • Displays main ship’s Deflector status
Monitor Display • Displays Deflector power
• Displays ship’s Tractor status
• Displays Tractor beam power

A Weapons Systems and Weapons • Control of power to weapons systems
Power Control Panel • Control of weapons power MG sets
• Remote control of weapons cooling system
• Calibration of weapons sensors
• Manual control of weapons tracking sensors
B Fire Control Programming Panel • Programming of the Fire Control Computer
• Control of target and firing simulator
• Programming of Target Tracking Computer
• Manual insertion of target data
C Photon Torpedo Systems and Fire • Control of Photon Torpedo support systems
Control Panel • Control of EMP power and ejector rail
charging
• Manual control of torpedo antimatter charge
• Remote firing of Photon Torpedoes
D Phaser Systems and Fire Control • Control of Main Phaser Batteries
Panel • Control of Phaser Banks
• Control of Phaser coil charge
• Manual control of Phaser beam frequency
• Remote firing of Phasers
- PAGE 8-17 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-7
Bridge Weapons Systems Station Panels and Controls
- PAGE 8-18 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8208 Navigation Systems Station
The Navigation Systems Station on the Bridge is the primary control location for the
ship’s navigational computers and navigational control equipment. This station can
also control the ship’s main Navigational Deflector and navigational sensors. The
specific operations and control switches on the Navigation Systems control panel are
described in technical manual STARSHIPS 534-1420.
1 Navigational Deflector Strength • Displays Navigational Deflector field
Monitor Display strength
• Displays Navigational Deflector status
• Displays Navigational Deflector sweep
angle and sweep speed
2 Navigational Systems Status • Displays navigation systems and
Display subsystems status
• Displays status of the various
subprogram modules that control the
navigational subsystems
3 Inertial Control Effectiveness and • Displays Inertial Damper status and
Damper Response Display effectiveness
• Displays ship’s Stabilizer Gyro status
• Displays navigational gyroscope error
4 Inertia Control Computer Display • Displays ship’s Inertia Control Computer
activity
5 Navigation Support Systems • Displays Main Viewscreen magnification
Monitor Display level
• Displays navigational gyroscope status
• Displays ship’s Inertia Control power
• Displays ship’s Attitude
6 Navigations Computer Display • Displays Navigations Computer activity

A Navigation Systems Control Panel • Control and calibration of SINS gyros
• Control of ship’s Navigational Deflectors
• Control of Navigational Sensors
• Control of ship’s Chronometers
• Control of navigation systems control
power
• Control of Helm systems and Helm panel
power
B Ship Stabilization Control Panel • Programming of ship’s Attitude Control
Computer
• Control of ship’s Gyro-Stabilizer
• Manual control of ship’s attitude
C Auxiliary Navigations Systems • Control of ship’s exterior lighting
• Control of ship’s navigational beacons
• Control of ship’s registry signal
D Navigations Computer • Programming of the ship’s Navigations
Programming Panel Computer
• Manual calibration of SCS reference
coordinate system
• Manual input of star maps, charts and
data
- PAGE 8-19 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-8
Bridge Navigations Systems Station Panels and Controls
- PAGE 8-20 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8209 Command Information Center
The Command Information Center, also called the Command Intelligence Console, is
the central control panel for the ship’s Library Computer and the Integrated Sensor
Analysis systems. All computer functions can be controlled from this station. The
specific operations and control switches of the Command Intelligence Console are
described in technical manual STARSHIPS 537-7110.
1 Sensor Computer Display • Display of Sensor Computer activity
• Display of Sensor Computer status
2 Sensor Emitter Field Display • Display of sensor emitter field
• Display of sensor field pattern
• Display of sensor field intensity
3 Library-Computer Processor Status • Displays activity of central processors and
Display coordination of computer system regions
4 Computer Support Systems Display • Displays status of main computer power

• Displays status of computer security
system
5 Computer Data Storage System • Displays status of ship’s computer storage
Display systems
• Displays data storage volume
6 Main Memory Status Display • Displays status of Main Memory Banks
• Displays memory bank activity
• Monitors memory bank power usage
7 Sensor Systems Status Display • Display of sensor status
• Display of sensor power usage

A Ship’s Sensors and Scanner Control • Control of sensor subsystems
and Patch Panel • Control of sensor power
• Controls inputs of sensor data to central
computer
B Communications Patch Panel and • Allows special inputs to the central
Data Recorder computer for analysis
• Allows communications inputs for analysis
• Controls analysis of record tapes
• Controls ship’s Recorder Marker
C Automated Computer Function • Display of special ship’s functions
Display and Speaker • Display of self-destruct sequence and
status
• Display of automated targeting
D Central Computer Support Systems • Control of computer cooling system
Control Panel • Control of central computer security system
• Control of Central Computer Core
Ventilation system
E Library-Computer Control and • Control of computer storage systems
Programming Panel • Control of computer memory banks
• Creation of custom programs
• Execution of special programs
• Updating Library-Computer database and
files
F Sensor Viewer • Provides personalized sensor viewing
• Provides custom viewing magnification
- PAGE 8-21 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-9
Bridge Command Information Center Panels and Controls
- PAGE 8-22 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8210 Communications Systems Station
The Communications Systems Station on the Bridge is the central location for the
management of all communications aboard ship. In addition, this station can also
control the ships Annunciator and alarm system as well. The Communications
Systems Station aboard the Enterprise has been upgraded with the Mark 4 Mod 3
console. The specific operations and controls of the Mark 4 Mod 3 Communications
station are described in technical manual STARSHIPS 536-1900.
1 Exterior Communications Channels • Displays external communications mode
and Status • Displays external communications
frequencies
• Displays external communications status
2 Exterior Communications Signal • Displays external communications signal
Power and Strength Indicators strength
• Displays external communications signal
power level
3 Communications Transmitters • Displays status of various communications
Status Display transmitters
• Displays transmitter alarms
4 Interior Communications Circuits • Displays status of the various IC channels
and Annunciator System • Displays status of the emergency IC
channels
• Displays status of the auxiliary IC channels
5 Communications Computer Status • Displays communications computer activity
Display
6 Communications Support Systems • Displays launched communication satellites
Monitor and Display information
• Displays communications processors status
• Displays status of voice translation
• Displays status of message encoders and
decoders
7 Translator and Language • Displays status of Universal Translator
Interpretation Subsystem Display • Displays mode and type of Language
Interpretation
8 Communications Subsystems • Displays status of message buffer
Status Display • Displays status of subspace receiver
• Displays status of communications scanner
• Displays Intercom status
II. Station Control Panels - Figure 8-10

A Exterior and Subspace Radio • Control of external radio mode
Control Panel • Control of external radio frequency
• Control of external radio power
B Annunciator Systems Control and • Control of ship’s alarm system
Test Panel • Ship’s alarm test panel
• Manual control of internal closures
C Interior Communications Channel • Control of IC Circuits
Control and Test Panel • Routing of Personal Messages
D Communications Computer and • Manual programming of communications
Systems Control Panel computer
• Manual entry of cypher codes
• Control of translation subsystem
- PAGE 8-23 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
Figure 8-10
Bridge Communications Systems Station Panels and Controls
- PAGE 8-24 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8211 Main Ship’s Viewscreen
The Main Ship’s Viewscreen is the primary method of visually observing the motion of
the ship and to display objects and stellar bodies that may be ahead of the ship. The
Main Viewscreen has the capability to magnify the objects displayed on the screen and
can display objects from any vantage point around the ship. In addition, the Main
Viewscreen can also be used to display tactical information, star charts, technical and
other information stored in the ship’s Library-Computer, and engage in visual
communications. The Main Viewscreen and the specific panels located around the
Main Viewscreen area are described in the technical manual STARSHIPS 534-2210.
The specific equipment and panels located at the Main Viewer area are listed below:
I. Station Control Panels

No. Panel Designation Panel Function
A Main Viewscreen • Provides view of external environment and
objects
• Provides magnification of sensed objects
• Provides display of tactical information
• Provides display of navigational maps and
charts
• Provides visual communications
B Sensor Sweep Indicator • Displays sensor sweep raster: port to
starboard (normal), starboard to port,
alternating port-starboard sweep or random.
• Displays speed of sensor scan
C Main Viewscreen and Scanner • Displays indication of scanner power
Status Panels • Displays indication of viewer magnification
• Displays scanner mode
D Bridge Environmental Control Panel • Control of Bridge ventilation fans
• Control of Bridge oxygen levels
• Control of Bridge temperature
• Control of Bridge humidity
• Control of Bridge gravity
E Bridge Electrical Power Control • Controls power to Bridge displays and
Panel panels
• Controls power to main viewer
• Control of Bridge lighting
F Annunciator Alarm Flashers Flashing red light – indication that the ship is
in an alert or General Quarters status
8212 Bridge Overhead Viewscreens
Surrounding the Bridge and over all Bridge stations are viewscreens that display ship’s
information, sensor data or that can be used for visual communications. Normally, the
information displayed will be related to the Bridge station the screen is above. The
function and operation of Bridge overhead panels is described in the technical manual
STARSHIPS 586-2130.
- PAGE 8-25 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 3 – OPERATIONS AREAS
8300 Operations Department Areas
The U.S.S. Enterprise, a cruiser-class Starship, contains many areas distributed around
the Primary and Secondary hulls that are under the management of the Operations
Department. As such, the following lists the various areas managed by the Operations
Department as they are located in the major sections of the ship. Note that descriptions
of the Bridge was already covered in Section 2 of this chapter.
A. Primary Hull: ▪ Bridge
▪ Communications Control Center
▪ Navigations Control Center
▪ Weapons Control Center
▪ Intelligence and Tactical areas
▪ Security Division Offices and Brig
▪ Briefing Rooms
▪ Quarterdeck
▪ Other Ship’s Offices
B. Secondary Hull: ▪ Auxiliary Control Room

▪ Flight Deck and Flight Control Tower
▪ Observation Deck
▪ Cargo Holds and Storage Spaces
8301 Ship’s Quarterdeck
The Quarterdeck is not a specific deck, but an area designated by the Commanding
Officer to serve as the focal point for official and ceremonial functions as specified in
Star Fleet Regulation 7800. The quarterdeck is considered as an honored, revered and
sanctified part of the ship on which official ceremonies are conducted. Because of that
sanctity, personnel cannot simply walk on and off the Quarterdeck area as one would
enter and leave their home; they must follow certain procedures. All special gatherings
of the command’s company will be performed in this area.
The Auxiliary Control Room is the ship’s secondary Bridge from which all command
functions can also be executed should the Bridge become inoperable or inaccessible.
Auxiliary Control is located in the Secondary Hull on Deck 15, Compartment 15S-100
and is considered a security area. As such, access is restricted to authorized personnel
only.
8304 Ship’s Communications Control Center
The ship’s Communications Control Center, located on Deck 1, Compartment 1K-26, is

the central location for the control of all of the ship’s communications systems. The
center also contains all the power supplies and equipment to transmit subspace
messages – the high-energy tachyon generators. Only qualified Cryptographers,
Communicators, Communications technicians and Intelligence personnel shall have
access to this area.
- PAGE 8-27 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8305 Ship’s Navigation Control Center
The ship’s Navigation Control Room, located on Deck 5, Compartment 5K-177 is the
central location for the monitoring and control of the ship’s navigation equipment. The
Navigation Control Center will normally be unmanned, except during General Quarters.
The Navigation Control Center is a secured area and therefore, only authorized
command and navigation personnel are allowed access into this area.
8306 Ship’s Weapons Control Center
The Weapons Control Center is the area where all the ship’s weapons and weapons
systems are managed and controlled. The Weapons Control Center encompasses the
entire area of Deck 8, with separate access to the ship’s forward Phaser Banks and
Photon Torpedo tubes on Deck 9. The Weapons Control Center is a secured area and
therefore, only authorized command and weapons personnel are allowed access into
this area. The ship’s Weapons Control Center is normally unmanned, except during
General Quarters.
8307 Ship’s Computer Control Center
The ship’s Computer Control Center is the area where the ship’s main and Library-
Computer systems, and computer support systems are managed and controlled. The
Computer Control Center is located on Deck 2, Compartment 2B-32. The Computer
Control Center is a secured area and therefore, only authorized information services
and command personnel are allowed access into this area. The ship’s Computer
Control Center will normally be manned by personnel from the Information Systems
section.
8308 Ship’s Command Intelligence Center
The ship’s Command Intelligence Center is the area where intelligence and tactical
information is processed. This is a secure and classified area. Only authorized tactical,
intelligence and command personnel are allowed access into the Intelligence Center.
The Command Intelligence Center is located on Deck 2, Compartment 2K-39. The
ship’s Command Intelligence Center will normally be manned by personnel from the
Command Intelligence division.
8309 Ship’s Security Section
The ship’s Security Section is that area of the ship containing the Brig, the Armory and
the Security Office. The Security Section is located on the port side of Deck 6 near
engineering and occupies the outboard areas of the Primary Hull on Deck 6. The Brig is
an area containing five Brig cells, a holding area and an Interrogation Room. All Brig
compartments are sealed via a force field. The Brig area is a special wing accessible
only through the Security Office.
8310 Brig Cells
Brig cells are pentagon-shaped cubicles containing a bunk, a toilet area, a sink, a
retractable table with chair and a DC unit for food.
- PAGE 8-28 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8311 Briefing Rooms
The ship contains five Briefing Rooms where meetings and conferences can be held. In
addition, some Briefing rooms may be converted into an additional non-work space if
required. In addition, if standard Briefing rooms are not available, meetings can be held
in any of the ship’s recreations rooms provided advance notification has been given to
the Executive Officer. Planned meetings in Briefing rooms shall scheduled at least one
day in advance and shall be posted in the POD prior to 0530 of the day of the meeting.
Command Briefing Room: 3K-135

Engineering Briefing Room: 6H-187
Medical Briefing Room: 7C-205
Science Briefing Room: 18S-404
Tactical Center: 2D-34
8312 Cargo Areas
Cargo aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise is stowed exclusively on Deck 21. On Deck 21 there
are eleven cargo bays to store equipment and supplies destined to Start Fleet stations
and Federation colonies. The after area of Deck 21 is for staging, sorting and handling
cargo. Deck 21 also has one of the large Cargo Transporters.
8313 Storage Areas
Raw materials and provisions for the ship are stored on Deck 20, which includes all dry
goods, refrigerated stores, raw materials for Fabricators and raw materials for Food
Synthesizers. Deck 20 also contains all the tools and spare parts required to maintain
the ship in good working order. Lastly, there is an area for crew storage as well.
Compartment 20S-618 is used for the storage of all personal items.
8414 Operations Offices
Each division within the Operations department has an office where the Division
Officer performs his or her administrative duties and where personnel may obtain
research materials. In addition, division officers having private quarters, will also have
a private office from which ship operations and administrative discussions may be
performed.
- PAGE 8-29 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
- PAGE 8-30 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 4 – ENGINEERING AREAS
8400 Engineering Department Areas
The U.S.S. Enterprise, a cruiser-class Starship, contains many areas distributed around
the Primary and Secondary hulls that are under the management of the Engineering
Department. As such, the following lists the various engineering areas as they are
located in the major sections of the ship.
A. Primary Hull: ▪ Enginerooms 1 and 2
▪ Reactor Rooms
▪ Generation Engineering
▪ Environmental Engineering
▪ Auxiliary Engineering
▪ Damage Control Central
▪ Transporter Rooms
▪ Central Computer Core
▪ Emergency Manual Monitor
B. Secondary Hull: ▪ Auxiliary Control Room – Propulsion Control

▪ Air Acquisition Plant
▪ Oxygen Generating Plant
▪ Water Acquisition Plant
▪ Waste Water Conversion Plant
▪ Repair and Fabrication Shops
▪ Hangar Deck – Shuttlecraft Maintenance
▪ Aft Machinery Space
▪ Battery Spaces
▪ All tanks and void spaces, Turbo-Lift shafts and accessways
C. Main Engines: ▪ All areas inside and outside the nacelles

▪ Main Engine Pylons
8401 Main Enginerooms
The Enterprise has two main enginerooms from where all ship’s propulsion systems
may be controlled. These are:
• Engineroom 1 - located on Decks 5 and 6 on the starboard side and occupies the
bulk of the outboard areas within Section F.
• Engineroom 2 - located on Decks 5 and 6 on the port side and occupies the bulk of
the outboard areas within Section G.
The compartment enclosing each engineroom occupies Decks 5 and 6 as a single
compartment that is accessed primarily from Deck 6. As such, both enginerooms are
divided into A and B decks, the upper mezzanine section, or A-Deck, containing the
Emergency Manual Monitor, and the lower or main floor of each main engineroom is
designated as B-Deck. The entire engineering section, including all its compartments,
occupies an area of about 5310 m2 of space within the Primary Hull.
- PAGE 8-31 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8402 Environmental Engineering
Environmental Engineering is that area within the engineering section where control of
the ship’s environmental parameters is centered. Specifically, control of environmental
parameters can be performed in one of two Environmental Control Centers located on
Deck 5 of the Primary Hull or on Deck 15 in the Secondary Hull.
• Environmental Control Center 1 - located on Decks 5 and 6 on the port side in

Compartment 5H-350.
• Environmental Control Center 2 – located on Deck 15, Compartment 15S-101 in the
Secondary Hull.
The compartment enclosing the Environmental Control Center in the Primary Hull
occupies Decks 5 and 6 as a single compartment that is accessed primarily from Deck
6 via a separate restricted Interconnecting Accessway. The following placard identifies
the accessway:
ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING
PERSONNEL ONLY
Although the Auxiliary Control room comes under the jurisdiction of the Operations
Department, the Propulsion Control area of Auxiliary Control (15S-100B) comes under
the authority of the Engineering Department. Under normal conditions, this area will be
manned by the Auxiliaryman of the Watch while he or she is performing his or her
roving watch duties.
8404 Emergency Manual Monitor
The Emergency Manual Monitor or EMM is that area above the engineering deck that
is used to monitor and control certain engineering functions when all other control
areas are inoperable. The EMM can also override certain propulsion and environmental
functions that are being controlled by active panels on the Bridge and in engineering.
The EMM is normally unmanned.
8405 Damage Control Central
Damage Control Central is located on Deck 5, Compartment 5E-347, near engineering.

The function of Damage Control Central, or the DCC, is to serve as the control center
for the ship’s damage control organization when activated, and to monitor and control
the various damage control systems and equipment such as: the Fire Suppression
system, ventilation lineups, Emergency Evacuation system and the Bulkhead Isolation
doors. Personnel at this station will receive all damage reports, determine the
measures that are to be taken to correct the damage, and pass this information to the
Bridge, the Officer of the Conn, and the appropriate organizations, along with
instructions based upon the considerations of the overall damage to the ship. Under
normal watch conditions the DCC shall not manned and there is no duty Damage
Control Officer on watch. However, should an emergency take place that requires the
activation of the DCC, the Duty Repair Officer will assume the role of the Damage
Control Officer in Charge (DDO) and will take control of the DCC. The DDO will then
take his orders from the Officer of the Conn and shall assemble and direct the various
damage control parties from the DCC.
- PAGE 8-32 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8406 Transporter Rooms
The U.S.S. Enterprise has eleven Transporter rooms distributed throughout the ship,
which are the responsibility of the Transporter Controls division. The locations of each
Transporter room may be found in SORM 5700.
8407 Repair and Fabrication Shops
The ship contains ten shops to repair mechanical and electrical equipment. The
majority of the repair shops are located on Deck 19. The following lists the shops:
General Repair Shop No. 1: 5D-422

General Repair Shop No. 2: 5I-429
Fabrication Shop No. 1: 5D-421
Fabrication Shop No. 2: 5I-430
Electrical Repair Shop: 19S-506
Fabrication Shop No. 3: 19S-507
Fabrication Shop No. 4: 19S-509
Instrument Shop: 19S-508
Machine Shop No. 1: 19S-503
Machine Shop No. 2: 19S-504
Mechanical Repair Shop: 19S-510
Shuttlecraft Repair Shop: 19S-516
Turbo-Lift Repair Shop: 19S-514
8408 Reactor Compartments
The ship has three reactor compartments where the ship’s fusion reactors are located.
In general, reactor compartments are security areas and as such, are sealed from being
accessed. The environment inside makes the space dangerous under normal operating
conditions due to the temperature and radiation levels involved. As such, reactor
compartments have special environmental systems designed to maintain temperatures
to reasonable levels. Radiation is attenuated through bulkhead shielding. While the
reactors are operating access to these compartments is forbidden, and when the
reactors are shut down, access is allowed only for authorized engineering personnel
with permission from the Chief Engineer.
8409 Generation Areas
Generation areas are spaces where electrical power is generated, controlled and
distributed. Generation areas are also security areas and only authorized personnel are
allowed access. The following are generation areas:
Generation Area No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4

Power Control Room 5D-423 5I-428 16S-207 16S-208
Generating Room 5E-425 5H-426 16S-209 16S-210
Main Transformer and Switchgear Room: 6E-462 6H-467 17S-309 17S-310
MG Set and DC Buss Control Room: 5E-424 5H-427 23S-907 23S-908
- PAGE 8-33 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8410 Unit Level Substations
Unit Level Substations are passageway alcoves from which all electrical circuits and
equipment associated with the deck can be controlled. SORM 5410 provides the rules
governing access to these spaces.
8411 Damage Control Stations
Damage Control Stations are passageway alcoves from which Damage Control Parties
may have access to damage control equipment and local control of damage control
systems located on the deck.
8412 Turbo-Lift System
The primary method of conveyance about the decks of the ship is via the Turbo-Lift
system, which is under the cognizance of the Engineering department. The U.S.S.
Enterprise is equipped with two individual lift systems, which are described below:
1. System 1
A single vertical shaft used primarily for movement between the decks in the
Primary Hull. This system is the primary method of access to the ship’s Bridge,
which extends travel from the Bridge to Deck 8 in the Primary Hull, and is labelled
TURBO LIFT 1.
2. System 2
A complex arrangement of vertical and horizontal tubes used primarily for travel
between the Primary and Secondary Hulls, and is the primary method of travel
between the decks in the Secondary Hull. This system is divided into three vertical
shafts and two horizontal shafts: STARSHIPS 528-0200. The following is the
standard regarding placard colors:
a. TURBO LIFT 2: A vertical shaft starting on Deck 5 in the Primary Hull and ends
on Deck 7 in the neck of the Secondary Hull. A horizontal shaft then connects
to Turbo Lift shaft 3 on Deck 7.
b. TURBO LIFT 3: A vertical tube starting on Deck 7 in the neck and extending
down to Deck 23 in the Secondary Hull. This shaft also has an extension piece
used to anchor the ship to a Star Fleet construction facility. This allows lift
modules to enter the facility and to transport personnel between the decks of
the ship and the repair facility. Deck 19 has an interconnecting horizontal tube
which allows horizontal movement of the lift module fore and aft of the
Secondary Hull. The shaft is used to connect Turbo Lift 3 with Turbo Lift 4.
c. TURBO LIFT 4: a vertical shaft starting on Deck 16 and terminating on Deck 22
in the Secondary Hull. This system is the primary method of travel between the
decks of the Flight Control section.
8413 Engineering Offices
Each division within the Engineering department has an office where the Division
Officer performs his or her administrative duties and where personnel may obtain
research materials. In addition, division officers having private quarters, will also have
a private office from which technical and administrative discussions may be performed.
8414 Engineering Duty Quarters
For engineering personnel working in the Secondary Hull for extended periods of time
the ship is equipped with special duty quarters whereby the duty section can rest
between duty periods.
- PAGE 8-34 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 5 – MEDICAL AREAS
8500 Introduction
Medical areas aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise comprise those compartments, rooms,
laboratories and other spaces under the management of the Medical Department used
for the care of the sick and injured. All Medical areas are contained in Sickbay, which
encompasses all of Deck 7. As such, Deck 7 is completely under the management of
the Chief Medical Officer as specified in Star Fleet Regulation 5461. All personnel
working in Sickbay or entering Deck 7 shall follow the regulations as established by the
Chief Medical Officer.
8501 Duty Medical Officer’s Office
The office of the Duty Medical Officer is located in Sickbay in Compartment 7C-82,
which is also the office of the Chief medical Officer. All medical services, consultations
and appointments originate from this office.
8502 Duty Medical Officer’s Quarters
The Duty Medical Officer, and certain other medical persons, must stand their watch
within Sickbay at all times while they are on duty. As such, Sickbay contains quarters
for the Duty Medical Officer (7B-204) and the Duty Nurse (7F-210B).
8503 Doctor’s Offices
Sickbay aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise contains special offices for the consultation by a
medical professional in a specific field. These offices are:
Dentist’s Office: 7A-202

Physical Therapy Office: 7I-215
Psychologist’s Office: 7L-220
Psychiatrist’s Office: 7K-219
In addition, certain medical officers having private quarters will also have a personal
office from which medical consultations may be performed, if the officer chooses to do
so. However, these offices shall not be considered the official location from which such
medical consultation shall be required.
8504 Examination Rooms
Sickbay contains two examination rooms (7D-83 and 7K-89) for the evaluation and
care of patients. Minor surgery can be performed in examination rooms as well as
regularly scheduled examinations or unscheduled office visits. However, private
consultations should be performed in one of the Doctor’s Offices as described above.
8505 Surgery
Sickbay contains a special area for the performance of surgical procedures. All major
surgical procedures shall be performed in Surgery, located in Compartment 7G-86.
- PAGE 8-35 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8506 Medical Laboratories
Sickbay aboard the U. S. S. Enterprise has several medical laboratories for the purpose
of analyzing living tissue and diseases. These laboratories are:
Medical Laboratory No.1: 7B-81

Medical Laboratory No.2: 7I-88
Biopsy Laboratory: 7L-90
Pathology Laboratory: 7H-87
Pharmacology Laboratory: 7G-212B
8507 Intensive Care Unit
Sickbay contains a three-bed Intensive Care unit (7D-83B). The function of the
Intensive Care Unit (ICU) is to care for patients with severe and life-threatening
illnesses and injuries, which require constant, close monitoring and support from
specialists and specialized equipment in order to ensure normal bodily functions.
8508 Convalescence Areas
Sickbay contains two five-bed convalescence wards (7E-209 and 7H-213) for patients
recovering from an illness or injury; and a three-bed psychiatric ward (7J-218) for
psychiatric cases.
8509 Medical Transporter Room
The Medical Transporter Room, located in Compartment 7D-207, is for the purpose of
transporting the sick and injured to and from Sickbay. The Medical Transporter shall
not be used for regular transportation off the ship without permission from the Chief
Medical Officer, except for emergency situations as ordered by the Commanding
Officer.
8510 Medical Briefing Room
The Medical Briefing Room (7C-206) is for the purpose of medical discussions,
consultation and staff meetings only. No command meetings shall be convened in the
Medical Briefing Room without permission from the Chief Medical Officer.
8511 Regulations Regarding Sickbay
The following are the rules and regulations regarding Sickbay areas as established by
the Chief Medical Officer:
1. Quiet shall be maintained throughout Sickbay at all times.

2. No eating or drinking is allowed in Sickbay except in designated areas. Eating and
drinking within convalescence areas will only be allowed by instruction or
permission from the Duty Medical Officer.
3. All quarterly physical examinations shall be performed in one of the 2 Examination
Rooms.
4. All Examination rooms, medical laboratories and convalescent areas shall be kept
clean and free of medical wastes at all times.
5. Visitors shall be restricted from visiting patients within the ICU, except as allowed
by the Duty Medical Officer. Personnel can visit patients in the regular recovery
rooms during normal working hours only.
- PAGE 8-36 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 6 – SCIENCE AREAS
8600 Science Department Areas
Science areas are those compartments, rooms, offices, laboratories and spaces that are
under the management of the Science Department. The majority of these areas are
located in the Secondary Hull on Deck 18.
Science Department Area Responsible Section Compartment Work Hours

Anthropology Research Library Astro-Anthropology 4B-224 0000-2400
and Office Section
Arboretum Botany Section 18S-407 0000-2400
Astrobiology Laboratory and Astrobiology 18S-411 0800-1600
Office Section
Astrophysics Laboratory Astronomical Section 2F-36 0800-1600
and Observatory
Botany Laboratory and Office Botany Section 18S-412 0800-1600
Biochemistry Laboratory and Biochemistry Section 18S-409 0800-1600
Office
Chemistry Laboratory and Physical Chemistry 18S-403 0800-1600
Office Section
Electromagnetic Analysis Astronomical Section 2H-37 0800-1600
Laboratory
Geology and Mineralogy Geology Section 18S-406 0800-1600
Laboratory and Office
Geophysics Laboratory and Planetary Science 18S-408 0800-1600
Office Section
Hydroponic Garden No. 1 Botany Section 18S-415 0600-1800
Hydroponic Garden No. 2 Botany Section 18S-416 0600-1800
Sociological Research Library Social Sciences 5F-262 0000-2400
and Office Division
Soil Laboratory Geology Section 18S-410 0800-1600
Zoology Research Library and Zoology Section 4L-335 0000-2400
Office
8601 Science Offices
Each division within the Science department has an office where the Division Officer
performs his or her administrative duties and where personnel may obtain research
materials. In addition, division officers having private quarters, will also have a private
office from which scientific and administrative discussions may be performed.
- PAGE 8-37 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8602 Science Briefing Room
A Science Briefing Room (18S-404) is provided on Deck 18 for meetings by Science

Department personnel. No command meetings shall be convened in the Science
Briefing Room without permission from the Chief Science Officer.
8603 Science Laboratories
The Enterprise has fourteen science and engineering laboratories for the study of
physical and natural phenomenon.These laboratories are:
Science / Engineering Laboratory Responsible Section Compartment Work Hours

Astrophysics Laboratory Astronomical 2F-36 0800-1600
Botany Laboratory Botany 18S-412C 0800-1600
Biochemistry Laboratory Biochemistry 18S-409 0800-1600
Biomechanics Laboratory Astrobiology 15S-109 As Needed
Chemistry Laboratory Physical Chemistry 18S-403 0800-1600
Electromagnetic Analysis Laboratory Astronomical 2H-37 0800-1600
Electronics Laboratory Electronic Systems 17S313 As Needed
Geology Laboratory Geology 18S-406 0800-1600
Geophysics Laboratory Planetary Science 18S-408 0800-1600
Materials Laboratory Materials Fabrication 17S-314 As Needed
Nuclear Electronics Laboratory Reactor Control 17S-305 As Needed
Particle Physics Laboratory Astronomical 15S-108 As Needed
Robotics Laboratory Maintenance 17S-315 As Needed
Soil Laboratory Geology 18S-410 As Needed
8604 General Regulations Regarding Science Areas
The following are the rules and regulations regarding Science areas as established by
the Chief Science Officer:
1. No eating or drinking is allowed in Science work areas or laboratories at all times,

except in designated areas.
2. Civilian visitors or passengers shall not be allowed access to science areas, chiefly
laboratories. Science laboratories aboard ship may contain classified or proprietary
information that is not releasable to unauthorized personnel.
3. Science areas are for ship’s business only. There shall be no socializing in science
areas while work is going on. Visitors to science areas while work is going on shall
complete their business and immediately leave to resume their duties.
4. Quiet shall be maintained within science areas at all times. Conversations shall be
kept to a minimum except those required for the functions being performed.
5. All science areas and laboratories shall be kept neat and clean, and free of clutter.
All scientific equipment shall be properly stowed when not in use.
6. All scientific tools and instruments shall kept clean and shall remain within the
assigned science area. If scientific equipment is to leave a science area, it shall be
checked out by the borrower.
- PAGE 8-38 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 7 – FLIGHT OPERATIONS AREAS
8700 Flight Operations Areas
Flight Operations areas are those spaces and compartments that relate to the
launching, retrieval, stowage and repair of the ship’s six Class-F shuttlecraft. The
following paragraphs will describe the various compartments of Flight Operations
areas.
8701 Flight Deck
The Flight Deck is a large open compartment at the aft end of the Secondary Hull and
comprises Section FF of the ship, which encompasses Decks 15 through 18 in the
Secondary Hull. The Flight Deck is accessible from space through the large clam-shell
doors mounted on the fantail of the ship. The Flight Deck is accessible from Deck 18 in
the Secondary Hull, but can also be accessed from the Hangar Deck as well. The
following rules apply to the Flight Deck
1. The Flight Deck is for launching shuttlecraft only. Only personnel working on
shuttlecraft that are on the Flight Deck or persons boarding shuttlecraft shall be on
the Flight Deck.
2. All accesses to the Flight Deck shall be closed. The main clam-shell doors shall be
closed at all times and only opened when craft are about to be launched or
retrieved.
3. The Hangar Deck Elevator shall remain up at all times.
4. When no flight operation is underway, the main lights in the Flight Decks shall be
turned-off. Only the security lights shall remain lit.
5. The Flight Deck may be used for general muster and ceremonies as directed by the
Commanding Officer.
8702 Hangar Deck
The Hangar Deck (Compartment 19FF-515) is located on Deck 19 and is directly below
the Flight Deck. The function of the Hangar Deck is to house the six shuttlecraft. It is in
this area where maintenance of the shuttlecraft will be performed. The Hanger Deck is
connected to the Flight Deck via the Hanger Deck Elevator. The following rules apply to
the Hangar Deck:
1. The Hangar Deck is a dangerous space. Therefore, only shuttlecraft maintenance

personnel are allowed on the Hangar Deck.
2. Personnel working in the Hangar deck shall observe all safety regulations. Persons
handling shuttlecraft shall observe caution around craft engines as they may still
be hot.
3. When craft have been off-loaded from the Hangar Deck Elevator, the elevator shall
be raised back up to secure access to the Flight Deck.
4. Shuttlecraft engines shall not be started in the Hangar Deck at any time. The ion
engines shall not be running when lowering the craft into the Hangar Deck.
- PAGE 8-39 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8703 Flight Control Tower
The Flight Control Tower is that space cantilevered off of the Flight deck bulkhead on
Deck 17, Frame 1901 where the management of Shuttlecraft take-offs and landings are
performed, In addition, where the control of the Flight Deck doors and the Hanger Deck
elevator is performed. Access to the Flight Control Tower can only be reached from
Deck 18. The following rules apply to the Flight Control Tower:
1. Only authorized and qualified Flight Officers and maintenance personnel are
allowed in the Flight Control Tower. No visitors are allowed in the Flight Control
Tower.
2. The Flight Control Tower shall always be manned when shuttlecraft are to be
launched or retrieved. The only exception to this rule is in the case of an authorized
remote launch.
3. The Flight Control Tower shall not open the main Flight Deck doors until the craft
is completely powered-up and ready for takeoff.
4. The Flight Control Tower shall not open the main Flight Deck doors until returning
or receiving craft are within 2 kilometers of the ship and the craft is at the proper
speed for entry. However, during shuttlecraft emergencies, the Flight Deck doors
may be opened at any time in order to prepare for a shuttlecraft emergency. (See
Section 7 of SORM Chapter 6 regarding shuttlecraft emergencies.
5. All Flight Deck lights and markers shall be illuminated prior to opening the Flight
Deck doors to recover shuttlecraft per FLTOPS 625. All such lights and markers
shall be turned-off after all craft have been recovered and stowed.
8704 After Machinery Space
The Aft Machinery Space (Compartment 19FF-516) is the compartment directly under
the Fantail where the machinery for operating the Flight Deck Door is located. This
compartment also houses the aft Main Phaser Batteries and Phaser Banks, as well as
the aft sensors. This compartment is a sealed area and access to it is restricted to
authorized weapons and maintenance personnel only. Permission from the Officer of
the Conn or the Commanding Officer is required to enter this space at all times.
8705 Shuttlecraft Fuel Supply Tanks
Fuel for the six shuttlecraft is contained in a tank space directly under the Hangar Deck
Elevator alcove. This space is classified as a hard tank as it may be pressurized or
experience the vacuum of space when vented. The tank can roughly hold a maximum
of 325,000 liters of shuttlecraft fuel.
8706 Observation Deck
The Observation Deck is a wrap-around corridor space on Deck 17 and occupies the
area between Frames 1390 and 1702. The Observation Deck has windows so that
anyone can watch shuttlecraft being launched and retrieved. The Observation Deck is
open at all times to visitors and crewmembers. However, the Observation Deck shall
be closed and sealed during General Quarters and as such, no one shall be located in
the Observation Deck during General Quarters.
- PAGE 8-40 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 8 – CREW LIVING SPACES
8800 General Crew Areas
This section outlines the major areas and spaces that are associated with crew’s
quarters and off-duty recreation areas, as well as any restrictions or regulations
concerning these spaces.
8801 Crews Quarters
All regular quarters for the crew are located on Decks 3, 4 5 and 6. Command and
Department Head officers are quartered on Deck 3; Division Officers and Section
Leaders are quartered on Deck 4; junior officers and the remaining crew complement
are quartered on Decks 5 and 6. The specific arrangement of crews quarters are
described in Section 3, Chapter 3 of this SORM.
8802 Duty Quarters
Duty Quarters are quarters or staterooms for those who must work away from their
regular quarters for periods of 24 hours or more. Most of these quarters are located in
the Secondary Hull. Medical personnel have special duty quarters in Sickbay on Deck
7. Refer to SORM 8502 regarding medical duty quarters. The following are the duty
quarters located in the Secondary Hull:
8803 Recreation Rooms
The Enterprise is equipped with nine recreation rooms for the enjoyment and use by all
members of the crew, regardless of rank or position. Recreation areas posted as
“Recreation Rooms” are general purpose areas where crewmembers can eat, converse
and enjoy games. Recreation areas posted as “Lounges” are spaces for socializing with
crewmembers, while partaking in alcoholic beverages. The rules governing recreation
areas are stated in SORM 3502 and SORM 3503, and the consumption of alcoholic
beverages in SORM 3107. The list of general-purpose recreation rooms and lounges
are listed below:
Recreation Room No. 1: 5C-256

Recreation Room No. 2: 5D-257
Recreation Room No. 3: 6D-183
Recreation Room No. 4: 15S-102
Senior Officer’s Lounge: 1B-28
Junior Officer’s Lounge: 4I-156
Enlisted Lounge: 5B-414
- PAGE 8-41 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8804 Ship’s Galley
The ship’s Galley is a recreational area for the purpose of cooking and serving exclusive
non-reconstituted meals using fresh foodstuffs. Anyone with cooking talents may take
advantage of this facility, provided they request permission from the ship’s Executive
Officer. Persons creating meals should be considerate in making meals for others to
enjoy as well as themselves. The Galley is located on Deck 5 in Compartment 5B-415.
8805 Ship’s Theater
The Enterprise is equipped with a fully-featured theater, located on Deck 5, 5D-365, for
the purpose of personnel entertainment. The theater can seat 48 persons. The theater
is also equipped with cameras and projectors whereby plays and performances can be
broadcasted to other recreation room and personal viewscreens. The theater also has a
separate dressing area (5E-345) and a Prop Room (5D-344) for the storage of those
articles and scenery used in theatrical productions. Permission from the Executive
Officer is required whenever theatrical performances are to be held.
8806 Ship’s Gymnasiums
The Enterprise is equipped with two gymnasiums for the recreation and physical
training of ship’s personnel. The main gymnasium is in the Secondary Hull on Deck 20.
This is a large complex with an open gymnasium area in Compartment 20S-610 and a
smaller Physical Training Area in Compartment 20S-608. A smaller gymnasium is
located on Deck 5. Gymnasiums have a special status assigned to them as they are
gender and rank neutral. Personnel exercising in the gymnasium need not be formal in
their dealings with superiors or juniors, but must still show respect for any person in
the facility. The ship’s gymnasiums are open at all times, except during General
Quarters. Any member of the crew may utilize the services of the gymnasiums at any
time while off-duty.
8807 Ship’s Stores
Ship stores are available to crewmembers for the purchase of clothing and other
personal items. Ship’s personnel may also order special (approved) items should the
item not be carried by the ship’s stores. The Enterprise has two such stores: Store 1:
4K-241 and Store 2: 5J-176. Ship stores are managed by the Supply division. Only
personnel from the Supply division may operate the ship’s stores. Store hours are
specified in SORM 3501, except during General Quarters. The stores shall be shut
down during General Quarters.
8808 Ship’s Salons
Salons are for the physical grooming of ship’s personnel and any passengers that may
be embarked therein. The Enterprise has two Personal Salons: Salon 1: 4K-242 and
Salon 2: 5J-175. Ship’s salons are managed by the Supply division and therefore, any
request for grooming services must go through the ship’s Supply Officer. The hours of
operation for the grooming salons are specified in SORM 3501, except during General
Quarters when both salons shall be shut down.
8809 Common Heads
Common Heads are small washrooms that crewmembers may use while on duty.
These washrooms are gender-neutral and thus, anyone may use them. Common
Heads are located on every deck aboard ship, except Deck 9. Common Heads shall be
kept clean and sanitary at all times. As such, it shall be the responsibility of the
Maintenance section to keep all Common Heads clean.
- PAGE 8-42 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8810 Ship’s Chapel
The Enterprise is equipped with a Chapel, located on Deck 5, 5L-178, for the purpose
of religious and spiritual activities. The Chapel shall be open and available at all hours,
except during General Quarters. Any member of the crew, visitor, or passenger, may
utilize the services of the Chapel at any time while off-duty.
8811 Regulations Regarding the Chapel
The following are the rules and regulations regarding the ship’s Chapel, as established
by the Executive Officer:
1. Quiet shall be maintained at or near the Chapel at all times. That is, silence shall be
maintained within the Chapel and outside the Chapel within Section L on Deck 5 at
all times.
2. No eating or drinking is allowed in the Chapel at any time. No food or drink shall be
brought into the Chapel at any time.
3. The Chapel shall be inspected and cleaned each day; the Alter area shall be free of
clutter and all articles relating to religious services shall be properly secured or
stowed.
4. All ship weddings and memorial services shall be performed in the Chapel, and
shall be scheduled in advance by and with the approval of the Executive Officer.
5. Religious services shall be performed in the Chapel according to the schedule
outlined in SORM 3507. Religious services may be televised as authorized by the
Commanding Officer.
- PAGE 8-43 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
- PAGE 8-44 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
CHAPTER 8
SECTION 9 – MISCELLANEOUS SPACES
8900 Introduction
This section deals with the miscellaneous and non-specific areas aboard ship.
Primarily, this section will describe the general access and passageways, and those
specialized compartments that are rarely accessed.
8901 Passageways
Passageways are the main lateral thoroughfares that link the various sections and
compartments of the ship and can be isolated from one another by closing their
associated Inner Bulkhead Doors (see SORM 6103). Passageways do not have
designations or identifiers.
8902 Passageway Alcoves
Passageway Alcoves are recessed bays where equipment or machinery may be

accessed directly from a passageway. Examples of such alcoves include: Unit Level
Substations, Damage Control Stations and Emergency Medical Stations.
8903 Interconnecting Accessways
Interconnecting Accessways are small hatchways or vertical tubes that connect and
permit access between ship’s decks. The numbering of the Interconnecting Hatchways
is in accordance with standard STARSHIPS 527-3110.
Accessway Accessway Decks Hatch Location

Hatch Type Accessed Section
V1 Vertical Hatch 1-3 Primary G
V2 Vertical Hatch 3-5 Primary C
V3 Vertical Hatch 4-6 Primary F
V4 Vertical Hatch 4-6 Primary K
V5 Vertical Hatch 4-5 Primary E
V6 Vertical Hatch 5-6 Primary H
V7 Vertical Hatch 8-9 Primary B
T8 Cylindrical Vertical Tube 15-17 Secondary
H1 Elliptical Horizontal Tube M4 Starboard M.E.
H2 Elliptical Horizontal Tube M4 Port M.E.
8904 Turbo-Lift Shafts
Turbo-Lift shafts are normally for the exclusive use of the Turbo Lift system and the lift
modules. However, under unusual circumstances, emergency conditions or General
Quarters, the Turbo-Lift system will be shut down. Should this occur, the Turbo-Lift
shafts can function as Interconnecting Accessways. Within each tube is a ladder
recessed into the tube that allows personnel to climb up and down within the tube
from one deck to another. Access to deck levels is by an elevator door override switch
located inside the tube next to the door. Turbolift tubes are hardened cylinders that can
withstand both high and low pressures, and can shield persons from fire and damage
where the tube passes through an affected deck. The Commanding Officer shall test
this mode of access during the ship’s quarterly emergency drill.
- PAGE 8-45 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8905 Access Crawlways
Access crawlways are small horizontal tubes used to interconnect compartmentalized

machinery or to gain access to critical circuitry or mechanisms within machinery. In
general, crawlways are not for normal access around ship and in most cases, will
rarely, if ever, be used.
8906 Computer Core
The ship’s Computer Core is the space where all the ship’s central processing systems
are located. The Computer Core is a cylindrical tube with a diameter of 892 cm, which
begins beneath the deck of the Bridge and extends down through all the decks to Deck
9 in the Primary Hull and has a compartmental designation of CC019.
The Computer Core can be entered from several areas. The following lists the location
of the access points:
1. The main hatch to the Computer Core is located on Deck 1, Section B (Access
Hatch C001BS) of the Primary Hull.
2. Secondary access manways are located on.
➢ Deck 3, Section H (Access Hatch C003HS)
➢ Deck 7, Section A in Sickbay Medical Lab 1 (Access Hatch C007AS)
8907 Regulations Concerning the Ship’s Computer Core
The Computer Core is a sensitive security area and therefore, the following rules apply:
1. The entrance to the Computer Core shall be sealed and locked at all times. The
Roving Security watch shall inspect the entry hatches when making his or her
rounds.
2. No one shall enter the Computer Core for any reason without explicit permission
from the Commanding Officer or his designee.
3. Only qualified computer technicians may enter the Computer Core for the purpose
of repair or maintenance. This will primarily be officers and Technicians from the
Electronic Systems division.
4. The internal environment of the Computer Core shall be maintained at a steady and
regulated temperature of 5o C.
5. The Computer Core environment shall be maintained at a positive pressure no
greater than 5% above atmospheric pressure. This is to prevent or minimize gasses
and particulates from entering the core.
6. The air circulation filters of the Computer Core shall be removed and cleaned
weekly. Filters shall immediately be replaced if there are any signs of damage.
7. During General Quarters an armed security sentry shall be posted at the entrance
to the Core on Deck 1.
8. An armed security sentry shall be posted at the entrance to the core whenever the
hatch is opened or during maintenance inside the Core.
- PAGE 8-46 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8908 Battery Wells
A Battery Well is a large, sealed void space used to house the ship’s batteries. The ship
has three Battery Wells: two in the Primary Hull and one in the Secondary Hull. Each
Battery Well is continuously vented to space by vent piping that extends to the bottom
of the compartment to the exterior of the ship to prevent toxic or explosive gasses from
accumulating within the space. As such, the space is continuously under a negative
pressure and therefore, extreme caution must be observed when entering any Battery
Well at any time. As such, Battery Wells must be pressurized before they can be
entered. The two Battery Wells in the Primary Hull are located on Deck 6 in Section E
on the Starboard side and in Section H on the Port side. Access to these wells is from
Deck 5. The Battery Well in the Secondary Hull is a void space located between Frames
540 and 746 on Deck 23. Access to this compartment is by two sealed hatches: one
located on Deck 22 Frame 646 and the other on Deck 23 at Frame 540.
8909 Main Ventilation Plenum
The Main Ventilation Plenum is a pressurized cylindrical vessel extending from Deck 14
to Deck 16 and serves as the primary distribution of air throughout the ship. The Main
Ventilation Plenum has four distribution headers extending radially out of the cylinder
at 90o apart from each other, starting at 45o relative to the ship’s centerline. Contained
within the plenum are four Main Ventilation Turbofans mounted on a bedplate that
separates the air input manifold from the exhaust plenum. Main Ventilation Turbofans
are high-pressure turbines designed to push air throughout the ship.
8910 Special Engineering Circuitry Access Tubes
Special engineering circuitry tubes, known as Jeffries Tubes, are cylindrical conduits
ascending upward at an angle of 52 degrees from the deck. These tubes house critical
engineering and propulsion circuits and can only be found in engineering
8911 Interior Void Spaces
Internal void spaces are sealed non-habitable compartments used to store or support
equipment or circuitry.
8912 Ship’s Tanks
Tanks are structural containers used to store liquids, colloids and other fluids.
Although they are not compartments per se, they are structural vessels that are built
into the hull of the ship.
➢ "Hard Tank" - a reinforced vessel that can be pressurized to at least two

atmospheres and can withstand the vacuum of space.
➢ "Soft Tank" - a structural container built into the hull that can be pressurized to up
to two atmospheres, but is usually at atmospheric pressure. The container is
usually vented to the atmosphere.
- PAGE 8-47 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
SHIPOPSMAN-023
SORM 1701
REVISION 4.8
8913 Exterior Spaces
An exterior space is a compartment open to the exterior of the ship that can be
accessed from inside the ship. These spaces are continuously exposed to the vacuum
of space and therefore, the hatches and accessways to these spaces must be sealed
and locked at all times. Entrance into these spaces requires permission from the
Commanding Officer or the officer in temporary command of the ship. The following
are the exterior spaces aboard ship:
1. Main Engine Circuit Gallery

A walkable alley extending from the Main Control Reactor to the aft end of the
Main Engine nacelle on the inboard side. This gallery contains critical engine
circuitry and is enclosed on one side with grillwork. Entrance into this area can
only be done through the sealed hatch on Deck M3 of the Main Engine.
2. Main Engine Power Grid Channel
The space running between the Main Engine and the Secondary Hull containing
the Main Engine Power Busses. This area is open to the vacuum of space by four
vent grills running up and down the inboard side of the Main Engine Pylon.
3. Impulse Engine Heat Exchanger Space
The space outboard the port and starboard side of the Impulse Engine section
located at the extreme aft end of the Primary Hull. The two spaces are enclosed
with a mesh grill. The function of this space is to expose the Impulse Engine
Cooling System Heat Exchangers to the cold of space. Access into this space is
through hatches HxD05F and HxD05G, both located on Deck 5 in Engineering.
4. Primary Impulse Vent
Two L-shaped vent registers located port and starboard of the main dorsal
strongback and Impulse power conduit on the upper aft end of the Primary Hull.
The function of this vent is to flush radioactive residue from the fusion drives and
other gaseous wastes out into space. Entrance into the vent area is through a gate
in the vent grate on the exterior of the Primary Hull.
5. Main Service Ducts
Two rectangular vent registers located port and starboard and amidships the
forward end of the Secondary Hull. The function of these vents is to supply the
ship’s auxiliary service systems with vacuum power and to provide a location to
expel waste gasses. Entrance into the duct area is through a gate in the vent grate
on the exterior of the Primary Hull.
- PAGE 8-48 OF 48 -

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

OFFICIAL USE ONLY
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
TABLE OF FLIGHT OPERATIONS

DIRECTIVES
ARTICLE 4 of the Star Fleet Charter specifies that Star Fleet establish and enforce the
Rules of Space Navigation as required in accordance with the Interplanetary Rules
for Preventing Collisions in Space. In enforcing the Rules of Space Navigation,
Star Fleet established regulations regarding the safe operation and handling of private
and commercial spacecraft. These specific regulations are in the form of Navigational
Operations Regulations or NAVREGS, and Navigational Operations Procedures or
NAVOPS directives issued by the Star Fleet Bureau of Federation Space Navigation
and contained in BUNAVREG manuals. However, the NAVREGS only deal with ship
navigation in open space and do not specify anything regarding the handling or operations
of vessels to meet these regulations. Therefore, Star Ship Command developed specific
guidelines and procedures pertaining to the movement of Star Fleet ships operating in
most service circumstances. These directives are in the form of Flight Operations
Directives or FLTOPS. The following table lists all the Flight Operations Directives.
STARDATE 16332.66 UFP521-4bB.1 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
TABLE OF RELEVANT FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIRECTIVES
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
100
GENERAL SHIP HANDLING
101 Officers in Command of Star Fleet ships shall at all times have complete navigational control of the vessel.
All sensors, navigational and identification signals, navigational lights shall be operational at all times, except as otherwise instructed by higher
102 authority.
All navigational and propulsion systems shall be operational at all times. The only exception is in the case of ship docking where Maneuvering
103 Thrusters may only be used.
104 There shall be no tampering of navigational gyros or gyro stabilizers.
105 There shall be no tampering of the ships navigational computer.
All Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star Fleet vessels shall adhere to the rules governing the Right of Way of vessels. In all cases the
106 ships precedence, according to the rules, shall govern its Right of Way.
110 Equipment tests shall be performed on all propulsion and maneuvering systems prior to getting underway.
111 Operational tests of the Warp Engines and or of the ship’s Warp capabilities shall only be performed in open space.
112 While a vessel is docked and shutdown, the vessel’s running lights and other such safety features shall be tested daily.
116 Although Star Fleet ships may travel anywhere in open space, they shall primarily travel within their assigned flight path.
All ship’s navigational and control equipment shall be calibrated on a continuous basis and in conformance with the guidelines set forth in STARSHIPS
120 534-0105 and STARSHIPS 554-3000.
121 Calibration of navigational equipment shall be performed weekly.
122 The Commanding Officer of a Star Fleet vessel shall exercise the Flat Disk Method of bearing estimation monthly.
131 The ship’s anchor lights must be on while the ship is operating within the Federation Treaty Zone.
132 The ship’s anchor lights may be turned off while the ship is operating outside the Federation Treaty Zone.
143 Star Fleet ships shall avoid areas containing extensive navigational hazards at all times while the ship is at Material Condition III or higher.
Unless absolutely necessary or governed by the tactical situation of the moment, Star Fleet ships shall avoid entering or maneuvering within all
145 asteroid fields.
If it is necessary for a Star Fleet ship to enter an asteroid field, the ship shall be restricted to a maximum safe speed of 20,000 kilometers per hour, and
146 must have the Navigational Deflectors energized at full intensity.
147 The maximum speed any ship can travel within a high-density gas field shall be limited to 25,000 kilometers per hour.
156 The ship’s Recorder Marker must be updated with the ship’s current position at all times.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
TABLE OF RELEVANT FLIGHT OPERATIONS DIRECTIVES - CONTINUED
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
200
SHIP MOVEMENT IN SPACE
Under normal operating conditions, general ships movement shall be limited to the confines of its assigned patrol area unless circumstances require
201 that the ship must travel outside its assigned area.
High-speed movement within the Federation Treaty Zone shall normally be performed within military space lanes. However, under emergency and
202 Federation alert conditions, Star Fleet ships are authorized to circumvent all navigational rules in order to proceed to the affected area in the shortest
time and utilizing the fastest path possible.
203 Unless otherwise required by operational conditions, all Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships shall avoid all navigational hazards in space.
Star Fleet ships travelling at Warp speed shall avoid all normal space traffic routes and lanes. Ships at Warp speed shall not enter or cross any traffic
204 corridor or space lane designated for space-normal operation.
205 All ships travelling at space normal speed shall move only within authorized and specified space lanes designated for such traffic.
Ships traveling in formation must observe the three-second rule. That is, the distance between any vessel within the formation cannot be less than the
206 distance traversed within three seconds at the current speed of the formation.
Ships traveling in formation shall only do so at sublight speeds. Ships may travel together at warp speeds, but they must be distributed far apart based
207 upon the three-second rule.
208 Star Fleet ships travelling in formation shall never position themselves within the baffles or ionization wake of another Star Fleet ship.
SHIP’S SPEEDS
210 Under normal operational conditions Star Fleet ships shall be limited to their maximum safe operating speed in open space.
Under extreme tactical situations, or to protect the ship and its crew, the Commanding Officer may override any ship propulsion plant protective
211 feature or bypass any safety system.
212 Under normal patrol conditions, the maximum speed of Star Fleet ships, operating within their assigned patrol zone, shall be limited to Warp Factor 6.
213 The maximum allowable speed of any Star Fleet vessel shall be governed by the particular zone or area of space in which the vessel is operating.
Movement within a solar system containing planetary bodies shall be limited to sublight speeds only. The guidelines for movement within a planetary
solar system shall be as follows:
a. Along the orbiting plane of the planetary bodies: 50% the speed of light;
214 b. Along the orbiting plane of the planetary body within 75,000 kilometers of the body: 250,000 kilometers per hour;
c. Within 10,000 kilometers of the body: 35,000 kilometers per hour;
d. Perpendicular to the orbiting plane: Warp Factor 2, as long as the vessel is at least 750,000 kilometers from the nearest planetary body.
215 A Star Fleet ship shall not maintain reverse speeds in excess of Warp Factor Six for more than 5 minutes.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
WARPING SPACE
Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star Fleet vessels shall not allow the ship to get underway until the certifications have been
220 completed regarding the Warp Field equipment onboard the vessel, and that the Warp Field system and its associated equipment is certified by the
ship’s Chief Engineering Officer to operate within the required tolerances as specified in STARSHIPS 532-5003.
Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star Fleet vessels shall not allow the ship to warp space if the ship’s Inertial Dampening system is
221 not functioning at 93% efficiency or greater.
Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star Fleet vessels shall not allow the ship to warp space if the ship’s Main Engine Cooling system is
222 not functioning at peak efficiency.
The maximum safe speed a Star Fleet ship may travel at is Warp Factor Six. Star Fleet ship Commanding Officers may order speeds greater than Warp
232 Factor Six only if the situation requires the ship to travel at such speeds.
The maximum speed a Star Fleet ship may travel at is Warp Factor Eight. This rule may be modified in the future when warp technology and structural
233 materials will allow ships to travel at warp factors greater than Warp Factor Eight.
Should the ship be required to travel at Warp Factor Eight, the ship shall not travel at this speed for more than twenty minutes to prevent irreparable
234 damage to the ship or its propulsion systems.
Star Fleet ships shall not travel at high warp speeds for such long periods as to diminish the ship’s supply of POLYMASS. The ship’s total supply of
241 POLYMASS shall never be less than 35% in accordance with STARSHIPS 542-2125.
Star Fleet ships shall not travel at high warp speeds for such long periods as to overload the Main Engine Cooling system. The ship’s Chief Engineer
242 shall follow the guidelines regarding the operation of the ship’s Main Engines and Warp Drive as specified in applicable STARSHIPS manuals.
Star Fleet ships shall not travel at high warp speeds for such long periods as to overheat the Main Engine’s end cap. The ship’s Chief Engineer shall
243 follow the guidelines regarding the operation of the ship’s Main Engines and Warp Drive as specified in applicable STARSHIPS manuals.
Star Fleet ships shall not travel at high warp speeds for such long periods as to overstress the Main Engine anchor points to the vessel. The ship’s
244 Chief Engineer shall continuously monitor the stresses on the ship’s Main Engine pylons while the ship is traveling at speeds greater than Warp Factor
Five.
Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star Fleet vessels shall ensure themselves that the way forward is clear of any ship, celestial body
250 or other object before engaging the Warp Drive.
260 The speed of all warp-driven small craft shall be limited to Warp Factor 2.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
300
SHIP APPROACH
301 Star Fleet ship commanders shall follow the guidelines set forth in General Order Twelve regarding ship encounters in space.
Star Fleet ship commanders shall periodically, and randomly, order the ship to clear baffles. When clearing baffles, the ship’s Commanding Officer or
302 the officer in command may decide the method of clearing baffles: i.e. by yawing or pitching.
303 Star Fleet ships shall never approach any ship or vessel on a collision course, or that may perceive to be a collision course.
GENERAL APPROACHES
310 The maneuvering watch shall be stationed when approaching stationary objects in space for the purpose of orbiting or parking.
All Commanding Officers and Officers in Command of Star Fleet vessels shall strictly adhere to the guidelines regarding the ship’s Action Perimeters
311 during vessel encounters.
312 The minimum spherical radius for Action Zones shall not be less than 6 x 106 kilometers in all directions.
When an unknown or foreign vessel enters the Action Zone of a Star Fleet ship, the Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command shall place the
313 ship in Material Condition II or Yellow Alert.
When any vessel enters the Action Zone of a Star Fleet ship that is on a collision or intercept approach, the Commanding Officer or the Officer in
314 Command shall place the ship in Material Condition I or Red Alert, and the officer in command shall order the ship to “Rig the Ship for Collision.”
315 The minimum spherical radius for Classification Zones shall not be less than 18 x 106 kilometers in all directions.
Commanding Officers and officers in command of Star Fleet ships shall satisfy themselves that the approaching vessel displays a friendly posture
316 before continuing with the approach to the vessel.
When Star Fleet ships must rendezvous with another ship or vessel of any kind, the minimum distance between the vessels, while both vessels are at
317 rest, shall not be less than 175 meters, except for those support vessels that must attach themselves to the hulls of the other ship.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
SHIP-TO-SHIP APPROACH
320 All ships approaching each other shall follow the guidelines set forth in the Interplanetary Rules for Preventing Collisions in Space.
321 All ships encountered in deep space must be challenged as required under General Order Twelve.
325 The minimum distance between vessels shall depend on the combined speed of all vessels.
At full stop, the minimum distance between ships shall be as follows:
326 a. BOW and STERN: 150 meters;
b. PORT or STARBOARD: 50 meters from any Main Engine, or 20 meters from the hull.
Star Fleet ships approaching ships from known hostile worlds shall go to Material Condition I when the ship is within 10 kilometers of the hostile
327 vessel.
Ships approaching for rendezvous shall follow the passing rules when approaching. The minimum distance between vessels while they are
331 approaching at sublight speed shall be governed by the equation 3 * |(V A – VB)| to the minimum distance specified in FLTOPS 317 when both vessels
are at rest.
Star Fleet ships approaching vessels for the purpose of boarding such vessel shall maintain a distance of 11,000 kilometers from the vessel until such
332 time as the boarding party reports back to the ship that is clear to maneuver closer.
SHIP-TO-STATION APPROACH
340 All stardrive vessels shall approach Star Fleet or Federation stations at sublight speeds
341 When approaching or leaving a space station, the speed of the ship will be governed by FLTOPS Directive 214.
342 Star Fleet ships shall not approach any space station, space buoy or artificial object head on, but shall approach as if to orbit the station or object.
Star Fleet ships approaching space stations with external docking facilities, for the purpose of docking the ship, shall follow the guidelines set forth in
343 section 500 of the Flight Operations Manual.
345 Star Fleet ships approaching a non-Federation station shall go to Material Condition III when the ship is within 11,000 kilometers of the alien station.
SHIP-TO-PLANET APPROACH
360 Star Fleet ships shall always approach a planetary body in the ‘ahead’ direction.
361 Star Fleet ships shall always approach a hostile planet in the ahead direction with the forward and most strongest shields facing the planet.
When approaching any planetary body Star Fleet ships shall approach the body approximating a hyperbolic curve such that the ship can smoothly and
362 efficiently enter a Standard Orbit around the body.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
400
SHIP ORBIT
401 A Starship shall never enter the atmosphere of any celestial body.
402 A ships position for an orbit shall be calculated, programmed and locked in prior to entering the orbit.
The point of entry into an orbit shall be performed at less than Warp speeds. The speed of entry will depend on the size and gravitational force of the
403 planet.
404 The maximum speed of orbital entry shall not exceed 80,500 kilometers per hour.
405 As a guide, the normal speed of orbital entry will normally be 52,000 kilometers per hour.
406 The normal method of breaking out of orbit shall be performed by going in the ahead direction.
407 A ship shall not enter an orbit until all small craft have been removed from the pathway of the vessel.
408 Ships shall avoid orbits that may place the ship in the path of other orbiting objects.
409 Ships shall not orbit within the rings or dust and ice zones of any planet having such rings or zones.
GENERAL ORBITS
410 Orbit speeds shall be maintained constant at all times unless otherwise directed by the Commanding Officer.
In an emergency situation when a ship’s orbit decays too rapidly to compensate, Commanding Officers may WARP out of orbit in reverse, not to
411 exceed WARP Factor 5.
While in orbit around a Star Fleet or Federation facility, the commander of the orbiting vessel must seek permission from the orbiting facility whenever
412 there will be a change in orbit parameters.
When entering an orbit around a planetary body, the ship shall be rolled at an angle such that the athwarts (XY) plane of the ship passes through the
413 approximate center point of the planetary body.
While in orbit around a planetary body, the ship’s Z-plane shall normally be perpendicular to the ship’s orbital plane, except during combat situations
414 where the ship’s target profile must be minimized.
415 When shifting orbits, Star Fleet ships shall modify their position utilizing a standard Hohmann Transfer Maneuver.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
ORBIT DISTANCES
420 Always orbit at a safe distance such that the ship can easily recover from a decaying orbit.
General orbit distances should not exceed the maximum range of the ships transport system when personnel are away from the ship. In general, Star
421 Fleet ships may orbit a standard Class-M planet at around 500-1000 km.
Vessels in orbit around a space station or an object with a mass no larger than 1 million metric tons shall maintain an orbital distance no less than 1.5
422 kilometers except when the vessel is beginning its landing procedures (decent for landing).
423 The minimum allowed orbit of any Star Fleet vessel is 350 kilometers.
424 The maximum allowed ‘interactive’ orbit is 25,750 kilometers. However, orbits as far as 250,000 km may also be allowed.
MULTIPLE SHIPS IN ORBIT
When more than one ship assumes an orbit around an object the senior commander of the ship within the group shall determine the orbit
460 configuration and parameters.
461 The lead ship (the first ship in orbit) determines the orbit. All subsequent ships shall follow the rules of orbit of the lead ship.
462 No ship in orbit shall cross the orbit path of another ship.
463 The minimum distance between ships in orbit around the same body is 4 kilometers.
464 All ships orbiting the same object shall orbit in the same direction. No ship shall orbit an object in the opposite direction of the other ships in orbit.
All ships shall follow the same orbit pattern. For example, if the lead ship is in synchronous orbit around a body, all other ships shall also assume a
465 synchronous orbit.
Where ships are orbiting a body in differing Orbital Planes, the ships shall not orbit at the same distance from the surface of the body. The orbital
470 distances must be varying.
471 If ships must orbit at the same distance away from the body, their Orbital Planes shall not intersect. Therefore, the orbital planes must be parallel.
SHIP PARKING RULES
A ship shall be considered “parked” when it is at rest (motionless) in space near a planetary body or another vessel. A ship that is in a synchronous
490 orbit about a planet is not defined as being “parked.”
The minimum distance between ships parked in space in any orientation shall be no less than 175 meters. Otherwise, the minimum parking distance
491 shall follow the rules as stated in FLTOPS 326.
492 The minimum parking distance from a large planet or object in space will depend upon the gravitational forces exerted on the ship by the object.
493 The minimum parking distance between a vessel and a space station shall not be less than 500 meters.
The maximum parking distance between a ship and any other vessel or space station shall not exceed the maximum range of the ship’s transporter
494 beam.
Every effort shall be made to maintain the ship in the designated parking position. Commanding Officers shall compensate for any drift of the ship
495 while parked.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
500
SHIP DOCKING AND ANCHORING
501 Maneuvering in or around Star Fleet Docks shall be performed using Maneuvering Thrusters only.
All powered vessels of 15,000 metric tons or greater shall be piloted into the dock or mooring station by a qualified Star Fleet Pilot except where the
502 ship’s Helmsman is also qualified as a Pilot at the base or station.
All powered vessels of 15,000 metric tons or greater shall be piloted into a civilian dock or mooring station by a qualified Federation-licensed Pilot,
503 except where the ship’s Helmsman is also qualified as a Pilot at that facility.
All powered vessels of 15,000 metric tons or greater may be piloted into a non-Federation dock or mooring station by a Pilot that is familiar with Star
504 Fleet and Federation guidelines regarding the docking and mooring of Star Fleet ships, except where the ship’s Helmsman is also qualified as a Pilot at
that facility.
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships shall seek permission from the master of any non-Federation docking facility to anchor at a non-Federation
505 mooring station.
Commanding Officers of Star Fleet ships shall not allow a non-Federation operator to pilot the ship into or around a non-Federation docking facility
506 unless he or she is satisfied that the alien Pilot will properly handle the ship.
All powered vessels of 15,000 metric tons or greater have the Right-Of-Way while they are maneuvering around a docking facility. Small craft shall
507 keep away from ships while they are maneuvering and shall never cross the path of any ship while they are under power and moving.
SHIP DOCK MANEUVERING
510 The maximum maneuvering speed around docks or anchorages shall not exceed 0.5 meters per second within 6 meters of the docking point.
511 The maximum maneuvering speed around a dock shall not exceed 2.5 meters per second between 6 and 20 meters from the structure.
When exiting a Space Dock or Drydock, the ship must remain on Thruster power until it reaches a safe distance away from the structure, which is
512 defined as 10 kilometers away from any structure. At this point, the ship may maneuver using its secondary or Impulse Engines.
513 When exiting a Space Dock or Drydock, Star Fleet ships shall not engage the Warp Drive until the vessel is at least 75,000 kilometers from the station.
514 When maneuvering inside a dock structure the ship’s warp engines shall be locked-out to prevent accidental engagement.
515 Tugs and other utility service craft may be used to maneuver a ship to a mooring edifice.
The ship’s Tractor may be used to maneuver a ship to a mooring edifice provided the edifice is massive enough to withstand the force of the tractor
516 beam.
When using a tractor beam to maneuver a ship to a docking edifice, the ship shall employ a tight tractor beam on a blank area of the edifice. The ship
517 shall never direct a tractor beam on any hatch, viewport or any loose object attached to a docking edifice.
When using a tractor beam to maneuver a ship to a docking edifice, the ship's Tractor beam power shall not exceed any structural limits of the docking
518 edifice.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
SHIP DOCKING
The Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command of a Star Fleet vessel shall follow the directions and instructions of the docking facility regarding
520 the place and method of mooring. Commanding Officers of Star Fleet stations and managers of civilian stations have authority over the movements of
Star Fleet ships while the vessel is within their jurisdiction per Star Fleet Regulation 4830.
The ship shall be considered “docked” when the mooring boom, the utility umbilical and at least one gangway have been attached to the hull of the
521 docking vessel.
The docked vessel shall not open any hatch or ship’s opening until it has been verified that the vessel has been certified “docked” and that all openings
522 or hatches are enclosed with a pressurized enclosure.
523 Where necessary, tractor beams may be used to maneuver large vessels to the mooring edifice.
524 Where necessary, utility craft may be used to maneuver large vessels to mooring edifices.
All ships of 10,000 metric tons or greater shall be tethered, either with cables, struts or electromagnetic fields, to prevent collision with the mooring
525 edifice.
526 Utility craft shall not approach a ship until they have been confirmed "Docked."
SHIP UNDOCKING
The Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command of a Star Fleet vessel about to undock shall ensure that all ship ports and opening are secured
530 before moving.
The Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command of a Star Fleet vessel shall not move or get underway until all utility booms, tethers and umbilicals
531 are detached and withdrawn from the ship.
The Commanding Officer or the Officer in Command of a Star Fleet vessel shall not move from its docking position until all small craft and objects are
532 removed from the direction of travel.
533 Ships backing away from a docking edifice have the Right-of-Way. All ships and small craft shall keep clear of ships that are backing out.
534 Ships shall undock and maneuver away from docking edifices using Maneuvering Thrusters only.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
600
CRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY
601 All ships guide beams must be activated while craft are away from the home vessel.
602 Flight clearance and permission must be granted to any craft being launched or recovered by any ship or facility.
603 A flight plan must be submitted before any craft will be allowed clearance to launch.
604 Craft approaching nearly on opposite parallel courses must keep to the right of each other and pass port-to-port.
605 Craft that being overtaken shall have the Right-of-Way. Shuttlecraft approaching the craft being overtaken shall keep clear of the craft being passed.
606 Craft being overtaken shall not deviate from its course or change speed until all craft around it have overtaken it.
607 All craft shall give a wide berth to other craft that are performing towing functions.
CRAFT LAUNCH
610 Operators of Star Fleet craft shall submit a flight plan prior to launch.
611 All operators of Star Fleet craft shall perform a pre-flight check-off prior to launch.
612 No Star Fleet craft shall be launched without permission from the command’s Flight Control Officer.
Sublight craft shall be launched from Star Fleet ships and space stations at sublight speeds. The maximum speed of the launching ship shall not
613 exceed 75% of craft’s maximum speed.
614 Sublight craft shall be launched from ground stations only at speeds equivalent to three times the gravitational constant of the planet.
615 Warp-powered Attack or Fighter craft shall be launched at sublight speeds.
Warp-powered craft launched from Star Fleet vessels may only accelerate to Warp speeds when the craft is at least 1500 meters from the launching
616 vessel.
Warp-powered craft launched from space stations or large stationary space platforms planetary bodies may only accelerate to Warp speeds when the
617 craft is at least 15 kilometers from the structure.
618 Warp-powered craft launched from planetary bodies may only accelerate to Warp speeds when the craft is at least 2000 kilometers from the planet.
When craft are launched from the Flight Deck of a ship or space station, the craft shall normally exit down and away from the ship’s Main Engines or
619 the station’s farthest protruding structure.

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
CRAFT RECOVERY
620 The recovery of all craft shall be performed at sublight speeds.
621 The speed of the accepting ship cannot exceed 75% of the rated speed of the craft to be recovered.
The differential speed of an approaching craft relative to the ship shall not exceed 120 kilometers per hour at a distance of 2 kilometers or less from the
622 vessel.
623 The speed of a craft landing in an enclosed Flightdeck shall not exceed 20 kilometers per hour.
624 The Flightdeck doors shall be fully open by the time the craft reaches 2 kilometers from the ship.
All hangar deck lights and markers shall be turned on prior to opening hangar bay doors and recovery of craft. And all such lights and markers shall be
625 turned-off after all craft have been recovered and stowed.
626 Identification and verification of craft must be performed before hangar bay doors are opened.
Under normal circumstances ship’s craft shall not be recovered using a tractor beam. Recovery of craft using a tractor beam shall only be performed if
627 the craft is not under control.
628 Recovery of craft utilizing a tractor beam shall be performed using minimal power in order to prevent damage to the craft’s fuselage.
CRAFT LANDING
630 When entering the atmosphere of a Class-M planet the craft shall not exceed an acceleration of 10 m/sec2.
631 Upon landing the craft pilot or Craft Commander shall report his or her position and status to the source command.
632 When multiple craft are landing on a planet all craft shall keep to the right of the craft that has already landed or about to land.
633 Empty craft must give the Right of Way to craft that are loaded. The loaded craft should not be delayed from carrying out its mission.
634 When craft takeoff from between other craft, they shall turn to the left (Port) to avoid craft that are landing.
CRAFT DOCKING
Craft shall not be docked alongside ships. Docking facilities shall be made available specifically for small craft in spaces and volumes where there is no
640 atmosphere.
641 When docking perpendicular to a docking edifice the craft shall dock nose first. Ion engine exhaust shall never be pointed to the docking facility.
643 The Craft Commander shall ensure that the docking hood is properly sealed to the craft’s hull before opening the hatch.
654 The Craft Commander shall shutdown all craft systems when the craft has been certified as being “docked.”

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Table 4bB
FLTOPS
Code
Directive Text
700
SHIP TOWING
A vessel with a tow shall be regarded as one single vessel and therefore, the Commanding Officer of the towing vessel shall be responsible for the
701 vessel being towed.
702 No towed vessel shall be left unmanned while the vessel is being towed. All towed vessels, except shipping containers, shall be manned at all times.
Ships being towed shall have their main engines shutdown before it is towed. Only the Maneuvering Thrusters of the ship being towed shall remain
703 operational.
704 Ships shall never push a vessel as a method of towing. Ships shall only pull vessels from behind as a method of towing.
705 No Star Fleet ship shall tow another vessel or be towed by another vessel at WARP speeds.
706 All ships shall be towed at sublight speeds, not to exceed 75% the speed of light.
707 A ship towing another vessel shall not accelerate beyond the field strength of the tractor beam holding the towed vessel.
708 While towing tractor beam strength shall be monitored for shear stresses.

OFFICIAL USE ONLY
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
FLAT DISK METHOD OF BEARING

ESTIMATION
The Flat Disk Method is a way of estimating the direction or location of Federation
space when the ship’s navigation system has failed and the ship is most likely in uncharted
or unknown space. The basic purpose is to approximate the vector back to Federation
space based upon known positions of certain fixed bodies in space relative to the center of
the Federation. The method is called “Flat Disk” because it assumes the ship to be on a
flat two-dimensional plane. This assumption is valid since the Milky Way galaxy, for all
intents and purposes, is primarily flat at the outter arm regions.
The method is based upon taking a navigational reading of two relatively fixed positions in
space: the center of the Milky Way galaxy and the center of this galaxy’s nearest neighbor:
Andromeda. The location of these two objects, and their vectors, are listed in Table 4bC.1
below.
Table 4bC.1
TABLE OF RELATIVELY FIXED OBJECTS IN SPACE
Object SCS Vector Distance (ly)
Federation Center 000-MARK-000 0
Center of Galaxy 000-MARK-000 27235.9
Center of Andromeda Galaxy 118-MARK-032 2529998.8
The procedure is simple: the Officer of the Conn will order “All Stop” in order to allow
the ship’s Navigator to obtain an accurate fix of the two objects. The data collected will
be entered into the ship’s Navigation Computer and a vector to the center of the
United Federation of Planets will be calculated. The ship will then proceed on that
course until the region of space around the ship becomes familiar or when the ship will
receive the known navigational beacons that are transmitted within Federation space.
However, if the ship is extremely off course, several estimations may be made.
The calculation performed by the ship’s navigational computer will be basic vector calculus.
The vectors for this calculation are illustrated in Figures 4bC.1 and 4bC.2. The vectors
obtained by the Navigator are shown in Figure 4bC.1 as line C and D. The computer will
calculate the vector for line E. The lines A and B are fixed within the ship’s Navigational
Computer database as an element of the Federation Standard Coordinate System.
STARDATE 19001.31 UFP521-4bC.1 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4bC.1
ILLUSTRATION OF THE FLAT DISK METHOD: THREE-DIMENSIONAL VIEW
Andromeda Galaxy TABLE OF VECTORS

Vector SCS Coordinates Distance (ly)
A 000-MARK-000 27235.9
B 118-MARK-032 2529998.8
C KNOWN APPROXIMATE
D KNOWN APPROXIMATE
E UNKNOWN UNKNOWN
F 118-MARK-032 2553137.0
B D
F
C
E
UFP A
Galaxy Center

VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
Figure 4bC.2
ILLUSTRATION OF THE FLAT DISK METHOD: PLANAR VIEW
Ship Coordinates
Andromeda Galaxy 90o
o
180
90o
270o
0o
270o
Galactic Center
UFP Center
Galactic Plane

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The function of the Star Fleet Guide is to provide a background explanation of the
reasons why the Star Fleet, as well as the United Federation of Planets, was created in
the manner presented in Star Fleet Command Manual.
The history of the Star Fleet Command Manual goes back to 1973 after the book “The
Making of Star Trek” came out. At the time I was in the U.S. Navy Submarine Service as
a nuclear operator. Being on a nuclear submarine is very close to being in a space craft.
In fact it is the closest thing to a Starship than anything else on the planet. Living on a
submarine one gets to understand what is needed in terms of the systems and resources
required to maintain operations within a closed space for an extended period of time. As
such, I began laying out the foundation for the manual. It wasn’t until I received my
degree in nuclear engineering and physics that I began looking into the scientific and
engineering aspects of Star Fleet.
The timeframe for the Star Fleet Command Manual is sometime in the year 2277. This is
after the original television series (TOS), but before the first movie. This timeframe was
selected because I wanted to take a “snapshot” of Star Fleet at a particular point in time.
The reason being is that I wanted to create a detailed description of the Star Fleet, and
to move too much through time would have diluted this effort. As such, the manual
would form a basis for future expansion in order to cover the periods of the movies and
the later television versions.
The Star Fleet Command Manual is organized into volumes. This particular volume,
Volume IV, Part 2, goes into the details regarding the operations and life aboard a typical
Star Fleet ship – concentrating primarily on the front line Starships. Many of the functions
performed aboard a Starship may be found being performed on today’s U. S. Navy’s
nuclear submarines, of which I used to be a crewmember. I drew much from my
experiences aboard the U.S.S. George Washington (SSBN-598) and the U.S.S. Aspro
(SSN-648).
As I have said in previous introductions I believe that the Star Fleet of the TOS era was a
military organization and as such, the structure and operations that are set forth in the
Star Fleet Command Manuals will be based upon this belief. This belief was reinforced as
a result of reading the book “These Are The Voyages – TOS: Season One.” Many may
not agree with this assessment and they are entitled to their opinion. But all evidence in
the TOS fully suggests that it is. Perhaps the later Star Fleet of the Next Generation
series may suggest otherwise, the fact remains that in the TOS era the Star Fleet was
military. However, to those that think otherwise, you can rest in comfort with the belief
that all organizations change over time and that the original Star Fleet may evolve into a
different organization.
Note that this volume contains sound files. Notes 5 and 6 in Chapter 4 contain
sound icons that look like speakers. Simply double-click the speaker icon to
hear the sound.
STARDATE 7305.29 UFP521-4bG.1 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
2.0 CHAPTER NOTATIONS

CHAPTER 1
1. The Command Department was created in order establish a billet or slot for the
captain of a Starship. Included in this department would be the First Officer (Spock)
and the Command Yeoman (Janice Rand), and anyone else who would report directly
to the Commanding Officer without being in charge of a specific organization aboard
the ship.
2. The Resident Star Fleet Representative came from the idea of a Counselor, which
was introduced in the later TV show: Star Trek: The Next Generation (STNG).
3. We first know that Janice Rand was Captain Kirk’s Command Yeoman in the TOS
episode The Corbomite Maneuver. This fact was brought out during a conversation
with Dr. McCoy while Kirk was eating in his stateroom. Kirk was complaining to
McCoy regarding the fact that fleet command assigned him a female yeoman.
4. The evidence that this braid arrangement depicts the position of Commanding Officer
is best illustrated in the first movie: Star Trek: The Motion Picture. When leaving the
shuttle and coming aboard the Enterprise in the beginning of the movie Kirk had the
sleeve bands of a Rear Admiral. When taking over the Enterprise, the sleeve bands
changed to the pattern as shown in Illustration 4b12.1. Yet Kirk still had the rank of
Rear Admiral.
5. This can be seen in the TOS episode The Corbomite Maneuver when Spock appeared
to be in charge of the battle stations drill and agreed to increase readiness efficiency
to 100%.
6. Originally, Lieutenant Commander Gary Mitchell was the Operations Officer aboard
the Enterprise as illustrated in the TOS episode Where No Man Has Gone Before, and
stood an Operations watch (Navigator). Gary may have also been the Executive
Officer as well since in that episode Spock acted more like a Science Officer than a
First Officer. Spock was still a Lieutenant Commander then. However, when Gary
died, Spock must have taken over the duties of both the Operations Department as
well as being the Executive Officer, in addition to continuing to be the Science
Officer. What a load that must be! But I guess Vulcans can handle it.
7. We see this quite often. In the TV shows, we usually see the Commanding Officer,
whether it is Kirk or Picard, sitting in the command chair as Officer of the Conn.
However, especially in the TOS episodes, we see other officers standing the CON
watch as well. As this section states: The CON represents the Captain as it relates to
the handling and operation of the ship while the Captain is gone. There were many
TOS episodes (especially with Scott at the CON) where the person standing the
Officer of the Conn watch was in ‘command’ of the ship, for example in the TOS
episode A Taste Of Armageddon.
8. In the TOS episode Balance of Terror Robert Tomlinson stood this watch. He was
later relieved by Lieutenant Andrew Stiles, who was the ship’s Weapons Officer,
though he was standing the Navigator’s watch at the time of the emergency. This
would not be unusual since weapons personnel would stand other watches when not
performing their prime function.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
9. The distributions set forth here were based upon how I conceived the layout of the
various ship departments. In the TOS episodes, one saw plenty of red and amber
shirts, which indicated that the majority of people were engineers or operations
people. What I did was to create the departments and divisions based upon a typical
Enterprise class Starship. I added the various jobs within each division in order to
obtain a total of 430 people. Then I took the percentages of each department over
the total crew size. I believe this distribution is quite reasonable. It shows that
engineering would contain the most people since operating most of the machinery
and providing most of the ship’s services would fall to this department. This makes
sense since a Starship is a very complicated piece of machinery and would require a
large number of specialists to keep it running. Operations would be next in size since
they operate and defend the ship.
10. The particular definition for a ship’s crew basically comes from Chapter 3, Part II of
The Making of Star Trek (Reference 8) in which Whitfield writes: “Reference is
occasionally made to ‘the crew,’ in which case it is a generalized statement meant to
include everyone aboard the ship. A reference to ‘senior officers’ would refer to a
much smaller, specific group of the crew members.” Therefore, it can be concluded
from this that the crews of Starships in Star Trek were basically comprised of senior
officers and everyone else was simply referred to as ‘the crew.’
11. This reference also was extracted from Chapter 3, Part II of The Making of Star Trek
(Reference 8) as well. Whitfield describes the crew makeup of a Starship as follow:
“The crew of each starship is predominantly of one type…The reasoning is simple.
Since the majority of the crew would have more in common with one another, they
would work more smoothly together. They would be able to have the same
environment without problems in adjustment and would enjoy similar food, sleeping
and waking intervals, etc. Being mentally and physically alike, it would be easier to
maintain the ship.” This is one reason why my Star Fleet universe is centered on the
original series. It was more realistic and made more common sense than what was
presented in the later TV shows.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHAPTER 2
1. In the original series Sulu and Uhura may be considered Division Officers.
2. The insignias illustrated generally follow the TOS standard. I made some variations
and additions as seen. The Medical Department would have the Caduceus, though
McCoy wore a Science patch. What is missing from this table is the Nurse’s cross. It’s
not shown because there was no room for it. A more detailed treatment for these
symbols can be found in the Guide to Part 1 of Volume IV.
3. Regarding the sleeve braid, refer to the Guide to Part 1 of Volume IV.
4. The copper color was chosen since it can be considered a ‘valuable metal’ color such
as gold and silver, as used for the other badges.
5. It was logical to place the ships Tractor under the Defense Systems section as
illustrated in the TOS episode Tomorrow is Yesterday when a tractor beam was used
to hold Captain John Christopher’s F104 Starfighter in place – a purely defensive
move.
6. There is a bit of an inconsistency in the TOS episodes. Most security chiefs shown on
the show had the rank of Lieutenant. However, in the TOS episode The Devil in the
Dark, security chief Giotto had the rank of Lieutenant Commander, which would
appear to make him a Department Head and a regular like Scott or McCoy. However,
he never appeared again.
7. This is another case where a minor organization was headed by a senior officer. In
the TOS episode Court-Martial the Records Officer Benjamin Finney, who was also a
Lieutenant Commander. One may explain this as the reason for Finney’s breakdown.
8. It was the Tactical personnel from this section that Commodore Travers requested to
come along with Kirk, Spock and the landing party to Cestus III, but turned out to be
a trap set by the Gorns in the TOS episode Arena.
9. We never saw anyone in the TOS episodes that would represent a Division Officer.
We only saw the Department Head Scott, the Chief Engineer. Even John B. Watkins
in the TOS episode That Which Survives was only a Grade 4 engineer.
10. All signs indicate that Lieutenant Kyle is the Transporter Officer. In the early TOS
episodes Kyle appeared more like a technician, but later episodes showed him as an
officer.
11. This designation was given to Dr. McCoy early in the TOS episodes.
12. This is a privilege that has always been shared among the medical staff of various
militaries throughout history – as well it should be. This was illustrated during the
original series whereby medical personnel were only performing medical duties.
13. Note that there is a circle behind the red cross. This circle can clearly be seen on
Nurse Chapel’s uniform in the TOS episode Naked Time. This symbol looked very
professional. However, later crosses looked crude and sloppy. This is the reason I
selected this version of the red cross.
14. This particular section was mentioned in the TOS episode The Alternative Factor.
15. The Astronomical Section was referenced in the TOS episode The Deadly Years when
Kirk stated that this section had reported on a comet that had passed close to the
planet Gamma Hydra IV.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
16. I assume that Lt. Boma was an astrophysicist in the TOS episode The Galileo Seven.
Therefore, I think he would be the head of the Astronomical section.
17. This particular section was specifically identified in the TOS episode The Galileo
Seven by LCDR Kelowitz. Also, the reference to the A&A Officer comes from the TOS
episode Who Mourns for Adonis?
18. During the TOS episode The Galileo Seven, Lt. Kelowitz was making his report to Kirk
on the life forms of Taurus II. Since he was wearing a science uniform, I’ll assume he
is the chief A&A officer. He also mentioned Lt. Imumora. I’ll assume that he is a
sociologist.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHAPTER 3
1. This was brought up by Kirk to Commissioner Ferris in the TOS episode The Galileo
Seven.
2. This is a requirement as pointed out in the TOS episode Mudd’s Women. In that
episode Harry Mudd was charged with operating a space vessel without a functioning
identification beam, among other violations.
3. The recorder marker was first introduced in the TOS episode Where No Man Has
Gone Before, and later in the TOS episode The Corbomite Maneuver.
4. The Centroid of Rotation is generally located at the objects Center of Mass. The
Center of Mass of a cruiser-class Starship like the Enterprise is located aft of the
Impulse Engines on the pylon connecting the primary and secondary hulls.
5. The original classification of space hazards was published in Reference 2.
6. Stated on page 191 of Reference 8.
7. Communicators can be set as homing devices as stated in the TOS episode This Side
Of Paradise.
8. Probe and satellite deployment and retrieval was a standard practice in the old TOS
series as evidenced in the TOS episodes: Operation Annihilate, The Immunity
Syndrome, and Let That Be Your Last Battlefield.
9. As evidenced in the TOS episode Court-Martial.
10. Power to the ship’s Galley and other recreational areas will be shutdown during
General Quarters as indicated in the TOS episode The Corbomite Maneuver. In that
episode Yeoman Rand came to the Bridge with a pot of coffee. Upon seeing this, Dr.
McCoy remarked “I though that the power was out in the Galley?”
11. Uhura made this statement in the TOS episode The Galileo Seven. During that
episode she said “All systems report secured for warp factors.”
12. Tractor beam was used in several TOS episodes to tow a vessel. The order to rig for
towing was issued in the TOS episode Space Seed; and Kirk told Commodore Decker
that the Enterprise will tow the Constellation in the TOS episode The Doomsday
Machine. The ship’s Tractor was also used in the TOS episode Tomorrow Is
Yesterday, Let That Be Your Last Battlefield, and The Way To Eden.
13. This particular policy was conveyed to Mr. Spock by Captain Kirk in the TOS episode
Balance Of Terror when the Enterprise was chasing the Romulan ship towards the
Neutral Zone.
14. In the TOS episode Day Of The Dove the Inner Bulkhead Doors were known as the
Emergency Bulkheads.
15. The Phase I Search was defined in the TOS episode Court-Martial.
16. The term Lifeboat was used in the TOS episode Where No Man Has Gone Before.
17. See item 8 above.
18. Anesthesia Gas was used against Kahn’s people in the TOS episode Space Seed.
19. The Schiller Rating was first introduced in the TOS episode Mudd’s Women.
However, it was never explained. As such, I came up with this definition.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHAPTER 4
1. The chart was developed based upon the TOS episode Balance of Terror. I timed the
plasma bolt to the point where it appeared to dissipate and then assumed an
exponential decay rate. The whole event took around 1 minute 25 seconds.
2. The S-2 Graf unit was introduced in the animated series Time Trap and defined in
Reference 16.
3. This description of the capabilities of the phaser comes from pp. 193 in The Making
of Star Trek, by Stephen E. Whitfield & Gene Roddenberry (Reference 8.)
4. The Main Phaser Batteries were shown only once during the entire time the original
series aired in the TOS episode Arena. They may also have been used in the TOS
episode The Doomsday Machine, but fired from the wrong location on the ship. The
location of the Main Batteries was based upon the drawings of Matt Jeffries, where
he placed the ‘Main Phasers’ higher up the lower section (Reference 8) of the
primary hull rather than at the lower dome area as shown in most of the TOS
episodes. I split up the Phasers into batteries and banks in order to set their basic
function. The batteries are equivalent to the 16” guns on an Iowa-class battleship,
whereas the banks would be equivalent to the 5” Mk28 gun turrets on the battleship.
5. The sound of the Main Phaser Batteries in the TOS episode Arena was very
distinctive as compared to the sound one normally hears when the ship’s Phaser
Banks are fired. In that episode the Main Phasers had a ‘buzzing’ sound, while the
Phaser Banks usually have that ‘whirring’ sound.
6. I created the idea of a Photon Bolt based upon the variations shown of firing Photon
Torpedoes in the TOS episodes. In the TOS episode Arena, the Photon Torpedo was
a red capsule, while in other episodes it was a bluish-white blob. The true distinction
came when the TOS series was enhanced. As such, a Photon Torpedo being fired
would look red, while a Photon Bolt would look bluish-white.
7. The recoil effect of firing a Photon Torpedo was pronounced in the TOS episode
Arena. Since we will assume that a torpedo will be fired at a high rate of speed,
perhaps at some speed approaching a fraction of the speed of light, we will assume
that recoil will occur due to the energy of the field required to eject the torpedo.
8. We see the green glow in the TOS episode Tomorrow Is Yesterday. Captain John
Christopher’s F104 Starfighter was bathed in a green light when the tractor beam
was directed towards the aircraft. Therefore, we assume the color of the Tractor
beam is green.
9. The maximum range (100,000 miles or 160,930 kilometers) was defined on page 195
of Reference 8.
10. This idea was taken from the TOS episode Errand of Mercy when Uhuru states to
Kirk that Unit XY75847 reports a fleet of Klingon ships in the sector. We never knew
what Unit XXY75847 meant, but I took it as a sensor device.
11. Stationary battle is what Kirk had to do when his warp engines were disabled by
Kryton in the TOS episode Elaan Of Troyius. Kirk had to keep his forward shield
facing the Klingon ship.
12. This particular guideline was given to Sulu by Captain Kirk in the TOS episode Errand
of Mercy while Kirk was down on Organia.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
13. As executed in the TOS episode A Piece Of The Action.

14. The description of the Corbomite device comes from the TOS episode The Corbomite
Maneuver, with additional descriptions as defined in References 7 and 16.
15. As was the case in the TOS episode A Taste Of Armageddon when Kirk gave the
order to Engineer Scott to implement General Order 24 in two hours. Kirk had to use
this tactic in order give Anan 7 an idea of what total destruction would be like unless
he made peace with Vendikar.
16. The war games shown in the TOS episode The Ultimate Computer were also live-fire
exercises.
17. This is evidenced by the fact that Spock was in charge of the battle drill as illustrated
in the TOS episode The Corbomite Maneuver. In that episode Spock reports to
Captain Kirk on the performance of the training exercise. See Note 5 in Chapter 1 of
the Star Fleet Guide.
18. The use of the label “Amidships Batteries”, which are the Phaser Batteries that are
mounted between the forward and aft batteries of the Secondary Hull, came from
the TOS episode Balance of Terror when the weapons technician stated that
“…starboard and amidships weapons show ready.” This response occurred after Kirk
gave the order to “Energize Main Phasers.”
19. The Gamma Baryon is a fictional particle I invented that describes a baryon that was
discovered in the future; a particle which has a relatively high rest mass and lifetime.
Baryons forms the family of subatomic particles which includes both protons and
neutrons.
20. We only saw the Flightdeck Tractor used only once in the TOS episodes Let That Be
Your Last Battlefield.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHAPTER 5
1. The maximum command time criterion was based upon the eighteen year operating
cycle of a Starship. Specifically, this criterion is stated in Chapter 3 (Mission and Men)
of Part II of Reference 8: "Although the assigned mission is for a five-year period,
the ship itself has a self-sustaining travel range of eighteen years." In addition, in the
TOS episode The Menagerie, Spock mentioned that he had served under Captain
Pike for eleven years, which means that Pike must have been in command for at
least two five-year cycles as well as some command time prior to going on patrol.
2. The suggestion of a Duty Roster came up in the TOS episode Court Martial. In a
military vessel like the Enterprise it is essential to have a duty roster for the selection
of persons to perform work.
3. Finney was the Records Officer, but appeared to be also qualified to perform the hull
inspection as well. He was apparently placed on the Duty Roster for this task as was
brought up in the TOS episode Court Martial.
4. The reaction time stated is an enhancement to the value cited in the book: The
Physics of Star Trek (Reference 11). In that publication a value of 60 milliseconds
was referenced. Since Dr. Krauss hinted that this response time may not be short
enough, I decided to increase the response time considering how fast
microprocessors and control systems respond nowadays.
5. We see this very often in the TOS episodes, whether it is Captain Kirk or someone
else. Reports are always being submitted to the officer sitting on the command chair
(Officer of the Conn) and being signed by him (or her).
6. The numbers of Transporter Rooms were specified in Part II, Chapter 2 pp. 192 in
The Making of Star Trek, by Stephen E. Whitfield (Reference 8.)
7. Splitting the Engineering section into A and B decks was based upon where Finney
was hiding in the engine room in the TOS episode Court Martial. This also helped me
explain how to designate the deck numbering for the Emergency Manual Monitor
area that overlooked the main engine room.
8. This statement was specifically brought-up by Captain Kirk to the life-form known as
Abraham Lincoln in the TOS episode The Savage Curtain. It is understandable that “A
starship on patrol does not carry an honor detachment ,” as stated by Kirk.
9. This designation ‘Dispensing Converter Unit’ was created in order to explain what DC
meant. Each of the food units shown in the TOS episodes had a DC number above it.
For example, when Kyle gave the Air Force sergeant a bowl of chicken soup, which
was delivered through unit DC-4.
10. The idea of a ‘Diet Card’ came from the TOS episode The Corbomite Maneuver when
Yeoman Rand (Kirk’s Command Yeoman) brought him a plate of salad.
11. See Note 18 in Chapter 3 of this Guide.
12. The system described as the ‘Intruder Control’ system was also referenced in the
TOS episode Space Seed and coined by Kirk. Towards the end of the show when Kirk
was freed from the Decompression Chamber and met up with Spock, Kirk told Spock
to “gas all decks, but this one.”
13. An imaginary metal of high strength and energy-absorbing properties first introduced
in the epic SciFi novel Skylark Three by the legendary E. E. “Doc” Smith, Ph.D.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
CHAPTER 6
1. The Class-F shuttlecraft designation was first introduced in Part 1 of the TOS episode
The Menagerie, when the ship’s sensors picked-up this class of shuttlecraft chasing
the Enterprise. So, I decided to use the “F” designation to indicate a standard “Fleet”
shuttlecraft – a general-purpose service craft used extensively for fleet duty.
2. The idea of a Flight Deck was first introduced in the TOS episode The Conscience Of
The King. In that episode Kirk is strolling about the Observation Deck with Lenore
Karidian and explains to her that the “Observation Deck overlooks the Flight Deck”.
However, from that point onward it was mislabeled the Hangar Deck. In our model,
the Hangar Deck is the space below the Flight Deck used to stow and perform
maintenance on shuttlecraft. In addition, in the TOS episode The Galileo Seven, Kirk
gives the order to the Flight Deck to “Prepare Columbus for immediate takeoff” and
later, Uhura reports, after the Columbus had returned, that “The flight hatch is
closed; all systems report secured for warp factors .”
3. We see throughout the Star Trek world that there are many small vessels used for
utility and transportation purposes. We see them especially in the Star Trek movies
and some have been added to the remakes of the original series (e.g. in the
enhanced TOS episode Court Martial.) So, we will identify those craft that will be
assigned to Star Fleet ships and will use the term Shuttlecraft to indicate service craft
that will transport personnel and equipment to and from the ship.
4. The Prefix Code term came from the movie Star Trek: The Wrath of Kahn. However,
the reason for such a code is necessary in our construction of Star Fleet, and not
merely a convenient ‘Hollywood’ device to get Kirk out of trouble. As stated in the
Guide for Volume II the Prefix Code was established as a method of remote access
to the ship’s computer. For example, to access the ship’s computer in order to allow
the programming of secret missions and ship operations like what was done in the
TOS episode The Menagerie Part 1.
5. Tetralubisol was referenced in the TOS episode The Conscience Of The King. Lt.
Kevin Riley was poisoned with this liquid, which is described in References 7 and 16.
6. The six hour value was based upon information from the TOS episodes: The
Menagerie and Metamorphosis. We know from the episode Metamorphosis that the
Class-F shuttlecraft has a range of at least 4 hours and 21 minutes. Once we have
established the maximum flight time, the range is easy to calculate. We assume a
sublight speed of 0.85c, which is only about twice the energy required to move the
vessel to that speed.
7. Spock performed this in the TOS episode The Galileo Seven. However, in this case
Spock was using Turbo-boost as a communications method; essentially to send out a
visible flare.
8. This particular class is identified in the Klingon Ship Recognition Manual by the FASA
Corporation (Reference 18).

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
APPENDIX A
1. SORM 1100: The Ship’s Organization Chart (Figure 1-1) is a snapshot of the ship’s
organization at the beginning of the 5-year mission – starting with the TOS episode
Where No Man Has Gone Before.
a. As shown, Spock holds two positions: as second in command and as Science
Officer;
b. Gary Mitchell (TOS episode Where No Man Has Gone Before) was chosen as
Operations Officer in order to fill that position. I would also venture to guess that
he as requested by the captain (Kirk) because he was a good friend;
c. Lt. Stiles was chosen as Weapons Officer since he did say that he was previously
in Weapons to Kirk in the TOS episode Balance of Terror;
d. LCDR Giotto was listed as Security Officer in the TOS episode The Devil in the
Dark;
e. Ens. Nancy Wong was listed as Personnel Officer in the TOS episode Court-
Martial;
f. LCDR Ben Finney was listed as Records Officer in the TOS episode Court-Martial;
g. Lieutenants Painter and Spinelli were placed in those positions in order fill those
positions;
h. Lt. DeSalle appeared to be a senior officer in the Engineering Department and
was in the position of Assistant Chief Engineer. For example, he was the team
leader of the landing party in the TOS episode The Squire of Gothos, and he was
the Officer of the Conn in the TOS episode Catspaw;
i. Lt. Masters was the person in charge of the Energizers in the TOS episode The
Alternative Factor, but it was not understood why she was wearing a blue
uniform;
j. Lt. Ryan (Eddie Paskey) was placed as the Environmental Control Officer because
he was at the engineering panel when Sulu left the Bridge in the TOS episode
The Naked Time;
k. Lt. Leslie (Eddie Paskey) was placed as Ship’s Services Officer since he is seen
many times in TOS episodes always wearing an engineering uniform;
l. Lt. Washburn was placed as Repair Officer because of his role in the TOS
episode The Doomsday Machine as head of the damage control party;
m. Lt. Kyle was placed as Transporter Control Officer since he had the rank of a
Division Officer and was almost always at the Transporter controls;
n. Lieutenants Allen and Grant were placed in those positions in order fill those
positions;
o. Lt. M’Benga was placed in position of Chief Physician since he was in multiple
TOS episodes (A Private Little War and That Which Survives). He is also a
specialist in Vulcan medicine as well;
p. LCDR Gillespie was placed as Chief Surgeon simply based upon the old TV series
Dr. Kildare. I used Richard instead of Leonard since there already was a Leonard
in the Medical Department;
q. Lt. Elizabeth Dehner was placed in the position of Chief Psychologist as a result
of her role in the TOS episode Where No Man Has Gone Before. However, I
originally chose Lt. Karen Tracy of the TOS episode Wolf in the Fold, but she was
listed as a technician;

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
r. Lt. Harrison was put as head of Pathology because of his role in the TOS episode
The Naked Time;
s. Lt. Tormolen was placed in that position only to fill a position and that he wore a
blue uniform in the TOS episode The Naked Time;
t. Lt. Boma was placed in the position of Chief Physical Scientist because of his role
in the TOS episode The Galileo Seven;
u. I needed an officer to fill the position of Chief Life Scientist so I chose LCDR
Piper from the TOS episode Where No Man Has Gone Before. In that episode he
identified himself as head of Life Sciences early in that episode when he
introduced Dr. Dehner;
v. Lt. Imumura was placed as the head of the Social Sciences division based upon a
reference of him by Kelowitz in the TOS episode The Galileo Seven. However, he
was never seen.
2. SORM 2506: Many of the regulations regarding landing parties come from the
various TOS episodes.
3. SORM 3302: The room numbers for some of the crew were obtained from the TOS
episodes. However, I took the first instance of the room number since there were
some inconsistencies in the room assignments. For example, Dr. McCoy was
quartered in room 3F-127 in the TOS episode The Man Trap, but was also 5R-672 in
the TOS episode The Changeling. Kirk’s quarters was 3F-121 in the TOS episode The
Conscience Of The King, and Spock’s quarters was 3F-125 in the TOS episode Amok
Time. This gave me a pattern to work with.
4. SORM 3504: We do see crewmembers eating meals in the Rec room as in the TOS
episode The Naked Time. However, Paragraph 3 was violated by Lt. Kevin Riley in
the TOS episode The Conscience Of The King. Lt. Riley, based upon other episodes,
apparently is sort of a character and seems to tend to ignore regulations and does as
he pleases. He probably gets into trouble a lot.
5. SORM 3505: We see crewmembers working out in the gymnasium in the TOS
episode Charlie X.
6. SORM 3507: We assume that the ship holds religious services since the Enterprise is
equipped with a Chapel (TOS episode Balance Of Terror.)
7. SORM 3700: We see that the U.S. holiday Thanksgiving is observed as illustrated in
the TOS episode Charlie X.
8. SORM 3801: I included the possibility of drawing pay in order to account for how
Uhuru was going to pay for the Tribble in the TOS episode The Trouble With
Tribbles.
9. SORM 3806: We see Spock requesting leave to go to Vulcan in the TOS episode
Amok Time.
10. SORM 4104: The Duty Roster was presented in the TOS episode Court Martial. LCDR
Finney was at the top of the Duty Roster to perform the EVA.
11. SORM 4110: We know that the Enterprise launches satellites and probes as
illustrated in the TOS episodes: Operation Annihilate, The Immunity Syndrome, and
Let That Be Your Last Battlefield.
12. SORM 4202: We see Command Yeomen all the time presenting reports to be signed
by the officer occupying the Command Chair.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
13. SORM 4206: The format for entry into the Captain’s Log was taken directly from the
TOS episodes.
14. SORM 4207: The term Command Module for the platform supporting the Command
Chair and the Helm was taken from Star Fleet Technical Manual TM379260
(Reference 5.)
15. SORM 4211: The arrangement of the buttons on the chair was based upon what was
shown in the TOS episode Court Martial. However, I decided to make the “JETTISON
POD” button into one that is generic and programmable. In addition, when Kirk
issues an alert he is always depressing the first set of buttons. Therefore, the first
two buttons are for setting the alert status of the ship. Also, I noticed on several
occasions that when Kirk, or whomever is on the chair, make an announcement or
talks into the communicator, that they depress the last button. This was a consistent
action throughout the series. Therefore, it is the communicator’s transmit button.
16. SORM 4303: We saw in the TOS episode I, Mudd that Lt. Norman was able to take
control of the ship through Auxiliary Control. That is OK for dramatic reasons, but I
don’t think that is something that would be allowed on a real Starship.
17. SORM 4305: The magnification settings were based upon what was done in the TOS
episode The Corbomite Maneuver. In that episode Bailey was ordered to change
magnification so that the Bridge can get a better look of Balok’s ship, but Sulu
performed changed the magnification setting. Sulu first set the viewer to
magnification 25, then to 18.5. In each case, the image on the screen got smaller.
Therefore, we assume the initial magnification was 100, or actual viewing size.
18. SORM 4406: Since nothing was ever mentioned regarding the purpose of the meter
on the Navigator’s console, I gave it a navigational function. The text on the meter
made sense that it could be used for course deviation. For instance ATTI could be
the ship’s attitude or orientation, while INCL could be the inclination or pitch angle.
The L and R arrows would indicate that the course is deviating to the Left or Right by
‘X’ number of degrees, as displayed in the meter. The green bar would be the
acceptable range of ship heading.
19. SORM 4509: This comes directly from the TOS episode The Menagerie, Part 1. The
Prefix Code requirement comes from the movie Star Trek: The Wrath of Khan.
20. SORM 4607: In the TOS episode Balance Of Terror, it would appear that Tomlinson
was the Fire Control Supervisor.
21. SORM 4614: The timing and other aspects of the Main Deflector beam came from
the TOS episode The Paradise Syndrome.
22. SORM 4615:
a. The range of the Tractor beam stated in Paragraph 2 of SORM 4615 came from
the book The Making of Star Trek (Reference 8.) It states, on page 195, “The
tractor beam has a maximum range of about 100,000 miles”, which translates
to approximately 161,000 kilometers.
b. The directive in Paragraph 3 of SORM 4615 was created based upon the fact
that the Tractor beam crushed Capt. Christopher’s interceptor in the TOS
episode Tomorrow is Yesterday.
c. The directive in Paragraph 4 is illustrated in the TOS episode The Doomsday
Machine when the Enterprise was towing the Constellation, which had no
propulsion at the time.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
d. In the TOS episode Space Seed the Botany Bay was held by the Tractor beam
alongside and below the main deck. However, since it was not an enemy vessel
it was not placed ahead of the Enterprise and in range of its phaser banks as
required in Paragraph 5 of SORM 4615.
23. SORM 5205: Paragraph 6 talks about performing an A.I.D. cleanup of the Impulse
Vent, which came from the TOS episode Obsession.
24. SORM 5300: I originally conceived of three reactors that would power the ship: two
in the Primary Hull (port and starboard) and one large one in the Secondary Hull. As
it turned out, the TOS series hinted that the ship had three reactors: Lt. DeSalle lined
up Reactors 1, 2 and 3 to supply power to the hull to break out of the force field in
the TOS episode Catspaw, and when Scott was talking about the main life support
couplings on Deck 6 in the Engineering section near Reactor number 3 in the TOS
episode Day Of The Dove.
25. SORM 5203: Watkins was the Duty Propulsion Technician in the TOS episode That
Which Survives.
26. SORM 5510: the vent panel illustrated in Figure 5-11 came from the TOS episode
Obsession.
27. SORM 5704: Regarding Paragraph 6, I will assume the Transporter room in the TOS
episode Tomorrow Is Yesterday was the Medical Transporter since it had DC units. It
was the only episode in the series that had DC units in the Transporter room.
28. SORM 5705: Regarding Paragraph 6, the idea that the Transporter unit cannot be
used unless it can safely transport persons came from the TOS episode The Galileo
Seven. The Transporter unit must operate at 100% according to that that TOS
episode.
29. SORM 5706: Regarding Paragraphs 5 and 6, in the various TOS episodes it was
determined that when a person was being de-materialized the transport sliders were
moved up the majority of the time, while when being materialized back on their
return, the sliders were moved down most of the time.
30. SORM 5803: We assume that starships have stores for crewmembers to purchase
personal items since the ship operates a long way from civilization.
31. SORM 6101 and SORM 6106: Regarding the use of the Comm Station to initiate
alerts and to communicate problems, we see this quite often in the TOS episodes.
32. SORM 6107: The idea for the EAB stations came from my experience in U. S. Navy
submarines.
33. SORM 6505 and SORM 6507 Paragraph C: This is what probably happened to the
Vulcan Science Officer Sonak in the movie Star Trek: The Motion Picture.
34. SORM 6601: We see something of an Emergency Medical Team in the TOS episode A
Private Little War.
35. SORM 6800, et seq: The idea of the separation of the Primary Hull with the
Secondary Hull was first illustrated in the first episode of the TV series Star Trek: The
Next Generation. This operation was further suggested in the document U.S.S.
Enterprise Officers Manual (Reference 15.)

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
36. SORM 6906: The idea of “lifeboats” came from the document Line Officer
Requirements (Reference 2), and from the document Mr. Scott’s Guide To The
Enterprise (Reference 22.)
37. SORM 7110: Situation 6 comes directly from the TOS episode Arena.
38. SORM 7201 and 7202: The idea of ship isolation areas came from the TOS episode
Day of the Dove, where the crew were trapped below decks. As such, it is
understood that sections of the ship can be isolated from one another. We see
throughout the TOS series these trapezoidal frames separating compartments.
Therefore, I figured that ship isolation is performed by doors located within these
frames.
39. SORM 7501: We see the use of roving security teams throughout the series.
40. SORM 7603: The self-destruct sequence and wording comes directly from the TOS
episode Let That Be Your Last Battlefield.
41. SORM 8108: The placards shown are exact replicas of the ones shown in the series,
except those in Paragraphs 5 and 6. The placards shown in Paragraphs 5 and 6 are
estimations based upon the standard placards displayed in the series.
42. Chapter 8 Section 2: All bridge displays were drawn as close to the actual set
displays as possible. I had many sources to draw upon when developing the
illustrations.
43. SORM 8807: It is obvious that the Enterprise has a “Ship’s Store” based upon what
Yeoman Janice Rand said to Charlie in the TOS episode Charlie X. When Charlie gave
Yeoman Rand her favorite perfume, she said that they did not have that brand in the
Ship’s Store.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
3.0 REFERENCES
1. “Federation Reference Series #3 RS480371,” David John Nielsen, Star Fleet
Printing Office, ©1985.
2. “Line Officer Requirements,” D. Schmidt, Starfleet Training Command, ©1987.
3. “Line Officer Requirements Supplement,” D. Schmidt, Starfleet Training Command,
©1987.
4. “Star Fleet Dynamics,” Starfleet Academy Training Command Press, ©2291.
5. “Star Fleet Technical Manual TM379260,” Franz Joseph, Ballantine Books, Random
House, ©1975.
6. “Star Trek Chronology – The History of the Future,” Michael & Denise Okuda,
Pocket Books, Simon & Schuster Inc., ©1996.
7. “Star Trek Encyclopedia – A Reference Guide to the Future,” Michael & Denise
Okuda and Debbie Mirek, Pocket Books, Simon & Schuster Inc., ©1994.
8. “The Making of Star Trek,” Stephen E. Whitfield & Gene Roddenberry, Ballantine
Books, Random House, Inc., ©1968.
9. “U. S. S. Enterprise Officer’s Manual,” Geoffrey Mandel, Interstellar Associates,
©1980.
10. “The World of Star Trek,” David Gerrold, Ballantine Books, ©1973.
11. “The Physics of Star Trek,” Lawrence M. Krauss, Basic Books, ©1995, and the
enhanced 2007 version.
12. “These Are The Voyages – TOS: Season One,” Marc Cushman, Jacobs/Brown
Press, ©2013.
13. “Starfleet Academy Training Manual 000:00,” 2ND Edition, John Wetsch.
14. “From the Files of Star Fleet Command,” Adm. Heihachiro Nogura, Star Fleet
Historical Archives, ©1980.
15. “U.S.S. Enterprise Officer’s Manual OM 1701-CEC,” Geoffrey Mandel and Doug
Drexler, Interstellar Associates, ©1980.
16. “Star Trek Concordance,” Bjo Trimble, Ballantine Books, ©1976.
17. “Star Trek: The Next Generation Technical Manual,” Rick Sternbach and Michael
Okuda, Pocket Books, ©1991.
18. “Klingon Ship Recognition Manual,” Document 2301, FASA Corporation.
19. “Romulan Ship Recognition Manual,” Document 2303, FASA Corporation.

STAR FLEET GUIDE
VOLUME IV
STAR SHIP COMMAND
20. “These Are The Voyages – TOS: Season Two,” Marc Cushman, Jacobs/Brown
Press, ©2014.
21. “These Are The Voyages – TOS: Season Three,” Marc Cushman, Jacobs/Brown
Press, ©2015.
22. “Mr. Scott’s Guide To The Enterprise,” Shane Johnson, Pocket Books, Simon &
Schuster Inc., ©1979.

Star Fleet Command Manual - Volume IV Part 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Star Fleet Command Manual - Volume IV Part 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

STAR FLEET COMMAND

PART 2 – STAR FLEET SHIP OPERATIONS

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.i OFFICIAL USE ONLY

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.ii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.iii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.iv OFFICIAL USE ONLY

James T. Kirk, Rear Admiral, SSC

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.v OFFICIAL USE ONLY

STAR FLEET COMMAND MANUALS

VOLUME I STAR FLEET COMMAND

VOLUME V STAR FLEET SHIPS

VOLUME VI STAR BASE COMMAND

VOLUME VII STAR FLEET BASES

VOLUME VIII STAR FLEET JUSTICE

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.vi OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV PART 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 Star Fleet Ship Organization 4b10

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.vii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

VOLUME IV PART 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

5.0 Star Fleet Ship Duty 4b50

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.viii OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Throughout the manual the following typographic standards will be used:

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.ix OFFICIAL USE ONLY

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

STARDATE 25635.86 UFP521-4b.x OFFICIAL USE ONLY

1.0 STAR FLEET SHIP ORGANIZATION

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.1 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

RESIDENT STAR FLEET REPRESENTATIVE[2]

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.2 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Departments within a ship’s organization will be managed by a “Department Head.” The

1. Maintain the department in a maximum state of battle readiness at all times.

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.3 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Ship Billet Ship Position

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.4 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 5000

6000 7000 8000 9000 Commander:

7000 8000 9000 Commander:

8000 Special 9000 Commander:

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.5 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 5000

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.6 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 6000

8000 Commander: 9000 Commander:

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.7 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 8000

9000 Commander: 9000 Commander:

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.8 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 7000

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.9 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 7000

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.10 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 8000

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.11 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 6000 7000

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.12 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 5000

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.13 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

2000 3000 4000 7000

STARDATE 16817.22 UFP521-4b10.14 OFFICIAL USE ONLY

1.1 STAR FLEET SHIP CHAIN OF

COMMAND DUTY OFFICER

OFFICER OF THE DECK